Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 6, 2017

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

Texas   6021   75-1656431

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification No.)

  (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

201 South Jefferson Avenue

Mount Pleasant, Texas 75455

(903) 572 - 9881

(Address, Including Zip Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

Tyson T. Abston

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Guaranty Bancshares, Inc.

201 South Jefferson Avenue

Mount Pleasant, Texas 75455

(903) 572 - 9881

(Name, Address and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Chet A. Fenimore, Esq.

Derek W. McGee, Esq.

Fenimore, Kay, Harrison & Ford, LLP

812 San Antonio Street, Suite 600

Austin, Texas 78701

(512) 583-5900

(512) 583-5940 (facsimile)

  

Peter G. Weinstock, Esq.

Hunton & Williams LLP

1445 Ross Avenue, Suite 3700

Dallas, Texas 75202

(214) 468-3395

(214) 740-7138 (facsimile)

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act. (check one)

 

Large accelerated filer  ☐   Accelerated filer  ☐   Non-accelerated filer  ☒   Smaller reporting company  ☐

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of Securities

to be Registered

   Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price (1)
   Amount of
Registration Fee

  Common Stock, $1.00 par value per share

   $64,400,000    $7,463.96

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933. Includes shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase pursuant to their over-allotment option.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file an amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated April 6, 2017

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

[            ] Shares

 

LOGO

Guaranty Bancshares, Inc.

Common Stock

This prospectus relates to the initial public offering of Guaranty Bancshares, Inc.’s common stock. We are offering [            ] shares of our common stock.

Since 2005, there has been no established public market for our common stock. We currently estimate that the public offering price of our common stock will be between $[        ] and $[        ] per share. We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “GNTY.”

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 20 .

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, and are subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

 

    Per share     Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                               $                   

Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)

   $      $  

Proceeds to us, before expenses

   $      $  

 

  (1) See “Underwriting” for additional information regarding the underwriting discounts and commissions and certain expenses payable to the underwriters by us.

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days following the date of this prospectus to purchase up to an additional [            ] shares of our common stock from us on the same terms set forth above to cover over-allotments, if any.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission, nor any other state securities commission nor any other regulatory authority has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Our common stock is not a deposit or savings account. Our common stock is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency or instrumentality.

Delivery of the shares is expected to occur on or about [                    ], 2017, subject to customary closing conditions.

 

Sandler O’Neill + Partners, L.P.    Stephens Inc.

 

 

The date of this prospectus is [                    ], 2017


Table of Contents

LOGO

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information

     17  

Risk Factors

     20  

Forward-Looking Statements

     49  

Use of Proceeds

     51  

Dividend Policy

     52  

Capitalization

     54  

Dilution

     56  

Price Range of Our Common Stock

     58  

Business

     59  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     80  

Management

     116  

Executive Compensation

     128  

Principal Shareholders

     136  

Certain Relationships and Related Persons Transactions

     138  

Description of Capital Stock

     142  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     147  

Supervision and Regulation

     149  

Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences for Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock

     162  

Underwriting

     166  

Legal Matters

     171  

Experts

     171  

Where You Can Find More Information

     171  

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1  

 

i


Table of Contents

About this Prospectus

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by us or on our behalf that we have referred you to. We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide you with additional or different information. If anyone provides you with additional, different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, and only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. We are not making an offer of these securities in any state, country or other jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date of the applicable document regardless of its time of delivery or the time of any sales of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may have changed since the date of the applicable document.

Market and Industry Data

This prospectus includes industry and trade association data, forecasts and information that we have prepared based, in part, upon data, forecasts and information obtained from independent trade associations, industry publications and surveys, government agencies and other information available to us, which information may be specific to particular markets or geographic locations. Statements as to our market position are based on market data currently available to us. Industry publications and surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. Although we believe these sources are reliable, we have not independently verified the information. Some data is also based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from management’s knowledge of the industry and independent sources. We believe our internal research is reliable, even though such research has not been verified by any independent sources. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding our industry data presented herein, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. Trademarks used in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners, although for presentational convenience we may not use the ® or the ™ symbols to identify such trademarks.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in gross revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. We will continue to be an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: (1) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering; (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.0 billion in annual gross revenues; (3) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act; or (4) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities. Until we cease to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other regulatory requirements generally unavailable to other public companies. Those provisions allow us: to present only two years of audited financial statements in this prospectus and discuss only our results of operations for two years under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations;” to provide less than five years of selected financial data in this prospectus relating to an initial public offering; not to provide an auditor attestation of our internal control over financial reporting; to choose not to comply with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the PCAOB, requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and our audited financial statements; to provide reduced disclosure regarding our executive compensation arrangements pursuant to the rules applicable to smaller reporting companies, which means we do not have to include a Compensation Discussion and Analysis and certain other disclosure regarding our executive compensation; and not to seek a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or golden parachute

 

ii


Table of Contents

arrangements. We may choose to take advantage of some or all of these reduced reporting and other regulatory requirements. We have elected in this prospectus to take advantage of certain reduced disclosure requirements discussed above, including those related to the presentation and discussion of our audited financial statements and those relating to our executive compensation arrangements.

The JOBS Act also permits an “emerging growth company” to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. However, we have “opted out” of this provision. As a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards to the same extent that compliance is required for non-emerging growth companies. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

Termination of Subchapter S Corporation Status

Effective January 1, 2008, we made an election to be taxed for federal income tax purposes as a “Subchapter S corporation” under the provisions of Sections 1361 through 1379 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Internal Revenue Code. We terminated our election to be taxed as a Subchapter S corporation effective December 31, 2013. During the period we were taxed as a Subchapter S corporation, our net income was not subject to, and we did not pay, U.S. federal income taxes, and we were not required to make any provision or recognize any liability for federal income taxes in our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2008 through the year ended December 31, 2013. In addition, during these taxable periods that we were a Subchapter S corporation, we paid distributions to our shareholders to assist them in paying the federal income taxes on the pro rata portion of our taxable income that “passed through” to our shareholders. See “Dividend Policy.” Effective January 1, 2014, we became subject to federal income taxation as a C corporation under Subchapter C of the Internal Revenue Code, and we established deferred tax assets and liabilities effective December 31, 2013 to reflect the conversion. Accordingly, beginning January 1, 2014, we reflect a provision for federal income taxes on our financial statements. As a result of that change in our status under the federal income tax laws, the net income and earnings per share data presented for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, in the section of this prospectus entitled “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information,” which do not include any provision for federal income taxes, will not be comparable with our historical financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, or our future net income and earnings per share, which will be calculated by including a provision for federal income taxes. However, we have included in this prospectus adjusted financial information showing income tax expense and net earnings as if we were a C corporation at the beginning of the earliest period presented.

KSOP Repurchase Right Termination

In accordance with applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, the terms of our employee stock ownership plan, or KSOP, currently provide that KSOP participants have the right, for a specified period of time, to require us to repurchase shares of our common stock that are distributed to them by the KSOP. As a result, the shares of common stock held by the KSOP are reflected in our consolidated balance sheet as a line item (called “KSOP-owned shares”) appearing between total liabilities and shareholders’ equity. As a result, the KSOP-owned shares are deducted from shareholders’ equity in our consolidated balance sheet. This repurchase right will terminate upon the closing of this offering and the listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, which we sometimes refer to as the KSOP Repurchase Right Termination, whereupon our repurchase liability will be extinguished and the KSOP-owned shares will not be deducted from shareholders’ equity.

 

iii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before making an investment decision. Unless the context indicates otherwise, references in this prospectus to “we,” “our,” “us,” the “Company” and “Guaranty” refer to Guaranty Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries. References in this prospectus to “Guaranty Bank & Trust” and the “Bank” refer to Guaranty Bank & Trust, N.A., a national banking association and our wholly owned consolidated subsidiary.

Our Company

We are a bank holding company, with headquarters in Mount Pleasant, Texas, and additional executive offices in Dallas and Bryan, Texas. Through our wholly owned subsidiary, Guaranty Bank & Trust, a national banking association, we provide a wide range of relationship-driven commercial and consumer banking, as well as trust and wealth management, products and services that are tailored to meet the needs of small- and medium-sized businesses, professionals and individuals.

As of December 31, 2016, we had total assets of $1.8 billion, total loans of $1.2 billion, total deposits of $1.6 billion and total shareholders’ equity of $110.3 million.

Our History and Growth

Guaranty Bank & Trust was originally chartered as a Texas state banking association over a century ago in 1913, and converted its charter to a national banking association in 2012. Guaranty was incorporated in 1990 to serve as the holding company for Guaranty Bank & Trust. Since our founding, we have built a strong reputation based on financial stability and community leadership. In 2013 and 2015, we expanded our markets from East Texas to include Bryan/College Station and the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex, respectively. We currently operate 26 banking locations in 18 Texas communities. Our growth has been consistent and primarily organic. We have achieved organic growth by enhancing our lending and deposit relationships with existing customers and attracting new customers, as well as cross-selling our deposit, mortgage, trust and wealth management and treasury management products. Our expansion strategy has enabled us to access markets with stronger loan demand, achieve consistent growth, maintain stable operating efficiencies, preserve our historically conservative credit culture, and provide shareholders with stable earnings throughout credit cycles.

We have supplemented our organic growth and leveraged our strong deposit base with strategic acquisitions and the establishment of de novo banking locations. In 2011, we expanded our market share within the Texarkana, Texas area of our East Texas market with the acquisition of all loans and deposits of the Texarkana, Texas banking location of American State Bank. In 2013, we completed the acquisition of The First State Bank, which was located in Hallsville, Texas. We believe this acquisition provided a stable and established platform to expand within the Longview, Texas area of our East Texas market. We have historically experienced consistent growth in our East Texas market. As of December 31, 2011, we had total loans attributable to the East Texas market of $606.3 million and total deposits of $931.8 million, which have grown to total loans of $743.7 million and total deposits of $1.2 billion as of December 31, 2016.

In 2013, we expanded outside of East Texas when we established a de novo banking location in the growing Bryan/College Station, Texas market. We established two more de novo banking locations in this market in 2014 and 2016 and continue to operate all three banking locations. Our strong and stable core deposit base has

 



 

1


Table of Contents

allowed us to achieve organic loan growth in the Bryan/College Station market, which has increased our interest income. As of December 31, 2016, we had total loans of $210.2 million and total deposits of $137.4 million attributable to the Bryan/College Station market.

In March 2015, we entered the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex market with the acquisition of DCB Financial Corp., or DCB Financial, which owned Preston State Bank, a Texas state-chartered bank headquartered in Dallas, Texas. At the time of our acquisition, DCB Financial operated two locations in Dallas, Texas, each of which continues to operate as a banking location of Guaranty Bank & Trust. In April 2015, we completed the acquisition of Texas Leadership Bank, a Texas state-chartered bank headquartered in Royse City, Texas, which is on the eastern side of the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex. At the time of our acquisition, Texas Leadership Bank operated from a single banking location in Royse City, which we continue to operate. In September 2015, we established a de novo banking location in Rockwall, Texas, which is located approximately 10 miles west of Royse City and 20 miles east of downtown Dallas.

In May 2016, we established a de novo banking location in Denton, Texas, which is located approximately 40 miles north of downtown Dallas. In August 2016, we completed the acquisition of a full service Denton banking location from Independent Bank, in which we assumed certain deposits and acquired all of the fixed assets of the location. We currently operate the former banking location of Independent Bank as a location of Guaranty Bank & Trust.

Our acquisitions of DCB Financial, Texas Leadership Bank and the acquired Denton location, as well as the establishment of our de novo banking locations in Rockwall and Denton, are consistent with our strategy of expanding into the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex. In total, the aggregate estimated fair values recorded at the time of acquisition in our three Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex acquisitions were $161.7 million in total loans and $164.6 million in total deposits. As of December 31, 2016, we had grown our total loans attributable to the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex market to $291.3 million and our total deposits to $213.6 million.

Following completion of our acquisitions in the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex in 2015, we established an executive office in Dallas, which houses our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as well as our accounting, internal audit, marketing, loan review, treasury management, mortgage warehouse lending and mortgage departments. Mount Pleasant will continue to serve as the headquarters of Guaranty Bank & Trust and houses our credit operations, deposit services, information technology and human resources departments. We remain committed to successful integration with and expansion into the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex and believe that establishing executive offices in Dallas promotes our strategic initiatives to attract quality banking talent and pursue quality loans within a growing metropolitan market, thereby growing our franchise in the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex. In addition, we believe that maintaining our deposit services and primary operational departments in Mount Pleasant will allow us to support our continued growth in a cost-efficient manner.

Our Achievements and Highlights

Our financial and operational achievements and highlights include the following:

 

    Strong Brand and Reputation .  During our more than 100-year operating history, we have forged long-standing relationships with our customers and employees and have developed deep ties to the East Texas communities that we serve. We are continuously working to solidify our brand and reputation in our newest markets in Dallas/Fort Worth and Bryan/College Station through our strong and active community involvement. In 2016, American Banker Magazine named us #15 on their list of Best Banks to Work for, a designation awarded to 60 banks throughout the nation. We were also named as one of the 100 Best Companies to Work for in Texas by Texas Monthly magazine for the eighth consecutive year in 2017.

 



 

2


Table of Contents
    Successful Execution of Strategic Objectives .  The Company’s executive officers and board of directors established a five year strategic plan in 2012 to achieve meaningful loan growth while maintaining our disciplined underwriting principles and remaining conservative in our securities portfolio. In furtherance of these objectives, the strategic plan included identifying high growth and complementary markets to the Company’s East Texas footprint to establish de novo locations consistent with an organic growth focus while simultaneously pursuing strategic acquisitions when culture, personnel and geography were favorable. The Company has grown its total assets from $1.1 billion as of December 31, 2011 to $1.8 billion as of December 31, 2016, an increase of 63.6%. During that same time period, we added 12 banking locations, of which six were de novo locations and six were added through strategic acquisitions. While the costs of pursuing this aggressive five year strategic plan limited shareholder returns during this time period, the board of directors supported this approach because of its long-term scalability and potential to increase shareholder value. To date, the Company has experienced smooth integrations of all of its new banking locations and established what the Company believes is a strong foundation for a highly successful and profitable business with continued growth and strong future shareholder returns.

 

    Leadership in Primary Markets .  We have a significant East Texas franchise, as demonstrated by our deposit market share in our primary markets. According to data compiled by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC, our deposit market share in the East Texas counties of Titus, Bowie and Lamar was approximately 52.3%, 18.0% and 19.7 %, respectively, as of June 30, 2016, the most recent date for which market share data is available. These three counties represented approximately 52.6% of our total deposits at that date. We more than doubled our market share of deposits in Brazos County (Bryan/College Station market) from June 30, 2015 to June 30, 2016, with growth in total deposits in that market from $57.7 million to $136.4 million, which represented approximately 9.1% of our total deposits as of that date. In our Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex market, we grew the $159.9 million in deposits we acquired in March and April of 2015 to $177.0 million as of June 30, 2016, an increase of 10.6%. As of June 30, 2016, we maintained a top three deposit market share ranking in seven of the 15 Texas counties in which we operate banking locations and a top 10 ranking in 12 of the 15 Texas counties in which we operate banking locations.

 

    Consistent Growth and Stable Performance .  During each of the last five years, we have achieved no less than a 9.5% compound annual growth rate for each of total assets, total deposits and total loans. We maintained our profitability during the recent economic recession, which generally adversely impacted the banking and financial services industries and, most recently, attained an 8.3% return on average equity for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

    Disciplined Credit Culture .  Our in-depth knowledge of our markets, stringent credit approval processes and disciplined balance sheet growth strategies have allowed us to maintain sound asset quality while achieving meaningful loan growth. Our average annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans was 0.12% over the past ten years and was 0.12% for the year ending December 31, 2016. Our average non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets was 0.64% over the past ten years and was 0.36% for the year ended December 31, 2016. We maintain a long-term focus on our financial performance by continually managing risk on our balance sheet with the intent of producing consistent results.

 

    Investment in Technology .  We also maintain a long-term focus on our franchise and have made significant investments in our information technology infrastructure, personnel and our digital banking products and services. We believe that these investments have enabled us to more effectively compete with larger institutions while retaining our ability to offer customized, relationship-based services to our customers, and to more easily accommodate future growth and expansion into new markets.

 



 

3


Table of Contents

Growth and Expansion Strategy

Our strategic plan is to be a leading Texas bank holding company with a commitment to operate as a community bank as we continue to execute our expansion strategy. Our expansion strategy is to generate shareholder value through the following:

 

    Maintain Focus on Organic Growth.   Focusing on organic growth is a strategy that allows us to generate stable funding sources without the non-amortizing goodwill assets and core deposit intangibles that strategic acquisitions might add to our balance sheet. By design during the past several years, we have offered money market and demand deposit interest rates slightly higher than our peers, especially in our newer markets, to encourage the growth of these core deposits and set the foundation for strong customer relationships. We believe that these core deposits will become significantly more valuable and desirable because the ability to attract core deposits at a low cost will diminish as interest rates increase and alternative funding sources become more expensive. Much of our organic growth in 2015 and 2016 was attributable to our newer markets of Bryan/College Station and the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex, which we believe provide significant additional opportunities for organic growth in future years.

We have a history of being a leading provider of financial services to small- and medium-sized businesses (generally with annual revenues of $50.0 million or less), professionals and individuals in our traditional East Texas market. In addition, we believe that our significant core deposit franchise in East Texas provides a stable funding source for meaningful loan growth in existing and new markets. Across all of our markets, we believe that customers value the relationship-driven, quality service we provide, as well as our deep, long-term understanding of their local communities. Primarily as a result of bank consolidation in our markets, we believe that there are few banking institutions in these markets that have the size or focus to provide comparable levels of service. We also believe that these consolidation trends with respect to our competitors, particularly in the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex, present opportunities to acquire new customers and valuable employees from these institutions. The charts below illustrate our successful commitment to organic loan and deposit growth across our markets, while taking advantage of strategic acquisition opportunities that arise from time to time.

 

LOGO    LOGO

 



 

4


Table of Contents
    Pursue Strategic Acquisitions.   We intend to continue to grow through strategic acquisitions within our current markets and in other complementary markets, and we believe having publicly-traded common stock will improve our ability to compete for acquisitions. We seek acquisitions that provide meaningful financial benefits through long-term organic growth opportunities and expense reductions, while maintaining our current risk profile. Though we do not currently have any specific or immediate acquisition plans, in order to achieve these goals, we seek acquisition opportunities involving talented bankers and banking teams that can execute our business model and contribute to our growth objectives. Additionally, we seek banking markets with favorable competitive dynamics and potential consolidation opportunities. We believe that many smaller financial institutions will consider us an ideal long-term partner due to our community banking philosophy, commitment to employee stock ownership and our culture of teamwork.

 

    Establish De Novo Banking Locations.   We intend to open de novo banking locations in our existing and other attractive markets in Texas to further diversify our banking location network. In September 2015 and May 2016, we opened de novo banking locations in Rockwall and Denton, respectively, which are both located in the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex. Total loans and deposits at the two new locations were $34.1 million and $27.1 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2016. We also opened de novo banking locations in Bryan/College Station, Texas in June 2013, April 2014 and June 2016. As of December 31, 2016, total loans and deposits in our three Bryan/College Station locations were $210.2 million and $137.4 million, respectively. The total loans attributable to the Bryan/College Station and Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex markets comprised approximately 16.8% and 23.3%, respectively, of our total loans as of December 31, 2016. We believe these markets have the ability to flourish through varying economic conditions.

We believe that the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex and surrounding communities are complementary to our established presence in East Texas. Our lending focus in the Bryan/College Station and Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex markets has been primarily on commercial real estate and other real estate loans, which provides diversity within our loan portfolio and complements our traditional small business and retail lending activities in our East Texas market. While we do not currently have specific plans to open de novo branches, our Bryan/College Station presence provides us with a platform to grow and ready access to other nearby larger markets, including Austin, San Antonio and Houston. Prior to entering a new market, we identify and build a team of experienced, successful bankers with market-specific knowledge to lead the Bank’s operations in that market, including a local president. As we enter new markets, we also seek to establish a reputation for providing personal and dependable service and active community involvement, which we believe facilitates lasting relationships and continued growth.

 

    Expand Revenue Sources.   We seek to provide additional services to our customers in order to augment and diversify our revenue sources. For the year ended December 31, 2016, noninterest income represented approximately $13.0 million, or 19.5%, of our total revenue of $66.9 million (defined as net interest income plus noninterest income).

In 2015, we established a warehouse mortgage lending division in connection with our acquisition of DCB Financial and hired experienced personnel in 2015 to grow this new line of business. Revenues for the warehouse division are derived primarily from loan origination fees, interest on advances and transaction fees, and the division has experienced significant growth since it was established. Total mortgage amounts funded through warehouse lines of credit during the year ending December 31, 2015 were $332.3 million, which produced noninterest income of $154,900. Total mortgage amounts funded through warehouse lines of credit during

 



 

5


Table of Contents

the year ending December 31, 2016 were $978.1 million, which produced noninterest income of $425,200.    Despite the significant growth, there have been no mortgage repurchases or losses experienced with our warehouse lending borrowers since inception of the division. In addition, Guaranty Bank & Trust is working to expand into eWarehouse lending, which allows a mortgage loan to close, fund and sell to the end investor entirely electronically, and we expect to produce our first eWarehouse line of credit in the second quarter of 2017. As of the date of this prospectus, only five financial institutions in the nation are included in the list of warehouse lenders currently funding eNotes that is maintained by the Federal National Mortgage Association, or Fannie Mae. As such, we expect to be one of very few banks offering eWarehouse lending and anticipate growth in our warehouse lending division as mortgage originators, consumers and investors increasingly transition to paperless mortgages, driving demand for eWarehouse lines of credit. We believe that our mortgage warehouse division offers significant potential for future revenue.

Consistent with our focus on cross-selling services to our customers, we offer trust and wealth management services through Guaranty Bank & Trust Wealth Management Group and mortgage services through our mortgage department, both of which operate as divisions of Guaranty Bank & Trust. As of December 31, 2016, our Wealth Management Group had total assets under management of $265.7 million. During the year ended December 31, 2016, our mortgage department originated $62.6 million in mortgage loans. Both divisions are well established and have significant growth potential in our newer Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex and Bryan/College Station markets, each of which has a higher volume of home sales and a larger concentration of high net worth individuals as compared to our traditional East Texas market. Our mortgage origination strategy is to increase market share without sacrificing our standards and regardless of fluctuations in interest rates or volume. We have developed a scalable platform for mortgage originations within our mortgage department and believe that we have significant opportunities to grow this segment of our business. In an effort to further grow our wealth management and mortgage divisions in Bryan/College Station and the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex, we intend to enhance our business development and cross-selling efforts in those markets.

Although we are devoting substantial resources in furtherance of our expansion strategy, there are no assurances that we will be able to further implement our expansion strategy or that any of the components of our expansion strategy will be successful.

Our Community Banking Philosophy and Culture

We focus on a community-based relationship model, as opposed to a line of business model, because we believe the community-based relationship model promotes an entrepreneurial attitude within our Company while providing personal attention and solutions tailored to our customers. Our culture is one of employee ownership and it is something we take very seriously. In 2016, we formally documented our culture in a book called “The Guaranty Culture,” which we give to all prospective new hires and directors before they join our team so that they clearly understand who we are, how we work, what we believe, how we make decisions and what we admire in people.

We believe a great bank requires the right amount of two forms of capital: financial and human. We understand that our ability to successfully deploy our financial capital is directly related to our ability to bring the right talents together to lead our teams. This focus on human capital has rewarded us with a cohesive group of directors, officers and employees that we believe is our greatest asset. We have invested in a robust management training program designed to develop comprehensive bankers who understand all aspects of our operations and

 



 

6


Table of Contents

embrace our core values. The training program generally lasts 18-24 months and includes rotations through each primary department of the Bank. Successful graduates of our training program are typically promoted to a managerial position upon completion and we currently have graduates in management, lending and operational roles. Several of the Bank’s market presidents and managers are graduates of our training program.

We have developed a network of banking locations strategically positioned in separate and distinct communities. Each community where we have a banking location is overseen by a local market president or manager, and we emphasize local decision-making by experienced bankers supported by centralized risk and credit oversight. We believe that employing local decision makers, supported by industry-leading technology and centralized operational and credit administration support from our corporate headquarters, allows us to serve our customers’ individual needs while managing risk on a uniform basis. We intend to repeat this scalable model in each market in which we are able to identify high-caliber bankers with a strong banking team. We empower these bankers to implement our operating strategy, grow our customer base and provide the highest level of customer service possible. We believe our organizational approach enables us to attract and retain talented bankers and banking teams who desire the combination of the Bank’s size and loan limits, dedication to culture, commitment to our communities, local decision-making authority, compensation structure and focus on relationship banking.

Competitive Strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths support our growth and expansion strategy:

 

    Experienced Executive Management Team .  The Bank has a seasoned and experienced executive management team with a combined 277 years of experience in financial services businesses between its nine members. Our executive management team has successfully managed profitable organic growth, executed acquisitions, developed a strong credit culture and implemented a relationship-based approach to commercial and consumer banking. In addition, our executive management team has extensive knowledge of the bank regulatory landscape, significant experience navigating interest rate and credit cycles and a history of working together. The nine members of the Bank’s executive management team have worked for the Bank for a combined 130 years.

 

    Employee Ownership Mentality.   As of December 31, 2016, our directors, officers and employees, as a group, beneficially owned approximately 37.8% of our outstanding shares of common stock (including 15.1% of our outstanding shares which are owned by our KSOP). Many of our employees’ interests in the KSOP represent material portions of their net worth, particularly our long-tenured employees. We believe that the KSOP’s material ownership position promotes an owner-operator mentality among our employees, from senior officers to entry-level employees, which we believe enhances our employees’ dedication to our organization and the execution of our strategy. In addition, we believe the KSOP enhances our ability to attract and retain quality employees. In 2017, Texas Monthly magazine named the Bank as one of the 100 Best Companies to Work for in Texas for the eighth consecutive year, and we were named #15 on the national list of the Best Banks to Work for published by American Banker Magazine , with both awards having been determined on the basis of anonymous employee surveys.

 



 

7


Table of Contents
    Proven Successful Execution of Growth Strategies.   We have developed a strategic growth plan that allows the Company to quickly identify and efficiently execute corporate transactions that we believe enhance our geographic footprint and enterprise value. Since 2011, we have successfully integrated six acquired locations into our Company through what we believe is an effective combination of comprehensive integration planning, extensive management experience with expansion, and a welcoming and flexible culture of employee ownership. In that same time period, we also established six de novo locations outside of our historical East Texas market, achieving our objectives for organic growth within our anticipated time periods and successfully integrating new local management teams and employees into our Company. Accordingly, we have a proven track record of executing value-added acquisitions and achieving consistent, meaningful organic growth.

 

    Scalable Platform.   Utilizing the significant prior experience of our management team and employees, we believe that we have built a strong and scalable operational platform, including technology and banking processes and infrastructure, capable of supporting future organic growth and acquisitions when the right opportunities arise. We maintain operational systems and staffing that we believe are stronger than necessarily required for a financial institution of our size in order to successfully execute integrations when needed and accommodate future growth without a commensurate need for expansion of our back office capabilities. We believe our platform allows us to focus on growing the revenue-generating divisions of our business while maintaining our operational efficiencies, resulting in improved profitability.

 



 

8


Table of Contents
    Disciplined Credit Culture and Robust Risk Management Systems.   We seek to prudently mitigate and manage our risks through a disciplined, enterprise-wide approach to risk management, particularly credit, compliance, operational and interest rate risk. All of the Bank’s executive officers serve on the Bank’s Enterprise Risk Management Committee. We endeavor to maintain asset quality through an emphasis on local market knowledge, long-term customer relationships, consistent and thorough underwriting for all loans and a conservative credit culture. We have not traditionally engaged in significant oil and gas related lending, with only 0.36% of our total loan portfolio, or $4.5 million, consisting of oil and gas related loans as of December 31, 2016. Due to our conservative credit culture, our highest annual rate of net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average loans over the past ten years was 0.17% (compared to an average of 0.57% for all banks between $1.0 billion and $3.0 billion in assets located in the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex, East Texas or Central Texas regions, which we refer to as our regional peer group, and compared to an average of 1.01% for all banks of the same size nationally, which we refer to as our national peer group), and our average annual rate of nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets over the same period never exceeded 0.99% (compared to regional peer group average highest annual rate of 2.2%).    As illustrated in the chart below, the Bank significantly outperformed our regional and national peer groups during the last financial crisis period (2008 – 2011) with respect to net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average loans.

LOGO

 

    Brand Strength and Reputation.   We believe our brand recognition, including the Guaranty name and our iconic “G” logo, which is prominently displayed in all of our advertising and marketing materials and has been trademarked to preserve its integrity, is an important element of our business model and a key driver of our future growth. We have developed our brand primarily through strategic marketing and advertising initiatives and through our involvement and visibility within the communities we serve. We believe our reputation for providing personal and dependable service and active community involvement is well established in our traditional East Texas market, and we are continuously striving to replicate that brand awareness and reputation in our newer markets of Bryan/College Station and the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex through a high level of community involvement and the targeted hiring of employees with strong relationships and reputations within these markets. We believe the strength of our brand and our reputation enable us to attract customers who value our customer service mission and banking teams that value our market management model and entrepreneurial culture.

 



 

9


Table of Contents
    Diversified Markets.   We operate in diverse markets that we believe are stable and growing. We have designated East Texas, Bryan/College Station and the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex as our primary markets; however, our longer-term strategy is to expand our markets to include other major metropolitan areas of Texas. The differing characteristics of our various markets have allowed us to grow a balanced and diverse loan portfolio, without any significant customer or lending segment concentrations. In addition, we have historically managed our commercial real estate concentration ratios at or below current regulatory guidelines. The graph below shows our loan portfolio composition for each of our three markets.

LOGO

 

    Stable Core Deposit Base .  We believe our traditional East Texas market provides a historically stable source of core deposits and will become a greater source of funding as interest rates increase and core deposits become more difficult and more expensive to attract, especially in more competitive markets. As we enter new markets, we believe that our stable core deposit base enhances our ability to pursue loans in large, high growth markets and to fund other new revenue sources such as our warehouse lending division. As of December 31, 2016, our non-interest bearing deposits were 22.75% of our total deposits. Among our interest-bearing deposits, 72.0% were in less volatile NOW, savings and money market accounts.

Our cost of interest-bearing deposits has decreased from 0.85% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to an annual average of 0.64% for the four years ended December 31, 2016. We have historically paid slightly higher rates on interest-bearing deposits than our peers in an effort to attract and maintain core deposits, especially in low interest rate environments like the current one. In furtherance of this strategy, our overall cost of funds increased slightly compared to our peers during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 as we intentionally offered slightly higher rates on deposits in our Bryan/College Station and Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex markets in an effort to attract depositors to our de novo banking locations and solidify new customer relationships in those

 



 

10


Table of Contents

markets. While we have successfully completed strategic acquisitions in the past and will continue to thoughtfully consider acquisition opportunities, we believe the costs of growing our core deposits organically in this manner are often less than the costs of the goodwill and core deposit intangibles that typically accompany strategic acquisitions and that the customer relationships we build are deeper and longer-lasting. We also have not historically relied on brokered deposits.

 

    Technology and Online Banking Leadership.   We believe that financial institutions are increasingly becoming technology companies, and we invest in technology that we believe should enhance our business and customer experience, as well as enable us to integrate and oversee our banking location network while operating in geographically disparate markets. To implement our commitment to technology, we have developed our technology team to include specialists in virtualization, storage area networks, and information security. The investment we have made in a new core processing system has created a scalable corporate infrastructure that has significantly expanded our ability to handle continued growth and improve our levels of operational efficiency. We have continued to enhance our online presence through improvements to our digital banking platforms. We have also invested in our business intelligence and data analytics platforms, which allow us to make better decisions through observed trends and behaviors identified across multiple information systems. Finally, we have developed internal expertise in business platform application development that has improved our ability to create dynamic and customized applications to meet our evolving needs for processing and reporting across all areas of our organization.

Our Markets

We consider our current market areas to be East Texas, Bryan/College Station and the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex. We serve these communities from our headquarters in Mount Pleasant, Texas and through a network of 17 banking locations within East Texas, three banking locations in Bryan/College Station and six banking locations in the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex. As part of our strategic plan, we intend to further diversify our markets through entry into other large metropolitan markets in Texas. In addition to our recent expansions into Bryan/College Station and the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex, we believe there are several markets in the Central Texas region that are attractive for future expansion, particularly due to those markets’ proximity to our Dallas/Fort Worth and Bryan/College Station markets.

 



 

11


Table of Contents

We have a significant East Texas franchise as demonstrated by our deposit market share in the East Texas counties in which we operate. According to data compiled by the FDIC, our deposit market share in the East Texas counties of Titus, Bowie and Lamar was approximately 52.3%, 18.0% and 19.7 %, respectively, as of June 30, 2016. These three counties represent approximately 52.6% of our total deposits. As of June 30, 2016, we were one of the three largest banks by deposit share in seven of the 15 Texas counties in which we operate banking locations and one of the ten largest banks by market share in 12 of the 15 Texas counties in which we operate banking locations. We more than doubled our market share of deposits in Brazos County (Bryan and College Station locations) from June 30, 2015 to June 30, 2016, which represented approximately 9.1% of our total deposits as of that date and positioned us as one of the 10 largest banks by deposit share in the county entirely through organic growth only three years after first entering the market. The table below shows data for each of the counties and markets in which we have banking locations regarding total deposits, deposit market share, and compound average growth rates for deposits since June 30, 2011.

 

Texas County

   Total Deposits ($000)       Deposit Share 
Rank
    # of Banking
Locations
    Deposit Market
Share (%)
    Five Year Deposit
CAGR (%)
 

East Texas

 

Titus

  $ 338,570                       52.3        4.5   

Bowie

    258,935                       18.0        3.9   

Lamar

    190,753                       19.7        5.2   

Hopkins

    83,212                       12.7        1.6   

Camp

    59,080                       22.2        1.6   

Gregg

    55,472           14              1.7        79.7   

Hunt

    52,699                       5.5        1.9   

Red River

    44,010                       27.8        0.2   

Harrison

    35,920                       4.4        3.3   

Franklin

    35,440                       15.8        2.9   

Cass

    31,128                       9.6        16.7   

Dallas/Fort Worth Metroplex

 

Dallas

    104,878           54              0.1        N/A 

Rockwall

    61,018                       4.3        N/A 

Denton

    11,056           34              0.1        N/A 

Bryan/College Station

 

Brazos

    136,445           10              3.0        N/A 
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

Total

  $ 1,498,616             26          10.7   
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

* Data as of June 30, 2016; Source: FDIC. As of December 31, 2016, we operated three banking locations in Brazos County and one in Gregg County.

 



 

12


Table of Contents

Our traditional East Texas market is a stable region comprised primarily of smaller communities served by forestry, oil and gas, manufacturing, government, education and healthcare related industries. According to the Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts, job growth in East Texas for the period between 2004 and 2014 was 9.8%, compared to 5.5% nationally during the same period. Major employers in our East Texas market include Kimberly-Clark, Campbell Soup, Pilgrim’s Pride, Priefert Manufacturing, Luminant Electric Generation and Mining, Big Tex Trailer Manufacturing, Walmart, Eastman Chemical, Red River Army Depot & Tenants, Cooper Tire & Rubber, International Paper and several regional and county hospitals, government agencies and independent school districts. The table below includes some basic information on each of the East Texas counties in which we operate:

 

Texas County

   Population
(2015 estimate)
     Population Growth
since 2010 (estimated)
    Median Household
Income
(2015 estimate)
 

Bowie

     93,389        0.9   $ 42,670  

Camp

     12,682        2.3   $ 37,851  

Cass

     30,313        -0.5   $ 37,352  

Franklin

     10,651        0.4   $ 41,537  

Gregg

     124,108        1.9   $ 47,639  

Harrison

     66,746        1.7   $ 45,974  

Hopkins

     36,223        3.0   $ 44,936  

Hunt

     89,844        4.3   $ 45,197  

Lamar

     49,440        -0.7   $ 40,748  

Red River

     12,455        -3.2   $ 31,563  

Titus

     32,623        0.9   $ 44,178  

 

* Data as of July 1, 2015; Source: US Census Bureau.

Our East Texas market has a relatively low cost of living and a workforce with lower wage requirements as compared to more urban areas of Texas. According to the Texas Workforce Commission, the mean annual wages for all occupations in the North East Texas Workforce Development Area (which includes thirteen of our twenty-six locations, including our headquarters, and almost two-thirds of our deposits) for the second quarter of 2016 was $37,076, compared to $52,000 in Texas and $51,428 nationally. According to the Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts, the East Texas region supports a stable workforce and continues to serve as a key supplier of resources vital to the Texas economy.

Our decision to expand into Bryan/College Station and the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex was driven by their proximity to our traditional East Texas market, strong economic and demographic growth in those markets, and our ability to attract talented bankers and employees to facilitate our expansion in those markets. According to US Census Bureau estimates, as of July 2015, the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex was the fourth most populous metro area in the United States, with a population of over 7.1 million. The Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex has a low unemployment rate relative to the national rate (3.7% compared to 4.5% in 2016) and high annual job growth relative to the national rate (2.7% compared to 1.5% in 2016), according to the US Bureau of Labor Statistics, with the 92,300 new jobs added in 2016 accounting for almost half of the 188,000 jobs added in the state of Texas. The Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex is the second fastest growing metro area in the United States in absolute terms, behind only Houston, adding almost 400 new residents per day between 2014 and 2015, according to the US Census Bureau. The market is well-diversified, without being overly reliant on any particular sector, and is the headquarters for 20 Fortune 500 and 39 Fortune 1000 companies.

The adjoining towns of Bryan and College Station are well-situated between Austin, Houston, and Dallas, three of the four largest metro areas in Texas and two of the five largest in the nation, and within 170 miles of San Antonio, the third-largest metro area in Texas. Bryan/College Station had an estimated combined population of approximately 190,000 in 2015, an increase of almost 20,000 people since 2010, according to the

 



 

13


Table of Contents

US Census Bureau. College Station is home to Texas A&M University, the largest institution of higher learning in the state, which helps explain the market’s relatively young (in 2010, the US Census Bureau found 73.7% of residents were between ages 18 and 64, compared to 62.4% in Texas and 63.0% nationally) and well-educated (in 2015, the US Census Bureau estimated 42.6% of residents over age 25 had a bachelor’s degree or higher, compared to 27.6% in Texas and 29.8% nationally) population. According to the US Bureau of Labor Statistics, Bryan/College Station’s unemployment rate in December 2016 was 3.4%, compared to 4.6% in Texas and 4.7% nationally. The local governments of Bryan and College Station have pro-business attitudes and policies, as evidenced by their recent partnering with each other and Texas A&M University to create a business district known as Atlas to attract companies engaged in the manufacture of biologics, pharmaceuticals, nutraceuticals and medical devices, with the project just breaking ground in January of this year. In 2013, Cognizant, a Fortune 500 technology company, relocated from New Jersey to College Station, citing the pro-business environment in College Station and Texas generally and the availability of a young and educated workforce.

Recent Developments

We expect to report net income in the range of $[                ] million to $[                ] million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 as compared to $2.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and $3.6 million for the three months ended December 31, 2016.    The increase in net income for these periods is primarily attributable to growth in outstanding loans and a corresponding increase in net interest income.

As of March 31, 2017, total loans were $[                ] million, representing a $[                ] million increase from December 31, 2016 and a $[                ] million increase from March 31, 2016. Total deposits were $[                ] million as of March 31, 2017, representing an increase of $[                ] million from December 31, 2016, and a $[                ] million increase from March 31, 2016. Increases in our total loans and total deposits were largely driven by execution of our strategic plan and our continued focus on strengthening and developing new and existing customer relationships in our market areas.

Our expected net income for the three month period ending March 31, 2017 is a preliminary estimate and subject to closing procedures, which we expect to complete after the completion of this offering. These closing procedures could result in material changes to our preliminary estimate indicated above. The foregoing estimate constitutes a forward-looking statement and is subject to risks and uncertainties, including those described under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. Accordingly, our final results for the three month period ending March 31, 2017 may not be consistent with the foregoing estimates. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business” and “Forward-Looking Statements.”

Our Corporate Information

Our principal executive office is located at 201 South Jefferson Avenue, Mount Pleasant, Texas 75455, and our telephone number is (903) 572-9881. Our website address is www.gnty.com . Information contained on or that can be accessed through our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus and is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

 



 

14


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

[            ] shares.

 

Underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of common stock

[            ] shares.

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

[            ] shares of common stock, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option ([            ] shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full).

 

Use of proceeds

Assuming an initial public offering price of $[        ] per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, we estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of our common stock in this offering will be $[        ] million (or $[        ] million if the underwriters exercise in full their over-allotment option), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering to further implement our expansion strategy (though we do not have any immediate plans to do so), repay a portion of our corporate debt, fund organic growth in our banking markets and for general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Dividend policy

Following the completion of this offering, we anticipate paying a quarterly dividend on our common stock in an amount equal to approximately 25.0% to 30.0% of our net income for the immediately preceding quarter, subject to the discretion of our board of directors. Dividends from Guaranty Bank & Trust are the principal source of funds for the payment of dividends on our common stock. Guaranty Bank & Trust is subject to certain restrictions that may limit its ability to pay dividends to us. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

Directed share program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to [            ] shares of common stock offered by this prospectus for sale to our directors, officers, employees and certain other persons who have expressed an interest in purchasing shares in this offering. We will offer these reserved shares to the extent permitted under applicable laws and regulations in the United States through a directed share program. Reserved shares purchased by our directors and officers will be subject to the lock-up provisions described in “Underwriting — Lock-Up Agreements.” The number of

 



 

15


Table of Contents
 

shares of our common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase the reserved shares. Any reserved shares of our common stock that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus.

 

Securities owned by directors and executive officers

As of December 31, 2016, our directors and executive officers beneficially owned approximately 24.3% of our outstanding common stock, including shares held by our KSOP. Following the completion of this offering, we anticipate that our directors and executive officers will beneficially own approximately [    ]% of our common stock (or [    ]% if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full). See “Principal Shareholders.”

 

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the trading symbol “GNTY.”

 

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors,” beginning on page 20, for a discussion of factors that you should carefully consider before investing in our common stock.

 

 

References in this section to the number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering are based upon 8,751,923 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016. Unless expressly indicated or the context requires otherwise, all information in this prospectus:

 

    assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their right to purchase up to an additional [            ] shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments;

 

    assumes that the shares of common stock sold in this offering are sold at $[        ] per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;

 

    does not attribute to any director, officer, or principal shareholder any purchases of shares of our common stock in this offering, including through the directed share program described in “Underwriting – Directed Share Program;”

 

    excludes 1,000,000 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, 331,000 of which are currently subject to outstanding stock options with a weighted exercise price of $23.76 per share; and

 

    excludes 9,377 shares of our common stock subject to outstanding stock options issued under the DCB Financial Corp. Stock Option Plan with an exercise price of $11.94 per share, which we assumed in connection with our acquisition of DCB Financial Corp. in March 2015.

 



 

16


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following tables set forth certain of our summary historical consolidated financial information for each of the periods indicated. The historical information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and the selected historical consolidated financial information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not appearing in this prospectus. The historical results set forth below and elsewhere in this prospectus are not necessarily indicative of our future performance.

You should read the following together with the sections entitled “Capitalization” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(Dollars in Thousands, except Per Share Amounts)  
     As of December 31,  
     2016      2015      2014      2013      2012  
Selected Period End Balance Sheet Data:               

Total assets

   $     1,828,336      $     1,682,640      $     1,334,068      $     1,246,451      $     1,160,070  

Cash and cash equivalents

     127,543        111,379        105,662        81,462        125,931  

Securities available for sale

     156,925        272,944        227,022        246,395        278,973  

Securities held to maturity

     189,371        125,031        131,068        140,571        63,866  

Loans held for sale

     2,563        3,867        3,915        7,118        9,379  

Total loans

     1,245,135        1,068,667        788,229        699,167        627,088  

Allowance for loan losses

     11,484        9,263        7,721        7,093        6,354  

Goodwill

     18,742        18,601        6,116        6,436        2,691  

Core deposit intangibles, net

     3,308        3,846        2,881        3,310        3,433  

Noninterest-bearing deposits

     358,752        325,556        250,242        213,703        195,673  

Interest-bearing deposits

     1,218,039        1,140,641        826,550        788,110        760,794  

Total deposits

     1,576,791        1,466,197        1,076,792        1,001,813        956,467  

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     55,170        21,342        111,539        111,728        23,539  
Subordinated debentures      19,310        21,310        9,155        11,155        9,155  

Other Debt

     18,286        18,000        11,000        14,000        5,500  

KSOP-owned shares

     31,661        35,384        36,300        30,938        26,775  

Total shareholders’ equity less

KSOP-owned shares

     110,253        102,352        75,989        66,157        70,964  
Pro forma total shareholders’ equity (1)      141,914        137,736        112,289        97,095        97,739  

 

     As of and for the Years Ended December 31,  
     2016      2015      2014     2013     2012  
Selected Income Statement Data:             

Net interest income

   $   53,840      $   47,759      $   39,123     $   35,368     $   31,843  

Provision for loan losses

     3,640        2,175        1,322       1,745       1,064  

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     50,200        45,584        37,801       33,623       30,779  

Noninterest income

     13,016        11,483        10,792       11,562       14,218  

Noninterest expense

     46,380        42,594        34,854       31,400       29,521  

Net realized gain (loss) on sale of securities

     82        77        (212     578       3,590  

Income before income tax

     16,836        14,473        13,739       13,785       15,476  

Income tax (benefit) expense (2)

     4,715        4,362        4,023       (3,573      

Net earnings

     12,121        10,111        9,716       17,358       15,476  

Dividends paid to common shareholders (2)

     4,615        4,526        11,863       3,453       3,223  

 



 

17


Table of Contents
     As of and for the Years Ended December 31,  
     2016      2015      2014      2013      2012  
Per Share Data:               

Earnings per common share, basic (3)

   $ 1.35      $ 1.15      $ 1.25      $ 2.40      $ 2.21  

Earnings per common share, diluted (3)

     1.35        1.15        1.25        2.40        2.21  
Book value per common share (4)      16.22        15.47        14.01        13.17        13.67  

Tangible book value per common share (4) (5)

     13.70        12.95        12.89        11.84        12.81  

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic, in thousands (6)

     8,968        8,796        7,771        7,241        7,011  

Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted, in thousands (6)

     8,976        8,802        7,771        7,243        7,013  

 

     As of and for the Years Ended December 31,  
     2016      2015      2014      2013
(pro forma)
     2012
(pro forma)
 
Pro Forma Information as if a C Corporation:               

Income before income taxes

   $ 16,836      $ 14,473      $ 13,739      $ 13,785      $ 15,476  

Income tax provision

     4,715        4,362        4,023        4,009        4,856  

Pretax pre-provision and pre-securities gain (loss)

     20,394        16,571        15,273        14,952        12,950  

Net earnings

     12,121        10,111        9,716        9,776        10,620  

Basic earnings per share (3)

     1.35        1.15        1.25        1.35        1.52  

Diluted earnings per share (3)

     1.35        1.15        1.25        1.35        1.51  

 

     As of December 31,  
     2016      2015      2014      2013      2012  
Summary Performance Ratios:               

Return on average assets (7)(8)

     0.68%        0.65%        0.76%        1.47%        1.38%  

Return on average equity (7)(8)

     8.34           7.44           8.69           17.98           16.40     

Net interest margin (9)

     3.27           3.33           3.33           3.23           3.07     

Efficiency ratio (10)

     69.46           71.99           69.53           67.74           69.51     

Loans to deposits ratio (11)

     78.97           72.89           73.20           69.79           65.56     

Noninterest income to average assets (7)

     0.73           0.74           0.85           0.98           1.27     

Noninterest expense to average assets (7)

     2.61           2.75           2.74           2.67           2.64     
Summary Credit Quality Ratios:               

Nonperforming assets to total assets

     0.33%        0.25%        0.37%        0.69%        0.55%  

Nonperforming loans to total loans (11)

     0.35           0.23           0.52           1.03           0.78     

Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans

     260.47           381.04           189.38           98.06           129.51     

Allowance for loan losses to total loans (11)

     0.92           0.87           0.98           1.01           1.01     

Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding (12)

     0.12           0.06           0.09           0.15           0.11     
Capital Ratios:               

Total shareholders’ equity to total assets

     7.76%        8.19%        8.42%        7.79%        8.43%  

Tangible common equity to tangible assets (13)

     6.64           6.94           7.80           7.06           7.94     

Common equity tier 1 capital (CET1) to risk-weighted assets

     9.28           10.43           N/A           N/A           N/A     

Tier 1 capital to average assets (7)

     7.71           8.33           9.05           8.80           8.87     

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets

     10.03           11.30           13.65           13.30           14.01     

Total capital to risk-weighted assets

     10.86           12.08           14.57           14.22           14.92     

 

  (1) Reflects the total shareholders’ equity of the Company after giving effect to the KSOP Repurchase Right Termination.

 

  (2)

Effective January 1, 2008, we made an election to be taxed for federal income tax purposes as a Subchapter S corporation under the provisions of Sections 1361 through 1379 of the Internal Revenue Code. We terminated our election to be taxed as a Subchapter S corporation effective December 31, 2013. As a result, for the taxable periods applicable to the years ended December 31, 2008 through December 31, 2013, our net income was not subject to, and we did not pay, U.S. federal income taxes, and no provision or liability for federal or state income tax has been included in our audited consolidated financial

 



 

18


Table of Contents
 

statements for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, except as presented on a pro forma basis in our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013. Additionally, distributions made to our shareholders in respect of their federal income tax liability of $5.2 million in 2012 and $10.2 million in 2013 are not considered dividends paid to common shareholders. Despite the termination of our Subchapter S election, we paid dividends of $0.50 per share and a special dividend of $1.00 per share for the year ended December 31, 2014, since all dividends we pay for the first 12 months following the termination of our Subchapter S election were not subject to federal income taxation.

 

  (3) Basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are currently based on income before taxes due to our conversion from an S corporation to a C corporation, effective December 31, 2013. However, unaudited pro forma information is presented as if a C corporation for all periods under the heading “Unaudited Pro Forma Information as if a C Corporation.”

 

  (4) Book value per common share and tangible book value per common share calculations reflect the Company’s pro forma total shareholders’ equity.

 

  (5) We calculate tangible book value per common share as total shareholders’ equity less goodwill, core deposit intangibles and other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization at the end of the relevant period, divided by the outstanding number of shares of our common stock at the end of the relevant period. Tangible book value per common share is a financial measure that is not recognized by, or calculated in accordance with, U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and, as we calculate tangible book value per common share, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is total shareholders’ equity per common share. See our reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

 

  (6) Weighted average common shares outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 have been adjusted to reflect the 2-for-1 stock split we completed on August 20, 2014.

 

  (7) We calculate our average assets and average equity for a period by dividing the period end balances of our total assets or total shareholders’ equity, as the case may be, by the number of months in the period.

 

  (8) We have calculated our return on average assets and return on average equity for a period by dividing net earnings for that period by our average assets and average equity, as the case may be, for that period.

 

  (9) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

 

  (10) The efficiency ratio was calculated by dividing total noninterest expenses by net interest income plus noninterest income, excluding securities losses or gains. Taxes are not part of this calculation.

 

  (11) Excludes loans held for sale of $2.6 million, $3.9 million, $3.9 million, $7.1 million, and $9.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.

 

  (12) Includes average outstanding balances of loans held for sale of $3.0 million, $4.4 million, $4.2 million, $6.3 million, and $5.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.

 

  (13) We calculate tangible common equity as total shareholders’ equity less goodwill, core deposit intangibles and other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, and we calculate tangible assets as total assets less goodwill and core deposit intangibles and other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization. Tangible common equity to tangible assets is a financial measure that is not recognized by or calculated in accordance with GAAP, or a non-GAAP financial measure, and, as we calculate tangible common equity to tangible assets, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is total shareholders’ equity to total assets. See our reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

 



 

19


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a significant degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, in addition to the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before deciding to invest in our common stock. Any of the following risks could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

We may not be able to implement aspects of our expansion strategy, which may adversely affect our ability to maintain our historical earnings trends.

Our expansion strategy focuses on organic growth, supplemented by strategic acquisitions and expansion of the Bank’s banking location network, or de novo branching. We may not be able to execute on aspects of our expansion strategy, which may impair our ability to sustain our historical rate of growth or prevent us from growing at all. More specifically, we may not be able to generate sufficient new loans and deposits within acceptable risk and expense tolerances, obtain the personnel or funding necessary for additional growth or find suitable acquisition candidates. Various factors, such as economic conditions and competition with other financial institutions, may impede or prohibit the growth of our operations, the opening of new banking locations and the consummation of acquisitions. Further, we may be unable to attract and retain experienced bankers, which could adversely affect our growth. The success of our strategy also depends on our ability to effectively manage growth, which is dependent upon a number of factors, including our ability to adapt our credit, operational, technology and governance infrastructure to accommodate expanded operations. If we fail to implement one or more aspects of our strategy, we may be unable to maintain our historical earnings trends, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to manage the risks associated with our anticipated growth and expansion through de novo branching.

Our business strategy includes evaluating strategic opportunities to grow through de novo branching, and we believe that banking location expansion has been meaningful to our growth since inception. De novo branching carries with it certain potential risks, including significant startup costs and anticipated initial operating losses; an inability to gain regulatory approval; an inability to secure the services of qualified senior management to operate the de novo banking location and successfully integrate and promote our corporate culture; poor market reception for de novo banking locations established in markets where we do not have a preexisting reputation; challenges posed by local economic conditions; challenges associated with securing attractive locations at a reasonable cost; and the additional strain on management resources and internal systems and controls. Failure to adequately manage the risks associated with our anticipated growth through de novo branching could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to overcome the integration and other risks associated with acquisitions, which could have an adverse effect on our ability to implement our business strategy.

Although we plan to continue to grow our business organically and through de novo branching, we also intend to pursue acquisition opportunities that we believe complement our activities and have the ability to enhance our profitability and provide attractive risk-adjusted returns. Our acquisition activities could be material to our business and involve a number of risks, including the following:

 

    intense competition from other banking organizations and other acquirers for potential merger candidates;

 

    market pricing for desirable acquisitions resulting in returns that are less attractive than we have traditionally sought to achieve;

 

20


Table of Contents
    incurring time and expense associated with identifying and evaluating potential acquisitions and negotiating potential transactions, resulting in our attention being diverted from the operation of our existing business;

 

    using inaccurate estimates and judgments to evaluate credit, operations, management and market risks with respect to the target institution or assets;

 

    potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of banks and businesses we acquire, including consumer compliance issues;

 

    the time and expense required to integrate the operations and personnel of the combined businesses;

 

    experiencing higher operating expenses relative to operating income from the new operations;

 

    losing key employees and customers;

 

    reputational issues if the target’s management does not align with our culture and values;

 

    significant problems relating to the conversion of the financial and customer data of the target;

 

    integration of acquired customers into our financial and customer product systems;

 

    risks of impairment to goodwill; or

 

    regulatory timeframes for review of applications may limit the number and frequency of transactions we may be able to consummate.

Depending on the condition of any institution or assets or liabilities that we may acquire, that acquisition may, at least in the near term, adversely affect our capital and earnings and, if not successfully integrated with our organization, may continue to have such effects over a longer period. We may not be successful in overcoming these risks or any other problems encountered in connection with pending or potential acquisitions, and any acquisition we may consider will be subject to prior regulatory approval. Our inability to overcome these risks could have an adverse effect on our ability to implement our business strategy, which, in turn, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A key piece of our expansion strategy is a focus on decision-making authority at the branch and market level, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected if our local teams do not follow our internal policies or are negligent in their decision-making.

In order to be able to provide the responsive and individualized customer service that distinguishes us from competitors and in order to attract and retain management talent, we empower our local management teams to make certain business decisions on the local level. Lending authorities are assigned to branch presidents and their banking teams based on their experience, with all loan relationships in excess of internal specified maximums being reviewed by the Bank’s Directors’ Loan Committee, comprised of senior management of the Bank, or the Bank’s board of directors, as the case may be. Our local lenders may not follow our internal procedures or otherwise act in our best interests with respect to their decision-making. A failure of our employees to follow our internal policies, or actions taken by our employees that are negligent or not in our best interests could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Difficult market conditions and economic trends have recently and adversely affected the banking industry and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations in the future.

We are operating in an uncertain economic environment, including generally uncertain conditions nationally and locally in our industry and markets. Although economic conditions have improved in recent years,

 

21


Table of Contents

financial institutions continue to be affected by volatility in the real estate market in some parts of the country and uncertain regulatory and interest rate conditions. We retain direct exposure to the residential and commercial real estate markets in Texas and are affected by these events. In addition, financial institutions in Texas have been affected by the recent volatility with the oil and gas industry and significant decrease in energy prices. Although we do not have material direct exposure to the oil and gas industry, we retain some indirect exposure, as some of our customers’ businesses are directly affected by volatility with the oil and gas industry and energy prices.

Our ability to assess the creditworthiness of customers and to estimate the losses inherent in our loan portfolio is made more complex by uncertain market and economic conditions. Another national economic downturn or deterioration of conditions in our markets could result in losses beyond those that are provided for in our allowance for loan losses and lead to the following consequences:

 

    increases in loan delinquencies;

 

    increases in non-performing assets and foreclosures;

 

    decreases in demand for our products and services, which could adversely affect our liquidity position; and

 

    decreases in the value of the collateral securing our loans, especially real estate, which could reduce customers’ borrowing power and repayment ability.

While economic conditions in Texas and the United States continue to show signs of recovery, there can be no assurance that these conditions will continue to improve. Although real estate markets have generally stabilized in portions of the United States, including Texas, a resumption of declines in real estate values, home sales volumes and financial stress on borrowers as a result of the uncertain economic environment, including job losses, could have an adverse effect on our borrowers or their customers, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, continued volatility in the oil and gas industry and relatively low energy prices could have an adverse effect on our borrowers or their customers, including declines in real estate values and job losses, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to adequately measure and limit our credit risk, which could lead to unexpected losses.

The business of lending is inherently risky, including risks that the principal of or interest on any loan will not be repaid timely or at all or that the value of any collateral supporting the loan will be insufficient to cover our outstanding exposure. These risks may be affected by the strength of the borrower’s business sector and local, regional and national market and economic conditions. Many of our loans are made to small- to medium-sized businesses that may be less able to withstand competitive, economic and financial pressures than larger borrowers. Our risk management practices, such as monitoring the concentration of our loans within specific industries and our credit approval practices, may not adequately reduce credit risk, and our credit administration personnel, policies and procedures may not adequately adapt to changes in economic or any other conditions affecting customers and the quality of the loan portfolio. A failure to effectively measure and limit the credit risk associated with our loan portfolio could lead to unexpected losses and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are dependent on the use of data and modeling in our management’s decision-making, and faulty data or modeling approaches could negatively impact our decision-making ability or possibly subject us to regulatory scrutiny in the future.

The use of statistical and quantitative models and other quantitative analyses is endemic to bank decision-making, and the employment of such analyses is becoming increasingly widespread in our operations.

 

22


Table of Contents

Liquidity stress testing, interest rate sensitivity analysis, and the identification of possible violations of anti-money laundering regulations are all examples of areas in which we are dependent on models and the data that underlies them. The use of statistical and quantitative models is also becoming more prevalent in regulatory compliance. While we are not currently subject to annual Dodd-Frank Act stress testing (DFAST) and the Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR) submissions, we anticipate that model-derived testing may become more extensively implemented by regulators in the future.

We anticipate data-based modeling will penetrate further into bank decision-making, particularly risk management efforts, as the capacities developed to meet rigorous stress testing requirements are able to be employed more widely and in differing applications. While we believe these quantitative techniques and approaches improve our decision-making, they also create the possibility that faulty data or flawed quantitative approaches could negatively impact our decision-making ability or, if we become subject to regulatory stress-testing in the future, adverse regulatory scrutiny. Secondarily, because of the complexity inherent in these approaches, misunderstanding or misuse of their outputs could similarly result in suboptimal decision-making.

The small- to medium-sized businesses that we lend to may have fewer resources to weather adverse business developments, which may impair our borrowers’ ability to repay loans.

We focus our business development and marketing strategy primarily on small- to medium-sized businesses. As of December 31, 2016, we had approximately $572.5 million of loans to businesses, which represents approximately 46.0% of our total loan portfolio. Small- to medium-sized businesses frequently have smaller market shares than their competition, may be more vulnerable to economic downturns, often need substantial additional capital to expand or compete and may experience substantial volatility in operating results, any of which may impair a borrower’s ability to repay a loan. In addition, the success of a small- and medium-sized business often depends on the management skills, talents and efforts of a small group of people, and the death, disability or resignation of one or more of these people could have an adverse effect on the business and its ability to repay its loan. If our borrowers are unable to repay their loans, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our commercial real estate and real estate construction loan portfolio exposes us to credit risks that may be greater than the risks related to other types of loans.

As of December 31, 2016, approximately $456.1 million, or 36.6%, of our total loans were nonresidential real estate loans (including owner occupied commercial real estate loans) and approximately $129.4 million, or 10.4%, of our total loans were construction and land development loans. These loans typically involve repayment dependent upon income generated, or expected to be generated, by the property securing the loan in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service. The availability of such income for repayment may be adversely affected by changes in the economy or local market conditions. These loans expose a lender to greater credit risk than loans secured by other types of collateral because the collateral securing these loans is typically more difficult to liquidate due to the fluctuation of real estate values. Additionally, non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans generally involve relatively large balances to single borrowers or related groups of borrowers. Unexpected deterioration in the credit quality of our non-owner occupied commercial real estate loan portfolio could require us to increase our allowance for loan losses, which would reduce our profitability and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Construction and land development loans also involve risks because loan funds are secured by a project under construction and the project is of uncertain value prior to its completion. It can be difficult to accurately evaluate the total funds required to complete a project, and construction lending often involves the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent, in part, on the success of the ultimate project rather than the ability of a borrower or guarantor to repay the loan. If we are forced to foreclose on a project prior to completion, we may be unable to recover the entire unpaid portion of the loan. In addition, we may be required to fund additional amounts to complete a project, incur taxes, maintenance and compliance costs for a foreclosed

 

23


Table of Contents

property and may have to hold the property for an indeterminate period of time, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Because a significant portion of our loan portfolio is comprised of real estate loans, negative changes in the economy affecting real estate values and liquidity could impair the value of collateral securing our real estate loans and result in loan and other losses.

As of December 31, 2016, approximately $948.4 million, or 76.2%, of our total loans were loans with real estate as a primary or secondary component of collateral. Real estate values in many Texas markets have experienced periods of fluctuation over the last five years. The market value of real estate can fluctuate significantly in a short period of time. As a result, adverse developments affecting real estate values and the liquidity of real estate in our primary markets or in Texas generally could increase the credit risk associated with our loan portfolio, and could result in losses that adversely affect credit quality, financial condition and results of operations. Negative changes in the economy affecting real estate values and liquidity in our market areas could significantly impair the value of property pledged as collateral on loans and affect our ability to sell the collateral upon foreclosure without a loss or additional losses. Collateral may have to be sold for less than the outstanding balance of the loan, which could result in losses on such loans. Such declines and losses would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If real estate values decline, it is also more likely that we would be required to increase our allowance for loan losses, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Appraisals and other valuation techniques we use in evaluating and monitoring loans secured by real property, other real estate owned and repossessed personal property may not accurately describe the net value of the asset.

In considering whether to make a loan secured by real property, we generally require an appraisal of the property. However, an appraisal is only an estimate of the value of the property at the time the appraisal is made, and, as real estate values may change significantly in value in relatively short periods of time (especially in periods of heightened economic uncertainty), this estimate may not accurately describe the net value of the real property collateral after the loan is made. As a result, we may not be able to realize the full amount of any remaining indebtedness when we foreclose on and sell the relevant property. In addition, we rely on appraisals and other valuation techniques to establish the value of our other real estate owned, or OREO, and personal property that we acquire through foreclosure proceedings and to determine certain loan impairments. If any of these valuations are inaccurate, our combined and consolidated financial statements may not reflect the correct value of our OREO, and our allowance for loan losses may not reflect accurate loan impairments. This could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. As of December 31, 2016, we held OREO and repossessed property and equipment that was valued at $1.7 million and $3.5 million, respectively.

We engage in lending secured by real estate and may be forced to foreclose on the collateral and own the underlying real estate, subjecting us to the costs and potential risks associated with the ownership of the real property, or consumer protection initiatives or changes in state or federal law may substantially raise the cost of foreclosure or prevent us from foreclosing at all.

Since we originate loans secured by real estate, we may have to foreclose on the collateral property to protect our investment and may thereafter own and operate such property, in which case we would be exposed to the risks inherent in the ownership of real estate. As of December 31, 2016, we held approximately $1.7 million in OREO in a special purpose subsidiary that is currently marketed for sale. The amount that we, as a mortgagee, may realize after a default is dependent upon factors outside of our control, including, but not limited to general or local economic condition, environmental cleanup liability, assessments, interest rates, real estate tax rates, operating expenses of the mortgaged properties, ability to obtain and maintain adequate occupancy of the properties, zoning laws, governmental and regulatory rules, and natural disasters. Our inability to manage the

 

24


Table of Contents

amount of costs or size of the risks associated with the ownership of real estate, or writedowns in the value of other real estate owned, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Additionally, consumer protection initiatives or changes in state or federal law may substantially increase the time and expense associated with the foreclosure process or prevent us from foreclosing at all. While historically Texas has had foreclosure laws that are favorable to lenders, a number of states in recent years have either considered or adopted foreclosure reform laws that make it substantially more difficult and expensive for lenders to foreclose on properties in default, and we cannot be certain that Texas will not adopt similar legislation in the future. Additionally, federal regulators have prosecuted a number of mortgage servicing companies for alleged consumer law violations. If new state or federal laws or regulations are ultimately enacted that significantly raise the cost of foreclosure or raise outright barriers, such could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operation.

A portion of our loan portfolio is comprised of commercial loans secured by receivables, inventory, equipment or other commercial collateral, the deterioration in value of which could expose us to credit losses.

As of December 31, 2016, approximately $224.0 million, or 18.0%, of our total loans were commercial loans to businesses. In general, these loans are collateralized by general business assets, including, among other things, accounts receivable, inventory and equipment, and most are backed by a personal guaranty of the borrower or principal. These commercial loans are typically larger in amount than loans to individuals and, therefore, have the potential for larger losses on a single loan basis. Additionally, the repayment of commercial loans is subject to the ongoing business operations of the borrower. The collateral securing such loans generally includes moveable property such as equipment and inventory, which may decline in value more rapidly than we anticipate exposing us to increased credit risk. In addition, a portion of our customer base, including customers in the energy and real estate business, may be in industries which are particularly sensitive to commodity prices or market fluctuations, such as energy prices. Accordingly, negative changes in commodity prices and real estate values and liquidity could impair the value of the collateral securing these loans. Significant adverse changes in the economy or local market conditions in which our commercial lending customers operate could cause rapid declines in loan collectability and the values associated with general business assets resulting in inadequate collateral coverage that may expose us to credit losses and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our allowance for loan losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb potential losses in our loan portfolio.

We maintain an allowance for loan losses that represents management’s judgment of probable losses and risks inherent in our loan portfolio. As of December 31, 2016, our allowance for loan losses totaled $11.5 million, which represents approximately 0.92% of our total loans. The level of the allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation of general economic conditions, diversification and seasoning of the loan portfolio, historic loss experience, identified credit problems, delinquency levels and adequacy of collateral. The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses is inherently highly subjective and requires us to make significant estimates of and assumptions regarding current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. Inaccurate management assumptions, deterioration of economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification or deterioration of additional problem loans, acquisition of problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses. In addition, our regulators, as an integral part of their periodic examination, review our methodology for calculating, and the adequacy of, our allowance for loan losses and may direct us to make additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. Further, if actual charge-offs in future periods exceed the amounts allocated to the allowance for loan losses, we may need additional provisions for loan losses to restore the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses. Finally, the measure of our allowance for loan losses is dependent on the adoption and interpretation of accounting standards. The Financial Accounting Standards Board recently

 

25


Table of Contents

issued a new credit impairment model, the Current Expected Credit Loss, or CECL model, which will become applicable to us on January 1, 2020, though we may choose to adopt CECL on January 1, 2019, or may be encouraged by our regulators to do so. CECL will require financial institutions to estimate and develop a provision for credit losses at origination for the lifetime of the loan, as opposed to reserving for incurred or probable losses up to the balance sheet date. Under the CECL model, credit deterioration would be reflected in the income statement in the period of origination or acquisition of the loan, with changes in expected credit losses due to further credit deterioration or improvement reflected in the periods in which the expectation changes. Accordingly, the CECL model could require financial institutions like the Bank to increase their allowances for loan losses. Moreover, the CECL model likely would create more volatility in our level of allowance for loan losses. If we are required to materially increase our level of allowance for loan losses for any reason, such increase could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately and timely, in which case our business may be harmed, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, we could be subject to regulatory penalties and the price of our common stock may decline.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting and for evaluating and reporting on that system of internal control. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. As a public company, we will be required to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other rules that govern public companies. In particular, we will be required to certify our compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act beginning with our second annual report on Form 10-K, which will require us to furnish annually a report by management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, unless we remain an emerging growth company and elect additional transitional relief available to emerging growth companies, our independent registered public accounting firm may be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting beginning as of that second annual report on Form 10-K.

We will continue to periodically test and update, as necessary, our internal control systems, including our financial reporting controls. In addition, we have hired additional accounting personnel in anticipation of our transition from a private company to a public company. Our actions, however, may not be sufficient to result in an effective internal control environment, and any future failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could impair the reliability of our financial statements which in turn could harm our business, impair investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and our access to the capital markets and cause the price of our common stock to decline and subject us to regulatory penalties.

We rely heavily on our executive management team and other key employees, and we could be adversely affected by the unexpected loss of their services.

Our success depends in large part on the performance of our executive management team and other key personnel, as well as on our ability to attract, motivate and retain highly qualified senior and middle management and other skilled employees. Competition for qualified employees is intense, and the process of locating key personnel with the combination of skills, attributes and business relationships required to execute our business plan may be lengthy. We may not be successful in retaining our key employees, and the unexpected loss of services of one or more of our key personnel could have an adverse effect on our business because of their skills, knowledge of and business relationships within our primary markets, years of industry experience and the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel. If the services of any of our key personnel should become unavailable for any reason, we may not be able to identify and hire qualified persons on terms acceptable to us, or at all, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

 

26


Table of Contents

We earn income by originating residential mortgage loans for resale in the secondary mortgage market, and disruptions in that market could reduce our operating income.

Historically, we have earned income by originating mortgage loans for sale in the secondary market. A historical focus of our loan origination and sales activities has been to enter into formal commitments and informal agreements with larger banking companies and mortgage investors. Under these arrangements, we originate single family mortgages that are priced and underwritten to conform to previously agreed criteria before loan funding and are delivered to the investor shortly after funding. For the year ended December 31, 2015 and the year ended December 31, 2016, we earned approximately $1.1 million and $1.7 million, respectively, from these activities. However, in the recent past, disruptions in the secondary market for residential mortgage loans have limited the market for, and liquidity of, most mortgage loans other than conforming Fannie Mae and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, or Freddie Mac, loans. The effects of these disruptions in the secondary market for residential mortgage loans may reappear.

In addition, because government-sponsored entities like Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, who account for a substantial portion of the secondary market, are governed by federal law, any future changes in laws that significantly affect the activity of these entities could, in turn, adversely affect our operations. In September 2008, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac were placed into conservatorship by the federal government. The federal government has for many years considered proposals to reform Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, but the results of any such reform and their impact on us are difficult to predict. To date, no reform proposal has been enacted.

These disruptions may not only affect us but also the ability and desire of mortgage investors and other banks to purchase residential mortgage loans that we originate. As a result, we may not be able to maintain or grow the income we receive from originating and reselling residential mortgage loans, which would reduce our operating income. Additionally, we may be required to hold mortgage loans that we originated for sale, increasing our exposure to interest rate risk and the value of the residential real estate that serves as collateral for the mortgage loan.

Delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures in residential mortgages create a higher risk of repurchases and indemnity requests.

We originate residential mortgage loans for sale to government-sponsored enterprises, such as Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and other investors. As a part of this process, we make various representations and warranties to these purchasers that are tied to the underwriting standards under which the investors agreed to purchase the loan. If a representation or warranty proves to be untrue, we could be required to repurchase one or more of the mortgage loans or indemnify the investor. Repurchase and indemnity obligations tend to increase during weak economic times, as investors seek to pass on the risks associated with mortgage loan delinquencies to the originator of the mortgage. In 2013 and 2014, we repurchased three residential mortgage loans sold to government-sponsored enterprises with an aggregate principal amount of $405,000, all of which were fully paid with no remaining principal balance as of December 31, 2016. If we are forced to repurchase additional mortgage loans that we have previously sold to investors, or indemnify those investors, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

A lack of liquidity could impair our ability to fund operations and adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Liquidity is essential to our business. We rely on our ability to generate deposits and effectively manage the repayment and maturity schedules of our loans and investment securities, respectively, to ensure that we have adequate liquidity to fund our operations. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of our investment securities, the sale of loans, and other sources could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity.

 

27


Table of Contents

Our most important source of funds is deposits. As of December 31, 2016, approximately $1.2 billion, or 78.3%, of our total deposits were demand, savings and money market accounts. Historically our savings, money market deposit accounts and demand accounts have been stable sources of funds However, these deposits are subject to potentially dramatic fluctuations in availability or price due to certain factors that may be outside of our control, such as a loss of confidence by customers in us or the banking sector generally, customer perceptions of our financial health and general reputation, increasing competitive pressures from other financial services firms for consumer or corporate customer deposits, changes in interest rates and returns on other investment classes, which could result in significant outflows of deposits within short periods of time or significant changes in pricing necessary to maintain current customer deposits or attract additional deposits, increasing our funding costs and reducing our net interest income and net income.

The $341.6 million remaining balance of deposits consisted of certificates of deposit, of which $252.0 million, or 16.0% of our total deposits, were due to mature within one year. Historically, a majority of our certificates of deposit are renewed upon maturity as long as we pay competitive interest rates. These customers are, however, interest-rate conscious and may be willing to move funds into higher-yielding investment alternatives. If customers transfer money out of the Bank’s deposits and into other investments such as money market funds, we would lose a relatively low-cost source of funds, increasing our funding costs and reducing our net interest income and net income.

Other primary sources of funds consist of cash flows from operations, maturities and sales of investment securities, and proceeds from the issuance and sale of our equity and debt securities to investors. Additional liquidity is provided by our ability to borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas, or the FHLB. We also may borrow funds from third-party lenders, such as other financial institutions. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance or capitalize our activities, or on terms that are acceptable to us, could be impaired by factors that affect us directly or the financial services industry or economy in general, such as disruptions in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry. Our access to funding sources could also be affected by a decrease in the level of our business activity as a result of a downturn in Texas or by one or more adverse regulatory actions against us.

Any decline in available funding could adversely impact our ability to originate loans, invest in securities, meet our expenses, or fulfill obligations such as repaying our borrowings or meeting deposit withdrawal demands, any of which could, in turn, have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may need to raise additional capital in the future, and such capital may not be available when needed or at all.

We may need to raise additional capital, in the form of additional debt or equity, in the future to have sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet our commitments and fund our business needs and future growth, particularly if the quality of our assets or earnings were to deteriorate significantly. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on, among other things, conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside of our control, and our financial condition. Economic conditions and a loss of confidence in financial institutions may increase our cost of funding and limit access to certain customary sources of capital, including interbank borrowings, repurchase agreements and borrowings from the discount window of the Federal Reserve System. We may not be able to obtain capital on acceptable terms — or at all. Any occurrence that may limit our access to the capital markets, such as a decline in the confidence of debt purchasers, depositors of our bank or counterparties participating in the capital markets or other disruption in capital markets, may adversely affect our capital costs and our ability to raise capital and, in turn, our liquidity. Further, if we need to raise capital in the future, we may have to do so when many other financial institutions are also seeking to raise capital and would then have to compete with those institutions for investors. An inability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms when needed could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

28


Table of Contents

We have a concentration of deposit accounts with state and local municipalities that is a material source of our funding, and the loss of these deposits or significant fluctuations in balances held by these public bodies could force us to fund our business through more expensive and less stable sources.

As of December 31, 2016, $316.4 million, or approximately 20.1%, of our total deposits consisted of deposit accounts of public bodies, such as state or local municipalities, or public funds. These types of deposits are often secured and typically fluctuate on a seasonal basis due to timing differences between tax collection and expenditures. Withdrawals of deposits or significant fluctuation in a material portion of our largest public fund depositors could force us to rely more heavily on borrowings and other sources of funding for our business and withdrawal demands, adversely affecting our net interest margin and results of operations. We may also be forced, as a result of any withdrawal of deposits, to rely more heavily on other, potentially more expensive and less stable funding sources. Consequently, the occurrence of any of these events could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to interest rate risk and fluctuations in interest rates may adversely affect our earnings.

The majority of our banking assets and liabilities are monetary in nature and subject to risk from changes in interest rates. Like most financial institutions, our earnings are significantly dependent on our net interest income, the principal component of our earnings, which is the difference between interest earned by us from our interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and interest paid by us on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. We expect that we will periodically experience “gaps” in the interest rate sensitivities of our assets and liabilities, meaning that either our interest-bearing liabilities will be more sensitive to changes in market interest rates than our interest-earning assets, or vice versa. In either event, if market interest rates should move contrary to our position, this “gap” will negatively impact our earnings. The impact on earnings is more adverse when the slope of the yield curve flattens, that is, when short-term interest rates increase more than long-term interest rates or when long-term interest rates decrease more than short-term interest rates. Many factors impact interest rates, including governmental monetary policies, inflation, recession, changes in unemployment, the money supply and international economic weakness and disorder and instability in domestic and foreign financial markets. As of December 31, 2016, approximately 51.1% of our interest-earning assets and approximately 68.5% of our interest-bearing liabilities had a variable rate. Our interest rate sensitivity profile was asset sensitive as of December 31, 2016, meaning that we estimate our net interest income would increase more from rising interest rates than from falling interest rates.

Interest rate increases often result in larger payment requirements for our borrowers, which increases the potential for default and could result in a decrease in the demand for loans. At the same time, the marketability of the property securing a loan may be adversely affected by any reduced demand resulting from higher interest rates. In a declining interest rate environment, there may be an increase in prepayments on loans as borrowers refinance their loans at lower rates. In addition, in a low interest rate environment, loan customers often pursue long-term fixed rate credits, which could adversely affect our earnings and net interest margin if rates increase. Changes in interest rates also can affect the value of loans, securities and other assets. An increase in interest rates that adversely affects the ability of borrowers to pay the principal or interest on loans may lead to an increase in nonperforming assets and a reduction of income recognized, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows. Further, when we place a loan on nonaccrual status, we reverse any accrued but unpaid interest receivable, which decreases interest income. At the same time, we continue to have a cost to fund the loan, which is reflected as interest expense, without any interest income to offset the associated funding expense. Thus, an increase in the amount of nonperforming assets would have an adverse impact on net interest income. If short-term interest rates continue to remain at their historically low levels for a prolonged period and assuming longer-term interest rates fall further, we could experience net interest margin compression as our interest-earning assets would continue to reprice downward while our interest-bearing liability rates could fail to decline in tandem. Such an occurrence would have an adverse effect on our net interest income and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

29


Table of Contents

Our business is concentrated in, and largely dependent upon, the continued growth and welfare of our primary markets, and adverse economic conditions in these markets could negatively impact our operations and customers.

Our business, financial condition and results of operations are affected by changes in the economic conditions of our primary markets of East Texas, Bryan/College Station, Texas and the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex. Our success depends to a significant extent upon the business activity, population, income levels, employment trends, deposits and real estate activity in our primary markets. Economic conditions within our primary markets, and the state of Texas in general, are influenced by the energy sector generally and the price of oil and gas specifically. Although our customers’ business and financial interests may extend well beyond our primary markets, adverse conditions that affect our primary markets, including future declines in oil prices, could reduce our growth rate, affect the ability of our customers to repay their loans, affect the value of collateral underlying our loans, affect our ability to attract deposits and generally affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. Due to our geographic concentration within our primary markets, we may be less able than other larger regional or national financial institutions to diversify our credit risks across multiple markets.

We face strong competition from financial services companies and other companies that offer banking services.

We operate in the highly competitive financial services industry and face significant competition for customers from financial institutions located both within and beyond our principal markets. We compete with commercial banks, savings banks, credit unions, nonbank financial services companies and other financial institutions operating within or near the areas we serve. Additionally, certain large banks headquartered outside of our markets and large community banking institutions target the same customers we do. In addition, as customer preferences and expectations continue to evolve, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for banks to expand their geographic reach by providing services over the internet and for nonbanks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic transfer and automatic payment systems. The banking industry is experiencing rapid changes in technology, and, as a result, our future success will depend in part on our ability to address our customers’ needs by using technology. Customer loyalty can be influenced by a competitor’s new products, especially offerings that could provide cost savings or a higher return to the customer. Increased lending activity of competing banks following the recent downturn has also led to increased competitive pressures on loan rates and terms for high-quality credits. We may not be able to compete successfully with other financial institutions in our markets, and we may have to pay higher interest rates to attract deposits, accept lower yields to attract loans and pay higher wages for new employees, resulting in lower net interest margins and reduced profitability.

Many of our non-bank competitors are not subject to the same extensive regulations that govern our activities and may have greater flexibility in competing for business. The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and continued consolidation. In addition, some of our current commercial banking customers may seek alternative banking sources as they develop needs for credit facilities larger than we may be able to accommodate. Our inability to compete successfully in the markets in which we operate could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our trust and wealth management division derives its revenue from noninterest income and is subject to operational, compliance, reputational, fiduciary and strategic risks that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our trust and wealth management division subjects us to a number of different risks from our commercial activities, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Operational or compliance risk entails inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or

 

30


Table of Contents

changes driven by external events. Success in the trust and wealth management business is highly dependent on reputation. Damage to our reputation from negative opinion in the marketplace could adversely impact both revenue and net income. Such results could also be affected by errors in judgment by management or the board, the improper implementation of business decisions or by unexpected external events. Our success in this division is also dependent upon our continuing ability to generate investment results that satisfy our clients and attract prospective clients, which may be adversely impacted by factors that are outside of our control. In addition, our trust and wealth management division is subject to fiduciary risks and risks associated with adverse decisions regarding the scope of fiduciary liabilities. If any claims or legal actions regarding our fiduciary role are not resolved in a manner favorable to us, we may be exposed to significant financial liability and our reputation could be damaged. Either of these results may adversely impact demand for our products and services, including those unrelated to our trust and wealth management division, or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operation.

Additional risks resulting from our mortgage warehouse lending business could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A portion of our lending involves the origination of mortgage warehouse lines of credit. Risks associated with our mortgage warehouse loans include credit risks relating to the mortgage bankers that borrow from us, including the risk of intentional misrepresentation or fraud; changes in the market value of mortgage loans originated by the mortgage banker, the sale of which is the expected source of repayment of the borrowings under a warehouse line of credit, due to changes in interest rates during the time in warehouse; and originations of mortgage loans that are unsalable or impaired, which could lead to decreased collateral value and the failure of a purchaser of the mortgage loan to ultimately purchase the loan from the mortgage banker. Any one or a combination of these events may adversely affect our loan portfolio and may result in increased delinquencies, loan losses and increased future provision levels, which, in turn, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

New lines of business, products, product enhancements or services may subject us to additional risks.

From time to time, we implement new lines of business, or offer new products and product enhancements as well as new services within our existing lines of business and we will continue to do so in the future. For example, in 2015, we established our warehouse mortgage lending division and plan to launch our new eWarehouse platform for this division in the second quarter of 2017, which we expect will be one of a only a few such platforms offered by banks nationally. We also have plans to enhance our trust and wealth management division. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. In implementing, developing or marketing new lines of business, products, product enhancements or services, we may invest significant time and resources, although we may not assign the appropriate level of resources or expertise necessary to make these new lines of business, products, product enhancements or services successful or to realize their expected benefits. Further, initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business, products, product enhancements or services may not be achieved, and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives and shifting market preferences, may also impact the ultimate implementation of a new line of business or offerings of new products, product enhancements or services. Furthermore, any new line of business, product, product enhancement or service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of our system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business or offerings of new products, product enhancements or services could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Negative public opinion regarding our company or failure to maintain our reputation in the communities we serve could adversely affect our business and prevent us from growing our business.

As a community bank, our reputation within the communities we serve is critical to our success. We believe we have set ourselves apart from our competitors by building strong personal and professional

 

31


Table of Contents

relationships with our customers and being active members of the communities we serve. As such, we strive to enhance our reputation by recruiting, hiring and retaining employees who share our core values of being an integral part of the communities we serve and delivering superior service to our customers. If our reputation is negatively affected by the actions of our employees or otherwise, we may be less successful in attracting new talent and customers or may lose existing customers, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. Further, negative public opinion can expose us to litigation and regulatory action and delay and impede our efforts to implement our expansion strategy, which could further adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We could recognize losses on investment securities held in our securities portfolio, particularly if interest rates increase or economic and market conditions deteriorate.

While we attempt to invest a significant majority of our total assets in loans (our loan to asset ratio was 67.5% as of December 31, 2016), we invest a percentage of our total assets (18.9% as of December 31, 2016) in investment securities with the primary objectives of providing a source of liquidity, providing an appropriate return on funds invested, managing interest rate risk, meeting pledging requirements and meeting regulatory capital requirements. As of December 31, 2016, the fair value of our available for sale investment securities portfolio was $156.9 million, which included a net unrealized loss of $3.3 million. Factors beyond our control can significantly and adversely influence the fair value of securities in our portfolio. For example, fixed-rate securities are generally subject to decreases in market value when interest rates rise. Additional factors include, but are not limited to, rating agency downgrades of the securities, defaults by the issuer or individual borrowers with respect to the underlying securities, and instability in the credit markets. Any of the foregoing factors could cause other-than-temporary impairment in future periods and result in realized losses. The process for determining whether impairment is other-than-temporary usually requires difficult, subjective judgments about the future financial performance of the issuer and any collateral underlying the security in order to assess the probability of receiving all contractual principal and interest payments on the security. As of December 31, 2016, there was other-than-temporary impairment in the amount of $324,495 that we recognized in 2013 related to one non-agency security in our investment portfolio with a $2.9 million carrying value. Because of changing economic and market conditions affecting interest rates, the financial condition of issuers of the securities and the performance of the underlying collateral, we may recognize realized and/or unrealized losses in future periods, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The accuracy of our financial statements and related disclosures could be affected if the judgments, assumptions or estimates used in our critical accounting policies are inaccurate.

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with GAAP requires us to make judgments, assumptions and estimates that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Our critical accounting policies, which are included in the section captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus, describe those significant accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements that we consider “critical” because they require judgments, assumptions and estimates that materially affect our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. As a result, if future events or regulatory views concerning such analysis differ significantly from the judgments, assumptions and estimates in our critical accounting policies, those events or assumptions could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures, in each case resulting in our needing to revise or restate prior period financial statements, cause damage to our reputation and the price of our common stock, and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

There could be material changes to our financial statements and disclosures if there are changes in accounting standards or regulatory interpretations of existing standards

From time to time the Financial Accounting Standards Board or the SEC may change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. Such changes may

 

32


Table of Contents

result in us being subject to new or changing accounting and reporting standards. In addition, the bodies that interpret the accounting standards (such as banking regulators or outside auditors) may change their interpretations or positions on how new or existing standards should be applied. These changes may be beyond our control, can be hard to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retrospectively, or apply an existing standard differently and retrospectively, in each case resulting in our needing to revise or restate prior period financial statements, which could materially change our financial statements and related disclosures, cause damage to our reputation and the price of our common stock, and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our operations could be interrupted if our third-party service providers experience difficulty, terminate their services or fail to comply with banking regulations.

We outsource some of our operational activities and accordingly depend on a number of relationships with third-party service providers. Specifically, we rely on third parties for certain services, including, but not limited to, core systems support, informational website hosting, internet services, online account opening and other processing services. Our business depends on the successful and uninterrupted functioning of our information technology and telecommunications systems and third-party servicers. The failure of these systems, a cyber security breach involving any of our third-party service providers, or the termination or change in terms of a third-party software license or service agreement on which any of these systems is based, could interrupt our operations. Because our information technology and telecommunications systems interface with and depend on third-party systems, we could experience service denials if demand for such services exceeds capacity or such third-party systems fail or experience interruptions. Replacing vendors or addressing other issues with our third-party service providers could entail significant delay, expense and disruption of service.

As a result, if these third-party service providers experience difficulties, are subject to cyber security breaches, or terminate their services, and we are unable to replace them with other service providers, particularly on a timely basis, our operations could be interrupted. If an interruption were to continue for a significant period of time, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. Even if we are able to replace third-party service providers, it may be at a higher cost to us, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, the Bank’s primary federal regulator, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, or OCC, has recently issued guidance outlining the expectations for third-party service provider oversight and monitoring by financial institutions. The federal banking agencies, including the OCC, have recently issued enforcement actions against financial institutions for failure in oversight of third-party providers and violations of federal banking law by such providers when performing services for financial institutions. Accordingly, our operations could be interrupted if any of our third-party service providers experience difficulty, are subject to cyber security breaches, terminate their services or fail to comply with banking regulations, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our failure to adequately oversee the actions of our third-party service providers could result in regulatory actions against the Bank, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

System failure or cyber security breaches of our network security could subject us to increased operating costs as well as litigation and other potential losses.

Our computer systems and network infrastructure could be vulnerable to hardware and cyber security issues. Our operations are dependent upon our ability to protect our computer equipment against damage from fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or a similar catastrophic event. We could also experience a breach by intentional or negligent conduct on the part of employees or other internal sources. Any damage or failure that causes an interruption in our operations could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our operations are dependent upon our ability to protect our computer systems and

 

33


Table of Contents

network infrastructure, including our digital, mobile and internet banking activities, against damage from physical break-ins, cyber security breaches and other disruptive problems caused by the internet or other users. Such computer break-ins and other disruptions would jeopardize the security of information stored in and transmitted through our computer systems and network infrastructure, which may result in significant liability, damage our reputation and inhibit the use of our internet banking services by current and potential customers. We regularly add additional security measures to our computer systems and network infrastructure to mitigate the possibility of cyber security breaches, including firewalls and penetration testing. However, it is difficult or impossible to defend against every risk being posed by changing technologies as well as acts of cyber-crime. Increasing sophistication of cyber criminals and terrorists make keeping up with new threats difficult and could result in a system breach. Controls employed by our information technology department and cloud vendors could prove inadequate. A breach of our security that results in unauthorized access to our data could expose us to a disruption or challenges relating to our daily operations, as well as to data loss, litigation, damages, fines and penalties, significant increases in compliance costs and reputational damage, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have a continuing need for technological change, and we may not have the resources to effectively implement new technology, or we may experience operational challenges when implementing new technology or technology needed to compete effectively with larger institutions may not be available to us on a cost effective basis.

The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to better serving customers, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. Our future success will depend, at least in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations as we continue to grow and expand our products and service offerings. We may experience operational challenges as we implement these new technology enhancements or products, which could impair our ability to realize the anticipated benefits from such new technology or require us to incur significant costs to remedy any such challenges in a timely manner.

Many of our larger competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. Third parties upon which we rely for our technology needs may not be able to develop on a cost effective basis systems that will enable us to keep pace with such developments. As a result, they may be able to offer additional or superior products compared to those that we will be able to provide, which would put us at a competitive disadvantage. We may lose customers seeking new technology-driven products and services to the extent we are unable to provide such products and services. Accordingly, the ability to keep pace with technological change is important and the failure to do so could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to certain operational risks, including, but not limited to, customer, employee or third-party fraud and data processing system failures and errors.

Employee errors and employee or customer misconduct could subject us to financial losses or regulatory sanctions and seriously harm our reputation. Misconduct by our employees could include hiding unauthorized activities from us, improper or unauthorized activities on behalf of our customers or improper use of confidential information. It is not always possible to prevent employee errors and misconduct, and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. Employee errors could also subject us to financial claims for negligence.

We maintain a system of internal controls to mitigate operational risks, including data processing system failures and errors and customer or employee fraud, as well as insurance coverage designed to protect us from material losses associated with these risks, including losses resulting from any associated business

 

34


Table of Contents

interruption. If our internal controls fail to prevent or detect an occurrence, or if any resulting loss is not insured or exceeds applicable insurance limits, it could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, we rely heavily upon information supplied by third parties, including the information contained in credit applications, property appraisals, title information, equipment pricing and valuation and employment and income documentation, in deciding which loans we will originate, as well as the terms of those loans. If any of the information upon which we rely is misrepresented, either fraudulently or inadvertently, and the misrepresentation is not detected prior to loan funding, the value of the loan may be significantly lower than expected, or we may fund a loan that we would not have funded or on terms we would not have extended. Whether a misrepresentation is made by the applicant or another third party, we generally bear the risk of loss associated with the misrepresentation. A loan subject to a material misrepresentation is typically unsellable or subject to repurchase if it is sold prior to detection of the misrepresentation. The sources of the misrepresentations are often difficult to locate, and it is often difficult to recover any of the resulting monetary losses we may suffer, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our primary markets are susceptible to natural disasters and other catastrophes that could negatively impact the economies of our markets, our operations or our customers, any of which could have an adverse effect on us.

A significant portion of our business is generated from our primary markets of East Texas, Bryan/College Station, Texas and the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex, which are susceptible to damage by tornadoes, floods, droughts and other natural disasters and adverse weather. In addition to natural disasters, man-made events, such as acts of terror and governmental response to acts of terror, malfunction of the electronic grid and other infrastructure breakdowns, could adversely affect economic conditions in our primary markets. These catastrophic events can disrupt our operations, cause widespread property damage, and severely depress the local economies in which we operate. If the economies in our primary markets experience an overall decline as a result of a catastrophic event, demand for loans and our other products and services could be reduced. In addition, the rates of delinquencies, foreclosures, bankruptcies and losses on loan portfolios may increase substantially, as uninsured property losses or sustained job interruption or loss may materially impair the ability of borrowers to repay their loans. Moreover, the value of real estate or other collateral that secures the loans could be materially and adversely affected by a catastrophic event. A natural disaster or other catastrophic event could, therefore, result in decreased revenue and loan losses that have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be subject to environmental liabilities in connection with the real properties we own and the foreclosure on real estate assets securing our loan portfolio.

In the course of our business, we may purchase real estate in connection with our acquisition and expansion efforts, or we may foreclose on and take title to real estate or otherwise be deemed to be in control of property that serves as collateral on loans we make. As a result, we could be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to those properties. We may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination, or we may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, if we are the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property.

The cost of removal or abatement may substantially exceed the value of the affected properties or the loans secured by those properties, we may not have adequate remedies against the prior owners or other responsible parties and we may not be able to resell the affected properties either before or after completion of

 

35


Table of Contents

any such removal or abatement procedures. If material environmental problems are discovered before foreclosure, we generally will not foreclose on the related collateral or will transfer ownership of the loan to a subsidiary. It should be noted, however, that the transfer of the property or loans to a subsidiary may not protect us from environmental liability. Furthermore, despite these actions on our part, the value of the property as collateral will generally be substantially reduced or we may elect not to foreclose on the property and, as a result, we may suffer a loss upon collection of the loan. Any significant environmental liabilities could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to claims and litigation pertaining to intellectual property.

Banking and other financial services companies, such as our company, rely on technology companies to provide information technology products and services necessary to support their day-to-day operations. Technology companies frequently enter into litigation based on allegations of patent infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. In addition, patent holding companies seek to monetize patents they have purchased or otherwise obtained. Competitors of our vendors, or other individuals or companies, may from time to time claim to hold intellectual property sold to us by our vendors. Such claims may increase in the future as the financial services sector becomes more reliant on information technology vendors. The plaintiffs in these actions frequently seek injunctions and substantial damages.

Regardless of the scope or validity of such patents or other intellectual property rights, or the merits of any claims by potential or actual litigants, we may have to engage in protracted litigation. Such litigation is often expensive, time-consuming, disruptive to our operations and distracting to management. If we are found to infringe one or more patents or other intellectual property rights, we may be required to pay substantial damages or royalties to a third party. In certain cases, we may consider entering into licensing agreements for disputed intellectual property, although no assurance can be given that such licenses can be obtained on acceptable terms or that litigation will not occur. These licenses may also significantly increase our operating expenses. If legal matters related to intellectual property claims were resolved against us or settled, we could be required to make payments in amounts that could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If the goodwill that we have recorded or may record in connection with a business acquisition becomes impaired, it could require charges to earnings.

Goodwill represents the amount by which the cost of an acquisition exceeded the fair value of net assets we acquired in connection with the purchase of another financial institution. We review goodwill for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if a triggering event occurs which indicates that the carrying value of the asset might be impaired.

Our goodwill impairment test involves a two-step process. Under the first step, the estimation of fair value of the reporting unit is compared to its carrying value including goodwill. If step one indicates a potential impairment, the second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment, if any. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. Any such adjustments are reflected in our results of operations in the periods in which they become known. As of December 31, 2016, our goodwill totaled $18.7 million. While we have not recorded any impairment charges since we initially recorded the goodwill, there can be no assurance that our future evaluations of our existing goodwill or goodwill we may acquire in the future will not result in findings of impairment and related write-downs, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

36


Table of Contents

Risks Related to the Regulation of Our Industry

The ongoing implementation of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, or the Dodd-Frank Act, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law, and the process of implementation is ongoing. The Dodd-Frank Act imposes significant regulatory and compliance changes on many industries, including ours. There remains significant uncertainty surrounding the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will ultimately be implemented by the various regulatory agencies and the full extent of the impact of the requirements on our operations is unclear, especially in light of the Trump administration’s recent executive order calling for a full review of the Dodd-Frank Act and the regulations promulgated under it. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, require the development of new compliance infrastructure, impose upon us more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements or otherwise adversely affect our business. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements. Failure to comply with the new requirements or with any future changes in laws or regulations could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We operate in a highly regulated environment and the laws and regulations that govern our operations, corporate governance, executive compensation and accounting principles, or changes in them, or our failure to comply with them, could adversely affect us.

Banking is highly regulated under federal and state law. As such, we are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and legal requirements that govern almost all aspects of our operations. These laws and regulations are not intended to protect our shareholders. Rather, these laws and regulations are intended to protect customers, depositors, the Deposit Insurance Fund and the overall financial stability of the United States. These laws and regulations, among other matters, prescribe minimum capital requirements, impose limitations on the business activities in which we can engage, limit the dividend or distributions that the Bank can pay to us, restrict the ability of institutions to guarantee our debt and impose certain specific accounting requirements on us that may be more restrictive and may result in greater or earlier charges to earnings or reductions in our capital than GAAP would require. Compliance with laws and regulations can be difficult and costly, and changes to laws and regulations often impose additional operating costs. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations, even if the failure follows good faith effort or reflects a difference in interpretation, could subject us to restrictions on our business activities, enforcement actions and fines and other penalties, any of which could adversely affect our results of operations, regulatory capital levels and the price of our securities. Further, any new laws, rules and regulations, such as the Dodd-Frank Act, could make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Federal banking agencies periodically conduct examinations of our business, including compliance with laws and regulations, and our failure to comply with any supervisory actions to which we are or become subject as a result of such examinations could adversely affect us.

As part of the bank regulatory process, the OCC and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or Federal Reserve, periodically conduct examinations of our business, including compliance with laws and regulations. If, as a result of an examination, one of these federal banking agencies were to determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, asset sensitivity, risk management or other aspects of any of our operations have become unsatisfactory, or that our Company, the Bank or their respective management were in violation of any law or regulation, it may take a number of different remedial actions as it deems appropriate. These actions include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative actions to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in our capital levels, to restrict our

 

37


Table of Contents

growth, to assess civil monetary penalties against us, the Bank or their respective officers or directors, to remove officers and directors and, if it is concluded that such conditions cannot be corrected or there is an imminent risk of loss to depositors, to terminate the Bank’s deposit insurance. If we become subject to such regulatory actions, our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation could be adversely affected.

We recently became subject to more stringent capital requirements, which may result in lower returns on equity, require the raising of additional capital, limit our ability to repurchase shares or pay dividends and discretionary bonuses, or result in regulatory action.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal banking agencies to establish stricter risk-based capital requirements and leverage limits to apply to banks and bank and savings and loan holding companies. In July 2013, the federal banking agencies published new capital rules, referred to herein as the Basel III capital rules, which revised their risk-based and leverage capital requirements and their method for calculating risk-weighted assets. The Basel III capital rules apply to all bank holding companies with $1.0 billion or more in consolidated assets and all banks regardless of size. The Basel III capital rules became effective as applied to us on January 1, 2015, with a phase-in period for the new capital conservation buffer that generally extends from January 1, 2015 through January 1, 2019. See “Supervision and Regulation — Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. — New Rules on Regulatory Capital.”

As a result of the enactment of the Basel III capital rules, we became subject to increased required capital levels. Our inability to comply with these more stringent capital requirements could, among other things, result in lower returns on equity; require the raising of additional capital; limit our ability to repurchase shares or pay dividends and discretionary bonuses; or result in regulatory actions, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operation.

Many of our new activities and expansion plans require regulatory approvals, and failure to obtain them may restrict our growth.

We intend to complement and expand our business by pursuing strategic acquisitions of financial institutions and other complementary businesses. Generally, we must receive federal regulatory approval before we can acquire an FDIC-insured depository institution or related business. In determining whether to approve a proposed acquisition, federal banking regulators will consider, among other factors, the effect of the acquisition on competition, our financial condition, our future prospects, and the impact of the proposal on U.S. financial stability. The regulators also review current and projected capital ratios and levels, the competence, experience and integrity of management and its record of compliance with laws and regulations, the convenience and needs of the communities to be served (including the acquiring institution’s record of compliance under the Community Reinvestment Act, or the CRA) and the effectiveness of the acquiring institution in combating money laundering activities. Such regulatory approvals may not be granted on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. We may also be required to sell banking locations as a condition to receiving regulatory approval, which condition may not be acceptable to us or, if acceptable to us, may reduce the benefit of any acquisition.

In addition to the acquisition of existing financial institutions, as opportunities arise, we plan to continue de novo branching as a part of our expansion strategy. De novo branching and acquisitions carry with them numerous risks, including the inability to obtain all required regulatory approvals. The failure to obtain these regulatory approvals for potential future strategic acquisitions and de novo banking locations could impact our business plans and restrict our growth.

Financial institutions, such as the Bank, face a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations.

The Bank Secrecy Act, the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, or the USA PATRIOT Act, and other laws and

 

38


Table of Contents

regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain an effective anti-money laundering program and file suspicious activity and currency transaction reports as appropriate. The Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, established by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, or the Treasury Department, to administer the Bank Secrecy Act, is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and has recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts with the individual federal banking regulators, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Administration and the Internal Revenue Service. There is also increased scrutiny of compliance with the sanctions programs and rules administered and enforced by the Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.

In order to comply with regulations, guidelines and examination procedures in this area, we have dedicated significant resources to our anti-money laundering program. If our policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient, we could be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions such as restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and the inability to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plans, including acquisitions and de novo branching.

We are subject to numerous laws designed to protect consumers, including the Community Reinvestment Act and fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to a wide variety of sanctions.

The CRA, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and regulations impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, or CFPB, the U.S. Department of Justice and other federal agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. The CFPB was created under the Dodd-Frank Act to centralize responsibility for consumer financial protection with broad rulemaking authority to administer and carry out the purposes and objectives of federal consumer financial laws with respect to all financial institutions that offer financial products and services to consumers. The CFPB is also authorized to prescribe rules applicable to any covered person or service provider, identifying and prohibiting acts or practices that are “unfair, deceptive, or abusive” in connection with any transaction with a consumer for a consumer financial product or service, or the offering of a consumer financial product or service. The ongoing broad rulemaking powers of the CFPB have potential to have a significant impact on the operations of financial institutions offering consumer financial products or services. The CFPB has indicated that it may propose new rules on overdrafts and other consumer financial products or services, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations if any such rules limit our ability to provide such financial products or services.

A successful regulatory challenge to an institution’s performance under the CRA, fair lending or consumer lending laws and regulations could result in a wide variety of sanctions, including damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, restrictions on mergers and acquisitions activity, restrictions on expansion, and restrictions on entering new business lines. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. Such actions could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Increases in FDIC insurance premiums could adversely affect our earnings and results of operations.

We are generally unable to control the amount of premiums that we are required to pay for FDIC insurance. As a result of economic conditions and the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC has in recent years increased deposit insurance assessment rates, which in turn raised deposit premiums for many insured depository institutions. In 2010, the FDIC increased the Deposit Insurance Fund’s target reserve ratio to 2.0% of insured deposits following the Dodd-Frank Act’s elimination of the 1.5% cap on the insurance fund’s reserve ratio, and the FDIC as put in place a restoration plan to restore the Deposit Insurance Fund to its 1.35% minimum reserve ratio managed by the Dodd-Frank Act by September 30, 2020. If recent increases in premiums are insufficient for the Deposit Insurance Fund to meet its funding requirements, further special assessments or increases in deposit insurance premiums may be required. Further, if there are additional financial institution failures that affect the Deposit Insurance Fund, we may be required to pay higher FDIC premiums. Our FDIC

 

39


Table of Contents

insurance related costs were $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $743,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015, and $680,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014. Any future additional assessments, increases or required prepayments in FDIC insurance premiums could adversely affect our earnings and results of operations.

The Federal Reserve may require us to commit capital resources to support the Bank.

The Federal Reserve requires a bank holding company to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks and to commit resources to support its subsidiary banks. Under the “source of strength” doctrine that was codified by the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve may require a bank holding company to make capital injections into a troubled subsidiary bank at times when the bank holding company may not be inclined to do so and may charge the bank holding company with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices for failure to commit resources to such a subsidiary bank. Accordingly, we could be required to provide financial assistance to the Bank if it experiences financial distress.

A capital injection may be required at a time when our resources are limited, and we may be required to borrow the funds or raise capital to make the required capital injection. Any loan by a bank holding company to its subsidiary bank is subordinate in right with payment to deposits and certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, the bankruptcy trustee will assume any commitment by the holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank. Moreover, bankruptcy law provides that claims based on any such commitment will be entitled to a priority of payment over the claims of the holding company’s general unsecured creditors, including the holders of any note obligations. Thus, any borrowing by a bank holding company for the purpose of making a capital injection to a subsidiary bank often becomes more difficult and expensive relative to other corporate borrowings.

We could be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions.

Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when our collateral cannot be foreclosed upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure due. Any such losses could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition to being affected by general economic conditions, our earnings and growth are affected by the policies of the Federal Reserve. An important function of the Federal Reserve is to regulate the U.S. money supply and credit conditions. Among the instruments used by the Federal Reserve to implement these objectives are open market purchases and sales of securities by the Federal Reserve, adjustments of both the discount rate and the federal funds rate and changes in reserve requirements against bank deposits. These instruments are used in varying combinations to influence overall economic growth and the distribution of credit, bank loans, investments and deposits. Their use also affects interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits.

The monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. Although we cannot determine the effects of such policies on us at this time, such policies could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

40


Table of Contents

We are subject to commercial real estate lending guidance issued by the federal banking regulators that impacts our operations and capital requirements.

The federal banking regulators have issued guidance regarding concentrations in commercial real estate lending directed at institutions that have particularly high concentrations of commercial real estate loans within their lending portfolios. This guidance suggests that institutions whose commercial real estate loans exceed certain percentages of capital should implement heightened risk management practices appropriate to their concentration risk and may be required to maintain higher capital ratios than institutions with lower concentrations in commercial real estate lending. Based on our commercial real estate concentration as of December 31, 2016, we believe that we are operating within the guidelines. However, increases in our commercial real estate lending, particularly as we expand into metropolitans markets and make more of these loans, could subject us to additional supervisory analysis. We cannot guarantee that any risk management practices we implement will be effective to prevent losses relating to our commercial real estate portfolio. Management has implemented controls to monitor our commercial real estate lending concentrations, but we cannot predict the extent to which this guidance will impact our operations or capital requirements.

Risks Related to an Investment in Our Common Stock

There is currently no regular market for our common stock. An active, liquid market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained upon completion of this offering, which may impair your ability to sell your shares.

Our common stock is not currently traded on an established public trading market. From 1998 to 2005, our common stock was listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC under the symbol “GNTY.” In 2005, we terminated the registration of our common stock under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act and, consequently, terminated the listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC. Since the delisting of our common stock in 2005, shares of our common stock have been quoted on the OTC Markets under the same symbol, although there has been no material trading volume in our common stock through our quotation on the OTC Markets. As a result, since 2005 there has been no regular market for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, but an active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained following this offering. A public trading market having the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends upon the presence in the marketplace and independent decisions of willing buyers and sellers of our common stock, over which we have no control. Without an active, liquid trading market for our common stock, shareholders may not be able to sell their shares at the volume, prices and times desired. Moreover, the lack of an established market could materially and adversely affect the value of our common stock. The market price of our common stock could decline significantly due to actual or anticipated issuances or sales of our common stock in the future.

The market price of our common stock may be subject to substantial fluctuations, which may make it difficult for you to sell your shares at the volume, prices and times desired.

The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile, which may make it difficult for you to resell your shares at the volume, prices and times desired. There are many factors that may affect the market price and trading volume of our common stock, including, without limitation:

 

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results, financial condition or asset quality;

 

    changes in economic or business conditions;

 

    the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies, including the interest rate policies of the Federal Reserve;

 

41


Table of Contents
    publication of research reports about us, our competitors, or the financial services industry generally, or changes in, or failure to meet, securities analysts’ estimates of our financial and operating performance, or lack of research reports by industry analysts or ceasing of coverage;

 

    operating and stock price performance of companies that investors deemed comparable to us;

 

    additional or anticipated sales of our common stock or other securities by us or our existing shareholders;

 

    additions or departures of key personnel;

 

    perceptions in the marketplace regarding our competitors or us, including the perception that investment in Texas is unattractive or less attractive during periods of low oil prices;

 

    significant acquisitions or business combinations, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by or involving our competitors or us;

 

    other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory and technological factors affecting our operations, pricing, products and services; and

 

    other news, announcements or disclosures (whether by us or others) related to us, our competitors, our primary markets or the financial services industry.

The stock market and, in particular, the market for financial institution stocks have experienced substantial fluctuations in recent years, which in many cases have been unrelated to the operating performance and prospects of particular companies. In addition, significant fluctuations in the trading volume in our common stock may cause significant price variations to occur. Increased market volatility may materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock, which could make it difficult to sell your shares at the volume, prices and times desired.

The market price of our common stock could decline significantly due to actual or anticipated issuances or sales of our common stock in the future.

Actual or anticipated issuances or sales of substantial amounts of our common stock following this offering could cause the market price of our common stock to decline significantly and make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and on terms that we deem appropriate. The issuance of any shares of our common stock in the future also would, and equity-related securities could, dilute the percentage ownership interest held by shareholders prior to such issuance. Our certificate of formation authorizes us to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of our common stock, [            ] of which will be outstanding following the completion of this offering (or [            ] shares if the underwriters exercise in full their over-allotment option). All [            ] of the shares of common stock sold in this offering (or [            ] shares if the underwriters exercise in full their over-allotment option) will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased by our “affiliates” (as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act) may be resold only in compliance with the limitations described under “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” The remaining [            ] outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed to be “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144, and may be resold in the United States only if they are registered for resale under the Securities Act or an exemption, such as Rule 144, is available. We also intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register an aggregate of approximately 1,000,000 shares of common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plan and an indeterminate amount of plan interests in our common stock to be offered and sold pursuant to the KSOP. We may issue all of these shares without any action or approval by our shareholders, and these shares, once issued (including upon exercise of outstanding options), will be available for sale into the public market, subject to the restrictions described above, if applicable, for affiliate holders.

 

42


Table of Contents

Further, in connection with this offering, we, our directors, our executive officers and certain shareholders have agreed to enter into lock-up agreements that restrict the sale of their holdings of our common stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to an extension in certain circumstances. The underwriters, in their discretion, may release any of the shares of our common stock subject to these lock-up agreement at any time without notice. In addition, after this offering, approximately [            ] shares of our common stock will not be subject to lock-up. The resale of such shares could cause the market price of our stock to drop significantly, and concerns that those sales may occur could cause the trading price of our common stock to decrease or to be lower than it should be.

In addition, we may issue shares of our common stock or other securities from time to time as consideration for future acquisitions and investments and pursuant to compensation and incentive plans. If any such acquisition or investment is significant, the number of shares of our common stock, or the number or aggregate principal amount, as the case may be, of other securities that we may issue may in turn be substantial. We may also grant registration rights covering those shares of our common stock or other securities in connection with any such acquisitions and investments.

We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our common stock or the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of our common stock will have on the market price of our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock (including shares of our common stock issued in connection with an acquisition or under a compensation or incentive plan), or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through future sales of our securities.

The obligations associated with being a public company will require significant resources and management attention, which will increase our costs of operations and may divert focus from our business operations.

As a public company, we will face increased legal, accounting, administrative and other costs and expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, particularly after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company. We expect to incur incremental costs related to operating as a public company of approximately $500,000 annually, although there can be no assurance that these costs will not be higher, particularly when we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company. After the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, which requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition and proxy and other information statements, and the rules and regulations implemented by the SEC, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, the PCAOB and the NASDAQ Global Select Market, each of which imposes additional reporting and other obligations on public companies. As a public company, compliance with these reporting requirements and other SEC and the NASDAQ Global Select Market rules will make certain operating activities more time-consuming, and we will also incur significant new legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses. Furthermore, the need to establish the corporate infrastructure demanded of a public company may divert management’s attention from implementing our operating strategy, which could prevent us from successfully implementing our strategic initiatives and improving our results of operations. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a public company. However, we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur in order to comply with these requirements. We anticipate that these costs will materially increase our general and administrative expenses and such increases will reduce our profitability.

Investors in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price is expected to be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately following this offering. Therefore, if you purchase shares in this offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value per share in relation to the price that you paid for your shares. We expect the dilution as a result of this offering and the KSOP

 

43


Table of Contents

Repurchase Right Termination to be $[        ] per share, based on an assumed initial offering price of $[        ] per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and our pro forma net tangible book value of $[        ] per share as of December 31, 2016. Accordingly, if we were liquidated at our pro forma net tangible book value, you would not receive the full amount of your investment. See “Dilution.”

Securities analysts may not initiate or continue coverage on us.

The trading market for our common stock will depend, in part, on the research and reports that securities analysts publish about us and our business. We do not have any control over these securities analysts, and they may not cover us. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover us or fail to publish regular reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause the price or trading volume of our common stock to decline. If we are covered by securities analysts and are the subject of an unfavorable report, the price of our common stock may decline.

Our management and board of directors have significant control over our business.

As of December 31, 2016, our directors and named executive officers beneficially owned an aggregate of 2,141,384 shares, or approximately 24.3%, of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock, including 304,788 shares that are held by our KSOP and allocated to the accounts of our named executive officers. As of December 31, 2016, our KSOP owned an aggregate of 1,319,225 shares, or approximately 15.07% of our issued and outstanding shares. A committee consisting of four independent directors of the Company, which we refer to herein as the KSOP Committee, currently serves as trustee of the KSOP. Because our common stock is not currently listed on a national securities exchange, the trustee of the KSOP generally has voting power with respect to the shares of our common stock held by the KSOP, except in certain limited circumstances, such as a merger, consolidation, or other extraordinary corporate matter. As such, the KSOP Committee, as trustee of the KSOP, has voting control over the shares held by the KSOP on most matters that require a vote of our shareholders. Following completion of this offering and the listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, each KSOP participant will have the right to vote the shares allocated to such participant’s account on all matters requiring a vote of our shareholders, but the KSOP committee, as trustee of the KSOP, will retain sole voting power over all shares held by the KSOP that are not allocated to participants’ accounts and all shares for which they have received no voting instructions from the participant. As of December 31, 2016, 50,000 of the 1,319,225 shares owned by our KSOP were unallocated to participants’ accounts.

Following the completion of this offering, our directors and named executive officers will beneficially own approximately [    ]% of our outstanding common stock, including 304,788 shares that are held by our KSOP and allocated to the accounts of such individuals. Consequently, our management and board of directors may be able to significantly affect the outcome of the election of directors and the potential outcome of other matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders, such as mergers, the sale of substantially all of our assets and other extraordinary corporate matters. The interests of these insiders could conflict with the interests of our other shareholders, including you.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds to us from this offering, and our use of these proceeds may not yield a favorable return on your investment.

We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering to further implement our expansion strategy, repay a portion of our corporate debt, fund organic growth in our banking markets and for general corporate purposes. We have not specifically allocated the amount of net proceeds to us that will be used for these purposes and our management will have broad discretion over how these proceeds are used and could spend these proceeds in ways with which you may not agree. In addition, we may not use the net proceeds to us from this offering effectively or in a manner that increases our market value or enhances our profitability. We have not established a timetable for the effective deployment of the net proceeds to us, and we cannot predict how long it will take to deploy these proceeds. Investing the net proceeds to us in securities until we are able to deploy these

 

44


Table of Contents

proceeds will provide lower yields than we generally earn on loans, which may have an adverse effect on our profitability. Although we may, from time to time in the ordinary course of business, evaluate potential acquisition opportunities that we believe provide attractive risk-adjusted returns, we do not have any immediate plans, arrangements or understandings relating to any acquisitions, nor are we engaged in negotiations with any potential acquisition targets. Likewise, although we regularly consider establishing de novo banking locations and organic growth initiatives within our current and potential new markets, we do not have any immediate plans, arrangements or understandings relating to the establishment of any de novo banking locations or any other organic growth initiatives outside of the ordinary course of business.

The holders of our existing debt obligations, as well as debt obligations that may be outstanding in the future, will have priority over our common stock with respect to payment in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up and with respect to the payment of interest.

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, our common stock would rank below all claims of debt holders against us. As of the date of this prospectus, we had outstanding approximately $[        ] million of senior debt obligations relating to advances on our senior, unsecured line of credit, $9.0 million of subordinated debt obligations and approximately $10.3 million of junior subordinated debentures issued to statutory trusts that, in turn, issued $10.0 million of trust preferred securities. Payments of the principal and interest on the trust preferred securities are conditionally guaranteed by us. Our debt obligations are senior to our shares of common stock. As a result, we must make payments on our debt obligations before any dividends can be paid on our common stock. In the event of our bankruptcy, dissolution or liquidation, the holders of our debt obligations must be satisfied before any distributions can be made to the holders of our common stock. We have the right to defer distributions on our junior subordinated debentures (and the related trust preferred securities) for up to five years, during which time no dividends may be paid to holders of our common stock. To the extent that we issue additional debt obligations or junior subordinated debentures, the additional debt obligations or additional junior subordinated debentures will be of equal rank with, or senior to, our existing debt obligations and senior to our shares of common stock.

We may issue shares of preferred stock in the future, which could make it difficult for another company to acquire us or could otherwise adversely affect holders of our common stock, which could depress the price of our common stock.

At the time of this offering, our certificate of formation will authorize us to issue up to 15,000,000 shares of one or more series of preferred stock. Our board of directors will have the authority to determine the preferences, limitations and relative rights of shares of preferred stock and to fix the number of shares constituting any series and the designation of such series, without any further vote or action by our shareholders. Our preferred stock could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to the rights of our common stock. The potential issuance of preferred stock may delay or prevent a change in control of us, discouraging bids for our common stock at a premium over the market price, and materially adversely affect the market price and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock.

We are an emerging growth company, and the reduced regulatory and reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company we may to take advantage of reduced regulatory and reporting requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. These include, without limitation, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced financial reporting requirements, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation, and exemptions from the requirements of holding non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation and golden parachute payments. The JOBS Act also permits an emerging growth company such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. However,

 

45


Table of Contents

we have irrevocably “opted out” of this provision, and we will comply with new or revised accounting standards to the same extent that compliance is required for non-emerging growth companies.

We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years, unless we earlier cease to be an emerging growth company, which would occur if our annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion, if we issue more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt in a three-year period or if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of any June 30, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. Investors may find our common stock less attractive because we intend to rely on certain of these exemptions, which may result in a less active trading market and increased volatility in our stock price.

We are dependent upon the Bank for cash flow, and the Bank’s ability to make cash distributions is restricted.

Our primary tangible asset is Guaranty Bank & Trust. As such, we depend upon the Bank for cash distributions (through dividends on the Bank’s common stock) that we use to pay our operating expenses, satisfy our obligations (including our subordinated debentures and our other debt obligations) and to pay dividends on our common stock. Federal statutes, regulations and policies restrict the Bank’s ability to make cash distributions to us. These statutes and regulations require, among other things, that the Bank maintain certain levels of capital in order to pay a dividend. Further, the OCC has the ability to restrict the Bank’s payment of dividends by supervisory action. If the Bank is unable to pay dividends to us, we will not be able to satisfy our obligations or pay dividends on our common stock.

Our dividend policy may change without notice, and our future ability to pay dividends is subject to restrictions.

Following the completion of this offering, we anticipate that dividends will be declared and paid in the month following the end of each calendar quarter, and we anticipate paying a quarterly dividend on our common stock in an amount equal to approximately 25.0% to 30.0% of our net income for the immediately preceding quarter. However, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive only such cash dividends as our board of directors may declare out of funds legally available for such payments. Any declaration and payment of dividends on common stock will depend upon our earnings and financial condition, liquidity and capital requirements, the general economic and regulatory climate, our ability to service any equity or debt obligations senior to the common stock and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. Furthermore, consistent with our strategic plans, growth initiatives, capital availability, projected liquidity needs and other factors, we have made, and will continue to make, capital management decisions and policies that could adversely affect the amount of dividends, if any, paid to our common shareholders.

The Federal Reserve has indicated that bank holding companies should carefully review their dividend policy in relation to the organization’s overall asset quality, current and prospective earnings and level, composition and quality of capital. The guidance provides that we inform and consult with the Federal Reserve prior to declaring and paying a dividend that exceeds earnings for the period for which the dividend is being paid or that could result in an adverse change to our capital structure, including interest on the subordinated debentures underlying our trust preferred securities and our other debt obligations. If required payments on our outstanding junior subordinated debentures, held by our unconsolidated subsidiary trusts, or our other debt obligations, are not made or are deferred, or dividends on any preferred stock we may issue are not paid, we will be prohibited from paying dividends on our common stock.

Our corporate organizational documents and provisions of federal and state law to which we are subject contain certain provisions that could have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, make more difficult or prevent an attempted acquisition that you may favor or an attempted replacement of our board of directors or management.

Our certificate of formation and our bylaws (each as amended and restated and in effect prior to the completion of this offering) may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, discourage or prevent an attempted

 

46


Table of Contents

acquisition or change of control or a replacement of our board of directors or management. Our governing documents include provisions that:

 

    empower our board of directors, without shareholder approval, to issue our preferred stock, the terms of which, including voting power, are to be set by our board of directors;

 

    divide our board of directors into three classes serving staggered three-year terms;

 

    provide that directors may only be removed from office for cause and only upon a majority shareholder vote;

 

    eliminate cumulative voting in elections of directors;

 

    permit our board of directors to alter, amend or repeal our amended and restated bylaws or to adopt new bylaws;

 

    require the request of holders of at least 50.0% of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote at a meeting to call a special shareholders’ meeting;

 

    prohibit shareholder action by less than unanimous written consent, thereby requiring virtually all actions to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders;

 

    require shareholders that wish to bring business before annual or special meetings of shareholders, or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of shareholders, to provide timely notice of their intent in writing; and

 

    enable our board of directors to increase, between annual meetings, the number of persons serving as directors and to fill the vacancies created as a result of the increase by a majority vote of the directors present at a meeting of directors.

In addition, certain provisions of Texas law, including a provision which restricts certain business combinations between a Texas corporation and certain affiliated shareholders, may delay, discourage or prevent an attempted acquisition or change in control. Furthermore, banking laws impose notice, approval, and ongoing regulatory requirements on any shareholder or other party that seeks to acquire direct or indirect “control” of an FDIC-insured depository institution or its holding company. These laws include the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, or the BHC Act, and the Change in Bank Control Act, or the CBCA. These laws could delay or prevent an acquisition.

Furthermore, our amended and restated certificate of formation provides that the state courts located in Titus County, Texas, the county in which our headquarters in Mount Pleasant lie, will be the exclusive forum for: (a) any actual or purported derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty by any of our directors or officers, (c) any action asserting a claim against us or our directors or officers arising pursuant to the TBOC, our certificate of formation, or our bylaws; or (d) any action asserting a claim against us or our officers or directors that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. By becoming a shareholder of our Company, you will be deemed to have notice of and have consented to the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of formation related to choice of forum. The choice of forum provision in our amended and restated certificate of formation may limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of formation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition.

 

47


Table of Contents

An investment in our common stock is not an insured deposit and is subject to risk of loss.

Any shares of our common stock you purchase in this offering will not be savings accounts, deposits or other obligations of any of our bank or non-bank subsidiaries and will not be insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Your investment will be subject to investment risk, and you must be capable of affording the loss of your entire investment.

 

48


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, future events and our financial performance. These statements are often, but not always, made through the use of words or phrases such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “predict,” “potential,” “believe,” “will likely result,” “expect,” “continue,” “will,” “anticipate,” “seek,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “projection,” “would” and “outlook,” or the negative version of those words or other comparable words or phrases of a future or forward-looking nature. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, and are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about our industry, management’s beliefs and certain assumptions made by management, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond our control. Accordingly, we caution you that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, assumptions and uncertainties that are difficult to predict. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable as of the date made, actual results may prove to be materially different from the results expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

There are or will be important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those indicated in these forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

    our ability to prudently manage our growth and execute our strategy;

 

    risks associated with our acquisition and de novo branching strategy;

 

    business and economic conditions generally and in the financial services industry, nationally and within our primary markets;

 

    deterioration of our asset quality;

 

    changes in the value of collateral securing our loans;

 

    changes in management personnel;

 

    liquidity risks associated with our business;

 

    interest rate risk associated with our business;

 

    our ability to maintain important deposit customer relationships and our reputation;

 

    operational risks associated with our business;

 

    volatility and direction of market interest rates;

 

    increased competition in the financial services industry, particularly from regional and national institutions;

 

    changes in the laws, rules, regulations, interpretations or policies relating to financial institution, accounting, tax, trade, monetary and fiscal matters;

 

    further government intervention in the U.S. financial system;

 

    natural disasters and adverse weather, acts of terrorism, an outbreak of hostilities or other international or domestic calamities, and other matters beyond our control; and

 

    other factors that are discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors,” beginning on page 20.

 

49


Table of Contents

The foregoing factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read together with the other cautionary statements included in this prospectus. If one or more events related to these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual results may differ materially from what we anticipate. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and we do not undertake any obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict which will arise. In addition, we cannot assess the impact of each factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

 

50


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $[        ] million, or approximately $[        ] million if the underwriters elect to exercise in full their over-allotment option, in each case, assuming an initial public offering price of $[        ] per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price would increase or decrease (as applicable) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $[        ] million, or approximately $[        ] million if the underwriters elect to exercise in full their over-allotment option, in each case, assuming the number of shares we sell, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us.

We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering to further implement our expansion strategy, repay a portion of our corporate debt, fund organic growth in our banking markets and for general corporate purposes. We have not specifically allocated the amount of net proceeds to us that will be used for these purposes and our management will have broad discretion over how these proceeds are used. We are conducting this offering at this time because we believe that it will allow us to better execute our expansion strategy. Although we may, from time to time in the ordinary course of business, evaluate potential acquisition opportunities that we believe provide attractive risk-adjusted returns, we do not have any immediate plans, arrangements or understanding relating to any acquisitions, nor are we engaged in negotiations with any potential acquisition targets. Likewise, although we regularly consider establishing de novo banking locations and organic growth initiatives within our current and potential new markets, we do not have any immediate plans, arrangements or understanding relating to the establishment of any de novo banking locations or any other organic growth initiatives outside of the ordinary course of business.

We intend to use $[        ] of the proceeds from this offering to pay down the outstanding balance on our line of credit with our correspondent bank. The line of credit is unsecured and bears interest at the prime rate plus 0.50%, with interest payable quarterly, and matures in March 2018. The outstanding balance as of the date of this prospectus is $[        ].

We intend to use $4.5 million of the proceeds from this offering to redeem a portion of certain debentures issued by the Company in July and December 2015 with an aggregate principal amount of $9.0 million. The debentures have maturity dates ranging from July 2017 to June 2020, with interest rates varying with the maturity date. The debentures have a weighted average interest rate of 3.67%, and interest is payable semi-annually from the date of issuance.

In addition, we intend to retain up to $[        ] million of the proceeds at the holding company level for general corporate purposes and contribute the remaining proceeds to the Bank.

 

51


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

Effective January 1, 2008, we made the election to be taxed as an electing small business corporation under Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code. Accordingly, we made quarterly distributions to our shareholders to provide them with funds to pay federal income taxes on the pro rata portion of our taxable income that was “passed through” to them. We have also historically declared and paid semi-annual dividends in June and December of each year, based on our earnings. Effective December 31, 2013, we terminated our election to be an electing small business corporation under Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code, and our dividend policy and practice changed because we are now taxed as a C corporation and, therefore, we will no longer pay distributions to provide shareholders with funds to pay federal income taxes on their pro rata portion of our taxable income.

Despite the termination of our Subchapter S election, we paid dividends of $0.50 per share and a special dividend of $1.00 per share for the year ended December 31, 2014, since all dividends we pay for the first 12 months following the termination of our Subchapter S election were not subject to federal income taxation.

In connection with this offering, our board of directors intends to amend its policy to pay a dividend to holders of our common stock as a return on their investment. Following the completion of this offering, we anticipate paying a quarterly dividend on our common stock in an amount equal to approximately 25.0% to 30.0% of our net income for the immediately preceding quarter. We anticipate that dividends will be declared and paid in the month following the end of each calendar quarter. Our dividend policy may change with respect to the payment of dividends as a return on investment, and our board of directors may change or eliminate the payment of future dividends at its discretion, without notice to our shareholders.

Any future determination to pay dividends on our common stock will be made by our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including: (1) our historic and projected financial condition, liquidity and results of operations; (2) our capital levels and needs; (3) tax considerations; (4) any acquisitions or potential acquisitions that we may examine; (5) statutory and regulatory prohibitions and other limitations; (6) the terms of any credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements that restrict our ability to pay cash dividends; (7) general economic conditions and (8) other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. We are not obligated to pay dividends on our common stock.

 

52


Table of Contents

Subject to the restrictions discussed below, our shareholders are entitled to receive dividends when, as, and if declared by our board of directors out of legally available funds for that purpose. The following table shows recent and semi-annual dividends that have been paid on our common stock with respect to the periods indicated.

 

     Earnings dividends      Total cash dividends  
Quarterly period      amount per share (1)           (dollars in thousands)    

First quarter 2014

     $ -        $ -  

Second quarter 2014

                   0.250        1,844  

Third quarter 2014

     -        -  

Fourth quarter 2014

     1.250                      10,019  

First quarter 2015

     $ -        $ -  

Second quarter 2015

     0.250        2,295  

Third quarter 2015

     -        -  

Fourth quarter 2015

     0.250        2,231  

First quarter 2016

     $ -        $ -  

Second quarter 2016

     0.260        2,328  

Third quarter 2016

     -        -  

Fourth quarter 2016

     0.260        2,287  

 

(1) The amounts have been adjusted to reflect our 2-for-1 stock split that was effective as of August 20, 2014.

As a Texas corporation, we are subject to certain restrictions on distributions under the Texas Business Organizations Code, or TBOC. Generally, a Texas corporation may not make a distribution to its shareholders if, after giving it effect, the corporation would not be able to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business, or the corporation’s total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus the amount that would be needed if the corporation were to be dissolved at the time of the distribution to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of shareholders whose preferential rights are superior to those receiving the distribution. In addition, if required payments on our outstanding debt obligations, including our junior subordinated debentures held by our unconsolidated subsidiary trusts, are not made or suspended, we may be prohibited from paying dividends on our common stock.

Because we are a bank holding company and do not engage directly in business activities of a material nature, our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders depends, in large part, upon our receipt of dividends from the Bank, which is also subject to numerous limitations on the payment of dividends under federal banking laws, regulations and policies. See “Supervision and Regulation — Dividends.” We are also subject to certain restrictions on our right to pay dividends to our shareholders in the event we default under the terms of our line of credit.

The present and future dividend policy of the Bank is subject to the discretion of its board of directors. The Bank is not obligated to pay dividends.

 

53


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of December 31, 2016 on:

 

    an actual basis;

 

    a pro forma basis, assuming that the KSOP Repurchase Right Termination occurred as of December 31, 2016; and

 

    a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the KSOP Repurchase Right Termination and the sale of [            ] shares of common stock by us in this offering (assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option), at an assumed initial public offering price of $[            ] per share, the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

This table should be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2016  
           Actual               Pro Forma         Pro Forma As
Adjusted
    for Offering    
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Other indebtedness:

      

Subordinated debentures

     $ 19,310       $ 19,310       $ 19,310  

Commitments and contingent liabilities

      

KSOP-owned shares

     31,661              

Shareholders’ equity:

      

Preferred stock, par value $5.00 per share, 15,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued

                  

Common stock, par value $1.00 per share, 50,000,000 shares authorized, 9,616,275 issued and 8,751,923 shares outstanding, actual, and [                ] shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

     9,616       9,616       [            

Additional paid-in capital

     101,736       101,736       [            

Retained earnings

     57,160       57,160       57,160  

Treasury stock, at cost, 864,352 shares, actual, and [                ] shares, as adjusted

     (20,111     (20,111     [            

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (6,487     (6,487     (6,487
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity, including KSOP-owned shares

     141,914       141,914       [            

Less: KSOP-owned shares

     31,661              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity, net of KSOP-owned shares

     110,253       141,914       [            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 129,563     $ 161,224     $ [            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

54


Table of Contents
     As of December 31, 2016  
           Actual                Pro Forma          Pro Forma As
Adjusted
    for Offering    
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Capital ratios:

        

Common equity tier 1 capital (CET1) to risk-weighted assets

     9.28%        9.28%        [    ]%  

Tier 1 capital to average assets

     7.71%        7.71%        [    ]%  

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets (1)

     10.03%        10.03%        [    ]%  

Total capital to risk-weighted assets (1)

     10.86%        10.86%        [    ]%  

Total shareholders’ equity to total assets

     7.76%        7.76%        [    ]%  

Tangible common equity to tangible assets (2)

     6.64%        6.64%        [    ]%  

 

(1) The as adjusted capital ratios above assume that the proceeds of this offering are invested in 100.0% risk-weighted assets.

 

(2) We calculate tangible common equity as total shareholders’ equity less goodwill, core deposit intangibles and other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, and we calculate tangible assets as total assets less goodwill and core deposit intangibles and other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization. Tangible common equity to tangible assets is a non-GAAP financial measure, and, as we calculate tangible common equity to tangible assets, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is total shareholders’ equity to total assets. See our reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

 

55


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent that the initial public offering price per share of our common stock exceeds the net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately following the completion of this offering. Net tangible book value is equal to our total shareholders’ equity, less intangible assets, divided by the number of common shares outstanding. As of December 31, 2016 and after giving effect to the KSOP Repurchase Right Termination, the net tangible book value of our common stock was $119.9 million, or $13.70 per share.

After giving effect to the KSOP Repurchase Right Termination and our sale of [            ] shares of common stock in this offering (assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option) at an assumed initial public offering price of $[        ] per share, the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us, the pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock as December 31, 2016 would have been approximately $[        ] million, or $[        ] per share. Therefore, this offering will result in an immediate increase of $[        ] in the tangible book value per share of our common stock of existing shareholders and an immediate dilution of $[        ] in the tangible book value per share of our common stock to investors purchasing shares in this offering, or approximately [    ]% of the public offering price of $[        ] per share.

The following table illustrates the calculation of the amount of dilution per share that a purchaser of our common stock in this offering will incur given the assumptions above:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share of common stock

     $ [        

Net tangible book value per common share as of December 31, 2016 after giving effect to the KSOP Repurchase Right Termination

   $ 13.70    

Increase in net tangible book value per common share attributable to this offering

   $ [          

As adjusted net tangible book value per common share after this offering and the KSOP Repurchase Right Termination

       [        

Dilution in net tangible book value per common share to new investors

     $ [        
    

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (or decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $[        ] per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (or decrease) the as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $[        ], and dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors by approximately $[        ], assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering, the as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering would be $[        ] per share, the increase in net tangible book value to existing shareholders would be $[        ] per share and the dilution to new investors would be $[        ] per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $[        ] per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

56


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the total consideration paid to us and the average price paid per share by existing shareholders and investors purchasing common stock in this offering. This information is presented on a pro forma basis as of December 31, 2016, after giving effect to our sale of [        ] shares of common stock in this offering (assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option) at an assumed initial public offering price of $[        ] per share, the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

    Shares Purchased/Issued     Total Consideration           Average Price 
per Share
 
        Number             Percent           Amount         Percent        

Shareholders as of December 31, 2016

    8,751,923       [         ]%    $ 111,352 (1)       [         ]%      $ 11.58  

New investors in this offering

    [             [             [             [               [        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    [             100.0   $ [             100       [        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Calculated as $9.6 million in common stock plus $101.9 million in additional paid in capital, which gives effect to a $11.8 million special dividend paid to shareholders in 2014 that was deducted from additional paid in capital.

In addition, if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the number of shares of common stock held by existing shareholders will be further reduced to [        ]% of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding upon the completion of this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by investors participating in this offering will be further increased to [        ] shares or [        ]% of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

The tables above excludes (1) 1,000,000 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, 331,000 of which are currently subject to outstanding stock options at a weighted average exercise price of $23.76 per share, 80,300 of which are currently vested, and (2) 9,377 shares of our common stock subject to outstanding stock options issued under the DCB Financial Corp. Stock Option Plan with an exercise price of $11.94 per share, all of which are currently vested, which we assumed in connection with our acquisition of DCB Financial Corp. in March 2015. To the extent that we issue shares of our common stock upon the exercise of any options, investors participating in this offering will experience further dilution.

 

57


Table of Contents

PRICE RANGE OF OUR COMMON STOCK

Our common stock is not currently traded on an established public trading market. From 1998 to 2005, our common stock was listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC under the symbol “GNTY.” In 2005, we terminated the registration of our common stock under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act and, consequently, terminated the listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC. Since the delisting of our common stock in 2005, shares of our common stock have been quoted on the OTC Markets under the same symbol, although there has been no material trading volume in our common stock through the OTC Markets. As a result, since 2005 there has been no regular market for our common stock. Although our shares may have been sporadically traded in private transactions, the prices at which such transactions occurred may not necessarily reflect the price that would be paid for our common stock in an active market. As of December 31, 2016, there were approximately 410 holders of record of our common stock.

We anticipate that this offering and the listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market will result in a more active trading market for our common stock. However, we cannot assure you that a liquid trading market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. You may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at the market price if trading in our common stock is not active. See “Underwriting” for more information regarding our arrangements with the underwriters and the factors considered in setting the initial public offering price.

 

58


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

We are a bank holding company, with headquarters in Mount Pleasant, Texas, and additional executive offices in Dallas and Bryan, Texas. Through our wholly owned subsidiary, Guaranty Bank & Trust, a national banking association, we provide a wide range of relationship-driven commercial and consumer banking, as well as trust and wealth management, products and services that are tailored to meet the needs of small- and medium-sized businesses, professionals and individuals.

From 1998 through 2005, we were traded on the Nasdaq National Market System under the symbol “GNTY.” In 2005, due primarily to our operating strategy at that time and the associated costs of remaining a publicly-traded company, including certain increasing costs to comply with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we deregistered our common stock under the provisions of the Exchange Act and, consequently, ceased trading on the Nasdaq National Market System. Because of our size in 2005, there was limited trading volume in shares of our common stock. In addition, we were not pursuing any acquisitions or aggressive growth opportunities at that time, so we did not perceive any incremental benefits in remaining publicly-traded. In 2008, we undertook a Subchapter S election, which would not have been available if we remained a publicly-traded company. However, we have experienced consistent organic growth and have completed three whole bank acquisitions since going private in 2005, and we terminated our Subchapter S election in 2014. We believe that becoming a publicly-traded company will facilitate our continued expansion in a manner consistent with our current strategy.

As of December 31, 2016, we had total assets of $1.8 billion, total loans of $1.2 billion, total deposits of $1.6 billion and total shareholders’ equity of $110.3 million.

Our History and Growth

Guaranty Bank & Trust was originally chartered as a Texas state banking association over a century ago in 1913, and converted its charter to a national banking association in 2012. Guaranty was incorporated in 1990 to serve as the holding company for Guaranty Bank & Trust. Since our founding, we have built a strong reputation based on financial stability and community leadership. In 2013 and 2015, we expanded our markets from East Texas to include Bryan/College Station and the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex, respectively. We currently operate 26 banking locations in 18 Texas communities. Our growth has been consistent and primarily organic. We have achieved organic growth by enhancing our lending and deposit relationships with existing customers and attracting new customers, as well as cross-selling our deposit, mortgage, trust and wealth management and treasury management products. Our expansion strategy has enabled us to access markets with stronger loan demand, achieve consistent growth, maintain stable operating efficiencies, preserve our historically conservative credit culture, and provide shareholders with stable earnings throughout credit cycles.

We have supplemented our organic growth and leveraged our strong deposit base with strategic acquisitions and the establishment of de novo banking locations. In 2011, we expanded our market share within the Texarkana, Texas area of our East Texas market with the acquisition of all loans and deposits of the Texarkana, Texas banking location of American State Bank. In 2013, we completed the acquisition of The First State Bank, which was located in Hallsville, Texas. We believe this acquisition provided a stable and established platform to expand within the Longview, Texas area of our East Texas market. We have historically experienced consistent growth in our East Texas market. As of December 31, 2011, we had total loans attributable to the East Texas market of $606.3 million and total deposits of $931.8 million, which have grown to total loans of $743.7 million and total deposits of $1.2 billion as of December 31, 2016.

In 2013, we expanded outside of East Texas when we established a de novo banking location in the growing Bryan/College Station, Texas market. We established two more de novo banking locations in this market in 2014 and 2016 and continue to operate all three banking locations. Our strong and stable core deposit base has

 

59


Table of Contents

allowed us to achieve organic loan growth in the Bryan/College Station market, which has increased our interest income. As of December 31, 2016, we had total loans of $210.2 million and total deposits of $137.4 million attributable to the Bryan/College Station market.

In March 2015, we entered the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex market with the acquisition of DCB Financial Corp., or DCB Financial, which owned Preston State Bank, a Texas state-chartered bank headquartered in Dallas, Texas. At the time of our acquisition, DCB Financial operated two locations in Dallas, Texas, each of which continues to operate as a banking location of Guaranty Bank & Trust. In April 2015, we completed the acquisition of Texas Leadership Bank, a Texas state-chartered bank headquartered in Royse City, Texas, which is on the eastern side of the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex. At the time of our acquisition, Texas Leadership Bank operated from a single banking location in Royse City, which we continue to operate. In September 2015, we established a de novo banking location in Rockwall, Texas, which is located approximately 10 miles west of Royse City and 20 miles east of downtown Dallas.

In May 2016, we established a de novo banking location in Denton, Texas, which is located approximately 40 miles north of downtown Dallas. In August 2016, we completed the acquisition of a full service Denton banking location from Independent Bank, in which we assumed certain deposits and acquired all of the fixed assets of the location. We currently operate the former banking location of Independent Bank as a location of Guaranty Bank & Trust.

Our acquisitions of DCB Financial, Texas Leadership Bank and the acquired Denton location, as well as the establishment of our de novo banking locations in Rockwall and Denton, are consistent with our strategy of expanding into the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex. In total, the aggregate estimated fair values recorded at the time of acquisition in our three Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex acquisitions were $161.7 million in total loans and $164.6 million in total deposits. As of December 31, 2016, we had grown our total loans attributable to the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex market to $291.3 million and our total deposits to $213.6 million.

Following completion of our acquisitions in the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex in 2015, we established an executive office in Dallas, which houses our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as well as our accounting, internal audit, marketing, loan review, treasury management, mortgage warehouse lending and mortgage departments. Mount Pleasant will continue to serve as the headquarters of Guaranty Bank & Trust and houses our credit operations, deposit services, information technology and human resources departments. We remain committed to successful integration with and expansion into the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex and believe that establishing executive offices in Dallas promotes our strategic initiatives to attract quality banking talent and pursue quality loans within a growing metropolitan market, thereby growing our franchise in the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex. In addition, we believe that maintaining our deposit services and primary operational departments in Mount Pleasant will allow us to support our continued growth in a cost-efficient manner.

Our Achievements and Highlights

Our financial and operational achievements and highlights include the following:

 

    Strong Brand and Reputation .  During our more than 100-year operating history, we have forged long-standing relationships with our customers and employees and have developed deep ties to the East Texas communities that we serve. We are continuously working to solidify our brand and reputation in our newest markets in Dallas/Fort Worth and Bryan/College Station through our strong and active community involvement. In 2016, American Banker Magazine named us #15 on their list of Best Banks to Work for, a designation awarded to 60 banks throughout the nation. We were also named as one of the 100 Best Companies to Work for in Texas by Texas Monthly magazine for the eighth consecutive year in 2017.

 

   

Successful Execution of Strategic Objectives .  The Company’s executive officers and board of directors established a five year strategic plan in 2012 to achieve meaningful loan growth while maintaining our disciplined underwriting principles and remaining conservative in our

 

60


Table of Contents
 

securities portfolio. In furtherance of these objectives, the strategic plan included identifying high growth and complementary markets to the Company’s East Texas footprint to establish de novo locations consistent with an organic growth focus while simultaneously pursuing strategic acquisitions when culture, personnel and geography were favorable. The Company has grown its total assets from $1.1 billion as of December 31, 2011 to $1.8 billion as of December 31, 2016, an increase of 63.6%. During that same time period, we added 12 banking locations, of which six were de novo locations and six were added through strategic acquisitions. While the costs of pursuing this aggressive five year strategic plan limited shareholder returns during this time period, the board of directors supported this approach because of its long-term scalability and potential to increase shareholder value. To date, the Company has experienced smooth integrations of all of its new banking locations and established what the Company believes is a strong foundation for a highly successful and profitable business with continued growth and strong future shareholder returns.

 

    Leadership in Primary Markets .  We have a significant East Texas franchise, as demonstrated by our deposit market share in our primary markets. According to data compiled by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC, our deposit market share in the East Texas counties of Titus, Bowie and Lamar was approximately 52.3%, 18.0% and 19.7 %, respectively, as of June 30, 2016, the most recent date for which market share data is available. These three counties represented approximately 52.6% of our total deposits at that date. We more than doubled our market share of deposits in Brazos County (Bryan/College Station market) from June 30, 2015 to June 30, 2016, with growth in total deposits in that market from $57.7 million to $136.4 million, which represented approximately 9.1% of our total deposits as of that date. In our Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex market, we grew the $159.9 million in deposits we acquired in March and April of 2015 to $177.0 million as of June 30, 2016, an increase of 10.6%. As of June 30, 2016, we maintained a top three deposit market share ranking in seven of the 15 Texas counties in which we operate banking locations and a top 10 ranking in 12 of the 15 Texas counties in which we operate banking locations.

 

    Consistent Growth and Stable Performance .  During each of the last five years, we have achieved no less than a 9.5% compound annual growth rate for each of total assets, total deposits and total loans. We maintained our profitability during the recent economic recession, which generally adversely impacted the banking and financial services industries and, most recently, attained an 8.3% return on average equity for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

    Disciplined Credit Culture .  Our in-depth knowledge of our markets, stringent credit approval processes and disciplined balance sheet growth strategies have allowed us to maintain sound asset quality while achieving meaningful loan growth. Our average annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans was 0.12% over the past ten years and was 0.12% for the year ending December 31, 2016. Our average non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets was 0.64% over the past ten years and was 0.36% for the year ended December 31, 2016. We maintain a long-term focus on our financial performance by continually managing risk on our balance sheet with the intent of producing consistent results.

 

    Investment in Technology .  We also maintain a long-term focus on our franchise and have made significant investments in our information technology infrastructure, personnel and our digital banking products and services. We believe that these investments have enabled us to more effectively compete with larger institutions while retaining our ability to offer customized, relationship-based services to our customers, and to more easily accommodate future growth and expansion into new markets.

 

61


Table of Contents

Growth and Expansion Strategy

Our strategic plan is to be a leading Texas bank holding company with a commitment to operate as a community bank as we continue to execute our expansion strategy. Our expansion strategy is to generate shareholder value through the following:

 

    Maintain Focus on Organic Growth.   Focusing on organic growth is a strategy that allows us to generate stable funding sources without the non-amortizing goodwill assets and core deposit intangibles that strategic acquisitions might add to our balance sheet. By design during the past several years, we have offered money market and demand deposit interest rates slightly higher than our peers, especially in our newer markets, to encourage the growth of these core deposits and set the foundation for strong customer relationships. We believe that these core deposits will become significantly more valuable and desirable because the ability to attract core deposits at a low cost will diminish as interest rates increase and alternative funding sources become more expensive. Much of our organic growth in 2015 and 2016 was attributable to our newer markets of Bryan/College Station and the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex, which we believe provide significant additional opportunities for organic growth in future years.

We have a history of being a leading provider of financial services to small- and medium-sized businesses (generally with annual revenues of $50.0 million or less), professionals and individuals in our traditional East Texas market. In addition, we believe that our significant core deposit franchise in East Texas provides a stable funding source for meaningful loan growth in existing and new markets. Across all of our markets, we believe that customers value the relationship-driven, quality service we provide, as well as our deep, long-term understanding of their local communities. Primarily as a result of bank consolidation in our markets, we believe that there are few banking institutions in these markets that have the size or focus to provide comparable levels of service. We also believe that these consolidation trends with respect to our competitors, particularly in the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex, present opportunities to acquire new customers and valuable employees from these institutions. The charts below illustrate our successful commitment to organic loan and deposit growth across our markets, while taking advantage of strategic acquisition opportunities that arise from time to time.

 

LOGO    LOGO

 

62


Table of Contents
    Pursue Strategic Acquisitions.   We intend to continue to grow through strategic acquisitions within our current markets and in other complementary markets, and we believe having publicly-traded common stock will improve our ability to compete for acquisitions. We seek acquisitions that provide meaningful financial benefits through long-term organic growth opportunities and expense reductions, while maintaining our current risk profile. Though we do not currently have any specific or immediate acquisition plans, in order to achieve these goals, we seek acquisition opportunities involving talented bankers and banking teams that can execute our business model and contribute to our growth objectives. Additionally, we seek banking markets with favorable competitive dynamics and potential consolidation opportunities. We believe that many smaller financial institutions will consider us an ideal long-term partner due to our community banking philosophy, commitment to employee stock ownership and our culture of teamwork.

 

    Establish De Novo Banking Locations.   We intend to open de novo banking locations in our existing and other attractive markets in Texas to further diversify our banking location network. In September 2015 and May 2016, we opened de novo banking locations in Rockwall and Denton, respectively, which are both located in the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex. Total loans and deposits at the two new locations were $34.1 million and $27.1 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2016. We also opened de novo banking locations in Bryan/College Station, Texas in June 2013, April 2014 and June 2016. As of December 31, 2016, total loans and deposits in our three Bryan/College Station locations were $210.2 million and $137.4 million, respectively. The total loans attributable to the Bryan/College Station and Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex markets comprised approximately 16.8% and 23.3%, respectively, of our total loans as of December 31, 2016. We believe these markets have the ability to flourish through varying economic conditions.

We believe that the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex and surrounding communities are complementary to our established presence in East Texas. Our lending focus in the Bryan/College Station and Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex markets has been primarily on commercial real estate and other real estate loans, which provides diversity within our loan portfolio and complements our traditional small business and retail lending activities in our East Texas market. While we do not currently have specific plans to open de novo branches, our Bryan/College Station presence provides us with a platform to grow and ready access to other nearby larger markets, including Austin, San Antonio and Houston. Prior to entering a new market, we identify and build a team of experienced, successful bankers with market-specific knowledge to lead the Bank’s operations in that market, including a local president. As we enter new markets, we also seek to establish a reputation for providing personal and dependable service and active community involvement, which we believe facilitates lasting relationships and continued growth.

 

    Expand Revenue Sources.   We seek to provide additional services to our customers in order to augment and diversify our revenue sources. For the year ended December 31, 2016, noninterest income represented approximately $13.0 million, or 19.5%, of our total revenue of $66.9 million (defined as net interest income plus noninterest income).

In 2015, we established a warehouse mortgage lending division in connection with our acquisition of DCB Financial and hired experienced personnel in 2015 to grow this new line of business. Revenues for the warehouse division are derived primarily from loan origination fees, interest on advances and transaction fees, and the division has experienced significant growth since it was established. Total mortgage amounts funded through warehouse lines of credit during the year ending December 31, 2015 were $332.3 million, which produced noninterest income of $154,900. Total mortgage amounts funded through warehouse lines of credit during the year ending December 31, 2016 were $978.1 million, which produced noninterest income of $425,200.    Despite the significant growth, there have been no mortgage repurchases or losses

 

63


Table of Contents

experienced with our warehouse lending borrowers since inception of the division. In addition, Guaranty Bank & Trust is working to expand into eWarehouse lending, which allows a mortgage loan to close, fund and sell to the end investor entirely electronically, and we expect to produce our first eWarehouse line of credit in the second quarter of 2017. As of the date of this prospectus, only five financial institutions in the nation are included in the list of warehouse lenders currently funding eNotes that is maintained by the Federal National Mortgage Association, or Fannie Mae. As such, we expect to be one of very few banks offering eWarehouse lending and anticipate growth in our warehouse lending division as mortgage originators, consumers and investors increasingly transition to paperless mortgages, driving demand for eWarehouse lines of credit. We believe that our mortgage warehouse division offers significant potential for future revenue.

Consistent with our focus on cross-selling services to our customers, we offer trust and wealth management services through Guaranty Bank & Trust Wealth Management Group and mortgage services through our mortgage department, both of which operate as divisions of Guaranty Bank & Trust. As of December 31, 2016, our Wealth Management Group had total assets under management of $265.7 million. During the year ended December 31, 2016, our mortgage department originated $62.6 million in mortgage loans. Both divisions are well established and have significant growth potential in our newer Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex and Bryan/College Station markets, each of which has a higher volume of home sales and a larger concentration of high net worth individuals as compared to our traditional East Texas market. Our mortgage origination strategy is to increase market share without sacrificing our standards and regardless of fluctuations in interest rates or volume. We have developed a scalable platform for mortgage originations within our mortgage department and believe that we have significant opportunities to grow this segment of our business. In an effort to further grow our wealth management and mortgage divisions in Bryan/College Station and the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex, we intend to enhance our business development and cross-selling efforts in those markets.

Although we are devoting substantial resources in furtherance of our expansion strategy, there are no assurances that we will be able to further implement our expansion strategy or that any of the components of our expansion strategy will be successful.

Our Community Banking Philosophy and Culture

We focus on a community-based relationship model, as opposed to a line of business model, because we believe the community-based relationship model promotes an entrepreneurial attitude within our Company while providing personal attention and solutions tailored to our customers. Our culture is one of employee ownership and it is something we take very seriously. In 2016, we formally documented our culture in a book called “The Guaranty Culture,” which we give to all prospective new hires and directors before they join our team so that they clearly understand who we are, how we work, what we believe, how we make decisions and what we admire in people.

We believe a great bank requires the right amount of two forms of capital: financial and human. We understand that our ability to successfully deploy our financial capital is directly related to our ability to bring the right talents together to lead our teams. This focus on human capital has rewarded us with a cohesive group of directors, officers and employees that we believe is our greatest asset. We have invested in a robust management training program designed to develop comprehensive bankers who understand all aspects of our operations and embrace our core values. The training program generally lasts 18-24 months and includes rotations through each primary department of the Bank. Successful graduates of our training program are typically promoted to a managerial position upon completion and we currently have graduates in management, lending and operational roles. Several of the Bank’s market presidents and managers are graduates of our training program.

 

64


Table of Contents

We have developed a network of banking locations strategically positioned in separate and distinct communities. Each community where we have a banking location is overseen by a local market president or manager, and we emphasize local decision-making by experienced bankers supported by centralized risk and credit oversight. We believe that employing local decision makers, supported by industry-leading technology and centralized operational and credit administration support from our corporate headquarters, allows us to serve our customers’ individual needs while managing risk on a uniform basis. We intend to repeat this scalable model in each market in which we are able to identify high-caliber bankers with a strong banking team. We empower these bankers to implement our operating strategy, grow our customer base and provide the highest level of customer service possible. We believe our organizational approach enables us to attract and retain talented bankers and banking teams who desire the combination of the Bank’s size and loan limits, dedication to culture, commitment to our communities, local decision-making authority, compensation structure and focus on relationship banking.

Competitive Strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths support our growth and expansion strategy:

 

    Experienced Executive Management Team .  The Bank has a seasoned and experienced executive management team with a combined 277 years of experience in financial services businesses between its nine members. Our executive management team has successfully managed profitable organic growth, executed acquisitions, developed a strong credit culture and implemented a relationship-based approach to commercial and consumer banking. In addition, our executive management team has extensive knowledge of the bank regulatory landscape, significant experience navigating interest rate and credit cycles and a history of working together. The nine members of the Bank’s executive management team have worked for the Bank for a combined 130 years.

 

    Employee Ownership Mentality.   As of December 31, 2016, our directors, officers and employees, as a group, beneficially owned approximately 37.8% of our outstanding shares of common stock (including 15.1% of our outstanding shares which are owned by our KSOP). Many of our employees’ interests in the KSOP represent material portions of their net worth, particularly our long-tenured employees. We believe that the KSOP’s material ownership position promotes an owner-operator mentality among our employees, from senior officers to entry-level employees, which we believe enhances our employees’ dedication to our organization and the execution of our strategy. In addition, we believe the KSOP enhances our ability to attract and retain quality employees. In 2017, Texas Monthly magazine named the Bank as one of the 100 Best Companies to Work for in Texas for the eighth consecutive year, and we were named #15 on the national list of the Best Banks to Work for published by American Banker Magazine , with both awards having been determined on the basis of anonymous employee surveys.

 

    Proven Successful Execution of Growth Strategies.   We have developed a strategic growth plan that allows the Company to quickly identify and efficiently execute corporate transactions that we believe enhance our geographic footprint and enterprise value. Since 2011, we have successfully integrated six acquired locations into our Company through what we believe is an effective combination of comprehensive integration planning, extensive management experience with expansion, and a welcoming and flexible culture of employee ownership. In that same time period, we also established six de novo locations outside of our historical East Texas market, achieving our objectives for organic growth within our anticipated time periods and successfully integrating new local management teams and employees into our Company. Accordingly, we have a proven track record of executing value-added acquisitions and achieving consistent, meaningful organic growth.

 

65


Table of Contents
    Scalable Platform.   Utilizing the significant prior experience of our management team and employees, we believe that we have built a strong and scalable operational platform, including technology and banking processes and infrastructure, capable of supporting future organic growth and acquisitions when the right opportunities arise. We maintain operational systems and staffing that we believe are stronger than necessarily required for a financial institution of our size in order to successfully execute integrations when needed and accommodate future growth without a commensurate need for expansion of our back office capabilities. We believe our platform allows us to focus on growing the revenue-generating divisions of our business while maintaining our operational efficiencies, resulting in improved profitability.

 

    Disciplined Credit Culture and Robust Risk Management Systems.   We seek to prudently mitigate and manage our risks through a disciplined, enterprise-wide approach to risk management, particularly credit, compliance, operational and interest rate risk. All of the Bank’s executive officers serve on the Bank’s Enterprise Risk Management Committee. We endeavor to maintain asset quality through an emphasis on local market knowledge, long-term customer relationships, consistent and thorough underwriting for all loans and a conservative credit culture. We have not traditionally engaged in significant oil and gas related lending, with only 0.36% of our total loan portfolio, or $4.5 million, consisting of oil and gas related loans as of December 31, 2016. Due to our conservative credit culture, our highest annual rate of net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average loans over the past ten years was 0.17% (compared to an average of 0.57% for all banks between $1.0 billion and $3.0 billion in assets located in the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex, East Texas or Central Texas regions, which we refer to as our regional peer group, and compared to an average of 1.01% for all banks of the same size nationally, which we refer to as our national peer group), and our average annual rate of nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets over the same period never exceeded 0.99% (compared to regional peer group average highest annual rate of 2.2%).    As illustrated in the chart below, the Bank significantly outperformed our regional and national peer groups during the last financial crisis period (2008 – 2011) with respect to net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average loans.

LOGO

 

66


Table of Contents
    Brand Strength and Reputation.   We believe our brand recognition, including the Guaranty name and our iconic “G” logo, which is prominently displayed in all of our advertising and marketing materials and has been trademarked to preserve its integrity, is an important element of our business model and a key driver of our future growth. We have developed our brand primarily through strategic marketing and advertising initiatives and through our involvement and visibility within the communities we serve. We believe our reputation for providing personal and dependable service and active community involvement is well established in our traditional East Texas market, and we are continuously striving to replicate that brand awareness and reputation in our newer markets of Bryan/College Station and the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex through a high level of community involvement and the targeted hiring of employees with strong relationships and reputations within these markets. We believe the strength of our brand and our reputation enable us to attract customers who value our customer service mission and banking teams that value our market management model and entrepreneurial culture.

 

    Diversified Markets.   We operate in diverse markets that we believe are stable and growing. We have designated East Texas, Bryan/College Station and the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex as our primary markets; however, our longer-term strategy is to expand our markets to include other major metropolitan areas of Texas. The differing characteristics of our various markets have allowed us to grow a balanced and diverse loan portfolio, without any significant customer or lending segment concentrations. In addition, we have historically managed our commercial real estate concentration ratios at or below current regulatory guidelines. The graph below shows our loan portfolio composition for each of our three markets.

 

LOGO

 

67


Table of Contents
    Stable Core Deposit Base .  We believe our traditional East Texas market provides a historically stable source of core deposits and will become a greater source of funding as interest rates increase and core deposits become more difficult and more expensive to attract, especially in more competitive markets. As we enter new markets, we believe that our stable core deposit base enhances our ability to pursue loans in large, high growth markets and to fund other new revenue sources such as our warehouse lending division. As of December 31, 2016, our non-interest bearing deposits were 22.75% of our total deposits.    Among our interest-bearing deposits, 72.0% were in less volatile NOW, savings and money market accounts.

Our cost of interest-bearing deposits has decreased from 0.85% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to an annual average of 0.64% for the four years ended December 31, 2016. We have historically paid slightly higher rates on interest-bearing deposits than our peers in an effort to attract and maintain core deposits, especially in low interest rate environments like the current one. In furtherance of this strategy, our overall cost of funds increased slightly compared to our peers during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 as we intentionally offered slightly higher rates on deposits in our Bryan/College Station and Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex markets in an effort to attract depositors to our de novo banking locations and solidify new customer relationships in those markets. While we have successfully completed strategic acquisitions in the past and will continue to thoughtfully consider acquisition opportunities, we believe the costs of growing our core deposits organically in this manner are often less than the costs of the goodwill and core deposit intangibles that typically accompany strategic acquisitions and that the customer relationships we build are deeper and longer-lasting. We also have not historically relied on brokered deposits.

 

    Technology and Online Banking Leadership.   We believe that financial institutions are increasingly becoming technology companies, and we invest in technology that we believe should enhance our business and customer experience, as well as enable us to integrate and oversee our banking location network while operating in geographically disparate markets. To implement our commitment to technology, we have developed our technology team to include specialists in virtualization, storage area networks, and information security. The investment we have made in a new core processing system has created a scalable corporate infrastructure that has significantly expanded our ability to handle continued growth and improve our levels of operational efficiency. We have continued to enhance our online presence through improvements to our digital banking platforms. We have also invested in our business intelligence and data analytics platforms, which allow us to make better decisions through observed trends and behaviors identified across multiple information systems. Finally, we have developed internal expertise in business platform application development that has improved our ability to create dynamic and customized applications to meet our evolving needs for processing and reporting across all areas of our organization.

Our Markets

We consider our current market areas to be East Texas, Bryan/College Station and the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex. We serve these communities from our headquarters in Mount Pleasant, Texas and through a network of 17 banking locations within East Texas, three banking locations in Bryan/College Station and six banking locations in the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex. As part of our strategic plan, we intend to further diversify our markets through entry into other large metropolitan markets in Texas. In addition to our recent expansions into Bryan/College Station and the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex, we believe there are several markets in the Central Texas region that are attractive for future expansion, particularly due to those markets’ proximity to our Dallas/Fort Worth and Bryan/College Station markets.

 

68


Table of Contents

We have a significant East Texas franchise as demonstrated by our deposit market share in the East Texas counties in which we operate. According to data compiled by the FDIC, our deposit market share in the East Texas counties of Titus, Bowie and Lamar was approximately 52.3%, 18.0% and 19.7 %, respectively, as of June 30, 2016. These three counties represent approximately 52.6% of our total deposits. As of June 30, 2016, we were one of the three largest banks by deposit share in seven of the 15 Texas counties in which we operate banking locations and one of the ten largest banks by market share in 12 of the 15 Texas counties in which we operate banking locations. We more than doubled our market share of deposits in Brazos County (Bryan and College Station locations) from June 30, 2015 to June 30, 2016, which represented approximately 9.1% of our total deposits as of that date and positioned us as one of the 10 largest banks by deposit share in the county entirely through organic growth only three years after first entering the market. The table below shows data for each of the counties and markets in which we have banking locations regarding total deposits, deposit market share, and compound average growth rates for deposits since June 30, 2011.

 

Texas County

   Total Deposits ($000)       Deposit 
Share
Rank
      # of Banking  
Locations
      Deposit Market   
Share (%)
      Five Year Deposit   
CAGR (%)
 

East Texas

 

Titus

  $ 338,570                       52.3        4.5   

Bowie

    258,935                       18.0        3.9   

Lamar

    190,753                       19.7        5.2   

Hopkins

    83,212                       12.7        1.6   

Camp

    59,080                       22.2        1.6   

Gregg

    55,472           14              1.7        79.7   

Hunt

    52,699                       5.5        1.9   

Red River

    44,010                       27.8        0.2   

Harrison

    35,920                       4.4        3.3   

Franklin

    35,440                       15.8        2.9   

Cass

    31,128                       9.6        16.7   

Dallas/Fort Worth Metroplex

 

Dallas

    104,878           54              0.1        N/A 

Rockwall

    61,018                       4.3        N/A 

Denton

    11,056           34              0.1        N/A 

Bryan/College Station

 

Brazos

    136,445           10              3.0        N/A 
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

Total

  $ 1,498,616             26          10.7   
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

* Data as of June 30, 2016; Source: FDIC. As of December 31, 2016, we operated three banking locations in Brazos County and one in Gregg County.

 

69


Table of Contents

Our traditional East Texas market is a stable region comprised primarily of smaller communities served by forestry, oil and gas, manufacturing, government, education and healthcare related industries. According to the Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts, job growth in East Texas for the period between 2004 and 2014 was 9.8%, compared to 5.5% nationally during the same period. Major employers in our East Texas market include Kimberly-Clark, Campbell Soup, Pilgrim’s Pride, Priefert Manufacturing, Luminant Electric Generation and Mining, Big Tex Trailer Manufacturing, Walmart, Eastman Chemical, Red River Army Depot & Tenants, Cooper Tire & Rubber, International Paper and several regional and county hospitals, government agencies and independent school districts. The table below includes some basic information on each of the East Texas counties in which we operate:

 

Texas County

   Population
 (2015 estimate) 
     Population Growth
 since 2010 (estimated) 
     Median Household
 Income (2015 estimate) 
 

Bowie

     93,389            0.9%       $       42,670   

Camp

     12,682            2.3%       $ 37,851   

Cass

     30,313            -0.5%       $ 37,352   

Franklin

     10,651            0.4%       $ 41,537   

Gregg

     124,108            1.9%       $ 47,639   

Harrison

     66,746            1.7%       $ 45,974   

Hopkins

     36,223            3.0%       $ 44,936   

Hunt

     89,844            4.3%       $ 45,197   

Lamar

     49,440            -0.7%       $ 40,748   

Red River

     12,455            -3.2%       $ 31,563   

Titus

     32,623            0.9%       $ 44,178   

 

* Data as of July 1, 2015; Source: US Census Bureau.

Our East Texas market has a relatively low cost of living and a workforce with lower wage requirements as compared to more urban areas of Texas. According to the Texas Workforce Commission, the mean annual wages for all occupations in the North East Texas Workforce Development Area (which includes thirteen of our twenty-six locations, including our headquarters, and almost two-thirds of our deposits) for the second quarter of 2016 was $37,076, compared to $52,000 in Texas and $51,428 nationally. According to the Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts, the East Texas region supports a stable workforce and continues to serve as a key supplier of resources vital to the Texas economy.

Our decision to expand into Bryan/College Station and the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex was driven by their proximity to our traditional East Texas market, strong economic and demographic growth in those markets, and our ability to attract talented bankers and employees to facilitate our expansion in those markets. According to US Census Bureau estimates, as of July 2015, the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex was the fourth most populous metro area in the United States, with a population of over 7.1 million. The Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex has a low unemployment rate relative to the national rate (3.7% compared to 4.5% in 2016) and high annual job growth relative to the national rate (2.7% compared to 1.5% in 2016), according to the US Bureau of Labor Statistics, with the 92,300 new jobs added in 2016 accounting for almost half of the 188,000 jobs added in the state of Texas. The Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex is the second fastest growing metro area in the United States in absolute terms, behind only Houston, adding almost 400 new residents per day between 2014 and 2015, according to the US Census Bureau. The market is well-diversified, without being overly reliant on any particular sector, and is the headquarters for 20 Fortune 500 and 39 Fortune 1000 companies.

The adjoining towns of Bryan and College Station are well-situated between Austin, Houston, and Dallas, three of the four largest metro areas in Texas and two of the five largest in the nation, and within 170 miles of San Antonio, the third-largest metro area in Texas. Bryan/College Station had an estimated combined population of approximately 190,000 in 2015, an increase of almost 20,000 people since 2010, according to the US Census Bureau. College Station is home to Texas A&M University, the largest institution of higher learning in the state, which helps explain the market’s relatively young (in 2010, the US Census Bureau found 73.7% of

 

70


Table of Contents

residents were between ages 18 and 64, compared to 62.4% in Texas and 63.0% nationally) and well-educated (in 2015, the US Census Bureau estimated 42.6% of residents over age 25 had a bachelor’s degree or higher, compared to 27.6% in Texas and 29.8% nationally) population. According to the US Bureau of Labor Statistics, Bryan/College Station’s unemployment rate in December 2016 was 3.4%, compared to 4.6% in Texas and 4.7% nationally. The local governments of Bryan and College Station have pro-business attitudes and policies, as evidenced by their recent partnering with each other and Texas A&M University to create a business district known as Atlas to attract companies engaged in the manufacture of biologics, pharmaceuticals, nutraceuticals and medical devices, with the project just breaking ground in January of this year. In 2013, Cognizant, a Fortune 500 technology company, relocated from New Jersey to College Station, citing the pro-business environment in College Station and Texas generally and the availability of a young and educated workforce.

Lending Activities

Overview.   We offer a variety of loans, including commercial lines of credit, working capital loans, commercial real estate-backed loans (including loans secured by owner occupied commercial properties), term loans, equipment financing, acquisition, expansion and development loans, borrowing base loans, real estate construction loans, homebuilder loans, letters of credit and other loan products to small- and medium-sized businesses, real estate developers, mortgage lenders, manufacturing and industrial companies and other businesses. We also offer various consumer loans to individuals and professionals including residential real estate loans, home equity loans, installment loans, unsecured and secured personal lines of credit, and standby letters of credit. Lending activities originate from the efforts of our bankers, with an emphasis on lending to individuals, professionals, small- to medium-sized businesses and commercial companies located in our market areas. Although all lending involves a degree of risk, we believe that commercial business loans and commercial real estate loans present greater risks than other types of loans in our portfolio. We work to mitigate these risks through conservative underwriting policies and consistent monitoring of credit quality indicators.

The following table presents the composition of our loan portfolio, by category, as of December 31, 2016. At that time, we had outstanding an aggregate of commercial loans and commercial real estate loans of approximately $591.7 million, or 47.5% of our total loan portfolio.

 

Loan Type

                   Amount                       Percentage of Total Loans  
     (Dollars in thousands)         

Commercial and industrial

   $   223,997           17.98%  

Real estate:

     

Construction and development

     129,366        10.39  

Commercial real estate

     367,656        29.53  

Farmland

     62,362          5.01  

1-4 family residential

     362,952        29.15  

Multi-family residential

     26,079          2.09  

Subtotal real estate

     948,415        76.17  

Consumer

     53,505          4.30  

Agricultural

     18,901          1.52  

Overdrafts

     317          0.03  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,245,135        100.00%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

71


Table of Contents

The following table presents the composition of our loan portfolio among our three markets of East Texas, Bryan/College Station and the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex as of December 31, 2016.

 

     East Texas      Bryan / College Station      DFW Metroplex  

Loan Type

   Amount      Percent of
Market
Total
     Amount      Percent of
Market
Total
     Amount      Percent of
Market
Total
 
     (Dollars in
thousands)
                                    

Commercial and industrial

   $   127,731        17.2%      $   12,298        5.9%      $   83,968        28.8%  

Real estate:

                 

Construction and development

     41,759        5.6        48,407        23.0        39,200        13.4  

Commercial real estate

     162,739        21.9        87,352        41.6        117,565        40.3  

Farmland

     46,125        6.2        7,351        3.5        8,886        3.0  

1-4 family residential

     276,350        37.2        50,428        24.0        36,174        12.5  

Multi-family residential

     22,916        3.1        2,189        1.0        974        0.4  

Subtotal real estate

     549,889        74.0        195,727        93.1        202,799        69.6  

Consumer

     47,953        6.4        1,080        0.5        4,472        1.6  

Agricultural

     17,842        2.3        1,042        0.5        17        0.0  

Overdrafts

     303        0.1        3        0.0        11        0.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 743,718        100.00%      $ 210,150        100.00%      $ 291,267        100.00%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-Real Estate Commercial and Commercial and Industrial Loans .  We make general commercial loans, including commercial lines of credit, working capital loans, term loans, equipment financing, asset acquisition, expansion and development loans, borrowing base loans, letters of credit and other loan products, primarily in our target markets that are underwritten on the basis of the borrower’s ability to service the debt from income. We typically take as collateral a lien on general business assets including, among other things, available real estate, accounts receivable, promissory notes, inventory and equipment and generally obtain a personal guaranty of the borrower or principal. Our commercial loans generally have variable interest rates and terms that typically range from one to five years depending on factors such as the type and size of the loan, the financial strength of the borrower/guarantor and the age, type and value of the collateral. Fixed rate commercial loan maturities are generally short-term, with one to five year maturities, or include periodic interest rate resets. Our underwriting policy does allow for exceptions in which the term and amortization of a commercial and industrial loan may be longer than five years, however, the term and amortization must be consistent with the useful life and depreciation rates of the underlying collateral and an underwriting exception will be noted. In general, commercial loans may involve increased credit risk and, therefore, typically yield a higher return than commercial real estate loans. The increased risk in commercial loans derives from the expectation that such loans generally are serviced principally from the operations of the business, and those operations may not be successful. Any interruption or discontinuance of operating cash flows from the business, which may be influenced by events not under the control of the borrower such as economic events and changes in governmental regulations, could materially affect the ability of the borrower to repay the loan. In addition, the collateral securing commercial loans generally includes moveable property such as equipment and inventory, which may decline in value more rapidly than we anticipated, exposing us to increased credit risk. As a result of these additional complexities, variables and risks, commercial loans require extensive underwriting and servicing.

Construction and Development Loans.   Our construction portfolio includes loans to small- and medium-sized businesses to construct owner-user properties, loans to developers of commercial real estate investment properties and residential developments and, to a lesser extent, loans to individual clients for construction of single family homes in our market areas. Construction and development loans are generally made with a term of one to two years with interest paid monthly. Our underwriting policy does allow for exceptions in which the term of a construction and development loan may be longer than two years, however, the term must be

 

72


Table of Contents

realistic and consistent with the borrower’s documented ability to repay. The ratio of the loan principal to the value of the collateral, as established by independent appraisal, typically will not exceed regulatory supervisory guidelines. Loan proceeds are disbursed based on the percentage of completion and only after the project has been inspected by an experienced construction lender or third-party inspector. Risks associated with construction loans include fluctuations in the value of real estate, project completion risk and change in market trends. We are also exposed to risk based on the ability of the construction loan borrower to finance the loan or sell the property upon completion of the project, which may be affected by changes in secondary market terms and criteria for permanent financing since the time that we funded the construction loan.

Commercial Real Estate Loans.   We offer real estate loans for commercial property that is owner occupied as well as commercial property owned by real estate investors. Commercial loans that are secured by owner occupied commercial real estate and primarily collateralized by operating cash flows are also included in this category of loan. Commercial real estate loan terms are generally five years or less and amortization is generally limited to 20 years or less, although payments may be structured on a longer amortization basis in unusual cases. The interest rates on our commercial real estate loans may be fixed or adjustable, although rates typically are not fixed for a period exceeding five years. We generally charge an origination fee for our services. We typically require personal guarantees from the principal owners of the business supported by a review of the principal owners’ personal financial statements and global debt service obligations. Risks associated with commercial real estate loans include fluctuations in the value of real estate, the overall strength of the economy, new job creation trends, tenant vacancy rates, environmental contamination and the quality of the borrower’s management. We make efforts to limit our risk by analyzing borrowers’ cash flow and collateral value. The real estate securing our existing commercial real estate loans includes a wide variety of property types, such as owner occupied offices/warehouses/production facilities, office buildings, hotels, mixed-use residential/commercial, retail centers and multifamily properties. Our commercial real estate loan portfolio presents a higher risk profile than our consumer real estate and consumer loan portfolios.

Residential Real Estate Loans.   We offer first and second lien one-to-four family mortgage loans, as well as home equity lines of credit, in each case primarily on owner occupied primary residences. Our retail consumer real estate lending products are offered primarily to consumer customers within our geographic markets. We also originate for resale one-to-four family mortgage loans, and those loans are included as a part of our consumer real estate loan portfolio until sold to investors. However, as of December 31, 2016, we held only $2.6 million in mortgages for resale. Although our consumer real estate loan portfolio presents lower levels of risk than our commercial, commercial real estate and construction loan portfolios, we are exposed to risk based on fluctuations in the value of the real estate collateral securing the loan, as well as changes in the borrower’s financial condition, which could be affected by numerous factors, including divorce, job loss, illness or other personal hardship.

Consumer Loans.   While our focus is on service to small- and medium-sized businesses, we also make a variety of loans to individuals for personal, family and household purposes, including secured and unsecured installment and term loans. We offer consumer loans as an accommodation to our existing customers and do not market consumer loans to persons who do not have a pre-existing relationship with us. Our consumer loans, which are underwritten primarily based on the borrower’s financial condition and, in some cases, are unsecured credits, subject us to risk based on changes in the borrower’s financial condition, which could be affected by numerous factors, including divorce, job loss, illness or other personal hardship, and fluctuations in the value of the real estate or personal property securing the consumer loan, if any.

Agriculture Loans.   A small portion of our loan portfolio (less than two percent) consists of agriculture loans. These loans are originated primarily in our markets and surrounding areas and typically consist of livestock and pasture loans.

 

73


Table of Contents

Credit Policies and Procedures

General .  We adhere to what we believe are disciplined underwriting standards, but also remain cognizant of the need to serve the credit needs of customers in our primary market areas by offering flexible loan solutions in a responsive and timely manner. We maintain asset quality through an emphasis on local market knowledge, long-term customer relationships, consistent and thorough underwriting for all loans and a conservative credit culture. We also seek to maintain a broadly diversified loan portfolio across customer, product and industry types. Our lending policies do not provide for any loans that are highly speculative, subprime, or that have high loan-to-value ratios. These components, together with active credit management, are the foundation of our credit culture, which we believe is critical to enhancing the long-term value of our organization to our customers, employees, shareholders and communities.

We have a service-driven, relationship-based, business-focused credit culture, rather than a price-driven, transaction-based culture. Substantially all of our loans are made to borrowers located or operating in our primary market areas with whom we have ongoing relationships across various product lines. The limited number of loans secured by properties located in out-of-market areas have been made strictly to borrowers who are well-known to us.

Credit Concentrations .  In connection with the management of our credit portfolio, we actively manage the composition of our loan portfolio, including credit concentrations. Our loan approval policies establish concentrations limits with respect to industry and loan product type to enhance portfolio diversification. These limits are reviewed monthly as part of our loan review program. In general, loan product concentration levels are monitored on a monthly basis, and our commercial real estate concentrations are monitored monthly by the Bank’s Directors’ Loan Committee, which is composed of seven outside directors and two Bank officers, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Lending Officer. Industry concentration levels are monitored on a monthly basis.

Loan Approval Process.   We seek to achieve an appropriate balance between prudent, disciplined underwriting and flexibility in our decision-making and responsiveness to our customers. Our board has established an “in-house” lending limit to any single customer equal to 95% of our legal lending limit. As of December 31, 2016, the Bank had a legal lending limit of approximately $26.0 million for loans secured without readily marketable collateral, and its “in-house” lending limit was $24.8 million as of such date. Our credit approval policies provide for various levels of officer and senior management lending authority for new credits and renewals, which are based on position, capability and experience. Loans in excess of an individual officer’s lending limit may be approved by two or more executive officers, with stacking authority, combining their individual lending limits, up to a current maximum of $2.5 million. Loans presenting aggregate lending exposure in excess of $2.5 million are subject to approval of the Bank’s Directors’ Loan Committee. These limits are reviewed periodically by the Bank’s board of directors. We believe that our credit approval process provides for thorough underwriting and efficient decision making.

Credit Risk Management .  Credit risk management involves a partnership between our loan officers and our credit approval, credit administration and collections personnel. We conduct monthly loan meetings, attended by substantially all of our loan officers, related loan production staff and credit administration staff at which asset quality and delinquencies are reviewed. Our evaluation and compensation program for our loan officers includes significant goals, such as the percentages of past due loans and charge-offs to total loans in the officer’s portfolio, that we believe motivate the loan officers to focus on the origination and maintenance of high quality credits consistent with our strategic focus on asset quality.

It is our policy to discuss each loan that has one or more past due payment at our monthly meetings with all lending personnel. Our policies require rapid notification of delinquency and prompt initiation of collection actions. Loan officers, credit administration personnel and senior management proactively support collection activities.

 

74


Table of Contents

In accordance with our procedures, we perform annual asset reviews of our larger multifamily and commercial real estate loans. As part of these asset review procedures, we analyze recent financial statements of the property, borrower and any guarantor to determine the current level of occupancy, revenues and expenses and to investigate any deterioration in the value of the real estate collateral or in the borrower’s and any guarantor’s financial condition. Upon completion, we update the grade assigned to each loan. Loan officers are encouraged to bring potential credit issues to the attention of credit administration personnel. We maintain a list of loans that receive additional attention if we believe there may be a potential credit risk.

Loans that are downgraded or classified undergo a detailed quarterly review by the Bank’s internal Problem Asset Committee. This review includes an evaluation of the market conditions, the property’s trends, the borrower and guarantor status, the level of reserves required and loan accrual status. Additionally, we periodically have an independent, third-party review performed on our loan grades and our credit administration functions. Finally, we perform an annual stress test of our loan portfolio, in which we evaluate the impact of declining economic conditions on the portfolio based on previous recessionary periods. Management reviews these reports and presents them to the Bank’s Directors’ Loan Committee. These asset review procedures provide management with additional information for assessing our asset quality. In addition, for business and personal loans that are not secured by real estate, we perform frequent evaluations and regular monitoring.

Deposits

Our deposits serve as the primary funding source for lending, investing and other general banking purposes. We provide a full range of deposit products and services, including a variety of checking and savings accounts, certificates of deposit, money market accounts, debit cards, remote deposit capture, online banking, mobile banking, e-Statements, bank-by-mail and direct deposit services. We also offer business accounts and cash management services, including business checking and savings accounts and treasury management services. We solicit deposits through our relationship-driven team of dedicated and accessible bankers and through community focused marketing. We also seek to cross-sell deposit products at loan origination.

A significant driver of our business and growth is the availability of core deposits for funding. As of December 31, 2016, we held approximately $1.6 billion of total deposits, and from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2016, our total deposits increased at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 10.5%. As of December 31, 2016, we did not have brokered deposits or any deposits from listing services or subscription services and our core deposit to total deposit ratio has ranged from 92.1% as of December 31, 2012 to 93.5% as of December 31, 2016. Our cost of interest-bearing deposits was 0.77% and average noninterest-bearing deposits comprised approximately 22.4% of average total deposits for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Given the diverse nature of our banking location network and our relationship-driven approach to our customers, we believe our deposit base is comparatively less sensitive to interest rate variations than our competitors. Nevertheless, we attempt to competitively price our deposit products to promote core deposit growth. We believe that our loan pricing encourages deposits from our loan customers.

Guaranty Bank & Trust Wealth Management Group

We deliver a comprehensive suite of trust services through Guaranty Bank & Trust Wealth Management Group, a division of our Bank. Enhancing and expanding our trust department, particularly in our Dallas/Fort Worth and Bryan/College Station markets is an important component of our strategic plan because trust and wealth management services can generate stable and recurring revenue and enhance banking customer loyalty, which can result in increased core deposits and greater cross-selling opportunities. We also provide traditional trustee, custodial and escrow services for institutional and individual accounts, including corporate escrow accounts, serving as custodian for self-directed individual retirement accounts and other retirement accounts. In addition, we offer clients comprehensive investment management solutions whereby we manage all or a portion of a client’s investment portfolio on a discretionary basis. Finally, we provide retirement plan services, such as 401(k) programs, through a national vendor.

 

75


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2016, we had $265.7 million of trust assets under administration and 480 trust services accounts. In 2016, net earnings for this division were $80,250. We expect trust department asset growth and diversification to continue over the next several years, as we focus growth and marketing efforts on our newer markets in which the volume of potential customers seeking these services is greater than in our traditional East Texas market.    

Residential Mortgage Origination

We originate residential mortgages for sale on the secondary market through the mortgage division of our Bank. We have developed a scalable platform for mortgage originations within this division and believe that we have significant opportunities to grow the business, particularly as we continue to expand into major metropolitan areas of Texas. The mortgage division handles loan processing, underwriting and closings in-house. We sell substantially all mortgage loans we originate to various investors in the secondary market and do not service these loans. Loans sold are subject to certain indemnification provisions with investors, including the repurchase of loans sold and the repayment of sales proceeds to investors under certain conditions. In addition, if a customer defaults on a mortgage payment shortly after the loan is originated, the purchaser of the loan may have a put right, whereby they can require us to repurchase the loan at the full amount paid by the purchaser. In 2013 and 2014, we repurchased three residential mortgage loans sold to government-sponsored enterprises with an aggregate principal amount of $405,000, all of which were fully paid with no remaining principal balance as of December 31, 2016.

Other Products and Services

We offer banking products and services that are attractively priced with a focus on customer convenience and accessibility. We offer a full suite of online banking services including access to account balances, online transfers, online bill payment and electronic delivery of customer statements, as well as ATMs, and banking by telephone, mail and personal appointment. We also offer debit cards, night depository, direct deposit, cashier’s checks, and letters of credit, as well as treasury management services, including wire transfer services, remote deposit capture and automated clearinghouse services.

We are currently focused on expanding noninterest income though increased income from our treasury and cash management service. We offer a full array of commercial treasury management services designed to be competitive with banks of all sizes. Treasury management services include balance reporting (including current day and previous day activity), transfers between accounts, wire transfer initiation, automated clearinghouse origination and stop payments. Cash management deposit products consist of remote deposit capture, merchant services, positive pay and reverse positive pay (automated fraud detection tools), account reconciliation services, zero balance accounts and sweep accounts, including loan sweep.

Investments

Due to the recent growth in our loan portfolio, we manage our investment portfolio primarily for liquidity purposes, with a secondary focus on returns. We separate our portfolio into two categories: (1) short-term investments with maturities less than one year, including federal funds sold; and (2) investments with maturities exceeding one year (the current duration is approximately 5.3 years), all of which are classified as either available-for-sale or held-to-maturity and can be used for pledging on public deposits, selling under repurchase agreements and meeting unforeseen liquidity needs. The latter category is invested in a variety of high-grade securities, including government agency securities, government guaranteed mortgage backed securities and municipal securities. We regularly evaluate the composition of this category as changes occur with respect to the interest rate yield curve. Although we may sell investment securities from time to time to take advantage of changes in interest rate spreads, it is our policy not to sell investment securities unless we can reinvest the proceeds at a similar or higher spread, so as not to take gains to the detriment of future income.

 

76


Table of Contents

The investment policy is reviewed annually by the Bank’s board of directors. Overall investment goals are established by the Bank’s board of directors and the Bank’s Asset/Liability Management Committee. The Bank’s board of directors has delegated the responsibility of monitoring our investment activities to the Investment Committee. Day-to-day activities pertaining to the investment portfolio are conducted within our accounting department under the supervision of our Chief Financial Officer.

Information Technology Systems

We continue to make significant investments in our information technology systems for our banking and lending operations and treasury management activities. We believe that this investment is essential to enhance our capabilities to offer new products and overall customer experience, to provide scale for future growth and acquisitions, and to increase controls and efficiencies in our back office operations. We have purchased our core data processing platform from a nationally recognized bank software vendor providing us with capabilities to support the continued growth of the Bank. Our internal network and e-mail systems are maintained in-house. We leverage the capabilities of a third-party service provider to provide the technical expertise around network design and architecture that is required for us to operate as an effective and efficient organization. We actively manage our business continuity plan. We strive to follow all recommendations outlined by the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council in an effort to provide that we have effectively identified our risks and documented contingency plans for key functions and systems including providing for back up sites for all critical applications. We perform tests of the adequacy of these contingency plans on at least an annual basis.

The majority of our other systems, including electronic funds transfer and transaction processing, are operated in house. Online banking services and other public facing web services are hosted by third-party service providers. The scalability of this infrastructure is designed to support our expansion strategy. These critical business applications and processes are included in the business continuity plans referenced above.

Enterprise Risk Management

We place significant emphasis on risk mitigation as an integral component of our organizational culture. We believe that our emphasis on risk management is manifested in our solid asset quality statistics and in our historically low charge-offs and losses on deposit-related services due to debit card, ACH or wire fraud. All of the Bank’s executive officers serve on the Bank’s Enterprise Risk Management Committee, which is chaired by our Chief Risk Officer. Risk management, with respect to our lending philosophy, focuses on structuring credits to provide for multiple sources of repayment, coupled with strong underwriting undertaken by the Bank’s experienced officers and credit policy personnel.

Our risk mitigation techniques include monthly Bank Directors’ Loan Committee meetings where loan pricing, allowance for loan losses methodology and level, and loan concentrations are reviewed and discussed. In addition, the Bank’s Directors’ Loan Committee reviews interest rate stratification and portfolio composition reports on a monthly basis. The Bank’s Problem Asset Committee also meets monthly to discuss criticized assets and set action plans for those borrowers who display deteriorating financial condition, to monitor those relationships and to implement corrective measures on a timely basis to minimize losses. We also perform an annual stress test on our loan portfolio, in which we evaluate the impact on the portfolio of declining economic conditions on the portfolio.

We also focus on risk management in numerous other areas throughout our organization, including asset/liability management, regulatory compliance and strategic and operational risk. We have implemented an extensive asset/liability management process, and utilize a well-known and experienced third party to run our interest rate risk model on a quarterly basis. We utilize hedging techniques whenever our models indicate short-term (net interest income) or long term (economic value of equity) risk to interest rate movements.

We have implemented management assessment and testing of internal controls consistent with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley. We also annually engage an experienced third party to review and assess our controls with respect to technology, as well as to perform penetration and vulnerability testing to assist us in managing the risks associated with information security.

 

77


Table of Contents

Competition

The banking and financial services industry is highly competitive, and we compete with a wide range of financial institutions within our markets, including local, regional and national commercial banks and credit unions. We also compete with mortgage companies, brokerage firms, consumer finance companies, mutual funds, securities firms, insurance companies, third-party payment processors, fintech companies and other financial intermediaries for certain of our products and services. Some of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions and level of regulatory supervision applicable to us.

Interest rates on loans and deposits, as well as prices on fee-based services, are typically significant competitive factors within banking and financial services industry. Many of our competitors are much larger financial institutions that have greater financial resources than we do and compete aggressively for market share. These competitors attempt to gain market share through their financial product mix, pricing strategies and banking center locations. Other important competitive factors in our industry and markets include office locations and hours, quality of customer service, community reputation, continuity of personnel and services, capacity and willingness to extend credit, and ability to offer sophisticated banking products and services. While we seek to remain competitive with respect to fees charged, interest rates and pricing, we believe that our broad and sophisticated commercial banking product suite, our high-quality customer service culture, our positive reputation and long-standing community relationships will enable us to compete successfully within our markets and enhance our ability to attract and retain customers.

Our Employees

As of December 31, 2016, we employed 397 full-time equivalent persons. We provide extensive training to our employees in an effort to ensure that our customers receive superior customer service. None of our employees are represented by any collective bargaining unit or are parties to a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relations with our employees to be good.

Our Properties

The Bank currently operates 26 banking locations, all of which are located in Texas. The principal executive office of the Bank is located at 201 South Jefferson Avenue, Mount Pleasant, Texas 75455. The Bank currently operates banking locations in the following Texas locations: Atlanta, Bogata, Bryan, College Station (two locations), Commerce, Dallas (two locations), Denton (two locations), Hallsville, Longview, Mount Pleasant (two locations), Mount Vernon, New Boston, Paris (two locations), Pittsburg, Rockwall, Royse City, Sulphur Springs, and Texarkana (four locations). We own all of our banking locations, except for two banking locations in Dallas, Texas, one banking location in Denton, Texas, one banking location in Rockwall, Texas and one office location in Longview, Texas, that we lease. We believe that the five leases to which we are subject are generally on terms consistent with prevailing market terms, and none of the leases are with our directors, officers, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our voting securities or any affiliates of the foregoing. We believe that our facilities are in good condition and are adequate to meet our operating needs for the foreseeable future.

Legal Proceedings

We are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings. We are from time to time subject to claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. These claims and litigation may include, among other things, allegations of violation of banking and other applicable regulations, competition law, labor laws and consumer protection laws, as well as claims or litigation relating to intellectual property, securities, breach of contract and tort. We intend to defend ourselves vigorously against any pending or future claims and litigation.

At this time, in the opinion of management, the likelihood is remote that the impact of such proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on our combined results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. However, one or more unfavorable outcomes in any claim or

 

78


Table of Contents

litigation against us could have a material adverse effect for the period in which they are resolved. In addition, regardless of their merits or their ultimate outcomes, such matters are costly, divert management’s attention and may materially adversely affect our reputation, even if resolved in our favor.

 

79


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information” and the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that are subject to certain risks and uncertainties and are based on certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable but may prove to be inaccurate. Certain risks, uncertainties and other factors, including those set forth under “Forward-Looking Statements,” “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, may cause actual results to differ materially from those projected results discussed in the forward-looking statements appearing in this discussion and analysis. We assume no obligation to update any of these forward-looking statements.

General

The following discussion and analysis presents our financial condition and results of operations on a consolidated basis. However, because we conduct all of our material business operations through Guaranty Bank & Trust, the discussion and analysis relates to activities primarily conducted by Guaranty Bank & Trust.

As a bank holding company that operates through one segment, we generate most of our revenue from interest on loans and investments, customer service and loan fees, fees related to the sale of mortgage loans, and trust and wealth management services. We incur interest expense on deposits and other borrowed funds, as well as noninterest expense, such as salaries and employee benefits and occupancy expenses. We analyze our ability to maximize income generated from interest earning assets and control the interest expenses of our liabilities, measured as net interest income, through our net interest margin and net interest spread. Net interest income is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings, which are used to fund those assets. Net interest margin is a ratio calculated as net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets. Net interest spread is the difference between rates earned on interest-earning assets and rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities.

Changes in market interest rates and the interest rates we earn on interest-earning assets or pay on interest-bearing liabilities, as well as in the volume and types of interest-earning assets, interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing liabilities and shareholders’ equity, are usually the largest drivers of periodic changes in net interest spread, net interest margin and net interest income. Fluctuations in market interest rates are driven by many factors, including governmental monetary policies, inflation, deflation, macroeconomic developments, changes in unemployment, the money supply, political and international conditions and conditions in domestic and foreign financial markets. Periodic changes in the volume and types of loans in our loan portfolio are affected by, among other factors, economic and competitive conditions in Texas, as well as developments affecting the real estate, technology, financial services, insurance, transportation, manufacturing and energy sectors within our target markets and throughout the state of Texas.

Acquisitions

The comparability of our consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015 to the year ended December 31, 2014 is affected by two acquisitions that we completed in 2015. On March 28, 2015, we completed the acquisition of DCB Financial. On April 11, 2015, we completed the acquisition of Texas Leadership Bank. Therefore, the results of the acquired operations of DCB Financial and Texas Leadership Bank were included in our results of operations for a portion of 2015 but were not included in our results of operations for 2014.

 

80


Table of Contents

Termination of Subchapter S Corporation Status

Effective January 1, 2008, we made an election to be taxed for federal income tax purposes as a “Subchapter S corporation” under the provisions of Sections 1361 through 1379 of the Internal Revenue Code. We terminated our election to be taxed as a Subchapter S corporation effective December 31, 2013. During the period we were taxed as a Subchapter S corporation, our net income was not subject to, and we did not pay, U.S. federal income taxes, and we were not required to make any provision or recognize any liability for federal income taxes in our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2008 through the year ended December 31, 2013. In addition, during these taxable periods that we were a Subchapter S corporation, we paid distributions to our shareholders to assist them in paying the federal income taxes on the pro rata portion of our taxable income that “passed through” to our shareholders. See “Dividend Policy.” Effective January 1, 2014, we became subject to federal income taxation as a C corporation under Subchapter C of the Internal Revenue Code, and we established deferred tax assets and liabilities effective December 31, 2013 to reflect the conversion. Accordingly, beginning January 1, 2014, we reflect a provision for federal income taxes on our financial statements. As a result of that change in our status under the federal income tax laws, the net income and earnings per share data presented in our historical financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 which do not include any provision for federal income taxes, will not be comparable with our historical financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, or our future net income and earnings per share, which will be calculated by including a provision for federal income taxes. However, we have included pro forma financial information in the section of this prospectus entitled “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information” showing income tax expense and net earnings as if we were a C corporation at the beginning of the earliest period presented for comparison purposes.

Performance Summary for the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

Net earnings were $12.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to $10.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This performance resulted in basic earnings per share of $1.35 for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to $1.15 for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in net earnings over this period was primarily the result of our expansion in the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex, a full year of earnings from the acquisitions of DCB Financial and Texas Leadership Bank in March and April of 2015, respectively, and the continued maturity of the de novo locations in both the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex and Bryan/College Station markets. The increase in earnings per share over this period was due to a 19.9% increase in net earnings while the weighted average shares outstanding increased only 2.0%.

Our return on average assets was 0.68% for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to 0.65% for the year ended December 31, 2015. Our return on average equity was 8.34% for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to 7.44% for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in both ratios was due to the increase in net earnings of 19.9% relative to smaller increases in total average assets and total average shareholders’ equity of 14.5% and 6.9%, respectively.

Our net interest margin was 3.27% for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 3.33% for the year ended December 31, 2015. Our net interest margin has been relatively consistent in recent years, with 3.33%, 3.23% and 3.07% net interest margin for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Our efficiency ratio was 69.46% for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to 71.99% for the year ended December 31, 2015. Our efficiency ratio has been relatively stable in recent years, with the improvement in efficiency ratio in 2016 largely attributable to the relative lack of one-time expenses in 2016 compared to the expenses we incurred in 2015 in connection with our acquisitions and the establishment of our corporate office in Dallas. Our efficiency ratios for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were 69.53%, 67.74% and 69.51%, respectively.

Our total assets increased $145.7 million, or 8.7%, to $1.83 billion for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $1.68 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015. Our total loans (excluding loans held for

 

81


Table of Contents

sale) increased $176.5 million, or 16.5%, to $1.25 billion for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $1.07 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015. Total shareholders’ equity increased $4.2 million, or 3.0%, to $141.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $137.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increases in our total assets and shareholders’ equity are primarily the result of our loan growth in 2016, which was entirely organic, and the 19.9% increase in net earnings in 2016, respectively.

Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

Net Interest Income

Our operating results depend primarily on our net interest income. Fluctuations in market interest rates impact the yield and rates paid on interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, respectively. Changes in the amount and type of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities also impact our net interest income. To evaluate net interest income, we measure and monitor (1) yields on our loans and other interest-earning assets, (2) the costs of our deposits and other funding sources, (3) our net interest spread and (4) our net interest margin. Because noninterest-bearing sources of funds, such as noninterest-bearing deposits and shareholders’ equity also fund interest-earning assets, net interest margin includes the benefit of these noninterest-bearing sources.

2016 vs.  2015. Net interest income for 2016 was $53.8 million compared to $47.8 million for 2015, an increase of $6.0 million, or 12.6%. The increase in net interest income was comprised of an $8.6 million, or 15.3%, increase in interest income offset by a $2.6 million, or 31.3%, increase in interest expense. The growth in interest income was primarily attributable to a $188.0 million, or 19.0%, increase in average loans outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to 2015, partially offset by an 11 basis point decrease in the yield on total loans. The increase in average loans outstanding was primarily due to organic growth in all of our markets and continuing maturity of de novo and acquired locations in the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex and Bryan/College Station markets. The $2.6 million increase in interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily related to a $210.6 million, or 21.8%, increase in average interest-bearing deposits over the same period in 2015. The majority of this increase is due to organic growth, primarily in money market accounts, driven in part by favorable rates that were offered in our Bryan/College Station and Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex markets. For the year ended December 31, 2016, net interest margin and net interest spread were 3.27% and 3.08%, respectively, compared to 3.33% and 3.17% for the same period in 2015, which reflects the increases in interest expense discussed above relative to the increases in interest income.

2015 vs.  2014. Net interest income for 2015 was $47.8 million compared to $39.1 million for 2014, an increase of $8.7 million, or 22.2%. The increase in net interest income for 2015 over 2014 was comprised of a $10.9 million, or 24.1%, increase in interest income offset by a $2.2 million, or 36.2%, increase in interest expense. The growth in interest income was primarily attributable to a $253.4 million, or 34.3%, increase in average loans outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to 2014, partially offset by a five basis point decrease in the yield on total loans. The increase in average loans outstanding was primarily due to the acquisition of DCB Financial and Texas Leadership Bank in the first half of 2015 in which we acquired a fair value of performing loans of $118.2 million and $43.6 million, respectively, as well as our organic growth in the Bryan/College Station market and the Longview area of our East Texas market. Interest expense was $8.3 million for 2015, an increase of $2.2 million over 2014. The increase was primarily related to a $168.7 million, or 21.2%, increase in average interest-bearing deposits. The majority of this increase is due to the acquired interest-bearing deposits of $68.8 million and $48.8 million of DCB Financial and Texas Leadership Bank, respectively, as well as our organic growth in the Bryan/College Station market and the Longview area of our East Texas market. For the year ended December 31, 2015 net interest margin and net interest spread were 3.33% and 3.17%, respectively, compared to 3.33% and 3.18% for the same period in 2014.

The following table presents an analysis of net interest income and net interest spread for the periods indicated, including average outstanding balances for each each major category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, the interest earned or paid on such amounts, and the average rate earned or paid on

 

82


Table of Contents

such assets or liabilities, respectively. The table also sets forth the net interest margin on average total interest-earning assets for the same periods. Interest earned on loans that are classified as nonaccrual is not recognized in income; however the balances are reflected in average outstanding balances for the period. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the amount of interest income not recognized on nonaccrual loans was not material. Any nonaccrual loans have been included in the table as loans carrying a zero yield.

 

    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2016     2015     2014  
          Interest                 Interest                 Interest        
    Average     Earned/     Average     Average     Earned/     Average     Average     Earned/     Average  
    Outstanding     Interest     Yield/     Outstanding     Interest     Yield/     Outstanding     Interest     Yield/  
    Balance     Paid     Rate     Balance     Paid     Rate     Balance     Paid     Rate  
                      (Dollars in thousands)  

Assets

                 

Interest-earnings assets:

                 

Total loans (1)

    $     1,179,938       $     55,565       4.71%     $ 991,889     $     47,845       4.82%     $ 738,539     $     35,961       4.87%  

Securities available for sale

    198,372       3,723       1.88%       233,484       4,393       1.88%       222,471       5,497       2.47%  

Securities held to maturity.

    182,870       4,678       2.56%       126,659       3,453       2.73%       134,894       3,615       2.68%  

Nonmarketable equity securities

    8,547       271       3.17%       7,450       91       1.22%       6,455       143       2.22%  

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

    78,232       471       0.60%       72,997       300       0.41%       71,785       18       0.03%  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

    1,647,959     $ 64,708       3.93%       1,432,479     $ 56,082       3.92%       1,174,144     $ 45,234       3.85%  
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

    (10,826         (8,701         (7,407    

Noninterest-earnings assets

    139,575           127,470           105,553      
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total assets

  $ 1,776,708         $ 1,551,248         $ 1,272,290      
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

                 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                 

Interest-bearing deposits

  $ 1,175,520     $ 9,050       0.77%     $ 964,900     $ 6,524       0.68%     $ 796,248     $ 4,579       0.58%  

Advances from FHLB and

                 

Fed Funds Purchased

    62,961       299       0.47%       104,157       674       0.65%       98,293       706       0.72%  

Other debt

    13,198       586       4.44%       10,578       497       4.70%       5,083       252       4.96%  

Subordinated debentures

    20,313       882       4.34%       14,078       603       4.28%       10,155       536       5.28%  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    13,011       51       0.39%       11,223       25       0.22%       7,633       38       0.50%  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    1,285,003       10,868       0.85%       1,104,936       8,323       0.75%       917,412       6,111       0.67%  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:

                 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

    340,240           301,288           236,206      

Consideration payable

    -           3,735           -      

Accrued interest and other liabilities

    6,080           5,335           6,832      
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total noninterest-bearing liabilities

    346,320           310,358           243,038      

Shareholders’ equity

    145,385           135,954           111,840      
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $ 1,776,708         $ 1,551,248         $ 1,272,290      
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net interest rate spread (2)

        3.08%           3.17%           3.18%  

Net interest income

    $ 53,840         $ 47,759         $ 39,123    
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Net interest margin (3)

        3.27%           3.33%           3.33%  

 

(1) Includes average outstanding balances of loans held for sale of $3.0 million, $4.4 million and $4.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 respectively.

(2) Net interest spread is the average yield on interest-earning assets minus the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities.

(3) Net interest margin is equal to net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

 

83


Table of Contents

The following table presents information regarding the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for the periods indicated for each major component of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and distinguishes between the changes attributable to changes in volume and changes attributable to changes in interest rates. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume that cannot be segregated have been allocated to rate.

 

    For the Years Ended December 31,
2016 vs. 2015
    For the Years Ended December 31,
2015 vs. 2014
 
    Increase (Decrease)
Due to Change in
    Total
Increase

(Decrease)
    Increase (Decrease)
Due to Change in
    Total
Increase

(Decrease)
 
    Volume     Rate       Volume     Rate    
    (Dollars in thousands)     (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest-earning assets:

           

Total loans

  $ 8,856     $ (1,136   $ 7,720     $ 12,221     $ (337   $ 11,884  

Securities available for sale

    (659     (11     (670     207       (1,311     (1,104

Securities held to maturity

    1,438       (213     1,225       (225     63       (162

Nonmarketable equity securities

    35       145       180       12       (64     (52

Interest-earning deposits in other banks

    32       139       171       5       277       282  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total increase (decrease) in interest income

  $ 9,702     $ (1,076   $ 8,626     $ 12,220     $ (1,372   $ 10,848  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

           

Interest-bearing deposits

  $ 1,622     $ 904     $ 2,526     $ 1,140     $ 805     $ 1,945  

Advances from FHLB and Fed funds Purchased

    (196     (179     (375     38       (70     (32

Other debt

    116       (27     89       258       (13     245  

Subordinated debentures

    271       8       279       168       (101     67  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    7       19       26       8       (21     (13
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total increase (decrease) in interest expense

    1,820       725       2,545       1,612       600       2,212  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in net interest income

  $ 7,881     $ (1,800   $ 6,081     $ 10,608     $ (1,972   $ 8,636  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for Loan Losses

The provision for loan losses is a charge to income in order to bring our allowance for loan losses to a level deemed appropriate by management. For a description of the factors taken into account by our management in determining the allowance for loan losses see “— Financial Condition—Allowance for Loan Losses.” The provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $3.6 million compared to $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, our general allowance reserves were $11.2 million and $8.7 million, respectively, while our specific reserves allocated to cover classified and problem loans were $253,000 and $527,000, respectively. The increase in provision expense was primarily due to the $2.5 million increase in general allowance reserves, which was primarily attributable to the growth in loans of $176.5 million, or 16.5%, to $1.25 billion for the year ended December 31, 2016, from $1.07 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2016, there was $11.7 million in loan balances past due 30 or more days and $4.4 million nonperforming (nonaccrual) loans, compared to $9.7 million and $2.4 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015. However, the specific reserves associated with these loans decreased due to improvements in the values of the underlying collateral that secure those loans, leading to a $274,000 decrease in specific reserves for the year ended December 31, 2016 over the year ended December 31, 2015 that partially offset the increase in general reserves driven by our loan growth. The provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2015 increased $853,000 to $2.2 million compared to $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in provision expense in 2015 was due primarily

 

84


Table of Contents

to an increase in the level of specific reserves needed to cover certain classified loans and a higher amount of expense required to replenish the reserve from the net charge-off to loans, partially offset by general reserves needed to cover the amount of the portfolio loan growth. Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2016 totaled $1.4 million, or 0.11%, of total loans including loans held for sale, compared to net charge-offs of $633,000, or 0.06%, and net charge-offs of $694,000, or 0.09%, for the same period in 2015 and 2014, respectively. The increase in net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily due to one borrowing relationship, with a charge-off amount of $1.2 million, in which the assets were repossessed and are currently held for sale. Without this specific charge-off, the ratio of net charge-offs to total loans for the year ended December 31, 2016, would have been 0.02%.

Noninterest Income

Our primary sources of recurring noninterest income are service charges on deposit accounts, merchant and debit card fees, fiduciary income, gains on the sale of loans, and income from bank-owned life insurance. Noninterest income does not include loan origination fees to the extent they exceed the direct loan origination costs, which are generally recognized over the life of the related loan as an adjustment to yield using the interest method.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, noninterest income totaled $12.8 million, an increase of $1.5 million, or 13.6%, compared to $11.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. For the year ended December 31, 2015, noninterest income increased $572,000, or 5.3%, from $10.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest income:

 

     For the Years
Ended
December 31,
     Increase
(Decrease)
    For the Years
Ended
December 31,
    Increase
(Decrease)
 
     2016      2015      2016 v. 2015     2015      2014     2015 v. 2014  
     (Dollars in thousands)     (Dollars in thousands)  

Noninterest income:

               

Service charges on deposit accounts

   $ 3,530      $ 3,493      $ 37     $ 3,493      $ 3,618     $ (125

Merchant and debit card fees

     2,741        2,737        4       2,737        2,418       319  

Fiduciary income

     1,405        1,432        (27     1,432        1,134       298  

Gain (loss) on sales of loans

     1,718        1,053        665       1,053        991       62  

Bank-owned life insurance income

     453        421        32       421        410       11  

Gain (loss) on sales of investment securities

     82        77        5       77        (212     289  

Title policies

     -        -        -       -        240       (240

Loan processing fee income

     622        501        121       501        441       60  

Other

     2,465        1,769        696       1,769        1,752       17  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

   $ 13,016      $ 11,483      $ 1,533     $ 11,483      $ 10,792     $ 691  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Service Charges on Deposit Accounts .  We earn fees from our customers for deposit-related services, and these fees constitute a significant and predictable component of our noninterest income. Service charges on deposit accounts were $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, which increased over the same period in 2015 by $37,000, or 1.1%. This increase was relatively flat compared to our deposit growth during the same period because the commercial account analysis deposit accounts that we acquired from DCB Financial and Texas Leadership Bank were not charged service fees during 2015 or 2016. We intend to begin charging service fees on those accounts during the second quarter of 2017. Service charges on deposit accounts decreased $125,000, or 3.5%, in 2015 compared to 2014. This decrease was primarily attributable to a small runoff in low balance accounts because of changes in the products and fee schedules applied to those lower balance accounts.

 

85


Table of Contents

Merchant and Debit Card Fees .  We earn interchange income related to the activity of our customers’ merchant debit card usage. Debit card interchange income was $2.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. The income remained flat from 2015 to 2016, but related debit card expenses decreased $268,000, or 22.3%, during 2016 due to the conversion from Visa ® to Mastercard ® and the negotiation of better pricing, resulting in an overall increase in related net income. Debit card interchange income increased $319,000, or 13.2%, compared to $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This increase was primarily due to the increases in the number of demand deposit accounts and the volume of debit card usage as a result of our growth.

Fiduciary Income .   We have trust powers and provide fiduciary and custodial services through our trust and wealth management division. Fiduciary income was $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, remaining flat despite an increase in total assets held of $12.6 million, from $253.1 million as of December 31, 2015 to $265.7 million as of December 31, 2016. Revenue for our services fluctuates by month with the market value for all publicly-traded assets held in our investment management and fiduciary accounts. Revenue remained flat primarily because of fluctuations in month-end market values of the investment management accounts and because of growth in assets related to custody-only services, which earn lower revenues than do other fiduciary or investment management services and are not based on publicly-traded asset market values. As of December 31, 2015, we had $253.1 million in assets held compared to $249.3 million as of December 31, 2014. Fiduciary income increased $298,000, or 26.3% in 2015 compared to 2014. This increase was due primarily to the increase in assets held and an increase in fee schedules implemented during the year.

Gain (Loss) on Sales of Loans .  We originate long-term fixed-rate mortgage loans for resale into the secondary market. Our mortgage originations were $62.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $59.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. For the year ended December 31, 2014, our mortgage originations were $44.2 million. Gain on sale of loans was $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $665,000, or 63.2%, compared to $1.1 million for the same period in 2015, which reflects an increase in the number of loans sold and the amount of gain per loan sold. Gain on sales of loans increased $62,000, or 6.3%, in 2015 compared to 2014, primarily due to an increase in mortgage activity as a result of entering the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance .  We invest in bank-owned life insurance due to its attractive nontaxable return and protection against the loss of our key employees. We record income based on the growth of the cash surrender value of these policies as well as the annual yield net of fees and charges, including mortality charges. Income from bank-owned life insurance increased $32,000, or 7.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the same period in 2015. The increase in income was primarily due to the purchase of $445,000 of additional bank-owned life insurance in 2016, partially offset by a decrease in tax equivalent yields on these policies from 4.15% for 2015 compared to 4.00% for 2016. Income from bank-owned life insurance increased $11,000, or 2.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to the same period in 2014. The increase in income was primarily attributable to the purchase of $1.3 million in additional bank-owned life insurance in 2015, partially offset by a decrease in tax equivalent yields on these policies of 4.15% for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to 4.32% for the same period in 2014.

Gain (Loss) on Sales of Investment Securities .  We recorded a gain on sales of securities in the amount of $82,000 and $77,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The gains taken in both years relate to securities sold that had higher yields in the current markets, but that management believed also had higher volatility risk in an increasing interest rate environment. Accordingly, we sold these securities and recorded gains on the sales in an effort to decrease our interest rate risk. We recorded a loss on the sale of securities in the amount of $212,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014. The losses taken in 2014 were taken to reduce volatility risks in an increasing rate environment.

Title Policies .  Prior to 2015, one of our subsidiaries generated fee income through issuance of title policies. The title company, Greene Title & Abstract, was sold in June 2014, which had previously been operated

 

86


Table of Contents

through our indirect subsidiary, Oak Tree Title, LLC. Title policy income of $240,000 was recorded through the sale date.

Loan Processing Fee Income .  Revenue earned from collection of loan processing fees increased $121,000, or 24.2%, to $622,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $501,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in loan processing fee income is attributable primarily to an increase in volume of newly originated, renewed or extended loans during the period. Loan processing fees increased $60,000, or 13.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, from $441,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014, which was also attributable to volume growth of our loan portfolio during the period, resulting partially from the acquisition of DCB Financial and Texas Leadership Bank during March and April of 2015, respectively.

Other .  This category includes a variety of other income producing activities, including mortgage loan origination fees, wire transfer fees, loan administration fees, and other fee income. Other noninterest income increased $696,000, or 39.3%, in 2016 compared to 2015 due primarily to the growth in our loan portfolio and increased mortgage origination volume causing an increase in fee income generated from loan administration fees and income from mortgage loan origination and processing fees. Other income increased $17,000, or 1.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to the same period in 2014, primarily due to an increase in rental income generated by one of our subsidiaries, 2800 S Texas Ave, which owns our Bryan banking location, and an increase in administrative loan fee income due to an increase in our loan portfolio activity.

Noninterest Expense

Generally, noninterest expense is composed of all employee expenses and costs associated with operating our facilities, obtaining and retaining customer relationships and providing bank services. The largest component of noninterest expense is salaries and employee benefits. Noninterest expense also includes operational expenses, such as occupancy expenses, depreciation and amortization of our facilities and our furniture, fixtures and office equipment, professional and regulatory fees, including FDIC assessments, data processing expenses, and advertising and promotion expenses.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, noninterest expense totaled $46.2 million, an increase of $3.8 million, or 8.9%, compared to $42.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Noninterest expense increased $7.6 million, or 21.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to the same period in 2014. The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest expense:

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
     Increase
(Decrease)
     For the Years Ended
December 31,
     Increase
(Decrease)
 
     2016      2015      2016 v. 2015      2015      2014      2015 v. 2014  
     (Dollars in thousands)      (Dollars in thousands)  

Employee compensation and benefits

   $ 25,611      $ 22,469      $ 3,142      $ 22,469      $ 18,251      $ 4,218  

Non-staff expenses:

                 

Occupancy expenses

     6,870        6,468        402        6,468        5,360        1,108  

Amortization

     980        951        29        951        904        47  

Software support fees

     1,870        1,840        30        1,840        1,447        393  

FDIC insurance assessment fees

     1,200        743        457        743        680        63  

Legal and professional fees

     1,935        2,064        (129      2,064        1,625        439  

Advertising and promotions

     1,015        918        97        918        756        162  

Telecommunication expense

     609        572        37        572        533        39  

ATM and debit card expense

     933        1,201        (268      1,201        940        261  

Director and committee fees

     940        859        81        859        853        6  

Other

     4,417        4,509        (92      4,509        3,505        1,004  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

   $ 46,380      $ 42,594      $ 3,786      $ 42,594      $ 34,854      $ 7,740  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

87


Table of Contents

Employee Compensation and Benefits .  Salaries and employee benefits are the largest component of noninterest expense and include payroll expense, the cost of incentive compensation, benefit plans, health insurance and payroll taxes. Salaries and employee benefits were $25.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $3.1 million, or 14.0%, compared to $22.5 million for the same period in 2015. The increase was due primarily to an increase in the number of employees, as well as increased health insurance expenses, benefit plan expenses and payroll taxes. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, we had 397 and 379 full-time equivalent employees, respectively, an increase of 18 employees. Salaries and employee benefits increased $4.2 million, or 23.1%, for the year end December 31, 2015, as compared to $18.3 million for the same period in 2014. The number of full-time equivalent employees increased from 308 for the year ended December 31, 2014, to 379 for the same period in 2015, an increase of 71 employees. The increases in staff and expenses in 2015 were due primarily to the acquisitions of DCB Financial and Texas Leadership Bank and the opening of a new location in Rockwall, Texas, as well as increased health insurance expenses, benefit plan expenses and payroll taxes.

Occupancy Expenses .  Occupancy expenses were $6.9 million and $6.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. This category includes building, leasehold, furniture, fixtures and equipment depreciation totaling $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 and $3.0 million for the same period in 2015. The increase of $402,000, or 6.2%, in occupancy expenses for 2016 compared to 2015 was due primarily to increased lease expense due to new locations in Denton and Rockwall, as well as increased depreciation from additional furniture, fixtures and office equipment, partially offset by decreases in automobile expense and utility expense. Expense associated with occupancy of premises increased $1.1 million, or 20.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to $5.4 million for the same period of 2014, and related depreciation expenses increased $439,000 from $2.5 million, or 17.4%. The increase of $1.1 million for 2015 compared to 2014 was due primarily to increased lease and rental expense related to the acquisition of DCB Financial in March of 2015, increased ad valorem taxes related to our expansion into the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex, as well as an increase from $2.5 million in building, leasehold, furniture, fixtures and equipment depreciation for the year ended December 31, 2014, to $3.0 million for the same period in 2015.

Amortization.   Amortization costs include amortization of software and core deposit premiums. Amortization costs were $980,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $29,000, or 3.0%, compared to $951,000 for the same period of 2015. Amortization costs for the year ended December 31, 2015, increased $47,000, or 5.2%, compared to $904,000 for the same period of 2014. The increases in amortization costs in 2015 and 2016 were primarily due to increased amortization from core deposit intangibles resulting from the acquisitions of DCB Financial and Texas Leadership Bank, as well as additional software purchases required to support our expansion and to build the infrastructure needed for growth in the volume of our business.

Software Support .  Software support expenses were $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 and $1.8 million for the same period in 2015. The increase of $30,000, or 1.6%, was primarily attributable to incremental processing fees resulting from growth in volume of our loan and deposit accounts. Software support expenses increased $393,000, or 27.2%, in 2015 from $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily attributable to incremental processing fees resulting from the growth in the volume of our loan and deposit accounts, data conversion fees due to acquisitions, and increased support fees from movement to a higher asset tier on certain support contracts.

FDIC Assessment Fees.   FDIC assessment fees were $1.2 million and $743,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The increase of $457,000, or 61.5%, resulted from the effect of an update in our accounting methodology related to accrual of the assessment fees. FDIC assessment fees increased $63,000, or 9.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to the same period in 2014, resulting from growth in our assets over this period.

Legal and Professional Fees. Legal and professional fees, which include audit, loan review and regulatory assessments, were $1.9 million and $2.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The decrease of $129,000, or 6.3%, was primarily due to cancellation of services for a third-party

 

88


Table of Contents

investment advisory firm related to our Wealth Management Group during the period, which was partially offset by increases in legal fees and audit fees. The increase of $439,000, or 27.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, was primarily the result of fees paid to recruiters to staff our continued growth as well as consulting fees paid in 2014.

Advertising and Promotions.   Advertising and promotion related expenses were $1.0 million and $918,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The increase of $97,000, or 10.6%, was primarily due to additional advertising expenses related to our two new locations in Denton, Texas and completion of a direct mail campaign in Bryan/College Station. The increase of $162,000, or 21.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $756,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014, was primarily the result of advertising and promotion costs related to our expansion into the Dallas/Fort metroplex and the acquisitions of DCB Financial and Texas Leadership Bank.

Telecommunication Expense.   Telecommunications expenses include telephone, internet and television/cable expenses, which were $609,000 and $572,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The increase of $37,000, or 6.5%, was primarily due to an increase in the number of locations utilizing these services during the period. The increase of $39,000, or 7.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $533,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014, was primarily the result of additional locations opened and acquired from DCB Financial and Texas Leadership Bank.

ATM and Debit Card Expense.   We pay processing fees related to the activity of our customers’ ATM and debit card usage. ATM and debit card expenses were $933,000 and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. Our expenses decreased $268,000, or 22.3%, due to a conversion from Visa ® to Mastercard ® as our brand and better negotiated pricing with Mastercard ® . ATM and debit card expense increased $261,000, or 27.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $940,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014. This increase was primarily due to the increases in the number of demand deposit accounts and the volume of debit card usage as a result of our growth.

Director and Committee Fees.   We pay fees to our board of directors for their attendance at board and committee meetings for both the Company and the Bank. Director and committee fees paid were $940,000 and $859,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. The expense increased $81,000, or 9.4%, due to an increase in the per meeting fees paid to directors starting on January 1, 2016. Director and committee fees increased slightly for the year ended December 31, 2015, by $6,000, or 0.7%, compared to $853,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014. This increase was primarily due to more meetings attended by the directors during the period.

Other .  This category includes operating and administrative expenses, such as stock option expense, expenses and losses related to repossession of assets, small hardware and software purchases, expense of the value of stock appreciation rights, losses incurred on problem assets, losses on sale of other real estate owned and other assets, other real estate owned expense and write-downs, business development expenses (i.e., travel and entertainment, charitable contributions and club memberships), insurance and security expenses. Other noninterest expense decreased to $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $4.5 million for the same period in 2015, a decrease of $92,000, or 2.0%. The decrease was primarily due to no acquisition related expenses during 2016, as well as lower stock option expense and losses sustained. Other noninterest expense increased $1.0 million, or 28.6%, in 2015 compared to 2014, due primarily due to an increase in stock option expense and costs associated with our acquisitions of DCB Financial and Texas Leadership Bank.

Income Tax Expense

The amount of income tax expense we incur is influenced by the amounts of our pre-tax income, tax-exempt income and other nondeductible expenses. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at current income tax rates in effect for the period in which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the

 

89


Table of Contents

provision for income taxes. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, income tax expense totaled $4.7 million, $4.4 million, and $4.0 million, respectively. Our effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was 28.0%, 30.1%, and 29.3%, respectively.

Financial Condition

Our total assets increased $145.7 million, or 8.7%, from $1.7 billion as of December 31, 2015 to $1.8 billion as of December 31, 2016. Total assets increased $348.6 million, or 26.1%, as of December 31, 2015 from $1.3 billion as of December 31, 2014. Our asset growth in 2014 was primarily due to maturity and growth of banking locations established in Bryan/College Station and Longview during 2013 and our acquisition of The First State Bank, Hallsville, Texas in July 2013. Our asset growth in 2015 was primarily due to a combination of organic growth and our acquisition of DCB Financial in March 2015 and Texas Leadership Bank in April of 2015, as well as the opening of one de novo branch in 2015. Our growth in 2016 was achieved primarily through organic growth in our traditional East Texas market and our newer Bryan/College Station and Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex locations by enhancing our lending and deposit relationships with existing customers and attracting new customers, as well as cross-selling our deposit and treasury management products.

Loan Portfolio

Our primary source of income is derived through interest earned on loans to small- to medium-sized businesses, commercial companies, professionals and individuals located in our primary market areas. A substantial portion of our loan portfolio consists of commercial and industrial loans and real estate loans secured by commercial real estate properties located in our primary market areas. Our loan portfolio represents the highest yielding component of our earning asset base.

As of December 31, 2016, total loans were $1.2 billion, an increase of $176.5 million, or 16.5%, compared to $1.1 billion as of December 31, 2015. Total loans as of December 31, 2015 represented an increase of $280.4 million, or 35.6%, compared to $788.2 million as of December 31, 2014. These increases were primarily due to our continued organic growth in our primary market areas, new locations opened or acquired in the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex and Bryan/College Station, and our acquisitions of DCB Financial in March 2015 and Texas Leadership Bank in April 2015. In addition to these amounts, $2.6 million, $3.9 million and $3.9 million in loans were classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Total loans, excluding loans held for sale, as a percentage of deposits were 78.97%, 72.89% and 73.20% as of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Total loans, excluding loans held for sale, as a percentage of assets were 68.2%, 63.7% and 59.4% as of December 31, 2016, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

The following table summarizes our loan portfolio by type of loan as of the dates indicated:

 

    As of December 31,  
    2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Commercial and industrial

    $ 223,997       17.99%       $ 181,890       17.02%       $ 139,579       17.71%       $ 140,538       20.10%       $ 124,932       19.93%  

Real estate:

                   

Construction and development

    129,366       10.39%       122,739       11.49%       77,475       9.83%       57,189       8.18%       45,210       7.21%  

Farmland

    62,362       5.01%       47,663       4.46%       34,125       4.33%       25,844       3.70%       18,592       2.96%  

1-4 family residential

    362,952       29.15%       313,440       29.33%       247,511       31.40%       229,163       32.78%       203,566       32.46%  

Multi-family residential

    26,079       2.09%       30,356       2.84%       24,049       3.05%       16,274       2.33%       16,398       2.62%  

Commercial real estate

    367,656       29.53%       301,686       28.23%       205,222       26.04%       170,061       24.32%       159,174       25.38%  

Consumer

    53,822       4.32%       51,369       4.80%       44,949       5.70%       45,426       6.49%       43,852       6.99%  

Agricultural

    18,901       1.52%       19,524       1.83%       15,319       1.94%       14,672       2.10%       15,364       2.45%  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans held for investment

  $ 1,245,135       100.00%     $ 1,068,667       100.00%     $ 788,229       100.00%     $ 699,167       100.00%     $ 627,088       100.00%  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans held for sale

  $ 2,563       $ 3,867       $ 3,915       $ 7,118       $ 9,379    

 

90


Table of Contents

Commercial and Industrial Loans .  Commercial and industrial loans are underwritten after evaluating and understanding the borrower’s ability to operate profitably and effectively. These loans are primarily made based on the identified cash flows of the borrower, and secondarily, on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. Most commercial and industrial loans are secured by the assets being financed or other business assets, such as accounts receivable or inventory, and generally include personal guarantees.

Commercial and industrial loans increased $42.1 million, or 23.1%, to $224.0 million as of December 31, 2016 from $181.9 million as of December 31, 2015. The increase was due to organic growth, particularly in our Bryan/College Station and Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex markets. Commercial and industrial loans as of December 31, 2015 represented an increase of $42.3 million, or 30.3%, from $139.6 million as of December 31, 2014. The increase was driven by the acquisitions of DCB Financial and Texas Leadership Bank which resulted in 88.4% of the growth in this category, as well as continued organic growth in our existing markets.

Construction and Development .  Construction and land development loans are comprised of loans to fund construction, land acquisition and land development construction. The properties securing the portfolio are located throughout Texas and are generally diverse in terms of type.

Construction and development loans increased $6.6 million, or 5.4%, to $129.4 million as of December 31, 2016 from $122.7 million as of December 31, 2015. The increase resulted from continued organic growth, especially in our Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex and Bryan/College Station markets. Construction and development loans as of December 31, 2015 represented an increase of $45.3 million, or 58.4%, from $77.5 million as of December 31, 2014. The increase primarily resulted from the acquisitions of DCB Financial and Texas Leadership Bank, as well as increases in market demand and our decision to seek a larger volume of such loans due to our belief that our loan portfolio was sufficiently diverse to sustain them.

1-4 Family Residential .  Our 1-4 family residential loan portfolio is comprised of loans secured by 1-4 family homes, which are both owner occupied and investor owned. Our 1-4 family residential loans have a relatively small balance spread between many individual borrowers compared to our other loan categories. Our 1-4 family residential loans increased $49.5 million, or 15.8%, to $363.0 million as of December 31, 2016 from $313.4 million as of December 31, 2015. This increase primarily was a result of continued organic growth. Our 1-4 family residential loans as of December 31, 2015 represented an increase of $65.9 million, or 26.6%, from $247.5 million as of December 31, 2014. This growth primarily was a result of the acquisitions of DCB Financial and Texas Leadership Bank as well as continued organic growth in our existing markets.

Commercial Real Estate .  Commercial real estate loans are underwritten primarily based on projected cash flows and, secondarily, as loans secured by real estate. These loans may be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy. The properties securing the portfolio are located primarily throughout our markets and are generally diverse in terms of type. This diversity helps reduce the exposure to adverse economic events that affect any single industry.

Commercial real estate loans increased $66.0 million, or 21.9%, to $367.7 million as of December 31, 2016 from $301.7 million as of December 31, 2015. The increase in commercial real estate loans during this period was mostly driven by a general increase in lending activity, primarily in our Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex and Bryan/College Station markets. Commercial real estate loans as of December 31, 2015 represented an increase of $96.5 million, or 47.0%, from $205.2 million as of December 31, 2014. This increase in commercial real estate loans during this period was due to our acquisition of DCB Financial and Texas Leadership Bank as well as a general increase in lending activity in the Bryan/College Station market.

Other Loan Categories .  Other categories of loans included in our loan portfolio include farmland and agricultural loans made to farmers and ranchers relating to their operations, multi-family residential loans and consumer loans. None of these categories of loans represents a significant portion of our total loan portfolio.

 

91


Table of Contents

The contractual maturity ranges of loans in our loan portfolio and the amount of such loans with fixed and floating interest rates in each maturity range as of date indicated are summarized in the following tables:

 

     As of December 31, 2016  
     One Year
or Less
     One Through
Five Years
     After
Five Years
     Total  
   (Dollars in thousands)  

Commercial and industrial

   $ 103,013      $ 89,827      $ 31,157      $ 223,997  

Real estate:

           

Construction and development

     70,645        29,553        29,168        129,366  

Farmland

     15,944        2,796        43,622        62,362  

1-4 family residential

     31,498        22,810        308,644        362,952  

Multi-family residential

     757        8,515        16,807        26,079  

Commercial real estate

     13,703        59,389        294,564        367,656  

Consumer

     17,239        33,398        3,185        53,822  

Agricultural

     11,177        7,627        97        18,901  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 263,976      $ 253,915      $ 727,244      $ 1,245,135  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amounts with fixed rates

   $ 197,944      $ 195,603      $ 82,967      $ 476,514  

Amounts with floating rates

   $ 66,032      $ 58,312      $ 644,277      $ 768,621  

 

     As of December 31, 2015  
     One Year
or Less
     One Through
Five Years
     After
Five Years
     Total  
   (Dollars in thousands)  

Commercial and industrial

   $ 86,121      $ 58,319      $ 37,450      $ 181,890  

Real estate:

           

Construction and development

     52,448        33,660        36,631        122,739  

Farmland

     9,840        5,276        32,547        47,663  

1-4 family residential

     17,116        28,851        267,473        313,440  

Multi-family residential

     1,194        8,697        20,465        30,356  

Commercial real estate

     15,290        47,638        238,758        301,686  

Consumer

     15,728        32,607        3,034        51,369  

Agricultural

     12,000        7,422        102        19,524  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 209,737      $ 222,470      $ 636,460      $ 1,068,667  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amounts with fixed rates

   $ 162,184      $ 167,579      $ 86,755      $ 416,518  

Amounts with floating rates

   $ 47,553      $ 54,891      $ 549,705      $ 652,149  

 

     As of December 31, 2014  
     One Year
or Less
     One Through
Five Years
     After
Five Years
     Total  
   (Dollars in thousands)  

Commercial and industrial

   $ 50,902      $ 51,233      $ 37,444      $ 139,579  

Real estate:

           

Construction and development

     34,502        17,117        25,856        77,475  

Farmland

     2,643        5,141        26,341        34,125  

1-4 family residential

     10,909        13,904        222,698        247,511  

Multi-family residential

     1,022        2,880        20,147        24,049  

Commercial real estate

     15,240        33,826        156,156        205,222  

Consumer

     13,791        30,105        1,053        44,949  

Agricultural

     9,750        5,263        306        15,319  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 138,759      $ 159,469      $ 490,001      $ 788,229  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amounts with fixed rates

   $ 110,353      $ 119,671      $ 62,759      $ 292,783  

Amounts with floating rates

   $ 28,406      $ 39,798      $ 427,242      $ 495,446  

 

92


Table of Contents

Nonperforming Assets

Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received as of the date such payments were due. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when, in management’s opinion, the borrower may be unable to meet payment obligations as they become due, as well as when required by regulatory provisions. Loans may be placed on nonaccrual status regardless of whether or not such loans are considered past due. In general, we place loans on nonaccrual status when they become 90 days past due. We also place loans on nonaccrual status if they are less than 90 days past due if the collection of principal or interest is in doubt. When interest accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed from income. Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent cash payments are received in excess of principal due. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are, in management’s opinion, reasonably assured.

We believe our conservative lending approach and focused management of nonperforming assets has resulted in sound asset quality and timely resolution of problem assets. We have several procedures in place to assist us in maintaining the overall quality of our loan portfolio. We have established underwriting guidelines to be followed by our bankers, and we also monitor our delinquency levels for any negative or adverse trends. There can be no assurance, however, that our loan portfolio will not become subject to increasing pressures from deteriorating borrower credit due to general economic conditions.

We had $6.1 million in nonperforming assets as of December 31, 2016, compared to $4.1 million and $4.9 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. We had $4.4 million in nonperforming loans as of December 31, 2016, compared to $2.4 million and $4.1 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The $2.0 million increase in our nonperforming loans from December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016 primarily relates to the downgrade of one loan relationship in the amount of $1.2 million that was previously classified as accrual in accordance with the terms of our loan policy. The following table presents information regarding nonperforming loans at the dates indicated:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2016      2015      2014      2013      2012  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Nonaccrual loans

   $       4,409        $       2,431        $       4,077        $       7,233        $       4,906    

Accruing loans 90 or more days past due

     -          -          -          -          -    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans

     4,409          2,431          4,077          7,233          4,906    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other real estate owned:

              

Commercial real estate, construction and development, and farmland

     1,074          1,075          70          604          744    

Residential real estate

     618          618          742          758          725    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other real estate owned

     1,692          1,693          812          1,362          1,469    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets

   $ 6,101        $ 4,124        $ 4,889        $ 8,595        $ 6,375    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restructured loans-nonaccrual

   $ 90        $ 160        $ 685        $ 877        $ 1,081    

Restructured loans-accruing

     415          3,541          2,574          1,422          3,937    

Ratio of nonperforming loans to total loans (1)(2)

     0.35%         0.23%         0.52%         1.03%         0.78%   

Ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets

     0.33%         0.25%         0.37%         0.69%         0.55%   

 

93


Table of Contents
     As of December 31,  
     2016      2015      2014      2013      2012  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Nonaccrual loans by category:

              

Real estate:

              

Construction and development

   $       1,825        $ -        $ -        $ 173        $ 241    

Farmland

     176          169          184          692          -    

1-4 family residential

     1,699          1,829          2,614          3,840          2,682    

Multi-family residential

     5          —          -          -          -    

Commercial real estate

     415          77          672          1,372          436    

Commercial and industrial

     82          118          507          707          810    

Consumer

     192          238          99          307          433    

Agricultural

     15          -          1          142          304    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $       4,409        $       2,431        $       4,077        $       7,233        $       4,906    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Excludes loans held for sale of $2.6 million, $3.9 million, $3.9 million, $7.1 million and $9.4 million for the years ended December 31 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
(2) Restructured loans-nonaccrual are included in nonaccrual loans which are a component of nonperforming loans.

Potential Problem Loans

From a credit risk standpoint, we classify loans in one of five categories: pass, special mention, substandard, doubtful or loss. Within the pass category, we classify loans into one of the following four subcategories based on perceived credit risk, including repayment capacity and collateral security: superior, excellent, good and acceptable. The classifications of loans reflect a judgment about the risks of default and loss associated with the loan. We review the ratings on credits monthly. Ratings are adjusted to reflect the degree of risk and loss that is believed to be inherent in each credit as of each monthly reporting period. Our methodology is structured so that specific reserve allocations are increased in accordance with deterioration in credit quality (and a corresponding increase in risk and loss) or decreased in accordance with improvement in credit quality (and a corresponding decrease in risk and loss).

Credits rated special mention show clear signs of financial weaknesses or deterioration in creditworthiness; however, such concerns are not so pronounced that we generally expect to experience significant loss within the short-term. Such credits typically maintain the ability to perform within standard credit terms and credit exposure is not as prominent as credits with a lower rating.

Credits rated substandard are those in which the normal repayment of principal and interest may be, or has been, jeopardized by reason of adverse trends or developments of a financial, managerial, economic or political nature, or important weaknesses which exist in collateral. A protracted workout on these credits is a distinct possibility. Prompt corrective action is therefore required to reduce exposure and to assure that adequate remedial measures are taken by the borrower. Credit exposure becomes more likely in such credits and a serious evaluation of the secondary support to the credit is performed.

Credits rated as doubtful have the weaknesses of substandard assets with the additional characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full questionable and there is a high probability of loss based on currently existing facts, conditions and values.

Credits rated as loss are charged-off. We have no expectation of the recovery of any payments in respect of credits rated as loss.

 

94


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the internal ratings of our loans as of the dates indicated.

 

    As of December 31, 2016  
        Pass           Special
    Mention    
     Substandard          Doubtful                 Loss                   Total        
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Real estate:

           

Construction and development

  $ 127,537     $ 4     $ 1,825     $ -     $ -     $ 129,366  

Farmland

    61,713       248       401       -       -       62,362  

1-4 family residential

    353,483       4,311       5,121       37       -       362,952  

Multi-family residential

    25,871       -       208       -       -       26,079  

Commercial real estate

    360,264       1,927       5,465       -       -       367,656  

Commercial and industrial

    218,975       4,299       706       17       -       223,997  

Consumer

    52,648       524       568       82       -       53,822  

Agricultural

    17,965       478       458       -       -       18,901  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $       1,218,456     $       11,791     $       14,752     $       136     $       -     $       1,245,135  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    As of December 31, 2015  
        Pass           Special
    Mention    
     Substandard          Doubtful                 Loss                   Total        
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Real estate:

           

Construction and development

  $ 121,420     $ 848     $ 337     $ 134     $ -     $ 122,739  

Farmland

    46,601       730       332       -       -       47,663  

1-4 family residential

    301,824       5,448       6,168       -       -       313,440  

Multi-family residential

    28,893       1,192       271       -       -       30,356  

Commercial real estate

    294,485       4,360       2,841       -       -       301,686  

Commercial and industrial

    169,751       7,670       4,356       113       -       181,890  

Consumer

    50,194       710       438       27       -       51,369  

Agricultural

    18,703       713       108       -       -       19,524  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $       1,031,871     $       21,671     $       14,851     $       274     $ -     $       1,068,667  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31, 2014  
         Pass            Special
    Mention    
      Substandard           Doubtful                  Loss                    Total        
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Real estate:

                 

Construction and development

   $ 77,176      $ 107      $ 192      $ -      $ -      $ 77,475  

Farmland

     33,379        342        404        -        -        34,125  

1-4 family residential

     235,141        5,264        6,987        119        -        247,511  

Multi-family residential

     22,753        1,296        -        -        -        24,049  

Commercial real estate

     197,525        2,875        4,819        3        -        205,222  

Commercial and industrial

     137,814        434        1,129        202        -        139,579  

Consumer

     44,016        509        366        58        -        44,949  

Agricultural

     15,171        35        113        -        -        15,319  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $       762,975      $       10,862      $       14,010      $       382      $       -      $       788,229  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

We maintain an allowance for loan losses that represents management’s best estimate of the loan losses and risks inherent in our loan portfolio. The amount of the allowance for loan losses should not be interpreted as an indication that charge-offs in future periods will necessarily occur in those amounts, or at all. In determining the allowance for loan losses, we estimate losses on specific loans, or groups of loans, where the probable loss can be identified and reasonably determined. The balance of the allowance for loan losses is based on internally assigned risk classifications of loans, historical loan loss rates, changes in the nature of our loan portfolio, overall portfolio quality, industry concentrations, delinquency trends, current economic factors and the estimated impact of current economic conditions on certain historical loan loss rates. Please see “— Critical Accounting Policies—Allowance for Loan Losses.”

 

95


Table of Contents

In connection with the review of our loan portfolio, we consider risk elements attributable to particular loan types or categories in assessing the quality of individual loans. Some of the risk elements we consider include:

 

    for commercial and industrial loans, the debt service coverage ratio (income from the business in excess of operating expenses compared to loan repayment requirements), the operating results of the commercial, industrial or professional enterprise, the borrower’s business, professional and financial ability and expertise, the specific risks and volatility of income and operating results typical for businesses in that category and the value, nature and marketability of collateral;

 

    for commercial mortgage loans and multifamily residential loans, the debt service coverage ratio, operating results of the owner in the case of owner occupied properties, the loan to value ratio, the age and condition of the collateral and the volatility of income, property value and future operating results typical of properties of that type;

 

    for 1-4 family residential mortgage loans, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan, including a consideration of the debt to income ratio and employment and income stability, the loan-to-value ratio, and the age, condition and marketability of the collateral; and

 

    for construction and development loans, the perceived feasibility of the project including the ability to sell developed lots or improvements constructed for resale or the ability to lease property constructed for lease, the quality and nature of contracts for presale or prelease, if any, experience and ability of the developer and loan to value ratio.

As of December 31, 2016, the allowance for loan losses totaled $11.5 million, or 0.92%, of total loans. As of December 31, 2015, the allowance for loan losses totaled $9.3 million, or 0.87%, of total loans. As of December 31, 2014, the allowance for loan losses totaled $7.7 million, or 0.98%, of total loans.

 

96


Table of Contents

The following table presents, as of and for the periods indicated, an analysis of the allowance for loan losses and other related data:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Average loans outstanding (1)

     $       1,179,938       $       991,889       $       738,539       $       659,334       $       617,076  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross loans outstanding at end of period (2)

   $ 1,245,135     $ 1,068,667     $ 788,229     $ 699,167     $ 627,088  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses at beginning of the period

     9,263       7,721       7,093       6,354       5,978  

Provision for loan losses

     3,640       2,175       1,322       1,745       1,064  

Charge offs:

          

Real Estate:

          

Construction and development

     9       6       14       37       32  

Commercial real estate

     -       53       27       112       120  

Farmland

     -       -       96       -       -  

1-4 family residential

     71       215       163       165       218  

Multi-family residential

     -       -       -       -       -  

Commercial and industrial

     1,213       192       241       326       234  

Consumer

     269       219       178       300       202  

Agriculture

     -       1       -       8       10  

Overdrafts

     200       227       233       259       140  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

     1,762       913       952       1,207       956  

Recoveries:

          

Real Estate:

          

Construction and development

     4       -       4       1       -  

Commercial real estate

     -       -       1       11       83  

Farmland

     -       96       -       -       -  

1-4 family residential

     75       8       1       36       27  

Multi-family residential

     -       -       -       -       -  

Commercial and industrial

     17       20       38       20       85  

Consumer

     121       50       90       86       50  

Agriculture

     -       1       20       6       3  

Overdrafts

     126       105       104       41       20  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     343       280       258       201       268  

Net charge-offs

     1,419       633       694       1,006       688  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses at end of period

     $ 11,484       $ 9,263       $ 7,721       $ 7,093       $ 6,354  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of allowance to end of period loans (2)

     0.92     0.87     0.98     1.01     1.01

Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans (1)

     0.12     0.06     0.09     0.15     0.11

 

(1) Includes average outstanding balances of loans held for sale of $3.0 million, $4.4 million, $4.2 million, $6.3 million and $5.9 million for the years ended December 31 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

(2) Excludes loans held for sale of $2.6 million, $3.9 million, $3.9 million, $7.1 million and $9.4 million for the years ended December 31 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

We believe the successful execution of our expansion strategy through organic growth and strategic acquisitions is generally demonstrated by the upward trend in loan balances from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2016. Loan balances, excluding loans held for sale, increased from $627.1 million as of December 31, 2012, to $1.2 billion as of December 31, 2016. Net charge-offs have been minimal, representing on average 0.11% of average loan balances during the same period.

Although we believe that we have established our allowance for loan losses in accordance with GAAP and that the allowance for loan losses was adequate to provide for known and inherent losses in the portfolio at all times shown above, future provisions for loan losses will be subject to ongoing evaluations of the risks in our loan portfolio. If our primary market areas experience economic declines, if asset quality deteriorates or if we are successful in growing the size of our loan portfolio, our allowance could become inadequate and material additional provisions for loan losses could be required.

The following table shows the allocation of the allowance for loan losses among loan categories and certain other information as of the dates indicated. The allocation of the allowance for loan losses as shown in the

 

97


Table of Contents

table should neither be interpreted as an indication of future charge-offs, nor as an indication that charge-offs in future periods will necessarily occur in these amounts or in the indicated proportions. The total allowance is available to absorb losses from any loan category.

 

    As of December 31,  
    2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  
    Amount     Percent
to Total
    Amount     Percent
to Total
    Amount     Percent 
to Total
    Amount     Percent 
to Total
    Amount     Percent 
to Total
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Real estate:

                   

Construction and development

  $ 1,161       10.11%     $ 1,004       10.84%     $ 615       7.97%     $ 460       6.48%     $ 395       6.22%  

Farmland

    482       4.20%       400       4.32%       387       5.01%       380       5.36%       190       2.99%  

1-4 family residential

    3,960       34.48%       2,839       30.65%       2,395       31.02%       2,236       31.53%       2,018       31.76%  

Multi-family residential

    281       2.45%       325       3.51%       232       3.00%       153       2.16%       141       2.22%  

Commercial real estate

    3,264       28.42%       2,106       22.74%       1,870       24.22%       1,502       21.18%       1,386       21.81%  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total real estate

    9,148       79.66%       6,674       72.06%       5,499       71.22%       4,731       66.71%       4,130       65.00%  

Commercial and industrial

    1,592       13.86%       1,878       20.26%       1,473       19.08%       1,503       21.19%       1,246       19.61%  

Consumer

    591       5.15%       573       6.19%       612       7.93%       725       10.22%       776       12.21%  

Agricultural

    153       1.33%       138       1.49%       137       1.77%       134       1.88%       202       3.18%  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses

  $ 11,484       100.00%     $ 9,263       100.00%     $ 7,721       100.00%     $ 7,093       100.00%     $ 6,354       100.00%  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities

We use our securities portfolio to provide a source of liquidity, provide an appropriate return on funds invested, manage interest rate risk, meet collateral requirements and meet regulatory capital requirements. As of December 31, 2016, the carrying amount of our investment securities totaled $346.3 million, a decrease of $51.7 million, or 13.0%, compared to $398.0 million as of December 31, 2015. The decrease was due primarily to the sale of certain available-for-sale securities and the use of proceeds from maturing securities to fund increases in the loan portfolio. The carrying amount of our investment securities as of December 31, 2015 represented an increase of $39.9 million, or 11.1%, compared to $358.1 million as of December 31, 2014. The increases in investment securities were funded primarily from increases in deposits. Investment securities represented 18.9%, 23.7% and 26.9% of total assets as of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Our investment portfolio consists of securities classified as available for sale and held to maturity. As of December 31, 2016, securities available for sale and securities held to maturity totaled $156.9 million and $189.4 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, securities available for sale and securities in held to maturity totaled $272.9 million and $125.0 million, respectively, and as of December 31, 2014, $227.0 million and $131.1 million, respectively. Held to maturity percentages were 54.7% as of December 31, 2016, 31.4% as of December 31, 2015, and 36.6% at December 31, 2014. While we generally seek to maintain 50.0% or less of our portfolio in held to maturity securities, the Company has the intent and ability to hold its held to maturity securities until maturity or call and the current policy exception was approved by our board of directors. The carrying values of our investment securities classified as available for sale are adjusted for unrealized gain or loss, and any gain or loss is reported on an after-tax basis as a component of other comprehensive income in

 

98


Table of Contents

shareholders’ equity. The following table summarizes the amortized cost and estimated fair value of our investment securities as of the dates shown:

 

    As of December 31, 2016  
      Amortized  
Cost
    Gross
  Unrealized  
Gains
    Gross
  Unrealized  
Losses
      Fair Value    
    (Dollars in thousands)  

U.S. government agencies

    $       $       $       $  

Corporate bonds

    25,254              377        24,883   

Municipal securities

    157,261        901        4,511        153,651   

U.S. treasury securities

                       

Mortgage-backed securities

    89,748        318        1,898        88,168   

Collateralized mortgage obligations

    77,290        275        1,187        76,378   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    $     349,553        $         1,500        $       7,973        $     343,080   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    As of December 31, 2015  
      Amortized  
Cost
    Gross
  Unrealized  
Gains
     Gross
  Unrealized  
Losses
      Fair Value    
    (Dollars in thousands)  

U.S. government agencies

    $ 5,158        $ 121         $       $ 5,279   

Corporate bonds

    28,399               412        27,987   

Municipal securities

    67,350        2,384         18        69,716   

U.S. treasury securities

    29,985                     29,985   

Mortgage-backed securities

    145,686        484         1,969        144,201   

Collateralized mortgage obligations

    124,490        564         1,466        123,588   
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    $     401,068        $         3,553         $         3,865        $     400,756   
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    As of December 31, 2014  
      Amortized  
Cost
    Gross
  Unrealized  
Gains
    Gross
  Unrealized  
Losses
      Fair Value    
    (Dollars in thousands)  

U.S. government agencies

    $ 7,132        $ 70        $       $ 7,202   

Corporate bonds

                       

Municipal securities

    59,498        1,185        183        60,500   

U.S. treasury securities

                       

Mortgage-backed securities

    235,455        803        1,816        234,442   

Collateralized mortgage obligations

    57,869        640        760        57,749   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    $     359,954        $         2,698        $         2,759        $     359,893   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We do not hold any Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac preferred stock, collateralized debt obligations, structured investment vehicles or second lien elements in our investment portfolio. As of December 31, 2016, our investment portfolio did not contain any securities that are directly backed by subprime or Alt-A mortgages. The Bank owns no non-U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities and only one non-U.S. agency corporate collateralized mortgage obligation, which is categorized as held to maturity and had a $2.9 million carrying value as of December 31, 2016.

Our management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation. In 2013, we recognized other-than-temporary impairment with respect to the non-U.S. agency corporate collateralized mortgage

 

99


Table of Contents

obligation that we hold. As of December 31, 2016, $324,495 of other-than-temporary impairment was recorded with a $2.9 million carrying value with respect to this security.

The following table sets forth the amortized cost of held to maturity securities and the fair value of available for sale securities, maturities and approximated weighted average yield based on estimated annual income divided by the average amortized cost of our securities portfolio as of the dates indicated. The contractual maturity of a mortgage-backed security is the date at which the last underlying mortgage matures.

 

    As of December 31, 2016  
    Within One
Year
    After One Year
but

Within Five Years
    After Five Years
but

Within Ten Years
    After Ten
Years
    Total  
    Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Total     Yield  
    (Dollars in thousands) (Unaudited)  

Corporate bonds

  $           -         0.00   $ 7,453       2.30     $17,430       2.93   $ -         0.00     $24,883       2.75

Municipal securities

    732       3.98       6,103       3.45       38,634       3.49       111,170       3.62     $ 156,639       3.58  

Mortgage-backed securities

    -         0.00       74,047       2.02       14,093       2.27       -         0.00     $ 88,140       2.06  

Collateralized mortgage obligations

    -         0.00       27,668       2.92       26,184       2.68       22,782       2.98     $ 76,634       2.81  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total

  $         732       3.98   $ 115,271       2.33   $ 96,341       3.00   $ 133,952       3.50   $ 346,296       2.97
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

    As of December 31, 2015  
    Within One
Year
    After One Year
but

Within Five Years
    After Five Years
but
Within Ten Years
    After Ten
Years
    Total  
    Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Total     Yield  
    (Dollars in thousands)  

U.S. government agencies

  $ -         0.00   $ -         0.00     $5,158       2.92   $ -         0.00   $ 5,158       2.92

Corporate bonds

    -         0.00       10,515       2.20       17,472       2.92       -         0.00     $ 27,987       2.66  

Municipal securities

    995       2.44       1,152       4.18       33,676       3.43       31,527       4.08     $ 67,350       3.74  

U.S. treasury securities

    29,985       0.22       -         0.00       -         0.00       -         0.00     $ 29,985       0.22  

Mortgage-backed securities

    -         0.00       104,532       2.07       39,343       2.49       -         0.00     $ 143,875       2.18  

Collateralized mortgage obligations

    170       5.18       89,527       2.33       12,314       2.65       21,609       2.88     $ 123,620       2.46  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total

  $ 31,150       0.32   $ 205,726       2.20   $ 107,963       2.90   $ 53,136       3.59   $ 397,975       2.43
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

    As of December 31, 2014  
    Within One
Year
    After One Year
but
Within Five Years
    After Five Years
but
Within Ten Years
    After Ten
Years
    Total  
    Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Total     Yield  
    (Dollars in thousands)  

U.S. government agencies

  $ 2,001       0.45   $ -         0.00   $ 5,133       2.92   $ -         0.00   $ 7,134       2.24

Corporate bonds

    -         0.00       -         0.00       -         0.00       -         0.00     $ -         0.00  

Municipal securities

    -         0.00       1,372       4.55       23,626       3.31       34,500       4.11     $ 59,498       3.82  

Mortgage-backed securities

    -         0.00       112,199       2.19       121,601       2.42       -         0.00     $ 233,800       2.31  

Collateralized mortgage obligations

    566       4.49       49,390       2.64       -         0.00       7,702       3.59     $ 57,658       2.78  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total

  $ 2,567       1.34   $ 162,961       2.35   $ 150,360       2.57   $ 42,202       4.03   $ 358,090       2.64
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

The contractual maturity of mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations is not a reliable indicator of their expected life because borrowers have the right to prepay their obligations at any time. Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations are typically issued with stated principal amounts and are backed by pools of mortgage loans and other loans with varying maturities. The term of the underlying mortgages and loans may vary significantly due to the ability of a borrower to prepay. Monthly pay downs on mortgage-backed securities tend to cause the average life of the securities to be much different than the stated contractual maturity. During a period of increasing interest rates, fixed rate mortgage-backed securities do not tend to experience heavy prepayments of principal, and, consequently, the average life of this security is typically lengthened. If interest rates begin to fall, prepayments may increase, thereby shortening the estimated

 

100


Table of Contents

life of this security. The weighted average life of our investment portfolio was 8.06 years with an estimated effective duration of 5.31 years as of December 31, 2016.

As of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, we did not own securities of any one issuer, other than the U.S. government and its agencies, for which aggregate adjusted cost exceeded 10.0% of the consolidated shareholders’ equity.

The average yield of our securities portfolio was 2.97% for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2.43% and 2.64% for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The increase in average yield during the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the year ended December 31, 2015, was primarily due to increase in municipal securities as a percentage of the portfolio, as municipal securities typically have a higher yield than do the other types of investment securities we hold. Municipal securities increased from $67.3 million at a yield of 3.74%, as of December 31, 2015, to $156.6 million at a yield of 3.58%, as of December 31, 2016, representing 45.2% and 16.9% of the total investment portfolio as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The decrease in average yield during the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to the year ended December 31, 2014, resulted primarily from a decrease in the average yields paid on mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations of 0.13% and 0.32%, respectively.

Deposits

We offer a variety of deposit products, which have a wide range of interest rates and terms, including demand, savings, money market and time accounts. We rely primarily on competitive pricing policies, convenient locations and personalized service to attract and retain these deposits.

Average deposits for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $1.52 billion, an increase of $249.6 million, or 19.7%, over $1.27 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015, primarily due to our continued growth in our primary market areas and the increase in commercial lending relationships for which we also seek deposit balances. Average deposits grew $233.7 million, or 22.6%, from $1.03 billion for the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily related to the $159.9 million in deposits acquired in connection with our acquisition of DCB Financial in March of 2015 and Texas Leadership Bank in April of 2015, as well as organic growth. The average rate paid on total interest-bearing deposits increased over this period from 0.58%, to 0.68% and to 0.77% for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively. The increase in average rates for 2015 and 2016 was driven primarily by the increase in our money market balances and average rates on money market accounts, a strategic decision in order to grow core deposits in our newer markets, as well as the Federal Reserve raising market interest rates 0.5% during the year ended December 31, 2016.

The following table presents the average balances and average rates paid on deposits for the periods indicated:

 

    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2016     2015     2014  
    Average
Balance
    Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Average
Rate
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest-bearing demand accounts

    $278,521       0.32%       $238,902       0.36%       $220,239       0.38%  

Savings accounts

    59,961       0.11%       53,425       0.12%       45,877       0.10%  

Money market accounts

    482,089       0.97%       318,934       0.75%       217,205       0.47%  

Certificates and other time deposits > $100k

    224,481       1.00%       211,924       0.95%       178,156       0.87%  

Certificates and other time deposits < $100k

    130,468       0.91%       141,715       0.85%       134,771       0.83%  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total interest-bearing deposits

    1,175,520       0.77%       964,900       0.68%       796,248       0.58%  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Noninterest-bearing demand accounts

    340,240       0.00%       301,288       0.00%       236,206       0.00%  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total deposits

    $1,515,760       0.60%       $1,266,188       0.52%       $1,032,454       0.44%  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

101


Table of Contents

The ratio of average noninterest-bearing deposits to average total deposits for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was 22.45%, 23.79% and 22.88%, respectively.

Total deposits as of December 31, 2016 were $1.58 billion, an increase of $110.6 million, or 7.54%, compared to $1.47 billion as of December 31, 2015. Total deposits as of December 31, 2015 increased $389.4 million, or 36.2%, compared to $1.08 billion as of December 31, 2014, due primarily to the deposits acquired in connection with our acquisition of DCB Financial and Texas Leadership Bank, as well as a 21.3% increase in organic growth.

Noninterest-bearing deposits as of December 31, 2016 were $358.8 million compared to $325.6 million as of December 31, 2015, an increase of $33.2 million, or 10.2%. The December 31, 2015 balance for noninterest-bearing deposits represented an increase of $75.3 million, or 30.1%, compared to $250.2 million as of December 31, 2014.

Total savings and interest-bearing demand account balances as of December 31, 2016 were $876.4 million compared to $786.5 million as of December 31, 2015, an increase of $89.9 million, or 11.4%. The December 31, 2015 balance for total savings and interest-bearing demand accounts represented an increase of $261.4 million, or 49.8%, compared to $525.1 million as of December 31, 2014.

Total certificate of deposit balances as of December 31, 2016, were $341.6 million, a decrease of $12.5 million, or 3.5%, from the total certificate deposit balances of $354.1 million as of December 31, 2015. The total certificate of deposit balances as of December 31, 2015, represented an increase of $52.7 million, or 17.5% compared to the total certificate of deposit balances as of December 31, 2014, which were $301.4 million. The following table sets forth the amount of certificates of deposit by time remaining until maturity as of December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

     December 31,
2016
     December 31,
2015
 

Three months or less

   $ 69,904      $ 78,700  

Over three months through six months

     69,064        55,818  

Over six months through 12 months

     113,047        134,456  

Over 12 months through three years

     71,766        71,017  

Over three years

     17,840        14,162  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 341,621      $ 354,153  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Factors affecting the cost of funding interest-bearing assets include the volume of noninterest- and interest-bearing deposits, changes in market interest rates and economic conditions in our primary market areas and their impact on interest paid on deposits, as well as the ongoing execution of our balance sheet management strategy. Cost of funds is calculated as total interest expense divided by average total deposits plus average total borrowings. Our cost of funds was 0.85%, 0.75% and 0.67% in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The increase in our cost of funds for 2016 and 2015 was primarily due to an increase in our average rates on interest-bearing deposits, which were 0.77% in 2016 and 0.68% in 2015. This increase is primarily due to both an increase in the proportion of our deposits consisting of higher cost money market accounts offered in our newer markets from 21.0% of our total deposits in 2014 to 25.2% and 31.8% in 2015 and 2016, respectively, and an increase in the average rates offered on those deposits from 0.47% in 2014 to 0.75% and 0.97% in 2015 and 2016, respectively, which were part of our expansion strategy during this time.

Borrowings

We utilize short-term and long-term borrowings to supplement deposits to fund our lending and investment activities, each of which is discussed below.

 

102


Table of Contents

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) Advances .  The FHLB allows us to borrow on a blanket floating lien status collateralized by certain securities and loans. As of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, total borrowing capacity of $400.4 million, $330.1 million and $229.3 million, respectively, was available under this arrangement Our outstanding FHLB advances mature within five years. As of December 31, 2016, approximately $952.9 million in real estate loans were pledged as collateral for our FHLB borrowings. We utilize these borrowings to meet liquidity needs and to fund certain fixed rate loans in our portfolio. The following table presents our FHLB borrowings as of the dates indicated:

 

     FHLB
    Advances    
 
     (Dollars in
Thousands)
 

December 31, 2016

  

Amount outstanding at year-end

   $ 55,170  

Weighted average interest rate at year-end

     0.47

Maximum month-end balance during the year

   $ 106,325  

Average balance outstanding during the year

   $ 62,789  

Weighted average interest rate during the year

     0.55

December 31, 2015

  

Amount outstanding at year-end

   $ 21,342  

Weighted average interest rate at year-end

     1.23

Maximum month-end balance during the year

   $ 111,523  

Average balance outstanding during the year

   $ 104,118  

Weighted average interest rate during the year

     0.67

December 31, 2014

  

Amount outstanding at year-end

   $ 111,539  

Weighted average interest rate at year-end

     0.62

Maximum month-end balance during the year

   $ 111,713  

Average balance outstanding during the year

   $ 98,293  

Weighted average interest rate during the year

     0.72

Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas .  The Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas has an available borrower in custody arrangement, which allows us to borrow on a collateralized basis. Certain commercial and industrial and consumer loans are pledged under this arrangement. We maintain this borrowing arrangement to meet liquidity needs pursuant to our contingency funding plan. As of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, $168.3 million, $145.9 million, and $129.2 million, respectively, were available under this arrangement. As of December 31, 2016, approximately $217.4 million in consumer and commercial and industrial loans were pledged as collateral. As of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, no borrowings were outstanding under this arrangement.

Other Borrowings. The Company has historically used a line of credit with a correspondent bank as a source of funding for working capital needs, the payment of dividends when there is a temporary timing difference in cash flows, and repurchases of equity securities. We had a $25.0 million revolving line of credit with this correspondent bank set to mature in July 2016. In May 2016, we renegotiated the loan agreement such that $15.0 million was renewed as a revolving line of credit and $10.0 million of the outstanding balance of the revolving line of credit was rolled into an amortizing note. In March 2017, we renegotiated the loan agreement such that the outstanding balance of our revolving line of credit and amortizing note was converted to a $25.0 million unsecured revolving line of credit. The line of credit bears interest at the prime rate plus 0.50%, with quarterly interest payments, and matures in March 2018. Under the terms of the line of credit, we have agreed not to pledge or grant a lien or security interest in the stock of the Bank or in any of our other assets without the prior consent of the lender. As of the date of this prospectus, the outstanding balance on the line of credit was $[        ].

 

103


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity

Liquidity involves our ability to raise funds to support asset growth and acquisitions or reduce assets to meet deposit withdrawals and other payment obligations, to maintain reserve requirements and otherwise to operate on an ongoing basis and manage unexpected events. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, liquidity needs were primarily met by core deposits, security and loan maturities and amortizing investment and loan portfolios. Although access to purchased funds from correspondent banks and overnight advances from the FHLB and the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas are available and have been utilized on occasion to take advantage of investment opportunities, we do not generally rely on these external funding sources. As of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, we maintained three federal funds lines of credit with commercial banks that provide for the availability to borrow up to an aggregate $70.0 million in federal funds. There were no funds under these lines of credit outstanding as of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. In addition to these federal funds lines of credit, our $25.0 million revolving line of credit discussed above provides an additional source of liquidity.

The following table illustrates, during the periods presented, the composition of our funding sources and the average assets in which those funds are invested as a percentage of average total assets for the period indicated. Average assets were $1.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2016, $1.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $1.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
             2016                      2015                      2014          
     Average      Average      Average  
     Rate      Rate      Rate  

Sources of Funds:

        

Deposits:

        

Noninterest-bearing

     19.15%        19.42%        18.57%  

Interest-bearing

     66.16%        62.20%        62.58%  

Federal funds purchased .

     0.01%        0.00%        0.00%  

Advances from FHLB

     3.53%        6.71%        7.73%  

Other debt

     0.74%        0.68%        0.40%  

Subordinated denentures

     1.14%        0.91%        0.80%  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     0.73%        0.72%        0.60%  

Consideration payable

     0.00%        0.24%        0.00%  

Accrued interest and other liabilities

     0.36%        0.35%        0.53%  

Shareholders’ equity

     8.18%        8.77%        8.79%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     100.00%        100.00%        100.00%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Uses of Funds:

        

Loans

     65.80%        63.38%        57.47%  

Securities available for sale

     11.17%        15.05%        17.49%  

Securities held to maturity

     10.29%        8.16%        10.60%  

Nonmarketable equity securities

     0.48%        0.48%        0.51%  

Federal funds sold

     2.96%        3.87%        4.53%  

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

     1.44%        0.83%        1.11%  

Other noninterest-earning assets

     7.86%        8.23%        8.29%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     100.00%        100.00%        100.00%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average noninterest-bearing deposits to average deposits

     22.45%        23.79%        22.88%  

Average loans to average deposits

     77.84%        78.34%        71.53%  

Our primary source of funds is deposits, and our primary use of funds is loans. We do not expect a change in the primary source or use of our funds in the foreseeable future. Our average loans, including average loans held

 

104


Table of Contents

for sale, increased 19.0% for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the same period in 2015, and 34.3% for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014. Our securities portfolio had a weighted average life of 8.06 years and an effective duration of 5.31 years as of December 31, 2016, and a weighted average life of 5.07 years and an effective duration of 3.42 years as of December 31, 2015. We predominantly invest excess deposits in overnight deposits with our correspondent banks, federal funds sold, securities, interest-bearing deposits at other banks or other short-term liquid investments until needed to fund loan growth

As of December 31, 2016, we had $297.6 million in outstanding commitments to extend credit and $8.9 million in commitments associated with outstanding standby and commercial letters of credit. As of December 31, 2015, we had $205.9 million in outstanding commitments to extend credit and $6.6 million in commitments associated with outstanding standby and commercial letters of credit. Since commitments associated with letters of credit and commitments to extend credit may expire unused, the total outstanding may not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, we had no exposure to future cash requirements associated with known uncertainties or capital expenditures of a material nature. As of December 31, 2016, we had cash and cash equivalents of $127.5 million, compared to $111.4 million as of December 31, 2015. The increase was primarily due to an increase in federal funds sold of $10.7 million.

Capital Resources

Total shareholders’ equity, including KSOP-owned shares, increased to $141.9 million as of December 31, 2016, compared to $137.7 million as of December 31, 2015, an increase of $4.2 million, or 3.0%, after giving effect to $4.6 million in dividends paid to common shareholders in 2016. This increase was primarily the result of $12.1 million in net earnings for the period as well as the sale of 359,566 shares of treasury stock for $8.6 million, partially offset by the dividends paid and the purchase of 509,086 shares of treasury stock for $12.2 million. Total shareholders’ equity, including KSOP-owned shares, increased to $137.7 million as of December 31, 2015, after giving effect to $4.5 million in dividends paid to common shareholders in 2015, compared to $112.3 million as of December 31, 2014, after giving effect to $11.9 million in dividends paid to shareholders in 2014, an increase of $25.4 million, or 22.7%. This increase was primarily the result of $10.1 million in net earnings for the period as well as the acquisition of DCB Financial and Texas Leadership Bank in which shareholders received 923,133 and 280,160 shares of the Company’s common stock, respectively, representing gross proceeds of $27.7 million and the issuance of 315,922 additional shares of our common stock representing gross proceeds of $7.3 million, partially offset by the purchase of 633,386 shares of treasury stock for $14.6 million and dividends paid of $4.5 million. Additionally, the $11.9 million in dividends paid to shareholders in 2014 included a special dividend of $1.00 per share, or $8.0 million in the aggregate, in addition to the regular dividend of $0.50 per share, as dividends paid during the 12 months following termination of our Subchapter S election were not subject to federal income tax.

Capital management consists of providing equity and other instruments that qualify as regulatory capital to support current and future operations. Banking regulators view capital levels as important indicators of an institution’s financial soundness. As a general matter, FDIC-insured depository institutions and their holding companies are required to maintain minimum capital relative to the amount and types of assets they hold. We are subject to regulatory capital requirements at the bank holding company and bank levels. See “Regulation and Supervision—Capital Adequacy Requirements” for additional discussion regarding the regulatory capital requirements applicable to us and the Bank. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company and the Bank were in compliance with all applicable regulatory capital requirements, and the Bank was classified as “well capitalized,” for purposes of the prompt corrective action regulations. As we deploy our capital and continue to grow our operations, our regulatory capital levels may decrease depending on our level of earnings. However, we expect to monitor and control our growth in order to remain in compliance with all regulatory capital standards applicable to us.

 

105


Table of Contents

The following table presents the regulatory capital ratios for our Company and the Bank as of the dates indicated.

 

       As of December 31, 2016         As of December 31, 2015    
         Amount              Ratio             Amount              Ratio      
Guaranty Bancshares, Inc.    (Dollars in thousands)  

Total capital (to risk weighted assets)

   $         149,468        10.86   $         143,742        12.08

Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)

     137,984        10.03     134,480        11.30

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

     137,984        7.71     134,480        8.33

Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital

     127,674        9.28     124,170        10.43

Guaranty Bank & Trust

          

Total capital (to risk weighted assets)

   $ 173,528        12.63   $ 169,870        14.29

Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)

     162,044        11.79     160,607        13.51

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

     162,044        9.06     160,607        9.95

Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital

     162,044        11.79     160,607        13.51

Contractual Obligations

We have issued subordinated debentures relating to the issuance of trust preferred securities. In October 2002, we formed Guaranty (TX) Capital Trust II, which issued $3.0 million in trust preferred securities to a third party in a private placement. Concurrent with the issuance of the trust preferred securities, the trust issued common securities to the Company in the aggregate liquidation value of $93,000. The trust invested the total proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities and the common securities in $3.1 million of the Company’s junior subordinated debentures, which will mature on October 30, 2032. In July 2006, we formed Guaranty (TX) Capital Trust III, which issued $2.0 million in trust preferred securities to a third party in a private placement. Concurrent with the issuance of the trust preferred securities, the trust issued common securities to the Company in the aggregate liquidation value of $62,000. The trust invested the total proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities and the common securities in $2.1 million of the Company’s junior subordinated debentures, which will mature on October 1, 2036. In March 2015, we acquired DCB Financial Trust I, which issued $5.0 million in trust preferred securities to a third party in a private placement. Concurrent with the issuance of the trust preferred securities, the trust issued common securities to the Company in the aggregate liquidation value of $155,000. The trust invested the total proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities and the common securities in $5.2 million of the Company’s junior subordinated debentures, which will mature on June 15, 2037.

With certain exceptions, the amount of the principal and any accrued and unpaid interest on the debentures are subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all senior indebtedness of the Company. The terms of the debentures are such that they qualify as Tier 1 capital under the Federal Reserve’s regulatory capital guidelines applicable to bank holding companies. Interest on Trust II Debentures is payable at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to 3-month LIBOR plus 3.35%, thereafter. Interest on the Trust III debentures was payable at a fixed rate per annum equal to 7.43% until October 1, 2016 and is a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to 3-month LIBOR plus 1.67%, thereafter. Interest on the DCB Financial Trust I debenture is payable at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to 3-month LIBOR plus 1.80%. The interest is deferrable on a cumulative basis for up to five consecutive years following a suspension of dividend payments on all other capital stock. No principal payments are due until maturity for each of the debentures.

On any interest payment date on or after June 15, 2012, for the DCB Financial debentures, October 30, 2012, for the Trust II debentures, and October 1, 2016, for the Trust III debentures, and before their maturity date, the debentures are redeemable, in whole or in part, for cash at the option of the Company on at least 30, but not more than 60, days’ notice at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount to be redeemed, plus accrued interest to the date of redemption.

 

106


Table of Contents

Beginning in April 2013, the Company has from time to time issued subordinated debentures. All of the debentures pay interest semi-annually and are redeemable before their maturity date at the Company’s option, with 30 days’ notice to the holder, for a cash amount equal to the principal amount and all accrued interest. In April 2013, the Company issued $4.0 million in debentures, of which $1.0 million were issued to directors and other related parties. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, $2.0 million of the debentures matured each year. The debentures were issued in the principal amount of $500,000 each with rates ranging from 2.00% to 3.50% depending on maturity date, which ranged from April 1, 2015 to October 1, 2016. In July 2015, the Company issued $4.0 million in debentures, of which $3.0 million were issued to directors and other related parties, which will mature in 2017, 2018, and 2019. The debentures were issued in the principal amount of $500,000, with rates ranging from 2.50% to 4.00% depending on maturity date, which ranged from July 1, 2017 to January 1, 2019. In December 2015, the Company issued $5.0 million in debentures, of which $2.5 million were issued to directors and other related parties, which will mature in 2018, 2019, and 2020. The debentures were issued in the principal amount of $500,000 each with rates ranging from 3.00% to 5.00% depending on maturity date, which ranged from July 1, 2018 to July 1, 2020.

The following table summarizes contractual obligations and other commitments to make future payments as of December 31, 2016 (other than non-time deposit obligations), which consist of future cash payments associated with our contractual obligations.

 

     As of December 31, 2016  
       1 year or less        More than
1 year but less
  than 3 years  
     3 years or
more but less
  than 5 years  
     5 years or
    more    
     Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Time deposits

     $ 252,015        $ 71,766         $ 17,840         $ -          $ 341,621   

Advances from FHLB

     30,000        25,000                170          55,170   

Other debt

     10,429        2,858         2,858         2,141          18,286   

Subordinated debentures

     1,000        7,000         1,000         10,310          19,310   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     $     293,444        $     106,624         $     21,698         $     12,621          $     434,387   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Off-Balance Sheet Items

In the normal course of business, we enter into various transactions, which, in accordance with GAAP, are not included in our consolidated balance sheets. We enter into these transactions to meet the financing needs of our customers. These transactions include commitments to extend credit and standby and commercial letters of credit, which involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in our consolidated balance sheets.

Our commitments associated with outstanding standby and commercial letters of credit and commitments to extend credit expiring by period as of the date indicated are summarized below. Since commitments associated with letters of credit and commitments to extend credit may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

 

     As of December 31, 2016  
     1 year or less      More than
1 year but less
than 3 years
     3 years or
more but less
than 5 years
     5 years or
more
     Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Standby and commercial letters of credit

       $ 1,969           $ 4,249           $ 1,600         $ 1,061            $ 8,879   

Commitments to extend credit

     134,875         37,644         59,880         65,208          297,607   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

       $     136,844           $     41,893           $     61,480         $     66,269            $     306,486   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

107


Table of Contents

Standby and commercial letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by us to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. In the event of nonperformance by the customer, we have rights to the underlying collateral, which can include commercial real estate, physical plant and property, inventory, receivables, cash and/or marketable securities. Our credit risk associated with issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as the risk involved in extending loan facilities to our customers.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being fully drawn upon, the total commitment amounts disclosed above do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. We evaluate each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if considered necessary by us, upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer.

Interest Rate Sensitivity and Market Risk

As a financial institution, our primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility. Our asset liability and funds management policy provides management with the guidelines for effective funds management, and we have established a measurement system for monitoring our net interest rate sensitivity position. We have historically managed our sensitivity position within our established guidelines.

Fluctuations in interest rates will ultimately impact both the level of income and expense recorded on most of our assets and liabilities, and the market value of all interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, other than those which have a short term to maturity. Interest rate risk is the potential of economic losses due to future interest rate changes. These economic losses can be reflected as a loss of future net interest income and/or a loss of current fair market values. The objective is to measure the effect on net interest income and to adjust the balance sheet to minimize the inherent risk while at the same time maximizing income.

We manage our exposure to interest rates by structuring our balance sheet in the ordinary course of business. We do not enter into instruments such as leveraged derivatives, financial options, financial future contracts or forward delivery contracts for the purpose of reducing interest rate risk. Based upon the nature of our operations, we are not subject to foreign exchange or commodity price risk. We do not own any trading assets.

Our exposure to interest rate risk is managed by the asset-liability committee of Guaranty Bank & Trust, in accordance with policies approved by its board of directors. The committee formulates strategies based on appropriate levels of interest rate risk. In determining the appropriate level of interest rate risk, the committee considers the impact on earnings and capital on the current outlook on interest rates, potential changes in interest rates, regional economies, liquidity, business strategies and other factors. The committee meets regularly to review, among other things, the sensitivity of assets and liabilities to interest rate changes, the book and market values of assets and liabilities, unrealized gains and losses, purchase and sale activities, commitments to originate loans and the maturities of investments and borrowings. Additionally, the committee reviews liquidity, cash flow flexibility, maturities of deposits and consumer and commercial deposit activity. Management employs methodologies to manage interest rate risk, which include an analysis of relationships between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and an interest rate shock simulation model.

We use interest rate risk simulation models and shock analyses to test the interest rate sensitivity of net interest income and fair value of equity, and the impact of changes in interest rates on other financial metrics. Contractual maturities and re-pricing opportunities of loans are incorporated in the model as are prepayment assumptions, maturity data and call options within the investment portfolio. Average life of non-maturity deposit accounts are based on standard regulatory decay assumptions and are incorporated into the model. The assumptions used are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the model cannot precisely measure future net interest income or precisely predict the impact of fluctuations in market interest rates on net interest income. Actual

 

108


Table of Contents

results will differ from the model’s simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and the application and timing of various management strategies.

On a quarterly basis, we run two simulation models including a static balance sheet and dynamic growth balance sheet. These models test the impact on net interest income and fair value of equity from changes in market interest rates under various scenarios. Under the static and dynamic growth models, rates are shocked instantaneously and ramped rate changes over a twelve-month horizon based upon parallel and non-parallel yield curve shifts. Parallel shock scenarios assume instantaneous parallel movements in the yield curve compared to a flat yield curve scenario. Non-parallel simulation involves analysis of interest income and expense under various changes in the shape of the yield curve. Our internal policy regarding internal rate risk simulations currently specifies that for instantaneous parallel shifts of the yield curve, estimated net income at risk for the subsequent one-year period should not decline by more than 15.0% for a 100 basis point shift, 20.0% for a 200 basis point shift and 30.0% for a 300 basis point shift.

The following table summarizes the simulated change in net interest income and fair value of equity over a 12-month horizon as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of December 31, 2016      As of December 31, 2015  

Change in Interest

Rates (Basis Points)

   Percent Change
in Net Interest
Income
     Percent Change
in Fair Value of
Equity
     Percent Change
in Net Interest
Income
     Percent Change
in Fair Value of
Equity
 

+300

     1.44%         (18.99%)        1.48%         (20.01%)  

+200

     1.42%         (9.58%)        1.37%         (11.26%)  

+100

     1.19%         (3.45%)        1.10%         (4.44%)  

Base

     0.00%         0.00%         0.00%         0.00%   

-100

     (0.29%)        (1.80%)        (3.07%)        (2.67%)  

The results are primarily due to behavior of demand, money market and savings deposits during such rate fluctuations. We have found that, historically, interest rates on these deposits change more slowly than changes in the discount and federal funds rates. This assumption is incorporated into the simulation model and is generally not fully reflected in a gap analysis. The assumptions incorporated into the model are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the model cannot precisely measure future net interest income or precisely predict the impact of fluctuations in market interest rates on net interest income. Actual results will differ from the model’s simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and the application and timing of various strategies.

Impact of Inflation

Our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. GAAP requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars, without considering changes in the relative value of money over time due to inflation or recession.

Unlike many industrial companies, substantially all of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on our performance than the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates may not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services. However, other operating expenses do reflect general levels of inflation.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Our accounting and reporting policies conform to GAAP and the prevailing practices in the banking industry. However, we also evaluate our performance based on certain additional financial measures discussed in

 

109


Table of Contents

this prospectus as being non-GAAP financial measures. We classify a financial measure as being a non-GAAP financial measure if that financial measure excludes or includes amounts, or is subject to adjustments that have the effect of excluding or including amounts, that are included or excluded, as the case may be, in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP as in effect from time to time in the United States in our statements of income, balance sheets or statements of cash flows. Non-GAAP financial measures do not include operating and other statistical measures or ratios or statistical measures calculated using exclusively either financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP, operating measures or other measures that are not non-GAAP financial measures or both.

The non-GAAP financial measures that we discuss in this prospectus should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the most directly comparable or other financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. Moreover, the manner in which we calculate the non-GAAP financial measures that we discuss in this prospectus may differ from that of other companies reporting measures with similar names. It is important to understand how other banking organizations calculate their financial measures with names similar to the non-GAAP financial measures we have discussed in this prospectus when comparing such non-GAAP financial measures.

Tangible Book Value Per Common Share .  Tangible book value per common share is a non-GAAP measure generally used by investors, financial analysts and investment bankers to evaluate financial institutions. We calculate (1) tangible common equity as total shareholders’ equity, less goodwill, core deposit intangibles and other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, and (2) tangible book value per common share as tangible common equity divided by shares of common stock outstanding. The most directly comparable GAAP financial measure for tangible book value per common share is book value per common share.

We believe that the tangible book value per common share measure is important to many investors in the marketplace who are interested in changes from period to period in book value per common share exclusive of changes in intangible assets. Goodwill and other intangible assets have the effect of increasing total book value while not increasing our tangible book value. The following table reconciles, as of the dates set forth below, total shareholders’ equity to tangible common equity and presents tangible book value per common share compared to book value per common share:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2016      2015      2014      2013      2012  
     (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  

Tangible Common Equity

              

Total shareholders’ equity, including KSOP-owned shares

     $ 141,914           $ 137,736           $ 112,289           $ 97,095           $ 97,739     

Adjustments:

              

Goodwill

     (18,742)         (18,601)         (6,116)         (6,436)         (2,691)   

Core deposit and other intangibles

     (3,308)         (3,846)         (2,881)         (3,310)         (3,433)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total tangible common equity

     $ 119,864           $ 115,289           $ 103,292           $ 87,349           $ 91,615     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Common shares outstanding (1)(2)

     8,751,923           8,901,443           8,015,614           7,374,610           7,151,292     

Book value per common share

     $ 16.22           $ 15.47           $ 14.01           $ 13.17           $ 13.67     

Tangible book value per common share

     $ 13.70           $ 12.95           $ 12.89           $ 11.84           $ 12.81     

 

(1) Excludes the dilutive effect, if any, of 2,400, 2,233, 0, 5,958 and 8,066 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

 

(2) Common shares outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 were adjusted to reflect a 2 for 1 stock split completed in 2014.

Tangible book value per share increased from 2015 to 2016 primarily as a result of the increase in our total shareholders’ equity, partially offset by the recognition of $141,000 of goodwill and $42,000 of core deposit intangibles related to the Denton acquisition. Tangible book value per share increased from 2014 to 2015 primarily as a result of the increase in our total shareholders’ equity, partially offset by the recognition of $12.5 million of goodwill related to the acquisition.

 

110


Table of Contents

Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets .  Tangible common equity to tangible assets is a non-GAAP measure generally used by investors, financial analysts and investment bankers to evaluate financial institutions. We calculate tangible common equity, as described above, and tangible assets as total assets less goodwill, core deposit intangibles and other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization. The most directly comparable GAAP financial measure for tangible common equity to tangible assets is total common shareholders’ equity to total assets.

We believe that this measure is important to many investors in the marketplace who are interested in the relative changes from period to period of tangible common equity to tangible assets, each exclusive of changes in intangible assets. Goodwill and other intangible assets have the effect of increasing both total shareholders’ equity and assets while not increasing our tangible common equity or tangible assets.

The following table reconciles, as of the dates set forth below, total shareholders’ equity to tangible common equity and total assets to tangible assets:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2016      2015      2014      2013      2012  
     (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  

Tangible Common Equity

              

Total shareholders’ equity, including KSOP-owned shares

     $ 141,914           $ 137,736           $ 112,289         $ 97,095           $ 97,739     

Adjustments:

              

Goodwill

     (18,742)         (18,601)         (6,116)         (6,436)         (2,691)   

Core deposit and other intangibles

     (3,308)         (3,846)         (2,881)         (3,310)         (3,433)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total tangible common equity

     $ 119,864           $ 115,289           $     103,292         $ 87,349           $ 91,615     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tangible Assets

              

Total assets

     $     1,828,336           $     1,682,640           $ 1,334,068         $ 1,246,451           $ 1,160,070     

Adjustments:

              

Goodwill

     (18,742)         (18,601)          (6,116)         (6,436)         (2,691)   

Core deposit and other intangibles

     (3,308)         (3,846)         (2,881)         (3,310)         (3,433)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total tangible assets

     $     1,806,286           $     1,660,193           $     1,325,071           $     1,236,705           $     1,153,946     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets

     6.64%        6.94%        7.80%        7.06%        7.94%  

Critical Accounting Policies

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP and with general practices within the financial services industry. Application of these principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under current circumstances. These assumptions form the basis for our judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily available from independent, objective sources. We evaluate our estimates on an ongoing basis. Use of alternative assumptions may have resulted in significantly different estimates. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

We have identified the following accounting policies and estimates that, due to the difficult, subjective or complex judgments and assumptions inherent in those policies and estimates, and the potential sensitivity of our financial statements to those judgments and assumptions, are critical to an understanding of our financial condition and results of operations. We believe that the judgments, estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our financial statements are appropriate.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses

Loans are stated at the amount of unpaid principal, reduced by unearned income and an allowance for loan losses. Interest on loans is recognized using the simple-interest method on the daily balances of the principal amounts outstanding. Fees associated with the originating of loans and certain direct loan origination costs are netted and the net amount is deferred and recognized over the life of the loan as an adjustment of yield.

 

111


Table of Contents

The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when there is a clear indication that the borrower’s cash flow may not be sufficient to meet payments as they become due, which is generally when a loan is 90 days past due. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, all previously accrued and unpaid interest is reversed. Interest income is subsequently recognized on a cash basis as long as the remaining book balance of the asset is deemed to be collectible. If collectability is questionable, then cash payments are applied to principal. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement.

The allowance for loan losses is an estimated amount management believes is adequate to absorb inherent losses on existing loans that may be uncollectible based upon review and evaluation of our loan portfolio. Management’s periodic evaluation of the allowance is based on general economic conditions, the financial condition of borrowers, the value and liquidity of collateral, delinquency, prior loan loss experience and the results of periodic reviews of the portfolio.

The allowance for loan losses is comprised of two components. The first component, the general reserve, is determined in accordance with current authoritative accounting guidance that considers historical loss rates for the last five years adjusted for qualitative factors based upon general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to us. Such qualitative factors include current local economic conditions and trends including unemployment, changes in lending staff, policies and procedures, changes in credit concentrations, changes in the trends and severity of problem loans and changes in trends in volume and terms of loans. These qualitative factors serve to compensate for additional areas of uncertainty inherent in the portfolio that are not reflected in our historic loss factors. For purposes of determining the general reserve, the loan portfolio, less cash secured loans, government guaranteed loans and impaired loans, is multiplied by our adjusted historical loss rate. The second component of the allowance for loan losses, the specific reserve, is determined in accordance with current authoritative accounting guidance based on probable and incurred losses on specific classified loans.

The allowance for loan losses is increased by charges to income and decreased by charge-offs (net of recoveries).

Due to our growth over the past several years, a portion of the loans in our portfolio and our lending relationships are of relatively recent origin. The new loan portfolios have limited delinquency and credit loss history and have not yet exhibited an observable loss trend. The credit quality of loans in theses loan portfolios are impacted by delinquency status and debt service coverage generated by the borrowers’ business and fluctuations in the value of real estate collateral. Management considers delinquency status to be the most meaningful indicator of the credit quality of one-to-four single family residential, home equity loans and lines of credit and other consumer loans. In general, loans do not begin to show signs of credit deterioration or default until they have been outstanding for some period of time, a process we refers to as “seasoning.” As a result, a portfolio of older loans will usually behave more predictably than a portfolio of newer loans. We consider the majority of our loans to be “seasoned” and that the credit quality and current level of delinquencies and defaults represents the level of reserve needed in the allowance for loan losses. If delinquencies and defaults were to increase, we may be required to increase our provision for loan losses, which would adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Delinquency statistics are updated at least monthly. Internal risk ratings are considered the most meaningful indicator of credit quality for new commercial and industrial, construction, and commercial real estate loans. Internal risk ratings are a key factor in identifying loans that are individually evaluated for impairment and impact management’s estimates of loss factors used in determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses. Internal risk ratings are updated on a continuous basis.

Loans are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable we will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement,

 

112


Table of Contents

including scheduled principal and interest payments. If a loan is impaired, a specific valuation allowance is allocated, if necessary. Interest payments on impaired loans are typically applied to principal unless collectability of the principal amount is reasonably assured, in which case interest is recognized on a cash basis. Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when deemed uncollectible.

Our policy requires measurement of the allowance for an impaired collateral dependent loan based on the fair value of the collateral. Other loan impairments are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows or the loan’s observable market price. At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, all significant impaired loans have been determined to be collateral dependent and the allowance for loss has been measured utilizing the estimated fair value of the collateral.

From time to time, we modify our loan agreement with a borrower. A modified loan is considered a troubled debt restructuring when two conditions are met: (i) the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and (ii) concessions are made by us that would not otherwise be considered for a borrower with similar credit risk characteristics. Modifications to loan terms may include a lower interest rate, a reduction of principal, or a longer term to maturity. We review each troubled debt restructured loan and determine on a case by case basis if the loan is subject to impairment and the need for a specific allowance for loan loss allocation. An allowance for loan loss allocation is based on either the present value of estimated future cash flows or the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral.

We have certain lending policies and procedures in place that are designed to maximize loan income with an acceptable level of risk. Management reviews and approves these policies and procedures on a regular basis and makes changes as appropriate. Management receives frequent reports related to loan originations, quality, concentrations, delinquencies, non-performing and potential problem loans. Diversification in the loan portfolio is a means of managing risk associated with fluctuations in economic conditions, both by type of loan and geography.

Commercial and industrial loans are underwritten after evaluating and understanding the borrower’s ability to operate profitably and effectively. Underwriting standards are designed to determine whether the borrower possesses sound business ethics and practices and to evaluate current and projected cash flows to determine the ability of the borrower to repay their obligations as agreed. Commercial and industrial loans are primarily made based on the identified cash flows of the borrower and, secondarily, on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. Most commercial and industrial loans are secured by the assets being financed or other business assets, such as accounts receivable or inventory, and include personal guarantees.

Real estate loans are also subject to underwriting standards and processes similar to commercial and industrial loans. These loans are underwritten primarily based on projected cash flows and, secondarily, as loans secured by real estate. The repayment of real estate loans is generally largely dependent on the successful operation of the property securing the loans or the business conducted on the property securing the loan. Real estate loans may be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy. The properties securing our real estate portfolio are generally diverse in terms of type and geographic location throughout the State of Texas. This diversity helps us reduce the exposure to adverse economic events that affect any single market or industry.

We utilize methodical credit standards and analysis to supplement our policies and procedures in underwriting consumer loans. Our loan policy addresses types of consumer loans that may be originated as well as the underlying collateral, if secured, which must be perfected. The relatively small individual dollar amounts of consumer loans that are spread over numerous individual borrowers also minimizes risk.

Emerging Growth Company

The JOBS Act permits an “emerging growth company” to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. However, we have

 

113


Table of Contents

“opted out” of this provision. As a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards to the same extent that compliance is required for non-emerging growth companies. Our decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (ASU 2016-15), to address diversity in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The amendments provide guidance on the following nine specific cash flow issues: 1) debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs; 2) settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments with coupon interest rates that are insignificant in relation to the effective interest rate of the borrowing; 3) contingent consideration payments made after a business combination; 4) proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims; 5) proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies, including bank-owned; 6) life insurance policies; 7) distributions received from equity method investees; 8) beneficial interests in securitization transactions; and 9) separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. The amendments are effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods with fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to be material to the consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments , which sets forth a “current expected credit loss,” or CECL, model requiring the Company to measure all expected credit losses for financial instruments held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions and reasonable supportable forecasts. This replaces the existing incurred loss model and is applicable to the measurement of credit losses on financial assets measured at amortized cost and applies to some off-balance sheet credit exposures. For public business entities that are not U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission filers, the amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently in the process of assembling a transition team to assess the adoption of this ASU, which will come up with a project plan regarding implementation.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting , which is intended to simplify several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Early application is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting the new guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02,  Leases (Topic 842) . The FASB issued this ASU to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet by lessees for those leases classified as operating leases under current U.S. GAAP and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2018. Early application of this ASU is permitted for all entities. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting the new guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments-Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Liabilities , which is intended to improve the recognition and measurement of financial instruments by requiring: equity investments (other than equity method or consolidation) to be measured at fair

 

114


Table of Contents

value with changes in fair value recognized in net income; public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes; separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset (i.e., securities or loans and receivables) on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial statements; eliminating the requirement to disclose the fair value of financial instruments measured at amortized cost for organizations that are not public business entities; eliminating the requirement for public business entities to disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet; and requiring a reporting organization to present separately in other comprehensive income the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk (also referred to as “own credit”) when the organization has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial instruments. This ASU is effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. This ASU permits early adoption of the instrument-specific credit risk provision. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting the new guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments . The amendments in ASU 2015-16 require that an acquirer recognize adjustments to estimated amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined. The amendments require that the acquirer record, in the same period’s financial statements, the effect on earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization, or other income effects, if any, as a result of the change to the estimated amounts, calculated as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. The amendments also require an entity to present separately on the face of the income statement or disclose in the notes the portion of the amount recorded in current-period earnings by line item that would have been recorded in previous reporting periods if the adjustment to the estimated amounts had been recognized as of the acquisition date. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The amendments should be applied prospectively to adjustments to provisional amounts that occur after the effective date with earlier application permitted for financial statements that have not been issued. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), followed by various amendments : ASU 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date, ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net), ASU 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing, ASU 2016-11, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605) and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Rescission of SEC Guidance Because of Accounting Standards Updates 2014-09 and 2014-16 Pursuant to Staff Announcements at the March 3, 2016 EITF Meeting, and ASU 2016-12, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients. The amendments in these updates amend existing guidance related to revenue from contracts with customers. The amendments supersede and replace nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance, establish a new control-based revenue recognition model, change the basis for deciding when revenue is recognized over a time or point in time, provide new and more detailed guidance on specific topics and expand and improve disclosures about revenue. In addition, these amendments specify the accounting for some costs to obtain or fulfill a contract with a customer. The amendments are effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and must be retrospectively applied. The majority of the Company’s income consists of net interest income on financial assets and financial liabilities, which is explicitly excluded from the scope of the amendments. The Company continues to evaluate the impact of the amendments on the components of noninterest income that have recurring revenue streams; however, the Company does not expect any recognition changes to have a significant impact to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

115


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

General

We have a seasoned executive management team and board of directors. The Bank’s executive management team has a combined 277 years of financial services experience, including extensive experience in the commercial banking industry.

Our board of directors is composed of 12 members and is divided into three classes of directors, serving staggered three-year terms. Approximately one-third of our board of directors is elected by our shareholders at each annual shareholders’ meeting for a term of three years, and the elected directors hold office until their successors are elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Our executive officers are appointed by our board of directors and hold office until their successors are duly appointed and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal.

The board of directors of Guaranty Bank & Trust consists of 16 members. All of the Company’s directors serve on the board of directors of Guaranty Bank & Trust, except for Arthur B. Scharlach, Jr. and Weldon C. Miller, who retired from the Bank’s board of directors in December 2014 and 2015, respectively, and Clifton A. Payne, who concluded his term in December 2016. As the sole shareholder of Guaranty Bank & Trust, we elect the directors of the Bank annually for a term of one year and the directors of the Bank hold office until their successors are elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. The executive officers of Guaranty Bank & Trust are appointed by the Bank’s board of directors and hold office until their successors are duly appointed and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal.

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the directors and executive officers of the Company, and positions they hold at the Bank, if any, as of the date of this prospectus:

 

Name

  Age    

Position with Guaranty
Bancshares, Inc.

 

Position with Guaranty
Bank & Trust

  GBI
Director
Since
  GBI Director
Until / Class

Tyson T. Abston

    51     Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer   2002   2020 / Class II

Richard W. Baker

    57     Director   Director   2015   2020 / Class II

James S. Bunch

    56     Director   Director   2014   2018 / Class III

Johnny O. Conroy

    71     Director   Director   2004   2020 / Class II

Bradley K. Drake

    46     Director   Director   2013   2019 / Class I

Christopher B. Elliott

    48     Director   Director   2010   2018 / Class III

Carl Johnson, Jr.

    61     Director   Director   2003   2019 / Class I

Kirk L. Lee

    55     President   Vice Chairman and Chief Credit Officer   2005   2019 / Class I

Weldon C. Miller

    81     Director     1979   2018 / Class III

Clifton A. Payne

    59     Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   1995   2019 / Class I

William D. Priefert

    68     Director   Director   2002   2018 / Class III

Arthur B. Scharlach, Jr.

    77     Director     1979   2020 / Class II

Randall R. Kucera

    60     Vice President and General Counsel   Executive Vice President and General Counsel    

Martin C. Bell

    55       Executive Vice President    

Charles A. Cowell

    61       Vice Chairman and Executive Vice President    

Harold E. Lower, II

    52       Executive Vice President    

J. Daniel Muskrat

    37       Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer    

Robert P. Sharp

    51       Executive Vice President    

 

116


Table of Contents

Board of Directors

A brief description of the background of each of our directors together with the experience, qualifications, attributes or skills that caused our board of directors to determine that the individual should serve as a director is set forth below. No director has any family relationship, as defined in Item 401 of Regulation S-K, with any other director or executive officer.

Tyson T. Abston.   Mr. Abston serves as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of both the Company and the Bank. Mr. Abston joined the Bank as Senior Vice President in 1997, having previously served four years as an officer of an East Texas bank. He has previously served as President of the Bank’s Texarkana, Texas location and as Executive Vice President and President of the Bank. Mr. Abston has served as a director of the Bank since 1999 and a director of the Company since 2002. In 2005, Mr. Abston was elected President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank and in 2006, he was elected President of the Company. In 2013, Mr. Abston was elected Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of both the Company and the Bank. He is also Chairman of the Executive Committee, a member of the Bank’s Directors’ Loan Committee, and either chairs or is a member of all the key operational committees of the Bank. He has served on the boards of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas, Independent Bankers Association of Texas and Texas Security Bank in Dallas. Mr. Abston has also served on various charitable organization boards, including Mount Pleasant Habitat for Humanity, Mount Pleasant Industrial Foundation and the Titus County Child Welfare Board. Mr. Abston is a graduate of the University of North Texas, B.B.A. in Finance, 1988, and Texas A&M University-Texarkana, MBA, 1990. Mr. Abston’s extensive experience in banking, as well as his long-standing business and banking relationships in our markets, qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Richard W. Baker.   Mr. Baker has served on the Company board of directors since 2015 and has served as a director of the Bank since 2013. Mr. Baker serves on our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, as well as the Bank’s Directors’ Loan Committee, Executive Committee and Trust Committee. Mr. Baker began his career in 1982 when he founded Big Tex Trailer Manufacturing. He served as President and Chief Executive Officer until he sold the company in 2015. He was presented the 2001 Ernst & Young Entrepreneur of the Year Award, the 2015 National Association of Trailer Manufacturers Outstanding Member of the Year Award, and the 2016 Lifetime Achievement Award by the Titus County Chamber of Commerce. Mr. Baker is a strong supporter of the Titus County Fair, the Titus County Hospice, and a local non-profit organization known as Titus County Cares. Mr. Baker’s extensive experience in business and manufacturing, as well as his long-standing business relationships throughout the state of Texas, qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

James S. Bunch .  Mr. Bunch was elected to serve on the Company board of directors in 2014 and has served as a director of the Bank since 2011. Mr. Bunch serves as Chairman of the Compensation Committee, and as a member of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, the Audit Committee, and the Bank’s Directors’ Loan and Executive Committees. Since 2006, Mr. Bunch has served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of BWI Companies, Inc., a privately held company that has eight full service distribution locations and eight satellite locations servicing 15 states in the south and mid-south. BWI Companies, Inc. has 600 employees with annual revenue of approximately $410 million. Prior to his appointment as the President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Bunch served as Vice President of Sales and the Texarkana location manager for BWI Companies, Inc. Mr. Bunch has over 30 years of experience managing a complex distribution company and has authored many articles regarding the growth and management of a successful business enterprise. Mr. Bunch has served as President of the National Lawn and Garden Distributors Association and as a board member for Prokoz (distributor chemical buying group), Chairman of the board of directors for Gro Group (distributor lawn and garden marketing group), and currently serves on the board of Voluntary Purchasing Group (member owned co-op that manufactures fertilizer and chemicals). Mr. Bunch is a very active member and either chairs or serves on several committees at Williams Memorial Methodist Church in Texarkana, Texas. Mr. Bunch currently serves or has served on many charitable boards such as Wadley Hospital Foundation, Methodist Retirement Communities Foundation and Water Springs Ranch (a neglected children’s home). Mr. Bunch is a graduate of

 

117


Table of Contents

Stephen F. Austin State University, B.S. in Agriculture and a minor in Business Management, 1983. Mr. Bunch’s extensive management, strategic planning and mergers and acquisitions experience, as well as his community involvement, qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Johnny O. Conroy.   Mr. Conroy has served on our board of directors since 2004 and has served as a director of the Bank since 2003. Mr. Conroy serves on our Compensation Committee and KSOP Committee. Mr. Conroy retired in 2009 as President of Conroy Tractor, Inc., a family owned agricultural implements business in Mount Pleasant, where he worked since 1962. Mr. Conroy is actively involved in several charitable organization boards. Mr. Conroy is a graduate of East Texas State University, B.B.A., 1968. Mr. Conroy’s extensive business and real estate experience, as well as his community involvement, qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Bradley K. Drake.   Mr. Drake has served on our board of directors since 2013 and has served as a director of the Bank since 2007. He currently serves as a member of the Compensation Committee and the Bank’s Trust Committee. Mr. Drake joined Lamar Companies, LLC in 2006 and currently serves as its President and Chief Executive Officer. Lamar Companies, LLC is a construction services company headquartered in Paris, Texas. Mr. Drake graduated with a bachelor of business administration in finance from Texas Tech University in 1993. The Governor of Texas appointed Mr. Drake as a board member of the Sulphur River Basin Authority where he is currently serving. Mr. Drake’s extensive commercial real estate experience, as well as his knowledge and relationships in Paris, Texas, qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Christopher B. Elliott.   Mr. Elliott has served on our board of directors since 2010 and has served as a director of the Bank since 2004. He is Chairman of our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee and our Audit Committee and serves on our KSOP Committee, Compensation Committee and the Bank’s Directors’ Loan and Executive Committees. Mr. Elliott has served as the managing partner of Kartos Holdings, L.P. since 2006. Kartos Holdings, L.P. owns several automobile dealerships with locations in Mount Pleasant, Kilgore and Jacksonville, Texas, as well as the real estate holdings associated with their operations. Mr. Elliott is a graduate of Texas Christian University, B.B.A. in Management, 1990. He is currently a member of the City of Mount Pleasant Airport Advisory Board. Mr. Elliott’s extensive business experience and contacts in our East Texas markets qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Carl Johnson, Jr.   Mr. Johnson has served on our board of directors since 2003 and has served as a director of the Bank since 1992. He is Chairman of our KSOP Committee and serves on our Audit Committee, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee and the Bank’s Directors’ Loan Committee. Mr. Johnson is a Certified Public Accountant and has been an owner of Baker & Johnson, PC since 1989. Mr. Johnson has also served as the County Auditor for Titus County since 1992. He is a graduate of the University of Texas – Arlington, B.B.A. in Accounting, 1979. Mr. Johnson’s extensive financial and accounting experience qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Kirk L. Lee.   Mr. Lee serves as President of the Company and as Vice Chairman and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank. Mr. Lee serves is Chairman of the Bank’s Directors’ Loan Committee, is a member of the Bank’s Executive Committee and either chairs or is a member of all the key operational committees of the Bank. Mr. Lee joined the Bank in 1992, serving as President of the Bank’s Paris, Texas office. Mr. Lee served as the President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank from 2011 until his promotion to Vice Chairman and Chief Credit Officer in 2014. Mr. Lee has served as a director of the Bank since 2002 and a director of the Company since 2005. Mr. Lee has over 30 years of banking experience, and previously worked at the Arkansas State Banking Department as a Bank Examiner Supervisor and worked a number of years in commercial lending and management at another community bank prior to joining us. He is a graduate of Ouachita Baptist University, B.B.A., 1983. In addition, he received a graduate degree in commercial banking from the Southwestern Graduate School of Banking in 1989. His extensive experience in bank regulation and community bank management, coupled with his long-standing business and banking relationships in our markets, qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

 

118


Table of Contents

Weldon C. Miller.   Mr. Miller has served as a director of the Company since 1979 and has served as a director of the Bank since 1969, until his retirement from the Bank board in December 2015. Mr. Miller has been the President of Everybody’s Furniture Company since 1957. Mr. Miller is a member of our Audit Committee, our Compensation Committee and our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. Mr. Miller served on the board of directors of the Bart Scharlach Memorial Foundation from 2004 to 2016, and previously served on the board of the Nevill’s Chapel Cemetery Association from 1995 to 2009. Mr. Miller served in the Texas Army National Guard for fourteen years. Mr. Miller is also a member and serves as an elder of the North Jefferson Church of Christ in Mount Pleasant. Mr. Miller is a graduate of Abilene Christian College, B.S. in Marketing, 1957. Mr. Miller’s extensive business experience, as well as his years of experience as a director of the Company and the Bank, qualify him to serve on our board of directors

Clifton A. Payne.   Mr. Payne serves as the Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of both the Company and the Bank. Mr. Payne is a member of the Bank’s Executive Committee and either chairs or is a member of all the key operational committees of the Bank. Mr. Payne joined the Bank 1984 as a Credit Analyst, before advancing to Senior Loan Officer, Controller, and Investment Officer. He has served as a director of the Company since 1995 as served as a director of the Bank from 1995 until 2016. He currently serves as an advisory member of the Bank’s board of directors. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Payne spent four years in private practice with Oakerson & Arnold PC, a regional certified public accounting firm. With over 30 years of executive financial experience, Mr. Payne oversees the Bank’s accounting, human resources and marketing divisions. During his tenure as CFO, the Company went public in 1998, was listed on the NASDAQ National Market System, and then returned in 2005 to a private entity. Mr. Payne is a graduate of Baylor University, B.B.A. in Accounting, 1980 and is a licensed Certified Public Accountant. Mr. Payne’s deep institutional knowledge and extensive banking experience qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

William D. Priefert.   Mr. Priefert has served as a director of the Company since 2002 and has served as a director of the Bank since 1983. Mr. Priefert serves as a member of our KSOP Committee and the Bank’s Executive Committee. Mr. Priefert has been Chairman of the Board and CEO of Priefert Manufacturing, Inc., a farm, ranch and rodeo equipment manufacturer, since 1988. Mr. Priefert also serves on the board of BWI Companies, Inc., and is a Transportation Committee member of the Titus County Chamber of Commerce. He previously served on the Northeast Texas Community College Board from 2002 to 2014. Mr. Priefert is a graduate of Stephen F. Austin University, B.B.A. in Business Management, 1970. Mr. Priefert’s extensive business experience and his community involvement and leadership skills qualify him to serve on our board.

Arthur B. Scharlach, Jr.   Mr. Scharlach has served as a director of the Company since 1979 and served as a director of the Bank from 1971 until December 2014. Mr. Scharlach joined the Bank in 1970 and served the Bank in varying capacities as Senior Vice President, President, Chief Operating Officer, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer until his retirement in 2005. In 2013, Mr. Scharlach resigned as Chairman of the Board of the Company. Mr. Scharlach is a graduate of Texas Christian University, B.B.A., 1965. Mr. Scharlach also received a BAI degree from the University of Wisconsin in Operations & Audit. Mr. Scharlach has served as a director and as Chairman of TIB-The Independent BankersBank, as well as serving on various board and charitable organizations in the community, including the Mount Pleasant Industrial Foundation, the Titus County Child Welfare Board, and the Board of Trustees of the Texas Methodist Foundation. Mr. Scharlach’s experience with the Company and the Bank and extensive community relationships qualify him to serve on our board.

Executive Officers

A brief description of the background of each of the executive officers of the Bank who are not also executive officers or directors of the Company is set forth below. No executive officer has any family relationship, as defined in Item 401 of Regulation S-K, with any other executive officer or director.

Martin C. Bell.   Mr. Bell has been an Executive Vice President of the Bank since 2005 and currently serves as an advisory member of the Bank’s board of directors. Mr. Bell has commercial, real estate, and

 

119


Table of Contents

consumer lending responsibilities, as well as administrative oversight of several East Texas Bank locations and the Bank’s operations center. He leads the Bank’s strategic planning process and integrations of mergers and acquisitions. Mr. Bell either chairs or is a member of all key operational committees of the Bank. Mr. Bell has over 30 years of banking experience. He is a graduate of Texas Christian University, B.B.A. in Finance, 1984, and is also a graduate of the Texas Tech University Intermediate and Advanced Schools of Banking. In 1991, Mr. Bell graduated with Honors from the Southwestern Graduate School of Banking in Dallas.

Chuck Cowell.   Mr. Cowell has been an Executive Vice President of the Bank since 2015 and has served on the Bank’s board of directors since October 2016, currently serving as Vice Chairman. He has extensive lending responsibilities, as well as administrative oversight of the Bank’s trust, mortgage lending, mortgage warehouse lending, treasury management and loan review divisions. He also either chairs or serves as a member on all the key operational committees of the Bank. Mr. Cowell served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Preston State Bank and its parent company DCB Financial in Dallas from 2009 until its acquisition by the Company in 2015. He has over 40 years of industry experience, having served in executive positions for both privately held and publicly-traded institutions in the Midland, Graham, Abilene, and Houston, Texas markets. Cowell received his undergraduate degree in finance from Texas Tech University and is a graduate of the National Installment Lending School in Norman, Oklahoma and the Southwestern Graduate School of Banking in Dallas.

Randall R. Kucera.   Mr. Kucera serves as Executive Vice President and General Counsel for both the Company and the Bank, and as advisory director to the Bank’s board of directors. Prior to joining the Bank in 2012, Mr. Kucera was a partner in the litigation division of Akin, Gump, Strauss, Hauer & Feld LLP, or Akin Gump, for more than five years. Prior to joining Akin Gump, he was an assistant district attorney in the Dallas County District Attorney’s Office. In his 30-year legal career, Mr. Kucera focused on complex commercial litigation, including a wide variety of contract, antitrust, lender liability, business tort, intellectual property, and insurance matters. He previously served as the litigation partner in charge of Akin Gump’s commercial mortgage-backed securities (CMBS) litigation practice, which handled complex commercial real estate litigation involving institutional lenders, financial service companies, conduit lenders, and master and special servicers. Mr. Kucera has been a speaker at various continuing education seminars in Texas on the subjects of litigation and civil procedure. He has published articles on the subject of litigating claims in mortgage and asset-backed securities matters, including publications in the American Bar Association Real Estate Litigation newsletter and the Mortgage and Asset-Backed Securities Litigation Handbook. Mr. Kucera is a graduate of Vanderbilt University, B.A. in political science, summa cum laude , 1979. Mr. Kucera is also a graduate of Yale Law School, J.D., 1983. He is a member of the State Bar of Texas and is admitted to practice before the U.S. district courts for the Northern, Southern, Eastern, and Western districts of Texas, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 5th and 7th circuits and the United States Supreme Court.

Harold E. Lower, II.   Mr. Lower has been an Executive Vice President of the Bank since 2010 and currently serves as an advisory member of the Bank’s Board of Directors and Directors’ Loan Committee. He served as a member of the Company board of directors from 2013 through 2015 and a member of the Bank’s board of directors from 2012 through 2015. He also either chairs or serves as a member on all the key operational committees of the Bank. In his capacity as Executive Vice President of the Bank, Mr. Lower is responsible for overseeing the operations of the Bank’s six locations in Bowie and Cass counties. Mr. Lower joined the Bank in 2009 as a Senior Vice President, having previously served eight years as an officer of a Northeast Texas bank. Mr. Lower has over 28 years’ experience in the financial services industry. He is a graduate of Texas A&M University, B.B.A. in Accounting, 1987, and is a licensed Certified Public Accountant.

J. Daniel Muskrat .  Mr. Muskrat currently serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer of the Bank and is an advisory member of the Bank’s board of directors. He is chairman of the Bank’s Technology Committee and the Business Intelligence Committee in addition to either chairing or serving as a member on most other key operational committees of the Bank. In his capacity as Executive Vice President, Mr. Muskrat has administrative oversight of the deposit services, data processing, internet banking and

 

120


Table of Contents

information technology divisions of the Bank. Mr. Muskrat has 18 years of banking experience in the areas of online and mobile banking, mergers and acquisitions, operations, network infrastructure, system conversions, data processing and information security. Mr. Muskrat serves in many advisory capacities such as a member of Fiserv’s Precision Core Advisory Council and First Data’s Online Banking Advisory Council. He also serves the Mount Pleasant community in several roles including Founder and Executive Board Member of MPISD Education Foundation and he serves on various advisory committees for the Northeast Texas Community College. Mr. Muskrat also serves the community as a Founder, Director, Life Group Leader, and Senior Leadership Team Member at Center Church. Mr. Muskrat is actively involved with the Mount Pleasant Rotary Club as a Board Member, Past President and Treasurer. Finally, he has served the Mount Pleasant Chamber of Commerce as a Team Captain for the 2014 Total Resource Campaign, he has served the past three years on Everything Texas Ranch Run Committee and he is a graduate of the 2011 Leadership Mount Pleasant Class. Mr. Muskrat is a graduate of Baylor University, B.A. in Information Systems Management, 2001, and received an MBA from Baylor University in 2004.

Robert P. Sharp.   Mr. Sharp currently serves as Executive Vice President for the Bank, and was elected as an advisory director of the Bank in 2013. In addition to commercial lending responsibilities, Mr. Sharp has administrative oversight of the Bank’s three Titus County Bank locations, regulatory compliance and loan operations divisions. Mr. Sharp chairs or serves as a member on all key operational committees of the Bank. Mr. Sharp joined the Bank in 2006 as Senior Vice President, having previously served 23 years with various North Texas banks. Mr. Sharp has over 30 years of banking experience. He is a graduate of Texas Tech University, B.A., 1990, and attended the American British College in Barcelona, Spain. Mr. Sharp also graduated with honors from the Southwestern Graduate School of Banking in 2007. He serves as a trustee at Northeast Texas Community College, and as secretary for the Mount Pleasant Rotary Club, and was formerly a director of Cypress Basin Hospice from 2003 to 2014.

Director Independence

Under the rules of the NASDAQ Global Select Market, independent directors must comprise a majority of our board of directors within a specified period of time of this offering. The rules of the NASDAQ Global Select Market, as well as those of the SEC, also impose several other requirements with respect to the independence of our directors.

Our board of directors has evaluated the independence of its members based upon the rules of the NASDAQ Global Select Market and the SEC. Applying these standards, our board of directors has affirmatively determined that Messrs. Baker, Bunch, Conroy, Drake, Elliot, Johnson, Miller, and Priefert are “independent directors” under the applicable rules. We have determined that Messrs. Abston, Lee, Payne and Scharlach are not “independent directors” under the applicable rules. Messrs. Abston, Lee and Payne are employees of Guaranty Bank & Trust, and Mr. Scharlach was engaged as a consultant to Guaranty Bank & Trust pursuant to a consulting agreement that expired February 1, 2016. See “Executive Compensation — Consulting Agreement.”

Leadership Structure

Our board of directors meets monthly, and the board of directors of Guaranty Bank & Trust meets monthly. Our board does not have a policy regarding the separation of the roles of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the board of directors, as the board believes that it is in the best interests of our organization to make that determination from time to time based on the position and direction of our organization and the membership of the board. The board has determined that having our Chief Executive Officer serve as Chairman of the board of directors is in the best interests of our shareholders at this time. Our board of directors believes that this structure makes best use of the Chief Executive Officer’s extensive knowledge of our organization and the banking industry. The board views this arrangement as also providing an efficient nexus between our organization and the board, enabling the board to obtain information pertaining to operational matters expeditiously and enabling our Chairman to bring areas of concern before the board in a timely manner.

 

121


Table of Contents

Because the positions of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer are held by the same person, our board of directors has designated Weldon C. Miller to serve as Lead Independent Director. Among other things, the Lead Independent Director (1) presides at all meetings of the board at which the Chairman is not present, including executive sessions of the independent directors; (2) serves as liaison between the Chairman and the independent directors; (3) approves information sent to the board of directors; (4) approves meeting agendas for the board of directors; (5) approves meeting schedules to assure that there is sufficient time for discussion of all agenda items; (6) has the authority to call meetings of the independent directors; and (7) if requested by major shareholders, makes himself or herself available for consultation and direct communication.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Upon completion of the offering, none of the members of our Compensation Committee will be or will have been an officer or employee of Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. or Guaranty Bank & Trust. In addition, none of our executive officers serves or has served as a member of the board of directors, compensation committee or other board committee performing equivalent functions of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as one of our directors or on our Compensation Committee.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established standing committees in connection with the discharge of its responsibilities. These committees include the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee and the KSOP Committee. Our board of directors also may establish such other committees as it deems appropriate, in accordance with applicable law and regulations and our corporate governance documents.

Audit Committee.   The members of our Audit Committee are Messrs. Elliott (Chairman), Bunch, Johnson and Miller. Our board of directors has evaluated the independence of each of the members of our Audit Committee and has affirmatively determined that (1) each of the members of our Audit Committee is an “independent director” under NASDAQ Global Select Market rules, (2) each of the members satisfies the additional independence standards under applicable SEC rules for audit committee service, and (3) each of the members has the ability to read and understand fundamental financial statements. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Mr. Johnson is a financial expert and has the financial sophistication required of at least one member of the Audit Committee by the rules of the Nasdaq Global Select Market due to his experience and background. Our board of directors has also determined that Mr. Johnson qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” under the rules and regulations of the SEC.

The Audit Committee assists the board of directors in its oversight of the integrity of our financial statements, the selection, engagement, management and performance of our independent auditor that audits and reports on our consolidated financial statements, the performance of our internal audit function, the review of reports of bank regulatory agencies and monitoring management’s compliance with the recommendations contained in those reports and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements related to our financial statements and reporting. Among other things, our Audit Committee has responsibility for:

 

    selecting and reviewing the performance of our independent auditor and approving, in advance, all engagements and fee arrangements;

 

    reviewing reports from the independent auditor regarding its internal quality control procedures and any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control or peer review or by governmental or professional authorities, and any steps taken to deal with such issues;

 

    reviewing the independence of our independent auditor and setting policies for hiring employees or former employees of our independent auditor and for audit partner rotation and independent auditor rotation in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations;

 

122


Table of Contents
    resolving any disagreements regarding financial reporting between management and the independent auditor;

 

    overseeing our internal audit function;

 

    reviewing operating and control issues identified in internal audit reports, management letters, examination reports of regulatory agencies and monitoring management’s compliance with recommendations contained in those reports;

 

    meeting with management and the independent auditor to review the effectiveness of our system of internal control and internal audit procedures, and to address any deficiencies in such procedures;

 

    monitoring management’s compliance all applicable laws, rules and regulations;

 

    reviewing our earnings releases and reports filed with the SEC;

 

    preparing the Audit Committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our annual report;

 

    reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our accounting and financial controls, including guidelines and policies for assessing and managing our risk exposure;

 

    establishing and overseeing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Company regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, and for the confidential anonymous submission by Company employees of concerns, regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;

 

    reviewing actions by management on recommendations of the independent auditors and internal auditors; and

 

    handling such other matters that are specifically delegated to the Audit Committee by our board of directors from time to time.

Our Audit Committee has adopted a written charter, which sets forth the committee’s duties and responsibilities. The charter of the Audit Committee will be available on our website at www.gnty.com upon completion of this offering.

Compensation Committee.   The members of our Compensation Committee are Messrs. Bunch (Chairman), Conroy, Drake, Elliott and Miller. Our board of directors has evaluated the independence of each of the members of our Compensation Committee and has affirmatively determined that each of the members of our Compensation Committee meets the definition of an “independent director” under NASDAQ Global Select Market rules.

Our board has also determined that each of the members of the Compensation Committee qualifies as a “nonemployee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

The Compensation Committee assists the board of directors in its oversight of our overall compensation structure, policies and programs and assessing whether such structure meets our corporate objectives, the compensation of our named executive officers and the administration of our compensation and benefit plans.

 

123


Table of Contents

Among other things, our Compensation Committee has responsibility for:

 

    reviewing and determining, and recommending to the board of directors for its confirmation, the annual compensation, annual incentive compensation and any other matter relating to the compensation of our named executive officers; all employment agreements, severance or termination agreements, change in control agreements to be entered into between any executive officer and us; and modifications to our philosophy and compensation practices relating to compensation of our directors and management;

 

    reviewing and determining, and recommending to the board of directors for its confirmation, the establishment of performance measures and the applicable performance targets for each performance-based cash and equity incentive award to be made under any benefit plan;

 

    taking all actions required or permitted under the terms of our benefit plans, with separate but concurrent authority;

 

    reviewing, approving and administering each of our benefit plans, and performing such other duties and responsibilities and may be assigned to the Compensation Committee under the terms of such plans;

 

    reviewing with our Chief Executive Officer the compensation payable to employees other than the named executive officers, including equity and non-equity incentive compensation and other benefits and our total incentive compensation program envisioned for each fiscal year;

 

    consulting with our Chief Executive Officer regarding a succession plan for our executive officers, including our Chief Executive Officer, and the review of our leadership development process for senior management positions;

 

    reviewing the performance of our named executive officers;

 

    reviewing and discussing with management any compensation discussion and analysis included in our annual meeting proxy statements and any other reports filed with the SEC and determining whether or not to recommend to our board of directors that such compensation discussion and analysis be so included;

 

    preparing the Compensation Committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our annual report;

 

    overseeing the administration of our equity plans and other incentive compensation plans and programs and preparing recommendations and periodic reports to our board of directors relating to these matters;

 

    overseeing and making recommendations to the board of directors regarding the Company’s compliance with SEC rules and regulations regarding shareholder approval of certain executive compensation matters, including advisory votes on executive compensation and golden parachute compensation and approval of equity compensation plans;

 

    conducting an annual evaluation of the performance of the Compensation Committee and the adequacy of its charter and recommending to the board of directors any changes that it deems necessary; and

 

    handling such other matters that are specifically delegated to the Compensation Committee by our board of directors from time to time.

 

124


Table of Contents

Our Compensation Committee has adopted a written charter, which sets forth the committee’s duties and responsibilities. The charter of the Compensation Committee will be available on our website at www.gnty.com upon completion of this offering.

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee.   The members of our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee are Messrs. Elliott (Chairman), Baker, Bunch, Johnson and Miller. Our board of directors has evaluated the independence of each of the members of our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee and has affirmatively determined that each of the members of our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee meets the definition of an “independent director” under NASDAQ Global Select Market rules.

The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee assists the board of directors in its oversight of identifying and recommending persons to be nominated for election as directors and to fill any vacancies on the board of directors of the Company and each of our subsidiaries, monitoring the composition and functioning of the standing committees of the board of directors of the Company and each of our subsidiaries, developing, reviewing and monitoring the corporate governance policies and practices of the Company and each of our subsidiaries.

Among other things, our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee is responsible for:

 

    reviewing the performance of our board of directors of the Company and each of our subsidiaries.

 

    identifying, assessing and determining the qualification, attributes and skills of, and recommend, persons to be nominated by our board of directors for election as directors and to fill any vacancies on the board of directors of the Company and each of our subsidiaries;

 

    reviewing the background, qualifications and independence of individuals being considered as director candidates, including persons proposed by our shareholders;

 

    reviewing and recommending to our board of directors each director’s suitability for continued service as a director upon the expiration of his or her term and upon any material change in his or her status;

 

    reviewing the size and composition of the board of directors of the Company and each of our subsidiaries as a whole, and recommend any appropriate changes to reflect the appropriate balance of required independence, knowledge, experience, skills, expertise and diversity;

 

    monitoring the function of our standing committees and recommending any changes, including the director assignments, creation or elimination of any committee;

 

    developing, reviewing and monitoring compliance with our corporate governance guidelines and the corporate governance provisions of the federal securities laws and the listing rules applicable to us;

 

    investigating any alleged violations of such guidelines and the applicable corporate governance provisions of federal securities laws and listing rules, and reporting such violations to our board of directors with recommended corrective actions;

 

    reviewing our corporate governance practices in light of best corporate governance practices among our peers and determining whether any changes in our corporate governance practices are necessary;

 

125


Table of Contents
    considering any resignation tendered to our board of directors by a director and recommend the acceptance of such resignation if appropriate;

 

    considering questions of possible conflicts of interest involving directors, including operations that could be considered competitive with our operations or otherwise present a conflict of interest;

 

    reviewing and approving all related person transactions in accordance with our policy and procedures;

 

    overseeing our director orientation and continuing education programs for the board of directors;

 

    reviewing its charter and recommending to our board of directors any modifications or changes; and

 

    handling such other matters that are specifically delegated to the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee by our board of directors from time to time.

Our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee has adopted a written charter, which sets forth the committee’s duties and responsibilities. The charter of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will be available on our website at www.gnty.com upon completion of this offering.

In carrying out its functions, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will develop qualification criteria for all potential nominees for election, including incumbent directors, board nominees and shareholder nominees to be included in the Company’s future proxy statements. These criteria may include the following attributes:

 

    adherence to high ethical standards and high standards of integrity;

 

    sufficient educational background, professional experience, business experience, service on other boards of directors and other experience, qualifications, diversity of viewpoints, attributes and sills that will allow the candidate to serve effectively on the board of directors and the specific committee for which he or she is being considered;

 

    evidence of leadership, sound professional judgment and professional acumen;

 

    evidence the nominee is well recognized in the community and has a demonstrated record of service to the community;

 

    a willingness to abide by any published code of conduct or ethics for the Company and to objectively appraise management performance;

 

    the ability and willingness and ability to devote sufficient time to carrying out the duties and responsibilities required of a director;

 

    any related person transaction in which the candidate has or may have a material direct or indirect interest and in which we participate; and

 

    the fit of the individual’s skills and personality with those of other directors and potential directors in building a board of directors that is effective, collegial and responsive to the needs of the Company and the interests of our shareholders.

 

126


Table of Contents

The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will also evaluate potential nominees for the Company’s board of directors to determine if they have any conflicts of interest that may interfere with their ability to serve as effective board members and to determine whether they are “independent” in accordance with applicable SEC and NASDAQ Global Select Market rules (to ensure that, at all times, at least a majority of our directors are independent). Although we do not have a separate diversity policy, the committee considers the diversity of the Company’s directors and nominees in terms of knowledge, experience, skills, expertise and other demographics that may contribute to the Company’s board of directors.

Prior to nominating or, if applicable, recommending an existing director for re-election to the Company’s board of directors, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will consider and review the following attributes with respect to each existing director:

 

    attendance and performance at meetings of the Company’s board of directors and the committees on which such director serves;

 

    length of service on the Company’s board of directors;

 

    experience, skills and contributions that the existing director brings to the Company’s board of directors;

 

    independence and any conflicts of interest; and

 

    any significant change in the director’s status, including the attributes considered for initial membership on the Company’s board of directors.

KSOP Committee.   The KSOP Committee is responsible for managing the operation and administration of our KSOP. The KSOP Committee serves as the trustee of our KSOP and its members are appointed by our board of directors. The voting members of our KSOP Committee are Messrs. Johnson (Chairman), Conroy, Elliott and Prefiert.

Code of Conduct; Code of Ethics for Chief Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers

Our board of directors has adopted a Code of Conduct that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees. The Code of Conduct sets forth the standard of conduct that we expect all of our directors, officers and employees to follow, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. In addition, our board of directors has adopted a Code of Ethics for the Chief Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers that applies to our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer and any other officer serving in a finance function and sets forth specific standards of conduct and ethics that we expect from such individuals in addition to those set forth in the Code of Conduct. Our Code of Conduct and our Code of Ethics for the Chief Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers will be available on our website at www.gnty.com upon completion of this offering. We expect that any amendments to the Code of Conduct or the Code of Ethics for the Chief Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers, or any waivers of their respective requirements, will be disclosed on our website, as well as any other means required by NASDAQ Global Select Market rules or the SEC.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

We have adopted Corporate Governance Guidelines to assist our board of directors in the exercise of its fiduciary duties and responsibilities and to promote the effective functioning of our board of directors and its committees. Our Corporate Governance Guidelines will be available on our website at www.gnty.com upon completion of this offering.

 

127


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

We are providing compensation disclosure that satisfies the requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, as defined by the JOBS Act. Our named executive officers for 2017, which consist of our principal executive officer and the two other most highly compensated executive officers, are:

 

    Tyson T. Abston, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer;

 

    Kirk L. Lee, Vice Chairman, President and Chief Credit Officer; and

 

    Clifton A. Payne, Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.

Agreements with Executive Officers

We have not entered into employment agreements with any of our named executive officers, each of whom serves at the pleasure of our board of directors and is an “at will” employee.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents summary information regarding the total compensation awarded to, earned by, and paid to our named executive officers who were serving as executive officers at the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2016. Except as set forth in the notes to the table, all cash compensation for each of our named executive officers was paid by Guaranty Bank & Trust, where each named executive officer serves in the same capacity.

 

Name and Principal
Company Position

  Year     Salary     Nonequity
Incentive Plan
Compensation(1)(2)
    Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings(3)
    All Other
Compensation
(4)(5)(6)
    Total  

Tyson T. Abston

    2016     $     338,009     $     231,525     $     32,006     $     61,020     $     662,560  

Chairman of the Board and

Chief Executive Officer

           

Kirk L. Lee

    2016     $ 243,827     $ 113,568     $ 25,541     $ 59,387     $ 442,323  

President

           

Clifton A. Payne

    2016     $ 220,821     $ 99,399     $ 30,140     $ 54,600     $ 404,960  

Senior Executive Vice President

and Chief Financial Officer

           

 

(1) The amounts in this column include performance based cash bonuses of $219,275, $104,624 and $91,219 paid to Messrs. Abston, Lee and Payne, respectively, pursuant to the Company’s Employee Bonus Plan.

 

(2) The amounts in this column also include the amount of vested contributions of $12,250, $8,944 and $8,180 earned by Messrs. Abston, Lee and Payne, respectively, pursuant to the Company’s Executive Incentive Retirement Plan.

 

(3) The amounts in this column represent the amount of interest earned on vested contributions under the Company’s Executive Incentive Retirement Plan that exceeds 120.0% of the applicable federal long-term rate.

 

(4) As other compensation, Mr. Abston received director fees of approximately $42,300, employer KSOP contributions of approximately $13,250, life insurance premiums of approximately $1,242 and $4,228 attributable to the use of a company car.

 

(5) As other compensation, Mr. Lee received director fees of approximately $42,300, employer KSOP contributions of approximately $13,250, life insurance premiums of approximately $1,782 and $2,055 attributable to the use of a company car.

 

(6) As other compensation, Mr. Payne received director fees of approximately $36,100, employer KSOP contributions of approximately $13,250, life insurance premiums of approximately $2,322 and $2,928 attributable to the use of a company car.

 

128


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table sets forth information relating to the unexercised options held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2016. All of the stock options shown in the table below were granted with a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. Each of the stock options set forth below vests ratably in annual installments over a period of 10 years from the grant date, beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date. No stock options were exercised by the named executive officers during fiscal 2016.

 

     Options Awards  

Name

   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

Exercisable
(#)
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

Unexercisable
(#)
     Equity
Incentive
Plan

Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options

(#)
     Option
Exercise
Price

($)
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Tyson T. Abston

     10,000        40,000        -        24.00        10/15/2024  

Kirk L. Lee

     6,000        24,000        -        24.00        10/15/2024  

Clifton A. Payne

     5,000        20,000        -        24.00        10/15/2024  

2015 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors and shareholders adopted and approved the Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. 2014 Stock Option Plan, or Option Plan, which became effective on February 19, 2014. On February 18, 2015, our board of directors amended and restated the Option Plan as the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2015 Plan. Our shareholders adopted and approved 2015 Plan on April 15, 2015. The following is a brief summary of the material terms of our 2015 Plan.

Purpose .  The purpose of our 2015 Plan is to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentives to selected employees, directors and consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s and the Bank’s business by offering these individuals an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the success of the Company.

Administration.   Our board of directors or one or more committees appointed by our board of directors will administer the 2015 Plan. For this purpose our board of directors has delegated general administrative authority for the 2015 Plan to the Compensation Committee.

Eligibility .  Persons eligible to receive awards under the 2015 Plan include officers, directors, employees and consultants. The Compensation Committee determines from time to time the participants to whom awards will be granted.

Authorized Shares; Limits on Awards .  The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued or transferred pursuant to awards under the 2015 Plan equals 1,000,000 shares, all of which may be subject to incentive stock option treatment. Under the terms of the 2015 Plan, the maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to all awards under the 2015 Plan, other than those subject to incentive stock option treatment, shall increase annually on the first day of each fiscal year following the adoption of the 2015 Plan by 20,000 shares, unless our board of directors determines a lesser amount. For each fiscal year after adopting the 2015 Plan, we determined not to increase the number of shares that may be issued under the plan. As a result, the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued or transferred pursuant to awards under the 2015 Plan continues to equal 1,000,000 shares, all of which may be subject to

 

129


Table of Contents

incentive stock option treatment. Additionally, the maximum number of shares that may be issued for awards to any single officer, employee or consultant participant during a calendar year for stock options and stock appreciation rights, or SARs, is 300,000 shares (200,000 shares for non-employee members of the board of directors), for other stock-based awards (excluding stock options and SARs but including restricted stock and restricted stock units) is 150,000 shares (100,000 shares for non-employee members of the board of directors) and for cash awards is $2.0 million.

If any shares of stock covered by an award granted under the 2015 Plan are not purchased or are forfeited or expire, or if an award otherwise terminates without delivery of any shares of stock subject thereto, or is settled in cash in lieu of shares of stock, then the number of shares of stock counted against the aggregate number of shares of stock available under the 2015 Plan with respect to the award will again be available for making awards under the 2015 Plan.

Currently Outstanding Awards .  As of the date of this prospectus, 436,077 stock options were issued and outstanding under the 2015 Plan and an aggregate of 563,923 shares of our common stock remain available for issuance under the 2015 Plan. As of the date of this prospectus, no other types of incentive awards have been issued under the 2015 Plan.

Adjustments for Changes in Capitalization .  In connection with recapitalizations, stock dividends, stock splits, combination of shares or other changes in the stock, our Compensation Committee will make adjustments that it deems appropriate to the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2015 Plan and the terms of outstanding awards.

Incentive Awards.   The 2015 Plan authorizes the grant of stock options, SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance-based awards, as well as other awards described in the 2015 Plan. The 2015 Plan retains the flexibility to offer competitive incentives and to tailor benefits to specific needs and circumstances. Any award may be paid or settled in cash. An option or SAR will expire, or other award will vest, in accordance with the schedule set forth in the applicable award agreement.

Stock Options.   A stock option is the right to purchase shares of common stock at a future date at a specified price per share generally equal to, but no less than, the fair market value of a share on the date of grant. An option may either be an incentive stock option, or ISO, or a nonstatutory stock option, or NSO. ISO benefits are taxed differently from NSOs, as described below under “— Federal Income Tax Treatment of Awards under the 2015 Plan.” ISOs also are subject to more restrictive terms and are limited in amount by the Internal Revenue Code and the 2015 Plan. Full payment for shares purchased on the exercise of any option must be made at the time of such exercise in a manner approved by the Compensation Committee.

SARs.   A SAR is the right to receive payment of an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of exercise of the SAR over the fair market value of a share of common stock the date on the date of grant.

Restricted Stock.   A restricted stock award is typically for a fixed number of shares of common stock that remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions, the holder of a restricted stock award may sell or transfer the shares.

Restricted Stock Units.   A restricted stock unit is an award that entitles the recipient to receive a share of our common stock or an amount of cash equal to the fair market value of a share of our common stock upon the satisfaction of applicable restrictions. Restricted stock units are similar to restricted stock; however restricted stock units are a promise to deliver shares or cash, while an award of restricted stock is a grant of actual shares of our common stock subject to transfer restrictions.

 

130


Table of Contents

Performance-Based Awards.   Our Compensation Committee may designate any award, the exercisability or settlement of which is subject to the achievement of performance conditions, as a performance-based award that is intended to qualify as performance-based compensation within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. In order to qualify as performance-based compensation, the performance objectives used for the performance-based award must be from the list of performance objectives set forth in the 2015 Plan, including: growth in interest income and expense; net-income; net interest margin; efficiency ratio; reduction in non-accrual loans and non-interest expense; growth in non-interest income and ratios to earnings assets; net revenue growth and ratio to earning assets; capital ratios; asset or liability interest rate sensitivity and gap; effective tax rate; deposit growth and composition; liquidity management; securities portfolio (value, yield, spread, maturity, or duration); earning asset growth and composition (loans, securities); non-interest income (e.g., fees, premiums and commissions, loans, wealth management, treasury management, insurance, funds management); overhead ratios, productivity ratios; credit quality measures; return on assets; return on equity; economic value of equity; compliance and regulatory ratings; internal controls; enterprise risk measures (e.g., interest rate, loan concentrations, portfolio composition, credit quality, operational measures, compliance ratings, balance sheet, liquidity, insurance); volume in production or loans; cash flow; cost; revenues; sales; ratio of debt to debt plus equity; net borrowing, credit quality or debt ratings; profit before tax; economic profit; earnings before interest and taxes; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; gross margin; profit margin; earnings per share; operating earnings; capital expenditures; expenses or expense levels; economic value added; ratio of operating earnings to capital spending or any other operating ratios; free cash flow; net profit; net sales; net asset value per share; the accomplishment of mergers, acquisitions, dispositions, public offerings or similar extraordinary business transactions; sales growth; price of the Company’s common stock; return on investment; return on assets, equity or shareholders’ equity; market share; inventory levels, inventory turn or shrinkage; customer satisfaction; or total return to shareholders.

Our Compensation Committee may select one or more specified performance objectives when establishing the performance measures of a performance-based award, but such objectives must be set no later than 90 days after the beginning of the applicable performance period. The 2015 Plan allows performance objectives to be described in terms of objectives that are related to an individual participant or objectives that are Company-wide or related to a subsidiary, division, department, region, function or business unit and may be measured on an absolute or cumulative basis or on the basis of percentage of improvement over time, and may be measured in terms of Company performance (or performance of the applicable subsidiary, division, department, region, function or business unit) or measured relative to selected peer companies or a market index.

Acceleration of Awards; Possible Early Termination of Awards.   Upon a change in control of our Company, outstanding awards under the 2015 Plan will be assumed or substituted on substantially the same terms. However, if the successor corporation does not assume or substitute the outstanding awards, then vesting of these awards will fully accelerate, and in the case of options or SARs, will become immediately exercisable. For this purpose a change in control is defined to include certain changes in the majority of our board of directors, the sale of all or substantially all of our assets and the consummation of certain mergers or consolidations.

Transfer Restrictions.   Subject to certain exceptions, awards under the 2015 Plan are not transferable by the recipient other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and are generally exercisable, during the recipient’s lifetime, only by him or her.

Termination of or Changes to the 2015 Plan.   Our board of directors may, in its discretion, amend, alter or terminate the 2015 Plan or any award outstanding under the 2014 plan at any time and in any manner. Unless required by applicable law or listing agency rule, shareholder approval for any amendment will not be required. Unless previously terminated by our board of directors, the 2015 Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of its effective date. Outstanding awards may be amended, subject, however, to the consent of the holder if the amendment materially and adversely affects the holder.

 

131


Table of Contents

Federal Income Tax Treatment of Awards under the 2015 Plan.   Federal income tax consequences (subject to change) relating to awards under the 2015 Plan are summarized in the following discussion. This summary is not intended to be exhaustive and, among other considerations, does not describe the deferred compensation provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code to the extent an award is subject to and does not satisfy those rules, nor does it describe state, local, or international tax consequences.

For NSOs, we are generally entitled to deduct (and the optionee recognizes taxable income in) an amount equal to the difference between the option exercise price and the fair market value of the shares at the time of exercise. For ISOs, we are generally not entitled to a deduction nor does the participant recognize income at the time of exercise. The current federal income tax consequences of other awards authorized under the 2015 Plan generally follow certain basic patterns: SARs are taxed and deductible in substantially the same manner as NSOs; nontransferable restricted stock subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture results in income recognition equal to the excess of the fair market value over the price paid (if any) only at the time the restrictions lapse (unless the recipient elects to accelerate recognition as of the date of grant); bonuses and performance share awards are generally subject to tax at the time of payment; cash-based awards are generally subject to tax at the time of payment; and compensation otherwise effectively deferred is taxed when paid. We will generally have a corresponding deduction at the time the participant recognizes income. However, as for those awards subject to ISO treatment, we would generally have no corresponding compensation deduction.

If an award is accelerated under the 2015 Plan in connection with a change in control (as this term is used under the Internal Revenue Code), we may not be permitted to deduct the portion of the compensation attributable to the acceleration, commonly called parachute payments, if it exceeds certain threshold limits under the Code (and certain related excise taxes may be triggered). Furthermore, the aggregate compensation in excess of $1,000,000 attributable to awards which are not “performance-based” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, or do not fall within any other applicable exceptions, we may not be permitted a deduction in certain circumstances.

Stock Appreciation Rights Plan

On January 1, 2008, we established the Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. Fair Market Value Stock Appreciation Rights Plan, or SAR Plan, to provide eligible employees the opportunity to share in the growth of our Company. The SAR Plan enables us to grant SARs to our directors, executive officers and other individuals employed by, or performing services for, the Company or the Bank. A SAR is the right to receive payment of an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of exercise of the SAR over the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant. SARs may be granted in connection with other awards or independently. Unlike a stock option, which is the right to buy an actual share of our common stock in the future, a SAR is non-dilutive and does not result in the issuance of our common stock to the holder of the SAR. A SAR does not entitle the recipient to any voting rights or any other shareholder rights. The purpose of the SAR Plan is to encourage employees and others providing services to the Company and the Bank to increase their efforts to make our Company more successful, to provide an inducement for such individuals by providing them the opportunity to shares in the increase in the Company’s equity over time, and to provide a means by which the Company may attract, encourage and maintain qualified employees. As of December 31, 2016, we had 95,700 SARs outstanding, of which 83,500 were vested. The original fair market value, or exercise price, of the SARs ranged from $7.62 to $21.50 per share. We do not intend to grant additional SARs under the SAR Plan, but may in the future issue additional SARs pursuant to the 2015 Plan, although we have no immediate plans to do so.

Employee Bonus Plan

We sponsor an Employee Bonus Plan, or Bonus Plan. The Bonus Plan rewards officers and employees based on performance of individual business units of the Company. Earnings and growth performance goals for each business unit and for the Company as a whole are established at the beginning of the calendar year and

 

132


Table of Contents

approved annually by the board of directors. The Bonus Plan provides for a predetermined bonus amount to be contributed to the employee bonus pool based on (i) earnings target and growth for individual business units and (ii) achieving certain pre-tax return on average equity and pre-tax return on average asset levels for the Company as a whole. These bonus amounts are established annually by our board of directors. In 2016, the Bonus Plan paid out $2.1 million based on a pre-tax return on average equity and a pre-tax return on average assets of 10.91% and 1.07%, respectively.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan

As of January 1, 1992, the Bank amended and restated its 401(k) profit sharing plan in its entirety as an Employee Stock Ownership Plan, or ESOP, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code, and upon our acquisition of the Bank in 1997, the ESOP became the Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan with 401(k) Provisions, or KSOP.

Our KSOP is designed to: (1) qualify as an employee stock ownership plan which is intended to be a stock bonus plan under the Internal Revenue Code, and Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA; (2) allow participants to make elective contributions in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code; and (3) allow the Bank and/or the Company to make matching contributions in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code and other contributions in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code and ERISA. Generally, an employee is an eligible participant in the KSOP upon the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date of hire in a full time position. In general, each such employee shall become eligible to receive allocations of non-elective contributions and forfeitures on the January 1 or July 1 coincident with completion of six consecutive months of service in which the employee is credited with 500 hours of service. Each such employee of the Company, Bank, and any affiliate shall become eligible to receive allocations of matching contributions on the January 1 or July 1 next following or coincident with the employee’s date of hire.

Employees may make elective “traditional” or “Roth” contributions to the plan, up to the maximum dollars amounts allowed annually by Internal Revenue Code and regulations. The Company has discretion to make matching contributions, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, with respect to salary deferrals up to a certain percentage of a participant’s compensation. In 2016, the KSOP contributed matching funds up to 5% of participant compensation. Company matching contributions are intended to be invested primarily in our common stock. Any cash dividends received by the trustee of the KSOP from shares of our stock held in the KSOP are applied, in the discretion of the trustee, to the purchase of additional shares of our common stock. The trustee of the KSOP is authorized to purchase our common stock from us directly or from any shareholder, and such stock may be outstanding, newly issued or treasury stock. All such purchases must be at a price not in excess of fair market value, as determined by an independent appraiser, in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code. As of December 31, 2016, the value of the shares of common stock held in the KSOP was determined to be $26.00 per share by our independent appraiser. Because there is presently no regular public trading market for shares of our common stock, this value obtained for KSOP purposes may not reflect the actual market value of our common stock.

The KSOP was restated for IRS “Cycle A-2” on December 20, 2011, and received a favorable IRS Determination Letter for it on August 22, 2014. It was subsequently amended to (1) reflect the termination of the Company’s status as a Subchapter S corporation, (2) liberalize the entry date for the matching contribution, (3) include an automatic enrollment provision for new plan qualified employees, (4) allow forfeiture funds from the KSOP’s cash account to pay plan administration expenses, (5) allow forfeitures from the KSOP’s Company stock account to be allocated to plan participants (6) eliminate the plan’s participant class exclusion for hourly employees, and (7) adopt a distribution policy giving terminated employee participants the option to either receive distribution of their Company Stock accounts in kind or have such accounts converted to other investments.

 

133


Table of Contents

The KSOP was restated for IRS “Cycle A-3” on December 14, 2016, which restatement includes the previous amendments. It was submitted to the IRS for an updated IRS Determination Letter on January 31, 2017, which application is currently pending.

As of December 31, 2016, the KSOP held 1,319,225 shares of our common stock. The KSOP currently has a $5.0 million line of credit with one of our correspondent banks, of which $1.2 million is outstanding as of the date of this prospectus. Total compensation accrued or paid to the KSOP for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $935,000.

Supplemental Retirement Plan

We sponsor a non-qualified, non-contributory Supplemental Retirement Plan for the benefit of certain retired officers of the Company. The plan provides certain retired officers a benefit equal to a predetermined percentage of the officer’s final five-year average salary reduced by the aggregate of (1) any amounts payable under the Company’s retirement plan and (2) certain social security benefits. This plan is unfunded. Amounts accrued for the year ended December 31, 2016 totaled $1,000. We recorded a liability under the Supplemental Retirement Plan of approximately $5,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Executive Incentive Retirement Plan

We sponsor a non-qualified, non-contributory Executive Incentive Retirement Plan for the benefit of certain officers of the Bank with a title of senior vice president or above, including all of our named executive officers. This plan provides benefits to such personnel for the attainment of certain performance criteria in various predetermined amounts equal to targeted awards levels as adjusted for annual earnings performance of the Company. Contributions under this plan are granted annually on a deferred basis. Currently, depending on the officer, the Bank contributes between 3.0% and 9.0% of the officer’s salary each year into a deferral account, and each officer’s account balance is further credited each year by an amount equal to our annualized return on equity, subject to a minimum crediting rate of 5.0% and a maximum crediting rate of 13.0%. The Executive Incentive Retirement Plan’s normal retirement benefit is payable following separation from service after reaching age 65, and is payable over 120 months with a 7.5% post retirement interest rate. This plan also provides a death benefit to the participants. This plan is unfunded.

In connection with the Executive Incentive Retirement Plan, we have purchased life insurance policies for the individuals participating in such plan. The cash surrender value of the life insurance policies held by us totaled $17.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Our expenses related to the Executive Incentive Retirement Plan totaled $390,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016, and our recorded liability under the Executive Incentive Retirement Plan totaled approximately $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Compensation of Directors

We pay our directors based on the directors’ participation in board of directors and committee meetings held throughout the year, and Guaranty Bank & Trust pays its directors in the same manner. During 2016, outside directors received an annual retainer of $20,000 and inside directors received an annual retainer of $14,000. In addition, outside directors received $600 per board meeting attended and inside directors received $300 per board meeting attended. Directors also received a fee per committee meeting attended, which varied based on the particular committee. The Chairman of the Audit Committee received a fee of $550 per meeting attended, and the other members received a fee of $325 per meeting attended. The Chairman of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee and the Chairman of the Compensation Committee each received a fee of $275 per meeting attended, and the other members of these committees received a fee of $175 per meeting attended. Directors serving on the KSOP Committee received a fee of $200 per meeting attended and inside directors serving as advisory members on the KSOP Committee received no meeting fees.

 

134


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth compensation paid, earned or awarded during 2016 to each of our directors other than Messrs. Abston, Lee and Payne, whose compensation is described above in “Summary Compensation Table.” The table also includes compensation earned by each director that is attributable to his service as a director of Guaranty Bank & Trust.

 

Name

 

 

   Fees Earned or Paid in
Cash
     All Other
    Compensation    
    Total
    Compensation    
 

Richard W. Baker

     $         74,875      $             -     $         74,875  

James S. Bunch

       80,675        -       80,675  

Johnny O. Conroy

       63,350        -       63,350  

Bradley K. Drake

       61,464        -       61,464  

Christopher B. Elliott

       82,250        -       82,250  

Carl Johnson, Jr.

       83,725        -       83,725  

Weldon C. Miller

       44,275        -       44,275  

William D. Priefert

       59,875        -       59,875  

Arthur B. Scharlach, Jr.

     $ 35,625      $ 12,500 (1)     $ 48,125  

 

  (1) Represents $12,500 paid to Mr. Scharlach pursuant to a consulting agreement. See “— Consulting Agreement” below.

Directors have been and will continue to be reimbursed for travel, food, lodging and other expenses directly related to their activities as directors. Directors are also entitled to the protection provided by the indemnification provisions in our certificate of formation and bylaws, and, to the extent they are directors of the Bank, the articles of association and bylaws of Guaranty Bank & Trust.

Consulting Agreement

On February 1, 2013, we entered into a Consulting Agreement with Arthur B. Scharlach, Jr., our former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to which we engaged Mr. Scharlach as a strategic consultant to the Company and Bank until February 1, 2016. During the period of his engagement, Mr. Scharlach agreed to provide up to 20 hours of consulting services per week in the areas of bank operations, personnel, lending and growth strategies. The consulting agreement provided for an annual consulting fee of $150,000, payable in monthly installments. We paid $150,000 in consulting fees to Mr. Scharlach under the agreement in 2014 and 2015. We paid $12,500 in consulting fees to Mr. Scharlach in 2016, which represented the fees payable to Mr. Scharlach through expiration of the agreement on February 1, 2016.

 

135


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table provides information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as March 1, 2017, and as adjusted to reflect the completion of the offering, for:

 

    each person known to us to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent of our common stock;

 

    each of our directors and named executive officers; and

 

    all directors and executive officers, as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes shares over which a person exercises sole or share voting and/or investment power. Shares of common stock subject to options and warrants currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days are deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding the options or warrants but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the beneficial ownership of any other person. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the tables below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws. Unless otherwise noted, the address for each shareholder listed on the table below is: c/o Guaranty Bancshares, Inc., 201 South Jefferson Avenue, Mount Pleasant, Texas 75455.

The table below calculates the percentage of beneficial ownership based on 8,798,523 shares of common stock, of which 8,751,923 are outstanding and 46,600 are exercisable options as of December 31, 2016 and up to [            ] shares of common stock expected to be outstanding upon completion of the offering. Beneficial ownership representing less than 1% is denoted with an asterisk (*). The table below does not reflect shares that may be purchased in this offering.

 

    Prior to the Offering     After the Offering  
    Number of
Shares
    Percent
of Class
    Number of
Shares
    Percent
of Class
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

       

Greater than 5% shareholders

       
Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(with 401(k) provisions) (1)
    1,319,225       15.07     [                 [             ]

Directors and named executive officers

       

Tyson T. Abston (2)

    150,361       1.72     [                 [             ]

Richard W. Baker (3)

    310,000       3.54     [                 [             ]

James S. Bunch (4)

    60,000           [                 [             ]

Johnny O. Conroy (5)

    143,158       1.64     [                 [             ]

Bradley K. Drake

    180,000       2.05     [                 [             ]

Christopher B. Elliott (6)

    103,758       1.19     [                 [             ]

Carl Johnson, Jr. (7)

    46,000           [                 [             ]

Kirk L. Lee (8)

    185,025       2.11     [                 [             ]

Weldon C. Miller (9)

    439,686       5.02     [                 [             ]

Clifton A. Payne (10)

    214,402       2.45     [                 [             ]

William D. Priefert (11)

    189,556       2.17     [                 [             ]

Arthur B. Scharlach, Jr. (12)

    119,438       1.36     [                 [             ]

All directors and executive officers,
as a group (12 persons)

    2,141,384       24.34     [                 [             ]

 

136


Table of Contents

 

(1) Following the completion of this offering, each KSOP participant will have the right to direct the KSOP trustee to vote the shares allocated to his or her account on all matters requiring the vote of our shareholders. In the event that a participant does not direct the KSOP trustee on how to vote his or her allocated shares, the KSOP trustee will determine how such shares are voted. The KSOP trustee also has the right to vote all shares held by the KSOP that are not allocated to the participants’ accounts and may be deemed the beneficial owner thereof. The business address for our KSOP is P.O. Box 1158, Mount Pleasant, Texas 75456.

 

(2) Includes 80,000 shares held by Mr. Abston individually that have been pledged as collateral to secure outstanding debt obligations, 60,361 shares held by the Company’s KSOP and allocated to Mr. Abston’s account and 10,000 exercisable options. Following the completion of this offering, each KSOP participant will have the right to direct the KSOP trustee to vote the shares allocated to his or her account on all matters requiring the vote of our shareholders and as a KSOP participant, Mr. Abston may be deemed the beneficial owner of such shares.

 

(3) Includes 300,000 shares held by Mr. Baker individually and 10,000 shares held by Mr. Baker’s spouse.

 

(4) Shares are held jointly by Mr. Bunch and his spouse.

 

(5) Includes 141,158 shares held by Mr. Conroy individually and 2,000 shares held by Mr. Conroy’s spouse.

 

(6) Includes 77,820 shares held jointly by Mr. Elliott and his spouse, 20,000 shares of which have been pledged as collateral to secure outstanding debt obligations, 10,000 shares held individually by Mr. Elliott and 15,938 shares held by Mr. Elliott’s individual retirement account.

 

(7) Shares are held jointly by Mr. Johnson and his spouse.

 

(8) Includes 64,000 shares held jointly by Mr. Lee and his spouse, 115,025 shares held by the Company’s KSOP and allocated to Mr. Lee’s account and 6,000 exercisable options. Following the completion of this offering, each KSOP participant will have the right to direct the KSOP trustee to vote the shares allocated to his or her account on all matters requiring the vote of our shareholders and as a KSOP participant, Mr. Lee may be deemed the beneficial owner of such shares.

 

(9) Includes 167,744 shares held by Mr. Miller individually, 120,000 shares of which have been pledged as collateral to secure outstanding debt obligations, 118,094 shares held by the Everybody’s Furniture Company Profit Sharing Plan & Trust of which Mr. Miller is the trustee, 15,000 shares of which have been pledged as collateral to secure outstanding debt obligations, and 153,848 shares held by the JoAnn Miller Trust, of which Mr. Miller’s spouse is trustee.

 

(10) Includes 80,000 shares held by Mr. Payne individually, 17,500 shares of which have been pledged as collateral to secure outstanding debt obligations, 129,402 shares held by the Company’s KSOP and allocated to Mr. Payne’s account and 5,000 exercisable options. Following the completion of this offering, each KSOP participant will have the right to direct the KSOP trustee to vote the shares allocated to his or her account on all matters requiring the vote of our shareholders and as a KSOP participant, Mr. Payne may be deemed the beneficial owner of such shares.

 

(11) Includes 92,560 shares held by the William and Shayne Priefert Family Trust and 96,996 shares held by the Priefert Retirement Trust, both of which Mr. Priefert is the trustee.

 

(12) Includes 65,394 shares held by Mr. Scharlach individually and 54,044 shares held by Mr. Scharlach’s spouse, all of which have been pledged as collateral to secure outstanding debt obligations.

 

137


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSONS TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers described in “Executive Compensation” above, the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2014, and each proposed transaction in which:

 

    we have been or are to be a participant;

 

    the amount involved exceeds or will exceed $120,000; and

 

    any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of more than five percent of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of or person sharing the household with any of these individuals (other than tenants or employees), had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Private Sales of Common Stock

The following table summarizes the purchases of our shares of common stock in private transactions conducted pursuant to applicable exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act since January 1, 2014 by certain of our directors, executive officers and beneficial holders of more than five percent of our capital stock and their respective affiliates:

 

Shareholder

   Issue Date      Shares (1)     Per Share Price (1)      Total Purchase
Price
 
Tyson T. Abston (Chairman and Chief Executive Officer)      June 2014            9,800     $ 20.50      $ 200,900  

Richard W. Baker (Director)

     June 2014            40,000     $ 20.50      $ 820,000  
     March 2015            40,000     $ 23.00      $ 920,000  
     March 2016            110,000 (2)     $ 24.00      $     2,640,000  

James S. Bunch (Director)

     June 2014            14,000 (3)     $ 20.50      $ 287,000  
     March 2015            11,348 (4)     $ 23.00      $ 261,004  
     March 2016            19,167 (5)     $ 24.00      $ 460,008  

Johnny O. Conroy (Director)

     June 2014            15,672 (6)     $ 20.50      $ 321,276  

Bradley K. Drake (Director)

     June 2014            24,296     $ 20.50      $ 498,068  

Christopher B. Elliott (Director)

     June 2014            12,580 (7)     $ 20.50      $ 257,890  
     March 2015            10,000     $ 23.00      $ 230,000  
     March 2016            5,000 (8)     $ 24.00    $ 120,000  

Carl Johnson (Director)

     June 2014            5,000     $ 20.50      $ 102,500  
     March 2016            2,000 (9)     $ 24.00      $ 48,000  
Kirk L. Lee (Vice Chairman, President and Chief Credit Officer)      June 2014            9,148 (10)     $ 20.50      $ 187,534  

Weldon C. Miller (Director)

     June 2014            21,844 (11)     $ 20.50      $ 447,802  
     March 2015            15,000 (12)     $ 23.00      $ 345,000  
Clifton A. Payne (Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director)      June 2014            13,126 (13)     $ 20.50      $ 269,083  
     May 2016            1,000 (14)     $ 24.00      $ 24,000  

William D. Priefert (Director)

     June 2014            46,708 (15)     $ 20.50      $ 957,514  
     March 2016            500 (16)     $ 24.00      $ 12,000  

 

138


Table of Contents

Shareholder

   Issue Date      Shares (1)     Per Share Price (1)      Total Purchase
Price
 

Arthur B. Scharlach, Jr. (Director)

     June 2014        1,600 (17)     $ 20.50      $ 32,800  
Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan with 401(k) Provisions (Greater than 5% shareholder)      June 2014        137,500     $ 20.50      $ 2,818,750  
     March 2015        90,000     $ 23.00      $ 2,070,000  
     March 2016        125,000     $ 24.00      $ 3,000,000  

 

(1) The shares and per share prices reflected in this table and in the footnotes accompanying this table have been adjusted to give effect to the Company’s 2-for-1 stock split that occurred on August 20, 2014.

 

(2) Consists of 100,000 shares purchased by Mr. Baker and 10,000 shares purchased by Mr. Baker’s spouse.

 

(3) Consists of shares purchased jointly by Mr. Bunch and his spouse.

 

(4) Consists of 5,000 shares purchased jointly by Mr. Bunch and his spouse, 4,348 shares purchased by Mr. Bunch’s brother, 1,000 shares purchased by Mr. Bunch’s daughter and 1,000 shares purchased by Mr. Bunch’s son and daughter-in-law.

 

(5) Consists of 9,000 shares purchased jointly by Mr. Bunch and his spouse, 4,167 shares purchased by Mr. Bunch’s brother, 1,000 shares purchased by Mr. Bunch’s son and daughter-in-law and 1,000 shares purchased by Mr. Bunch’s mother-in-law.

 

(6) Consists of 14,872 shares purchased by Mr. Conroy and 800 shares purchased by his spouse.

 

(7) Consists of 8,642 shares purchased by Mr. Elliott, 1,358 shares purchased by Mr. Elliott through his individual retirement account and 2,580 shares purchased by Mr. Elliott’s father.

 

(8) Consists of 4,000 share purchased jointly by Mr. Elliott and his spouse and 1,000 shares purchased by Mr. Elliott through his individual retirement account.

 

(9) Consists of shares purchased jointly by Mr. Johnson and his spouse.

 

(10) Consists of 8,400 shares purchased jointly in the name of Mr. Lee and his spouse and 748 shares purchased by Mr. Lee’s father-in-law.

 

(11) Consists of 11,000 shares purchased by Mr. Miller, 10,370 shares purchased by Everybody’s Furniture Company Profit Sharing Plan & Trust of which Mr. Miller is the trustee and 474 shares purchased by Mr. Miller’s daughter.

 

(12) Consists of 11,000 shares purchased by Mr. Miller and 4,000 shares purchased by Everybody’s Furniture Company Profit Sharing Plan & Trust of which Mr. Miller is the trustee.

 

(13) Consists of 10,950 shares purchased by Mr. Payne and 2,176 shares purchased by Mr. Payne’s brother.

 

(14) Consists of 1,000 shares purchased by Mr. Payne’s brother.

 

(15) Consists of 15,312 shares purchased by Mr. Priefert and 112 shares purchased by Mr. Priefert’s spouse, which were transferred during 2016 to the William and Shayne Priefert Family Trust. Also consists of 24,502 shares purchased by the Marvin J. Priefert Testamentary Trust, of which Mr. Priefert’s mother and two sisters are trustees, 840 shares purchased by three of Mr. Priefert’s sons, 5,900 shares purchased by Mr. Priefert’s mother and 42 shares purchased by Mr. Priefert’s sister-in-law.

 

(16) Consists of 250 shares each purchased by two of Mr. Priefert’s sons.

 

(17) Consists of 1,600 shares purchased by Mr. Scharlach’s son.

Repurchases of Common Stock

From January 1, 2014 through December 31, 2016, we repurchased 1,206,372 shares of common stock and paid approximately $28.3 million for the shares classified as Treasury Stock in our financial statements. As a private company, we have historically maintained a stock repurchase program pursuant to which, from time to time, we repurchase shares of our common stock from our shareholders at a price per share equal to the most recent appraisal of our common stock obtained by our KSOP, which occurs on a bi-annual basis. We intend to terminate our stock repurchase program upon completion of this offering. The following table summarizes the repurchases of our shares of common stock from certain of our directors, executive officers and beneficial holders of more than five percent of our capital stock and their respective affiliates since January 1, 2014.

 

139


Table of Contents

Shareholder

   Repurchase Date      Shares      Per Share Price      Total Repurchase
Price
 

Johnny O. Conroy (Director)

     May 2015            15,000      $ 23.00      $ 345,000  
     November 2015            7,436      $ 23.00      $ 171,028  

Carl Johnson (Director)

     December 2016            4,267 (1)      $ 24.00      $ 102,408  
Kirk L. Lee (Vice Chairman, President and Chief Credit Officer)      May 2015            10,000      $ 23.00      $ 230,000  

Arthur B. Scharlach, Jr. (Director)

     May 2015            32,500 (2)      $ 23.00      $ 747,500  
     April 2016            21,600 (3)      $ 24.00      $ 518,400  

 

(1) Consists of 4,267 shares repurchased from an IRA for the benefit of Mr. Johnson’s mother-in-law.

 

(2) Consists of 16,250 shares repurchased from Mr. Scharlach and 16,250 shares repurchased from his spouse.

 

(3) Consists of 6,000 shares repurchased from Mr. Scharlach, 6,000 shares repurchased from his spouse and 9,600 shares repurchased from Mr. Scharlach’s son.

Private Placement of Subordinated Notes

Periodically, we sell non-convertible, unsecured, redeemable debentures to related parties in private transactions that are conducted pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The debentures include fixed interest rates and are payable semi-annually until the earlier of maturity or redemption. The debentures are redeemable in our sole discretion at a redemption price equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount, plus accrued interest, at any time prior to the stated maturity. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources” for additional description of the debentures. The following table summarizes subordinated notes outstanding to directors or other related parties as of December 31, 2016.

 

Note Holder

   Issue Date      Par
Value
     Rate      Maturity Date  
Richard Drake Construction (owned by the father of director Bradley K. Drake)      July 2015          $ 500,000        2.50%        July 1, 2017  
     July 2015          $ 500,000        3.50%        July 1, 2018  
BWI Companies, Inc. (owned by director James S. Bunch)      July 2015          $ 500,000        3.00%        January 1, 2018  
     July 2015          $ 500,000        3.50%        July 1, 2018  
     December 2015          $ 500,000        3.50%        January 1, 2019  
     December 2015          $ 500,000        5.00%        July 1, 2020  

Richard W. Baker (Director)

     July 2015          $ 500,000        3.00%        January 1, 2018  
     July 2015          $ 500,000        4.00%        January 1, 2019  
     December 2015          $ 500,000        3.50%        January 1, 2019  
     December 2015          $ 500,000        4.50%        January 1, 2020  

Gary W. Elliott (Father of director Christopher B. Elliott)

     December 2015          $ 500,000        3.00%        July 1, 2018  

Consulting Agreement

On February 1, 2013, we entered into a Consulting Agreement with Arthur B. Scharlach, Jr., our former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to which we engaged Mr. Scharlach as a strategic consultant to the Company and Bank until February 1, 2016. The consulting agreement provided for an annual consulting fee of $150,000, payable in monthly installments. We paid $150,000, $150,000 and $12,500 in consulting fees to Mr. Scharlach under the agreement in 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively. See “Executive Compensation — Consulting Agreement.”

 

140


Table of Contents

Ordinary Banking Relationships

Certain of our officers, directors and principal shareholders, as well as their immediate family members and affiliates, are customers of, or have or have had transactions with, Guaranty Bank & Trust or us in the ordinary course of business. These transactions include deposits, loans, wealth management products and other financial services related transactions. Related person transactions are made in the ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral (where applicable), as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons not related to us, and do not involve more than normal risk of collectability or present other features unfavorable to us. As of December 31, 2016, no related person loans were categorized as nonaccrual, past due, restructured or potential problem loans. We expect to continue to enter into transactions in the ordinary course of business on similar terms with our officers, directors and principal shareholders, as well as their immediate family members and affiliates.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to [            ] shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to our directors, executive officers, employees and certain other persons who have expressed an interest in purchasing our common stock in this offering. We will offer these shares to the extent permitted under applicable regulations in the United States through a directed share program. See “Underwriting — Directed Share Program.”

Policies and Procedures Regarding Related Person Transactions

Transactions by Guaranty Bank & Trust or us with related persons are subject to a formal written policy, as well as regulatory requirements and restrictions. These requirements and restrictions include Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and the Federal Reserve’s Regulation W (which govern certain transactions by Guaranty Bank & Trust with its affiliates) and the Federal Reserve’s Regulation O (which governs certain loans by Guaranty Bank & Trust to its executive officers, directors, and principal shareholders). We have adopted policies to comply with these regulatory requirements and restrictions.

In addition, our board of directors has adopted a written policy governing the approval of related person transactions that complies with all applicable requirements of the SEC and the NASDAQ Global Select Market concerning related person transactions. Related person transactions are transactions in which we are a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. Related persons of Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. include directors (including nominees for election as directors), executive officers, beneficial holders of more than five percent of our capital stock and the immediate family members of these persons. Our executive management team, in consultation with outside counsel, as appropriate, will review potential related person transactions to determine if they are subject to the policy. If so, the transaction will be referred to the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee for approval. In determining whether to approve a related person transaction, the Committee will consider, among other factors, the fairness of the proposed transaction, the direct or indirect nature of the related person’s interest in the transaction, the appearance of an improper conflict of interests for any director or executive officer taking into account the size of the transaction and the financial position of the related person, whether the transaction would impair an outside director’s independence, the acceptability of the transaction to our regulators and the potential violations of other corporate policies. Upon completion of the offering, our Related Person Transactions Policy will be available on our website at www.gnty.com.

 

141


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following descriptions include summaries of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of formation and our amended and restated bylaws. Reference is made to the more detailed provisions of, and the descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to, our amended and restated certificate of formation and our amended and restated bylaws, copies of which will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and applicable law.

General

We are incorporated in the state of Texas. The rights of our shareholders are generally covered by Texas law and our certificate of formation and bylaws (each as amended and restated and in effect as of the completion of this offering). The terms of our capital stock are therefore subject to Texas law, including the TBOC, and the common and constitutional law of Texas.

Our amended and restated certificate of formation authorizes us to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, and 15,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $5.00 per share. The authorized but unissued shares of our capital stock are available for future issuance without shareholder approval, unless otherwise required by applicable law or the rules of any applicable securities exchange.

Common Stock

Shares Outstanding .  As of December 31, 2016, 8,751,923 shares of our common stock were issued and outstanding and held by approximately 410 shareholders of record. We have reserved an additional 1,000,000 shares for issuance in connection with share-based payment awards that may be granted under our 2015 Plan, 331,000 of which are subject to outstanding options as of the date of this prospectus. In addition, we have reserved 9,377 shares of our common stock for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding stock options issued under the DCB Financial Corp. Stock Option Plan, which we assumed in connection with our acquisition of DCB Financial Corp. in March 2015.

Voting .  Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders, except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights and preferences of the holders of any outstanding shares of our preferred stock. Our amended and restated certificate of formation expressly prohibits cumulative voting.

Dividends and Other Distributions .  Subject to certain regulatory restrictions discussed in this prospectus and to the rights of holders of any preferred stock that we may issue, all shares of our common stock are entitled to share equally in dividends from legally available funds, when, as, and if declared by our board of directors. Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, all shares of our common stock would be entitled to share equally in all of our remaining assets available for distribution to our shareholders after payment of creditors and subject to any prior distribution rights related to our preferred stock. See “Supervision and Regulation — Dividends.”

Preemptive Rights .  Holders of our common stock do not have preemptive or subscription rights to acquire any authorized but unissued shares of our capital stock upon any future issuance of shares.

Preferred Stock

Upon authorization of our board of directors, we may issue shares of one or more series of our preferred stock from time to time. Our board of directors may, without any action by holders of common stock or, except as may be otherwise provided in the terms of any series of preferred stock of which there are shares outstanding, holders of preferred stock adopt resolutions to designate and establish a new series of preferred stock. Upon

 

142


Table of Contents

establishing such a series of preferred stock, the board will determine the number of shares of preferred stock of that series that may be issued and the rights and preferences of that series of preferred stock. Our board of directors has not designated or established any series of preferred stock. The rights of any series of preferred stock may include, among others:

 

    general or special voting rights;

 

    preferential liquidation or preemptive rights;

 

    preferential cumulative or noncumulative dividend rights;

 

    redemption or put rights; and

 

    conversion or exchange rights.

We may issue shares of, or rights to purchase shares of, one or more series of our preferred stock that have been designated from time to time, the terms of which might:

 

    adversely affect voting or other rights evidenced by, or amounts otherwise payable with respect to, the common stock or other series of preferred stock;

 

    discourage an unsolicited proposal to acquire us; or

 

    facilitate a particular business combination involving us.

Any of these actions could have an anti-takeover effect and discourage a transaction that some or a majority of our shareholders might believe to be in their best interests or in which our shareholders might receive a premium for their stock over our then market price.

Business Combinations under Texas Law

A number of provisions of Texas law, our amended and restated certificate of formation and our amended and restated bylaws could have an anti-takeover effect and make more difficult the acquisition of the Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise and the removal of our directors or management. These provisions are intended to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of the Company to negotiate first with our board of directors.

We are subject to the provisions of Title 2, Chapter 21, Subchapter M of the TBOC, or the Texas Business Combination Law, which provides that a Texas corporation that qualifies as an “issuing public corporation” (as defined in the Texas Business Combination Law) may not engage in specified types of business combinations, including mergers, consolidations and asset sales, with a person, or an affiliate or associate of that person, who is an “affiliated shareholder.” For purposes of this law, an “affiliated shareholder” is, or was, during the prior three years, the beneficial owner of 20.0% or more of the corporation’s voting shares. The prohibition on certain transactions with such affiliated shareholders extends for a three-year period from the date such shareholder first becomes an affiliated shareholder. These prohibitions do not apply if:

 

    the business combination or the acquisition of shares by the affiliated shareholder was approved by the board of directors of the corporation before the affiliated shareholder became an affiliated shareholder; or

 

    the business combination was approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation not beneficially owned by the affiliated shareholder or an affiliate or associate of the affiliated shareholder, at a meeting of shareholders called for that purpose, not less than six months after the affiliated shareholder became an affiliated shareholder.

 

143


Table of Contents

As we currently have more than 100 shareholders, we are considered an “issuing public corporation” for purposes of this law. The Texas Business Combination Law does not apply to the following:

 

    the business combination of an issuing public corporation where the corporation’s original certificate of formation or bylaws contain a provision expressly electing not to be governed by the Texas Business Combination Law, or its certificate of formation or bylaws have been amended by the affirmative vote of the holders, other than affiliated shareholders, of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation, expressly electing not to be governed by the Texas Business Combination Law and so long as the amendment does not take effect for 18 months following the date of the vote and does not apply to a business combination with an affiliated shareholder who became affiliated on or before the effective date of the amendment;

 

    a business combination of an issuing public corporation with an affiliated shareholder that became an affiliated shareholder inadvertently, if the affiliated shareholder divests itself, as soon as possible, of enough shares to no longer be an affiliated shareholder and would not at any time within the three-year period preceding the announcement of the business combination have been an affiliated shareholder but for the inadvertent acquisition;

 

    a business combination with an affiliated shareholder who became an affiliated shareholder through a transfer of shares by will or intestacy and continuously was an affiliated shareholder until the announcement date of the business combination; and

 

    a business combination of a corporation with its wholly owned subsidiary, if the subsidiary is a Texas entity and not an affiliate or associate of the affiliated shareholder other than by reason of the affiliated shareholder’s beneficial ownership of voting shares of the corporation.

Neither our amended and restated certificate of formation nor our amended and restated bylaws contain any provision expressly providing that we will not be subject to the Texas Business Combination Law. As a result, the Texas Business Combination Law may prevent a non-negotiated merger or other business combination involving us, even if such a merger or combination would be beneficial to our shareholders.

Certain Certificate of Formation and Bylaw Provisions Potentially Having an Anti-takeover Effect

Our amended and restated certificate of formation and our amended and restated bylaws contain certain provisions that may have the effect of deterring or discouraging, among other things, a non-negotiated tender or exchange offer for our common stock, a proxy contest for control of Guaranty Bancshares, Inc., the assumption of control of Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. by a holder of a large block of our common stock and the removal of our directors or management. These provisions:

 

    empower our board of directors, without shareholder approval, to issue our preferred stock, the terms of which, including voting power, are set by our board of directors;

 

    divide our board of directors into three classes serving staggered three-year terms;

 

    provide that directors may only be removed from office for cause and only upon a majority shareholder vote;

 

    eliminate cumulative voting in elections of directors;

 

    permit our board of directors to alter, amend or repeal our amended and restated bylaws or to adopt new bylaws;

 

    require the request of holders of at least 50.0% of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote at a meeting to call a special shareholders’ meeting;

 

144


Table of Contents
    prohibit shareholder action by less than unanimous written consent, thereby requiring virtually all actions to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders;

 

    require any shareholder derivative suit or shareholder claim against an officer or director to be brought in Titus County;

 

    require shareholders that wish to bring business before our annual meeting of shareholders or nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of shareholders to provide timely notice of their intent in writing; and

 

    enable our board of directors to increase, between annual meetings, the number of persons serving as directors and to fill up to two vacancies created as a result of the increase by a majority vote of the directors present at a meeting of directors.

Our amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors or the consideration of shareholder proposals if the established procedures for advance notice are not followed, or of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its proposal without regard to whether consideration of the nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to us and our shareholders.

Exclusive Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of formation provides that, subject to certain exceptions, the state courts located in Titus County, Texas, the county in which our headquarters in Mount Pleasant lie, shall be the sole and exclusive forum for certain shareholder litigation matters. Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Texas law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies and in limiting our litigation costs, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers and may limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us. However, it is possible that a court could rule that this provision is unenforceable or inapplicable to a particular dispute.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of formation provides that our directors are not liable to the Company or our shareholders for monetary damages for an act or omission in their capacity as a director to the fullest extent provided by applicable Texas law. A director may, however, be found liable for:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Company or our shareholders;

 

    acts or omissions not in good faith that constitute a breach of the director’s duty to the Company;

 

    acts or omissions not in good faith that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    any transaction from which the director receives an improper benefit, whether or not the benefit resulted from an action taken with the scope of the director’s duties; and

 

    acts or omissions for which the liability of the director is expressly provided by an applicable statute.

Our amended and restated certificate of formation also provides that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees and agents, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Texas law from any expenses, liabilities or other matters. To the extent that indemnification for liabilities arising under the

 

145


Table of Contents

Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. Finally, our ability to provide indemnification to our directors and officers is limited by federal banking laws and regulations.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Computershare Trust Company, N.A. will serve as our transfer agent and registrar.

Listing and Trading

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “GNTY.”

 

146


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Actual or anticipated issuances or sales of substantial amounts of our common stock following this offering could cause the market price of our common stock to decline significantly and make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and on terms that we deem appropriate. The issuance of any shares of our common stock in the future also would, and equity-related securities could, dilute the percentage ownership interest held by shareholders prior to such issuance.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have [            ] shares of common stock issued and outstanding ([            ] shares if the underwriters exercise in full their over-allotment option). In addition, we have reserved (1) 1,000,000 shares for issuance in connection with share-based payment awards that may be granted under our 2015 Plan, 331,000 of which are subject to outstanding options as of the date of this prospectus, and (2) 9,377 shares of our common stock for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding stock options issued under the DCB Financial Corp. Stock Option Plan, which we assumed in connection with our acquisition of DCB Financial Corp. in March 2015.

Of these shares, the [            ] shares sold in this offering (or [            ] shares, if the underwriters exercise in full their over-allotment option) will be freely tradable without further restriction or registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares purchased by our “affiliates” may generally only be resold in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which is described below. The remaining [            ] outstanding shares will be deemed to be “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be resold in the U.S. only if they are registered for resale under the Securities Act or exemption from registration is available.

Lock-Up Agreements

Our directors and executive officers, certain directors and executive officers of Guaranty Bank & Trust, and certain other persons, who will own in the aggregate approximately [            ] shares of our common stock after the completion of this offering (assuming they do not purchase any shares in this offering), have entered into lock-up agreements under which they have generally agreed not to sell or otherwise transfer their shares for a period of 180 days after the closing of this offering. See “Underwriting — Lock-Up Agreements” for a description of the terms, including any exceptions to the provisions of these agreements. As a result of these contractual restrictions, shares of our common stock subject to lock-up agreements will not be eligible for sale until these agreements expire or the underwriters waive or release the shares of our common stock from these restrictions.

Following the lock-up period, all of the shares of our common stock that are restricted securities or are held by our affiliates as of the date of this prospectus will be eligible for resale in the U.S. only if they are registered for resale under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration, such as Rule 144, is available.

Rule 144

All shares of our common stock held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, generally may be sold in the public market only in compliance with Rule 144. Rule 144 defines an affiliate as any person who directly or indirectly controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the issuer, which generally includes our directors, executive officers, 10% shareholders and certain other related persons. Upon the completion of this offering, we expect that approximately [        ]% of our outstanding common stock ([        ]% of our outstanding common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their over-allotment option) will be held by “affiliates” (assuming they do not purchase any shares in this offering).

Under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be, or to have been during the three months preceding the sale, an “affiliate” of ours would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the then

 

147


Table of Contents

outstanding shares of our common stock, which would be approximately [            ] shares of our common stock immediately after this offering assuming the underwriters do not elect to exercise their over-allotment option, or the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on [            ] during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to a six-month holding period and requirements relating to manner of sale, the availability of current public information about us and the filing of a form in certain circumstances.

Rule 144 also provides that a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has for at least six months beneficially owned shares of our common stock that are restricted securities, will be entitled to freely sell such shares of our common stock subject only to the availability of current public information regarding us. A person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned for at least one year shares of our common stock that are restricted securities, will be entitled to freely sell such shares of our common stock under Rule 144 without regard to the current public information requirements of Rule 144.

Form S-8 Registration Statement

We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 to register an aggregate of approximately 1,000,000 shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under the 2015 Plan and an indeterminate amount of plan interests in our common stock to be offered and sold pursuant to the KSOP. This registration statement is expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable after the completion of this offering. Upon effectiveness, the shares of common stock covered by that registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market, subject to the lock-up agreements and Rule 144 restrictions described above.

 

148


Table of Contents

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

General

The U.S. banking industry is highly regulated under federal and state law. Consequently, our growth and earnings performance will be affected not only by management decisions and general and local economic conditions, but also by the statutes administered by, and the regulations and policies of, various governmental regulatory authorities. These authorities include the Federal Reserve, FDIC, CFPB, OCC, IRS and state taxing authorities. The effect of these statutes, regulations and policies, and any changes to such statutes, regulations and policies, can be significant and cannot be predicted.

The primary goals of the bank regulatory scheme are to maintain a safe and sound banking system, facilitate the conduct of sound monetary policy and promote fairness and transparency for financial products and services. The system of supervision and regulation applicable to us and our subsidiaries establishes a comprehensive framework for their respective operations and is intended primarily for the protection of the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund, the Bank’s depositors and the public, rather than our shareholders or creditors. The description below summarizes certain elements of the applicable bank regulatory framework. This description is not intended to describe all laws and regulations applicable to us and our subsidiaries, and the description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes, regulations, policies, interpretive letters and other written guidance that are described herein.

Guaranty Bancshares, Inc.

As a bank holding company, we are subject to regulation under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, or the BHC Act, and to supervision, examination and enforcement by the Federal Reserve. The BHC Act and other federal laws subject bank holding companies to particular restrictions on the types of activities in which they may engage, and to a range of supervisory requirements and activities, including regulatory enforcement actions for violations of laws and regulations. The Federal Reserve’s jurisdiction also extends to any company that we directly or indirectly control, such as any nonbank subsidiaries and other companies in which we own a controlling investment.

Financial Services Industry Reform.   On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was enacted. The Dodd-Frank Act broadly affects the financial services industry by implementing changes to the financial regulatory landscape aimed at strengthening the sound operation of the financial services sector, including provisions that, among other things:

 

    establish the CFPB, an independent organization within the Federal Reserve dedicated to promulgating and enforcing consumer protection laws applicable to all entities offering consumer financial products or services;

 

    apply the same leverage and risk–based capital requirements that apply to insured depository institutions to most bank holding companies, which, among other things, will require us to deduct all trust preferred securities issued on or after May 19, 2010 from our Tier 1 capital (existing trust preferred securities issued prior to May 19, 2010 for all bank holding companies with less than $15.0 billion in total consolidated assets as of December 31, 2009 are exempt from this requirement);

 

    broaden the base for FDIC insurance assessments from the amount of insured deposits to average total consolidated assets less average tangible equity during the assessment period (subject to risk-based adjustments that would further reduce the assessment base for custodial banks) rather than domestic deposits;

 

    permanently increase FDIC deposit insurance maximum to $250,000;

 

149


Table of Contents
    eliminate the upper limit for the reserve ratio designated by the FDIC each year, increase the minimum designated reserve ratio of the deposit insurance fund from 1.15% to 1.35% of the estimated amount of total insured deposits by September 30, 2020 and eliminate the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds;

 

    permit banking organizations with less than $15.0 billion in consolidated assets as of December 31, 2009 to include in Tier 1 capital trust preferred securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock issued and included in Tier 1 capital prior to May 19, 2010 on a permanent basis, without any phase out;

 

    permit banks to engage in de novo interstate branching if the laws of the state where the new branch is to be established would permit the establishment of the branch if it were part of a bank that were chartered by such state;

 

    repeal the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts;

 

    requires bank holding companies and banks to be “well capitalized” and “well managed” in order to acquire banks located outside of their home state and requires any bank holding company electing to be treated as a financial holding company to be “well capitalized” and “well managed;”

 

    directs the Federal Reserve to establish interchange fees for debit cards under a “reasonable and proportional cost” per transaction standard;

 

    increases regulation of consumer protections regarding mortgage originations, including originator compensation, minimum repayment standards, and prepayment consideration;

 

    restricts the preemption of select state laws by federal banking law applicable to national banks and removes federal preemption for subsidiaries and affiliates of national banks;

 

    implement corporate governance revisions, including with regard to executive compensation and proxy access by shareholders, that apply to all public companies, not just financial institutions; and

 

    increase the authority of the Federal Reserve to examine us and any nonbank subsidiaries.

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act addresses many investor protection, corporate governance and executive compensation matters that will affect publicly-traded companies. However, under the JOBS Act there are certain exceptions to these requirements for so long as a publicly-traded qualifies as an emerging growth company.

The requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act are still in the process of being implemented over time and most will be subject to regulations implemented over the course of several years. Given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented by the various regulatory agencies and through regulations, the full extent of the impact such requirements will have on our operations is unclear. Further, the Trump administration issued an executive order on February 3, 2017, outlining a number of “Core Principles” of regulation of the industry and directing the Secretary of the Treasury to submit a report by June 3, 2017, identifying any laws, rules or regulations (including those promulgated under the auspices of the Dodd-Frank Act) that are determined to be inconsistent with those principles. Changes resulting from further implementation of, changes to, or repeal of the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, impose upon us more stringent capital,

 

150


Table of Contents

liquidity and leverage requirements or otherwise adversely affect our business. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements. Failure to comply with the new requirements may negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition.

Revised Rules on Regulatory Capital.   Regulatory capital rules pursuant to the Basel III requirements, released in July 2013 and effective January 1, 2015, implement higher minimum capital requirements for bank holding companies and banks. These rules include a new common equity Tier 1, or CET1, capital requirement and establish criteria that instruments must meet to be considered common equity Tier 1 capital, additional Tier 1 capital or Tier 2 capital. These enhancements are designed to both improve the quality and increase the quantity of capital required to be held by banking organizations, better equipping the U.S. banking system to cope with adverse economic conditions. The revised capital rules require banks and bank holding companies to maintain a minimum CET1 capital ratio of 4.5% of risk-based assets, a total Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.0% of risk-based assets, a total capital ratio of 8.0% of risk-based assets and a leverage ratio of 4.0% of average assets.

The capital rules also require banks to maintain a CET1 capital ratio of 6.5%, a total Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.0%, a total capital ratio of 10.0% and a leverage ratio of 5.0% to be deemed “well capitalized” for purposes of certain rules and prompt corrective action requirements. The risk-based ratios include a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5% above its minimum risk-based capital requirements that must be composed of common equity Tier 1 capital. This buffer will help to ensure that banking organizations conserve capital when it is most needed, allowing them to better weather periods of economic stress. The buffer is measured relative to risk-weighted assets. The capital conservation buffer began phasing in in January 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and will increase by that amount each year until fully implemented in January 2019. Although these new capital ratios do not become fully phased in until 2019, the banking regulators will generally expect bank holding companies and banks to meet these requirements well ahead of that date. An institution would be subject to limitations on certain activities including payment of dividends, share repurchases and discretionary bonuses to executive officers if its capital level is below the buffered ratio.

The new capital rules also attempt to improve the quality of capital by implementing changes to the definition of capital. Among the most important changes are stricter eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments that would disallow the inclusion of certain instruments, such as trust preferred securities (other than grandfathered trust preferred securities such as those issued by the Company), in Tier 1 capital going forward and new constraints on the inclusion of minority interests, mortgage-servicing assets, deferred tax assets and certain investments in the capital of unconsolidated financial institutions. In addition, the new rule requires that most regulatory capital deductions be made from CET1 capital.

The Federal Reserve may also set higher capital requirements for holding companies whose circumstances warrant it. For example, holding companies experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions are expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels, without significant reliance on intangible assets. At this time, the bank regulatory agencies are more inclined to impose higher capital requirements to meet well-capitalized standards and future regulatory change could impose higher capital standards as a routine matter. The Company’s regulatory capital ratios and those of the Bank are in excess of the levels established for “well-capitalized” institutions under the rules.

These rules also set forth certain changes in the methods of calculating certain risk-weighted assets, which in turn will affect the calculation of risk based ratios. Under the new rules, higher or more sensitive risk weights have been assigned to various categories of assets, including, certain credit facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property, certain exposures or credits that are 90 days past due or on non-accrual status, foreign exposures and certain corporate exposures. In addition, these rules include greater recognition of collateral and guarantees, and revised capital treatment for derivatives and repo-style transactions.

Imposition of Liability for Undercapitalized Subsidiaries.   Bank regulators are required to take prompt corrective action to resolve problems associated with insured depository institutions whose capital declines

 

151


Table of Contents

below certain levels. In the event an institution becomes undercapitalized, it must submit a capital restoration plan. The capital restoration plan will not be accepted by the regulators unless each company having control of the undercapitalized institution guarantees the subsidiary’s compliance with the capital restoration plan up to a certain specified amount. Any such guarantee from a depository institution’s holding company is entitled to a priority of payment in bankruptcy.

The aggregate liability of the holding company of an undercapitalized bank is limited to the lesser of 5.0% of the institution’s assets at the time it became undercapitalized or the amount necessary to cause the institution to be adequately capitalized. The bank regulators have greater power in situations where an institution becomes significantly or critically undercapitalized or fails to submit a capital restoration plan. For example, a bank holding company controlling such an institution can be required to obtain prior Federal Reserve approval of proposed dividends, or might be required to consent to a consolidation or to divest the troubled institution or other affiliates.

Acquisitions by Bank Holding Companies.   The BHC Act requires every bank holding company to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before it acquires all or substantially all of the assets of any bank, or ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank or bank holding company if after such acquisition it would own or control, directly or indirectly, more than 5.0% of the voting shares of such bank or bank holding company. In approving bank or bank holding company acquisitions by bank holding companies, the Federal Reserve is required to consider, among other things, the effect of the acquisition on competition, the financial condition, managerial resources and future prospects of the bank holding company and the banks concerned, the convenience and needs of the communities to be served (including the record of performance under the CRA), the effectiveness of the applicant in combating money laundering activities and the extent to which the proposed acquisition would result in greater or more concentrated risks to the stability of the U.S. banking or financial system. Our ability to make future acquisitions will depend on our ability to obtain approval for such acquisitions from the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve could deny our application based on the above criteria or other considerations. For example, we could be required to sell banking centers as a condition to receiving regulatory approval, which condition may not be acceptable to us or, if acceptable to us, may reduce the benefit of a proposed acquisition.

Control Acquisitions.   Federal and state laws, including the BHCA and the CBCA, impose additional prior notice or approval requirements and ongoing regulatory requirements on any investor that seeks to acquire direct or indirect “control” of an FDIC-insured depository institution or bank holding company. Whether an investor “controls” a depository institution is based on all of the facts and circumstances surrounding the investment. As a general matter, an investor is deemed to control a depository institution or other company if the investor owns or controls 25.0% or more of any class of voting securities. Subject to rebuttal, an investor is presumed to control a depository institution or other company if the investor owns or controls 10.0% or more of any class of voting securities and either the depository institution or company is a public company or no other person will hold a greater percentage of that class of voting securities after the acquisition. If an investor’s ownership of our voting securities were to exceed certain thresholds, the investor could be deemed to “control” us for regulatory purposes, which could subject such investor to regulatory filings or other regulatory consequences. The requirements of the BHCA and the CBCA could limit our access to capital and could limit parties who could acquire shares of our common stock.

Regulatory Restrictions on Dividends; Source of Strength.   We are regarded as a legal entity separate and distinct from Guaranty Bank & Trust. The principal source of our revenues is dividends received from Guaranty Bank & Trust. Federal law currently imposes limitations upon certain capital distributions by national banks, such as certain cash dividends, payments to repurchase or otherwise acquire its shares, payments to shareholders of another institution in a cash-out merger and other distributions charged against capital. The Federal Reserve and OCC regulate all capital distributions by the Bank directly or indirectly to the Company, including dividend payments. The Federal Reserve has issued a policy statement that provides that a bank holding company should not pay dividends unless (1) its net income over the last four quarters (net of dividends paid) has been sufficient to fully fund the dividends, (2) the prospective rate of earnings retention appears to be

 

152


Table of Contents

consistent with the capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition of the bank holding company and its subsidiaries and (3) the bank holding company will continue to meet minimum required capital adequacy ratios. Accordingly, we should not pay cash dividends that exceed our net income in any year or that can only be funded in ways that weaken our financial strength, including by borrowing money to pay dividends.

Under Federal Reserve policy, bank holding companies have historically been required to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to each of their banking subsidiaries, and the Dodd–Frank Act codified this policy as a statutory requirement. Under this requirement, we are expected to commit resources to support Guaranty Bank & Trust, including at times when we may not be in a financial position to provide such resources. Any capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary banks. As discussed below, a bank holding company, in certain circumstances, could be required to guarantee the capital restoration plan of an undercapitalized banking subsidiary. If the capital of Guaranty Bank & Trust were to become impaired, the Federal Reserve could assess us for the deficiency. If we failed to pay the assessment within three months, the Federal Reserve could order the sale of our stock in Guaranty Bank & Trust to cover the deficiency.

In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the trustee will be deemed to have assumed and will be required to cure immediately any deficit under any commitment by the debtor holding company to any of the federal banking agencies to maintain the capital of an insured depository institution, and any claim for breach of such obligation will generally have priority over most other unsecured claims.

Scope of Permissible Activities.   Under the BHC Act, we are prohibited from acquiring a direct or indirect interest in or control of more than 5.0% of the voting shares of any company that is not a bank or financial holding company and from engaging directly or indirectly in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks or furnishing services to or performing services for its subsidiary banks, except that we may engage in, directly or indirectly, and may own shares of companies engaged in certain activities found by the Federal Reserve to be so closely related to banking or managing and controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. These activities include, among others, operating a mortgage, finance, credit card or factoring company; performing certain data processing operations; providing investment and financial advice; acting as an insurance agent for certain types of credit-related insurance; leasing personal property on a full-payout, nonoperating basis; and providing certain stock brokerage and investment advisory services. In approving acquisitions or the addition of activities, the Federal Reserve considers, among other things, whether the acquisition or the additional activities can reasonably be expected to produce benefits to the public, such as greater convenience, increased competition, or gains in efficiency, that outweigh such possible adverse effects as undue concentration of resources, decreased or unfair competition, conflicts of interest or unsound banking practices.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, also known as the Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999, effective March 11, 2000, or the GLB Act, amended the BHC Act and eliminated the barriers to affiliations among banks, securities firms, insurance companies and other financial service providers. The GLB Act permits bank holding companies to become financial holding companies and thereby affiliate with securities firms and insurance companies and engage in other activities that are financial in nature. The GLB Act defines “financial in nature” to include, among other things, securities underwriting, dealing and market making; sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies; insurance underwriting and agency; merchant banking activities; and activities that the Federal Reserve has determined to be closely related to banking. No regulatory approval will be required for a financial holding company to acquire a company, other than a bank or savings association, engaged in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to activities that are financial in nature, as determined by the Federal Reserve. We currently have no plans to make a financial holding company election, although we may make a financial holding company election in the future if we engage in any lines of business that are impermissible for bank holding companies but permissible for financial holding companies.

 

153


Table of Contents

Safe and Sound Banking Practices.   Bank holding companies are not permitted to engage in unsafe and unsound banking practices. The Federal Reserve’s Regulation Y, for example, generally requires a bank holding company to provide the Federal Reserve with prior notice of any redemption or repurchase of its own equity securities, if the consideration to be paid, together with the consideration paid for any repurchases or redemptions in the preceding year, is equal to 10.0% or more of the bank holding company’s consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve may oppose the transaction if it believes that the transaction would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice or would violate any law or regulation. In certain circumstances, the Federal Reserve could take the position that paying a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice.

The Federal Reserve has broad authority to prohibit activities of bank holding companies and their nonbanking subsidiaries which represent unsafe and unsound banking practices, result in breaches of fiduciary duty or which constitute violations of laws or regulations, and can assess civil money penalties or impose enforcement action for such activities. The penalties can be as high as $1,000,000 for each day the activity continues.

Anti-tying Restrictions.   Bank holding companies and their affiliates are prohibited from tying the provision of certain services, such as extensions of credit, to other nonbanking services offered by a bank holding company or its affiliates.

Guaranty Bank & Trust, N.A.

The Bank is subject to various requirements and restrictions under the laws of the United States, and to regulation, supervision and examination by the OCC. The Bank is also an insured depository institution and, therefore, subject to regulation by the FDIC, although the OCC is the Bank’s primary federal regulator. The OCC and the FDIC have the power to enforce compliance with applicable banking statutes and regulations. Such requirements and restrictions include requirements to maintain reserves against deposits, restrictions on the nature and amount of loans that may be made and the interest that may be charged thereon and restrictions relating to investments and other activities of the Bank.

Capital Adequacy Requirements.   The OCC monitors the capital adequacy of the Bank by using a combination of risk-based guidelines and leverage ratios. The OCC considers the Bank’s capital levels when taking action on various types of applications and when conducting supervisory activities related to the safety and soundness of the Bank and the banking system. Under the revised capital rules which became effective on January 1, 2015, national banks are required to maintain four minimum capital standards: (1) a Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets ratio, or “leverage capital ratio,” of at least 4.0%, (2) a Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio, or “Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio,” of at least 6.0%, (3) a total risk-based capital (Tier 1 plus Tier 2) to risk-weighted assets ratio, or “total risk-based capital ratio,” of at least 8.0%, and (4) a CET1 capital ratio of 4.5%. In addition, the OCC’s prompt corrective action standards discussed below, in effect, increase the minimum regulatory capital ratios for banking organizations. These capital requirements are minimum requirements. Higher capital levels may be required if warranted by the particular circumstances or risk profiles of individual institutions, or if required by the banking regulators due to the economic conditions impacting our market. For example, OCC regulations provide that higher capital may be required to take adequate account of, among other things, interest rate risk and the risks posed by concentrations of credit, nontraditional activities or securities trading activities.

Corrective Measures for Capital Deficiencies.   The federal banking regulators are required by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, or FDI Act, to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to capital-deficient institutions that are FDIC-insured. Agency regulations define, for each capital category, the levels at which institutions are “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” Under the revised capital rules, which became effective on January 1, 2015, a “well capitalized” bank has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or higher, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or higher, a leverage ratio of 5.0% or higher, a CETI capital ratio of 6.5% or higher, and is not subject to

 

154


Table of Contents

any written agreement, order or directive requiring it to maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. An “adequately capitalized” bank has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or higher, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or higher, a leverage ratio of 4.0% or higher (3.0% or higher if the bank was rated a composite 1 in its most recent examination report and is not experiencing significant growth), a CETI capital ratio of 4.5% or higher, and does not meet the criteria for a well-capitalized bank. A bank is “undercapitalized” if it fails to meet any one of the ratios required to be adequately capitalized.

In addition to requiring undercapitalized institutions to submit a capital restoration plan, agency regulations contain broad restrictions on certain activities of undercapitalized institutions including asset growth, acquisitions, branch establishment and expansion into new lines of business. With certain exceptions, an insured depository institution is prohibited from making capital distributions, including dividends, and is prohibited from paying management fees to control persons if the institution would be undercapitalized after any such distribution or payment.

As a national bank’s capital decreases, the OCC’s enforcement powers become more severe. A significantly undercapitalized national bank is subject to mandated capital raising activities, restrictions on interest rates paid and transactions with affiliates, removal of management and other restrictions. The OCC has very limited discretion in dealing with a critically undercapitalized national bank and is virtually required to appoint a receiver or conservator.

Banks with risk-based capital and leverage ratios below the required minimums may also be subject to certain administrative actions, including the termination of deposit insurance upon notice and hearing, or a temporary suspension of insurance without a hearing in the event the institution has no tangible capital.

Branching.   National banks are required by the National Bank Act to adhere to branching laws applicable to state banks in the states in which they are located. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, de novo interstate branching by national banks is permitted if, under the laws of the state where the branch is to be located, a state bank chartered in that state would have been permitted to establish a branch. Under current Texas law, banks are permitted to establish branch offices throughout Texas with prior regulatory approval. In addition, with prior regulatory approval, banks are permitted to acquire branches of existing banks located in Texas. Banks located in Texas may also branch across state lines by merging with banks or by purchasing a branch of another bank in other states if allowed by the applicable states’ laws.

Restrictions on Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders.   Transactions between the Bank and its nonbanking subsidiaries and/or affiliates, including us, are subject to Section 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation W. In general, Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act imposes limits on the amount of such transactions, and also requires certain levels of collateral for loans to affiliated parties. It also limits the amount of advances to third parties which are collateralized by the securities or obligations of the Company or its subsidiaries. Covered transactions with any single affiliate may not exceed 10.0% of the capital stock and surplus of the Bank, and covered transactions with all affiliates may not exceed, in the aggregate, 20.0% of the Bank’s capital and surplus. For a bank, capital stock and surplus refers to the bank’s Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital, as calculated under the risk-based capital guidelines, plus the balance of the allowance for credit losses excluded from Tier 2 capital. The Bank’s transactions with all of its affiliates in the aggregate are limited to 20.0% of the foregoing capital. “Covered transactions” are defined by statute to include a loan or extension of credit to an affiliate, as well as a purchase of securities issued by an affiliate, a purchase of assets (unless otherwise exempted by the Federal Reserve) from the affiliate, the acceptance of securities issued by the affiliate as collateral for a loan, and the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate. In addition, in connection with covered transactions that are extensions of credit, the Bank may be required to hold collateral to provide added security to the Bank, and the types of permissible collateral may be limited. The Dodd-Frank Act generally enhances the restrictions on transactions with affiliates, including an expansion of what types of transactions are covered transactions to include credit exposures related to derivatives, repurchase agreement and securities lending arrangements and an increase in the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered transactions must be satisfied.

 

155


Table of Contents

Affiliate transactions are also subject to Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act which generally requires that certain transactions between the Bank and its affiliates be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the Bank, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with or involving other nonaffiliated persons. The Federal Reserve has also issued Regulation W which codifies prior regulations under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and interpretive guidance with respect to affiliate transactions.

The restrictions on loans to directors, executive officers, principal shareholders and their related interests (collectively referred to herein as “insiders”) contained in Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and in Regulation O promulgated by the Federal Reserve apply to all insured institutions and their subsidiaries and bank holding companies. These restrictions include limits on loans to one borrower and conditions that must be met before such a loan can be made. There is also an aggregate limitation on all loans to insiders and their related interests. Generally, the aggregate of these loans cannot exceed the institution’s total unimpaired capital and surplus, although a bank’s regulators may determine that a lesser amount is appropriate. Loans to senior executive officers of a bank are even further restricted. Insiders are subject to enforcement actions for accepting loans in violation of applicable restrictions.

Restrictions on Distribution of Bank Dividends and Assets.   Dividends paid by the Bank have provided a substantial part of our operating funds and for the foreseeable future it is anticipated that dividends paid by the Bank to us will continue to be our principal source of operating funds. Earnings and capital adequacy requirements serve to limit the amount of dividends that may be paid by the Bank. In general terms, federal law provides that the Bank’s board of directors may, from time to time and as it deems expedient, declare a dividend out of its net profits. Generally, the total of all dividends declared in a year shall not, unless approved by the OCC, exceed the net profits of that year combined with its net profits of the past two years. At December 31, 2016, the Bank had $11.0 million available for payment of dividends.

In addition, under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, or FDICIA, the Bank may not pay any dividend if it is undercapitalized or the payment of the dividend would cause it to become undercapitalized. The OCC may further restrict the payment of dividends by requiring that the Bank maintain a higher level of capital than otherwise required for it to be adequately capitalized for regulatory purposes. Moreover, if, in the opinion of the OCC, the Bank is engaged in an unsound practice (which could include the payment of dividends), it may require, generally after notice and hearing, that the Bank cease such practice. The OCC has indicated that paying dividends that deplete a depository institution’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe banking practice. The OCC has also issued policy statements providing that insured depository institutions generally should pay dividends only out of current operating earnings.

Further, in the event of a liquidation or other resolution of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors and other general or subordinated creditors are entitled to a priority of payment over the claims of holders of any obligation of the institution to its shareholders, including any depository institution holding company (such as us) or any shareholder or creditor thereof.

Incentive Compensation Guidance.   The federal banking agencies have issued comprehensive guidance on incentive compensation policies intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of those organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The incentive compensation guidance sets expectations for banking organizations concerning their incentive compensation arrangements and related risk-management, control and governance processes. The incentive compensation guidance, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of an organization, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon three primary principles: (1) balanced risk-taking incentives, (2) compatibility with effective controls and risk management and (3) strong corporate governance. Any deficiencies in compensation practices that are identified may be incorporated into the organization’s supervisory ratings, which can affect its ability to make acquisitions or take other actions. In addition, under the incentive compensation guidance, a banking organization’s federal supervisor may initiate enforcement action if the organization’s incentive compensation arrangements pose a risk to the safety and soundness of the organization. Further, a provision of the Basel III capital standards described above would limit

 

156


Table of Contents

discretionary bonus payments to bank executives if the institution’s regulatory capital ratios fail to exceed certain thresholds. A number of federal regulatory agencies proposed rules that would require enhanced disclosure of incentive-based compensation arrangements initially in April 2011, and again in April and May 2016, but the rules have not been finalized and would mostly apply to banking organizations with over $50 billion in total assets. The scope and content of the U.S. banking regulators’ policies on executive compensation are continuing to develop and are likely to continue evolving in the near future.

Audit Reports.   For insured institutions with total assets of $1.0 billion or more, financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP, management’s certifications signed by our and the Bank’s chief executive officer and chief accounting or financial officer concerning management’s responsibility for the financial statements, and an attestation by the auditors regarding the Bank’s internal controls must be submitted. For institutions with total assets of more than $3.0 billion, independent auditors may be required to review quarterly financial statements. FDICIA requires that the Bank have an independent audit committee, consisting of outside directors only, or that we have an audit committee that is entirely independent. The committees of such institutions must include members with experience in banking or financial management, must have access to outside counsel and must not include representatives of large customers. The Bank’s audit committee consists entirely of independent directors.

Deposit Insurance Assessments.   The FDIC insures the deposits of federally insured banks up to prescribed statutory limits for each depositor through the Deposit Insurance Fund and safeguards the safety and soundness of the banking and thrift industries. The maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks and savings institutions is $250,000 per depositor. The amount of FDIC assessments paid by each insured depository institution is based on its relative risk of default as measured by regulatory capital ratios and other supervisory factors and is calculated based on an institution’s average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity.

We are generally unable to control the amount of premiums that we are required to pay for FDIC insurance. At least semi-annually, the FDIC will update its loss and income projections for the Deposit Insurance Fund and, if needed, will increase or decrease assessment rates, following notice-and-comment rulemaking, if required. If there are additional bank or financial institution failures or if the FDIC otherwise determines to increase assessment rates, the Bank may be required to pay higher FDIC insurance premiums. Any future increases in FDIC insurance premiums may have a material and adverse effect on our earnings.

In addition, all FDIC-insured institutions are required to pay assessments to the FDIC to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation, or FICO, an agency of the federal government established to recapitalize the predecessor to the Deposit Insurance Fund. These assessments, which are included in Deposit Insurance Premiums on the Consolidated Statements of Income, will continue until the FICO bonds mature between 2017 and 2019.

Financial Modernization.   Under the GLB Act, banks may establish financial subsidiaries and engage, subject to limitations on investment, in activities that are financial in nature, other than insurance underwriting as principal, insurance company portfolio investment, real estate development, real estate investment, annuity issuance and merchant banking activities. To do so, a bank must be well capitalized, well managed and have a CRA rating from its primary federal regulator of satisfactory or better. Subsidiary banks of financial holding companies or banks with financial subsidiaries must remain well capitalized and well managed in order to continue to engage in activities that are financial in nature without regulatory actions or restrictions. Such actions or restrictions could include divestiture of the “financial in nature” subsidiary or subsidiaries. In addition, a financial holding company or a bank may not acquire a company that is engaged in activities that are financial in nature unless each of the subsidiary banks of the financial holding company or the bank has a CRA rating of satisfactory of better. Neither we nor the Bank maintains a financial subsidiary.

Brokered Deposit Restrictions.   Insured depository institutions that are categorized as adequately capitalized institutions under the FDI Act and corresponding federal regulations cannot accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits, without receiving a waiver from the FDIC, and are subject to restrictions on the interest rates

 

157


Table of Contents

that can be paid on any deposits. Insured depository institutions that are categorized as undercapitalized capitalized institutions under the FDI Act and corresponding federal regulations may not accept, renew, or roll over brokered deposits. The Bank is not currently subject to such restrictions.

Concentrated Commercial Real Estate Lending Regulations.   The federal banking regulatory agencies have promulgated guidance governing financial institutions with concentrations in commercial real estate lending. The guidance provides that a bank has a concentration in commercial real estate lending if (1) total reported loans for acquisition, construction, land development, and other land represent 100.0% or more of total capital or (2) total reported loans secured by multifamily and nonfarm residential properties and loans for acquisition, construction, land development, and other land represent 300.0% or more of total capital and the bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased 50% or more during the prior 36 months. Owner occupied loans are excluded from this second category. If a concentration is present, management must employ heightened risk management practices that address, among other things, Board and management oversight and strategic planning, portfolio management, development of underwriting standards, risk assessment and monitoring through market analysis and stress testing, and maintenance of increased capital levels as needed to support the level of commercial real estate lending. We are currently operating with real estate loan portfolios within such percentage levels.

Community Reinvestment Act.   The CRA and the regulations issued thereunder are intended to encourage banks to help meet the credit needs of their entire assessment area, including low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operations of such banks. These regulations also provide for regulatory assessment of a bank’s record in meeting the needs of its assessment area when considering applications to establish branches, merger applications and applications to acquire the assets and assume the liabilities of another bank. FIRREA requires federal banking agencies to make public a rating of a bank’s performance under the CRA. In the case of a bank holding company, the CRA performance record of the banks involved in the transaction are reviewed in connection with the filing of an application to acquire ownership or control of shares or assets of a bank or to merge with any other bank holding company. An unsatisfactory CRA record could substantially delay approval or result in denial of an application. The Bank received a “satisfactory” rating in its most recent CRA examination.

Consumer Laws and Regulations.   The Bank is subject to numerous laws and regulations intended to protect consumers in transactions with the Bank. These laws include, among others, laws regarding unfair, deceptive and abusive acts and practices, usury laws, and other federal consumer protection statutes. These federal laws include the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Real Estate Procedures Act of 1974, the S.A.F.E. Mortgage Licensing Act of 2008, the Truth in Lending Act and the Truth in Savings Act, among others. Many states and local jurisdictions have consumer protection laws analogous, and in addition, to those enacted under federal law. These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits, making loans and conducting other types of transactions. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could give rise to regulatory sanctions, customer rescission and registration rights, action by state and local attorneys general and civil or criminal liability.

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act created the CFPB. The CFPB has broad authority to regulate the offering and provision of consumer financial products. The CFPB officially came into being on July 21, 2011, and rulemaking authority for a range of consumer financial protection laws (such as the Truth in Lending Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, among others) transferred from the Federal Reserve and other federal regulators to the CFPB on that date. The Dodd-Frank Act gives the CFPB authority to supervise and examine depository institutions with more than $10.0 billion in assets for compliance with these federal consumer laws. The authority to supervise and examine depository institutions with $10.0 billion or less in assets for compliance with federal consumer laws remains largely with those institutions’ primary regulators. However, the CFPB may participate in examinations of these smaller institutions on a “sampling basis” and may refer potential enforcement actions against such institutions to their primary

 

158


Table of Contents

regulators. Accordingly, the CFPB may participate in examinations of the Bank, which currently has assets of less than $10.0 billion, and could supervise and examine our other direct or indirect subsidiaries that offer consumer financial products or services. The CFPB also has supervisory and examination authority over certain nonbank institutions that offer consumer financial products. The Dodd-Frank Act identifies a number of covered nonbank institutions, and also authorizes the CFPB to identify additional institutions that will be subject to its jurisdiction. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and regulations that are stricter than those regulations promulgated by the CFPB, and state attorneys general are permitted to enforce consumer protection rules adopted by the CFPB against certain institutions.

Mortgage Lending Rules.   The Dodd-Frank Act authorized the CFPB to establish certain minimum standards for the origination of residential mortgages, including a determination of the borrower’s ability to repay. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, financial institutions may not make a residential mortgage loan unless they make a “reasonable and good faith determination” that the consumer has a “reasonable ability” to repay the loan. The Dodd-Frank Act allows borrowers to raise certain defenses to foreclosure but provides a full or partial safe harbor from such defenses for loans that are “qualified mortgages.” On January 10, 2013, the CFPB published final rules to, among other things, specify the types of income and assets that may be considered in the ability-to-repay determination, the permissible sources for income verification, and the required methods of calculating the loan’s monthly payments. Since then the CFPB made certain modifications to these rules. The rules extend the requirement that creditors verify and document a borrower’s income and assets to include all information that creditors rely on in determining repayment ability. The rules also provide further examples of third-party documents that may be relied on for such verification, such as government records and check-cashing or funds-transfer service receipts. The new rules became effective on January 10, 2014. The rules also define “qualified mortgages,” imposing both underwriting standards – for example, a borrower’s debt-to-income ratio may not exceed 43.0% – and limits on the terms of their loans. Points and fees are subject to a relatively stringent cap, and the terms include a wide array of payments that may be made in the course of closing a loan. Certain loans, including interest-only loans and negative amortization loans, cannot be qualified mortgages.

Anti-Money Laundering and OFAC.   Under federal law, including the Bank Secrecy Act, or BSA, and the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, certain financial institutions, such as the Bank, must maintain anti-money laundering programs that include established internal policies, procedures and controls; a designated BSA officer; an ongoing employee training program; and testing of the program by an independent audit function. Financial institutions are also prohibited from entering into specified financial transactions and account relationships and must meet enhanced standards for due diligence and customer identification especially in their dealings with foreign financial institutions and foreign customers. Financial institutions must take reasonable steps to conduct enhanced scrutiny of account relationships to guard against money laundering and to report any suspicious transactions, and law enforcement authorities have been granted increased access to financial information maintained by financial institutions. The Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN) issued final rules under the BSA in July 2016 that clarify and strengthen the due diligence requirements for banks with regard to their customers, which must be complied with no later than May 2018.

The Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC, administers laws and Executive Orders that prohibit U.S. entities from engaging in transactions with certain prohibited parties. OFAC publishes lists of persons and organizations suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts, known as Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons. Generally, if a bank identifies a transaction, account or wire transfer relating to a person or entity on an OFAC list, it must freeze the account or block the transaction, file a suspicious activity report and notify the appropriate authorities.

Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these obligations and they must consider an institution’s compliance in connection with the regulatory review of applications, including applications for bank mergers and acquisitions. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing and comply with OFAC sanctions, or to comply with relevant laws and regulations, could have serious legal, reputational and financial consequences for the institution.

 

159


Table of Contents

Privacy.   The federal banking regulators have adopted rules that limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to non-affiliated third parties. These limitations require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to a non-affiliated third party. These regulations affect how consumer information is transmitted through financial services companies and conveyed to outside vendors. In addition, consumers may also prevent disclosure of certain information among affiliated companies that is assembled or used to determine eligibility for a product or service, such as that shown on consumer credit reports and asset and income information from applications. Consumers also have the option to direct banks and other financial institutions not to share information about transactions and experiences with affiliated companies for the purpose of marketing products or services. In addition to applicable federal privacy regulations, the Bank is subject to certain state privacy laws.

Federal Home Loan Bank System.   The FHLB system, of which the Bank is a member, consists of 12 regional FHLBs governed and regulated by the Federal Housing Finance Board, or FHFB. The FHLBs serve as reserve or credit facilities for member institutions within their assigned regions. The reserves are funded primarily from proceeds derived from the sale of consolidated obligations of the FHLB system. The FHLBs make loans (i.e., advances) to members in accordance with policies and procedures established by the FHLB and the Boards of directors of each regional FHLB.

As a system member, according to currently existing policies and procedures, the Bank is entitled to borrow from the Dallas FHLB provided it posts acceptable collateral. The Bank is also required to own a certain amount of capital stock in the FHLB. The Bank is in compliance with the stock ownership rules with respect to such advances, commitments and letters of credit and collateral requirements with respect to home mortgage loans and similar obligations. All loans, advances and other extensions of credit made by the FHLB to the Bank are secured by a portion of the respective mortgage loan portfolio, certain other investments and the capital stock of the FHLB held by the Bank.

Enforcement Powers.   The federal banking agencies, including our primary federal regulator, the OCC, have broad enforcement powers, including the power to terminate deposit insurance, impose substantial fines and other civil and criminal penalties, and appoint a conservator or receiver. Failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations and supervisory agreements, breaches of fiduciary duty or the maintenance of unsafe and unsound conditions or practices could subject the Company or the Bank and their subsidiaries, as well as their respective officers, directors, and other institution-affiliated parties, to administrative sanctions and potentially substantial civil money penalties. For example, the regulatory authorities may appoint the FDIC as conservator or receiver for a banking institution (or the FDIC may appoint itself, under certain circumstances) if any one or more of a number of circumstances exist, including, without limitation, the fact that the banking institution is undercapitalized and has no reasonable prospect of becoming adequately capitalized, fails to become adequately capitalized when required to do so, fails to submit a timely and acceptable capital restoration plan or materially fails to implement an accepted capital restoration plan.

Effect of Governmental Monetary Policies

The commercial banking business is affected not only by general economic conditions but also by U.S. fiscal policy and the monetary policies of the Federal Reserve. Some of the instruments of monetary policy available to the Federal Reserve include changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowings, the fluctuating availability of borrowings at the “discount window,” open market operations, the imposition of and changes in reserve requirements against member banks’ deposits and certain borrowings by banks and their affiliates and assets of foreign branches. These policies influence to a significant extent the overall growth of bank loans, investments, and deposits and the interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits. We cannot predict the nature of future fiscal and monetary policies or the effect of these policies on our operations and activities, financial condition, results of operations, growth plans or future prospects.

 

160


Table of Contents

Impact of Current Laws and Regulations

The cumulative effect of these laws and regulations, while providing certain benefits, adds significantly to the cost of our operations and thus have a negative impact on our profitability. There has also been a notable expansion in recent years of financial service providers that are not subject to the examination, oversight, and other rules and regulations to which we are subject. Those providers, because they are not so highly regulated, may have a competitive advantage over us and may continue to draw large amounts of funds away from traditional banking institutions, with a continuing adverse effect on the banking industry in general.

Future Legislation and Regulatory Reform

In light of current conditions and the market outlook for continuing weak economic conditions, regulators have increased their focus on the regulation of financial institutions. From time to time, various legislative and regulatory initiatives are introduced in Congress and state legislatures. New regulations and statutes are regularly proposed that contain wide-ranging proposals for altering the structures, regulations and competitive relationships of financial institutions operating in the United States. We cannot predict whether or in what form any proposed regulation or statute will be adopted or the extent to which our business may be affected by any new regulation or statute. Future legislation, regulation and policies, and the effects of that legislation and regulation and those policies, may have a significant influence on our operations and activities, financial condition, results of operations, growth plans or future prospects and the overall growth and distribution of loans, investments and deposits. Such legislation, regulation and policies have had a significant effect on the operations and activities, financial condition, results of operations, growth plans and future prospects of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so.

 

161


Table of Contents

CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder (as defined below) that purchases our common stock pursuant to this offering and holds such common stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment). This discussion is based on currently existing provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, applicable U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and rulings and pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, all as in effect on the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or subject to different interpretation. We have not sought any ruling from the United States Internal Revenue Service with respect to the statements made and conclusions reached in the following discussion, and there can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This discussion does not address all the tax consequences that may be relevant to specific holders in light of their particular circumstances or to holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws (such as financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, pension plans, retirement plans, partnerships, or other entities classified as partnerships, dealers in securities, brokers, U.S. expatriates or former long-term residents of the U.S., hybrid entities, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, persons who have acquired our common stock as compensation or otherwise in connection with the performance of services, persons who have elected to mark securities to market, or persons who have acquired our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment). In addition, this discussion does not address any other U.S. federal tax consequences (such as the Medicare contribution tax or U.S. federal estate or gift tax) or any aspects of state, local, or foreign tax laws.

If a partnership or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A partnership that holds our common stock and any partner who owns an interest in such a partnership should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our common stock.

YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

As used in this discussion, the term “non-U.S. holder” refers to a beneficial owner of our common stock that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is neither a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for such purposes) nor:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, including the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust (1) if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions, or (2) that has in effect a valid election under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

162


Table of Contents

Dividends and Distributions

In the event that we make a distribution of cash or other property (other than certain distributions of our stock) in respect of our common stock, the distribution generally will be treated as a dividend to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will first constitute a nontaxable return of capital, on a share-by-share basis, and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the disposition of the common stock, the tax treatment of which is discussed below under “Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition.”

Subject to the discussions below under the headings, “Information Reporting and Backup Withholding” and “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act,” distributions that constitute dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30.0% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the U.S. and the non-U.S. holder’s country or residence. In order to receive a reduced treaty withholding rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or applicable successor form) and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements, including providing us with a U.S. taxpayer identification number, and certifying qualification for the reduced rate. A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by you in the United States), are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form) or other applicable IRS Form W-8 (or successor form) properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, generally are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30.0% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

A non-U.S. holder eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, you generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by you in the United States);

 

    you are an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

163


Table of Contents
    our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if you actually or constructively hold more than 5.0% of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and a corporate non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above also may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30.0% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30.0% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S.-source capital losses for the year. You should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Information returns will be filed with the IRS in connection with payments of dividends and the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock. A non-U.S. holder may have to comply with certification procedures to establish that it is not a U.S. person in order to avoid backup withholding tax. The certification procedures required to claim a reduced rate of withholding under an applicable income tax treaty generally should satisfy the certification requirements necessary to avoid backup withholding tax as well. Notwithstanding the foregoing, information reporting and backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person. Even if a non-U.S. holder establishes an exemption from information reporting, we or our paying agent may still be required to report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the non-U.S. holder. Pursuant to tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the recipient’s country of residence. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to you will be allowed as a refund or a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, imposes a 30% withholding tax on certain types of payments made to “foreign financial institutions” and other specified non-U.S. entities unless certain due diligence, reporting, withholding and certification requirements are satisfied.

The U.S. Treasury Department and the Internal Revenue Service have issued final regulations under FATCA. As a general matter, FATCA imposes a 30% withholding tax on dividends on, and the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock if paid to a foreign entity unless:

 

    the foreign entity is a “foreign financial institution” that undertakes specified due diligence, reporting, withholding and certification obligations or, in the case of a foreign financial institution that is a resident in a jurisdiction that has entered into an intergovernmental agreement to implement FATCA, the entity complies with the diligence and reporting requirements of such an agreement;

 

164


Table of Contents
    the foreign entity is not a “foreign financial institution” and identifies certain of its U.S. investors; or

 

    the foreign entity otherwise is exempted under FATCA.

An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable non-U.S. government may modify these rules. Withholding is required with respect to dividends on our common stock and for dispositions that occur on or after January 1, 2019, with respect to gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock.

If withholding is imposed under FATCA on a payment related to our common stock, a beneficial owner that is not a foreign financial institution and that otherwise would not be subject to withholding (or that otherwise would be entitled to a reduced rate of withholding) generally may obtain a refund from the Internal Revenue Service by filing a U.S. federal income tax return (which may entail significant administrative burden). Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect of FATCA in their particular circumstances.

 

165


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We are offering the shares of our common stock described in this prospectus in an underwritten offering in which we and Sandler O’Neill + Partners, L.P., as representative of the underwriters named below, will enter into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares of our common stock being offered. Subject to the terms and conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters named below have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase the respective number of shares of our common stock set forth opposite their respective names below:

 

Name

   Numbers of
Shares

Sandler O’Neill + Partners, L.P.

   [    ]

Stephens Inc.

   [    ]

Total

   [    ]
  

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters’ obligation to purchase shares of our common stock depends on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, including, among others:

 

    the representations and warranties made by us are true and agreements have been performed;

 

    there is no material adverse change in their determination in the financial markets or in our business; and

 

    we deliver customary closing documents.

Subject to these conditions, the underwriters are committed to purchase and pay for all of the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus, if any such shares are purchased. However, the underwriters are not obligated to take or pay for the shares of our common stock covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below, unless and until that option is exercised. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or this offering may be terminated.

Discounts, Commissions and Expenses

Shares of our common stock sold by the underwriters to the public will be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares of our common stock sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $[        ] per share from the initial public offering price. Any of these securities dealers may resell any shares of our common stock purchased from the underwriters to other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $[        ] per share from the initial public offering price. If all of the shares of our common stock are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representative may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of shares of our common stock made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. The underwriters reserve the right to reject an order for the purchase of shares, in whole or in part.

The following table shows the initial public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option to purchase an additional [        ] shares:

 

     Per Share     No Exercise     Full Exercise  

Initial public offering price

   $ [           $ [           $ [        

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us

     [             [             [        

Proceeds to us, before expenses

   $ [           $ [           $ [        

 

166


Table of Contents

In addition to the underwriting discount, we will reimburse the underwriters for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with their engagement as underwriters, including marketing, syndication and travel expenses, and will pay the fees and expenses of the underwriters in connection with the directed share program and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with this offering and the directed share program, in each case regardless of whether this offering is consummated. These reimbursements and payments will not exceed $[        ]. In addition to these amounts and the underwriting discount, we estimate the expenses of this offering to be approximately $[        ] and are payable by us.

Over-Allotment Option

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to [        ] additional shares of our common stock, on the same terms set forth above, to cover any over-allotments. The underwriters may exercise this option, in whole or from time to time in part, solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with this offering. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option. If the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to the conditions in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares of our common stock proportionate to such underwriter’s initial amount relative to the total amount reflected next to their name in the table above. We will be obligated to sell these shares of common stock to the underwriters to the extent the over-allotment purchase option is exercised.

Indemnification and Contribution

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters, and persons who control the underwriters, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of these liabilities.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our directors and executive officers, directors and executive officers of the Bank, directed share participants and certain other current shareholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under these agreements, we and each of these persons may not, without the prior written approval of the representative, subject to limited exceptions,

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or with respect to which such person has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition, or file any registration statement under the Securities Act, with respect to any of the foregoing; or

 

    enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of our common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

These restrictions will be in effect for a period of 180 days after the date of the underwriting agreement. At any time and without public notice, the representative may, in its sole discretion, waive or release all or some of the securities from these lock-up agreements. In addition, the restrictions described above will not apply to certain transfers of the locked-up shares, so long as the transferee agrees, among other things, to be bound by the terms of the lock-up agreement. Such transfers permitted under the lock-up agreement include, but are not limited to transfers of shares of our common stock:

 

    as a bona fide gift or gifts or by will or intestate succession;

 

167


Table of Contents
    to any trust or family limited partnership for the benefit of the transferor or his or her immediate family;

 

    to any wholly owned subsidiary or any shareholders, partners or members of the transferor;

 

    to charitable organizations, family foundations or donor advised funds that do not involve a disposition for value; and

 

    to affiliates of the transferor;

 

    to any investment manager or advisor that has investment discretionary authority with respect to the transferor’s investments; and

 

    to any entity with which the transferor shares in common an investment manager or advisor that has investment discretionary authority with respect to the transferor’s and the entity’s investments.

The lock-up restrictions also do not apply to transfers of shares of our common stock:

 

    to the Company to satisfy any tax withholding obligations upon the exercise or vesting of equity awards;

 

    pledged in a bona fide transaction outstanding as of the date of the lock-up agreement;

 

    acquired in open market transactions following the completion of this offering so long as no report, filing or public disclosure regarding the transfer or the resulting reduction in beneficial ownership of our common stock is required to be or is voluntarily made by any party to such transaction pursuant to the Exchange Act.

These restrictions will apply to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

Pricing of the Offering

Since 2005, there has been no established public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations among us and the representative of the underwriters. In addition to prevailing market conditions, among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of our common stock will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and our earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses. The estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors. An active trading market for the shares of our common stock may not develop. It is also possible that the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price following the completion of this offering.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to [        ] shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus, for sale, at the initial public offering price, to our directors, executive officers, employees and certain other persons who have expressed an interest in purchasing our common stock in this offering. Our directed share program will be administered by Stephens Inc., who also serves as an underwriter in connection with this offering. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in the offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase the reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares. Any shares sold in the directed share program will be subject to the 180-day lock-up agreements described above.

 

168


Table of Contents

Stabilization

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may, but are not obligated to, engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids.

 

    Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase shares of common stock so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum, and are engaged in for the purpose of preventing or mitigating a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress.

 

    Over-allotment transactions involve sales by the underwriters of shares of common stock in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase. This creates a syndicate short position that may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares of common stock over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the purchase option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the purchase option. The underwriters may close out any short position by exercising their purchase option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.

 

    Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through exercise of the purchase option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by exercise of the purchase option and, therefore, have a naked short position, the position can be closed out only by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that after pricing there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.

 

    Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by that syndicate member is purchased in stabilizing or syndicate covering transactions to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or mitigating a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock in the open market may be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of these transactions. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Passive Market Making

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of our common stock and extending through the completion of the distribution of this offering. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded. Passive market making may cause the price of our common stock to be higher than the price that otherwise would exist in the open market in the absence of those transactions. The underwriters and dealers are not required to engage in a passive market making and may end passive market making activities at any time.

 

169


Table of Contents

Electronic Distribution

This prospectus may be made available in electronic format on websites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or by their affiliates. Other than this prospectus in electronic format, information on such websites and any information contained in any other website maintained by the underwriters or any of their affiliates is not part of this prospectus or registration statement of which the prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or the underwriters in their capacities as underwriters and should not be relied on by investors.

Our Relationship with the Underwriters

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment advisory, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing, loan referrals, valuation and brokerage activities. From time to time, the underwriters and/or their respective affiliates have directly and indirectly engaged, and may in the future engage, in various financial advisory, investment banking loan referrals and commercial banking services with us and our affiliates, for which they received or paid, or may receive or pay, customary compensation, fees and expense reimbursement. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and those investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of those securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in those securities and instruments.

 

170


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Fenimore, Kay, Harrison & Ford, LLP, Austin, Texas. Certain matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Hunton  & Williams LLP, Dallas, Texas.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, have been included herein in reliance upon the report of Whitley Penn LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as an expert in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

This prospectus, which constitutes a part of a registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the related exhibits and schedules. Some items are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. Accordingly, we refer you to the complete registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules, for further information about us and the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering. Statements or summaries in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to in this prospectus are not necessarily complete and, where that contract or document is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement or summary is qualified in all respects by reference to the exhibit to which the reference relates. You may read and copy the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement, at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Information about the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Our filings with the SEC, including the registration statement, are also available to you for free on the SEC’s internet website at www.sec.gov.

Upon closing of this offering, we will become subject to the informational and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with those requirements, will file reports and proxy and information statements with the SEC. You will be able to inspect and copy these reports and proxy and information statements and other information at the addresses set forth above. We intend to furnish to our shareholders our annual reports containing our audited consolidated financial statements certified by an independent registered public accounting firm.

We also maintain an internet website at www.gnty.com. Information on, or accessible through, our website is not part of this prospectus.

 

171


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. and its Subsidiaries as of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

    F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Earnings

    F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

    F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

    F-6  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

    F-7  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-9  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors

Guaranty Bancshares, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”), as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2016. The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Whitley Penn LLP

Dallas, Texas

March 1, 2017

 

LOGO

 

F-2


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

     2016     2015     (Unaudited)
Pro Forma
2016
 

ASSETS

 

 

Cash and due from banks

   $ 39,605     $ 36,024     $ 39,605  

Federal funds sold

     60,600       49,900       60,600  

Interest-bearing deposits

     27,338       25,455       27,338  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

     127,543       111,379       127,543  

Securities available for sale

     156,925       272,944       156,925  

Securities held to maturity

     189,371       125,031       189,371  

Loans held for sale

     2,563       3,867       2,563  

Loans, net

     1,233,651       1,059,404       1,233,651  

Accrued interest receivable

     7,419       5,931       7,419  

Premises and equipment, net

     44,810       44,333       44,810  

Other real estate owned

     1,692       1,693       1,692  

Cash surrender value of life insurance

     17,804       16,783       17,804  

Deferred tax asset

     4,892       3,505       4,892  

Core deposit intangible, net

     3,308       3,846       3,308  

Goodwill

     18,742       18,601       18,742  

Other assets

     19,616       15,323       19,616  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 1,828,336     $ 1,682,640     $ 1,828,336  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

Liabilities

      

Deposits

      

Noninterest-bearing

   $ 358,752     $ 325,556     $ 358,752  

Interest-bearing

     1,218,039       1,140,641       1,218,039  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     1,576,791       1,466,197       1,576,791  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     10,859       12,963       10,859  

Accrued interest and other liabilities

     6,006       5,092       6,006  

Other debt

     18,286       18,000       18,286  

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     55,170       21,342       55,170  

Subordinated debentures

     19,310       21,310       19,310  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,686,422       1,544,904       1,686,422  

Commitments and contingent liabilities KSOP-owned shares

     31,661       35,384       -  

Shareholders’ equity

      

Preferred stock, $5.00 par value, 15,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued

     -       -       -  

Common stock, $1.00 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized, 9,616,275 issued, 8,751,923 and 8,901,443 shares outstanding, respectively

     9,616       9,616       9,616  

Additional paid-in capital

     101,736       101,525       101,736  

Retained earnings

     57,160       49,654       57,160  

Treasury stock, 864,352 and 714,832 shares at cost

     (20,111     (16,486     (20,111

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (6,487     (6,573     (6,487
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     141,914       137,736       141,914  

Less KSOP-owned shares

     31,661       35,384       -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     110,253       102,352       141,914  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 1,828,336     $ 1,682,640     $ 1,828,336  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

For the Years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

     2016      2015  

Interest income

     

Loans, including fees

   $ 55,565      $ 47,845  

Securities

     

Taxable

     5,170        6,317  

Nontaxable

     3,231        1,529  

Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits

     742        391  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest income

     64,708        56,082  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense

     

Deposits

     9,050        6,524  

FHLB advances and federal funds purchased

     350        699  

Subordinated debentures

     882        603  

Other borrowed money

     586        497  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     10,868        8,323  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     53,840        47,759  

Provision for loan losses

     3,640        2,175  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     50,200        45,584  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Noninterest income

     

Service charges

     3,530        3,493  

Net realized gain (loss) on securities transactions

     82        77  

Net realized gain on sale of loans

     1,718        1,053  

Other operating income

     7,686        6,860  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

     13,016        11,483  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Noninterest expense

     

Employee compensation and benefits

     25,611        22,469  

Occupancy expenses

     6,870        6,468  

Other operating expenses

     13,899        13,657  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

     46,380        42,594  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     16,836        14,473  

Income tax provision

     4,715        4,362  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net earnings

   $     12,121      $     10,111  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

   $ 1.35      $ 1.15  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 1.35      $ 1.15  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the Years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

     2016     2015  

Net earnings

   $ 12,121     $ 10,111  

Other comprehensive income (loss):

    

Unrealized (losses) gains on securities

    

Unrealized holding (losses) gains arising during the period

     (83     (1,152

Amortization of net unrealized gains on held to maturity securities

     113       92  

Reclassification adjustment for net (gains) losses included in net earnings

     (82     (77

Tax effect

     58       430  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     6       (707

Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the period on interest rate swaps

     80       (42
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

     86       (749
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $     12,207     $     9,362  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the Years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

    Preferred
Stock
    Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Treasury
Stock
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Less:
KSOP-
Owned
Shares
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 

Balance at January 1, 2015

  $ -     $ 8,097     $ 67,865     $ 44,069     $ (1,918   $ (5,824   $ (36,300   $ 75,989  

Net earnings

    -       -       -       10,111       -       -       -       10,111  

Other comprehensive loss

    -       -       -       -       -       (749     -       (749

Purchase of treasury stock

    -       -       -       -       (14,568     -       -       (14,568

Issuance of common stock

    -       1,519       33,423       -       -       -       (597     34,345  

Stock based compensation

    -       -       237       -       -       -       -       237  

Net change in fair value of KSOP shares

    -       -       -       -       -       -       1,513       1,513  

Dividends:

               

Common - $0.50 per share

    -       -       -       (4,526     -       -       -       (4,526
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

    -       9,616       101,525       49,654       (16,486     (6,573     (35,384     102,352  

Net earnings

    -       -       -       12,121       -       -       -       12,121  

Other comprehensive income

    -       -       -       -       -       86       -       86  

Exercise of stock options

    -       -       -       -       36       -       -       36  

Purchase of treasury stock

    -       -       -       -       (12,218     -       (3,000     (15,218

Sale of treasury stock

    -       -       -       -       8,557       -       8,261       16,818  

Stock based compensation

    -       -       211       -       -       -       -       211  

Net change in fair value of KSOP shares

    -       -       -       -       -       -       (1,538     (1,538

Dividends:

               

Common - $0.52 per share

    -       -       -       (4,615     -       -       -       (4,615
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

  $ -     $ 9,616     $ 101,736     $ 57,160     $ (20,111   $ (6,487   $ (31,661   $ 110,253  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-6


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the Years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

     2016     2015  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net earnings

   $ 12,121     $ 10,111  

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided from operating activities:

    

Depreciation

     3,183       2,958  

Amortization

     980       951  

Deferred taxes

     (1,330     9  

Premium amortization, net of discount accretion

     4,974       4,196  

Net realized (gain) loss on securities transactions

     (82     (77

Gain on loans held for sale

     (1,718     (1,053

Provision for loan losses

     3,640       2,175  

Origination of loans held for sale

     (62,620     (59,217

Proceeds from loans held for sale

     65,642       60,318  

Write-down of other real estate and repossessed assets

     122       172  

Net loss on sale of premises, equipment, other real estate owned and other assets

     108       132  

Stock based compensation

     211       237  

Net change in accrued interest receivable and other assets

     (3,786     (3,781

Net change in accrued interest payable and other liabilities

     964       (8,917
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     22,409       8,214  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Securities available for sale:

    

Purchases

     (250,485     (414,191

Proceeds from sales

     103,942       140,668  

Proceeds from maturities and principal repayments

     259,719       246,113  

Securities held to maturity:

    

Purchases

     (86,642     (9,088

Proceeds from sales

     1,866       -  

Proceeds from maturities and principal repayments

     18,336       13,835  

Acquisition of Denton branch, net of cash paid

     2,399       -  

Acquisition of DCB Financial Corporation, net of cash paid

     -       (2,308

Acquisition of Texas Leadership Bank of Royce City, net of cash paid

     -       354  

Net purchases of premises and equipment

     (1,599     (4,013

Net proceeds from sale of premises, equipment, other real estate owned and other assets

     2,609       1,290  

Net increase in loans

     (184,126     (120,155
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (133,981     (147,495
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the Years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

     2016     2015  

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Net change in deposits

     105,966       229,458  

Net change in securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     (2,104     3,565  

Proceeds from FHLB advances

     120,178       -  

Repayment of FHLB advances

     (86,350     (90,197

Proceeds from other debt

     19,000       18,000  

Repayment of other debt

     (18,714     (11,000

Issuance of debentures

     -       9,000  

Repayments of debentures

     (2,000     (2,000

Purchase of treasury stock

     (12,218     (14,568

Sale of treasury stock

     8,557       -  

Exercise of stock options

     36       -  

Sale of common stock

     -       7,266  

Cash dividends

     (4,615     (4,526
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     127,736       144,998  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     16,164       5,717  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     111,379       105,662  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 127,543     $ 111,379  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

    

Interest paid

   $ 10,966     $ 7,929  

Income taxes paid

     5,810       3,350  

Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities

    

Transfer loans to other real estate owned and repossessed assets

   $ 6,241     $ 808  

Common stock issued in acquisitions

     -       27,676  

Transfer of KSOP shares

     (8,261     -  

Net change in fair value of KSOP shares

     1,538       (1,513

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The following is a summary of the significant accounting policies followed in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. The policies conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and to general practices within the banking industry.

Principles of Consolidation : The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary Guaranty Bank & Trust, N.A., (“Bank”). All entities combined are collectively referred to as the “Company”. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Non-Bank Investments : Guaranty Bank & Trust has five wholly-owned non-bank subsidiaries, Guaranty Company, GB Com, Inc., 2800 South Texas Avenue LLC, Pin Oak Realty Holdings, Inc. and Pin Oak Energy, LLC. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information : The accompanying pro forma consolidated balance sheet reflects the assumed termination of the put right associated with shares of common stock distributed from the Company’s employee stock ownership plan, which would occur if the Company decides to file an initial public offering and list its common stock on a national securities exchange. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet does not give effect to the Company’s issuance and sale of common stock if the Company were to decide to complete an initial public offering.

Nature of Operations : The Company operates several banking locations in Texas. The Company’s main sources of income are derived from granting loans, primarily in East Texas, Bryan/College Station and the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex and investing in securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, U.S. government agencies and state and political subdivisions. A variety of financial products and services are provided to individual and corporate customers. The primary deposit products are checking accounts, money market accounts and certificates of deposit. The primary lending products are real estate, commercial and consumer loans. Although the Company has a diversified loan portfolio, a substantial portion of its debtors’ abilities to honor contracts is dependent on the economy of East Texas, Bryan/College Station and the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex.

Use of Estimates : To prepare financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, management makes estimates and assumptions based on available information. These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the disclosures provided. Actual future results could differ.

Cash and Cash Equivalents : Cash and cash equivalents include cash, due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with other banks that have initial maturities less than 90 days and federal funds sold. Net cash flows are reported for loan and deposit transactions, and short-term borrowings with initial maturities less than 90 days.

Marketable Securities : Securities are classified as held to maturity and carried at amortized cost when management has the positive intent and ability to hold them to maturity. Securities are classified as available for sale when they might be sold before maturity. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses reported in other comprehensive income. Management determines the

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-9


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase. Interest income includes amortization and accretion of purchase premiums and discounts. Gains and losses on sales are recorded on the trade date and determined using the specific identification method.

Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) on at least a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation. For securities in an unrealized loss position, management considers the extent and duration of the unrealized loss, and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer. Management also assesses whether it intends to sell, or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell, a security in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through earnings. For debt securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the amount of impairment is split into two components as follows: 1) OTTI related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the income statement and 2) OTTI related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income. The credit loss is defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis.

Non-marketable Securities : Other securities, such as stock in the Independent Bankers Financial Corporation, the Federal Reserve Bank, and the Federal Home Loan Bank are accounted for on the cost basis and are carried in other assets. Stock in Valesco, Commerce Street Capital, L.P., Independent Bankers Capital Fund II, L.P. and Independent Bankers Capital Fund III, L.P., are accounted for on the cost basis in other assets.

Loans Held for Sale : Certain residential mortgage loans are originated for sale in the secondary mortgage loan market. These loans are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair market value in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income. To mitigate the interest rate risk, fixed commitments may be obtained at the time loans are originated or identified for sale. All sales are made without recourse. Gains or losses on sales of mortgage loans are recognized at settlement dates based on the difference between the selling price and the carrying value of the related mortgage loans sold.

Loans : Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future, or until maturity or payoff, are reported at their outstanding principal balances adjusted for any charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans. Interest income was reported on the level-yield interest method and included amortization of net deferred loan fees and costs over the loan term.

Nonaccrual Loans : Loans are placed on nonaccrual status at ninety days past due or as determined by management, and interest is considered a loss. The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when, in management’s opinion, the borrower may be unable to meet payments as they become due. When interest accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed. Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent cash payments are received in excess of principal due. Loans are returned to accrual status when all principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

Certain Acquired Loans : During 2015, the Company acquired a group of loans through the acquisition of DCB Financial Corporation (“DCB”), the holding company for Preston State Bank, Dallas, and Texas Leadership

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-10


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

Bank (“TLB”) as described in Note 2. During 2016, the Company acquired overdrafts and recorded as loans through the acquisition of Denton as described in Note 2. Acquired loans are recorded at their estimated fair value at the acquisition date, and are initially classified as either purchased credit impaired (“PCI”) loans (i.e. loans that reflect credit deterioration since origination and it is probable at acquisition that the Company will be unable to collect all contractually required payments) or purchased non-impaired loans (“acquired performing loans”).

Acquired performing loans are accounted for under Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 310-20, “Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs” . Performance of certain loans may be monitored and based on management’s assessment of the cash flows and other facts available, portions of the accretable difference may be delayed or suspended if management deems appropriate. The Company’s policy for determining when to discontinue accruing interest on acquired performing loans and the subsequent accounting for such loans is essentially the same as the policy for originated loans described above.

Allowance for Loan Losses : The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Management estimates the allowance balance required using past loan loss experience, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions, and other factors. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off.

The allowance for loan losses consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Loans for which the terms have been modified resulting in a concession, and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered troubled debt restructurings and classified as impaired.

Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

Loans are individually evaluated for impairment. If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral, less costs to sell, if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Large groups of homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment, and accordingly, they are not separately identified for impairment disclosures.

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-11


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

Troubled debt restructurings are separately identified for impairment disclosures and are measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s effective rate at inception. If a troubled debt restructuring is considered to be a collateral dependent loan, the loan is reported, net, at the fair value of the collateral. For troubled debt restructurings that subsequently default, the Company determines the amount of reserve in accordance with the accounting policy for the allowance for loan losses.

The general component covers non-impaired loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for current qualitative factors. The historical loss experience is determined by portfolio segment and is based on the actual loss history experienced by the Company. This actual loss experience is supplemented with other qualitative factors based on the risks present for each portfolio segment. These qualitative factors include consideration of the following: levels of and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans; levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of any changes in risk selection and underwriting standards; other changes in lending policies, procedures, and practices; experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff; national and local economic trends and conditions; industry conditions; effects of changes in credit concentrations; changes in the quality of the Company’s loan review system; and changes in the values of underlying collateral.

An allowance for loan losses for acquired performing loans is calculated using a methodology similar to that described for originated loans. Acquired performing loans are subsequently evaluated for any required allowance at each reporting date. Such required allowance for each loan is compared to the remaining fair value discount for that loan. If greater, the excess is recognized as an addition to the allowance through a provision for loan losses. If less than the discount, no additional allowance is recorded. Charge-offs and losses first reduce any remaining fair value discount for the loan and once the discount is depleted, losses are applied against the allowance established for that loan.

Below is a summary of the segments of the Company’s loan portfolio:

 

Commercial and industrial:   

This portfolio segment includes general secured and unsecured commercial loans which are not secured by real estate. Risks inherent in this portfolio segment include fluctuations in the local and national economy.

Construction and development:   

This portfolio segment includes all loans for the purpose of construction, including both business and residential structures; and real estate development loans, including non agricultural vacant land. Risks inherent in this portfolio include fluctuations in property values and changes in the local and national economy.

Commercial real estate:   

The commercial real estate portfolio segment includes all commercial loans that are secured by real estate, other than those included in the construction and development, farmland, multi-family, and 1-4 family residential segments. Risks inherent in this portfolio segment include fluctuations in property values and changes in the local and national economy impacting the sale of the finished structures.

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-12


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

Farmland:   

The farmland portfolio includes loans that are secured by real estate that is used or usable for agricultural purposes, including land used for crops, livestock production, grazing & pasture land and timberland. This segment includes land with a 1-4 family residential structure if the value of the land exceeds the value of the residence. Risks inherent in this portfolio segment include adverse changes in climate, fluctuations in feed and cattle prices and changes in property values.

Consumer:   

This portfolio segment consists of non-real estate loans to consumers. This includes secured and unsecured loans such as auto and personal loans. The risks inherent in this portfolio segment include those factors that would impact the consumer’s ability to meet their obligations under the loan. These include increases in the local unemployment rate and fluctuations in consumer and business sales.

1-4 family residential:   

This portfolio segment includes loans to both commercial and consumer borrowers secured by real estate for housing units of up to four families. Risks inherent in this portfolio segment include increases in the local unemployment rate, changes in the local economy and factors that would impact the value of the underlying collateral, such as changes in property values.

Multi-family residential:   

This portfolio segment includes loans secured by structures containing five or more residential housing units. Risks inherent in this portfolio segment include increases to the local unemployment rate, changes in the local economy, and factors that would impact property values.

Agricultural:   

The agricultural portfolio segment includes loans to individuals and companies in the dairy and cattle industries and farmers. Loans in the segment are secured by collateral including cattle, crops and equipment. Risks inherent in this portfolio segment include adverse changes in climate and fluctuations in feed and cattle prices.

Credit Quality Indicators - The Company monitors the credit quality of the loans in the various segments by identifying and evaluating credit quality indicators specific to each segment class. This information is incorporated into management’s analysis of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. Information for the credit quality indicators is updated monthly or quarterly for classified assets and at least annually for the remainder of the portfolio.

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-13


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

The following is a discussion of the primary credit quality indicators most closely monitored for the respective portfolio segment classes:

 

Commercial and industrial:   

In assessing risk associated with commercial loans, management considers the business’s cash flow and the value of the underlying collateral to be the primary credit quality indicators.

Construction and development:   

In assessing the credit quality of construction loans, management considers the ability of the borrower to finance principal and interest payments in the event that he is unable to sell the completed structure to be a primary credit quality indicator. For real estate development loans, management also considers the likelihood of the successful sale of the constructed properties in the development.

Commercial real estate:   

Management considers the strength of the borrower’s cash flows, changes in property values and occupancy status to be key credit quality indicators of commercial real estate loans.

Farmland:   

In assessing risk associated with farmland loans, management considers the borrower’s cash flows and underlying property values to be key credit quality indicators.

Consumer:   

Management considers the debt to income ratio of the borrower, the borrower’s credit history, the availability of other credit to the borrower, the borrower’s past-due history, and, if applicable, the value of the underlying collateral to be primary credit quality indicators.

1-4 family residential:   

Management considers changes in the local economy, changes in property values, and changes in local unemployment rates to be key credit quality indicators of the loans in the 1-4 family residential loan segment.

Multi-family residential:   

Management considers changes in the local economy, changes in property values, vacancy rates and changes in local unemployment rates to be key credit quality indicators of the loans in the multifamily loan segment.

Agricultural:   

In assessing risk associated with agricultural loans, management considers the borrower’s cash flows, the value of the underlying collateral and sources of secondary repayment to be primary credit quality indicators.

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-14


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

Premises and Equipment : Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Maintenance, repairs and minor improvements are charged to noninterest expense as incurred. The following table provides a summary of the estimated useful life of the different fixed asset classes as stated in the policy:

 

Bank Buildings

   Up to 40 years

Equipment

   to 10 years

Furniture and Fixtures

   to 7 years

Software

   to 5 years

Automobiles

   to 4 years

Other Real Estate Owned : Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value, less estimated carrying and selling costs, when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. If fair value declines, a valuation allowance is recorded through expense. Costs after acquisition are expensed.

Transfers of Financial Assets : Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets : Goodwill resulting from business combinations is generally determined as the excess of the fair value of the consideration transferred, plus the fair value of any noncontrolling interests in the acquiree, over the fair value of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. Goodwill and intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events and circumstances exists that indicate that a goodwill impairment test should be performed. Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values. Goodwill is the only intangible asset with an indefinite life on our balance sheet.

Impairment exists when a reporting unit’s carrying value of goodwill exceeds its fair value. At the measurement date, the Company had positive equity and the Company elected to perform a qualitative assessment to determine if it was more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeded its carrying value, including goodwill. The qualitative assessment indicated that it was more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeded its carrying value, resulting in no impairment.

Core deposit intangibles represent premiums paid on acquired deposits based on the estimated fair value of the deposits at the time of purchase. These premiums are amortized over a ten year period.

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-15


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

Company Owned Life Insurance : The Company has purchased life insurance policies on certain key executives. Company owned life insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement.

Income Taxes : Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded.

The Company recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments : Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates. The fair value estimates of existing on and off-balance sheet financial instruments do not include the value of anticipated future business or the value of assets and liabilities not considered financial instruments.

Loss Contingencies : Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated.

Derivative Financial Instruments : The Company accounts for its derivatives under ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging,” which requires recognition of all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and requires measurement of those instruments at fair value through adjustments to accumulated other comprehensive income and/or current earnings, as appropriate. On the date the Company enters into a derivative contract, the Company designates the derivative instrument as either a fair value hedge, cash flow hedge or as a free-standing derivative instrument. For a fair value hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument and changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment attributable to the hedged risk are recorded in current period operations. For a cash flow hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument, to the extent that it is effective, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified to operations in the same period(s) that the hedged transaction impacts operations. For free-standing derivative instruments, changes in fair value are reported in current period operations.

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-16


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

Prior to entering a hedge transaction, the Company formally documents the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes linking all derivative instruments that are designated as fair value or cash flow hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific forecasted transactions along with a formal assessment at both inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis as to the effectiveness of the derivative instrument in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged item. If it is determined that the derivative instrument is not highly effective as a hedge, hedge accounting is discontinued and the adjustment to fair value of the derivative instrument is recorded in operations.

Dividend Restriction : Banking regulations require the maintenance of certain capital levels that may limit the amount of dividends that may be paid. Regulatory capital requirements are more fully disclosed in Note 18.

Restrictions on Cash : The Company was not required to have cash on hand or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank to meet regulatory reserve and clearing requirements as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. Deposits held with the Federal Reserve Bank earn interest.

Stock Compensation : In accordance with ASC 718 , “Stock Compensation,” the Company uses the fair value method of accounting for share based compensation prescribed by the standard. The fair value of options granted is determined using the Black-Scholes option valuation model.

Compensation cost is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with graded vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.

Earnings Per Share : Basic earnings per share is net income divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. KSOP shares are considered outstanding for this calculation unless unearned. All outstanding unvested share-based payment awards that contain rights to nonforfeitable dividends are considered participating securities for this calculation. Diluted earnings per share includes the dilutive effect of additional potential common shares issuable under stock options. Earnings and dividends per share are presented as if all stock splits and stock dividends were effective from the earliest period presented through the date of issuance of the financial statements.

Comprehensive Income (Loss) : Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale and unrealized gains and losses on cash flow hedges which are also recognized as separate components of equity.

Operating Segments : While the chief decision-makers monitor the revenue streams of the various products and services, operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a Company-wide basis.

Operating segments are aggregated into one as operating results for all segments are similar. Accordingly, all of the financial service operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment.

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-17


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

Reclassification : Certain amounts in prior period financial statements may have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation. These reclassifications are immaterial and have no effect on net income, total assets or stockholders’ equity.

Subsequent Events : The Company has evaluated all subsequent events for potential recognition and disclosure through March 1, 2017, the date of which the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements: In August 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (ASU 2016-15), to address diversity in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The amendments provide guidance on the following nine specific cash flow issues: 1) debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs; 2) settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments with coupon interest rates that are insignificant in relation to the effective interest rate of the borrowing; 3) contingent consideration payments made after a business combination; 4) proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims; 5) proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies, including bank-owned; 6) life insurance policies; 7) distributions received from equity method investees; 8) beneficial interests in securitization transactions; and 9) separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. The amendments are effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods with fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to be material to the consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments , which sets forth a “current expected credit loss” (“CECL”) model requiring the Company to measure all expected credit losses for financial instruments held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions and reasonable supportable forecasts. This replaces the existing incurred loss model and is applicable to the measurement of credit losses on financial assets measured at amortized cost and applies to some off-balance sheet credit exposures. For public business entities that are not U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission filers, the amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently in the process of assembling a transition team to assess the adoption of this ASU, which will come up with a project plan regarding implementation.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting , which is intended to simplify several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Early application is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting the new guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-18


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02,  Leases (Topic 842) . The FASB issued this ASU to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet by lessees for those leases classified as operating leases under current U.S. GAAP and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2018. Early application of this ASU is permitted for all entities. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting the new guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments-Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Liabilities , which is intended to improve the recognition and measurement of financial instruments by requiring: equity investments (other than equity method or consolidation) to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income; public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes; separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset (i.e., securities or loans and receivables) on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial statements; eliminating the requirement to disclose the fair value of financial instruments measured at amortized cost for organizations that are not public business entities; eliminating the requirement for public business entities to disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet; and requiring a reporting organization to present separately in other comprehensive income the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk (also referred to as “own credit”) when the organization has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial instruments. This ASU is effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. This ASU permits early adoption of the instrument-specific credit risk provision. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting the new guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments . The amendments in ASU 2015-16 require that an acquirer recognize adjustments to estimated amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined. The amendments require that the acquirer record, in the same period’s financial statements, the effect on earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization, or other income effects, if any, as a result of the change to the estimated amounts, calculated as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. The amendments also require an entity to present separately on the face of the income statement or disclose in the notes the portion of the amount recorded in current-period earnings by line item that would have been recorded in previous reporting periods if the adjustment to the estimated amounts had been recognized as of the acquisition date. The amendments in this ASU became effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The amendments should be applied prospectively to adjustments to provisional amounts that occur after the effective date with earlier application permitted for financial statements that have not been issued. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-19


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), followed by various amendments : ASU 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date, ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net), ASU 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing, ASU 2016-11, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605) and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Rescission of SEC Guidance Because of Accounting Standards Updates 2014-09 and 2014-16 Pursuant to Staff Announcements at the March 3, 2016 EITF Meeting, and ASU 2016-12, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients. The amendments in these updates amend existing guidance related to revenue from contracts with customers. The amendments supersede and replace nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance, establish a new control-based revenue recognition model, change the basis for deciding when revenue is recognized over a time or point in time, provide new and more detailed guidance on specific topics and expand and improve disclosures about revenue. In addition, these amendments specify the accounting for some costs to obtain or fulfill a contract with a customer. The amendments are effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and must be retrospectively applied. The majority of the Company’s income consists of net interest income on financial assets and financial liabilities, which is explicitly excluded from the scope of the amendments. The Company continues to evaluate the impact of the amendments on the components of noninterest income that have recurring revenue streams; however, the Company does not expect any recognition changes to have a significant impact to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 2 - ACQUISITIONS

On close of business March 27, 2015, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding common shares of DCB, the holding company for Preston State Bank, Dallas, in exchange for a combination of cash and stock amounting to total consideration of $29,681. Under the terms of the acquisition, 68 common shareholders received 923,133 shares of the Company’s common stock in exchange for 1,378,345 shares of DCB. With the acquisition, the Company has expanded its market to the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex. Results of operations of the acquired company were included in the Company’s results beginning March 28, 2015. Acquisition-related costs of $403 are included in other operating expenses in the Company’s consolidated statement of earnings for the year ended December 31, 2015. The fair value of the common shares issued as part of the consideration paid for DCB was determined based upon the closing price of the Company’s common shares on the acquisition date.

On close of business April 10, 2015, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding common shares of TLB in exchange for combination of cash and stock amounting to total consideration of $14,215. Under the terms of the acquisition, 124 common shareholders received 280,160 shares of the Company’s common stock in exchange for 594,779 shares of TLB. With the acquisition, the Company has expanded its market in the Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex. Results of operations were included in the Company’s results beginning April 11, 2015. Acquisition-related costs of $239 are included in other operating expenses in the Company’s consolidated statement of earnings for the year ended December 31, 2015. The fair value of the common shares issued as part of the consideration paid for TLB was determined based upon the closing price of the Company’s common shares on the acquisition date.

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-20


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 2 - ACQUISITIONS  (Continued)

 

On close of business August 6, 2016, the Company acquired certain assets and liabilities comprised of a branch location in Denton, Texas (Denton), which resulted in the addition of approximately $4,659 in assets and liabilities. The Company acquired the bank premises at 4101 Wind River Lane in Denton, Texas and recorded it at fair market value of $2,075. Other assets acquired, at fair value, included cash of $2,399, core deposit intangible of $42, goodwill of $141 and loans of $2. Liabilities assumed included non-interest bearing deposits of $581, interest bearing deposits of $4,047 and other liabilities of $30. Consideration paid by the Company for the acquired assets and assumed liabilities of $66 was netted against the cash received. Acquisition-related costs of $41 are included in other operating expenses in the Company’s consolidated statement of earnings for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Goodwill of $8,670 for DCB, $3,815 for TLB, and $140 for Denton arising from the acquisition consisted largely of synergies and the cost savings resulting from the combining of the operations of the companies. Goodwill of $141 is expected to be deductible for income taxes purposes. The following table summarizes the consideration paid for DCB and TLB and the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed recognized at the acquisition date:

Consideration:

 

    

DCB

    

TLB

 

Cash

   $ 8,449      $ 7,771  

Equity instruments

     21,232        6,444  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of total consideration transferred

   $     29,681      $     14,215  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-21


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 2 - ACQUISITIONS  (Continued)

 

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisitions, March 27, 2015 and April 10, 2015 and respectively.

 

    

DCB

    

TLB

 

Cash

   $ 5,794      $ 8,124  

Investment securities available for sale

     2,862        19,794  

Loans, net of discount of $1,389 and $468, respectively

     118,154        43,568  

Accrued interest receivable

     299        173  

Premises and equipment

     199        2,664  

Nonmarketable equity securities

     168        -  

Core deposit intangible

     968        534  

Other assets

     1,726        1,558  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     130,170        76,415  

Noninterest-bearing deposits

     25,607        16,702  

Interest-bearing deposits

     68,844        48,794  

Subordinated debentures

     5,155        -  

Other liabilities

     9,553        519  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     109,159        66,015  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net assets acquired (liabilities assumed)

     21,011        10,400  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consideration paid

     29,681          14,215  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill

   $ 8,670      $ 3,815  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value of net assets acquired includes fair value adjustments to certain receivables that were not considered impaired as of the acquisition date (“acquired performing loans”). The fair value adjustments were determined using discounted contractual cash flows. However, the Company believes that all contractual cash flows related to these financial instruments will be collected. As such, these receivables were not considered impaired at the acquisition date and were not subject to the guidance relating to purchased credit impaired loans, which have shown evidence of credit deterioration since origination. Acquired performing loans had fair value and gross contractual amounts receivable of $118,154 and $119,543, respectively for DCB, $43,568 and $44,036, respectively for TLB, and $2 and $2, respectively for Denton on the date of acquisition.

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-22


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

NOTE 3 - MARKETABLE SECURITIES

The following table summarizes the amortized cost and fair value of securities available for sale and securities held to maturity at December 31, 2016 and 2015 and the corresponding amounts of gross unrealized gains and losses:

 

December 31, 2016   

Amortized

Cost

    

Gross
Unrealized

Gains

    

Gross
Unrealized

Losses

    

Estimated
Fair

Value

 

Available for sale:

  

Corporate bonds

   $ 25,254      $ 6      $ 377      $ 24,883  

Municipal securities

     7,841        -        622        7,219  

Mortgage-backed securities

     61,298        -        1,608        59,690  

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     65,789        10        666        65,133  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available for sale

   $ 160,182      $ 16      $ 3,273      $ 156,925  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Held to maturity:

  

Municipal securities

   $ 149,420      $ 901      $ 3,889      $ 146,432  

Mortgage-backed securities

     28,450        318        290        28,478  

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     11,501        265        521        11,245  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total held to maturity

   $ 189,371      $ 1,484      $ 4,700      $ 186,155  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
December 31, 2015   

Amortized

Cost

    

Gross
Unrealized

Gains

    

Gross
Unrealized

Losses

    

Estimated
Fair

Value

 

Available for sale:

  

Corporate bonds

   $ 28,399      $ -      $ 412      $ 27,987  

U.S. treasury securities

     29,985        -        -        29,985  

Mortgage-backed securities

     109,462        1        1,812        107,651  

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     108,191        60        930        107,321  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available for sale

   $ 276,037      $ 61      $ 3,154      $ 272,944  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Held to maturity:

  

U.S. government agencies

   $ 5,158      $ 121      $ -      $ 5,279  

Municipal securities

     67,350        2,384        18        69,716  

Mortgage-backed securities

     36,224        483        157        36,550  

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     16,299        504        536        16,267  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total held to maturity

   $ 125,031      $ 3,492      $ 711      $ 127,812  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-23


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 3 - MARKETABLE SECURITIES  (Continued)

 

The Company’s mortgage-backed securities portfolio includes non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations with a market value of $1,636 which had unrealized losses of $521 at December 31, 2016. These non-agency mortgage-backed securities were rated AAA at purchase. The Company monitors to ensure it has adequate credit support and the Company records OTTI as appropriate. The Company does not have the intent to sell these securities and it is likely that it will not be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recovery.

Management evaluates securities for OTTI on at least a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. Consideration is given to (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (3) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. There were no other than temporary impairment losses on debt securities related to credit losses recognized during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Information pertaining to securities with gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position is detailed in the following tables. At December 31, 2016, the Company held seven securities which had been in continuous loss positions over twelve months and 170 securities which had been in continuous loss position less than twelve months. Of the securities in a loss position over twelve months, five were classified as available for sale and two were classified as held to maturity. Of the securities in a loss position less than twelve months, 28 were classified as available for sale and 142 were classified as held to maturity. The securities in a loss position were composed of tax exempt municipal bonds, corporate bonds, collateralized mortgage obligations and mortgage backed securities.

Management believes the unrealized loss on the remaining securities is a function of the movement of interest rates since the time of purchase. Based on evaluation of available evidence, including recent changes in interest rates, credit rating information and information obtained from regulatory filings, management believes the declines in fair value for these securities are temporary. Should the impairment of any of these securities become other-than-temporary, the cost basis of the investment would be reduced and the resulting loss recognized in net income in the period the other-than-temporary impairment is identified. The Company does not have the intent to sell these mortgage-backed securities and it is likely that it will not be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recover. The Company does not consider these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2016.

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-24


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 3 - MARKETABLE SECURITIES  (Continued)

 

The following table summarizes securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2016 and 2015, aggregated by major security type and length of time in a continuous unrealized loss position:

 

   

Less Than 12 Months

   

12 Months or Longer

    Total  
   

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

   

Estimated

Fair

Value

   

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

   

Estimated

Fair

Value

   

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

   

Estimated

Fair

Value

 
December 31, 2016            

Available for sale:

           

Corporate bonds

  $ (377   $ 22,529     $ -     $ -     $ (377   $ 22,529  

Municipal securities

    (622     7,219       -       -       (622     7,219  

Mortgage-backed securities

    (1,047     44,420       (561     15,270       (1,608     59,690  

Collateralized mortgage obligations

    (437     55,435       (229     9,049       (666     64,484  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available for sale

  $ (2,483   $ 129,603     $ (790   $ 24,319     $ (3,273   $ 153,922  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Held to maturity:

           

Municipal securities

  $ (3,889   $ 98,943     $ -     $ -     $ (3,889   $ 98,943  

Mortgage-backed securities

    (290     19,983       -       -       (290     19,983  

Collateralized mortgage obligations

    -       -       (521     2,350       (521     2,350  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total held to maturity

  $ (4,179   $ 118,926     $ (521   $ 2,350     $ (4,700   $ 121,276  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

Less Than 12 Months

   

12 Months or Longer

    Total  
   

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

   

Estimated

Fair

Value

   

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

   

Estimated

Fair

Value

   

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

   

Estimated

Fair

Value

 

December 31, 2015

           

Available for sale:

           

Corporate bonds

  $ (412   $ 27,987     $ -     $ -     $ (412   $ 27,987  

U.S. treasury securities

    -       -       -       -       -       -  

Mortgage-backed securities

    (640     50,322       (1,172     57,016       (1,812     107,338  

Collateralized mortgage obligations

    (913     89,239       (17     1,305       (930     90,544  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available for sale

  $ (1,965   $ 167,548     $ (1,189   $ 58,321     $ (3,154   $ 225,869  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Held to maturity:

           

Municipal securities

  $ (11   $ 2,026     $ (7   $ 854     $ (18   $ 2,880  

Mortgage-backed securities

    (157     16,545       -       -       (157     16,545  

Collateralized mortgage obligations

    -       -       (536     1,753       (536     1,753  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total held to maturity

  $ (168   $ 18,571     $ (543   $ 2,607     $ (711   $ 21,178  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-25


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 3 - MARKETABLE SECURITIES  (Continued)

 

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations are backed by pools of mortgages that are insured or guaranteed by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC), the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) or the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA).

As of December 31, 2016, there were no holdings of securities of any one issuer, other than the U.S. government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10% of shareholders’ equity.

Securities with fair values of approximately $259,499 and $282,896 at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, were pledged to secure public fund deposits and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.

The proceeds from sales of securities and the associated gains and losses are listed below:

 

    

2016

   

2015

 

Proceeds

   $ 105,808     $ 140,668  

Gross gains

     243       222  

Gross losses

     (161     (145

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company sold three held to maturity securities. The Company sold these municipalities securities based upon internal credit analysis, that they had experienced significant deterioration in creditworthiness. The risk exposure presented by these municipalities had increased beyond acceptable levels and we determined that it was reasonably possible that all amounts due would not be collected. The credit analysis determined that the municipalities had been significantly impacted by the significant decline in market oil prices due to the fact that their tax bases are heavily reliant on the energy industry relative to other sectors of the economy. Specifically, the revenues of these municipalities had been adversely impacted by the sustained low-level of oil prices. The Company believes the sale of these securities were merited and permissible under the applicable accounting guidelines because of the significant deterioration in the creditworthiness of the issuers.

Sale of securities held to maturity were as follows for the years ended December 31:

 

    

2016

   

2015

 

Proceeds from sales

   $     1,866     $            -  

Amortized cost

     1,842       -  

Gross realized gains

     24       -  

Tax expense related to securities gains/losses

     (7     -  

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-26


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 3 - MARKETABLE SECURITIES  (Continued)

 

The contractual maturities at December 31, 2016 of available for sale and held to maturity securities at carrying value and estimated fair value are shown below. The Company invests in mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations that have expected maturities that differ from their contractual maturities. These differences arise because borrowers and/or issuers may have the right to call or prepay their obligation with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

    

Available for Sale

    

Held to Maturity

 
    

Amortized

Cost

    

Estimated

Fair

Value

    

Amortized

Cost

    

Estimated

Fair

Value

 

Due within one year

   $ -      $ -      $ 732      $ 737  

Due after one year through five years

     7,464        7,453        6,103        6,200  

Due after five years through ten years

     17,790        17,430        38,634        38,784  

Due after ten years

     7,841        7,219        103,951        100,711  

Mortgage-backed securities

     61,298        59,690        28,450        28,478  

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     65,789        65,133        11,501        11,245  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 160,182      $ 156,925      $ 189,371      $ 186,155  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 4 - LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

The following table summarizes our loan portfolio by type of loan at December 31:

 

     2016      2015  

Commercial and industrial

   $ 223,997      $ 181,890  

Real estate:

     

Construction and development

     129,366        122,739  

Commercial real estate

     367,656        301,686  

Farmland

     62,362        47,663  

1-4 family residential

     362,952        313,440  

Multi-family residential

     26,079        30,356  

Consumer

     53,505        51,056  

Agricultural

     18,901        19,524  

Overdrafts

     317        313  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

     1,245,135        1,068,667  

Less:

     

Allowance for loan losses

     11,484        9,263  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net loans

   $ 1,233,651      $ 1,059,404  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, included in total loans above were $1,210 and $1,290 in unamortized loan costs, net of loan fees, respectively.

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-27


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 4 - LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  (Continued)

 

In 2015, the Company acquired loans with a fair value of $118,154 and $43,568 and gross contractual balances of $119,543 and $44,036 as part of the acquisition of DCB Financial Corporation, the holding company for Preston State Bank, Dallas, Texas and Texas Leadership Bank, respectively. In 2016, the Company acquired overdrafts and recorded as loans with a fair value and gross contractual fair value of $2 as part of the acquisition of Denton. All loans acquired in 2016 and 2015 were classified as acquired performing loans.

The Company has entered into transactions with certain directors, executive officers, significant shareholders and their affiliates. Loans to such related parties at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, totaled $29,436 and $36,135, respectively. Unfunded commitments to such related parties at December 31, 2016 totaled $14,061.

Loans to principal officers, directors, and their affiliates during the year ended December 31, 2016, was as follows:

 

Beginning balance

   $ 36,135  

New loans

     7,693  

Repayments

     (14,392
  

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $     29,436  
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-28


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 4 - LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  (Continued)

 

The following table presents the activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the years ended:

 

December 31, 2016

 

Commercial
and
industrial

   

Construction
and
development

   

Commercial
real estate

   

Farmland

   

1-4

family
residential

   

Multi-family
residential

   

Consumer

   

Agricultural

   

Overdrafts

    Total  

Allowance for loan losses:

                   

Beginning balance

  $ 1,878       $ 1,004       $ 2,106       $ 400       $ 2,839       $ 325       $ 562       $ 138       $ 11       $ 9,263  

Provision for loan losses

    910       162       1,158       82       1,117       (44     171       15       69       3,640  

Loans charged-off

    (1,213     (9     -       -       (71     -       (269     -       (200     (1,762

Recoveries

    17       4       -       -       75       -       121       -       126       343  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $ 1,592       $ 1,161       $ 3,264       $ 482       $ 3,960       $ 281       $ 585       $ 153       $ 6       $     11,484  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

Commercial

and

industrial

   

Construction
and
development

   

Commercial
real estate

   

Farmland

   

1-4

family
residential

   

Multi-family
residential

   

Consumer

   

Agricultural

   

Overdrafts

   

Total

 

Allowance for loan losses:

                   

Beginning balance

  $ 1,473       $ 615       $ 1,870       $ 387       $ 2,395       $ 232       $ 593       $ 137       $ 19       $     7,721  

Provision for loan losses

    577       395       289       (83     651       93       138       1       114       2,175  

Loans charged-off

    (192     (6     (53     -       (215     -       (219     (1     (227     (913

Recoveries

    20       -       -       96       8       -       50       1       105       280  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

    $ 1,878       $ 1,004       $ 2,106       $ 400       $ 2,839       $ 325       $ 562       $ 138       $ 11       $ 9,263  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-29


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 4 - LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  (Continued)

 

The following table presents the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment and based on impairment method as of:

 

December 31, 2016  

Commercial
and
industrial

   

Construction
and
development

   

Commercial
real

estate

   

Farmland

   

1-4

family
residential

   

Multi-family
residential

   

Consumer

   

Agricultural

   

Overdrafts

    Total  

Allowance for loan losses:

                   

Ending allowance balance attributable to loans:

                   

Individually evaluated for impairment

    $ 64       $ -       $ -       $ 47       $ 108       $ -       $ 34       $ -       $ -       $ 253  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    1,528       1,161       3,264       435       3,852       281       551       153       6       11,231  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total ending allowance balance

    $ 1,592       $ 1,161       $ 3,264       $ 482       $ 3,960       $ 281       $ 585       $ 153       $ 6       $ 11,484  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans:

                   

Individually evaluated for impairment

    $ 231       $ 1,825       $ 1,196       $ 258       $ 2,588       $ 5       $ 200       $ 15       $ -       $ 6,318  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    223,766       127,541       366,460       62,104       360,364       26,074       53,305       18,886       317       1,238,817  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total ending loans balance

    $   223,997       $   129,366       $   367,656       $   62,362       $   362,952       $   26,079       $   53,505       $ 18,901       $ 317       $   1,245,135  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-30


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 4 - LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  (Continued)

 

December 31, 2015  

Commercial
and
industrial

   

Construction
and
development

   

Commercial
real

estate

   

Farmland

   

1-4

family
residential

   

Multi-family
residential

   

Consumer

   

Agricultural

   

Overdrafts

    Total  

Allowance for loan losses:

                   

Ending allowance balance attributable to loans:

                   

Individually evaluated for impairment

    $ 316       $ -       $ -       $ 47       $ 63       $ -       $ 101       $ -       $ -       $ 527  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    1,562       1,004       2,106       353       2,776       325       461       138       11       8,736  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total ending allowance balance

    $ 1,878       $ 1,004       $ 2,106       $ 400       $ 2,839       $ 325       $ 562       $ 138       $ 11       $ 9,263  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans:

                   

Individually evaluated for impairment

    $ 3,592       $ -       $ 77       $ 251       $ 2,064       $ -       $ 98       $ -       $ -       $ 6,082  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    178,298       122,739       301,609       47,412       311,376       30,356       50,958       19,524       313       1,062,585  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total ending allowance balance

    $   181,890       $   122,739       $   301,686       $   47,663       $   313,440       $   30,356       $   51,056       $ 19,524       $ 313       $   1,068,667  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-31


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 4 - LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  (Continued)

 

Credit Quality : The Company closely monitors economic conditions and loan performance trends to manage and evaluate the exposure to credit risk. Key factors tracked by the Company and utilized in evaluating the credit quality of the loan portfolio include trends in delinquency ratios, the level of nonperforming assets, borrower’s repayment capacity, and collateral coverage.

Assets are graded “pass” when the relationship exhibits acceptable credit risk and indicates repayment ability, tolerable collateral coverage and reasonable performance history. Lending relationships exhibiting potentially significant credit risk and marginal repayment ability and/or asset protection are graded “special mention.” Assets classified as “substandard” are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified must have a well-defined weakness that jeopardizes the liquidation of the debt. Substandard graded loans are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets graded “doubtful” are substandard graded loans that have added characteristics that make collection or liquidation in full improbable. The Company typically measures impairment based on the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or based on the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent.

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-32


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 4 - LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  (Continued)

 

The following tables summarize the credit exposure in the consumer and commercial loan portfolios as of:

 

December 31, 2016

 

Commercial
and
industrial

   

Construction
and
development

   

Commercial
real estate

   

Farmland

   

1-4

family
residential

   

Multi-family
residential

   

Consumer
and
Overdrafts

   

Agricultural

    Total  

Grade:

                 

Pass

    $ 218,975       $ 127,537       $ 360,264       $ 61,713       $ 353,483       $ 25,871       $ 52,648       $ 17,965       $ 1,218,456  

Special mention

    4,299       4       1,927       248       4,311       -       524       478       11,791  

Substandard

    706       1,825       5,465       401       5,121       208       568       458       14,752  

Doubtful

    17       -       -       -       37       -       82       -       136  

Loss

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    $ 223,997       $ 129,366       $ 367,656       $ 62,362       $ 362,952       $ 26,079       $ 53,822       $ 18,901       $ 1,245,135  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
December 31, 2015  

Commercial
and
industrial

   

Construction
and
development

   

Commercial
real estate

   

Farmland

   

1-4

family
residential

   

Multi-family
residential

   

Consumer
and
Overdrafts

   

Agricultural

    Total  

Grade:

                 

Pass

    $ 169,751       $ 121,420       $ 294,485       $ 46,601       $ 301,824       $ 28,893       $ 50,194       $ 18,703       $ 1,031,871  

Special mention

    7,670       848       4,360       730       5,448       1,192       710       713       21,671  

Substandard

    4,356       337       2,841       332       6,168       271       438       108       14,851  

Doubtful

    113       134       -       -       -       -       27       -       274  

Loss

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    $ 181,890       $ 122,739       $   301,686       $   47,663       $   313,440       $ 30,356       $   51,369       $ 19,524       $ 1,068,667  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-33


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 4 - LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  (Continued)

 

The following table summarizes the payment status of loans in the Company’s total loan portfolio, including an aging of delinquent loans, loans 90 days or more past due continuing to accrue interest and loans classified as nonperforming as of December 31, 2016:

 

    

30 – 59
Days
Past Due

    

60 – 89
Days
Past Due

    

90 Days
and Greater
Past Due

    

Total
Past Due

    

Current

    

Total Loans

    

Recorded
Investment
> 90 Days
and Accruing

 

Commercial and industrial

   $ 941      $ 105      $ 25      $ 1,071      $ 222,926      $ 223,997      $ -  

Real estate:

                    

Construction and development

     73        -        1,825        1,898        127,468        129,366        -  

Commercial real estate

     1,629        32        134        1,795        365,861        367,656        -  

Farmland

     100        26        7        133        62,229        62,362        -  

1-4 family residential

     3,724        803        1,041        5,568        357,384        362,952        -  

Multi-family residential

     207        49        -        256        25,823        26,079        -  

Consumer

     613        205        87        905        52,600        53,505        -  

Agricultural

     59        -        15        74        18,827        18,901        -  

Overdrafts

     -        -        -        -        317        317        -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,346      $ 1,220      $ 3,134      $ 11,700      $ 1,233,435      $   1,245,135      $ -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-34


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 4 - LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  (Continued)

 

The following table summarizes the payment status of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2015:

 

    

30 – 59
Days
Past Due

    

60 – 89
Days
Past Due

    

90 Days
and Greater
Past Due

    

Total
Past Due

    

Current

    

Total

Loans

    

Recorded
Investment
> 90 Days
and Accruing

 

Commercial and industrial

   $ 1,234      $ 60      $ 17      $ 1,311      $ 180,579      $ 181,890      $ -  

Real estate:

                    

Construction and development

     25        39        -        64        122,675        122,739        -  

Commercial real estate

     1,174        258        77        1,509        300,177        301,686        -  

Farmland

     -        83        -        83        47,580        47,663        -  

1-4 family residential

     3,287        1,117        776        5,180        308,260        313,440        -  

Multi-family residential

     177        -        -        177        30,179        30,356        -  

Consumer

     619        217        92        928        50,128        51,056        -  

Agricultural

     472        -        -        472        19,052        19,524        -  

Overdrafts

     -        -        -        -        313        313        -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,988      $ 1,774      $ 962      $ 9,724      $ 1,058,943      $   1,068,667      $     -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-35


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 4 - LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  (Continued)

 

The following table presents information regarding nonperforming (nonaccrual) assets at December 31:

 

     2016      2015  

Commercial and industrial

   $ 82      $ 118  

Real estate:

     

Construction and development

     1,825        -  

Commercial real estate

     415        77  

Farmland

     176        169  

1-4 family residential

     1,699        1,829  

Multi-family residential

     5        -  

Consumer

     192        238  

Agricultural

     15        -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $       4,409      $       2,431  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

If interest on nonaccrual loans had been accrued, such income would have been approximately $24 and $34 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. There were no commitments to lend additional funds to borrowers whose loans were classified as impaired.

Impaired Loans and Troubled Debt Restructurings : A troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) is a restructuring in which a bank, for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due from the borrower in accordance with original contractual terms of the loan. Loans with insignificant delays or insignificant short falls in the amount of payments expected to be collected are not considered to be impaired. Loans defined as individually impaired, based on applicable accounting guidance, include larger balance nonperforming loans and troubled debt restructurings.

The modification of the terms of such loans performed during the years ended December 31, 2016 included no deduction of the recorded investment in the loans. The modification of the terms of such loans performed during the year ended December 31, 2015 included a deduction of the recorded investment in the loans due to an increase in the recorded allowance. The modification of commercial and industrial and 1-4 family residential loans performed during the year ended December 31, 2016 included an extension of the maturity date at stated rate of interest lower than the current market rate. The extensions were for periods ranging from 0 months to 3 years. The modification of commercial and industrial, consumer and 1-4 family residential loans performed during the year ended December 31, 2015 included an extension of the maturity date at stated rate of interest lower than the current market rate. The extensions were for periods ranging from 0 months to 3 years.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company has a recorded investment in TDRs of $505 and $3,701, respectively. The Company has allocated $4 and $317 of specific allowance for these loans at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Consumer and commercial TDR loans classified as performing totaled $462 and $3,541 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. All other TDR loans are classified as nonperforming.

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-36


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 4 - LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  (Continued)

 

The following tables present loans by class modified as TDRs that occurred during the years ended:

 

    

Number
of
Contracts

    

Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment

    

Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment

 

December 31, 2016

        

Troubled Debt Restructurings:

        

Commercial and industrial

     1      $ 90      $ 90  

Commercial real estate

     -        -        -  

Consumer

     -        -        -  

1-4 family residential

     3        248        244  

Farmland

     -        -        -  

Multi-family residential

     -        -        -  

Agricultural

     -        -        -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     4      $ 338      $ 334  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no TDRs that subsequently defaulted in 2016. The TDRs described above increased the allowance for loan losses by $0 and resulted in no charge-offs during the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

    

Number
of
Contracts

    

Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment

    

Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment

 

December 31, 2015

        

Troubled Debt Restructurings:

        

Commercial and industrial

     1      $ 3,138      $ 2,929  

Commercial real estate

     -        -        -  

Consumer

     3        79        26  

1-4 family residential

     1        59        55  

Farmland

     -        -        -  

Multi-family residential

     -        -        -  

Agricultural

     -        -        -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     5      $ 3,276      $ 3,010  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no TDRs that subsequently defaulted in 2015.    The TDRs described above increased the allowance for loan losses by $266 and resulted in no charge-offs during the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-37


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 4 - LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  (Continued)

 

The following table presents information about the Company’s impaired loans at December 31, 2016:

 

   

Recorded
Investment

   

Unpaid
Principal
Balance

   

Related
Allowance

   

Average
Recorded
Investment

   

Interest
Income
Recognized

 

With no related allowance recorded:

         

Commercial and industrial

  $ 28     $ 28     $ -     $ 809     $ 3  

Real estate:

         

Construction and development

    1,825       1,825       -       172       84  

Commercial real estate

    1,196       1,196       -       871       47  

Farmland

    89       89       -       109       5  

1-4 family residential

    1,799       1,799       -       1,575       106  

Multi-family residential

    5       5       -       2       1  

Consumer

    105       105       -       89       12  

Agricultural

    15       15       -       68       2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    5,062       5,062       -       3,695       260  

With allowance recorded:

         

Commercial and industrial

    203       203       64       3,153       4  

Real estate:

         

Construction and development

    -       -       -       -       -  

Commercial real estate

    -       -       -       -       -  

Farmland

    169       169       47       169       1  

1-4 family residential

    789       789       108       639       44  

Multi-family residential

    -       -       -       -       -  

Consumer

    95       95       34       155       8  

Agricultural

    -       -       -       2       -  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    1,256       1,256       253       4,118       57  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 6,318     $     6,318     $ 253     $ 7,813     $ 317  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-38


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 4 - LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  (Continued)

 

The following table presents information about the Company’s impaired loans at December 31, 2015:

 

   

Recorded

Investment

   

Unpaid

Principal

Balance

   

Related

Allowance

   

Average

Recorded

Investment

   

Interest

Income

Recognized

 

With no related allowance recorded:

         

Commercial and industrial

  $ 142     $ 142     $ -     $ 104     $ 5  

Real estate:

         

Construction and development

    -       -       -       131       -  

Commercial real estate

    77       77       -       513       5  

Farmland

    84       84       -       226       4  

1-4 family residential

    1,687       1,687       -       2,238       108  

Multi-family residential

    -       -       -       -       -  

Consumer

    63       63       -       109       16  

Agricultural

    -       -       -       14       -  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    2,053       2,053       -       3,335       138  

With allowance recorded:

         

Commercial and industrial

    3,450       3,450       316       554       198  

Real estate:

         

Construction and development

    -       -       -       1       -  

Commercial real estate

    -       -       -       1,064       -  

Farmland

    167       167       47       168       6  

1-4 family residential

    377       377       63       694       24  

Multi-family residential

    -       -       -       -       -  

Consumer

    35       35       101       230       10  

Agricultural

    -       -       -       138       -  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    4,029       4,029       527       2,849       238  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 6,082     $ 6,082     $ 527     $ 6,184     $ 376  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 5 - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

 

     December 31,
2016
     December 31,
2015
 

Land

   $ 9,959      $ 9,360  

Building and improvements

     44,240        42,259  

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

     14,188        13,479  

Automobiles

     368        392  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     68,755        65,490  

Less: accumulated depreciation

     23,945        21,157  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 44,810      $ 44,333  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-39


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 5 - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT  (Continued)

 

Depreciation expense on premises and equipment totaled $3,183 and $2,958 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively and is included in occupancy expenses on the consolidated statements of earnings.

NOTE 6 - GOODWILL

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31 are summarized as follows:

 

     2016      2015  

Beginning of year

   $ 18,601      $ 6,116  

Effect of acquisitions

     141        12,485  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

End of year

   $     18,742      $     18,601  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 7 - CORE DEPOSIT INTANGIBLES

Changes in the carrying amount of core deposit intangibles in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31 are summarized as follows:

 

     2016     2015  

Beginning of year

   $ 3,846      $ 2,879   

Effect of acquisitions

     42        1,502   

Amortization

     (580     (535
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of year

   $     3,308     $     3,846  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization was $2,523 and $1,943 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Amortization expense was $580 and $535 during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The estimated aggregate future amortization expense for core deposit intangibles remaining as of December 31, 2016 was as follows:

 

  Year  

  

  Amount  

 
2017    $ 583  
2018      583  
2019      583  
2020      583  
2021      417  

Thereafter

     559  
  

 

 

 
   $     3,308  
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-40


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

NOTE 8 - INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS

 

    

 December 31, 

          2016           

    

 December 31, 

          2015           

 

NOW accounts

   $              269,712      $              351,515  

Savings and money market accounts

     606,706        434,973  

Time deposits less than $250,000

     239,569        264,414  

Time deposits $250,000 and over

     102,052        89,739  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,218,039      $ 1,140,641  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year-end maturities of time deposits, as of December 31, 2016, were as follows:

 

2017

   $ 252,015  

2018

     55,788  

2019

     15,978  

2020

     8,539  

2021

     9,301  

Thereafter

     -  
  

 

 

 
   $      341,621  
  

 

 

 

Deposits of executive officers, directors and significant shareholders at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 totaled $72,443 and $115,512, respectively.

NOTE 9 - BORROWED MONEY

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances , as of December 31, 2016, were as follows:

Fixed-rate advances, with monthly interest payments, principal due in:

 

     Year      Current Weighted
Average Rate
    Payments
due by
period
 
     2017        0.68   $ 30,000  
     2018        0.59     25,000  
       

 

 

 
          55,000  

Fixed-rate advances, with monthly principal and interest payments, principal due in:

 

     Year      Current Weighted
Average Rate
    Payments
due by
period
 
     2021        1.38     170  
       

 

 

 
        $ 55,170  
       

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-41


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 9 - BORROWED MONEY  (Continued)

 

Average balances of borrowings outstanding during 2016 and 2015 were $62,789 and $104,118, respectively. As a member of the FHLB system, the Bank has the ability to obtain borrowings up to a maximum total of $400,406 subject to the level of qualified, pledgeable 1-4 family loans, multi-family loans, small business loans, small farm loans and FHLB stock owned. The advances are collateralized by a blanket pledge of the Bank’s 1-4 family loans, multi-family loans, small business loans, small farm loans and FHLB stock owned. The weighted-average interest rates on these borrowings were 0.47% and 1.23% at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

The Company had a $25,000 revolving line of credit mature in July 2016. $15,000 was renewed as a revolving line of credit to be used for the repurchase of stock and other Company needs. The borrowings bear interest at the prime rate plus 0.75 percent, floating daily and mature May 1, 2017. The outstanding balance totaled $9,000 and $18,000 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and interest is payable quarterly through the maturity date. An additional $10,000 of the revolving line of credit that matured July 2016 was renewed as an amortizing note to be used for the repurchase of stock and other Company needs. The borrowings bear interest at the lesser of 3.15 percent or LIBOR plus 3.00 percent, and matures May 1, 2023. The outstanding balance totaled $9,286 and $0 at December 31, 2016 and, 2015, respectively, and the principle and interest are payable quarterly through the maturity date. The notes are secured by 100% of the Bank’s common stock, which is owned by the Company. To be in compliance with the loan covenants, the Bank is required to maintain no less than a 10% total risk-based capital ratio, must maintain no less than $85,000 in tangible net worth, the ratio of non-performing assets to equity plus allowance for loan losses must not exceed 15%, the cash flow coverage must be greater than 1.25 times and the Company is limited to acquiring additional debt of no more than $500 without prior approval. The Company is in compliance with all loan covenants.

Maturities of other debt based on scheduled repayments at December 31, 2016 are as follows (in thousands of dollars):

 

  Year Ended December 31  

  

  Amount  

 

2017

   $ 10,429  

2018

     1,429  

2019

     1,429  

2020

     1,429  

2021

     1,429  

Thereafter

     2,141  
  

 

 

 
   $ 18,286  
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-42


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

NOTE 10 - SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

Subordinated debentures are made up of the following as of December 31:

 

     2016      2015  

Debentures II

   $ 3,093      $ 3,093  

Debentures III

     2,062        2,062  

DCB Debentures I

     5,155        5,155  

Other Debentures

     9,000        11,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $     19,310      $     21,310  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company has three trusts, Guaranty (TX) Capital Trust II (“Trust II”), Guaranty (TX) Capital Trust III (“Trust III”), and DCB Trust I (“Trust II”, “Trust III” and together with DCB Trust I, the “Trusts”). Upon formation, the Trusts issued pass-through securities (“TruPS”) with a liquidation value of $1,000 per share to third parties in private placements. Concurrently with the issuance of the TruPS, the Trusts issued common securities to the Company. The Trusts invested the proceeds of the sales of securities to the Company (“Debentures”). The Debentures mature approximately 30 years after the formation date, which may be shortened if certain conditions are met (including the Company having received prior approval of the Federal Reserve and any other required regulatory approvals).

 

    

Trust II

    

Trust III

    

DCB Trust I

 

Formation date

     Oct 30, 2002        Jul 25, 2006        Mar 29, 2007  

Capital trust pass-through securities

        

Number of shares

     3,000        2,000        5,000  

Original liquidation value

   $ 3,000      $ 2,000      $ 5,000  

Common securities liquidation value

     93        62        155  

The securities held by the Trusts can qualify as Tier I capital for the Company under Federal Reserve Board guidelines. The Federal Reserve’s guidelines restrict core capital elements (including trust preferred securities and qualifying perpetual preferred stock) to 25% of all core capital elements, net of goodwill less any associated deferred tax liability. Because the Company’s aggregate amount of trust preferred securities is less than the limit of 25% of Tier I capital, net of goodwill, the full amount is includable in Tier I capital at December 31, 2016 and 2015. Additionally, the terms provide that trust preferred securities would no longer qualify for Tier I capital within five years of their maturity, but would be included as Tier 2 capital. However, the trust preferred securities would be amortized out of Tier 2 capital by one-fifth each year and excluded from Tier 2 capital completely during the year prior to maturity of the junior subordinated debentures.

With certain exceptions, the amount of the principal and any accrued and unpaid interest on the Debentures are subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all senior indebtedness of the Company. The terms of the Debentures are such that they qualify as Tier 1 capital under the Federal Reserve’s regulatory capital guidelines applicable to bank holding companies. Interest on the Debentures are payable quarterly. The interest is

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-43


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 10 - SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES  (Continued)

 

deferrable on a cumulative basis for up to five consecutive years following a suspension of dividend payments on all other capital stock. No principal payments are due until maturity for each of the Debentures.

 

    

Debentures II

  

Debentures III

  

DCB Debentures I

Original amount

   $3,093    $        2,062    $5,155

Maturity date

   Oct 30, 2032    Oct 1, 2036    Jun 15, 2037

Interest due

   Quarterly    Quarterly    Quarterly

In accordance with ASC 810, “ Consolidation, ” the junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company to the subsidiary trusts are shown as liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets and interest expense associated with the junior subordinated debentures is shown in the consolidated statements of earnings.

Debentures II : Interest is payable at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to 3 month LIBOR plus 3.35%, thereafter.

On any interest payment date on or after October 30, 2012 and prior to maturity date, the Debentures II are redeemable for cash at the option of the Company, on at least 30, but not more than 60 days notice, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount to be redeemed, plus accrued interest to the date of redemption.

Debentures III : Interest was payable at a fixed rate per annum equal to 7.43% until October 1, 2016 and is a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to 3 month LIBOR plus 1.67%, thereafter.

The Debentures III are redeemable for cash at the option of the Company, on at least 30 days notice, in whole or in part, at the set redemption prices, varying based on redemption date, plus accrued interest. The redemption price is equal to 100.00% of the principal amount if redeemed during the 12 months beginning October 1, 2016 or after.

DCB Debentures I : Interest is payable at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to 3 month LIBOR plus 1.80%.

On any interest payment date on or after June 15, 2012 and prior to maturity date, the DCB Debentures I are redeemable for cash at the option of the Company, on at least 30, but not more than 60 days notice, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount to be redeemed, plus accrued interest to the date of redemption.

Other Debentures : In April 2013, the Company issued $4,000 in debentures, of which $1,000 were issued to directors and other related parties. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, $2,000 of the debentures matured each year. The debentures were issued at par value of $500 each with rates ranging from 2.00% to 3.50% and maturity dates from April 1, 2015 to October 1, 2016.

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-44


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 10 - SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES  (Continued)

 

In July 2015, the Company issued $4,000 in debentures, of which $3,000 were issued to directors and other related parties, which will mature in 2017, 2018, and 2019. At the Company’s option, and with 30 days advanced notice to the holder, the entire principal amount and all accrued interest may be paid to the holder on or before the due date of any debenture. The redemption price is equal to 100% of the face amount of the debenture redeemed, plus all accrued interest. The debentures were issued at par value of $500 each with rates ranging from 2.50% to 4.00% and maturity dates from July 1, 2017 to January 1, 2019.

In December 2015, the Company issued $5,000 in debentures, of which $2,500 were issued to directors and other related parties, which will mature in 2018, 2019, and 2020. At the Company’s option, and with 30 days advanced notice to the holder, the entire principal amount and all accrued interest may be paid to the holder on or before the due date of any debenture. The redemption price is equal to 100% of the face amount of the debenture redeemed, plus all accrued interest. The debentures were issued at par value of $500 each with rates ranging from 3.00% to 5.00% and maturity dates from July 1, 2018 to July 1, 2020.

Maturities of subordinated debentures based on scheduled repayments at December 31, 2016 are as follows (in thousands of dollars):

 

Year Ended December 31

   Amount  

2017

   $ 1,000  

2018

     4,000  

2019

     3,000  

2020

     1,000  

2021

     -  

Thereafter

     10,310  
  

 

 

 
   $     19,310  
  

 

 

 

NOTE 11 - STOCK OPTIONS

The Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (“Stock Option Plan” or the “Plan”) executed April 15, 2015, which is shareholder-approved, amended the 2014 Stock Share Option Plan (“Original Plan”). The Plan permits the grant of share options to its employees for up to 1,000,000 shares of common stock. Option awards are generally granted with an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant; those option awards have vesting periods ranging from 5 to 10 years and have 10-year contractual terms.

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using a closed form option valuation (Black-Scholes) model that uses the assumptions noted in the table below. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatilities of the Company’s common stock and similar peer group averages. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise and post-vesting termination behavior. The expected term of options granted is based on historical data and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding, which takes in to account that the options are not transferable. The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the option is based on U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant.

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-45


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 11 - STOCK OPTIONS  (Continued)

 

The fair value of options granted was determined using the following weighted-average assumptions as of grant date, for the years ended December 31:

 

     2016     2015  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.57     1.60

Expected term (in years)

     6.50       6.50  

Expected stock price volatility

     20.92     21.89

Dividend yield

     2.13     2.17

A summary of activity in the Plan during the year ended December 31 follows:

 

2016    Number
  of Shares  
      Weighted-Average  
Exercise Price
     Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual
  Life in Years  
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

     314,391     $ 23.28        8.00      $ 137  

Granted

     49,500       23.58        9.38        21  

Exercised

     (3,014     11.94        2.51        36  

Forfeited

     (20,500     23.22        7.74        16  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

     340,377       23.43        7.34        194  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at end of year

     89,677     $ 22.61        6.45      $ 125  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

2015    Number
  of Shares  
      Weighted-Average  
Exercise Price
     Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual
  Life in Years  
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

     229,000     $ 24.00        8.71      $ -  

Granted

     93,891       21.54        8.77        137  

Forfeited

     (8,500     23.29        8.56        -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

     314,391       23.28        8.00        137  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at end of year

     47,191     $ 20.83        6.76      $ 137  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-46


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 11 - STOCK OPTIONS  (Continued)

 

A summary of nonvested activity in the Plan during the year ended December 31 follows:

 

2016    Number
  of Shares  
      Weighted-Average  
Exercise Price
     Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual
  Life in Years  
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

     267,200     $ 23.72        8.22      $ -  

Granted

     49,500       23.58        9.38        21  

Vested

     (47,700     23.72        6.95        14  

Forfeited

     (18,300     23.22        7.74        16  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

     250,700     $ 23.73        7.65      $ 69  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
2015    Number
  of Shares  
      Weighted-Average  
Exercise Price
     Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual
  Life in Years  
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

     229,000     $ 24.00        8.71      $ -  

Granted

     93,891       21.54        8.77        137  

Vested

     (47,191     20.83        6.78        137  

Forfeited

     (8,500     23.29        8.56     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

     267,200     $ 23.72        8.22      $ -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Information related to the Plan during the year ended December 31, 2016 follows:

 

     2016      2015  

Intrinsic value of options exercised

   $ 36      $ -  

Cash received from options exercised

     36        198  

Tax benefit realized from options exercised

     -        -  

Weighted average fair value of options granted

     4.30        4.33  

As of December 31, 2016, there was $1,016 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options granted under the Plan. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 5.50 years.

The Company granted options under the 2015 Stock Option Plan in 2016. Expense of $211 and $237 was recorded during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

NOTE 12 - STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

The Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. Fair Market Value Stock Appreciation Rights Plan provides eligible employees the opportunity to share in the growth of the Company. This non-funded plan provides for annual participant

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-47


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 12 - STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS  (Continued)

 

awards at the Company’s sole discretion, with vesting to occur as defined in the individual award agreements. Vested stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) will be paid in a single lump-sum cash payment. The stock price, as valued by an external third party, is used to value the SARs. The valuation of the stock price is the same stock price used for the stock option plan and KSOP. There were no SARs granted in 2016 and 2015. The Company’s liability for outstanding SARs of $563 and $509 at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, is reflected in accrued interest and other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Additional information regarding SARs as of December 31, 2016 is presented in the following table:

 

Exercise
   Price   

  

Rights
   Granted   

    

Rights
   Vested   

    

Weighted-
Average
Vested
 Percentage 

 

$7.62 

     2,000        2,000        100 %     

11.03 

     4,000        4,000        100 %     

11.08 

     2,000        2,000        100 %     

13.50 

     15,500        15,500        100 %     

17.00 

     20,200        20,200        100 %     

18.00 

     10,000        10,000        100 %     

19.50 

     3,000        3,000        100 %     

21.00 

     19,000        14,800        78 %     

21.50 

     20,000        12,000        60 %     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     95,700        83,500        87 %     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

NOTE 13 - EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

KSOP : The Company maintains an Employee Stock Ownership Plan containing Section 401(k) provisions covering substantially all employees (“KSOP”). The plan provides for a matching contribution of up to 5% of a participant’s qualified compensation starting January 1, 2016. The plan includes a put option which is a right to demand that the sponsor redeem shares of employer stock held by the participant, for which there is no market, with an established cash price. Total contributions accrued or paid during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 totaled $935 and $824, respectively.

Benefits under the KSOP generally are distributed to participants in the form of cash. In addition, until the Company’s common stock is actively traded on an established securities market, the participant may demand (in accordance with the terms of the KSOP and applicable law) that the Company repurchase any shares of common stock distributed to the participant at the estimated fair value.

The fair value of shares of common stock, held by the KSOP, are deducted from permanent shareholders’ equity in the consolidated balance sheets, and reflected in a line item below liabilities and above shareholders’ equity. This presentation is necessary in order to recognize the put option within the KSOP-owned shares, consistent

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-48


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 13 - EMPLOYEE BENEFITS  (Continued)

 

with SEC guidelines, that is present as long as the Company is not publicly traded. The Company uses a valuation by an external third party to determine the maximum possible cash obligation related to those securities. The valuation is the same that is used for the stock option plan and stock appreciation rights plan. Increases or decreases in the value of the cash obligation are included in a separate line item in the statements of changes in shareholders’ equity. The fair value of allocated and unallocated shares subject to this repurchase obligation totaled $31,661 and $35,384 at December 31, 2016 and 2015,.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the number of shares held by the KSOP was 1,319,225 and 1,538,443, respectively. Of these shares, there were 50,000 shares and zero shares unallocated to plan participants as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. In 2016 and 2015, the Company did not repurchase any shares from KSOP participants that received distributions and exercised the put option described above. All shares held by the KSOP were treated as outstanding at each of the respective period ends.

Supplemental Retirement Plan : The Company maintains a non-qualified, non-contributory supplemental retirement plan. The plan covers a retired officer to provide benefits equal to amounts payable under the Company’s retirement plan and certain social security benefits to aggregate a predetermined percentage of the officer’s final five-year average salary. The plan is non-funded. Amounts expensed during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 totaled $1 and $4 respectively, and is included in employee compensation and benefits on the statements of earnings. The recorded obligation was approximately $5 and $27 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively and is included in accrued interest and other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

Salary Continuation Plan : The Company maintains a non-qualified, non-contributory salary continuation plan. The plan covers an executive officer to provide benefits equal to an amount which represents approximately 75% of compensation at retirement as adjusted for amounts payable under the Company’s retirement plan and certain social security benefits. This plan is non-funded. Payments began in 2006 and are scheduled over ten years. The Company made our last payment December 2015. There was no salary continuation plan liability held by the Company as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Executive Incentive Retirement Plan : The Company established a non-qualified, non-contributory executive incentive retirement plan covering a selected group of key personnel to provide benefits equal to amounts computed under an “award criteria” at various targeted salary levels as adjusted for annual earnings performance of the Company. The plan is non-funded.

In connection with the Salary Continuation Plan and the Executive Incentive Retirement Plan, the Company has purchased life insurance policies on the respective officers. The cash surrender value of life insurance policies held by the Company totaled $17,804 and $16,783 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Expense related to these plans totaled $390 and $303 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and is included in employee compensation and benefits on the consolidated statements of earnings. The recorded liability totaled approximately $2,002 and $1,663 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively and is included in accrued interest and other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-49


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 13 - EMPLOYEE BENEFITS  (Continued)

 

Bonus Plan : The Company has a Bonus Plan that rewards officers and employees based on performance of individual business units of the Company. Earnings and growth performance goals for each business unit and for the Company as a whole are established at the beginning of the calendar year and approved annually by the board of directors. The Bonus Plan provides for a predetermined bonus amount to be contributed to the employee bonus pool based on (i) earnings target and growth for individual business units and (ii) achieving certain pre-tax return on average equity and pre-tax return on average asset levels for the Company as a whole. These bonus amounts are established annually by our board of directors. The bonus expense under this plan for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 totaled $2,069 and $1,828, respectively and is included in employee compensation and benefits on the consolidated statements of earnings.

NOTE 14 - INCOME TAXES

Management of the Company considers the likelihood of changes by taxing authorities in its filed income tax returns and discloses potential significant changes that management believes are more likely than not to occur upon examination by tax authorities. Management has not identified any uncertain tax positions

in previously filed income tax returns that require disclosure in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company is subject to U.S. federal income taxes.

The consolidated provision for income taxes were as follows as of December 31:

 

     2016     2015  

Current federal tax expense

   $ 6,045     $ 5,551  

Deferred federal tax (benefit)

     (1,330     (1,189
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $     4,715     $     4,362  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The provision for federal income taxes differs from that computed by applying federal statutory rates to income before federal income tax expense, as indicated in the following analysis as of December 31:

 

     2016     2015  

Federal statutory income tax at 35%

   $ 5,893     $ 5,066  

Tax exempt interest income

     (1,428     (818

Earnings bank owned life insurance

     (128     (147

Non deductible expenses

     223       320  

Other

     155       (59
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $     4,715     $     4,362  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-50


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 14 - INCOME TAXES  (Continued)

 

The components of the deferred tax assets (liabilities), in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following as of December 31:

 

     2016     2015  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Allowance for loan losses

   $ 4,192     $ 3,289  

Deferred compensation

     701       582  

Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities

     1,140       1,083  

Stock appreciation rights

     197       178  

Non accrual loans

     90       94  

Other real estate owned

     18       19  

Basis in securities

     282       224  

Other

     1,479       1,568  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     8,099       7,037  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Premises and equipment

     (2,447     (2,619

Deferred loan costs, net

     (388     (451

Intangibles

     (299     (407

Other

     (73     (55
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (3,207     (3,532
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $             4,892     $             3,505  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 15 - NONINTEREST INCOME AND NONINTEREST EXPENSE

Other operating income consisted of the following for the years ended December 31:

 

     2016      2015  

Fiduciary income

   $     1,405      $     1,432  

Bank-owned life insurance income

     453        421  

Merchant and debit card fees

     2,741        2,737  

Loan processing fee income

     622        501  

Other noninterest income

     2,465        1,769  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 7,686      $ 6,860  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-51


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 15 - NONINTEREST INCOME AND NONINTEREST EXPENSE  (Continued)

 

Other operating expense consisted of the following for the years ended December 31:

 

     2016      2015  

Legal and professional fees

   $ 1,935      $ 2,064  

Software support fees

     1,870        1,840  

Amortization

     980        951  

Director and committee fees

     940        859  

Advertising and promotions

     1,015        918  

ATM and debit card expense

     933        1,201  

Office and computer supplies

     464        495  

Postage

     325        310  

Telecommunication expense

     609        572  

FDIC insurance assessment fees

     1,200        743  

Other real estate owned expenses and write-downs

     140        118  

Other

     3,488        3,586  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 13,899      $ 13,657  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 16 - DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company utilizes certain derivative financial instruments. Stand-alone derivative financial instruments such as interest rate swaps, are used to economically hedge interest rate risk related to the Company’s liabilities. These derivative instruments involve both credit and market risk. The notional amounts are amounts on which calculations, payments, and the value of the derivative are based. Notional amounts do not represent direct credit exposures. Direct credit exposure is limited to the net difference between the calculated amounts to be received and paid, if any. Such difference, which represents the fair value of the derivative instruments, is reflected on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet in other liabilities.

The Company is exposed to credit related losses in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to those agreements. The Company controls the credit risk of its financial contracts through credit approvals, limits and monitoring procedures, and does not expect any counterparties to fail their obligations.

The Company entered into interest rate swaps to receive payments at a fixed rate in exchange for paying a floating rate on the debentures discussed in Note 10. Management believes that entering into the interest rate swaps exposed the Company to variability in their fair value due to changes in the level of interest rates. It is the Company’s objective to hedge the change in fair value of floating rate debentures at coverage levels that are appropriate, given anticipated or existing interest rate levels and other market considerations, as well as the relationship of change in this liability to other liabilities of the Company. To meet this objective, the Company utilizes interest rate swaps as an asset/liability management strategy to hedge the change in value of the cash flows due to changes in expected interest rate assumptions.

Interest rate swaps with notional amounts totaling $5,000 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, were designated as cash flow hedges of the debentures and were determined to be fully effective during all periods presented. As

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-52


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 16 - DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS  (Continued)

 

such, no amount of ineffectiveness has been included in net income. Therefore, the aggregate fair value of the swaps is recorded in accrued interest and other liabilities within the consolidated balance sheets with changes in fair value recorded in other comprehensive income. The amount included in accumulated other comprehensive income would be reclassified to current earnings should the hedges no longer be considered effective. The Company expects the hedges to remain fully effective during the remaining terms of the swaps.

The information pertaining to outstanding interest rate swap agreements used to hedge floating rate debentures was as follows:

 

December 31, 2016

                                 

Notional

Amount

    

Pay Rate

    

Receive Rate

    

Effective Date

      

Maturity
in Years

      

Unrealized
Losses

 
$2,000        5.979    3 month LIBOR plus 1.67%        October 1, 2016          9.25        $ 342  
$3,000        7.505    3 month LIBOR plus 3.35%        October 30, 2012          5.83        $ 353  

December 31, 2015

                                 

Notional
Amount

    

Pay Rate

    

Receive Rate

    

Effective Date

      

Maturity
in Years

      

Unrealized
Losses

 
$2,000        5.979    3 month LIBOR plus 1.67%        October 1, 2016          10.25        $ 342  
$3,000        7.505    3 month LIBOR plus 3.35%        October 30, 2012          6.83        $ 433  

Interest expense recorded on these swap transactions totaled $882 and $603 during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and is reported as a component of interest expense on the debentures. At December 31, 2016, the Company expected none of the unrealized loss to be reclassified as a reduction of interest expense during the remainder of 2017.

NOTE 17 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into various transactions, which, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, are not included in the consolidated balance sheets. These transactions are referred to as “off-balance sheet commitments.” The Company enters into these transactions to meet the financing needs of its customers. These transactions include commitments to extend credit and letters of credit, which involve elements of credit risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company minimizes its exposure to loss under these commitments by subjecting them to credit approval and monitoring procedures.

The Company enters into contractual commitments to extend credit, normally with fixed expiration dates or termination clauses, at specified rates and for specific purposes. Customers use credit commitments to ensure that funds will be available for working capital purposes, for capital expenditures and to ensure access to funds at specified terms and conditions. Substantially all of the Company’s commitments to extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit standards at the time of loan funding. Management assesses the credit

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-53


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 17 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES  (Continued)

 

risk associated with certain commitments to extend credit in determining the level of the allowance for credit losses.

Letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The Company’s policies generally require that letters of credit arrangements contain security and debt covenants similar to those contained in loan agreements. In the event the customer does not perform in accordance with the terms of the agreement with the third party, the Company would be required to fund the commitment. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make is represented by the contractual amount shown in the table below. If the commitment were funded, the Company would be entitled to seek recovery from the

customer. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, no amounts have been recorded as liabilities for the Bank’s potential obligations under these guarantees.

Commitments and letters of credit outstanding were as follows as of December 31:

 

    

Contract or

Notional Amount

 
     2016      2015  

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 297,607      $ 205,919  

Letters of credit

     8,879        6,641  

Litigation

The Company is involved in certain claims and lawsuits occurring in the normal course of business. Management, after consultation with legal counsel, does not believe that the outcome of these actions, if determined adversely, would have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

Operating Leases

The Company leases some of its banking facilities under non-cancelable operating leases expiring in various years through 2023. Minimum future lease payments under these non-cancelable operating leases in excess of one year as of December 31, 2016, are as follows:

 

  Year ended December 31  

  

  Amount  

 

2017

   $ 396  

2018

     317  

2019

     266  

2020

     228  

2021

     67  

Thereafter

     4  
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,278  
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-54


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 17 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES  (Continued)

 

Rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was approximately $717 and $474 respectively, and is included in other expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of income.

Certain of the operating leases above provide for renewal options at their fair value at the time of renewal. In the normal course of business, operating leases are generally renewed or replaced by other leases.

NOTE 18 - REGULATORY MATTERS

Under banking law, there are legal restrictions limiting the amount of dividends the Company can declare. Approval of the regulatory authorities is required if the effect of the dividends declared would cause regulatory capital of the Company to fall below specified minimum levels.

The Company on a consolidated basis and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities, and certain off balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-55


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 18 - REGULATORY MATTERS  (Continued)

 

A comparison of the Company’s and Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios to required capital amounts and ratios is presented in the following table:

 

    

         Actual          

   

Minimum Required
For Capital
Adequacy
      Purposes      

   

To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
    Action Provisions    

 
    

Amount

    

Ratio

   

Amount

    

Ratio

   

Amount

    

Ratio

 

December 31, 2016

               

Total capital to risk-weighted assets:

               

Consolidated

   $     149,468        10.86   $ 110,083        8.00        n/a  

Bank

     173,528        12.63     109,947        8.00   $ 137,434        10.00

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets:

               

Consolidated

     137,984        10.03     82,562        6.00        n/a  

Bank

     162,044        11.79     82,460        6.00     109,947        8.00

Tier 1 capital to average assets:

               

Consolidated

     137,984        7.71     71,560        4.00        n/a  

Bank

     162,044        9.06     71,505        4.00     89,381        5.00

Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital:

               

Consolidated

     127,674        9.28     61,922        4.50        n/a  

Bank

     162,044        11.79     61,845        4.50     89,332        6.50

December 31, 2015

               

Total capital to risk-weighted assets:

               

Consolidated

   $ 143,742        12.08   $ 95,222        8.00        n/a  

Bank

     169,870        14.29     95,096        8.00   $ 118,870        10.00

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets:

               

Consolidated

     134,480        11.30     71,416        6.00        n/a  

Bank

     160,607        13.51     71,322        6.00     95,096        8.00

Tier 1 capital to average assets:

               

Consolidated

     134,480        8.33     64,603        4.00        n/a  

Bank

     160,607        9.95     64,557        4.00     80,696        5.00

Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital:

               

Consolidated

     124,170        10.43     53,562        4.50        n/a  

Bank

     160,607        13.51     53,492        4.50     77,266        6.50

In July 2013, the Federal Reserve published final rules for the adoption of the Basel III regulatory capital framework (the “Basel III Capital Rules”). The Basel III Capital Rules, among other things, (i) introduce a new capital measure called “Common Equity Tier I” (“CETI”), (ii) specify that Tier I capital consist of Common Equity Tier I and “Additional Tier I Capital” instruments meeting specified requirements, (iii) define Common Equity Tier I narrowly by requiring that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to Common Equity Tier I and not to the other components of capital and (iv) expand the scope of the deductions/adjustments as compared to existing regulations. The Basel III Capital Rules became effective for the Company on January 1, 2015, with certain transition provisions to be fully phased in by January 1, 2019.

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-56


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 18 - REGULATORY MATTERS  (Continued)

 

Starting in January 2016, the implantation of the capital conservation buffer will be effective for the Company starting at the 0.625% level and increasing 0.625% each year thereafter, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress and effectively increases the minimum required risk-weighted capital ratios.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total, CETI and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), ad of Tier I capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 that the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which it was subject.

As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company’s capital ratios exceeded those levels necessary to be categorized as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as “well capitalized”, the Company must maintain minimum total risk-based, CETI, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since December 31, 2016 that management believes have changed the Company’s category.

The Federal Reserve’s guidelines regarding the capital treatment of trust preferred securities limits restricted core capital elements (including trust preferred securities and qualifying perpetual preferred stock) to 25% of all core capital elements, net of goodwill less any associated deferred tax liability. Because the Company’s aggregate amount of trust preferred securities is less than the limit of 25% of Tier I capital, net of goodwill, the rules permit the inclusion of $10,310 of trust preferred securities in Tier I capital at December 31, 2016 and 2015. Additionally, the rules provide that trust preferred securities would no longer qualify for Tier I capital within five years of their maturity, but would be included as Tier 2 capital. However, the trust preferred securities would be amortized out of Tier 2 capital by one-fifth each year and excluded from Tier 2 capital completely during the year prior to maturity of the subordinated debentures.

Dividends paid by the Company are mainly provided by dividends from its subsidiaries. However, certain restrictions exist regarding the ability of its bank subsidiary to transfer funds to the Company in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances. These guidelines do not currently restrict the Bank from paying normal dividends to the Company. The amount of dividends that a subsidiary bank may declare in a calendar year is the subsidiary bank’s net profits for that year combined with its retained net profits for the preceding two years. Retained net profits, as defined by the OCC, consist of net income less dividends declared during the period. As of December 31, 2016, the Bank had $10,975 available for payment of dividends.

NOTE 19 - CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

Most of the Company’s business activity is with customers located within the state. Investments in state and municipal securities involve governmental entities within the Company’s market area. The Company also maintains deposits with other financial institutions in amounts that exceed FDIC insurance coverage.

The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash and cash equivalents.

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-57


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

NOTE 20 - SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are secured by collateralized mortgage obligations securities with a carrying amount of $11,033 as of December 31, 2016 and collateralized mortgage obligations and agency securities with a carrying amount of $12,993 as of December 31, 2015, respectively.

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are financing arrangements that mature within two years. At maturity, the securities underlying the agreements are returned to the Company. Information concerning securities sold under agreements to repurchase is summarized as follows as of December 31:

 

     2016      2015  

Average balance during the year

   $ 12,475      $ 11,223  

Average interest rate during the year

     0.53      0.49

Maximum month-end balance during the year

   $ 14,817      $ 14,405  

Weighted average interest rate at year-end

     0.41      0.49

NOTE 21 - RELATED PARTIES

As more fully described in Note 4, Note 8 and Note 10, the company has entered into loans, deposits and debentures transactions with related parties. Management believes the transactions entered into with related parties are in the ordinary course of business and are on terms similar to transitions with unaffiliated parties.

NOTE 22 - FAIR VALUE

Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair values:

Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

Level 2 – Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3 – Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

The Company used the following methods and significant assumptions to estimate fair value:

Marketable Securities : The fair values for marketable securities are determined by quoted market prices, if available (Level 1). For securities where quoted prices are not available, fair values are calculated based on market prices of similar securities (Level 2). For securities where quoted prices or market prices of similar securities are not available, fair values are calculated using discounted cash flows or other market indicators (Level 3).

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-58


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 22 - FAIR VALUE  (Continued)

 

Loans Held For Sale: Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value, which is evaluated on a pool-level basis. The fair value of loans held for sale is determined using quoted prices for similar assets, adjusted for specific attributes of that loan or other observable market data, such as outstanding commitments from third party investors (Level 2).

Derivative Instruments : The fair values of derivatives are based on valuation models using observable market data as of the measurement date (Level 2).

Impaired Loans : The fair value of impaired loans with specific allocations of the allowance for loan losses is generally based on the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or, if repayment is expected solely from the collateral, the fair value of collateral, less costs to sell, is determined using recent real estate appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the independent appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant (Level 3). Non-real estate collateral may be valued using an appraisal, net book value per the borrower’s financial statements, or aging reports, adjusted or discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of the valuation, and management’s expertise and knowledge of the client and client’s business (Level 3). Impaired loans are evaluated on a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly.

Other Real Estate Owned : Assets acquired through or instead of loan foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. These assets are subsequently accounted for at lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell. Fair value is commonly based on recent real estate appraisals which are updated no less frequently than annually. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the independent appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Real estate owned properties are evaluated on a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly (Level 3).

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-59


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 22 - FAIR VALUE  (Continued)

 

The following table summarizes quantitative disclosures about the fair value measurements for each category of financial assets (liabilities) carried at fair value as of December 31:

 

2016

  

Fair Value

   

Quoted Prices in

Active Markets for

Identical Assets

(Level 1)

    

Significant Other

Observable

Inputs

(Level 2)

   

Significant Other

Unobservable

Inputs

(Level 3)

 

Assets (liabilities) at fair value on a recurring basis:

         

Available for sale securities

         

Mortgage-backed securities

   $ 59,690     $ -      $ 59,690     $ -  

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     65,133       -        65,133       -  

Corporate bonds

     24,883       -        24,883       -  

U.S. treasury securities

     -       -        -       -  

Derivative instruments

     (695     -        (695     -  

Assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis:

         

Impaired loans

     6,065       -        -       6,065  

Other real estate owned

     1,692       -        -       1,692  

 

2015

  

Fair Value

   

Quoted Prices in

Active Markets for

Identical Assets

(Level 1)

    

Significant Other

Observable

Inputs

(Level 2)

   

Significant Other

Unobservable

Inputs

(Level 3)

 

Assets (liabilities) at fair value on a recurring basis:

         

Available for sale securities

         

Collateralized mortgage obligations

   $ 107,321     $ -      $ 107,321     $ -  

Municipal securities

     -       -        -       -  

U.S. treasury securities

     29,985       29,985        -       -  

Derivative instruments

     (775     -        (775     -  

Assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis:

         

Impaired loans

     5,555       -        -       5,555  

Other real estate owned

     1,693       -        -       1,693  

There were no transfers between Level 2 and Level 3 during 2016 or 2015.

Nonfinancial Assets and Nonfinancial Liabilities : Nonfinancial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 include certain foreclosed assets which, upon initial recognition, were remeasured and reported at fair value through a charge-off to the allowance for loan losses and

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-60


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 22 - FAIR VALUE  (Continued)

 

certain foreclosed assets which, subsequent to their initial recognition, were remeasured at fair value through a write-down included in current earnings. The fair value of a foreclosed asset is estimated using Level 2 inputs based on observable market data or Level 3 inputs based on customized discounting criteria. The following table presents foreclosed assets that were remeasured and recorded at fair value as of December 31:

 

     2016     2015  

Foreclosed assets remeasured at initial recognition:

    

Carrying value of foreclosed assets prior to remeasurement

   $ 78     $ 364  

Charge-offs recognized in the allowance for loan losses

     (11     (124
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of foreclosed assets remeasured at initial recognition

   $ 67     $ 240  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreclosed assets remeasured subsequent to initial recognition:

    

Carrying value of foreclosed assets prior to remeasurement

   $ 170     $ 167  

Write-downs included in collection and other real estate owned expense

     (69     (102
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of foreclosed assets remeasured subsequent to initial recognition

   $     101     $     65  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents quantitative information about nonrecurring Level 3 fair value measurements at:

 

    

Fair Value

    

Valuation
Technique(s)

  

Unobservable Input(s)

  

Range
(Weighted
Average)

 

December 31, 2016

           

Impaired loans

   $ 6,065     

Fair value of collateral- sales comparison approach

   Selling costs or other normal adjustments: Real estate      10%-20% (16%)  
         Equipment      40%-50% (42%)  

Other real estate
owned

   $ 1,692     

Appraisal value of collateral

   Selling costs or other normal adjustments      10%-20% (16%)  
    

Fair Value

    

Valuation
Technique(s)

  

Unobservable Input(s)

  

Range
(Weighted
Average)

 

December 31, 2015

           

Impaired loans

   $ 5,555     

Fair value of collateral- sales comparison approach

   Selling costs or other normal adjustments: Real estate      10%-20% (16%)  
         Equipment      40%-50% (49%)  

Other real estate owned

   $ 1,693     

Appraisal value of collateral

   Selling costs or other normal adjustments      10%-20% (16%)  

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-61


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 22 - FAIR VALUE  (Continued)

 

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments, not previously in this note, at December 31, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 

            Fair Value Measurements at
December 31, 2016 Using:
 
    

Carrying Amount

    

Level 1

    

Level 2

    

Level 3

     Total  
Financial assets               

Cash, due from banks, federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits

   $ 127,543      $ 100,205      $ 27,338      $ -      $ 127,543  
Marketable securities held to maturity      189,371        -        186,155        -        186,155  
Loans, net      1,233,651        -        -        1,235,306        1,235,306  
Accrued interest receivable      7,419        -        7,419        -        7,419  
Nonmarketable equity securities      10,500        -        10,500        -        10,500  
Cash surrender value of life insurance      17,804        -        17,804        -        17,804  
Financial liabilities               
Deposits    $ 1,576,791      $     1,234,875      $ 342,615      $ -      $     1,577,490  
Securities sold under repurchase agreements      10,859        -        10,859        -        10,859  
Accrued interest payable      889        -        889        -        889  
Other debt      18,286        -        18,286        -        18,286  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances      55,170        -        55,160        -        55,160  
Subordinated debentures      19,310        -        16,809        -        16,809  

 

          Fair Value Measurements at
December 31, 2015 Using:
 
   

Carrying Amount

   

Level 1

   

Level 2

   

Level 3

    Total  

Financial assets

         

Cash, due from banks, federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits

  $ 111,379     $ 85,924     $ 25,455     $ -     $ 111,379  

Marketable securities held to maturity

    125,031       -       127,812       -       127,812  

Loans, net

    1,059,404       -       -       1,060,954       1,060,954  

Accrued interest receivable

    5,931       -       5,931       -       5,931  

Nonmarketable equity securities

    8,876       -       8,876       -       8,876  

Cash surrender value of life insurance

    16,783       -       16,783       -       16,783  

Financial liabilities

         

Deposits

  $ 1,466,197     $     1,109,080     $     357,878     $ -     $ 1,466,958  

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

    12,963       -       12,963       -       12,963  

Accrued interest payable

    987       -       987       -       987  

Other debt

    18,000       -       18,000       -       18,000  

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

    21,342       -       21,272       -       21,272  

Subordinated debentures

    21,310       -       18,644       -       18,644  

The methods and assumptions, not previously presented, used to estimate fair values are described as follows:

Cash and Cash Equivalents : The carrying amounts of cash and short-term instruments approximate fair values (Level 1).

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-62


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 22 - FAIR VALUE  (Continued)

 

Loans, net : The fair value of fixed-rate loans and variable-rate loans that reprice on an infrequent basis is estimated by discounting future cash flows using the current interest rates at which similar loans with similar terms would be made to borrowers of similar credit quality (Level 3).

Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance : The carrying amounts of bank-owned life insurance approximate their fair value.

Nonmarketable Equity Securities : It is not practical to determine the fair value of Independent Bankers Financial Corporation, Federal Home Loan Bank, Federal Reserve Bank and other stock due to restrictions placed on its transferability.

Deposits and Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements : The fair values disclosed for demand deposits (e.g., interest and non-interest checking, passbook savings, and certain types of money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amount) (Level 1). The fair values of deposit liabilities with defined maturities are estimated by discounting future cash flows using interest rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities (Level 2).

Other Borrowings : The fair value of borrowings, consisting of lines of credit, Federal Home Loan Bank advances and Subordinated debentures is estimated by discounting future cash flows using currently available rates for similar financing (Level 2).

Accrued Interest Receivable/Payable : The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate their fair values (Level 2).

Off-balance Sheet Instruments : Fair values for off-balance sheet, credit-related financial instruments are based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing. The fair value of commitments is not material.

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-63


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

NOTE 23 - ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

The following are changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss by component, net of tax, for the year ending December 31, 2016:

 

    

Gains and
(Losses) on
Cash Flow
Hedges

   

Unrealized
Gains and
(Losses) on
Available
for Sale
Securities

   

Unrealized
Gains and
(Losses) on
Held to
Maturity
Securities

   

Total

 

Beginning balance

   $ (775   $ (5,212   $ (586   $ (6,573

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification

     80       (54     113       139  

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

     -       (53     -       (53
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current period other comprehensive income (loss)

     80       (107     113       86  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ (695   $ (5,319   $ (473   $     (6,487
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following are significant amounts reclassified out of each component of accumulated other comprehensive loss for the year ending December 31, 2016:

 

Details about    Amount      Affected Line Item
Accumulated Other    Reclassified From      in the Statement
Comprehensive    Accumulated Other      Where Net

Loss Components

  

Comprehensive Loss

    

Earnings is Presented

Unrealized gain on available for sale securities    $         (82)      Net realized gain on sale of securities transactions
                29       Tax benefit
  

 

 

    
   $         (53)      Net of Tax
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-64


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 23 - ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS  (Continued)

 

The following are changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss by component, net of tax, for the year ending December 31, 2015:

 

    

Gains and
(Losses) on
Cash Flow
Hedges

   

Unrealized
Gains and
(Losses) on
Available
for Sale
Securities

   

Unrealized
Gains and
(Losses) on
Held to
Maturity
Securities

    Total  

Beginning balance

   $ (733   $ (4,413   $ (678   $ (5,824

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassification

     (42     (749     92       (699

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

     -       (50     -       (50
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current period other comprehensive (loss) income

     (42     (799     92       (749
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ (775   $ (5,212   $ (586   $     (6,573
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following are significant amounts reclassified out of each component of accumulated other comprehensive loss for the year ending December 31, 2015:

 

Details about    Amount     Affected Line Item
Accumulated Other    Reclassified From     in the Statement
Comprehensive    Accumulated Other     Where Net

Loss Components

  

Comprehensive Loss

   

Earnings is Presented

Unrealized gain on available for sale securities      $    (77   Net realized gain on sale of securities transactions
       27     Tax benefit
  

 

 

   
     $    (50   Net of Tax
  

 

 

   

NOTE 24 - EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net earnings available to common shareholders by the weighted-average common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the maximum potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock and would then share in the net earnings of the Company. Dilutive share equivalents include stock-based awards issued to employees.

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-65


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 24 - EARNINGS PER SHARE  (Continued)

 

Stock options granted by the Company are treated as potential shares in computing earnings per share. Diluted shares outstanding include the dilutive effect of in-the-money awards which is calculated based on the average share price for each fiscal period using the treasury stock method. Under the treasury stock method, the amount that the employee must pay for exercising stock options, the amount of compensation cost for future service that the Company has not yet recognized, and the amount of tax impact that would be recorded in additional paid-in capital when the award becomes deductible are assumed to be used to repurchase shares.

The computations of basic and diluted earnings per share for the Company were as follows (in thousands except per share amounts) as of December 31:

 

     2016      2015  

Numerator:

     

Net earnings (basic)

   $ 12,121      $ 10,111  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net earnings (diluted)

   $ 12,121      $ 10,111  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator:

     

Weighted-average shares outstanding (basic)

     8,968,262        8,796,029  

Effect of dilutive securities:

     

Common stock equivalent shares from stock options

     8,066        5,958  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding (diluted)

     8,976,328        8,801,987  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net earnings per share

     

Basic

   $ 1.35      $ 1.15  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 1.35      $ 1.15  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-66


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

NOTE 25 - PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Condensed financial information of Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. follows:

 

     2016      2015  

ASSETS

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,645      $ 1,430  

Investment in banking subsidiaries

     176,979        174,948  

Other assets

     1,781        2,347  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 180,405      $ 178,725  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

     

Debt

   $ 37,596      $ 39,310  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     895        1,679  

KSOP-owned shares

     31,661        35,384  

Shareholders’ equity

     110,253        102,352  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 180,405      $ 178,725  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2016      2015  

Interest income

   $ 19      $ 3  

Dividends from Guaranty Bank & Trust

     12,000        20,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     12,019        20,003  

Expenses

     

Interest expense

     1,417        1,045  

Other expenses

     1,406        1,811  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,823        2,856  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income tax and equity in undistributed income of subsidiary

     9,196        17,147  

Income tax benefit

     900        850  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary

     10,096        17,997  

Equity in undistributed earnings (loss) of subsidiary

     2,025        (7,886
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net earnings

   $ 12,121      $ 10,111  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 12,207      $ 9,362  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-67


Table of Contents

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

NOTE 25 - PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION  (Continued)

 

 

     2016     2015  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net earnings

   $ 12,121     $ 10,111  

Adjustments:

    

Distributions in excess of (equity in undistributed) subsidiary earnings

     (2,025     7,886  

Stock based compensation

     211       237  

Change in other assets

     89       (646

Change in other liabilities

     (227     (95
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     10,169       17,493  

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Acquisition of DCB Financial Corporation

     -       (7,329

Acquisition of Texas Leadership Bank of Royce City

     -       (7,771

Investment in Guaranty Bank & Trust

     -       (4,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     -       (19,100

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Proceeds of borrowings

     19,000       27,000  

Repayments of borrowings

     (20,714     (13,000

Sale of common stock

     -       7,266  

Purchase of treasury stock

     (12,218     (14,568

Sale of treasury stock

     8,557       -  

Exercise of stock options

     36       -  

Dividends paid

     (4,615     (4,526
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (9,954     2,172  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     215       565  

Beginning cash and cash equivalents

     1,430       865  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,645     $ 1,430  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-68


Table of Contents

[            ] Shares

 

LOGO

Guaranty Bancshares, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

Sandler O’Neill + Partners, L.P.    Stephens Inc.

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2017

Through and including [                    ], 2017 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

Estimated expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, of the sale of the registrant’s common stock, $1.00 par value, are as follows:

 

SEC registration fee

   $    [                ]

FINRA filing fee

   $    [                ]

NASDAQ listing fees and expenses

   $    [                ]

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

   $    [                ]

Printing fees and expenses

   $    [                ]

Legal fees and expenses

   $    [                ]

Accounting expenses

   $    [                ]

Miscellaneous expenses

   $    [                ]

Total

   $    [                ]

 

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

The Texas Business Organizations Code, or TBOC, permits a Texas corporation to limit in its charter the liability of the corporation’s directors to the corporation or its shareholders for conduct in the performance of such director’s duties. However, Texas law does not permit any limitation of liability of a director who is found liable to the corporation or is found liable because the director improperly received a personal benefit for: (1) breaching a duty of loyalty owed to the corporation; (2) failing to act in good faith that constitutes a breach of a duty owed by the person to the corporation; or (3) engaging in willful or intentional misconduct in the performance of a director’s duty to the corporation. The registrant’s amended and restated certificate of formation provides that a director of the registrant will not be liable to the registrant or its shareholders to the fullest extent permitted by Texas law.

Sections 8.101 and 8.103 of the TBOC provide that a Texas corporation may indemnify a person who was, is, or is threatened to be a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding because the person is or was a director only if a determination is made that such indemnification is permissible under the TBOC: (1) by a majority vote of the directors who at the time of the vote are disinterested and independent, regardless of whether such directors constitute a quorum; (2) by a majority vote of a board committee designated by a majority of disinterested and independent directors and consisting solely of disinterested and independent directors; (3) by special legal counsel selected by the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors as set forth in (1) or (2); (4) by the shareholders in a vote that excludes the shares held by directors who are not disinterested and independent; or, (5) by unanimous vote of the shareholders. The power to indemnify applies only if such person acted in good faith and, in the case of conduct in the person’s official capacity as a director, in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interest of the corporation, and, in all other cases, that the person’s conduct was not opposed to the best interest of the corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, that such person had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

Section 8.104 of the TBOC provides that a Texas corporation may pay or reimburse, in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding, reasonable expenses incurred by a present director who was, is, or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding after the corporation receives a written affirmation by the director of his good faith belief that he has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification under Section 8.101 of the TBOC and a written undertaking by or on behalf of the director to repay the amount paid or reimbursed if it is ultimately determined that he has not met that standard or if it is ultimately determined that indemnification of the director is not otherwise permitted under the TBOC. Section 8.105 of the TBOC also provides that reasonable expenses incurred by a former director or officer, or a

 

II-1


Table of Contents

present or former employee or agent of the corporation, who was, is, or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding may be paid or reimbursed by the corporation, in advance of the final disposition of the action, as the corporation considers appropriate.

Section 8.105 of the TBOC provides that a corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to a person who is not a director, including an officer, employee, or agent of the corporation as provided by: (1) the corporation’s governing documents; (2) an action by the corporation’s governing authority; (3) resolution by the shareholders; (4) contract; or (5) common law. As consistent with Section 8.105 of the TBOC, a corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to persons who are not directors to the same extent that a corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to directors.

The registrant’s amended and restated certificate of formation provides that, to the fullest extent and under the circumstances permitted by Chapter 8 of the TBOC, (1) the registrant must indemnify and advance expenses to directors and officers, and (2) the registrant may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of our directors and officers.

The registrant also maintains directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The form of Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto obligates the underwriters to indemnify our directors, officers and controlling persons under limited circumstances against certain liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

Within the past three years, we have engaged in the following transactions that were not registered under the Securities Act:

 

    Between January 1, 2014 and the filing of this registration statement, and after giving effect to the 2-for-1 stock split we completed on August 20, 2014, we sold 352,500 shares of our common stock to our KSOP for aggregate consideration of approximately $7.9 million. No commission was paid in respect of the offer and sale of these securities. The offers and sales of these securities were made in reliance upon exemptions from federal securities registration provided by Rule 701 of the Securities Act for offers and sales of securities pursuant to compensatory benefit plans.

 

    Prior to 2015, we conducted certain limited sales of our common stock to purchasers who are residents of the state of Texas in private transactions. Between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014, and after giving effect to the 2-for-1 stock split we completed on August 20, 2014, we sold 352,252 shares of our common stock for aggregate consideration of approximately $7.2 million pursuant to these limited offerings. No commission was paid in respect of the offer and sale of these securities. The offer and sale of these securities were made in reliance upon exemptions from federal securities registration under Section 3(a)(11) of the Securities Act and SEC Rule 147 relating to intrastate offerings.

 

    In March 2015, we completed a private offering of 315,922 shares of our common stock to certain “accredited investors,” as defined in SEC Rule 501(a) of Regulation D, for aggregate consideration of approximately $7.3 million. No commission was paid in respect of the offer and sale of these securities. The offer and sale of these securities were made in reliance upon exemptions from federal securities registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and SEC Rule 506(b).

 

   

In March 2015, we issued an aggregate of 923,133 shares of our common stock to the former shareholders of DCB Financial Corp. that were “accredited investors,” as defined in SEC Rule 501(a) of Regulation D, as part of the consideration for our acquisition of DCB Financial Corp.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
 

No commission was paid in respect of the issuance of these securities. The offer and sale of these securities were made in reliance upon exemptions from federal securities registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and SEC Rule 506(b).

 

    In April 2015, we issued an aggregate of 280,160 shares of our common stock to the former shareholders of Texas Leadership Bank that were “accredited investors,” as defined in SEC Rule 501(a) of Regulation D, as part of the consideration for our acquisition of Texas Leadership Bank. No commission was paid in respect of the issuance of these securities. The offer and sale of these securities were made in reliance upon exemptions from federal securities registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and SEC Rule 506(b).

 

    On July 1, 2015, we sold $4.0 million in aggregate principal amount of unsecured redeemable non-convertible debentures, for aggregate consideration of $4.0 million, to four purchasers who were “accredited investors,” as defined in SEC Rule 501(a) of Regulation D. No commission was paid in respect of the offer and sale of these securities. The offer and sale of these securities were made in reliance upon exemptions from federal securities registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and SEC Rule 506(b).

 

    On December 1, 2015, we sold $5.0 million in aggregate principal amount of unsecured redeemable non-convertible debentures, for aggregate consideration of $5.0 million to seven purchasers who were “accredited investors,” as defined in SEC Rule 501(a) of Regulation D. No commission was paid in respect of the offer and sale of these securities. The offer and sale of these securities were made in reliance upon exemptions from federal securities registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and SEC Rule 506(b).

 

    In March 2016, we sold 356,552 shares of common stock to existing shareholders of Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. for aggregate consideration of approximately $8.6 million. No commission was paid in respect of the offer and sale of these securities. The offer and sale of these securities were made in reliance upon exemptions from federal securities registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and SEC Rule 506(b).

 

    We periodically issue grants of certain equity based awards to our executive officers, directors and other key employees. Between January 1, 2014 and the filing of this registration statement, and after giving effect to the 2-for-1 stock split we completed on August 20, 2014, we issued an aggregate of 3,414 shares of common stock upon the exercise of stock options, for aggregate consideration of $40,419. On October 15, 2014, we also granted options to purchase an aggregate of 229,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $24.00 per share. No commissions were paid in connection with any of these sales or grants. The offers and sales of these securities were made in reliance upon exemptions from federal securities registration provided by Rule 701 of the Securities Act for offers and sales of securities pursuant to compensatory benefit plans.

 

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

(a) Exhibits: The list of exhibits set forth under “Exhibit Index” at the end of this registration statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules: None.

 

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The registrant hereby further undertakes that:

(1)        For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

(2)        For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in Mount Pleasant, Texas, on the 6 th day of April, 2017.

 

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.
By:    

/s/ Tyson T. Abston

    Tyson T. Abston
    Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

POWERS OF ATTORNEY

Each of the undersigned officers and directors of Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. hereby constitutes and appoints Tyson T. Abston as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and re-substitution, in his or her name, place and stead and on his or her behalf, and in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this Registration Statement, and any other registration statement for the same offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing which said attorney-in-fact and agent may deem necessary or advisable to be done or performed in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the dates set forth below.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

By:    

/s/ Tyson T. Abston

 

Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive

Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  April 6, 2017
  Tyson T. Abston    
     
By:    

/s/ Clifton A. Payne

 

Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

Officer and Director

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  April 6, 2017
  Clifton A. Payne    
     
By:    

/s/ Kirk L. Lee

  Vice Chairman, President and Chief Credit Officer and Director   April 6, 2017
  Kirk L. Lee    
By:    

/s/ Richard W. Baker

  Director   April 6, 2017
  Richard W. Baker    

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

By:    

/s/ James S. Bunch

  Director   April 6, 2017
  James S. Bunch    
By:    

/s/ Johnny O. Conroy

  Director   April 6, 2017
  Johnny O. Conroy    
By:    

/s/ Bradley K. Drake

  Director   April 6, 2017
  Bradley K. Drake    
By:    

/s/ Christopher B. Elliott

  Director   April 6, 2017
  Christopher B. Elliott    
By:    

/s/ Carl Johnson, Jr.

  Director   April 6, 2017
  Carl Johnson, Jr.    
By:    

/s/ Weldon C. Miller

  Director   April 6, 2017
  Weldon C. Miller    
By:    

/s/ William D. Priefert

  Director   April 6, 2017
  William D. Priefert    
By:    

/s/ Arthur B. Scharlach, Jr.

  Director   April 6, 2017
  Arthur B. Scharlach, Jr.    

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

 NUMBER    DESCRIPTION
  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement+
  2.1    Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated December 23, 2014, by and among Guaranty Bancshares, Inc., TLB Interim Bank and Texas Leadership Bank*
  2.2    Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated January 6, 2015, by and among Guaranty Bancshares, Inc., GBI-DCB Acquisition Corporation and DCB Financial Corp.*
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation+
  3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws
  4.1    Specimen common stock certificate
   The other instruments defining the rights of the long-term debt securities of the Registrant and its subsidiaries are omitted pursuant to section (b)(4)(iii)(A) of Item 601 of Regulation S-K. The Registrant hereby agrees to furnish copies of these instruments to the SEC upon request.
  5.1    Form of Opinion of Fenimore, Kay, Harrison & Ford, LLP
10.1    Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan
10.2    Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan
10.3    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan
10.4    Form of Stock Option Award Agreement under the Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan
10.5    Form of Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement under the Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan
10.6    Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan With 401(k) Provisions, effective January 1, 2011, as amended
10.7    Description of Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan
10.8    Description of Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. Executive Incentive Retirement Plan
10.9    Salary Continuation Agreement, dated August 18, 1998, by and between Guaranty Bank & Trust and Arthur B. Scharlach, Jr., as amended on December 1, 2005 and on April 6, 2007
10.10    DCB Financial Corp. Stock Option Plan, dated December 1, 2003, as amended
10.11    Form of Stock Option Agreement under the DCB Financial Corp. Stock Option Plan
10.12    Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. Fair Market Value Stock Appreciation Rights Plan, effective January 1, 2008
10.13    Form of Award Agreement under the Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. Fair Market Value Stock Appreciation Rights Plan
10.14    Revolving Promissory Note, dated March 31, 2017, by Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. payable to Frost Bank in the original principal amount of $25,000,000
10.15    Loan Agreement, dated March 31, 2017, by and between Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. and Frost Bank
10.16    Form of Debenture issued by Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. in July 2015 and December 2015

 

II-7


Table of Contents
 NUMBER    DESCRIPTION
21.1    Subsidiaries of Guaranty Bancshares, Inc.
23.1    Consent of Fenimore, Kay, Harrison & Ford, LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
23.2    Consent of Whitley Penn LLP
24.1    Powers of attorney (included on signature page to the Registration Statement)

 

+ To be filed by amendment.

 

* Schedules and similar attachments have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The registrant will furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedules or similar attachment to the SEC upon request.

 

II-8

Exhibit 2.1

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

by and among

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.,

TLB INTERIM BANK

and

TEXAS LEADERSHIP BANK

Dated as of December 23, 2014

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              Page  

ARTICLE I THE MERGER

     2   
 

Section 1.1

  

The Merger

     2   
 

Section 1.2

  

Organizational Documents and Facilities of Surviving Bank

     2   
 

Section 1.3

  

Board of Directors and Officers of Surviving Bank

     2   
 

Section 1.4

  

Effect of Merger

     3   
 

Section 1.5

  

Liabilities of Surviving Bank

     3   
 

Section 1.6

  

Approvals and Notices

     3   
 

Section 1.7

  

Tax Consequences

     3   
 

Section 1.8

  

Modification of Structure

     3   

ARTICLE II CONSIDERATION AND EXCHANGE PROCEDURES

     4   
 

Section 2.1

  

Merger Consideration and Conversion of Shares

     4   
 

Section 2.2

  

Determination of Exchange Ratio

     8   
 

Section 2.3

  

Determination of Qualified Shareholders

     8   
 

Section 2.4

  

Dissenting Shares

     8   
 

Section 2.5

  

Exchange of Shares

     9   
 

Section 2.6

  

Treatment of TLB Options and TLB Warrants

     10   

ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF TLB

     11   
 

Section 3.1

  

Organization

     11   
 

Section 3.2

  

Capitalization

     12   
 

Section 3.3

  

Approvals; Authority

     12   
 

Section 3.4

  

Investments

     12   
 

Section 3.5

  

Financial Statements

     13   
 

Section 3.6

  

Loan Portfolio and Allowance for Loan Losses

     13   
 

Section 3.7

  

Certain Loans and Related Matters

     14   
 

Section 3.8

  

Real Property Owned or Leased

     15   
 

Section 3.9

  

Personal Property

     15   
 

Section 3.10

  

Environmental Laws

     16   
 

Section 3.11

  

Proceedings

     17   
 

Section 3.12

  

Taxes

     17   
 

Section 3.13

  

Contracts and Commitments

     20   
 

Section 3.14

  

Insurance Policies

     20   
 

Section 3.15

  

No Conflict With Other Instruments

     20   
 

Section 3.16

  

Consents and Approvals

     21   
 

Section 3.17

  

Absence of Certain Changes

     21   
 

Section 3.18

  

Employment Relations

     21   
 

Section 3.19

  

Employee Benefit Plans

     21   
 

Section 3.20

  

Deferred Compensation and Salary Continuation Arrangements

     24   
 

Section 3.21

  

Intellectual Property Rights

     24   
 

Section 3.22

  

Brokers, Finders and Financial Advisors

     24   
 

Section 3.23

  

Accounting Controls

     24   
 

Section 3.24

  

Derivative Contracts

     25   
 

Section 3.25

  

Deposits

     25   
 

Section 3.26

  

Regulatory Actions

     25   


 

Section 3.27

  

Compliance with Laws and Regulatory Filings

     25   
 

Section 3.28

  

Mortgage Banking Business

     26   
 

Section 3.29

  

Shareholders’ List

     27   
 

Section 3.30

  

SEC Status; Securities Issuances

     27   
 

Section 3.31

  

Fiduciary Responsibilities

     27   
 

Section 3.32

  

Dissenting Shareholders

     27   
 

Section 3.33

  

Books and Records

     28   
 

Section 3.34

  

Information

     28   
 

Section 3.35

  

Fairness Opinion

     29   
 

Section 3.36

  

No Representations or Warranties of Initial Public Offering

     29   
 

Section 3.37

  

Representations Not Misleading

     29   

ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF GUARANTY AND INTERIM BANK

     29   
 

Section 4.1

  

Organization

     29   
 

Section 4.2

  

Capitalization

     30   
 

Section 4.3

  

Approvals; Authority

     31   
 

Section 4.4

  

No Conflict With Other Instruments

     31   
 

Section 4.5

  

Consents and Approvals

     31   
 

Section 4.6

  

Financial Statements

     32   
 

Section 4.7

  

Proceedings

     32   
 

Section 4.8

  

Absence of Certain Changes

     32   
 

Section 4.9

  

Regulatory Actions

     33   
 

Section 4.10

  

Compliance with Laws and Regulatory Filings

     33   
 

Section 4.11

  

No Brokers or Finders

     33   
 

Section 4.12

  

Accounting Controls

     34   
 

Section 4.13

  

Information

     34   
 

Section 4.14

  

No Other Representation or Warranties

     34   
 

Section 4.15

  

Representations Not Misleading

     34   

ARTICLE V COVENANTS OF TLB

     34   
 

Section 5.1

  

Efforts

     34   
 

Section 5.2

  

Approval of Shareholders of TLB

     35   
 

Section 5.3

  

Activities of TLB Pending Closing

     35   
 

Section 5.4

  

Access to Properties and Records

     38   
 

Section 5.5

  

Information for Regulatory Applications and Proxy Statement-Offering Circular

     38   
 

Section 5.6

  

Standstill Provision

     39   
 

Section 5.7

  

Termination of TLB Contracts

     39   
 

Section 5.8

  

Conforming Accounting Adjustments

     39   
 

Section 5.9

  

Environmental Investigation; Rights to Terminate Agreement

     40   
 

Section 5.10

  

Nature of Deposits

     41   
 

Section 5.11

  

Continuing D&O Coverage

     41   
 

Section 5.12

  

Minutes from Directors’ and Committee Meetings; Loan Committee Monitoring

     42   
 

Section 5.13

  

Allowance for Loan Losses

     42   
 

Section 5.14

  

Cooperation

     42   
 

Section 5.15

  

Restrictions on Guaranty Common Stock

     42   

 

ii


ARTICLE VI COVENANTS OF GUARANTY AND INTERIM BANK

     43   
 

Section 6.1

  

Regulatory Filings; Efforts

     43   
 

Section 6.2

  

Activities of Guaranty and Interim Bank Pending Closing

     43   
 

Section 6.3

  

Access to Properties and Records

     44   
 

Section 6.4

  

Issuance of Guaranty Common Stock

     44   
 

Section 6.5

  

Information for Proxy Statement-Offering Circular

     44   
 

Section 6.6

  

Indemnification

     44   
 

Section 6.7

  

Advisory Directors

     45   
 

Section 6.8

  

Accession Agreement

     45   

ARTICLE VII MUTUAL COVENANTS OF GUARANTY, INTERIM BANK AND TLB

     45   
 

Section 7.1

  

Notification; Updated Disclosure Schedules

     45   
 

Section 7.2

  

Confidentiality

     45   
 

Section 7.3

  

Publicity

     46   
 

Section 7.4

  

Employee Benefit Plans

     46   

ARTICLE VIII CLOSING

     46   
 

Section 8.1

  

Closing

     46   
 

Section 8.2

  

Effective Time

     47   

ARTICLE IX TERMINATION

     47   
 

Section 9.1

  

Termination

     47   
 

Section 9.2

  

Effect of Termination

     49   

ARTICLE X CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF GUARANTY AND INTERIM BANK

     49   
 

Section 10.1

  

Compliance with Representations and Warranties

     49   
 

Section 10.2

  

Performance of Obligations

     49   
 

Section 10.3

  

Absence of Material Adverse Effect

     49   
 

Section 10.4

  

Dissenters’ Rights; Non-Qualified Shareholders

     49   
 

Section 10.5

  

Consents and Approvals

     50   
 

Section 10.6

  

Certain Agreements

     50   
 

Section 10.7

  

Allowance for Loan Losses

     50   
 

Section 10.8

  

Exemption from Registration

     50   
 

Section 10.9

  

Carryover of Net Operating Losses

     50   
 

Section 10.10

  

TLB Options and TLB Warrants

     50   
 

Section 10.11

  

Other Documents

     50   

ARTICLE XI CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF TLB

     51   
 

Section 11.1

  

Compliance with Representations and Warranties

     51   
 

Section 11.2

  

Performance of Obligations

     51   
 

Section 11.3

  

Absence of Material Adverse Effect

     51   
 

Section 11.4

  

Deposit of Merger Consideration

     51   

ARTICLE XII CONDITIONS TO RESPECTIVE OBLIGATIONS OF GUARANTY AND INTERIM BANK AND TLB

     51   
 

Section 12.1

  

Government Approvals

     51   
 

Section 12.2

  

No Injunction

     52   
 

Section 12.3

  

Shareholder Approval

     52   

 

iii


ARTICLE XIII MISCELLANEOUS

     52   
 

Section 13.1

  

Certain Definitions

     52   
 

Section 13.2

  

Other Definitional Provisions

     54   
 

Section 13.3

  

Investigation; Survival of Agreements

     54   
 

Section 13.4

  

Amendments

     55   
 

Section 13.5

  

Expenses

     55   
 

Section 13.6

  

Notices

     55   
 

Section 13.7

  

Controlling Law; Jurisdiction

     56   
 

Section 13.8

  

Jurisdiction

     56   
 

Section 13.9

  

Extension; Waiver

     56   
 

Section 13.10

  

Severability

     57   
 

Section 13.11

  

Assignment

     57   
 

Section 13.12

  

Entire Agreement

     57   
 

Section 13.13

  

Counterparts

     57   
 

Section 13.14

  

Binding on Successors

     57   
 

Section 13.15

  

Disclosures

     57   
 

Section 13.16

  

No Third Party Beneficiaries

     58   
 

Section 13.17

  

Further Cooperation

     58   

 

iv


AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

This AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION (“ Agreement ”) dated as of December 23, 2014 is by and among Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. (“ Guaranty ”), a Texas corporation and bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“ BHC Act ”), TLB Interim Bank (“ Interim Bank ”), an interim Texas state bank and wholly-owned subsidiary of Guaranty, and Texas Leadership Bank (“ TLB ”), a Texas state bank.

WHEREAS, Interim Bank will be an interim Texas banking association formed under the laws of the State of Texas for the purpose of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement and will be added as a party to this Agreement prior to the Effective Time (as hereinafter defined) by means of an Accession Agreement (the “ Accession Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, Guaranty Bank & Trust, National Association (“ GBT ”), is a national banking association and wholly-owned subsidiary of Guaranty;

WHEREAS, TLB desires to affiliate with Guaranty, and Guaranty desires to affiliate with TLB by merging TLB into Interim Bank, with Interim Bank as the surviving entity (the “ Merger ”);

WHEREAS, the respective boards of directors of Guaranty and TLB believe that the acquisition of TLB by Guaranty in the manner provided by, and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in, this Agreement and all exhibits, schedules and supplements hereto and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement are desirable and in the best interests of their respective shareholders;

WHEREAS, for federal income tax purposes, it is intended that the Merger qualify as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and the regulations promulgated thereunder, and that this Agreement is intended to be and hereby is adopted as a plan of reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code;

WHEREAS, the respective boards of directors of Guaranty and TLB have approved this Agreement and the transactions proposed herein substantially on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, as a condition and inducement to Guaranty’s willingness to enter into this Agreement, (i) each member of the board of directors and certain officers of TLB have entered into an agreement dated as of the date hereof pursuant to which he or she agrees to vote the issued and outstanding shares of common stock, par value $5.00 per share, of TLB (“ TLB Common Stock ”) beneficially owned by such person in favor of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Voting Agreement ”), (ii) certain officers of TLB have entered into an employment agreement (the “ Employment Agreements ”), (iii) a certain officer of TLB has entered into a consulting agreement (the “ Consulting Agreement ”), (iv) each director of TLB that did not enter into an Employment Agreement or a Consulting Agreement contemplated by the foregoing clauses has entered into a support agreement (the “ Director Support Agreements ”), and (v) each director or officer of TLB that entered into an Employment

 

1


Agreement, a Consulting Agreement or a Director Support Agreement has entered into an agreement releasing TLB from any and all claims by such directors and officers (except as described in such instrument) (the “ Director/Officer Releases ”).

INTRODUCTION

This Agreement provides for the merger of TLB with and into Interim Bank, with Interim Bank as the surviving entity, all pursuant to this Agreement. In connection with the Merger, all of the issued and outstanding shares of TLB Common Stock, all of the outstanding options (whether or not vested) to purchase TLB Common Stock (“ TLB Options ”) and all of the outstanding warrants (whether or not vested) to purchase TLB Common Stock (“ TLB Warrants ”) shall be exchanged for such consideration as set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of such premises and the mutual representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as set forth below.

ARTICLE I

THE MERGER

Section 1.1 The Merger . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Effective Time (as defined in Section 8.2 hereof), TLB shall be merged with and into Interim Bank (which, as the surviving bank, is hereinafter referred to as “ Surviving Bank ” whenever reference is made to it at or after the Effective Time) pursuant to the provisions of, and with the effect provided for in, Section 32.301 of the Texas Finance Code (“ TFC ”) and Chapter 10 of the Texas Business Organizations Code (“ TBOC ”).

Section 1.2 Organizational Documents and Facilities of Surviving Bank . At the Effective Time and until thereafter amended in accordance with applicable law, the Organizational Documents (as defined in Section 13.1(f)) of Surviving Bank shall be the Organizational Documents of TLB as in effect at the Effective Time. Unless and until changed by the board of directors of Surviving Bank, the main office of Surviving Bank shall be the main office of TLB as of the Effective Time. The established offices and facilities of Interim Bank, if any, immediately prior to the Merger shall become established offices and facilities of Surviving Bank. Until thereafter changed in accordance with law or the Organizational Documents of Surviving Bank, all corporate acts, plans, policies, contracts, approvals and authorizations of TLB and Interim Bank and their respective shareholders, boards of directors, committees elected or appointed thereby, officers and agents, which were valid and effective immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be taken for all purposes as the acts, plans, policies, contracts, approvals and authorizations of Surviving Bank and shall be as effective and binding thereon as the same were with respect to TLB and Interim Bank, respectively, as of the Effective Time.

Section 1.3 Board of Directors and Officers of Surviving Bank. At the Effective Time and until thereafter changed in accordance with applicable law or the Organizational Documents of Surviving Bank, the board of directors and officers of Surviving Bank shall be the board of directors and officers of Interim Bank as of the Effective Time.

 

2


Section 1.4 Effect of Merger . At the Effective Time, the corporate existence of TLB and Interim Bank shall, as provided in the provisions of law previously mentioned, be consolidated and continued in Surviving Bank, and Surviving Bank shall be deemed to be a continuation in entity and identity of TLB and Interim Bank. All rights, franchises and interests of TLB and Interim Bank, respectively, in and to any type of property and chooses in action shall be transferred to and vested in Surviving Bank by virtue of such Merger without reversion or impairment, without further act or deed and without any assignment having occurred, but subject to any existing liens or other encumbrances thereon. The Merger shall have all other effects set forth in Section 32.301 of the TFC and Chapter 10 of the TBOC.

Section 1.5 Liabilities of Surviving Bank . At the Effective Time, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Surviving Bank shall be liable for all liabilities of TLB and Interim Bank. All debts, liabilities, obligations and contracts of TLB and of Interim Bank, respectively, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise, and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of account, or records of TLB or Interim Bank, as the case may be, shall be those of Surviving Bank and shall not be released or impaired by the Merger. All rights of creditors and other obligees and all liens on property of either TLB or Interim Bank shall be preserved unimpaired subsequent to the Merger.

Section 1.6 Approvals and Notices . This Agreement shall be submitted to the shareholders of TLB and the sole shareholder of Interim Bank in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the applicable provisions of law and the respective Organizational Documents of TLB and Interim Bank. TLB and Interim Bank shall proceed expeditiously and cooperate fully in the procurement of any other consents and approvals and the taking of any other actions in satisfaction of all other requirements prescribed by law or otherwise necessary for consummation of the Merger on the terms herein provided, including, without limitation, the preparation and submission of all necessary filings, requests for waivers and certificates with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“ Federal Reserve ”), the Texas Department of Banking (“ TDB ”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“ FDIC ”).

Section 1.7 Tax Consequences . It is intended by the parties that the Merger shall constitute a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code (and any comparable provision of state law), and the parties hereby adopt this Agreement as a “plan of reorganization” within the meaning of Sections 1.368-2(g) and 1.368-3(a) of the Treasury Regulations.

Section 1.8 Modification of Structure . Notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, Guaranty may elect, subject to the filing of all necessary applications and the receipt of all required regulatory approvals, to modify the structure of the transactions contemplated hereby so long as (i) there are no material adverse federal or state income tax consequences to the shareholders of TLB as a result of such modification, (ii) the consideration to be paid to holders of TLB Common Stock, the TLB Options or the TLB Warrants under this Agreement is not thereby changed in kind or reduced in amount solely because of such modification and (iii) such modification will not be likely to materially delay or jeopardize

 

3


receipt of any required regulatory approvals or the consummation of the Merger. In the event of such election, the parties agree to execute an appropriate amendment to this Agreement in order to reflect such election.

ARTICLE II

CONSIDERATION AND EXCHANGE PROCEDURES

Section 2.1 Merger Consideration and Conversion of Shares . Subject to the provisions of this Article II, at the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of Guaranty, Interim Bank or TLB, or the shareholders of any of the foregoing, the shares of the constituent corporations shall be converted as follows:

(a) Each share of common stock of Interim Bank issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall remain outstanding and represent one (1) issued and outstanding share of the common stock of the Surviving Bank from and after the Effective Time.

(b) The TLB Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, and the TLB Options and the TLB Warrants outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be converted into the right to receive merger consideration (as described in more detail below) having an aggregate value of Fourteen Million Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($14,750,000.00), subject to the adjustments set forth in this Section 2.1(b) (as adjusted, the “ Merger Consideration ”).

(i) If the Adjusted Equity (as defined below), as calculated in accordance with this Section 2.1(b) as of the close of business on the Calculation Date (as defined below) and as mutually agreed to by the parties hereto in accordance with Section 2.1(b)(v) is less than Nine Million and No/100 Dollars ($9,000,000.00) (the “ Minimum Equity ”), the Merger Consideration shall be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis by an amount equal to the difference between (i) the Minimum Equity and (ii) the Adjusted Equity as of the Calculation Date.

(ii) If the Adjusted Equity as of the close of business on the Calculation Date and as mutually agreed to by the parties hereto in accordance with Section 2.1(b)(v) is greater than the Minimum Equity, the Merger Consideration shall be increased on a dollar-for-dollar basis by an amount equal to the difference between (A) the Adjusted Equity and (B) the Minimum Equity as of the Calculation Date.

(iii) “ Adjusted Equity ” means an amount equal to the sum of the common stock, capital surplus and retained earnings of TLB, as defined by generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”), consistently applied, as of the Calculation Date, and excluding any intangible assets and the effect of any unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities. For purposes of the calculation of the Adjusted Equity, the amount of Adjusted Equity shall be reduced by the after-tax amount of all adjustments made for extraordinary items of TLB related to the Merger, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, that have not been paid or accrued prior to the Calculation Date, including reductions for: (A) all costs and expenses of TLB related to

 

4


the Merger, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby; (B) all legal and accounting costs and expenses of TLB associated with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement through the Closing Date; (C) any fees and commissions payable by TLB to any broker, finder or investment banking firm in connection with the Merger; (D) the estimated amount of any fee, contract payment, penalty or liquidated damages associated with the termination of TLB’s contracts with any provider listed on Schedule 5.7 on or following the Closing Date pursuant to Section 5.7, including any costs or expense associated with the termination of TLB’s data processing contract(s), which are set forth on Schedule 5.7 , that would be due and payable by TLB under the terms of such agreements based on an assumed termination date of July 31, 2015 (and the parties hereto agree that solely for the purpose of calculating any costs or expense associated with the termination of TLB’s data processing contract(s), the termination date of such contract(s) shall be July 31, 2015; (E) any fees associated with the de-conversion of TLB’s data files; (F) the book value as of the Calculation Date of all assets of TLB associated with TLB’s contracts with any provider listed on Schedule 5.7 , which shall be written off as of the Calculation Date; (G) premiums or additional costs in connection with procuring the Tail Coverage described in Section 5.11; (H) the accrual through the Closing Date in accordance with GAAP of any future benefit payments due under any salary continuation, deferred compensation or other similar agreements of TLB; (I) the after-tax amount of any cost to fully fund and liquidate any TLB Employee Plan (as defined herein) and to pay all related expenses and fees to the extent such termination is requested by Guaranty pursuant to Section 7.4(a); (J) the amount of any payments to be made pursuant to any existing employment, change in control, salary continuation, deferred compensation or other similar agreements or severance, noncompetition, retention or bonus arrangements between TLB and any other Person; and (K) the amount by which TLB’s allowance for loan losses as of the Calculation Date is less than $468,000 (the “ Minimum Allowance Amount ”). For purposes of calculating the after-tax effect of the foregoing, the parties hereby agree that the applicable tax rate to TLB shall be deemed to be 35%.

(iv) “ Calculation Date ” means the fifth (5 th ) Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date.

(v) If any dispute shall arise between TLB and Guaranty regarding the determination of the Adjusted Equity, Crowe Horwath LLP, Whitley Penn LLP or such other accounting firm as Guaranty and TLB shall mutually select (the “ Accounting Firm ”), shall on the Closing Date resolve disputes relating to the application of GAAP and such resolution shall be final and binding on TLB, Guaranty and Interim Bank. In the event of a dispute, the disputing party shall have received from the Accounting Firm a report, dated the Closing Date and based upon procedures stated in such report and approved by Guaranty and TLB, approval of such procedures not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, detailing such procedures and providing written findings as to the amount of the Adjusted Equity and that the amount of the Adjusted Equity has been determined in accordance with the requirements of this Section 2.1(b).

(c) Each share of TLB Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and held by a Qualified Shareholder (as defined below) (other than

 

5


Dissenting Shares, as defined in Section 2.3) shall, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, be cancelled and converted into and represent the right to receive, at the election of the holder thereof, either the Stock Consideration, the Cash Consideration, or any combination of the Stock Consideration and the Cash Consideration, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 2.1(e).

(i) “ Qualified Shareholder ” means a record holder of TLB Common Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time (A) who delivers, in accordance with the instructions set forth therein, to TLB a properly completed and executed Accredited Investor Questionnaire (as defined in Section 2.3) indicating that such shareholder is an Accredited Investor, and (B) about whom Guaranty has a reasonable basis to believe is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) (“ Accredited Investor ”) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). Any TLB shareholder who does not execute and deliver to TLB an Accredited Investor Questionnaire as provided herein or about whom Guaranty has no reasonable basis to believe qualifies as an Accredited Investor shall not be deemed to be a Qualified Shareholder for purposes of this Agreement.

(ii) “ Per Share Consideration ” means an amount equal to the quotient of (A) the sum of (1) the Merger Consideration plus (2) an amount equal to the aggregate exercise price for all TLB Options and all TLB Warrants outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, divided by (B) the sum of (1) the total number of shares of TLB Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time plus (2) the total number TLB Options and TLB Warrants outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time.

(iii) “ Stock Consideration ” means the number of shares (or the fraction of a share) of the common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of Guaranty (“ Guaranty Common Stock ”) equal to the Exchange Ratio (as defined in Section 2.2).

(iv) “ Cash Consideration ” means a cash amount equal to the Per Share Consideration.

(d) Each share of TLB Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and held by a Non-Qualified Shareholder (as defined below) (other than Dissenting Shares) and all rights of such Non-Qualified Shareholders in respect of the TLB Common Stock shall, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, be cancelled and converted into and represent the right to receive the Cash Consideration. “ Non-Qualified Shareholder ” means a record holder of TLB Common Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time who is not Qualified Shareholder.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Aggregate Cash Payment (as defined below) shall be an amount that is no less than twenty percent (20.0%) and no more than sixty percent (60.0%) of the Merger Consideration.

(i) In the event that, based on all elections made by Qualified Shareholders pursuant to Section 2.1(c), the number of shares of TLB Common Stock

 

6


held by Non-Qualified Shareholders, and the number of Dissenting Shares (as defined in Section 2.4), the Aggregate Cash Payment is greater than sixty percent (60.0%) of the Merger Consideration, the portion of the Aggregate Cash Payment payable to Qualified Shareholders who elect to receive any portion of the Merger Consideration in cash (the “ Cash Qualified Shareholders ”) shall be automatically reduced so that the Aggregate Cash Payment is equal (but in any event no greater than) sixty percent (60.0%) of the Merger Consideration and the aggregate number of shares of Guaranty Common Stock issuable to the Cash Qualified Shareholders shall be correspondingly increased by an amount equal to the quotient of (A) the dollar amount by which the Aggregate Cash Payment is reduced pursuant to this Section 2.1(e)(i) divided by (B) the Guaranty Per Share Value, and such adjustments to the amount of cash payable and the number of shares of Guaranty Common Stock issuable to the Cash Qualified Shareholders shall be allocated among the Cash Qualified Shareholders on a pro rata basis pursuant to their percentage ownership interests in the TLB Common Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time.

(ii) In the event that, based on all elections made by Qualified Shareholders pursuant to Section 2.1(c), the number of shares of TLB Common Stock held by Non-Qualified Shareholders, and the number of Dissenting Shares, the Aggregate Cash Payment is less than twenty percent (20.0%) of the Merger Consideration, the portion of the Aggregate Cash Payment payable to the Cash Qualified Shareholders shall be automatically increased so that the Aggregate Cash Payment is equal (but in any event no less than) twenty percent (20.0%) of the Merger Consideration and the aggregate number of shares of Guaranty Common Stock issuable to the Cash Qualified Shareholders shall be correspondingly decreased by an amount equal to the quotient of (A) the dollar amount by which the Aggregate Cash Payment is increased pursuant to this Section 2.1(e)(ii) divided by (B) the Guaranty Per Share Value, and such adjustments to the amount of cash payable and the number of shares of Guaranty Common Stock issuable to the Cash Qualified Shareholders shall be allocated among the Cash Qualified Shareholders on a pro rata basis pursuant to their percentage ownership interests in the TLB Common Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time.

(iii) “ Aggregate Cash Payment ” means the aggregate amount of the Merger Consideration that is payable in cash hereunder to Qualified Shareholders (based on their respective elections pursuant to Section 2.1(c)), Non-Qualified Shareholders, and holders of Dissenting Shares, without interest thereon, but excluding holders of TLB Options and holders of TLB Warrants

(f) Each outstanding share of TLB Common Stock held directly by TLB immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than (i) shares of TLB Common Stock held, directly or indirectly, in trust accounts, managed accounts and the like or otherwise held in a fiduciary capacity that are beneficially owned by third parties and (ii) shares of TLB Common Stock held in respect of a debt previously contracted) shall be cancelled without any conversion and no payment or distribution shall be made with respect thereto.

(g) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Guaranty will not issue any certificates or scrip representing fractional shares of Guaranty Common Stock

 

7


otherwise issuable pursuant to the Merger. In lieu of the issuance of any such fractional shares, Guaranty shall round the number of shares of Guaranty Common Stock to be received by each Qualified Shareholder to the nearest whole share.

(h) For purposes of clarification and avoidance of doubt, Schedule 2.1 sets forth an example calculation of the Merger Consideration and the Per Share Consideration based on the formulae described above.

Section 2.2 Determination of Exchange Ratio .

(a) The aggregate number of shares (or fraction thereof) of Guaranty Common Stock to be exchanged for each share of TLB Common Stock shall be adjusted appropriately to reflect any change in the number of shares of Guaranty Common Stock by reason of any stock dividends or splits, reclassification, recapitalization or conversion with respect to Guaranty Common Stock, received or to be received by holders of Guaranty Common Stock, when the record date or payment occurs prior to the Effective Time.

(b) The “ Exchange Ratio ” for the purposes of converting shares of TLB Common Stock into shares of Guaranty Common Stock in connection with the Merger shall be the ratio equal to the quotient of (i) the Per Share Consideration, divided by (ii) the Guaranty Per Share Value.

(c) “ Guaranty Per Share Value ” means $23.00.

(d) Guaranty shall not pay any cash dividend to its shareholder prior to the Closing Date unless Guaranty and TLB agree on a mutually agreeable methodology that provides for an updward adjustment to the number of shares of Guaranty Common Stock to be exchanged for each share of TLB Common Stock that is proportional to the aggregate amount of such cash dividends.

(e) For purposes of clarification and avoidance of doubt, Schedule 2.2 sets forth an example calculation of the Exchange Ratio based on the formula described above.

Section 2.3 Determination of Qualified Shareholders . Within thirty (30) days following the date of this Agreement, TLB shall provide to each of its shareholders an investor questionnaire in a form satisfactory to Guaranty (the “ Accredited Investor Questionnaire ”), pursuant to which each shareholder of TLB will be asked to certify to TLB and to Guaranty that such shareholder is either an Accredited Investor or a shareholder who is not an Accredited Investor. The Accredited Investor Questionnaires and other information available to the parties shall be used to determine whether each shareholder of TLB is a Qualified Shareholder for the purposes of this Agreement. TLB shall promptly provide to Guaranty copies of the executed Accredited Investor Questionnaires that it receives.

Section 2.4 Dissenting Shares . Each share of TLB Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, the holder of which has voted against the Merger (or did not consent thereto in writing) and who has properly perfected his dissenter’s rights of appraisal by following the exact procedure required by Chapter 10, Subchapter H of the TBOC, is referred to herein as a “ Dissenting Share .” Each Dissenting Share owned by each

 

8


holder thereof who has not exchanged his certificates representing shares of TLB Common Stock for the Merger Consideration or otherwise has not effectively withdrawn or lost his dissenter’s rights, shall not be converted into or represent the right to receive the Merger Consideration pursuant to this Article II and shall be entitled only to such rights as are available to such holder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the TBOC. Each holder of Dissenting Shares shall be entitled to receive the value of such Dissenting Shares held by him in accordance with the applicable provisions of the TBOC; provided , such holder complies with the procedures contemplated by and set forth in the applicable provisions of the TBOC. If any holder of any Dissenting Shares shall effectively withdraw or lose his dissenter’s rights under the applicable provisions of the TBOC, each such Dissenting Share shall be deemed to have been converted into and to have become exchangeable for, the right to receive the Merger Consideration without any interest thereon in accordance with the provisions of this Article II.

Section 2.5 Exchange of Shares .

(a) Guaranty shall deposit or cause to be deposited in trust with GBT (the “ Exchange Agent ”) (i) certificates representing shares of Guaranty Common Stock making up the aggregate stock portion of the Merger Consideration deliverable to Qualified Shareholders of TLB and (ii) cash in an aggregate amount sufficient to make the appropriate payments to (A) Qualified Shareholders who elect to receive cash, (B) Non-Qualified Shareholders, (C) holders of TLB Options, (D) holders of TLB Warrants, and (E) holders of Dissenting Shares pursuant to Section 2.4 hereof, if any (such certificates and cash being referred to as the “ Exchange Fund ”). The Exchange Fund shall not be used for any purpose other than as provided in this Agreement. The Exchange Agent shall promptly deliver the stock certificates representing shares of Guaranty Common Stock and the cash payment upon surrender of certificates representing shares of TLB Common Stock, the TLB Options or the TLB Warrants, as the case may be.

(b) As soon as practicable after the Effective Time, the Exchange Agent shall mail to each record holder of an outstanding certificate or certificates which as of the Effective Date represented shares of TLB Common Stock (the “ Certificates ”), a form letter of transmittal which will specify that delivery shall be effected, and risk of loss and title to the Certificates shall pass, only upon proper delivery of the Certificates to the Exchange Agent and contain instructions for use in effecting the surrender of the Certificates for payment therefor. Upon surrender to the Exchange Agent of a Certificate, together with such letter of transmittal duly executed, the holder of such Certificate shall be entitled to receive in exchange therefor the number of shares of Guaranty Common Stock and/or amount of cash, if any, provided in Section 2.1 hereof, and such Certificate shall forthwith be cancelled. Guaranty shall provide the Exchange Agent with certificates for Guaranty Common Stock, as requested by the Exchange Agent, for the number of shares provided in Section 2.1. No interest will be paid or accrued with respect to the shares of Guaranty Common Stock or cash payable upon surrender of the Certificates. Until surrendered in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.5, each Certificate (other than Certificates representing Dissenting Shares) shall represent for all purposes the right to receive the Merger Consideration without any interest thereon.

(c) No dividends or other distributions declared after the Effective Time with respect to shares of Guaranty Common Stock and payable to the holders thereof shall be

 

9


paid to the holder of a Certificate until such holder surrenders such Certificate to the Exchange Agent in accordance with this Section 2.5. After the surrender of a Certificate in accordance with this Section 2.5, the holder thereof shall be entitled to receive any such dividends or other distributions, without interest thereon, which had been declared after the Effective Time with respect to the shares of Guaranty Common Stock represented by such Certificate.

(d) After the Effective Time, the stock transfer ledger of TLB shall be closed and there shall be no transfers on the stock transfer books of TLB of the shares of TLB Common Stock which were outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time. If, after the Effective Time, Certificates are presented to Guaranty, they shall be promptly presented to the Exchange Agent and exchanged as provided in this Section 2.5.

(e) Any portion of the Exchange Fund (including the proceeds of any investments thereof) that remains unclaimed by the shareholders of TLB for six months after the Exchange Agent mails the letter of transmittal pursuant to Section 2.5 shall be returned to Guaranty upon demand, and any shareholders of TLB who have not previously complied with the exchange procedures in this Article II shall look to Guaranty only, and not the Exchange Agent, for the payment of any Merger Consideration in respect of such shares.

(f) If any certificate representing shares of Guaranty Common Stock is to be issued in a name other than that in which the Certificate surrendered in exchange therefor is registered, it shall be a condition of the issuance thereof that the Certificate so surrendered shall be appropriately endorsed (or accompanied by an appropriate instrument of transfer) and otherwise in proper form (reasonably satisfactory to Guaranty) for transfer, and that the person requesting such exchange shall pay to the Exchange Agent in advance any transfer or other taxes required by reason of the issuance of a certificate representing shares of Guaranty Common Stock in any name other than that of the registered holder of the Certificate surrendered, or required for any other reason, or shall establish to the satisfaction of the Exchange Agent that such tax has been paid or not payable.

(g) None of Guaranty, Interim Bank, TLB, the Exchange Agent or any other Person shall be liable to any former holder of shares of TLB Common Stock for any Guaranty Common Stock (or dividends or distributions with respect thereto) or cash properly delivered to a public official pursuant to applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar laws.

(h) In the event any Certificate shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, then upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming such Certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed and, if required by Guaranty or the Exchange Agent, the posting by such person of a bond in such amount as Guaranty or the Exchange Agent may direct, not to exceed the aggregate amount of such shareholders’ portion of the Merger Consideration, as indemnity against any claim that may be made against Guaranty with respect to such Certificate, the Exchange Agent will issue in exchange for such lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate the Merger Consideration deliverable in respect thereof pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 2.6 Treatment of TLB Options and TLB Warrants . TLB shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each holder of a TLB Option and each holder of a TLB Warrant to cancel each such TLB Option or TLB Warrant, as the case may be, as of the Effective

 

10


Time in exchange for the Option Consideration (as defined below); provided , however , no consideration shall be paid with respect to any TLB Option or TLB Warrant for which the Option Consideration is a negative sum. The “ Option Consideration ” means an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Per Share Consideration minus (ii) the exercise price of the applicable TLB Option or TLB Warrant. Guaranty shall not assume any TLB Options or TLB Warrants and Guaranty will not substitute an equivalent option or warrant therefore. For purposes of clarification and avoidance of doubt, Schedule 2.1 sets forth an example calculation of the Option Consideration based on the formula described above.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF TLB

TLB represents and warrants to Guaranty and Interim Bank as set forth below. On or prior to the date hereof, TLB has delivered to Guaranty disclosure schedules (“ Disclosure Schedules ”) referred to in this Article III. TLB agrees that two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing it shall provide Guaranty with supplemental Disclosure Schedules reflecting any changes in the information contained in the Disclosure Schedules which have occurred in the period from the date of delivery of such Disclosure Schedules to two (2) Business Days prior to the date of Closing.

Section 3.1 Organization .

(a) TLB is a Texas state bank duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Texas. TLB is duly authorized to conduct general banking business, embracing all usual deposit functions of commercial banks as well as commercial, industrial and real estate loans, installment credits, collections and safe deposit facilities subject to the supervision of the TDB and the FDIC.

(b) TLB has full power and authority (including all material licenses, franchises, permits and other governmental authorizations which are legally required) to own, lease and operate its properties, to engage in the business and activities now conducted by it, except where the failure to be so licensed or qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect on TLB.

(c) True and complete copies of the Organizational Documents of TLB, each as amended to date, have been delivered or made available to Guaranty.

(d) TLB (i) does not have any Subsidiaries or Affiliates (each as defined in Section 13.1 hereof), (ii) is not a general partner or material owner in any joint venture, general partnership, limited partnership, trust or other non-corporate entity and (iii) does not know of any arrangement pursuant to which the stock of any corporation is or has been held in trust (whether express, constructive, resulting or otherwise) for the benefit of all shareholders of TLB.

(e) The deposit accounts of TLB are insured by the FDIC through the Bank Insurance Fund to the fullest extent permitted by law, and all premiums and assessments due and owing as of the date hereof required in connection therewith have been paid by TLB.

 

11


Section 3.2 Capitalization .

(a) The authorized capital stock of TLB consists of 3,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $5.00 per share, of which 1,312,085 are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement. All of the issued and outstanding shares of TLB Common Stock are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and have not been issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any Person or in violation of any applicable federal or state laws.

(b) Except for the Voting Agreement, there are no irrevocable proxies with respect to such shares and there are no outstanding or authorized subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights or other agreements or commitments of any kind restricting the transfer of, requiring the issuance or sale of or otherwise relating to any such shares of capital stock to any Person.

(c) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.2(c) , there are no existing options, warrants, calls, convertible securities or commitments of any kind obligating TLB to issue any authorized and unissued TLB Common Stock.

(d) TLB does not have any outstanding commitment or obligation to repurchase, reacquire or redeem any of its outstanding capital stock. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.2(d) and pursuant to the Voting Agreements, there are no voting trusts, voting agreements, buy-sell agreements or other similar arrangements affecting TLB Common Stock.

(e) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.2(e) , TLB has not paid any dividends on the TLB Common Stock since September 30, 2014.

Section 3.3 Approvals; Authority .

(a) TLB has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement (and any related documents), and TLB has full legal capacity, power and authority to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the contemplated transactions. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly, validly and unanimously approved by the board of directors of TLB. The board of directors of TLB has determined that this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby are advisable and in the best interests of TLB and its shareholders, and has directed that the Agreement be submitted to TLB’s shareholders for approval and adoption. Except for the approval of the shareholders of TLB, no further actions or corporate proceedings on the part of TLB are necessary to execute and deliver this Agreement or the related documents and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

(b) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by TLB. This Agreement is a duly authorized, valid, legally binding agreement of TLB enforceable against TLB in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or similar law affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and general equitable principles, including principles of commercial reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing (collectively, the “ Bankruptcy Exception ”).

Section 3.4 Investments . TLB has delivered to Guaranty a complete list, as of September 30, 2014, of all securities, including municipal bonds, owned by TLB, and all such

 

12


securities are owned by TLB (i) of record, except those held in bearer form, and (ii) beneficially, free and clear of all mortgages, liens, pledges and encumbrances. There are no entities in which TLB owns 5% or more of the issued and outstanding voting securities. There are no voting trusts or other agreements or understandings with respect to the voting of any of the securities in TLB’s securities portfolio.

Section 3.5 Financial Statements .

(a) TLB has delivered to Guaranty true, correct and complete copies of TLB’s (i) audited balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related statements of income, statements of changes in shareholders’ equity and statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, accompanied by the report thereon of TLB’s independent auditors and (ii) unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013. TLB has also delivered to Guaranty true, correct and complete copies of the Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income (“ TLB Call Reports ”) filed by TLB with the appropriate regulatory authorities for each of the periods during the three years ended December 31, 2013 and for the quarters ending March 31, June 30, and September 30, 2014. The audited and unaudited financial information and TLB Call Reports referred to in this Section 3.5(a) are collectively referred to in this Agreement as the “ TLB Financial Statements .”

(b) Each of the TLB Financial Statements fairly presents the financial position of TLB and results of operations at the dates and for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, except for the TLB Call Reports, which are in compliance with the rules and regulations of applicable federal and state banking authorities.

(c) As of the dates of TLB Financial Statements, and as of the date of this Agreement, TLB did not have any material liabilities (whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise) except as fully set forth or provided for in such TLB Financial Statements or otherwise disclosed in Schedule 3.5(c) .

Section 3.6 Loan Portfolio and Allowance for Loan Losses .

(a) TLB has delivered to Guaranty a true, correct and complete list, as of September 30, 2014, of all loans of TLB showing for each loan thereon the account number and the outstanding principal balance due (the “ Loan Schedule ”). All loans listed on the Loan Schedule, and all currently outstanding loans of TLB (individually a “ Loan ” and collectively, the “ Loans ”), including any renewals and extensions of any Loan, were to the Knowledge of TLB solicited and originated, and currently exist in compliance in all material respects with all applicable requirements of federal and state law and regulations promulgated thereunder. The Loans are adequately documented and each note evidencing a Loan or credit agreement or security instrument related to a Loan constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the obligor thereunder, enforceable in accordance with the terms thereof, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by the Bankruptcy Exception. TLB has not entered into any oral modifications or amendments or additional agreements related to the Loans that are not reflected in TLB’s records. No claim or defense as to the enforcement of any Loan has been asserted, and TLB is not aware of any acts or omissions that would give rise to any claim or right of rescission, set off, counterclaim or defense.

 

13


(b) The allowance for loan losses shown on TLB Financial Statements as of September 30, 2014 was, and the allowance for loan losses to be shown on any financial statements or TLB Call Reports as of any date subsequent to the execution of this Agreement will be, calculated in accordance with GAAP in all material respects as applied to banking institutions and all applicable rules and regulations, and in the reasonable opinion of management of TLB, adequate in all material respects to provide for all possible losses, net of recoveries relating to loans previously charged off, on Loans outstanding (including accrued interest receivable) of TLB and other extensions of credit (including letters of credit or commitments to make loans or extend credit); provided , however , that no representation or warranty is made as to the sufficiency of collateral securing or the collectibility of such loans.

Section 3.7 Certain Loans and Related Matters .

(a) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.7(a) , TLB is not a party to any written or oral: (i) loan agreement, note or borrowing arrangement, other than credit card loans and other loans the unpaid balance of which does not exceed $10,000 per loan, under the terms of which the obligor is sixty (60) days delinquent in payment of principal or interest or in default of any other material provisions as of the date hereof; (ii) loan agreement, note or borrowing arrangement which has been classified or, in the exercise of reasonable diligence by TLB or any regulatory agency with supervisory jurisdiction over TLB, should have been classified as “substandard,” “doubtful,” “loss,” “other loans especially mentioned,” “other assets especially mentioned” or any comparable classifications by such Persons; (iii) loan agreement, note or borrowing arrangement, including any loan guaranty, with any director or executive officer of TLB, or any 10% or more shareholder of TLB, or any Person, corporation or enterprise controlling, controlled by or under common control with any of the foregoing; or (iv) loan agreement, note or borrowing arrangement in violation of any law, regulation or rule applicable to TLB including, but not limited to, those promulgated, interpreted or enforced by any regulatory agency with supervisory jurisdiction over TLB and which violation could have a Material Adverse Effect on TLB.

(b) TLB has delivered to Guaranty the “watch list of loans” of TLB (“Watch List”) as of October 31, 2014. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.7(b) , to the Knowledge of TLB, there is no loan agreement, note or borrowing arrangement which should be included on a Watch List in accordance with TLB’s ordinary course of business and consistent with prudent banking principles.

(c) TLB has delivered to Guaranty a true, correct and complete list of all SBA loans outstanding and indicates the loans for which the guaranteed portion has been sold. TLB is not in breach of any warranty or representation made by it in connection with its origination and sale of the guaranteed portion of any SBA loan such that it is, or would reasonably expected to be, obligated to repurchase any such loan.

 

14


Section 3.8 Real Property Owned or Leased .

(a) TLB has delivered to Guaranty a true, correct and complete list of all real property owned or leased by TLB (the “ TLB Real Property ”). TLB has delivered to Guaranty true, correct and complete copies of all (i) deeds and leases for, or other documentation evidencing ownership of or a leasehold interest in, the TLB Real Property, and (ii) mortgages, deeds of trust and security agreements to which such property is subject.

(b) No lease or deed with respect to any TLB Real Property contains any restrictive covenant that materially restricts the use, transferability or value of such TLB Real Property pertaining to its current primary business purpose. Each of such leases is a legal, valid and binding obligation of TLB is enforceable in accordance with its terms (except as may be limited by the Bankruptcy Exception), and is in full force and effect; there are no existing defaults by TLB or the other party thereunder and there are no allegations or assertions of such by any party under such agreement or any events that with notice lapse of time or the happening or occurrence of any other event would constitute a default thereunder.

(c) None of the buildings and structures located on any TLB Real Property, nor any appurtenances thereto or equipment therein, nor the operation or maintenance thereof, violates in any material manner any restrictive covenants or encroaches on any property owned by others, nor does any building or structure of third parties encroach upon any TLB Real Property, except for those violations and encroachments which in the aggregate could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect on TLB. No condemnation proceeding is pending or, to TLB’s Knowledge, threatened, which could reasonably be expected to preclude or materially impair the use of any TLB Real Property in the manner in which it is currently being used.

(d) TLB has good and marketable title to, or a valid and enforceable leasehold interest in, or a contract vendee’s interest in, all TLB Real Property, and such interest is free and clear of all liens, charges or other encumbrances, except (i) statutory liens for amounts not yet delinquent or which are being contested in good faith through proper proceedings and (ii) those liens related to real property taxes not yet due and payable, local improvement district assessments, easements, covenants, restrictions and other matters of record which do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially adversely affect the use and enjoyment of the relevant real property.

(e) All buildings and other facilities used in the business of TLB are in adequate condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and, to TLB’s Knowledge, are free from defects which could reasonably be expected to materially interfere with the current or future use of such facilities consistent with past practices.

Section 3.9 Personal Property . TLB has good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all personal property, whether tangible or intangible, used in the conduct of its business (the “ TLB Personalty ”), free and clear of all liens, charges or other encumbrances and except (a) statutory liens for amounts not yet delinquent or which are being contested in good faith through proper proceedings and (b) such other liens, charges, encumbrances and imperfections of title as do not individually or in the aggregate materially adversely affect the use and enjoyment of the relevant TLB Personalty. Subject to ordinary wear and tear, the TLB Personalty is in good operating condition and repair and is adequate for the uses to which it is being put.

 

15


Section 3.10 Environmental Laws . TLB and any properties or businesses owned or operated by TLB are and have been in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws (as hereinafter defined) and Occupational H&S Laws (as hereinafter defined) and permits required thereunder, except for such noncompliance as would not reasonably be expected to give rise, individually or in the aggregate, to a Material Adverse Effect on TLB. TLB (a) has not received any written notice of any violation of, or alleged violation of, any Environmental Laws or Occupational H&S Laws by TLB; (b) has not generated, stored, or disposed of any Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined) except in compliance with the Environmental Laws; and (c) is not subject to any written claim or recorded lien asserted against TLB under any Environmental Laws or Occupational H&S Laws or relating to Hazardous Materials. No release (as defined at CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. 9601(22)) of Hazardous Materials has occurred at or from any TLB Real Property during the term of the ownership, lease or operation thereof by TLB for which the Environmental Laws require notice to any third party, further investigation or response action of any kind. TLB has not directed, controlled or overseen, and has not sought to direct, control or oversee, the management of environmental matters of any borrower or any real estate in which TLB holds or has held a security interest. To the Knowledge of TLB, no asbestos-containing materials are present at any facility owned, leased or operated by TLB. No real property currently owned, leased or operated by TLB is, or has been, used as an industrial site or a landfill during the tenure of TLB or, to the Knowledge of TLB, prior to such tenure. To the Knowledge of TLB, there are no (i) underground storage tanks used for the storage of Hazardous Materials or (ii) Hazardous Materials that have been released at any TLB Real Property. TLB has furnished or will furnish, Guaranty true, correct and complete copies of all environmental assessments, reports, studies and other similar documents or information in its possession or control relating to each real property presently owned, sold within the last five years, leased or operated by TLB.

Environmental Laws ,” as used in this Agreement, means any applicable federal, state or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance or code, in each case as amended as of the date of this Agreement, including any applicable and enforceable judicial or administrative order, consent decree, or judgment, relating to the environment, Hazardous Materials, or the effect of Hazardous Materials on human health, including without limitation the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §§ 9601, et seq. (“ CERCLA ”); the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended, 49 U.S.C. §§ 5101, et seq.; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §§ 6901, et seq.; the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. §§ 1251, et seq.; the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§ 2601, et seq. the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 7401, et seq. and the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 300f, et seq.

Hazardous Materials ,” as used in this Agreement, means (i) any petroleum or petroleum products, natural gas, or natural gas products, regulated radioactive materials, asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, transformers or other equipment that contains dielectric fluid containing levels of polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) at regulated concentrations, and radon gas at regulated concentrations; (ii) any chemicals, materials, waste or substances defined as or included in the definition of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous wastes,” “hazardous materials,”

 

16


“extremely hazardous wastes,” “restricted hazardous wastes,” “toxic substances,” “toxic pollutants,” “contaminants,” or “pollutants” under any Environmental Laws and (iii) any other chemical, material, waste or substance which is regulated as hazardous or toxic to human health or the environment by any federal, state or local government authority, agency or instrumentality, including mixtures thereof with other materials, and including any regulated building materials containing asbestos or lead.

Occupational H&S Laws ,” as used in this Agreement, means any applicable federal, state or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance or code, in each case as amended as of the date of this Agreement, including any applicable and enforceable judicial or administrative order, consent decree or judgment, relating to occupational health or safety, including without limitation the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. §651 et seq., but excluding Environmental Laws.

Section 3.11 Proceedings . Except as set forth in Schedule 3.11 , there are no Proceedings (as defined herein) pending or, to TLB’s Knowledge, threatened against TLB, and TLB has no Knowledge of any basis on which any such Proceedings could be brought which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect on TLB or which could question the validity of any action taken or to be taken in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. TLB will notify Guaranty promptly in writing of any such Proceedings threatened or initiated against TLB, or to the Knowledge of TLB, any officer or director thereof subsequent to the date of this Agreement. TLB is not in default with respect to any judgment, order, writ, injunction, decree, award, rule or regulation of any arbitrator or Governmental Body (as defined herein).

Section 3.12 Taxes .

(a) For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the defined meanings as set forth below:

Affiliated Group ” means any affiliated group within the meaning of Code § 1504(a).

Liability ” means any liability (whether known or unknown, whether asserted or unasserted, whether absolute or contingent, whether accrued or unaccrued, whether liquidated or unliquidated, and whether due or to become due), including any liability for Taxes.

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization or a governmental entity (or any department, agency, or political subdivision thereof).

Security Interest ” means any mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, charge, or other security interest, other than (a) mechanic’s, materialmen’s, and similar liens, (b) liens for Taxes not yet due and payable or for Taxes that TLB is contesting in good faith through appropriate proceedings, if any, (c) purchase money liens and liens securing rental payments under capital lease arrangements, and (d) other liens arising in the ordinary course of business and not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money.

 

17


Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means all (i) United States federal, state or local or non-United States taxes, assessments, charges, duties, levies or other similar governmental charges of any nature, including all income, franchise, profits, capital gains, capital stock, transfer, sales, use, occupation, property, excise, severance, windfall profits, stamp, stamp duty reserve, license, payroll, withholding, ad valorem, value added, alternative minimum, environmental, customs, social security (or similar), unemployment, sick pay, disability, registration and other taxes, assessments, charges, duties, fees, levies or other similar governmental charges of any kind whatsoever, whether disputed or not, together with all estimated taxes, deficiency assessments, additions to tax, penalties and interest; (ii) any liability for the payment of any amount of a type described in clause (i) arising as a result of being or having been a member of any consolidated, combined, unitary or other group or being or having been included or required to be included in any Tax Return related thereto; and (iii) any liability for the payment of any amount of a type described in clause (i) or clause (ii) as a result of any obligation to indemnify or otherwise assume or succeed to the liability of any other Person.

Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, or information return or statement relating to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.

(b) TLB has filed all Tax Returns that it was required to file, including without limitation any Tax Returns of any affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group of which TLB is or was a member. At the time of filing, all such Tax Returns were correct and complete in all material respects. All Taxes due and owing by TLB and any affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group of which TLB is or was a member (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) have been paid. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.12(b) , TLB is not currently the beneficiary of any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return. No claim has ever been raised in writing by an authority in a jurisdiction where TLB does not file Tax Returns that TLB is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction. There are no Security Interests on any of the assets of TLB that arose in connection with any failure (or alleged failure) of TLB to pay any Tax.

(c) TLB has collected or withheld and duly paid to the appropriate governmental authority all Taxes required to have been collected or withheld in connection with amounts paid or owing to any employee, independent contractor, creditor, shareholder or other third party.

(d) There is no action, suit, proceeding, audit, assessment, dispute or claim concerning any Tax Liability of TLB either (i) claimed or raised by any authority in writing or (ii) as to which any of the directors and officers of TLB has Knowledge based upon personal contact with any agent of such authority. Schedule 3.12(d) lists all federal, state, local, and foreign income Tax Returns filed with respect to TLB for any taxable period that is still open under the applicable statute of limitations, indicates those Tax Returns that have been audited, and indicates those Tax Returns that currently are the subject of audit. TLB has made available to Guaranty correct and complete copies of all federal income Tax Returns and statements of deficiencies assessed against or agreed to by TLB with respect to all taxable periods that are still open under the applicable statute of limitations.

 

18


(e) TLB has not waived any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes or agreed to any extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency.

(f) TLB has not been a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Code § 897(c)(2) during the applicable period specified in Code § 897(c)(1)(A)(ii). TLB has not participated in any reportable transaction or a transaction that is substantially similar to a listed transaction as defined under Section 6011, 6111 and 6112 of the Code. If TLB has participated in a reportable or listed transaction, such entity has properly disclosed such transaction in accordance with the applicable Tax regulations. TLB (i) is not a party to any Tax allocation or sharing agreement, (ii) has not been a member of an Affiliated Group filing a consolidated federal income Tax Return and (iii) has no Liability for the Taxes of any Person under Reg. § 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local, or foreign law), as a transferee or successor, by contract, or otherwise.

(g) TLB has not been required to disclose on its federal income Tax Returns any position that could give rise to a substantial understatement of federal income tax within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code.

(h) Neither TLB nor Guaranty will be required to include any item of income in, nor will TLB or Guaranty be required to exclude any item of deduction from, taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending on or after the Closing Date as a result of any: (i) change in TLB’s method of accounting for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date under Section 481(c) of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign income Tax law); (ii) “closing agreement” as described in Section 7121 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign income Tax law) executed on or prior to the Closing Date by TLB; (iii) intercompany transaction or excess loss account of TLB described in the Treasury Regulations under Section 1502 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign Tax law); (iv) installment sale or open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Closing Date by TLB; or (v) prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing Date by TLB.

(i) TLB has not constituted either a “distributing corporation” or a “controlled corporation” (within the meaning of Section 355(a)(1)(A) of the Code) in a distribution of stock qualifying for Tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code (i) in the two years prior to the date of this Agreement or (ii) in a distribution which could otherwise constitute part of a “plan” or “series of related transactions” (within the meaning of Section 355(e) of the Code) in conjunction with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(j) TLB is not required to make any adjustment under Code § 481(a) by reason of a change in accounting method or otherwise.

(k) The unpaid Taxes of TLB (i) did not, as of December 31, 2013, exceed the current liability accruals for Tax Liability (excluding any reserves for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax income) set forth in the TLB Financial Statements and (ii) do not exceed such current liability accruals for Taxes (excluding reserves any for deferred Taxes) as adjusted for the passage of time through the Closing Date in accordance with the past custom and practice of TLB in filing its Tax Returns.

(l) Schedule 3.12(l) sets forth an accurate and complete description as to any United States federal net operating and capital loss carryforwards for TLB (including any limitations of such net operating or capital loss carryforwards under Code Sections 382, 383 or 384 or the Treasury Regulations) as of December 31, 2013 and the expiration dates thereof.

 

19


Section 3.13 Contracts and Commitments . Schedule 3.13 sets forth a complete listing, as of September 30, 2014, of all leases, subleases, licenses, contracts and agreements to which TLB is a party, and which (a) relate to real property used by TLB in its operations (such TLB Contracts being referred to herein as the “ TLB Leases ”), (b) involve payments to or by TLB in excess of $25,000 during the term thereof, or (c) involve termination payments by TLB in excess of $10,000 (the “ TLB Contracts ”). True and correct copies of all such TLB Contracts, and all amendments thereto, have been made available to Guaranty. The term “TLB Contracts” does not include (i) loans made by, (ii) unfunded loan commitments of $25,000 or less made by, (iii) letters of credit issued by, (iv) loan participations of, (v) federal funds sold or purchased by, (vi) repurchase agreements made by, (vii) spot foreign exchange transactions of, (viii) bankers acceptances of or (ix) deposit liabilities of, TLB. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.13 , no participations or loans have been sold that have buy-back, recourse or guaranty provisions that create contingent or direct liability to TLB. All of the TLB Contracts are legal, valid and binding obligations of the parties to the TLB Contracts enforceable according to their terms, subject to the Bankruptcy Exception. All rent and other payments by TLB under the TLB Contracts is current, there are no existing defaults by TLB under the TLB Contracts and no termination, condition or other event has occurred that (whether with or without notice, lapse of time or the happening or occurrence of any other event) would constitute a material default thereunder. TLB has a good and marketable leasehold interest in each of the properties subject to the TLB Leases, free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, encumbrances and security interests, but subject to all matters of record.

Section 3.14 Insurance Policies . A true, correct and complete list of all insurance policies (including any bank owned life insurance) owned or held by or on behalf of TLB (other than credit-life policies) is set forth in Schedule 3.14 . All policies of general liability, theft, life, fire, workers’ compensation, health, directors and officers, business interruption and other forms of insurance owned or held by TLB (a) are in full force and effect and all premiums that are due and payable with respect thereto are currently paid, (b) are sufficient for compliance with all requirements of applicable laws and of all agreements to which TLB is a party, (c) are adequate for the business conducted by TLB in respect of amounts, types and risks insured (other than the risk of terrorist attacks), (d) are valid, outstanding and enforceable policies (except as may be limited by the Bankruptcy Exception), and (e) will remain in full force and effect through the Effective Time, subject to normal renewal policies and procedures, including, without limitation, the payment of premiums. No insurer under any such policy or bond has canceled or indicated to TLB an intention to cancel or not to renew any such policy or bond effective at any time prior to the Effective Time or generally disclaimed liability thereunder. TLB is not in default under any such policy or bond, and all material claims thereunder have been filed. TLB has not been denied or had revoked or rescinded any policy of insurance during the last three (3) fiscal years.

Section 3.15 No Conflict With Other Instruments . The execution and delivery of this Agreement does not, and the performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (a) conflict with or violate any provision of the

 

20


Organizational Documents of TLB or (b) subject to obtaining the requisite approval of the holders of the outstanding TLB Common Stock and all regulatory approvals and consents and the consents of the third parties set forth in Schedule 3.16 , will not (i) violate any statute, code, ordinance, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ, decree or injunction applicable to TLB or any of its properties or assets or (ii) violate, conflict with, result in a breach of any provision of or constitute a default (or an event which, with or without notice or lapse of time, would constitute a default) under, result in the termination of or a right of termination or cancellation under, accelerate the performance required by, cause TLB to become subject to or liable for the payment of any tax, or result in the creation of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any of the properties or assets of TLB under, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, license, lease agreement, instrument or obligation to which TLB is a party, or by which any of its properties or assets may be bound or affected, except, for the purposes of clause (ii), such violations, conflicts, breaches or defaults which either individually or in the aggregate would not have a Material Adverse Effect on TLB.

Section 3.16 Consents and Approvals . Except for prior approval of the Merger by the Governmental Bodies having jurisdiction over TLB, the requisite approval of the shareholders of TLB and the consents of the third parties set forth in Schedule 3.16 , no prior consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration, filing or registrations with, any person or Governmental Body is required of TLB in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by TLB of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby or the resulting change in control of TLB.

Section 3.17 Absence of Certain Changes . Since September 30, 2014, (i) TLB has conducted its business in the ordinary and usual course consistent with prudent banking practices (except as otherwise required by this Agreement and excluding the incurrence of expenses related to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby) and (ii) no event has occurred or circumstance arisen that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on TLB.

Section 3.18 Employment Relations . The relations of TLB with its employees are satisfactory. TLB has not received any notice of any controversies with, or organizational efforts or other pending actions by, representatives of its employees. TLB has complied in all material respects with all laws relating to the employment of labor with respect to its employees, and any independent contractors it has hired, including any provisions thereof relating to wages, hours, workplace discrimination, collective bargaining and the payment of workman’s compensation insurance and social security and similar taxes, and no person has asserted to TLB that TLB is liable for any arrearages of wages, workman’s compensation insurance premiums or any taxes or penalties for failure to comply with any of the foregoing.

Section 3.19 Employee Benefit Plans .

(a) Schedule 3.19(a) lists all employee benefit plans, arrangements or agreements providing benefits or compensation to any current or former employees, directors or consultants of TLB or any of its ERISA Affiliates (as defined below) that are sponsored or maintained by TLB or any of its ERISA Affiliates or to which TLB or any of its ERISA Affiliates contributes or is obligated to contribute on behalf of current or former employees, directors or consultants of TLB or any of its ERISA Affiliates or with respect to which TLB or

 

21


any of its ERISA Affiliates has any liability, including, without limitation, any employee welfare benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), any employee pension benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA or any employment agreement or collective bargaining, bonus, incentive, deferred compensation, stock purchase, stock option, severance, change of control or fringe benefit plan (“ TLB Employee Plan ”). Schedule 3.19(a) identifies any TLB Employee Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA (“ Title IV Plan ”). “ ERISA Affiliate ” means any entity, trade or business that is a member of a group described in Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code or Section 4001(b)(1) of ERISA that includes TLB, or that is a member of the same “controlled group” as TLB pursuant to Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA.

(b) TLB has delivered to Guaranty: (i) correct and complete copies of all documents setting forth the terms of each TLB Employee Plan, including all amendments thereto and all related trust documents and insurance policies; (ii) the three most recent actuarial reports and annual reports (Form 5500 Series and all schedules and financial statements attached thereto), if any, required under ERISA or the Code in connection with each TLB Employee Plan; (iii) the most recent summary plan description together with the summaries of material modifications thereto, if any, with respect to each TLB Employee Plan; (iv) all employee handbooks and other policies delivered or made available to employees and other service providers; and (v) the most recent Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) determination or opinion letter issued with respect to each TLB Employee Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code.

(c) There is no pending or, to the Knowledge of TLB, threatened Proceeding relating to any TLB Employee Plan. All of TLB Employee Plans comply and have been administered in all material respects with all applicable requirements of ERISA, the Code and other applicable laws and all TLB Employee Plans have been operated in compliance with their terms. There has occurred no “prohibited transaction” (within the meaning of Section 406 or 407 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to TLB Employee Plans which is likely to result in the imposition of any penalties or taxes upon TLB under Section 502(i) of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. Neither TLB, any ERISA Affiliate, nor any of their current or former directors, officers, employees or any other “fiduciary” within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(21), has committed any breach of fiduciary responsibility imposed by ERISA or any other applicable law, or has any liability for failure to comply with ERISA or the Code for any action or failure to act in connection with the administration or investment of the assets of any TLB Employee Plan. All contributions, premiums or other payments required by law or by any TLB Employee Plan (i) that are due on or before the Closing have been paid or will be paid prior to the Closing, and (ii) that have accrued on or before the Closing have been or will be paid or properly accrued at the Closing. Neither TLB nor any ERISA Affiliate has ever incurred any penalty or tax with respect to any TLB Employee Plan under Section 502(i) or 502(l) of ERISA or Section 4971 or 4975 through 4980 of the Code.

(d) TLB does not have any obligations for post-retirement or post-employment benefits under any TLB Employee Plan, except for coverage required by Part 6 of Title I of ERISA or Section 4980B of the Code, or similar state laws (“ COBRA ”), the cost of which is borne by the insured individuals. Each TLB Employee Plan that is a “group health plan” within the meaning of Section 5000 of the Code has been operated in compliance with

 

22


COBRA. Each TLB Employee Plan can be terminated upon 60 days’ notice or less without payment of any additional compensation or amount or the additional vesting or acceleration of any benefits, except as required by law. Each TLB Employee Plan that is intended to be a “qualified plan” within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code is qualified in form and operation in all material respects and is the subject of a favorable determination or opinion letter from the Internal Revenue Service with respect to its qualified status, and no event or circumstance has occurred or exists that would disqualify any such TLB Employee Plan.

(e) Neither TLB nor any ERISA Affiliate has ever had any liability or contingent liability with respect to a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA. Neither TLB nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any unsatisfied liability under Title IV of ERISA, and no condition or set of circumstances exists that presents a risk to TLB or any ERISA Affiliate of incurring liability under Title IV of ERISA. No Title IV Plan has been completely or partially terminated and none has been the subject of a “reportable event” within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA. No proceeding by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation to terminate any Title IV Plan has been instituted or threatened. Neither TLB nor any ERISA Affiliate has any liability for the termination of any Title IV Plan under ERISA Section 4062. The present value of all benefit liabilities (whether or not vested) as defined in ERISA Section 4001(a)(16) under each Title IV Plan did not exceed as of the most recent Title IV Plan actuarial valuation date, and will not exceed as of the Closing Date, the then-current value of the assets of such Title IV Plan as determined pursuant to Code Sections 412 or 430, and (i) at the Closing Date, the current value of all accrued benefits under each Title IV Plan will not exceed the current value of all the assets of such Title IV Plan allocable to such accrued benefits, determined as though each Plan were to terminate on the Closing Date. All premiums have been paid in full to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, and neither TLB nor any ERISA Affiliate has any liability for any premiums to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation. Neither TLB nor any ERISA Affiliate has any liability for any unfunded benefit liabilities, or any accumulated funding deficiency within the meaning of ERISA Section 302 or Code Section 412 or 430, whether or not waived. Neither TLB nor any ERISA Affiliate has any liability (ii) for any lien or any interest payments or any minimum funding contributions under ERISA Section 302 or Section 401(a)(29), 412 or 430 of the Code, as applicable, or (iii) to provide security under ERISA Section 307 or Code Section 401(a)(29).

(f) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.19(f) , neither the execution of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will (either alone or upon the occurrence of any additional or subsequent events) constitute an event under any TLB Employee Plan, that will or may result (either alone or in connection with any other circumstance or event) in any payment (whether severance pay or otherwise), acceleration, forgiveness of indebtedness, vesting, distribution, increase in benefits or obligation to fund benefits or a trust with respect to any employee or other person. No payment made as a result of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (either alone or in conjunction with any other event such as a termination of employment) will result in the payment of any “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code.

(g) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.19(g) , there are no outstanding compensatory equity awards, including any arrangements awarding stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, deferred stock, phantom stock or any other equity compensation to any employee, director or other service provider of TLB or any ERISA Affiliate.

 

23


Section 3.20 Deferred Compensation and Salary Continuation Arrangements . Schedule 3.20 contains a list of all non-qualified deferred compensation and salary continuation arrangements of TLB, if any, including (a) the terms under which the cash value of any life insurance purchased in connection with any such arrangement can be realized and (b) the amount of all future benefit payments owed on behalf of each participant, which amounts, as of the date of this Agreement, have been, and as of the Closing Date, will be, fully accrued for on the TLB Financial Statements. Each non-qualified deferred compensation arrangement satisfies the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, to the extent applicable, in form and operation.

Section 3.21 Intellectual Property Rights .

(a) TLB has delivered to Guaranty a correct and complete list of all registered trademarks, registered service marks, trademark and service mark applications, trade names and registered copyrights presently owned or held by TLB or used in a material manner by it in the conduct of its business under license pursuant to a material contract (the “ Intellectual Property ”). TLB owns or has the right to use and continue to use the Intellectual Property in the operation of its business. TLB is, to its Knowledge, not infringing or violating any patent, copyright, trademark, service mark, label filing or trade name owned or otherwise held by any other party, nor has TLB used any confidential information or any trade secrets owned or otherwise held by any other party, without holding a valid license for such use.

(b) TLB is not engaging, nor has it been charged with engaging, in any kind of unfair or unlawful competition. Neither the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will in any way impair the right of TLB or the Surviving Bank to use, sell, license or dispose of, or to bring any action for the infringement of, the Intellectual Property.

Section 3.22 Brokers, Finders and Financial Advisors . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.22 , neither TLB nor any of its officers, directors or employees have employed any broker, finder, financial advisor or investment banker or incurred any liability for any brokerage, financial advisory, investment banking or other fees or commissions in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 3.23 Accounting Controls . TLB has devised and maintained a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that: (i) all material transactions are executed in accordance with general or specific authorization of the board of directors and/or the duly authorized executive officers of TLB; (ii) all material transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP consistently applied with respect to institutions such as TLB or other criteria applicable to such financial statements, and to maintain accountability for items therein; and (iii) control of the material properties and assets of TLB is permitted only in accordance with general or specific authorization of the board of directors and/or the duly authorized executive officers of TLB.

 

24


Section 3.24 Derivative Contracts . TLB is not a party to nor has it agreed to enter into an exchange traded or over-the-counter swap, forward, future, option, cap, floor or collar financial contract or agreement, or any other contract or agreement not included in TLB Financial Statements which is a financial derivative contract (including various combinations thereof).

Section 3.25 Deposits . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.25 , no deposit of TLB (a) is a “brokered” deposit (as such term is defined in 12 CFR 337.6(a)(2)); (b) was acquired through a deposit listing service; or (c) is subject to any encumbrance, legal restraint or other legal process (other than garnishments, pledges, set off rights, escrow limitations and similar actions taken in the ordinary course of business).

Section 3.26 Regulatory Actions . There are no actions or Proceedings pending or, to the Knowledge of TLB, threatened, against TLB by or before any Governmental Body having jurisdiction over TLB. TLB is not subject to a formal or informal agreement, memorandum of understanding, enforcement action with, or any type of financial assistance by, any Governmental Body having jurisdiction over TLB. TLB does not know of any fact or circumstance relating to TLB that would materially impede or delay receipt of any required regulatory approval of the Merger or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, nor does TLB have any reason to believe that it will not be able to obtain all requisite regulatory and other approvals or consents which it is required to obtain in order to consummate the Merger.

Section 3.27 Compliance with Laws and Regulatory Filings .

(a) TLB has complied in all material respects with and is not in material default or violation under any applicable law, statute, order, rule, regulation, policy and/or guideline of any Governmental Body relating to TLB, including, without limitation and as applicable, all laws related to data protection or privacy, the USA PATRIOT Act, the Bank Secrecy Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B, the Fair Housing Act, the Community Reinvestment Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in Lending Act and Regulation Z, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, any regulations promulgated by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the Interagency Policy Statement on Retail Sales of Nondeposit Investment Products, the SAFE Mortgage Licensing Act of 2008, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and Regulation X, Flood Disaster Protection Act, Home Owners Equity Protection Act, Right to Financial Privacy Act, Unfair, Deceptive or Abusive Acts or Practices and any other law relating to consumer protection, bank secrecy, discriminatory lending, financing or leasing practices, money laundering prevention, Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, all agency requirements relating to the origination, sale and servicing of mortgage and consumer loans and all other laws and regulations governing the operations of a federally-insured financial institution (collectively, “ Banking Laws ”). TLB has neither had nor suspected any material incidents of fraud or defalcation involving TLB or any of its respective officers, directors or Affiliates during the last two years. TLB has timely and properly filed and maintained in all material respects all requisite Currency Transaction Reports and Suspicious Activity Reports and has systems customarily used by financial institutions of a similar size to TLB that are designed to properly monitor transaction activity (including wire transfers). TLB is designated as a small bank for purposes of the Community Reinvestment Act and has a Community Reinvestment Act rating of “satisfactory.”

 

25


(b) TLB has filed all reports, registrations and statements, together with any amendments required to be made thereto, that are required to be filed with the FDIC, the TDB or any other Governmental Body having supervisory jurisdiction over TLB, and such reports, registrations and statements as finally amended or corrected, are true and correct in all material respects. Except for normal examinations conducted by bank regulatory agencies in the ordinary course of business, no Governmental Body has initiated any Proceeding or, to TLB’s Knowledge, investigation into the business or operations of TLB. There is no unresolved violation, criticism or exception by any Governmental Body with respect to any report relating to any examinations of TLB.

(c) TLB has not, and to the Knowledge of TLB, no director, officer, employee, agent or other Person acting on behalf of TLB has, directly or indirectly, (i) used any funds of TLB for unlawful contributions, unlawful gifts, unlawful entertainment or other expenses relating to political activity, (ii) made any unlawful payment to foreign or domestic governmental officials or employees or to foreign or domestic political parties or campaigns from funds of TLB, (iii) violated any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any similar law, (iv) established or maintained any unlawful fund of monies or other assets of TLB, (v) made any fraudulent entry on the books or records of TLB, or (vi) made any unlawful bribe, unlawful rebate, unlawful payoff, unlawful influence payment, unlawful kickback or other unlawful payment to any Person, private or public, regardless of form, whether in money, property or services, to obtain favorable treatment in securing business to obtain special concessions for TLB, to pay for favorable treatment for business secured or to pay for special concessions already obtained for TLB, or is currently subject to any United States sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury.

Section 3.28 Mortgage Banking Business .

(a) TLB has complied in all material respects with, and all documentation in connection with the origination, processing, underwriting and credit approval of any mortgage loan originated, purchased or serviced by TLB satisfied in all material respects, (i) all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations with respect to the origination, insuring, purchase, sale, pooling, servicing, subservicing, or filing of claims in connection with mortgage loans, including all laws relating to real estate settlement procedures, consumer credit protection, truth in lending laws, usury limitations, fair housing, transfers of servicing, collection practices, equal credit opportunity and adjustable rate mortgages, (ii) the responsibilities and obligations relating to mortgage loans set forth in any agreement between TLB and any Agency, Loan Investor or Insurer (as such terms are defined below), (iii) the applicable rules, regulations, guidelines, handbooks and other requirements of any Agency, Loan Investor or Insurer and (iv) the terms and provisions of any mortgage or other collateral documents and other loan documents with respect to each mortgage loan; and

(b) No Agency, Loan Investor or Insurer has (i) claimed in writing that TLB has violated or has not complied with the applicable underwriting standards with respect to

 

26


mortgage loans sold by TLB to a Loan Investor or Agency, or with respect to any sale of mortgage servicing rights to a Loan Investor, (ii) imposed in writing restrictions on the activities (including commitment authority) of TLB or (iii) indicated in writing to TLB that it has terminated or intends to terminate its relationship with TLB for poor performance, poor loan quality or concern with respect to TLB’s compliance with laws.

(c) For purposes of this Section 3.28: (i) “ Agency ” means the Federal Housing Administration, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, the Farmers Home Administration (now known as Rural Housing and Community Development Services), the Federal National Mortgage Association, the United States Department of Veterans’ Affairs, the Rural Housing Service of the U.S. Department of Agriculture or any other Governmental Authority with authority to (A) determine any investment, origination, lending or servicing requirements with regard to mortgage loans originated, purchased or serviced by TLB or (B) originate, purchase, or service mortgage loans, or otherwise promote mortgage lending, including state and local housing finance authorities; (ii) “ Loan Investor ” means any Person (including an Agency) having a beneficial interest in any mortgage loan originated, purchased or serviced by TLB or a security backed by or representing an interest in any such mortgage loan; and (iii) “ Insurer ” means a Person who insures or guarantees for the benefit of the mortgagee all or any portion of the risk of loss upon borrower default on any of the mortgage loans originated, purchased or serviced by TLB, including the Federal Housing Administration, the United States Department of Veterans’ Affairs, the Rural Housing Service of the U.S. Department of Agriculture and any private mortgage insurer, and providers of hazard, title or other insurance with respect to such mortgage loans or the related collateral.

Section 3.29 Shareholders’ List . TLB has delivered to Guaranty a list of the holders of shares of TLB Common Stock as of a date within ten (10) Business Days prior to the date hereof, containing for TLB’s shareholders the names, addresses and number of shares held of record, which shareholders’ list is in all respects true, correct and complete as of such date and will be updated prior to Closing.

Section 3.30 SEC Status; Securities Issuances . TLB is not subject to the registration provisions of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) nor the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) promulgated under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, other than anti-fraud provisions of such act. All issuances of securities by TLB have been registered under the Securities Act and/or the Securities Act of the State of Texas (the “ Texas Securities Act ”), and all other applicable laws or were exempt from any such registration requirements.

Section 3.31 Fiduciary Responsibilities . TLB has performed in all of its duties as a trustee, custodian, guardian or an escrow agent in a manner which complies in all material respects with all applicable laws, regulations, orders, agreements, instruments and common law standards.

Section 3.32 Dissenting Shareholders . TLB and its directors and executive officers have no Knowledge of any plan or intention on the part of any shareholder of TLB to make written demand for payment of the fair value of such holder’s shares of TLB Common Stock in the manner provided in Chapter 10 of the TBOC.

 

27


Section 3.33 Books and Records .

(a) The minute books and stock ledgers of TLB that have been made available to Guaranty, its representatives or affiliates constitute all of the minute books and stock ledgers of TLB and contain a complete and accurate record of all actions of its shareholders of its board of directors (and any committees thereof) as of the dates set forth therein. All personnel files, reports, feasibility studies, environmental assessments and reports, strategic planning documents, financial forecasts, deeds, leases, lease files, land files, accounting and tax records and all other records that relate to the business and properties of TLB that have been requested by Guaranty have been made available to Guaranty, its representatives or affiliates.

(b) TLB makes and keeps books, records and accounts which, in reasonable detail and in all material respects, accurately and fairly reflect its transactions in, and dispositions of, its assets and securities and maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary (A) to permit the preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP consistently applied and any other criteria applicable to such statements and (B) to maintain accountability for assets, (iii) access to the assets of TLB is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

(c) TLB maintains a process designed by, or under the supervision of, TLB’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by TLB’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP, including policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions in and dispositions of the assets of TLB, (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of TLB’s financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of TLB are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of TLB, and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of TLB’s assets that could have a material effect on TLB’s financial statements.

Section 3.34 Information . None of the information relating to TLB that is provided by TLB for inclusion in (a) a proxy statement-offering circular (including any amendment or supplement thereto) to be prepared by TLB and Guaranty in accordance with TLB’s Organizational Documents and applicable law (the “ Proxy Statement-Offering Circular ”) and mailed to TLB’s shareholders in connection with (i) the solicitation of proxies by the board of directors of TLB for use at a special meeting of TLB’s shareholders to be called to consider the Merger, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (the “ TLB Shareholder Meeting ”) and (ii) the offering of shares of Guaranty Common Stock to shareholders of TLB as part of the Merger Consideration, or (b) any filings or approvals under applicable federal or state Banking Laws or regulations or federal or state securities laws will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.

 

28


Section 3.35 Fairness Opinion . Prior to the execution of this Agreement, TLB has received a written opinion from Commerce Street Capital, LLC, dated as of the date of this Agreement, to the effect that, subject to the terms, conditions and qualifications set forth therein, as of the date hereof, the Aggregate Merger Consideration to be received by the shareholders of TLB pursuant to this Agreement is fair, from a financial point of view, to such shareholders. Such opinion has not been amended or rescinded as of the date of this Agreement.

Section 3.36 No Representations or Warranties of Initial Public Offering . TLB acknowledges that the detailed representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement have been negotiated at arm’s length among sophisticated business entities and that none of Guaranty, Interim Bank or any their respective affiliates or any person or entity acting on behalf of any of the foregoing makes or has made any express or implied representation or warranty to TLB or its shareholders as to the pricing, completion or success of any public offering of the Guaranty Common Stock or any return on an investment in the Guaranty Common Stock, and neither TLB nor its shareholders are relying on any such representation or warranty.

Section 3.37 Representations Not Misleading . No representation or warranty by TLB contained in this Agreement, nor any schedule furnished to Guaranty by TLB under and pursuant to, or in anticipation of this Agreement, contains or will contain on the Closing Date any untrue statement of a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances under which it was or will be made, not misleading and such representations and warranties would continue to be true and correct after disclosure to any governmental authority having jurisdiction over TLB or its properties of the facts and circumstances upon which they were based. Except as disclosed herein, there is no matter that materially adversely affects TLB or its ability to perform the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other agreements contemplated hereby.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF GUARANTY AND INTERIM BANK

Guaranty and Interim Bank represent and warrant to TLB as set forth below. On or prior to the date hereof, Guaranty has delivered to TLB disclosure schedules (“ Guaranty Disclosure Schedules ”) referred to in this Article IV. Guaranty agrees that two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing it shall provide TLB with supplemental Guaranty Disclosure Schedules reflecting any changes in the information contained in the Guaranty Disclosure Schedules which have occurred in the period from the date of delivery of such Guaranty Disclosure Schedules to two (2) Business Days prior to the date of Closing.

Section 4.1 Organization .

(a) Guaranty is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Texas and a bank holding company duly registered under the BHC Act, subject to all laws, rules and regulations applicable to bank holding companies. Guaranty owns all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of GBT and will own all of the

 

29


issued and outstanding capital stock of Interim Bank upon the formation of Interim Bank. Guaranty has the full power and authority (including all licenses, franchises, permits and other governmental authorizations which are legally required) to own, lease and operate their properties, to engage in the business and activities now conducted by them, except where the failure to be so licensed or qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect on Guaranty. True and complete copies of the Organizational Documents of Guaranty have been made available on site upon request to TLB.

(b) GBT is a national banking association duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the United States. GBT has the full power and authority (including all licenses, franchises, permits and other governmental authorizations which are legally required) to own, lease and operate their properties, to engage in the business and activities now conducted by them, except where the failure to be so licensed or qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect on GBT. GBT is (i) duly authorized to conduct general banking business, embracing all usual deposit functions of commercial banks as well as commercial, industrial and real estate loans, installment credits, collections and safe deposit facilities subject to the supervision of the OCC, and (ii) is an insured bank as defined in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.

(c) True and complete copies of the Organizational Documents of Guaranty, as amended to date, have been made available to TLB.

(d) The deposit accounts of GBT are insured by the FDIC through the Bank Insurance Fund to the fullest extent permitted by law, and all premiums and assessments due and owing as of the date hereof required in connection therewith have been paid by GBT.

Section 4.2 Capitalization .

(a) The authorized capital stock of Guaranty consists of 65,000,000 shares of capital stock, consisting of 50,000,000 shares of Guaranty Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share and 15,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $5.00 per share. There are 8,015,614 shares of Guaranty Common Stock which are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement. No shares of the authorized preferred stock of Guaranty are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement. All of the issued and outstanding shares of Guaranty Common Stock are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and have not been issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any Person or in violation of any applicable federal or state laws.

(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.2(b) , there are no irrevocable proxies with respect to the Guaranty Common Stock and there are no outstanding or authorized subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights or other agreements or commitments of any kind restricting the transfer of, requiring the issuance or sale of or otherwise relating to any such shares of capital stock to any Person.

(c) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.2(c) , there are no existing options, warrants, calls, convertible securities or commitments of any kind obligating Guaranty or GBT to issue any its authorized and unissued securities.

(d) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.2(d) , neither Guaranty nor GBT has any outstanding commitment or obligation to repurchase, reacquire or redeem any of its outstanding capital stock. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.2(d) , there are no voting trusts, voting agreements, buy-sell agreements or other similar arrangements affecting Guaranty Common Stock or GBT Common Stock.

 

30


Section 4.3 Approvals; Authority .

(a) Guaranty has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement (and any related documents), and Guaranty has full legal capacity, power and authority to perform their obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the contemplated transactions.

(b) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly, validly and unanimously approved by the board of directors of Guaranty. The board of directors of Guaranty has determined that this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby are advisable and in the best interests of Guaranty and its shareholders. No further actions or corporate proceedings on the part of Guaranty are necessary to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Guaranty and is a duly authorized, valid, legally binding agreement of Guaranty enforceable against Guaranty in accordance with its terms, subject to the Bankruptcy Exception.

Section 4.4 No Conflict With Other Instruments . The execution and delivery of this Agreement does not, and the performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (a) conflict with or violate any provision of the Organizational Documents of Guaranty or (b) subject to obtaining all regulatory approvals and consents and the consents of the third parties set forth in Schedule 4.5 , will not (i) violate any statute, code, ordinance, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ, decree or injunction applicable to Guaranty or GBT or any of their properties or assets or (ii) violate, conflict with, result in a breach of any provision of or constitute a default (or an event which, with or without notice or lapse of time, would constitute a default) under, result in the termination of or a right of termination or cancellation under, accelerate the performance required by, cause Guaranty or GBT to become subject to or liable for the payment of any tax, or result in the creation of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any of the properties or assets of Guaranty or GBT under, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, license, lease agreement, instrument or obligation to which Guaranty or GBT is a party, or by which any of their properties or assets may be bound or affected, except, for purposes of clause (ii), such violations, conflicts, breaches or defaults which either individually or in the aggregate would not have a Material Adverse Effect on Guaranty.

Section 4.5 Consents and Approvals . Except for prior approval of the Merger by the Governmental Bodies having jurisdiction over Guaranty and Interim Bank, the approval of the sole shareholder of Interim Bank and the consents of the third parties set forth in Schedule 4.5 , no prior consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration, filing or registrations with, any Person or Governmental Body is required of Guaranty or Interim Bank in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by Guaranty and Interim Bank of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

31


Section 4.6 Financial Statements .

(a) Guaranty has delivered to TLB a true, correct and complete copies of Guaranty’s (i) audited consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, statements of changes in shareholders’ equity and statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, accompanied by the report thereon of Guaranty’s independent auditors and (ii) unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related consolidated statements of operations as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013. Guaranty has also delivered to TLB true, correct and complete copies of the Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income (“ GBT Call Reports ”) filed by GBT with the appropriate regulatory authorities for each of the periods during the three years ended December 31, 2013 and for the quarters ending March 31, June 30 and September 30, 2014. The audited and unaudited financial information and GBT Call Reports referred to in this Section 4.6(a) are collectively referred to in this Agreement as the “ Guaranty Financial Statements .”

(b) Each of the Guaranty Financial Statements fairly presents the financial position of Guaranty and results of operations at the dates and for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis except for the GBT Call Reports, which are in compliance with the rules and regulations of applicable federal and state banking authorities.

(c) As of the dates of the Guaranty Financial Statements referred to above and as of the date of this Agreement, Guaranty did not have any material liabilities, fixed or contingent, except as set forth or provided for in such Guaranty Financial Statements or otherwise disclosed in this Agreement.

(d) Guaranty has sufficient capital and readily available funds to enable it to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to deliver the Merger Consideration as provided for in this Agreement. Guaranty’s ability to carry out its obligations under this Agreement is not contingent on additional financing

Section 4.7 Proceedings . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.7 , there are no Proceedings pending or, to Guaranty’s Knowledge, threatened against Guaranty or any of its Subsidiaries, and Guaranty has no Knowledge of any basis on which any such Proceedings could be brought which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect on Guaranty or which could question the validity of any action taken or to be taken in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. Guaranty will notify TLB promptly in writing of any such Proceedings threatened or initiated against Guaranty or any of its Subsidiaries, or to the Knowledge of Guaranty, any officer or director thereof subsequent to the date of this Agreement. Neither Guaranty nor GBT is in default with respect to any judgment, order, writ, injunction, decree, award, rule or regulation of any arbitrator or Governmental Body.

Section 4.8 Absence of Certain Changes . Since September 30, 2014, (i) each of Guaranty and GBT has conducted its business in the ordinary and usual course consistent with

 

32


prudent banking practices (except as otherwise required by this Agreement and excluding the incurrence of expenses related to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby) and (ii) no event has occurred or circumstance arisen that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Guaranty or GBT.

Section 4.9 Regulatory Actions . There are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the Knowledge of Guaranty, threatened, against Guaranty or GBT by or before any Governmental Body having jurisdiction over Guaranty or GBT. Neither Guaranty nor GBT is subject to a formal or informal agreement, memorandum of understanding, enforcement action with, or any type of financial assistance by, any Governmental Body having jurisdiction over Guaranty or GBT. Guaranty has no Knowledge of any fact or circumstance relating to Guaranty or GBT that would materially impede or delay receipt of any required regulatory approval of the Merger or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, nor does Guaranty have any reason to believe that it will not be able to obtain all requisite regulatory and other approvals or consents which it is required to obtain in order to consummate the Merger.

Section 4.10 Compliance with Laws and Regulatory Filings .

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.10 , Guaranty and GBT have complied in all material respects with and are not in material default or violation under any applicable law, statute, order, rule, regulation, policy and/or guideline of any Governmental Body relating to Guaranty or GBT, including, without limitation, all Banking Laws. Guaranty and GBT have neither had nor suspected any material incidents of fraud or defalcation involving Guaranty, GBT or any of their respective officers, directors or Affiliates during the last two years. Each of Guaranty and GBT has timely and properly filed and maintained in all material respects all requisite Currency Transaction Reports and Suspicious Activity Reports and has systems customarily used by financial institutions of a similar size to GBT that are designed to properly monitor transaction activity (including wire transfers). GBT is designated as a large bank for purposes of the Community Reinvestment Act and has a Community Reinvestment Act rating of “satisfactory.”

(b) Guaranty and its Subsidiaries have filed all reports, registrations and statements, together with any amendments required to be made thereto, that are required to be filed with the Federal Reserve Board, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or any other Governmental Body having supervisory jurisdiction over Guaranty and its Subsidiaries, and such reports, registrations and statements as finally amended or corrected, are true and correct in all material respects. Except for normal examinations conducted by bank regulatory agencies in the ordinary course of business, no Governmental Body has initiated any Proceeding or, to Guaranty’s Knowledge, investigation into the business or operations of Guaranty or its Subsidiaries. There is no unresolved violation, criticism or exception by any Governmental Body with respect to any report relating to any examinations of GBT or Guaranty.

Section 4.11 No Brokers or Finders . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.11 , Guaranty nor any of its officers, directors or employees have employed any broker, finder, financial advisor or investment banker or incurred any liability for any brokerage, financial advisory, investment banking or other fees or commissions in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

33


Section 4.12 Accounting Controls . Each of Guaranty and GBT has devised and maintained a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that: (i) all material transactions are executed in accordance with general or specific authorization of the board of directors and/or the duly authorized executive officers; (ii) all material transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP consistently applied with respect to institutions such as Guaranty or GBT, as the case may be, or other criteria applicable to such financial statements, and to maintain accountability for items therein; (iii) control of the material properties and assets of Guaranty and GBT is permitted only in accordance with general or specific authorization of the board of directors and/or the duly authorized executive officers; and (iv) the recorded accountability for items is compared with the actual levels at reasonable intervals and appropriate actions taken with respect to any differences.

Section 4.13 Information . None of the information relating to either Guaranty, GBT or Interim Bank that is provided by either of Guaranty, GBT or Interim Bank for inclusion in the Proxy Statement-Offering Circular or for inclusion in any filings or approvals under applicable federal or state banking laws or regulations or federal or state securities laws will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.

Section 4.14 No Other Representation or Warranties . Guaranty and Interim Bank acknowledge that the detailed representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement have been negotiated at arm’s length among sophisticated business entities. Except for the representations and warranties of TLB set forth herein, Guaranty acknowledges that none of TLB or any person or entity acting on behalf of TLB makes or has made any other express or any implied representation or warranty to Guaranty, GBT or Interim Bank as to the accuracy or completeness of any information regarding TLB or any other related matter.

Section 4.15 Representations Not Misleading . No representation or warranty by Guaranty contained in this Agreement, nor any schedule furnished to TLB by Guaranty under and pursuant to, or in anticipation of this Agreement, contains or will contain on the Closing Date any untrue statement of a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances under which it was or will be made, not misleading and such representations and warranties would continue to be true and correct after disclosure to any governmental authority having jurisdiction over Guaranty and its Subsidiaries or their respective properties of the facts and circumstances upon which they were based. Except as disclosed herein, there is no matter that materially adversely affects Guaranty or its ability to perform the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other agreements contemplated hereby.

ARTICLE V

COVENANTS OF TLB

TLB covenants and agrees with Guaranty and Interim Bank as follows:

Section 5.1 Efforts . TLB will take all reasonable action to aid and assist in the consummation of the Merger, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to take or cause to be taken all actions necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

34


Section 5.2 Approval of Shareholders of TLB . TLB will take all action in accordance with applicable laws and its Organizational Documents necessary to duly call and give notice of the TLB Shareholder Meeting within twenty (20) days following the date that TLB and Guaranty have agreed on a final version of the Proxy Statement-Offering Circular for the purpose of (i) considering and voting upon the approval of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and (ii) for such other purposes consistent with the complete performance of this Agreement as may be necessary and desirable. The board of directors of TLB will recommend to its shareholders the approval and adoption of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and TLB will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the necessary approvals by its shareholders of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 5.3 Activities of TLB Pending Closing .

(a) From the date hereof to and including the Closing Date, as long as this Agreement remains in effect, TLB shall:

(i) conduct its affairs (including, without limitation, the making of or agreeing to make any loans or other extensions of credit) only in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices and prudent banking principles;

(ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve intact its present business organizations, keep available the services of its present officers, directors, key employees and agents and preserve its relationships and goodwill with customers and advantageous business relationships;

(iii) promptly give written notice to Guaranty of (A) any material change in its business, operations or prospects; (B) any complaints, investigations or hearings (or communications indicating that the same may be contemplated) of any Governmental Body having jurisdiction over TLB; (C) the institution or threat of any Proceeding against TLB; or (D) any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to cause any of the representations or warranties of TLB contained in this Agreement to be untrue in any material respect or which would otherwise cause a Material Adverse Effect on TLB; and

(iv) except as required by law or regulation or expressly permitted by this Agreement, take no action which would adversely affect or delay the ability of TLB or Guaranty to obtain any approvals from any regulatory agencies or other approvals required for consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or to perform its obligations and agreements under this Agreement.

(b) From the date hereof to and including the Closing Date, except as set forth on Schedule 5.3(b) , except as expressly contemplated or permitted by this Agreement, except as required by law or regulation or except to the extent Guaranty consents in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), TLB shall not:

(i) adjust, split, combine or reclassify any of TLB Common Stock or other capital stock;

 

35


(ii) issue or sell or obligate itself to issue or sell any shares of its capital stock or any warrants, rights or options to acquire, or any securities convertible into, any shares of its capital stock;

(iii) grant any stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, stock options or other form of incentive compensation;

(iv) Make or commit to make a loan in excess of $200,000, or renew, extend the maturity of, or alter any of the material terms of any loan in excess of $300,000, but Guaranty will be deemed to have given its consent under this Section 5.3(b)(iv) unless Guaranty objects to such transaction no later than 24 hours (weekends and bank holidays excluded) after actual receipt by Guaranty of all information relating to the making, renewal, extension or alteration of that loan;

(v) open, close or relocate any branch office, or acquire or sell or agree to acquire or sell, any branch office or any assets or deposit liabilities;

(vi) enter into, amend or terminate any TLB Contracts, or any other material agreement, or acquire or dispose of any material amount of assets or liabilities or make any change in any of its leases, except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices and except for termination of the TLB Contracts set forth on Schedule 5.7 or as otherwise provided herein;

(vii) grant any retention, severance or termination payment to, or enter into any employment, consulting, noncompetition, retirement, parachute, severance or indemnification agreement with, any officer, director, employee or agent of TLB, either individually or as part of a class of similarly situated persons;

(viii) increase in any manner the compensation or fringe benefits of any of its employees or directors other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and pursuant to policies currently in effect or pay any perquisite such as automobile allowance, club membership or dues or other similar benefits other than in accordance with past practice, or institute any employee welfare, retirement or similar plan or arrangement;

(ix) hire or employ any person as a replacement for an existing position with an annual salary equal to or greater than $50,000 or hire or employ any person for any newly created position;

(x) (A) declare, pay or set aside for payment any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, stock or property) in respect of TLB Common Stock, or (B) directly or indirectly, purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of TLB Common Stock;

 

36


(xi) make any change in accounting methods, principles and practices, except as may be required by GAAP or any Governmental Body;

(xii) sell, transfer, convey, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose of any material properties or assets (including “other real estate owned”) or interest therein;

(xiii) foreclose upon or otherwise acquire any commercial real property prior to receipt and approval by Guaranty of a Phase I environmental review thereof;

(xiv) increase or decrease the rate of interest paid on deposit accounts, except in a manner and pursuant to policies consistent with TLB’s past practices and prudent banking practices;

(xv) reduce the amount of TLB’s allowance for loan losses below the Minimum Allowance Amount, except through charge-offs;

(xvi) establish any new Subsidiary or Affiliate or enter into any new line of business;

(xvii) materially deviate from policies and procedures existing as of the date of this Agreement with respect to (A) classification of assets, (B) the allowance for loan losses and (C) accrual of interest on assets, except as otherwise required by the provisions of this Agreement, applicable law or regulation or any Governmental Body;

(xviii) amend or change any provision of the Organizational Documents of TLB;

(xix) make any capital expenditure in excess of $50,000, except pursuant to commitments made prior to the date of this Agreement;

(xx) excluding deposits and certificates of deposit, incur or modify any indebtedness for borrowed money, including Federal Home Loan Bank advances;

(xxi) prepay any indebtedness or other similar arrangements so as to cause TLB to incur any prepayment penalty thereunder;

(xxii) except pursuant to contracts or agreements in force at the date of or permitted by this Agreement, make any equity investment in, or purchase outside the ordinary course of business any property or assets of, any other individual, corporation or other entity;

(xxiii) settle any lawsuit or Proceeding that does not provide a complete release of all claims against TLB, involves payment by it of money damages or imposes any material restriction on the operations of TLB;

 

37


(xxiv) purchase any investment securities, other than purchases of obligations with a duration of three and one-half years or less which are (i) obligations of the U.S. Treasury (or any agency thereof) or any government-sponsored enterprise, including mortgage-backed securities, not to exceed an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000, or (ii) obligations having an AAA rating by at least one nationally recognized ratings agency;

(xxv) restructure or materially change its investment securities portfolio or its interest rate risk position from that as of November 30, 2014, through sales or otherwise, or the manner in which the portfolio is classified or reported;

(xxvi) issue a replacement of any certificate representing securities of TLB; or

(xxvii) agree to do any of the foregoing.

Section 5.4 Access to Properties and Records .

(a) To the extent permitted by applicable law, TLB shall upon reasonable notice from Guaranty to TLB to: (i) afford the employees and officers and authorized representatives (including legal counsel, accountants and consultants) of Guaranty full access to the properties, books and records of TLB during normal business hours in order that Guaranty may have the opportunity to make such reasonable investigation as it shall desire to make of the affairs of TLB, and (ii) furnish Guaranty with such additional financial and operating data and other information as to the business and properties of TLB as Guaranty shall, from time to time, reasonably request.

(b) As soon as practicable after they become available, TLB will deliver or make available to Guaranty all unaudited quarterly financial statements prepared for the internal use of management of TLB and all TLB Call Reports filed with the appropriate Governmental Body after the date of this Agreement. All such financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP (or regulatory accounting principles, as applicable) applied on a consistent basis with previous accounting periods. In the event of the termination of this Agreement, Guaranty will return to TLB all documents and other information obtained pursuant hereto and will keep confidential any information obtained pursuant to Section 7.2 of this Agreement.

Section 5.5 Information for Regulatory Applications and Proxy Statement-Offering Circular . To the extent permitted by law, TLB will furnish Guaranty with all information concerning TLB required for inclusion in (a) any application, filing, statement or document to be made or filed by Guaranty with any Governmental Body in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement during the pendency of this Agreement, (b) any filings with federal or state securities authorities and (c) the Proxy Statement-Offering Circular. TLB agrees at any time, upon the request of Guaranty, to furnish to Guaranty a written letter or statement confirming the accuracy of the information with respect to TLB contained in any report or other application or statement referred to in this Agreement, and confirming that the information with respect to TLB contained in such document or draft was furnished by TLB expressly for use

 

38


therein or, if such is not the case, indicating the inaccuracies contained in such document or indicating the information not furnished by TLB expressly for use therein. TLB further agrees that if it becomes aware that any information furnished by it would cause any of the statements in a regulatory filing, the Proxy Statement-Offering Circular or a federal or state securities filing to be false or misleading with respect to any material fact, or to omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not false or misleading, to promptly inform the other party thereof and to take appropriate steps to correct the regulatory filing, Proxy Statement-Offering Circular or securities filing.

Section 5.6 Standstill Provision . Neither TLB nor any of its directors, officers, agents or representatives shall directly or indirectly take any action to solicit, initiate, encourage or facilitate the making of any inquiries with respect to, or provide any information to, conduct any assessment of or negotiate with any other party with respect to any proposal which could reasonably be expected to lead to, (i) a merger, consolidation, acquisition, statutory share exchange or similar transaction involving TLB; (ii) the disposition, by sale, lease, exchange or otherwise, of assets or deposits of TLB representing ten percent (10%) or more of the assets of TLB, excluding any sale of loans in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; or (iii) the issuance, sale or other disposition (including by way of merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or otherwise) of securities representing ten percent (10%) or more of the voting power of TLB. TLB agrees to notify Guaranty orally immediately, and in writing within three (3) Business Days, after receipt of any unsolicited inquiries or proposals for any of the foregoing transactions and provide reasonable detail as to the identity of the Person making such proposal and the nature of such proposal. TLB will immediately cease and cause to be terminated any existing activities, discussions or negotiations with any parties conducted previously that relate to any proposals for any of the foregoing transactions. TLB will take the necessary steps to inform the appropriate individuals or entities referred to in this Section 5.6 of the obligations undertaken in this Section 5.6.

Section 5.7 Termination of TLB Contracts . If requested by Guaranty, TLB will use commercially reasonable efforts, including but not limited to notifying appropriate parties and negotiating in good faith a reasonable settlement, to ensure that all contracts listed on Schedule 5.7 will, if the Merger occurs, be terminated on or after the consummation of the Merger (as indicated on Schedule 5.7 ) on a date to be mutually agreed upon by Guaranty and TLB. Such notice and actions by TLB will be in accordance with the terms of such contracts and any fees, contract payments, penalties or liquidated damages associated with the termination of such contracts shall reduce Adjusted Equity in accordance with Section 2.1(b)(iii).

Section 5.8 Conforming Accounting Adjustments . TLB shall, if requested by Guaranty, consistent with GAAP, immediately prior to Closing, make such accounting entries as Guaranty may reasonably request in order to conform the accounting records of TLB to the accounting policies and practices of Guaranty. No such adjustment shall of itself constitute or be deemed to be a breach, violation or failure to satisfy any representation, warranty, covenant, condition or other provision or constitute grounds for termination of this Agreement or be an acknowledgment by TLB (a) of any adverse circumstances for purposes of determining whether the conditions to Guaranty’s obligations under this Agreement have been satisfied, or (b) that such adjustment is required for purposes of determining satisfaction of the condition to Guaranty’s obligations under this Agreement set forth in Section 10.3 hereof. No adjustment

 

39


required by Guaranty under this Section 5.8 shall (i) require any prior filing with any Governmental Body, (ii) violate any law, rule or regulation applicable to TLB, or (iii) taken in account for purposes of determining the Adjusted Equity for purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the forgoing, nothing in this Section 5.8 shall be deemed to imply or infer that TLB shall not be required to comply with GAAP in all material respects during the pendency of this Agreement.

Section 5.9 Environmental Investigation; Rights to Terminate Agreement .

(a) Guaranty and its consultants, agents and representatives shall have the right to the same extent that TLB has such right (at Guaranty’s cost and expense), but not the obligation or responsibility, to inspect any TLB Real Property, including, without limitation, conducting asbestos surveys and sampling, environmental assessments and investigation, and other non-invasive or non-destructive environmental surveys and analyses (“ Environmental Inspections ”) at any time on or prior to thirty (30) days after the date of this Agreement. If, as a result of any such Environmental Inspection, further investigation (“ secondary investigation ”) including, without limitation, test borings, soil, water, asbestos or other sampling, is deemed desirable by Guaranty, Guaranty shall (i) notify TLB of any property for which it intends to conduct such a secondary investigation and the reasons for such secondary investigation, (ii) submit a work plan to TLB for such secondary investigation, for which Guaranty agrees to afford TLB the ability to comment on and Guaranty agrees to reasonably consider all such comments (and negotiate in good faith any such comments); and (iii) conclude such secondary investigation, on or prior to sixty (60) days after the date of this Agreement. Guaranty shall give reasonable notice to TLB of such secondary investigations, and TLB may place reasonable restrictions on the time and place at which such secondary investigations may be carried out.

(b) TLB agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Guaranty for any claims for damage to property, or injury or death to persons, made as a result of any Environmental Inspection or secondary investigation conducted by Guaranty or its agents, representatives or contractors to the extent attributable to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of TLB or its agents, representatives or contractors. Guaranty agrees to indemnify and hold harmless TLB for any claims for damage to property, or injury or death to persons, to the extent attributable to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Guaranty or its agents, representatives or contractors in performing any Environmental Inspection or secondary investigation. If the Closing does not occur, the foregoing indemnities shall survive the termination of this Agreement. Guaranty shall not have any liability or responsibility of any nature whatsoever for the results, conclusions or other findings related to any Environmental Inspection, secondary investigation or other environmental survey. If this Agreement is terminated, then except as otherwise required by law, reports to any Governmental Body of the results of any Environmental Inspection, secondary investigation or other environmental survey shall be made by TLB in the exercise of its sole discretion and not by Guaranty. Guaranty shall make no such report prior to Closing unless required to do so by law, and in such case will give TLB reasonable prior notice of Guaranty’s intentions so as to enable TLB to review and comment on such proposed report.

(c) Guaranty shall have the right to terminate this Agreement within ninety (90) days after the date of this Agreement if (i) the results of such Environmental Inspection, secondary investigation or other environmental survey are disapproved by Guaranty because the

 

40


Environmental Inspection, secondary investigation or other environmental survey identifies violations or potential violations of Environmental Laws that could have a Material Adverse Effect on TLB; (ii) any past or present events, conditions or circumstances would require further investigation or remedial or cleanup action under Environmental Laws involving, individually or in the aggregate, an expenditure in excess of $250,000 or that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on TLB; (iii) the Environmental Inspection, secondary investigation or other environmental survey identifies the presence of any underground or above ground storage tank in, on or under any TLB Real Property that is not shown to be in compliance with all Environmental Laws applicable to such tank, or that has had a release of petroleum or some other Hazardous Materials that has not been cleaned up in accordance with applicable Environmental Law, the effect of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on TLB; or (iv) the Environmental Inspection, secondary investigation or other environmental survey identifies the presence of any asbestos-containing material in, on or under any TLB Real Property, the removal or abatement of which would have a Material Adverse Effect on TLB. In the event Guaranty terminates this Agreement or elects not to proceed to Closing pursuant to this Section 5.9(c), Guaranty promptly shall deliver to TLB copies of any environmental report, engineering report, or property condition report prepared by Guaranty or any third party with respect to any TLB Real Property. Any results or findings of any Environmental Inspections will not be disclosed by Guaranty to any third party not affiliated with Guaranty, unless Guaranty is required by law to disclose such information.

(d) If any past or present events, conditions or circumstances would require further investigation or remedial or cleanup action under Environmental Laws involving, individually or in the aggregate, an expenditure of $50,000 or less, TLB shall accrue such amount as is necessary to pay the aggregate costs of further investigating, remediating or cleaning up such conditions as are reasonably estimated by an independent environmental firm selected by Guaranty.

(e) TLB agrees to make available upon request to Guaranty and its consultants, agents and representatives all documents and other materials relating to environmental conditions of any TLB Real Property including, without limitation, the results of other environmental inspections and surveys to the extent such documents are in the actual possession of TLB. TLB also agrees that all engineers and consultants who prepared or furnished such reports may discuss such reports and information with Guaranty and, at Guaranty’s cost and expense, shall be entitled to certify the same in favor of Guaranty and its consultants, agents and representatives and make all other data available to Guaranty and its consultants, agents and representatives.

Section 5.10 Nature of Deposits . On the Closing Date, the deposits of TLB will be of substantially the same character, mix, type, and makeup as such deposits are as of September 30, 2014. Such deposits shall include no “brokered deposits,” as such term is used in 12 U.S.C. 1831f, except for brokered deposits agreed to by Guaranty and any extensions and renewals thereof.

Section 5.11 Continuing D&O Coverage . Before the Effective Time, TLB will obtain, and before the Calculation Date TLB will fully pay for, “tail” insurance policies or a continuance of current policies with a claims period of two years from and after the Effective Time with

 

41


respect to Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance for the present and former officers and directors of TLB with respect to claims against such directors and officers arising from facts or events occurring before the Effective Time (including the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) (“ Tail Coverage ”). The Tail Coverage will contain coverage, amounts, terms and conditions, no less advantageous to such officers and directors than the coverage currently provided by TLB.

Section 5.12 Minutes from Directors’ and Committee Meetings; Loan Committee Monitoring .

(a) TLB will provide Guaranty with copies of the minutes of all regular and special meetings of the board of directors of TLB and minutes of all regular and special meetings of any board or senior management committee of TLB held on or after the date of this Agreement (except portions of such minutes that are devoted to the discussion of this Agreement or that, upon the advice of legal counsel, are otherwise privileged). TLB will provide copies of those minutes to Guaranty as soon as available, but in any event within ten (10) Business Days after the date of that meeting, and Guaranty will keep those minutes confidential in accordance with Section 7.2.

(b) TLB will allow a representative of Guaranty to attend, only in an observer’s role, all regular and special meetings of the loan committee of TLB; provided , however , that TLB reserves the right to exclude such representative from any portion of any meeting specifically relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or which, upon the advice of counsel, are otherwise privileged.

Section 5.13 Allowance for Loan Losses . TLB shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain its allowance for loan losses at an amount that is no less than the Minimum Allowance Amount; provided , however , that if TLB’s allowance for loan losses is less than the Minimum Allowance Amount on the Business Day immediately prior to the Calculation Date, TLB shall take or cause to be taken all action necessary to increase the allowance for loan losses to an amount equal to the Minimum Allowance Amount as of the Closing Date.

Section 5.14 Cooperation . TLB shall cooperate with Guaranty, as Guaranty may reasonably request, in the preparation and filing by Guaranty of a registration statement with the SEC and any applicable state securities authority and in conducting an underwritten initial public offering of the Guaranty Common Stock.

Section 5.15 Restrictions on Guaranty Common Stock . TLB acknowledges that shares of Guaranty Common Stock issued as a result of the Merger will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act and the Texas Securities Act, including Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder, will be subject to the restrictions and limitations on transfer set forth under such laws and will bear appropriate restrictive legends, in the form determined by Guaranty, to reflect that the shares are not registered under the Securities Act or the Texas Securities Act.

 

42


ARTICLE VI

COVENANTS OF GUARANTY AND INTERIM BANK

Guaranty and Interim Bank covenant and agree with TLB as follows:

Section 6.1 Regulatory Filings; Efforts . As soon as practicable following the date of this Agreement, Guaranty will prepare and file all necessary applications with and provide all necessary notices to the Federal Reserve, the FDIC, the TDB and any other appropriate Governmental Bodies having jurisdiction over Guaranty or Interim Bank with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the formation of Interim Bank. Guaranty will take all reasonable action to aid and assist in the consummation of the Merger, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to take or cause to be taken all other actions necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including such actions which are necessary, proper or advisable in connection with filing applications with, or obtaining approvals from, all Governmental Bodies having jurisdiction over Guaranty or Interim Bank the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Merger. Guaranty will provide TLB with copies of all such regulatory filings and all correspondence with Governmental Bodies in connection with the Merger for which confidential treatment has not been requested.

Section 6.2 Activities of Guaranty and Interim Bank Pending Closing . From the date hereof to and including the Closing Date, as long as this Agreement remains in effect, Guaranty shall:

(a) conduct its affairs (including, without limitation, the making of or agreeing to make any loans or other extensions of credit) only in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices and prudent banking principles;

(b) use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve intact its present business organizations, keep available the services of its present officers, directors, key employees and agents and preserve its relationships and goodwill with customers and advantageous business relationships;

(c) promptly give written notice to TLB of (A) any material change in its business, operations or prospects, (B) any complaints, investigations or hearings (or communications indicating that the same may be contemplated) of any Governmental Body having jurisdiction over Guaranty or Interim Bank, (C) the institution or threat of any material litigation against Guaranty or Interim Bank or (D) any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to cause any of the representations or warranties of Guaranty or Interim Bank contained in this Agreement to be untrue in any material respect or which would otherwise cause a Material Adverse Effect on Guaranty; and

(d) except as required by law or regulation or expressly permitted by this Agreement, take no action which would adversely affect or delay the ability of TLB or Guaranty to obtain any approvals from any regulatory agencies or other approvals required for consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or to perform its obligations and agreements under this Agreement.

 

43


Section 6.3 Access to Properties and Records .

(a) To the extent permitted by applicable law, Guaranty and Interim Bank shall, upon reasonable notice from TLB to Guaranty, (i) afford the employees and officers and authorized representatives (including legal counsel, accountants and consultants) of TLB full access to the properties, books and records of Guaranty and Interim Bank during normal business hours in order that TLB may have the opportunity to make such reasonable investigation as it shall desire to make of the affairs of Guaranty and Interim Bank, and (ii) furnish TLB with such additional financial and operating data and other information as to the business and properties of Guaranty and Interim Bank as TLB shall, from time to time, reasonably request.

(b) As soon as practicable after they become available, Guaranty will deliver or make available to TLB all unaudited quarterly financial statements prepared for the internal use of management of Guaranty or GBT and all GBT Call Reports filed with the appropriate federal regulatory authority after the date of this Agreement. All such financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP (or regulatory accounting principles, as applicable) applied on a consistent basis with previous accounting periods. In the event of the termination of this Agreement, TLB will return to Guaranty all documents and other information obtained pursuant hereto and will keep confidential any information obtained pursuant to Section 7.2 of this Agreement.

Section 6.4 Issuance of Guaranty Common Stock . The shares of Guaranty Common Stock to be issued by Guaranty to the shareholders of TLB pursuant to this Agreement will, on the issuance and delivery to such shareholders pursuant to this Agreement, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The shares of Guaranty Common Stock to be delivered to the shareholders of TLB pursuant to this Agreement are and will be free of any preemptive rights of the shareholders of Guaranty or any other Person, firm or entity. The certificates representing shares of Guaranty Common Stock issued as a result of the Merger will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act and the Texas Securities Act, including Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder, and will bear appropriate restrictive legends, in the form determined by Guaranty, to reflect that the shares are not registered under the Securities Act or the Texas Securities Act.

Section 6.5 Information for Proxy Statement-Offering Circular . Guaranty shall cause the Proxy Statement-Offering Circular to be prepared and a final form to be delivered to TLB for mailing to its shareholders as soon as practicable following execution of this Agreement. After delivery of the final Proxy Statement-Offering Circular to TLB, if either Guaranty or Interim Bank becomes aware that any information related to either Guaranty or Interim Bank that would cause any statements in the Proxy Statement-Offering Circular to be false or misleading with respect to any material fact, or to omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not false or misleading, Guaranty will promptly inform TLB thereof and take appropriate steps to correct the Proxy Statement-Offering Circular.

Section 6.6 Indemnification . For a two (2) year period after the Effective Time, and subject to the limitations contained in applicable Federal Reserve, FDIC and TDB regulations and to any limitations contained in the Organizational Documents of TLB, Guaranty will indemnify and hold harmless each present director and officer of TLB, determined as of the

 

44


Effective Time (the “ Indemnified Parties ”) against any costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, losses, claims, damages or liabilities incurred in connection with any claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, arising out of matters existing or occurring at or before the Effective Time, whether asserted or claimed before, at or after the Effective Time, arising in whole or in part out of or pertaining to the fact that he or she was acting in his or her capacity as a director or officer of TLB to the fullest extent that the Indemnified Party would be entitled under the Organizational Documents of TLB in effect on the date hereof and to the extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 6.7 Advisory Directors . As soon as practicable after the Effective Time, Guaranty will cause TLB to shall establish a local advisory board comprised of advisory directors approved by Guaranty to facilitate the management of bank activities in Royce City, Texas and surrounding areas. Such advisory directors shall not have the authority to vote on matters before the board of directors or power of final decision in matters concerning the business of TLB.

Section 6.8 Accession Agreement . Guaranty shall cause Interim Bank to be organized and formed as an interim Texas banking association and shall cause Interim Bank to, as soon as practicable after the execution of this Agreement, enter into the Accession Agreement, and Guaranty shall perform, and shall cause Interim Bank to perform, all of their respective obligations thereunder. Guaranty shall vote all of the stock of Interim Bank in favor of the Merger and this Agreement.

ARTICLE VII

MUTUAL COVENANTS OF GUARANTY, INTERIM BANK

AND TLB

Section 7.1 Notification; Updated Disclosure Schedules . TLB shall give prompt notice to Guaranty, and Guaranty shall give prompt notice to TLB, of (i) any representation or warranty made by it in this Agreement becoming untrue or inaccurate in any material respect, including, without limitation, as a result of any change in a Disclosure Schedule or a Guaranty Disclosure Schedule, as applicable, or (ii) the failure by it to comply with or satisfy in any material respect any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it under this Agreement; provided , however , that no such notification shall affect the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements of the parties or the conditions to the obligations of the parties under this Agreement; and provided further , however, that if such notification under clause (i) relates to any matter which arises for the first time after the date of this Agreement, then Guaranty may only terminate this Agreement if such matter would cause the condition set forth in Section 10.3 with respect to TLB incapable of being satisfied.

Section 7.2 Confidentiality . Guaranty and TLB agree that terms of the Mutual Confidentiality Agreement, dated May 16, 2014, between Guaranty, TLB and Commerce Street Capital, LLC (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”) are incorporated into this Agreement by reference and shall continue in full force and effect and shall be binding on Guaranty and TLB and their respective affiliates, officers, directors, employees and representatives as if parties thereto, in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

45


Section 7.3 Publicity . Except as otherwise required by applicable law or in connection with the regulatory application process, as long as this Agreement is in effect, neither Guaranty, Interim Bank nor TLB shall, nor shall they permit any of their officers, directors or representatives to, issue or cause the publication of any press release or public announcement with respect to, or otherwise make any public announcement concerning, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement without the consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

Section 7.4 Employee Benefit Plans .

(a) To the extent requested by Guaranty, TLB shall execute and deliver such instruments and take such other actions as Guaranty may reasonably require in order to cause the amendment or termination of any TLB Employee Plans on terms satisfactory to Guaranty and in accordance with applicable law and effective no later than the Closing Date. Guaranty agrees that the employees of TLB who continue their employment after the Closing Date (the “ TLB Employees ”) will be entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans and programs maintained for employees of Guaranty, in accordance with the respective terms of such plans and programs, and Guaranty shall take all actions necessary or appropriate to facilitate coverage of the TLB Employees in such plans and programs from and after the Closing Date, subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section 7.4.

(b) Each TLB Employee will be entitled to credit for prior service with TLB for all purposes under the employee welfare benefit plans and other employee benefit plans and programs (including any severance programs but excluding vesting requirements under stock incentive plans and plans described in paragraph (c) of this Section 7.4), sponsored by Guaranty to the extent permitted by such Guaranty plans and applicable law. To the extent permitted by such Guaranty plans and applicable law, any eligibility waiting period and pre-existing condition exclusion applicable to such plans and programs shall be waived with respect to each TLB Employee and their eligible dependents. For purposes of determining TLB Employee’s benefits for the calendar year in which the Merger occurs under Guaranty’s vacation program, any vacation taken by a TLB Employee immediately preceding the Closing Date for the calendar year in which the Merger occurs will be deducted from the total Guaranty vacation benefit available to such TLB Employee for such calendar year.

(c) Each TLB Employee shall be entitled to credit for past service with TLB for the purpose of satisfying any eligibility or vesting periods applicable to Guaranty’s employee benefit plans which are subject to Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code (including, without limitation, Guaranty’s 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan) to the extent permitted by such Guaranty plans and applicable law.

ARTICLE VIII

CLOSING

Section 8.1 Closing .

(a) Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, a meeting (“ Closing ”) will take place at which the parties to this Agreement will deliver the certificates and

 

46


other documents required to be delivered under Article X, Article XI and Article XII hereof and any other documents and instruments as may be necessary or appropriate to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement on a mutually acceptable date (“ Closing Date ”) as soon as practicable within a thirty (30) day period commencing with the latest of the following dates:

(i) the receipt of shareholder approval and the last approval from any requisite regulatory or supervisory authority and the expiration of any statutory or regulatory waiting period which is necessary to effect the Merger; or

(ii) if the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are being contested in any Proceeding and Guaranty or TLB have elected to contest the same, then the date that such Proceeding has been brought to a conclusion favorable, in the judgment of each of Guaranty and TLB, to the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein, or such prior date as each of Guaranty and TLB shall elect whether or not such Proceeding has been brought to a conclusion.

(b) The parties agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to have the Closing occur on or before March 31, 2015. At the Closing, the parties to this Agreement will exchange certificates and the other documents provided for under this Agreement in order to effect the Merger and to determine whether any condition exists which would permit the parties hereto to terminate this Agreement. If no such condition then exists or if no party elects to exercise any right it may have to terminate this Agreement, then and thereupon the appropriate parties shall execute such documents and instruments as may be necessary or appropriate to effect the Merger contemplated by this Agreement.

(c) The Closing shall take place at the offices of Fenimore, Kay, Harrison & Ford, LLP in Austin, Texas, or at such other place to which the parties hereto may mutually agree.

Section 8.2 Effective Time . Subject to the terms and upon satisfaction of all requirements of law and the conditions specified in this Agreement including, among other conditions, the receipt of any requisite approvals of the shareholders of TLB and Guaranty and the regulatory approvals of the Federal Reserve, FDIC and the TDB and any other Governmental Body whose approval must be received in order to consummate the Merger, the Merger shall become effective, and the effective time of the Merger shall occur, at the date and time specified in the certificate of merger relating to the Merger (“ Effective Time ”).

ARTICLE IX

TERMINATION

Section 9.1 Termination .

(a) This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Effective Time upon the mutual consent of Guaranty and TLB and the approval of such action by their respective boards of directors.

 

47


(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, this Agreement may be terminated and the Merger contemplated hereby may be abandoned at any time prior to the Effective Time by Guaranty or TLB if:

(i) any court of competent jurisdiction in the United States or other Governmental Body shall have issued an order, decree or ruling or taken any other action restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the Merger and such order, decree, ruling or other action shall have been final and non-appealable;

(ii) the Merger shall not have become effective on or before June 30, 2015, or such later date as shall have been approved in writing by the boards of directors of Guaranty, Interim Bank and TLB; provided , however , that the right to terminate under this Section 9.1(b)(ii) shall not be available to any party whose failure to fulfill any material obligation under this Agreement has been the cause of, or has resulted in, the failure of the Merger to become effective on or before such date;

(iii) any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are disapproved by any Governmental Body or other Person whose approval is required to consummate any of such transactions;

(iv) any required approval shall be contested or challenged by any Governmental Body or third party by formal proceeding, and Guaranty shall not elect to contest any such proceeding; or

(v) the approval of the shareholders of TLB contemplated by this Agreement shall not have been obtained by reason of the failure to obtain the required vote at the TLB Shareholder Meeting at which they consider the Agreement.

(c) This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing by the board of directors of TLB if Guaranty or Interim Bank shall fail to comply in any material respect with any of its covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement, or if any of the representations or warranties of Guaranty or Interim Bank contained herein shall be inaccurate in any material respect. If the board of directors of TLB desires to terminate this Agreement because of an alleged breach or inaccuracy as provided in this Section 9.1(c), the board of directors must notify Guaranty and Interim Bank in writing of its intent to terminate stating the reason therefor. Guaranty and Interim Bank shall have fifteen (15) days from the receipt of such notice to cure the alleged breach or inaccuracy, if the breach or inaccuracy is capable of being cured.

(d) This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Effective Time by action of the board of directors of Guaranty if (i) TLB fails to comply in any material respect with any of its covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement, or if any of the representations or warranties of TLB contained herein shall be inaccurate in any material respect, (ii) any approval required to be obtained from any regulatory authority or agency is obtained subject to restrictions or conditions on the operations of TLB, the Bank, Guaranty or Interim Bank which, in the reasonable judgment of Guaranty, would adversely impact the economic or business benefits of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise would, in the

 

48


reasonable judgment of Guaranty, be so burdensome as to render inadvisable the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or (iii) any of the conditions set forth in Section 5.9(c) shall have occurred. In the event the board of directors of Guaranty desires to terminate this Agreement because of an alleged breach or inaccuracy as provided in this Section 9.1(d)(i), the board of directors must notify TLB in writing of its intent to terminate stating the reason therefor. TLB shall have fifteen (15) days from the receipt of such notice to cure the alleged breach or inaccuracy, if the breach or inaccuracy is capable of being cured.

Section 9.2 Effect of Termination . In the event of termination of this Agreement by either Guaranty or TLB as provided in Section 9.1 hereof and abandonment of the Merger without breach by any party hereto, this Agreement (other than Section 7.2) shall become void and have no effect, without any liability on the part of any party or its directors, officers or shareholders, except that the provisions of this Section 9.2, Section 7.2 and Section 13.5 shall survive any such termination and abandonment. Nothing contained in this Section 9.2 shall relieve any party hereto of any liability for a breach or fraud in connection with this Agreement.

ARTICLE X

CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF GUARANTY AND INTERIM BANK

The obligations of Guaranty and Interim Bank under this Agreement to consummate the Merger are subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions, which may be waived by Guaranty and Interim Bank in their sole discretion, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

Section 10.1 Compliance with Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties made by TLB in this Agreement (a) shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Agreement and (b) shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties are by their express provisions made as of a specified date) as though made on and as of the Closing Date. Guaranty shall have received a certificate to the foregoing effect executed by an appropriate officer of TLB and dated as of the Closing Date.

Section 10.2 Performance of Obligations . TLB shall have performed or complied in all material respects with all covenants and obligations required by this Agreement to be performed and complied with prior to or at the Closing. Guaranty shall have received a certificate to the foregoing effect executed by an appropriate officer of TLB and dated as of the Closing Date.

Section 10.3 Absence of Material Adverse Effect . From the date hereof to the Closing Date, there shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Effect with respect to TLB, nor shall any event have occurred which, with the lapse of time, is reasonably likely to cause or create any Material Adverse Effect with respect to TLB. Guaranty shall have received a certificate to the foregoing effect executed by an appropriate officer of TLB and dated as of the Closing Date.

Section 10.4 Dissenters’ Rights; Non-Qualified Shareholders . Shareholders of TLB who are Dissenting Shareholders shall hold, in the aggregate, not more than five percent (5%) of the total issued and outstanding TLB Common Stock.

 

49


Section 10.5 Consents and Approvals . All consents, approvals, waivers and other assurances from all non-governmental third parties which are required to be obtained under the terms of any TLB Contracts or any material contract, agreement or instrument to which TLB is a party or by which any of its respective properties is bound in order to prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement from constituting a default under such TLB Contracts, material contract, agreement or instrument or creating any lien, claim or charge upon any of the assets of TLB shall have been obtained, and TLB shall have received evidence thereof in form and substance satisfactory to it.

Section 10.6 Certain Agreements .

(a) Each of the Employment Agreements listed on Schedule 10.06 shall remain in full force and effect.

(b) Each of the Consulting Agreements listed on Schedule 10.06 shall remain in full force and effect.

(c) Each of the Director Support Agreements listed on Schedule 10.06 shall remain in full force and effect.

(d) Each Director/Officer Release listed on Schedule 10.06 shall remain in full force and effect.

Section 10.7 Allowance for Loan Losses . As of the Calculation Date, TLB’s allowance for loan losses shall be equal to at least the Minimum Allowance Amount.

Section 10.8 Exemption from Registration . The offering and issuance of the shares of Guaranty Common Stock to be issued to shareholders of TLB in the Merger shall, in the reasonable judgment of Guaranty, be exempt from registration pursuant to including Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder and applicable provisions of the Texas Securities Act.

Section 10.9 Carryover of Net Operating Losses . The full amount of the United States federal net operating and capital loss carryforwards of TLB set forth on Schedule 3.12(l) , subject to any reduction set forth on Schedule 3.12(l) , shall be a tax attribute that carries over to Interim Bank pursuant to Section 381 of the Code.

Section 10.10 TLB Options and TLB Warrants . TLB shall have delivered to Guaranty an instrument completed and executed by each holder of a TLB Option or TLB Warrant that provides for the cancellation such TLB Options and TLB Warrants as of the Effective Time in exchange for the Option Consideration.

Section 10.11 Other Documents . TLB shall have delivered to Guaranty all other instruments and documents which Guaranty or its counsel may reasonably request to effectuate the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

50


ARTICLE XI

CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF TLB

The obligation of TLB under this Agreement to consummate the Merger is subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing Date, of the following conditions, which may be waived by TLB in its sole discretion, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

Section 11.1 Compliance with Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties made by each of Guaranty and Interim Bank in this Agreement (a) shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Agreement and (b) shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties are by their express provisions made as of a specified date) as though made on and as of the Closing Date. TLB shall have received a certificate to the foregoing effect executed by an appropriate officer of each of Guaranty and Interim Bank and dated as of the Closing Date.

Section 11.2 Performance of Obligations . Each of Guaranty and Interim Bank shall have performed or complied in all material respects with all covenants and obligations required by this Agreement to be performed and complied with prior to or at the Closing. TLB shall have received a certificate to the foregoing effect executed by an appropriate officer of each of Guaranty and Interim Bank and dated as of the Closing Date.

Section 11.3 Absence of Material Adverse Effect . Prior to the Closing Date, there shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Effect with respect to Guaranty, GBT or Interim Bank, nor shall any event have occurred which, with the lapse of time, is reasonably likely to cause or create any Material Adverse Effect with respect to Guaranty, GBT or Interim Bank. TLB shall have received a certificate to the foregoing effect executed by an appropriate officer of each of Guaranty and Interim Bank and dated as of the Closing Date.

Section 11.4 Deposit of Merger Consideration . Guaranty shall have deposited the Merger Consideration with the Exchange Agent in accordance with Section 2.4.

ARTICLE XII

CONDITIONS TO RESPECTIVE OBLIGATIONS OF

GUARANTY AND INTERIM BANK AND TLB

The respective obligations of Guaranty and Interim Bank and TLB under this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions which may be waived by Guaranty and Interim Bank and TLB, respectively, in their sole discretion:

Section 12.1 Government Approvals . Guaranty and Interim Bank shall (a) have received the necessary regulatory approvals from the Governmental Bodies, which approvals shall not impose any restrictions on the operations of Guaranty, Interim Bank or the Surviving Bank which, in the reasonable, good faith judgment of Guaranty, in consultation with legal counsel, would materially adversely impact the economic or business benefits of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (b) any statutory or regulatory waiting period necessary to effect the Merger and the transactions contemplated hereby shall have expired. Such approvals and the transactions contemplated hereby shall not have been contested by any Governmental

 

51


Body or any third party (except shareholders asserting dissenters’ rights) by formal proceeding. It is understood that, if any such contest is brought by formal proceeding, Guaranty or TLB may, but shall not be obligated to, answer and defend such contest or otherwise pursue the Merger and the transactions contemplated hereby over such objection.

Section 12.2 No Injunction . No court of competent jurisdiction shall have issued any order or ruling which is in effect and which prohibits the consummation of the Merger. No statute, rule, regulation, order, injunction or decree shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or enforced by any governmental agency that prohibits or makes illegal consummation of the Merger.

Section 12.3 Shareholder Approval . The shareholders of TLB and the sole shareholder of Interim Bank shall have approved this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby by the requisite vote.

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.1 Certain Definitions . Except as otherwise provided herein, the capitalized terms set forth below shall have the following meanings:

(a) “ Affiliate ” means any natural person, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership proprietorship, other business organization, trust, union, association or governmental authority that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the person specified.

(b) “ Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in Mount Pleasant, Texas.

(c) “ Governmental Body ” means any supranational, national, federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other government or quasi-governmental authority or any department, agency, commission, board, subdivision, bureau, agency, instrumentality, court or other tribunal of any of the foregoing.

(d) “ Knowledge .” As used herein, a party to this Agreement shall be deemed to have “ Knowledge ” or to have “ Known ” a particular fact or other matter if (i) an individual serving the party as director, president or chief executive officer or as vice president in charge of a principal business unit, division, or function, is actually aware of such fact or other matter or (ii) a prudent individual possessing the knowledge and experience of the individual serving in the capacities specified in the preceding clause (i) could be expected to discover or otherwise become aware of such fact or other matter in the course of the performance of his duties. No individual may deny having actual knowledge of a fact or other matter by reason of such person having failed to review information available to such individual in the ordinary course of business in one of the capacities specified in clause (i) of the preceding sentence.

(e) “ Material Adverse Effect ” with respect to any Person means any effect, change, development or occurrence that individually, or in the aggregate together with all other effects, changes, developments or occurrences, (i) is material and adverse to the financial

 

52


condition, assets, properties, deposits, results of operations, earnings, business or cash flows of that Person, taken as a whole; provided that a Material Adverse Effect shall not be deemed to include any effect on the referenced Person which is caused by (A) changes in laws and regulations or interpretations thereof that are generally applicable to the banking or savings industries; (B) changes in GAAP or regulatory accounting principles that are generally applicable to the banking or savings industries; (C) changes in global, national or regional political conditions or general economic or market conditions in the United States or the State of Texas, including changes in prevailing interest rates, credit availability and liquidity, currency exchange rates, and price levels or trading volumes in the United States or foreign securities markets) affecting other companies in the financial services industry; (D) general changes in the credit markets or general downgrades in the credit markets; (E) actions or omissions of a party required by this Agreement or taken with the prior informed written consent of the other party or parties in contemplation of the transactions contemplated hereby; or (F) any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, declared or undeclared acts of war or terrorism; or (ii) prevents or materially impairs any party from consummating the Merger, or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(f) “ Organizational Documents ” means (a) with respect to a corporation or banking association, the articles or certificate of incorporation or association and bylaws of such entity, (b) with respect to a limited partnership, the certificate of limited partnership (or equivalent document) and partnership agreement or similar operational agreement, (c) with respect to a limited liability company, the articles of organization (or equivalent document) and regulations, limited liability company agreement, or similar operational document and (d) with respect to any foreign entity, equivalent constituent and governance documents.

(g) “ Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental body or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

(h) “ Proceeding ” means any action, suit, litigation, arbitration, lawsuit, claim, proceeding, hearing, audit, investigation or dispute (whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative, at law or in equity) commenced, brought, conducted, pending or heard by or before, or otherwise involving, any Governmental Body or any arbitrator.

(i) “ Subsidiary ” or “ Subsidiaries ” shall mean, when used with reference to an entity, any corporation, association or other entity in which 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities are owned directly or indirectly by any such entity, or any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other enterprise in which any entity has, directly or indirectly, any equity interest; provided , however , that the term shall not include any such entity in which such voting securities or equity interest is owned or controlled in a fiduciary capacity, without sole voting power, or was acquired in securing or collecting a debt previously contracted in good faith.

 

53


Section 13.2 Other Definitional Provisions .

(a) All references in this Agreement to Schedules, Articles, Sections, subsections and other subdivisions refer to the corresponding Schedules, Articles, Sections, subsections and other subdivisions of or to this Agreement unless expressly provided otherwise. Titles appearing at the beginning of any Articles, Sections, subsections or other subdivisions of this Agreement are for convenience only, do not constitute any part of this Agreement, and shall be disregarded in construing the language hereof.

(b) The words “this Agreement,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder” and “hereof,” and words of similar import, refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular subdivision unless expressly so limited. The words “this Article,” “this Section” and “this subsection,” and words of similar import, refer only to the Article, Section or subsection hereof in which such words occur. The word “or” is exclusive, and the word “including” (in its various forms) means including without limitation.

(c) All references to “$” and dollars shall be deemed to refer to United States currency unless otherwise specifically provided.

(d) Pronouns in masculine, feminine or neuter genders shall be construed to state and include any other gender, and words, terms and titles (including terms defined herein) in the singular form shall be construed to include the plural and vice versa, unless the context otherwise requires.

(e) References herein to any law shall be deemed to refer to such law as amended, reenacted, supplemented or superseded in whole or in part and in effect from time to time and also to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(f) References herein to any contract, agreement, commitment, arrangement or similar terms mean the foregoing as amended, supplemented or modified (including any waiver thereto) in accordance with the terms thereof, except that with respect to any contract, agreement, commitment, arrangement or similar matter listed on any schedule hereto, all such amendments, supplements, modifications must also be listed on such schedule.

(g) If the last day for the giving of any notice or the performance of any act required or permitted under this Agreement is a day that is not a Business Day, then the time for the giving of such notice or the performance of such action shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day.

(h) Each representation, warranty, covenant and agreement contained in this Agreement will have independent significance, and the fact that any conduct or state of facts may be within the scope of two or more provisions in this Agreement, whether relating to the same or different subject matters and regardless of the relative levels of specificity, shall not be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

Section 13.3 Investigation; Survival of Agreements . No investigation by the parties hereto made heretofore or hereafter shall affect the representations and warranties of the parties which are contained herein and each such representation and warranty shall survive such

 

54


investigation. Except for those covenants and agreements expressly to be carried out after the Effective Time, the agreements, representations, warranties and covenants in this Agreement or in any instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall not survive the Effective Time.

Section 13.4 Amendments . This Agreement may be amended only by a writing signed by Guaranty, Interim Bank and TLB at any time prior to the Effective Time with respect to any of the terms contained herein; provided , however , that the Merger Consideration to be received by the shareholders of TLB pursuant to this Agreement shall not be decreased subsequent to the approval of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement without the further approval by such shareholders.

Section 13.5 Expenses . Whether or not the transactions provided for herein are consummated, each party to this Agreement will pay its respective expenses incurred in connection with the preparation and performance of its obligations under this Agreement. Each party agrees to indemnify the other party against any cost, expense or liability (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) in respect of any claim made by any party for a broker’s or finder’s fee in connection with this transaction other than one based on communications between the party and the claimant seeking indemnification.

Section 13.6 Notices . Except as explicitly provided herein, any notice given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid or sent by facsimile, courier or personal delivery to the parties at the following addresses unless by such notice a different address shall have been designated:

 

If to Guaranty or Interim Bank:
Guaranty Bancshares, Inc.
100 West Arkansas
Mount Pleasant, Texas 75455
Fax No.:   (903) 572-9658
Attention:  

Tyson T. Abston, Chairman and

Chief Executive Officer

With copies to:
Guaranty Bank & Trust
100 West Arkansas
Mount Pleasant, Texas 75455
Fax No.:   (903) 572-9658
Attention:   Randy Kucera, General Counsel
If to TLB:
Texas Leadership Bank
121 W. Interstate 30
Royse City, Texas 75189
Fax No.:   (972) 636-0555
Attention:   Milton McGee, President

 

55


With a copy to:
Fenimore, Kay, Harrison & Ford, LLP
812 San Antonio Street, Suite 600
Austin, Texas 78701
Fax No.:   (512) 583-5940
Attention:   Chet A. Fenimore, Esq.
With a copy to:
Larry E. Temple, Esq.
400 W. 15 th Street, Suite 705
Austin, Texas 78701
Fax No.:   (512) 477-4467

All notices sent by mail as provided above shall be deemed delivered three (3) days after deposit in the mail. All notices sent by courier as provided above shall be deemed delivered one day after being sent and all notices sent by facsimile shall be deemed delivered upon confirmation of receipt. All other notices shall be deemed delivered when actually received. Any party to this Agreement may change its address for the giving of notice specified above by giving notice as herein provided. Notices permitted to be sent via e-mail shall be deemed delivered only if sent to such persons at such e-mail addresses as may be set forth in writing.

Section 13.7 Controlling Law; Jurisdiction . This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related in any way to this Agreement and/or the interpretation and enforcement of the rights and duties of the parties hereunder or related in any way to the foregoing, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal, substantive laws of the State of Texas applicable to agreements entered into and to be performed solely within such state without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.

Section 13.8 Jurisdiction . Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any court of the State of Texas located in Rockwall County in any action, suit or proceeding arising in connection with this Agreement, and agrees that any such action, suit or proceeding shall be brought only in such court (and waives any objection based on forum non conveniens or any other objection to venue therein); provided , however , that such consent to jurisdiction is solely for the purpose referred to in this paragraph and shall not be deemed to be a general submission to the jurisdiction of such court other than for such purposes.

Section 13.9 Extension; Waiver . At any time prior to the Effective Time, the parties hereto, by action taken or authorized by their respective boards of directors, may, to the extent legally allowed: (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other parties hereto; (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto; and (c) waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions contained herein. Any agreement on the part of a party hereto to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in a written instrument

 

56


signed on behalf of such party, but such extension or waiver or failure to insist on strict compliance with an obligation, covenant, agreement or condition shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure. No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

Section 13.10 Severability . Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable. In all such cases, the parties shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to substitute a valid, legal and enforceable provision which, insofar as practicable, implements the original purposes and intents of this Agreement.

Section 13.11 Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, but shall not be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of the other parties.

Section 13.12 Entire Agreement . Except for the Confidentiality Agreement, this Agreement and the exhibits and attachments hereto represent the entire agreement between the parties respecting the transactions contemplated hereby, and all understandings and agreements heretofore made between the parties hereto are merged in this Agreement, including the exhibits and schedules delivered pursuant hereto, which (together with any agreements executed by the parties hereto contemporaneously with or, if contemplated hereby, subsequent to the execution of this Agreement) shall be the sole expression of the agreement of the parties respecting the Merger. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges that, in executing and delivering this Agreement, it has relied only on the written representations, warranties and promises of the other parties hereto that are contained herein or in the other agreements executed by the parties contemporaneously with or, if contemplated hereby, subsequent to the execution of this Agreement, and has not relied on the oral statements of any other party or its representatives.

Section 13.13 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall be deemed one and the same instrument. A telecopy, facsimile or electronic scan in “PDF” format of a signed counterpart of this Agreement will be sufficient to bind the party or parties whose signature(s) appear thereon.

Section 13.14 Binding on Successors . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties and their respective heirs, executors, trustees, administrators, guardians, successors and assigns.

Section 13.15 Disclosures . Any disclosure made in any document delivered pursuant to this Agreement or referred to or described in writing in any section of this Agreement or any schedule attached hereto shall be deemed to be disclosure for purposes of any section herein or

 

57


schedule hereto. The inclusion of any matter, information, item or other disclosure set forth in any section of the Disclosure Schedules or the Guaranty Disclosure Schedules (as applicable) shall not be deemed to constitute an admission of any liability of the disclosing party to any third party or otherwise imply that such matter, information or item is material or creates a measure for materiality for purposes of this Agreement or is required to be disclosed under this Agreement. Each section of the Disclosure Schedules or the Guaranty Disclosure Schedules (as applicable) corresponds to the section of this Agreement to which it relates; provided that, any fact or condition disclosed in any section in such a way as to make its relevance to another section that relates to a representation or representations made elsewhere in this Agreement reasonably apparent shall be deemed to be an exception to such representation or representations notwithstanding the omission of a reference or cross reference thereto.

Section 13.16 No Third Party Beneficiaries . Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any Person other than the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature under or by reason of this Agreement. The representations and warranties in this Agreement are the product of negotiations among the parties hereto and are for the sole benefit of the parties. Any inaccuracies in such representations and warranties are subject to waiver by the parties hereto without notice or liability to any other Person. In some instances, the representations and warranties in this Agreement may represent an allocation among the parties hereto of risks associated with particular matters regardless of the knowledge of any of the parties hereto. Consequently, Persons other than the parties hereto may not rely upon the representations and warranties in this Agreement as characterizations of actual facts or circumstances as of the date of this Agreement or as of any other date.

Section 13.17 Further Cooperation . The parties agree that they will, at any time and from time to time after the Closing, upon request by the other and without further consideration, do, perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver all such further acts, deeds, assignments, assumptions, transfers, conveyances, powers of attorney, certificates and assurances as may be reasonably required in order to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or to carry out and perform any undertaking made by the parties hereunder.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

58


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Tyson T. Abston

  Tyson T. Abston
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
TEXAS LEADERSHIP BANK
By:  

/s/ Milton McGee

  Milton McGee
  President

[Signature Page to Agreement and Plan of Reorganization]

Exhibit 2.2

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

by and among

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.,

GBI-DCB ACQUISITION CORPORATION

and

DCB FINANCIAL CORP.

Dated as of January 6, 2015

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

                Page  
ARTICLE I THE MERGER      2   
 

Section 1.1

    

The Merger

     2   
 

Section 1.2

    

Organizational Documents and Facilities of Surviving Corporation

     2   
 

Section 1.3

    

Board of Directors and Officers of Surviving Corporation

     3   
 

Section 1.4

    

Effect of Merger

     3   
 

Section 1.5

    

Liabilities of Surviving Corporation

     3   
 

Section 1.6

    

Approvals and Notices

     3   
 

Section 1.7

    

Tax Consequences

     3   
 

Section 1.8

    

Modification of Structure

     4   
ARTICLE II CONSIDERATION AND EXCHANGE PROCEDURES      4   
 

Section 2.1

    

Merger Consideration and Conversion of Shares

     4   
 

Section 2.2

    

Determination of Exchange Ratio

     8   
 

Section 2.3

    

Determination of Qualified Shareholders

     8   
 

Section 2.4

    

Dissenting Shares

     8   
 

Section 2.5

    

Exchange of Shares

     9   
 

Section 2.6

    

Treatment of DCB Options

     10   
ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF DCB      11   
 

Section 3.1

    

Organization

     11   
 

Section 3.2

    

Capitalization

     12   
 

Section 3.3

    

Approvals; Authority

     13   
 

Section 3.4

    

Investments

     13   
 

Section 3.5

    

Financial Statements

     13   
 

Section 3.6

    

Loan Portfolio and Allowance for Loan Losses

     14   
 

Section 3.7

    

Certain Loans and Related Matters

     15   
 

Section 3.8

    

Real Property Owned or Leased

     15   
 

Section 3.9

    

Personal Property

     16   
 

Section 3.10

    

Environmental Laws

     16   
 

Section 3.11

    

Proceedings

     18   
 

Section 3.12

    

Taxes

     18   
 

Section 3.13

    

Contracts and Commitments

     21   
 

Section 3.14

    

Insurance Policies

     21   
 

Section 3.15

    

No Conflict With Other Instruments

     22   
 

Section 3.16

    

Consents and Approvals

     22   
 

Section 3.17

    

Absence of Certain Changes

     22   
 

Section 3.18

    

Employment Relations

     22   
 

Section 3.19

    

Employee Benefit Plans

     23   
 

Section 3.20

    

Deferred Compensation and Salary Continuation Arrangements

     25   
 

Section 3.21

    

Intellectual Property Rights

     25   
 

Section 3.22

    

Brokers, Finders and Financial Advisors

     26   
 

Section 3.23

    

Accounting Controls

     26   
 

Section 3.24

    

Derivative Contracts

     26   
 

Section 3.25

    

Deposits

     26   
 

Section 3.26

    

Regulatory Actions

     26   


 

Section 3.27

    

Compliance with Laws and Regulatory Filings

     26   
 

Section 3.28

    

Mortgage Banking Business

     28   
 

Section 3.29

    

Shareholders’ List

     29   
 

Section 3.30

    

SEC Status; Securities Issuances

     29   
 

Section 3.31

    

Fiduciary Responsibilities

     29   
 

Section 3.32

    

Dissenting Shareholders

     29   
 

Section 3.33

    

Books and Records

     29   
 

Section 3.34

    

Information

     30   
 

Section 3.35

    

Fairness Opinion

     30   
 

Section 3.36

    

No Representations or Warranties of Initial Public Offering

     30   
 

Section 3.37

    

Outstanding Trust Preferred Securities of Subsidiary Trusts

     31   
 

Section 3.38

    

Due Diligence by DCB

     31   
 

Section 3.39

    

Representations Not Misleading

     31   
 

Section 3.40

    

Restrictions on Guaranty Common Stock

     31   
ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF GUARANTY      32   
 

Section 4.1

    

Organization

     32   
 

Section 4.2

    

Capitalization

     33   
 

Section 4.3

    

Approvals; Authority

     33   
 

Section 4.4

    

No Conflict With Other Instruments

     34   
 

Section 4.5

    

Consents and Approvals

     34   
 

Section 4.6

    

Financial Statements

     34   
 

Section 4.7

    

Proceedings

     35   
 

Section 4.8

    

Absence of Certain Changes

     35   
 

Section 4.9

    

Regulatory Actions

     35   
 

Section 4.10

    

Compliance with Laws and Regulatory Filings

     36   
 

Section 4.11

    

No Brokers or Finders

     36   
 

Section 4.12

    

Financial Capability; Source of Funds

     36   
 

Section 4.13

    

Accounting Controls

     37   
 

Section 4.14

    

Due Diligence by Guaranty and Newco

     37   
 

Section 4.15

    

Information

     37   
 

Section 4.16

    

No Other Representation or Warranties

     37   
 

Section 4.17

    

Representations Not Misleading

     37   
 

Section 4.18

    

Taxes

     38   
 

Section 4.19

    

Employee Benefit Plans

     40   
 

Section 4.20

    

Intellectual Property Rights

     42   
ARTICLE V COVENANTS OF DCB      43   
 

Section 5.1

    

Regulatory Filings; Efforts

     43   
 

Section 5.2

    

Approval of Shareholders of DCB

     43   
 

Section 5.3

    

Activities of DCB Pending Closing

     43   
 

Section 5.4

    

Access to Properties and Records

     46   
 

Section 5.5

    

Information for Regulatory Applications and Proxy Statement-Offering Circular

     47   
 

Section 5.6

    

Standstill Provision

     47   
 

Section 5.7

    

Termination of DCB Contracts

     48   
 

Section 5.8

    

Conforming Accounting Adjustments

     48   
 

Section 5.9

    

Environmental Investigation; Rights to Terminate Agreement

     48   
 

Section 5.10

    

Nature of Deposits

     49   

 

ii


 

Section 5.11

    

Continuing D&O Coverage

     50   
 

Section 5.12

    

Minutes from Directors’ and Committee Meetings; Loan Committee Monitoring

     50   
 

Section 5.13

    

Allowance for Loan Losses

     50   
 

Section 5.14

    

Cooperation

     50   
ARTICLE VI COVENANTS OF GUARANTY      51   
 

Section 6.1

    

Regulatory Filings; Efforts

     51   
 

Section 6.2

    

Activities of Guaranty Pending Closing

     51   
 

Section 6.3

    

Access to Properties and Records

     52   
 

Section 6.4

    

Issuance of Guaranty Common Stock

     52   
 

Section 6.5

    

Information for Proxy Statement-Offering Circular

     52   
 

Section 6.6

    

Indemnification

     52   
 

Section 6.7

    

Post-Closing Adjustment for Offering Differential

     53   
 

Section 6.8

    

Appointment of Directors

     53   
 

Section 6.9

    

Rule 144

     54   
 

Section 6.10

    

Public Offering of Guaranty Common Stock

     54   
 

Section 6.11

    

Removal of Restrictive Stock Legends

     54   
ARTICLE VII MUTUAL COVENANTS OF GUARANTY, GBT AND DCB      54   
 

Section 7.1

    

Notification; Updated Disclosure Schedules

     54   
 

Section 7.2

    

Confidentiality

     55   
 

Section 7.3

    

Publicity

     55   
 

Section 7.4

    

Employee Benefit Plans

     55   
 

Section 7.5

    

Assumption of Outstanding Trust Preferred Issuance

     56   
 

Section 7.6

    

Bank Merger Transaction

     56   
ARTICLE VIII CLOSING      56   
 

Section 8.1

    

Closing

     56   
 

Section 8.2

    

Effective Time

     57   
ARTICLE IX TERMINATION      57   
 

Section 9.1

    

Termination

     57   
 

Section 9.2

    

Effect of Termination

     58   
ARTICLE X CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF GUARANTY AND NEWCO      59   
 

Section 10.1

    

Compliance with Representations and Warranties

     59   
 

Section 10.2

    

Performance of Obligations

     59   
 

Section 10.3

    

Absence of Material Adverse Effect

     59   
 

Section 10.4

    

Dissenters’ Rights; Non-Qualified Shareholders

     59   
 

Section 10.5

    

Consents and Approvals

     59   
 

Section 10.6

    

Certain Agreements

     59   
 

Section 10.7

    

Allowance for Loan Losses

     60   
 

Section 10.8

    

Exemption from Registration

     60   
 

Section 10.9

    

Other Documents

     60   
ARTICLE XI CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF DCB      60   
 

Section 11.1

    

Compliance with Representations and Warranties

     60   
 

Section 11.2

    

Performance of Obligations

     60   
 

Section 11.3

    

Absence of Material Adverse Effect

     60   
 

Section 11.4

    

Deposit of Merger Consideration

     60   

 

iii


ARTICLE XII CONDITIONS TO RESPECTIVE OBLIGATIONS OF GUARANTY AND DCB      61   
 

Section 12.1

    

Government Approvals

     61   
 

Section 12.2

    

No Injunction

     61   
 

Section 12.3

    

Shareholder Approval

     61   
 

Section 12.4

    

Trust Preferred Assumption. The Trust Preferred Assumption shall have occurred contemporaneously with the Effective Time

     61   
ARTICLE XIII MISCELLANEOUS      61   
 

Section 13.1

    

Certain Definitions

     61   
 

Section 13.2

    

Other Definitional Provisions

     63   
 

Section 13.3

    

Investigation; Survival of Agreements

     64   
 

Section 13.4

    

Amendments

     64   
 

Section 13.5

    

Expenses

     64   
 

Section 13.6

    

Notices

     64   
 

Section 13.7

    

Controlling Law; Jurisdiction

     65   
 

Section 13.8

    

Extension; Waiver

     65   
 

Section 13.9

    

Severability

     66   
 

Section 13.10

    

Assignment

     66   
 

Section 13.11

    

Entire Agreement

     66   
 

Section 13.12

    

Counterparts

     66   
 

Section 13.13

    

Binding on Successors

     66   
 

Section 13.14

    

Disclosures

     67   
 

Section 13.15

    

No Third Party Beneficiaries

     67   
 

Section 13.16

    

Further Cooperation

     67   

 

iv


AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

This AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION (“ Agreement ”) dated as of January 6, 2015 is by and among Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. (“ Guaranty ”), a Texas corporation and bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“ BHC Act ”); GBI-DCB Acquisition Corporation, a Texas corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Guaranty (“ Newco ”); and DCB Financial Corp., (“ DCB ”), a Texas corporation and bank holding company registered under the BHC Act.

WHEREAS, DCB owns all of the common stock of Preston State Bank (“ PSB ”), a Texas state banking association;

WHEREAS, Guaranty owns all of the issued and outstanding common stock of Guaranty Bank & Trust, National Association (“ GBT ”), a national banking association;

WHEREAS, DCB desires to affiliate with Guaranty and GBT, and Guaranty desires to affiliate with DCB and PSB by merging DCB into Newco, with Newco as the surviving entity (the “ Merger ”);

WHEREAS, the respective boards of directors of Guaranty and DCB believe that the acquisition of DCB by Guaranty in the manner provided by, and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in, this Agreement and all exhibits, schedules and supplements hereto and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement are desirable and in the best interests of their respective shareholders;

WHEREAS, for federal income tax purposes, it is intended that the Merger qualify as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and the regulations promulgated thereunder, and that this Agreement is intended to be and hereby is adopted as a plan of reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code;

WHEREAS, the parties intend that, following the Merger, PSB will merge with and into GBT, with GBT surviving the merger, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Agreement and Plan of Merger attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Bank Merger Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the respective boards of directors of Guaranty, Newco and DCB have approved this Agreement and the transactions proposed herein substantially on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, as a condition and inducement to Guaranty’s willingness to enter into this Agreement, (i) each member of the board of directors and certain officers of DCB and PSB have entered into an agreement dated as of the date hereof pursuant to which he or she agrees to vote the issued and outstanding shares of common stock, par value $5.00 per share, of DCB (“ DCB Common Stock ”) beneficially owned by such person in favor of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Voting Agreement ”), (ii) certain officers of DCB and PSB have entered into an employment agreement (the “ Employment Agreements ”), (iii) each director of DCB and PSB that did not enter into an Employment Agreement contemplated by the foregoing clauses has entered into a support agreement (the “ Director Support Agreements ”),

 

1


and (iv) each director or officer of DCB and PSB that entered into an Employment Agreement or a Director Support Agreement will enter into an agreement, effective at and as of the Effective Time, releasing DCB and PSB from any and all claims by such directors and officers (except as described in such instrument) (the “ Director/Officer Releases ”).

INTRODUCTION

This Agreement provides for the merger of DCB with and into Newco, with Newco as the surviving entity, all pursuant to this Agreement. In connection with the Merger, all of the issued and outstanding shares of DCB Common Stock, all of the outstanding, as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, vested options as set forth on Schedule 3.2(c) (“ DCB Options ”) granted pursuant to the DCB Employee Plan (defined herein) to purchase DCB Common Stock shall be exchanged for such consideration as set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of such premises and the mutual representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as set forth below.

ARTICLE I

THE MERGER

Section 1.1 The Merger . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Effective Time (as defined in Section 8.2 hereof), DCB shall be merged with and into Newco (which, as the surviving corporation, is hereinafter referred to as “ Surviving Corporation ” whenever reference is made to it at or after the Effective Time) pursuant to the provisions of, and with the effect provided for in, Chapter 10 of the Texas Business Organizations Code (“ TBOC ”). Following the Merger, Guaranty will cause (i) the merger of Newco with and into Guaranty, with Guaranty as the surviving corporation; and (ii) the merger of PSB with and into GBT (“Bank Merger”), with GBT as the surviving bank in the Bank Merger, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Bank Merger Agreement.

Section 1.2 Organizational Documents and Facilities of Surviving Corporation . At the Effective Time and until thereafter amended in accordance with applicable law, the Organizational Documents (as defined in Section 13.1(f)) of Surviving Corporation shall be the Organizational Documents of Newco as in effect at the Effective Time. Unless and until changed by the board of directors of Surviving Corporation, the main office of Surviving Corporation shall be the main office of Newco as of the Effective Time. The established offices and facilities of DCB immediately prior to the Merger shall become established offices and facilities of Surviving Corporation. Until thereafter changed in accordance with law or the Organizational Documents of Surviving Corporation, all corporate acts, plans, policies, contracts, approvals and authorizations of DCB and Newco and their respective shareholders, boards of directors, committees elected or appointed thereby, officers and agents, which were valid and effective immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be taken for all purposes as the acts, plans, policies, contracts, approvals and authorizations of Surviving Corporation and shall be as effective and binding thereon as the same were with respect to DCB and Newco, respectively, as of the Effective Time.

 

2


Section 1.3 Board of Directors and Officers of Surviving Corporation . At the Effective Time and until thereafter changed in accordance with applicable law or the Organizational Documents of Surviving Corporation, the board of directors and officers of Surviving Corporation, in each case, shall be the board of directors and officers, respectively, of Newco as of the Effective Time.

Section 1.4 Effect of Merger . At the Effective Time, the corporate existence of DCB and Newco shall be consolidated and continued in Surviving Corporation, and Surviving Corporation shall be deemed to be a continuation in entity and identity of DCB and Newco. All rights, franchises and interests of DCB and Newco, respectively, in and to any type of property and choses in action shall be transferred to and vested in Surviving Corporation by virtue of such Merger without reversion or impairment, without further act or deed and without any assignment having occurred, but subject to any existing liens or other encumbrances thereon. The Merger shall have all other effects as provided in this Agreement and as set forth in Section 10.008 of the TBOC.

Section 1.5 Liabilities of Surviving Corporation . At the Effective Time, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Surviving Corporation shall be liable for all liabilities of DCB and Newco. All debts, liabilities, obligations and contracts of Newco and of DCB, respectively, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise, and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of account, or records of Newco or DCB, as the case may be, shall be those of Surviving Corporation and shall not be released or impaired by the Merger. All rights of creditors and other obligees and all liens on property of either Newco or DCB shall be preserved unimpaired subsequent to the Merger.

Section 1.6 Approvals and Notices . The parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts in the procurement of consents and approvals and the taking of any other actions in satisfaction of all other requirements prescribed by law or otherwise necessary for consummation of the Merger on the terms herein provided, including, without limitation, the preparation and submission of all necessary filings, requests for waivers and certificates with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“ Federal Reserve ”), the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“ OCC ”), the Texas Department of Banking (“ TDB ”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“ FDIC ”).

Section 1.7 Tax Consequences . It is intended by the parties that the Merger shall constitute reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code (and any comparable provision of state law), and the parties hereby adopt this Agreement as a “plan of reorganization” within the meaning of Sections 1.368-2(g) and 1.368-3(a) of the Treasury Regulations. DCB, Guaranty and Newco shall prepare and file with each of their respective Tax Returns all information required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.368-3 and related provisions of the Treasury Regulations in a manner consistent with treating the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as a reorganization described in Section 368(a)(2)(D) of the Code.

 

3


Section 1.8 Modification of Structure . Notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, Guaranty may elect, subject to the filing of all necessary applications and the receipt of all required regulatory approvals, to modify the structure of the transactions contemplated hereby so long as (i) there are no material adverse federal or state income tax consequences to the shareholders of DCB as a result of such modification, (ii) the consideration to be paid to holders of DCB Common Stock, the DCB Options under this Agreement is not thereby changed in kind or reduced in amount solely because of such modification and (iii) such modification will not be likely to materially delay or jeopardize receipt of any required regulatory approvals or the consummation of the Merger; provided , that any such fees and expenses with respect to any such filing and/or approval shall be borne by Guaranty. In the event of such election by Guaranty and the satisfaction by DCB of clauses (i)-(iii) above, the parties agree to execute an appropriate amendment to this Agreement in order to reflect such election.

ARTICLE II

CONSIDERATION AND EXCHANGE PROCEDURES

Section 2.1 Merger Consideration and Conversion of Shares . Subject to the provisions of this Article II, at the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of Guaranty, Newco or DCB, or the shareholders of any of the foregoing, the shares of the constituent corporations shall be converted as follows:

(a) Each share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Newco (“ Newco Common Stock ”) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall remain outstanding and represent one (1) issued and outstanding share of the common stock of the Surviving Corporation from and after the Effective Time.

(b) The DCB Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted without any action on the part of the holder thereof, into the right to receive merger consideration (as described in more detail below) having an aggregate value of Twenty-Eight Million Five Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($28,500,000.00), subject to the adjustments set forth in this Section 2.1(b) (as adjusted, the “ Merger Consideration ”).

(i) If the Adjusted Equity (as defined below), as calculated in accordance with this Section 2.1(b) as of the close of business on the Calculation Date (as defined below) and as mutually agreed to by the parties hereto in accordance with Section 2.1(b)(v) is less than Nineteen Million and No/100 Dollars ($19,000,000.00) (the “ Minimum Equity ”), the Merger Consideration shall be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis by an amount equal to the difference between (i) the Minimum Equity and (ii) the Adjusted Equity as of the Calculation Date.

(ii) If the Adjusted Equity as of the close of business on the Calculation Date and as mutually agreed to by the parties hereto in accordance with Section 2.1(b)(v) is greater than the Minimum Equity, the Merger Consideration shall be increased on a dollar-for-dollar basis by an amount equal to the difference between (A) the Adjusted Equity and (B) the Minimum Equity as of the Calculation Date. Any

 

4


increase in the Merger Consideration up to One Million Five Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($1,500,000.00) pursuant to this Section 2.1(b)(ii) shall be paid in the same proportion and in the same form as the Merger Consideration; any increase in the Merger Consideration in excess of One Million Five Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($1,500,000.00) shall be paid entirely in cash.

(iii) “ Adjusted Equity ” means an amount equal to the sum of the common stock, capital surplus and retained earnings of DCB, as defined by generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”), consistently applied, as of the Calculation Date, and excluding any intangible assets. The amount of any unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities will be included in the calculation of Adjusted Equity. For purposes of the calculation of the Adjusted Equity, the amount of Adjusted Equity shall be reduced by the after-tax amount of all adjustments made for extraordinary items of DCB and PSB related to the Merger, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, that have not been paid or accrued prior to the Calculation Date (excluding any fees and expenses as a result of Guaranty’s election in Section 1.8 hereof), including reductions for: (A) the amount of all legal and accounting costs and expenses of DCB and PSB associated with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement through the Closing Date that have not been paid or accrued prior to the Closing Date; (B) any fees and commissions payable by DCB or PSB to any broker, finder or investment banking firm in connection with the Merger; (C) the after-tax amount of any fee, contract payment, penalty or liquidated damages associated with the termination of DCB’s or PSB’s contracts with any provider listed on Schedule 5.7 on or following the Closing Date pursuant to Section 5.7, including any costs or expenses associated with the termination of PSB’s data processing contract(s) and any associated de-conversion costs or fees (provided, however, no fees, costs or expenses associated with the conversions of PSB to GBT’s systems shall be included); (D) the book value as of the Calculation Date of all assets of DCB or PSB associated with DCB’s or PSB’s contracts listed on Schedule 5.7 , which shall be written off as of the Calculation Date; (E) premiums or additional costs in connection with procuring the Tail Coverage described in Section 5.11; (F) the accrual through the Closing Date in accordance with GAAP of any future benefit payments due under any salary continuation, deferred compensation or other similar agreements of DCB or PSB; (G) the after-tax amount of any cost to fully fund and liquidate any DCB Employee Plan (as defined herein) (other than any plan associated with the DCB Options); (H) the after-tax amount of any payments to be made pursuant to any existing employment, change in control, salary continuation, phantom stock, deferred compensation or other similar agreements or severance, noncompetition, retention or bonus arrangements between PSB and any other Person (other than any payments associated with the DCB Options, except as provided by (J) below); (I) the amount by which PSB’s allowance for loan losses as of the date of this Agreement is less than an aggregate amount equal to the sum of (1) 1.25% of PSB’s Total Loans plus (2) the aggregate amount of specific reserves allocated to loans of PSB (the “ Minimum Allowance Amount ”); and (J) the aggregate amount of the Exchanged Option Value (as defined below) with respect to all DCB Options that are exchanged for Converted Stock Options (as defined below) in connection with the Merger as permitted by Section 2.6. For purposes of calculating the after-tax effect of the foregoing, the parties hereby agree that the applicable tax rate to DCB shall be deemed to be 35%. For

 

5


purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Total Loans ” means the amount of loans and leases, net of unearned income, calculated in accordance with the instructions for Call Report Schedule RC-Balance Sheet – item 4(b) and the term “ Exchanged Option Value ” means, with respect to any DCB Option exchanged for a Converted Stock Option, an amount equal to the difference of (x)  the Per Share Consideration minus (y)  the exercise price of the applicable DCB Option.

(iv) “ Calculation Date ” means the fifth (5 th ) Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date.

(v) If Guaranty and DCB, notwithstanding their good faith efforts, are unable to agree upon the Adjusted Equity computations, then DCB and Guaranty shall engage an independent nationally or regionally recognized accounting firm with experience in such matters that is mutually agreed upon by DCB and Guaranty (the “ Accounting Firm ”), to resolve any items in a written notice (the “ Disputed Items Notice ”) that have not been resolved and to make a determination of such amounts shall on the Closing Date resolve disputes relating to the application of GAAP and such resolution shall be final and binding on DCB and Guaranty. The Accounting Firm shall act only as an expert and not an arbitrator and shall resolve only the items set forth in the Disputed Items Notice delivered to the Accounting Firm that are still in dispute and make a determination of the computation of the relevant amounts, which shall be conclusive and binding on DCB and Guaranty. The parties hereto agree that all computations shall be made without regard to materiality. In the event of a dispute, DCB and Guaranty shall receive from the Accounting Firm a report, dated the Closing Date and based upon procedures stated in such report, and consistent with this Section 2.1(b)(v), and approved by DCB and Guaranty , approval of such procedures not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, detailing such procedures and providing written findings as to the amount of the Adjusted Equity and that the amount of the Adjusted Equity has been determined in accordance with the requirements of this Section 2.1(b). The fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be paid by DCB, on the one hand, and by Guaranty, on the other hand, based upon the percentage that the Adjusted Equity contested but not awarded to DCB or Guaranty, respectively, bears to the aggregate amount of Adjusted Equity actually contested by DCB and Guaranty.

(c) Each share of DCB Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and held by a Non-Qualified Shareholder (as defined below) (other than Dissenting Shares, as defined in Section 2.3) shall, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, be cancelled and converted into and represent the right to receive, the Cash Consideration. Each share of DCB Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and held by a Qualified Shareholder (as defined below) (other than Dissenting Shares) shall, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, be cancelled and converted into and represent the right to receive, (i) the Qualified Shareholder Cash Consideration (as defined below) and (ii) the Stock Consideration (as defined below), subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 2.1(d).

(i) “ Qualified Shareholder ” means a record holder of DCB Common Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time (A) who delivers, in accordance

 

6


with the instructions set forth therein, to DCB a properly completed and executed Accredited Investor Questionnaire (as defined in Section 2.3) indicating that such shareholder is an Accredited Investor and (B) about whom Guaranty has a reasonable basis to believe is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) (“ Accredited Investor ”) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). Any DCB shareholder about whom Guaranty has no reasonable basis to believe qualifies as an Accredited Investor shall not be deemed to be a Qualified Shareholder for purposes of this Agreement.

(ii) “ Non-Qualified Shareholder ” means a record holder of DCB Common Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time who is not Qualified Shareholder

(iii) “ Per Share Consideration ” means an amount equal to the quotient of (A) the Merger Consideration divided by (B) the total number of shares of DCB Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time.

(iv) “ Stock Consideration ” means the number of validly issued, fully-paid, non-assessable shares of the common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of Guaranty (“ Guaranty Common Stock ”) equal to the Exchange Ratio (as defined in Section 2.2).

(v) “ Cash Consideration ” means a cash amount equal to the Per Share Consideration.

(vi) “ Qualified Shareholder Cash Consideration ” means a cash amount equal to the quotient of (A) the Minimum Cash Consideration (as defined below) less the Aggregate Cash Payment (as defined below) divided by (B) the total number of shares of DCB Common Stock held by Qualified Shareholders; provided, however , that in the event that the Non-Qualified Shareholders receive more than the Minimum Cash Consideration (as defined below), the Qualified Shareholders will not receive any Qualified Shareholder Cash Consideration.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Aggregate Cash Payment (as defined below) shall be an amount that is no less than Two Million and No/100 Dollars ($2,000,000.00) (the “ Minimum Cash Consideration ”) and no more than fifty percent (50.0%) of the Merger Consideration. “ Aggregate Cash Payment ” means the aggregate amount of the Merger Consideration that is payable in cash hereunder to Non-Qualified Shareholders, and holders of Dissenting Shares, without interest thereon.

(e) Each outstanding share of DCB Common Stock held directly by DCB immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than (i) shares of DCB Common Stock held, directly or indirectly, in trust accounts, managed accounts and the like or otherwise held in a fiduciary capacity that are beneficially owned by third parties and (ii) shares of DCB Common Stock held in respect of a debt previously contracted) shall be cancelled without any conversion and no payment or distribution shall be made with respect thereto.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Guaranty will not issue any certificates or scrip representing fractional shares of Guaranty Common Stock

 

7


otherwise issuable pursuant to the Merger. In lieu of the issuance of any such fractional shares, Guaranty shall round the number of shares of Guaranty Common Stock to be received by each Qualified Shareholder to the nearest whole share.

(g) For purposes of clarification and avoidance of doubt, Schedule 2.1 sets forth an example calculation of the Merger Consideration and the Per Share Consideration based on the formulae described above.

Section 2.2 Determination of Exchange Ratio .

(a) The aggregate number of shares (or fraction thereof) of Guaranty Common Stock to be exchanged for each share of DCB Common Stock shall be adjusted appropriately to reflect any change in the number of shares of Guaranty Common Stock by reason of any stock dividends or splits, reclassification, recapitalization or conversion with respect to Guaranty Common Stock, received or to be received by holders of Guaranty Common Stock, when the record date or payment occurs prior to the Effective Time.

(b) The “ Exchange Ratio ” for the purposes of converting shares of DCB Common Stock into shares of Guaranty Common Stock in connection with the Merger shall be the ratio equal to the quotient of (i) the Per Share Consideration less the Qualified Shareholder Cash Consideration, divided by (ii) the Guaranty Per Share Value.

(c) “ Guaranty Per Share Value ” means $23.00, provided that if Guaranty completes any public or private offering of Guaranty Common Stock within sixty (60) days following the Effective Time, there may be additional post-closing adjustments to the Merger Consideration based upon the price at which Guaranty Common Stock is sold in accordance with Section 6.7.

(d) For purposes of clarification and avoidance of doubt, Schedule 2.2 sets forth an example calculation of the Exchange Ratio based on the formula described above.

Section 2.3 Determination of Qualified Shareholders . In connection with the mailing of the Proxy Statement-Offering Circular (as defined in Section 3.34) , DCB shall provide to each of DCB shareholders an investor questionnaire in a form satisfactory to Guaranty (the “ Accredited Investor Questionnaire ”), pursuant to which each shareholder of DCB will be asked to certify to DCB and to Guaranty that such shareholder is an Accredited Investor. The Accredited Investor Questionnaires and other information available to the parties shall be used to determine whether each shareholder of DCB is a Qualified Shareholder for the purposes of this Agreement. DCB shall promptly provide to Guaranty copies of the executed Accredited Investor Questionnaires that it receives.

Section 2.4 Dissenting Shares . Each share of DCB Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, the holder of which has voted against the Merger (or did not consent thereto in writing) and who has properly perfected such holder’s rights of appraisal by following the exact procedure required by Chapter 10, Subchapter H of the TBOC, is referred to herein as a “ Dissenting Share .” Each Dissenting Share owned by each holder thereof who has not exchanged the certificates representing shares of DCB Common Stock for the Merger Consideration or otherwise has not effectively withdrawn or lost his

 

8


dissenter’s rights, shall not be converted into or represent the right to receive the Merger Consideration pursuant to this Article II and shall be entitled only to such rights as are available to such holder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the TBOC. Each holder of Dissenting Shares shall be entitled to receive the value of such Dissenting Shares held by him in accordance with the applicable provisions of the TBOC; provided , such holder complies with the procedures contemplated by and set forth in the applicable provisions of the TBOC. If any holder of any Dissenting Shares shall effectively withdraw or lose his dissenter’s rights under the applicable provisions of the TBOC, each such Dissenting Share shall be deemed to have been converted into and to have become exchangeable for, the right to receive the Merger Consideration without any interest thereon in accordance with the provisions of this Article II.

Section 2.5 Exchange of Shares .

(a) At least five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, Guaranty shall deposit or cause to be deposited in trust with Computershare Ltd., or such other Person mutually agreeable to Guaranty and DCB (the “ Exchange Agent ”), (i) certificates representing shares of Guaranty Common Stock making up the aggregate stock portion of the Merger Consideration deliverable to Qualified Shareholders of DCB and (ii) cash in an aggregate amount sufficient to pay the Aggregate Cash Payment (such certificates and cash being referred to as the “ Exchange Fund ”). The Exchange Fund shall not be used for any purpose other than as provided in this Agreement. The Exchange Agent shall promptly deliver the stock certificates representing shares of Guaranty Common Stock and the cash payment upon surrender of certificates representing shares of DCB Common Stock or the DCB Options, as the case may be.

(b) The Exchange Agent shall mail promptly following the DCB Shareholder Meeting, but not less than fifteen (15) Business Days before the anticipated Effective Time or on such other date as Guaranty and DCB may agree (the “Mailing Date”) to each holder of record of an outstanding certificate or certificates which as of two (2) Business Days before the Mailing Date represented shares of DCB Common Stock (the “ Certificates ”), a form letter of transmittal which will specify that delivery shall be effected, and risk of loss and title to the Certificates shall pass, only upon proper delivery of the Certificates to the Exchange Agent and contain instructions for use in effecting the surrender of the Certificates for payment therefor. Upon surrender to the Exchange Agent of a Certificate, together with such letter of transmittal duly executed, the holder of such Certificate shall be entitled to receive in exchange therefor the number of shares of Guaranty Common Stock and/or amount of cash, if any, provided in Section 2.1 hereof, and such Certificate shall forthwith be cancelled. Guaranty shall provide the Exchange Agent with certificates for Guaranty Common Stock, as requested by the Exchange Agent, for the number of shares provided in Section 2.1. No interest will be paid or accrued with respect to the shares of Guaranty Common Stock or cash payable upon surrender of the Certificates. Until surrendered in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.5, each Certificate (other than Certificates representing Dissenting Shares) shall represent for all purposes the right to receive the Merger Consideration without any interest thereon.

(c) No dividends or other distributions declared after the Effective Time with respect to shares of Guaranty Common Stock and payable to the holders thereof shall be paid to the holder of a Certificate until such holder surrenders such Certificate to the Exchange Agent in accordance with this Section 2.5. After the surrender of a Certificate in accordance

 

9


with this Section 2.5, the holder thereof shall be entitled to receive any such dividends or other distributions, without interest thereon, which had been declared after the Effective Time with respect to the shares of Guaranty Common Stock represented by such Certificate.

(d) After the Effective Time, the stock transfer ledger of DCB shall be closed and there shall be no transfers on the stock transfer books of DCB of the shares of DCB Common Stock which were outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time. If, after the Effective Time, Certificates are presented to Guaranty, they shall be promptly presented to the Exchange Agent and exchanged as provided in this Section 2.5.

(e) Any portion of the Exchange Fund (including the proceeds of any investments thereof) that remains unclaimed by the shareholders of DCB for six months after the Exchange Agent mails the letter of transmittal pursuant to Section 2.5 shall be returned to Guaranty upon demand, and any shareholders of DCB who have not previously complied with the exchange procedures in this Article II shall look to Guaranty only, and not the Exchange Agent, for the payment of any Merger Consideration in respect of such shares.

(f) If any certificate representing shares of Guaranty Common Stock is to be issued in a name other than that in which the Certificate surrendered in exchange therefor is registered, it shall be a condition of the issuance thereof that the Certificate so surrendered shall be appropriately endorsed (or accompanied by an appropriate instrument of transfer) and otherwise in proper form (reasonably satisfactory to Guaranty) for transfer, and that the person requesting such exchange shall pay to the Exchange Agent in advance any transfer or other taxes required by reason of the issuance of a certificate representing shares of Guaranty Common Stock in any name other than that of the registered holder of the Certificate surrendered, or required for any other reason, or shall establish to the satisfaction of the Exchange Agent that such tax has been paid or not payable.

(g) None of Guaranty, DCB, the Exchange Agent or any other Person shall be liable to any former holder of shares of DCB Common Stock for any Guaranty Common Stock (or dividends or distributions with respect thereto) or cash properly delivered to a public official pursuant to applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar laws.

(h) In the event any Certificate shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, then upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming such Certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed and, if required by Guaranty or the Exchange Agent, the posting by such person of a bond in such amount as Guaranty or the Exchange Agent may direct, not to exceed the aggregate amount of such shareholders’ portion of the Merger Consideration, as indemnity against any claim that may be made against Guaranty with respect to such Certificate, the Exchange Agent will issue in exchange for such lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate the Merger Consideration deliverable in respect thereof pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 2.6 Treatment of DCB Options . As of the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holders of any DCB Option, each DCB Option, whether vested or unvested, that is outstanding and unexercised immediately before the Effective Time (after giving effect to any DCB Options exercised as of immediately prior to the Effective Time) will cease, at the Effective Time, to represent a right to acquire shares of DCB Common

 

10


Stock and will be converted at the Effective Time, without any action on the part of the holder of such DCB Option, into an option to purchase Guaranty Common Stock (a “ Converted Stock Option ”), on the same terms and conditions as were applicable under such DCB Option (but subject to and taking into account any required acceleration of vesting of such DCB Option pursuant to the terms of the applicable DCB Option Stock Plan as in effect on the date hereof without any further action by DCB). The number of shares of Guaranty Common Stock subject to each such Converted Stock Option will be equal to the product (rounded up to the nearest whole share) obtained by multiplying ( w ) the number of shares of DCB Common Stock subject to the DCB Option immediately prior to the Effective Time by ( x ) the Exchange Ratio. The exercise price of each such Converted Stock Option will be equal to the quotient (rounded down to the nearest whole cent) obtained by dividing ( y ) the exercise price per share of the DCB Option immediately prior to the Effective Time by ( z ) the Exchange Ratio.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF DCB

Except as disclosed in a document of even date herewith set forth in a correspondingly numbered section (the “ Disclosure Schedules ”), DCB represents and warrants to Guaranty and Newco as set forth below. On or prior to the date hereof, DCB has delivered to Guaranty Disclosure Schedules referred to in this Article III. DCB agrees that two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing it shall provide Guaranty with supplemental Disclosure Schedules reflecting any changes in the information contained in the Disclosure Schedules which have occurred in the period from the date of delivery of such Disclosure Schedules to two (2) Business Days prior to the date of Closing.

Section 3.1 Organization .

(a) DCB is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Texas and a bank holding company duly registered under the BHC Act, subject to all laws, rules and regulations applicable to bank holding companies. DCB owns all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of PSB.

(b) PSB is a Texas state banking association duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Texas. PSB is duly authorized to conduct general banking business and has the requisite corporate power to engage in the business and activities now conducted by it.

(c) DCB and PSB each have the requisite corporate power and authority (including all material licenses, franchises, permits and other governmental authorizations which are legally required) to own, lease and operate its properties, to engage in the business and activities now conducted by them, except where the failure to be so licensed or qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect on either of DCB or PSB.

(d) True and complete copies of the Organizational Documents of DCB and PSB, each as amended to date, have been delivered or made available to Guaranty.

 

11


(e) Except for PSB and DCB Financial Trust 1 (the “ Statutory Trust ”), a Texas statutory trust formed in connection with DCB’s Trust Preferred Issuance (as defined in Section 3.37(a)), DCB (i) does not have any Subsidiaries or Affiliates (each as defined in Section 13.1), (ii) is not a general partner or material owner in any joint venture, general partnership, limited partnership, trust or other non-corporate entity and (iii) does not have Knowledge of any arrangement pursuant to which the stock of any corporation is or has been held in trust (whether express, constructive, resulting or otherwise) for the benefit of all shareholders of DCB.

(f) The deposit accounts of PSB are insured by the FDIC through the Bank Insurance Fund to the fullest extent permitted by law, and all premiums and assessments due and owing as of the date hereof required in connection therewith have been paid by PSB.

Section 3.2 Capitalization .

(a) The authorized capital stock of DCB consists of 5,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $5.00 per share, of which 1,850,228 are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement. All of the issued and outstanding shares of DCB Common Stock are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and have not been issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any Person or in violation of any applicable federal or state laws. Except for the Voting Agreement, and the DCB Options, respectively, there are no irrevocable proxies with respect to such shares and there are no outstanding or authorized subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights or other agreements or commitments of any kind restricting the transfer of, requiring the issuance or sale of or otherwise relating to any such shares of capital stock to any Person.

(b) DCB owns, either directly or indirectly, all of the issued and outstanding capital stock and other securities of its Subsidiaries, other than the preferred securities issued by the Statutory Trust. The outstanding capital stock and other securities of DCB’s Subsidiaries are, as applicable, (i) duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and (ii) free and clear of any liens, claims, security interests and encumbrances of any kind. There are no irrevocable proxies with respect to shares of the Subsidiaries and there are no outstanding or authorized subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights or other agreements or commitments of any kind restricting the transfer of, requiring the issuance or sale of or otherwise relating to any such shares of capital stock of the Subsidiaries to any Person.

(c) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.2(c) , there are no existing options, warrants, calls, convertible securities or commitments of any kind obligating DCB to issue any authorized and unissued DCB Common Stock.

(d) DCB does not have any outstanding commitment or obligation to repurchase, reacquire or redeem any of its outstanding capital stock. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.2(d) and pursuant to the Voting Agreement, to DCB’s Knowledge, there are no voting trusts, voting agreements, buy-sell agreements or other similar arrangements affecting DCB Common Stock.

(e) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.2(e) , DCB has not paid any dividends on the DCB Common Stock since September 30, 2014.

 

12


Section 3.3 Approvals; Authority .

(a) DCB has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement (and any related documents), and DCB has full legal capacity, power and authority to perform (provided the required regulatory and shareholder approvals are obtained) its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the contemplated transactions. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly, validly and unanimously approved by the board of directors of DCB. The board of directors of DCB has determined that this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby are advisable and in the best interests of DCB and its shareholders, and has directed that the Agreement be submitted to DCB’s shareholders for approval and adoption. Except for the approval of the shareholders of DCB, no further actions or corporate proceedings on the part of DCB are necessary to execute and deliver this Agreement or the related documents and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

(b) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by DCB. Assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by Guaranty, this Agreement is a duly authorized, valid, legally binding agreement of DCB enforceable against DCB in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or similar law affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and general equitable principles, including principles of commercial reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing (collectively, the “ Bankruptcy Exception ”).

Section 3.4 Investments . DCB has delivered to Guaranty a true and complete list, as of September 30, 2014, of all securities, including municipal bonds, owned by DCB, and all such securities are owned by DCB (i) of record, except those held in bearer form, and (ii) beneficially, free and clear of all mortgages, liens, pledges and encumbrances. Other than DCB Subsidiaries, there are no entities in which DCB owns 5% or more of the issued and outstanding voting securities. There are no voting trusts or other agreements or understandings with respect to the voting of any of the securities held by DCB in DCB’s securities portfolio.

Section 3.5 Financial Statements .

(a) DCB has delivered to Guaranty true and complete copies of DCB’s (i) audited consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, statements of changes in shareholders’ equity and statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, accompanied by the report thereon of DCB’s independent auditors and (ii) unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013. DCB has also delivered to Guaranty true and complete copies of the Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income (“ PSB Call Reports ”) filed by PSB with the appropriate regulatory authorities for each of the periods during the three years ended December 31, 2013 and for the quarters ending March 31, June 30, and September 30, 2014. The audited and unaudited financial information and PSB Call Reports referred to in this Section 3.5(a) are collectively referred to in this Agreement as the “ DCB Financial Statements .”

 

13


(b) Each of the DCB Financial Statements fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position of DCB and results of operations at the dates and for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, except for the PSB Call Reports, which are in compliance with the rules and regulations of applicable federal and state banking authorities.

(c) As of the dates of DCB Financial Statements, and as of the date of this Agreement, DCB did not have any material liabilities (whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise) except as fully set forth or provided for in such DCB Financial Statements or otherwise disclosed in Schedule 3.5(c) .

Section 3.6 Loan Portfolio and Allowance for Loan Losses .

(a) DCB has delivered to Guaranty a true and complete list, as of September 30, 2014, of all loans of DCB or PSB showing for each loan thereon the account number and the outstanding principal balance due (the “ Loan Schedule ”). Except as would not reasonably be likely to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on DCB, all loans listed on the Loan Schedule, and all currently outstanding loans of either DCB or PSB (individually a “ Loan ” and collectively, the “ Loans ”), including any renewals and extensions of any Loan, were solicited and originated, and currently exist in compliance in all material respects with all applicable requirements of federal and state law and regulations promulgated thereunder. The Loans are adequately documented and each note evidencing a Loan or credit agreement or security instrument related to a Loan constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the obligor thereunder, enforceable in accordance with the terms thereof, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by the Bankruptcy Exception. To DCB’s Knowledge, neither DCB nor PSB has entered into any oral modifications or amendments or additional agreements related to the Loans that are not reflected in its records. No claim or defense as to the enforcement of any Loan has been asserted, and DCB has no Knowledge of any acts or omissions that would give rise to any claim or right of rescission, set off, counterclaim or defense.

(b) The allowance for loan losses shown on DCB Financial Statements as of September 30, 2014 was, and the allowance for loan losses to be shown on any financial statements or PSB Call Reports as of any date subsequent to the execution of this Agreement will be, calculated in accordance with GAAP in all material respects as applied to banking institutions and all applicable rules and regulations, and in the reasonable opinion of management, adequate in all material respects to provide for all possible losses, net of recoveries relating to loans previously charged off, on Loans outstanding (including accrued interest receivable) of DCB or PSB and other extensions of credit (including letters of credit or commitments to make loans or extend credit); provided , however , that no representation or warranty is made as to the sufficiency of collateral securing or the collectability of such Loans.

 

14


Section 3.7 Certain Loans and Related Matters .

(a) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.7(a) , neither DCB nor PSB is a party to any written or oral: (i) loan agreement, note or borrowing arrangement, other than credit card loans and other loans the unpaid balance of which does not exceed $10,000 per loan, under the terms of which the obligor is sixty (60) days delinquent in payment of principal or interest or in default of any other material provisions as of the date hereof; (ii) loan agreement, note or borrowing arrangement which has been classified or, in the exercise of reasonable diligence by DCB, PSB or any Governmental Body with supervisory jurisdiction over DCB or PSB , should have been classified as “substandard,” “doubtful,” “loss,” “other loans especially mentioned,” “other assets especially mentioned” or any comparable classifications by such Persons; or (iii) loan agreement, note or borrowing arrangement, including any loan guaranty, with any director or executive officer of DCB or PSB, or any 10% or more shareholder of DCB, or any Person, corporation or enterprise controlling, controlled by or under common control with any of the foregoing.

(b) DCB has delivered to Guaranty a true and complete list (the “ Problem Asset List ”) of all the substandard, doubtful, loss, nonperforming, problem loans or other assets of DCB and PSB on the internal watch list of DCB and PSB that have been classified internally by management of DCB or PSB, or that have been classified during any external loan review or regulatory examination as of October 31, 2014. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.7(b) , to the Knowledge of DCB, there is no asset, loan agreement, note or borrowing arrangement which should be included on a Problem Asset List in accordance with DCB’s or PSB’s ordinary course of business and consistent with prudent banking principles.

(c) DCB has delivered to Guaranty a true and complete list of all SBA loans outstanding and indicates the loans for which the guaranteed portion has been sold. Neither DCB nor PSB is in breach of any warranty or representation made by it in connection with its origination and sale of the guaranteed portion of any SBA loan such that it is, or would reasonably expected to be, obligated to repurchase any such loan.

Section 3.8 Real Property Owned or Leased .

(a) DCB has delivered to Guaranty a true and complete list of all real property owned or leased by DCB or any of its Subsidiaries (the “ DCB Real Property ”). DCB has delivered to Guaranty true and complete copies of all (i) deeds and leases for, or other documentation evidencing ownership of or a leasehold interest in, the DCB Real Property, and (ii) mortgages, deeds of trust and security agreements to which the DCB Real Property is subject.

(b) No lease or deed with respect to any DCB Real Property contains any restrictive covenant that materially restricts the use, transferability or value of such DCB Real Property pertaining to its current primary business purpose. Each of such leases is a legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms (except as may be limited by the Bankruptcy Exception), and is in full force and effect; DCB has not received any notice of claims of any defaults by DCB, any of its Subsidiaries or the other party thereunder and, to the Knowledge of DCB, there are no allegations or assertions of such by any party under such agreement or any events that with notice lapse of time or the happening or occurrence of any other event would constitute a default thereunder.

 

15


(c) None of the buildings and structures located on any DCB Real Property, nor any appurtenances thereto or equipment therein, nor the operation or maintenance thereof, violates in any material manner any restrictive covenants or encroaches on any property owned by others, nor does any building or structure of third parties encroach upon any DCB Real Property, except for those violations and encroachments which in the aggregate could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect on DCB or any of its Subsidiaries. No condemnation proceeding is pending or, to DCB’s Knowledge, threatened, which could reasonably be expected to preclude or materially impair the use of any DCB Real Property in the manner in which it is currently being used.

(d) DCB or one of its Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to, or a valid and enforceable leasehold interest in, or a contract vendee’s interest in, all DCB Real Property, and such interest is free and clear of all liens, charges or other encumbrances, except (i) statutory liens for amounts not yet delinquent or which are being contested in good faith through proper proceedings and (ii) those liens related to real property taxes not yet due and payable, local improvement district assessments, easements, covenants, restrictions and other matters of record.

(e) To DCB’s Knowledge, all buildings and other facilities used in the business of DCB or any of its Subsidiaries are free from defects which could reasonably be expected to materially interfere with the current or future use of such facilities consistent with past practices.

Section 3.9 Personal Property . Except as set forth in Schedule 3.9 , DCB or one of its Subsidiaries has good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all personal property, whether tangible or intangible, used in the conduct of its business (the “ DCB Personalty ”), free and clear of all liens, charges or other encumbrances and except (a) as noted in the DCB Financial Statements, (b) statutory liens for amounts not yet delinquent or which are being contested in good faith through proper proceedings (c) consensual land lord liens, (d) pledges of assets in the ordinary course of business to secure public fund deposits, (e) those assets and properties disposed of for fair market value in the ordinary course of business since the applicable dates of the DCB Financial Statements and (f) such other liens, charges, encumbrances and imperfections of title as do not individually or in the aggregate materially adversely affect the use and enjoyment of the relevant DCB Personalty. Subject to ordinary wear and tear, the DCB Personalty is in good operating condition and repair and is adequate for the uses to which it is being put.

Section 3.10 Environmental Laws . To the Knowledge of DCB, DCB, its Subsidiaries and any properties or businesses owned or operated by DCB or any of its Subsidiaries are and have been in material compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws (as hereinafter defined) and Occupational H&S Laws (as hereinafter defined) and material permits required thereunder, except for such noncompliance as would not reasonably be expected to give rise, individually or in the aggregate, to a Material Adverse Effect on DCB or any of its Subsidiaries. Neither DCB nor any of its Subsidiaries (a) has received any written notice of any violation of,

 

16


or alleged violation of, any Environmental Laws or Occupational H&S Laws by DCB; (b) has generated, stored, or disposed of any Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined) except in compliance with the Environmental Laws; and (c) is subject to any written claim or recorded lien asserted against it under any Environmental Laws or Occupational H&S Laws or relating to Hazardous Materials. No release (as defined at CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. 9601(22)) of Hazardous Materials has occurred at or from any DCB Real Property during the term of the ownership, lease or operation thereof by DCB or any of its Subsidiaries for which the Environmental Laws require notice to any third party, further investigation or response action of any kind. To the Knowledge of DCB, no asbestos-containing materials are present at any facility owned, leased or operated by DCB or any of its Subsidiaries. No real property currently owned, leased or operated by DCB or any of its Subsidiaries is, or has been, used as an industrial site or a landfill during the tenure of DCB or any of its Subsidiaries, or to the Knowledge of DCB, prior to such tenure. To the Knowledge of DCB, there are no underground storage tanks used for the storage of Hazardous Materials at any DCB Real Property. DCB has furnished or will furnish, Guaranty copies of all environmental assessments, reports, studies and other similar documents or information in its possession or control relating to the DCB Real Property.

Environmental Laws ,” as used in this Agreement, means any applicable federal, state or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance or code, in each case as amended as of the date of this Agreement, including any applicable and enforceable judicial or administrative order, consent decree, or judgment, relating to the environment, Hazardous Materials, or the effect of Hazardous Materials on human health, including without limitation the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §§ 9601, et seq. (“ CERCLA ”); the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended, 49 U.S.C. §§ 5101, et seq.; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §§ 6901, et seq.; the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. §§ 1251, et seq.; the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§ 2601, et seq. the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 7401, et seq. and the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 300f, et seq.

Hazardous Materials ,” as used in this Agreement, means (i) any petroleum or petroleum products, natural gas, or natural gas products, regulated radioactive materials, asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, transformers or other equipment that contains dielectric fluid containing levels of polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) at regulated concentrations, and radon gas at regulated concentrations; (ii) any chemicals, materials, waste or substances defined as or included in the definition of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous wastes,” “hazardous materials,” “extremely hazardous wastes,” “restricted hazardous wastes,” “toxic substances,” “toxic pollutants,” “contaminants,” or “pollutants” under any Environmental Laws and (iii) any other chemical, material, waste or substance which is regulated as hazardous or toxic to human health or the environment by any federal, state or local government authority, agency or instrumentality, including mixtures thereof with other materials, and including any regulated building materials containing asbestos or lead.

Occupational H&S Laws ,” as used in this Agreement, means any applicable federal, state or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance or code, in each case as amended as of the date of this Agreement, including any applicable and enforceable judicial or administrative order, consent decree or judgment, relating to occupational health or safety, including without limitation the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. §651 et seq., but excluding Environmental Laws.

 

17


Section 3.11 Proceedings . Except as set forth in Schedule 3.11 , there are no Proceedings (as defined herein) pending or, to DCB’s Knowledge, threatened against DCB or any of its Subsidiaries, and DCB has no Knowledge of any basis on which any such Proceedings could be brought which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect on DCB or any of its Subsidiaries, or which could question the validity of any action taken or to be taken in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. To the Knowledge of DCB, neither DCB nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default with respect to any judgment, order, writ, injunction, decree, award, rule or regulation of any arbitrator or Governmental Body (as defined herein).

Section 3.12 Taxes .

(a) For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the defined meanings as set forth below:

Affiliated Group ” means any affiliated group within the meaning of Code § 1504(a).

Liability ” means any liability (whether known or unknown, whether asserted or unasserted, whether absolute or contingent, whether accrued or unaccrued, whether liquidated or unliquidated, and whether due or to become due), including any liability for Taxes.

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization or a governmental entity (or any department, agency, or political subdivision thereof).

Security Interest ” means any mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, charge, or other security interest, other than (a) mechanic’s, materialmen’s, and similar liens, (b) liens for Taxes not yet due and payable or for Taxes that DCB, or Guaranty, as the case may be, or any of their respective Subsidiaries is contesting in good faith through appropriate proceedings, if any, (c) purchase money liens and liens securing rental payments under capital lease arrangements, and (d) other liens arising in the ordinary course of business and not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money.

Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means all (i) United States federal, state or local or non-United States taxes, assessments, charges, duties, levies or other similar governmental charges of any nature, including all income, franchise, profits, capital gains, capital stock, transfer, sales, use, occupation, property, excise, severance, windfall profits, stamp, stamp duty reserve, license, payroll, withholding, ad valorem, value added, alternative minimum, environmental, customs, social security (or similar), unemployment, sick pay, disability, registration and other taxes, assessments, charges, duties, fees, levies or other similar governmental charges of any kind whatsoever, whether disputed or not, together with all estimated taxes, deficiency assessments, additions to tax, penalties and interest; (ii) any liability for the payment of any amount of a type described in clause (i) arising as a result of being or having been a member of any consolidated, combined, unitary or other group or being or having been included or required to be included in any Tax Return related thereto; and (iii) any liability for the payment of any amount of a type described in clause (i) or clause (ii) as a result of any obligation to indemnify or otherwise assume or succeed to the liability of any other Person.

 

18


Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, or information return or statement relating to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.

(b) DCB and each of its Subsidiaries has filed all Tax Returns that it was required to file, including without limitation any Tax Returns of any affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group of which DCB or any of its Subsidiaries is or was a member. At the time of filing, all such Tax Returns were correct and complete in all material respects. All Taxes due and owing by DCB or any of its Subsidiaries and any affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group of which DCB or any of its Subsidiaries is or was a member (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) have been paid. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.12(b) , neither DCB nor any of its Subsidiaries is currently the beneficiary of any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return. No claim has ever been raised in writing by an authority in a jurisdiction where DCB or any of its Subsidiaries does not file Tax Returns that DCB or any of its Subsidiaries is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction. There are no Security Interests on any of the assets of DCB or any of its Subsidiaries that arose in connection with any failure (or alleged failure) of DCB or any of its Subsidiaries to pay any Tax.

(c) DCB and each of its Subsidiaries has collected or withheld and duly paid to the appropriate governmental authority all Taxes required to have been collected or withheld in connection with amounts paid or owing to any employee, independent contractor, creditor, shareholder or other third party.

(d) There is no action, suit, proceeding, audit, assessment, dispute or claim concerning any Tax Liability of DCB or any of its Subsidiaries either (i) claimed or raised by any authority in writing or (ii) as to which any of the directors and officers of DCB or any of its Subsidiaries has Knowledge based upon personal contact with any agent of such authority. Schedule 3.12(d) lists all federal, state, local, and foreign income Tax Returns filed with respect to DCB and each of its Subsidiaries for any taxable period that is still open under the applicable statute of limitations, indicates those Tax Returns that have been audited, and indicates those Tax Returns that currently are the subject of audit. DCB has made available to Guaranty correct and complete copies of all federal income Tax Returns and statements of deficiencies assessed against or agreed to by DCB or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to all taxable periods that are still open under the applicable statute of limitations.

(e) Neither DCB nor any of its subsidiaries has waived any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes or agreed to any extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency.

(f) Neither DCB nor any of its Subsidiaries has been a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Code § 897(c)(2) during the applicable period specified in Code § 897(c)(1)(A)(ii). Neither DCB nor any of its Subsidiaries has participated in any reportable transaction or a transaction that is substantially similar to a listed transaction as defined under Section 6011, 6111 and 6112 of the Code. If DCB or any of its

 

19


Subsidiaries has participated in a reportable or listed transaction, such entity has properly disclosed such transaction in accordance with the applicable Tax regulations. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.12(f) neither DCB nor any of its Subsidiaries has (i) is a party to any Tax allocation or sharing agreement, (ii) has been a member of an Affiliated Group filing a consolidated federal income Tax Return and (iii) has Liability for the Taxes of any Person under Reg. § 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local, or foreign law), as a transferee or successor, by contract, or otherwise.

(g) Neither DCB nor any of its Subsidiaries has been required to disclose on its federal income Tax Returns any position that could give rise to a substantial understatement of federal income tax within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code.

(h) None of DCB, any of DCB’s Subsidiaries or Guaranty will be required to include any item of income in, nor will DCB, any of DCB’s Subsidiaries or Guaranty be required to exclude any item of deduction from, taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending on or after the Closing Date as a result of any: (i) change in DCB’s or any of its Subsidiary’s method of accounting for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date under Section 481(c) of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign income Tax law); (ii) “closing agreement” as described in Section 7121 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign income Tax law) executed on or prior to the Closing Date by DCB or any of its Subsidiaries; (iii) intercompany transaction or excess loss account of DCB or any of its Subsidiaries described in the Treasury Regulations under Section 1502 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign Tax law); (iv) installment sale or open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Closing Date by DCB or any of its Subsidiaries; or (v) prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing Date by DCB or any of its Subsidiaries.

(i) Neither DCB nor any of its Subsidiaries constituted either a “distributing corporation” or a “controlled corporation” (within the meaning of Section 355(a)(1)(A) of the Code) in a distribution of stock qualifying for Tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code (i) in the two years prior to the date of this Agreement or (ii) in a distribution which could otherwise constitute part of a “plan” or “series of related transactions” (within the meaning of Section 355(e) of the Code) in conjunction with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(j) Neither DCB nor any of its Subsidiaries is required to make any adjustment under Code § 481(a) by reason of a change in accounting method or otherwise.

(k) The unpaid Taxes of DCB and each of its Subsidiaries (i) did not, as of December 31, 2013, exceed the current liability accruals for Tax Liability (excluding any reserves for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax income) set forth in the DCB Financial Statements and (ii) do not exceed such current liability accruals for Taxes (excluding reserves any for deferred Taxes) as adjusted for the passage of time through the Closing Date in accordance with the past custom and practice of DCB and its Subsidiaries in filing their respective Tax Returns.

(l) Schedule 3.12(l) sets forth an accurate and complete description as to any United States federal net operating and capital loss carryforwards for DCB and each of its Subsidiaries (including any limitations of such net operating or capital loss carryforwards under Code Sections 382, 383 or 384 or the Treasury Regulations) as of December 31, 2013 and the expiration dates thereof.

 

20


Section 3.13 Contracts and Commitments . Schedule 3.13 sets forth a true and complete listing, as of December 15, 2014, of all leases, subleases, licenses, contracts and agreements to which DCB or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, and which (a) relate to real property used by DCB or any of its Subsidiaries in its operations (such DCB Contracts being referred to herein as the “ DCB Leases ”), (b) involve payments to or by DCB or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of $25,000 per year during the term thereof, or (c) involve termination payments by DCB or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of $10,000 (the “ DCB Contracts ”). True and complete copies of all such DCB Contracts, and all amendments thereto, have been made available to Guaranty. The term “DCB Contracts” does not include (i) loans made by, (ii) unfunded loan commitments of $50,000 or less made by, (iii) letters of credit issued by, (iv) loan participations of, (v) federal funds sold or purchased by, (vi) repurchase agreements made by, (vii) spot foreign exchange transactions of, (viii) bankers acceptances of or (ix) deposit liabilities of, PSB. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.13 , no participations or Loans have been sold that have buy-back, recourse or guaranty provisions that create contingent or direct liability to DCB or any of its Subsidiaries. All of the DCB Contracts are legal, valid and binding obligations of DCB, and to the Knowledge of DCB, any other party thereto enforceable according to their terms, subject to the Bankruptcy Exception. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.13 , all rent and other payments by DCB or any of its Subsidiaries under the DCB Contracts is current, there are no existing defaults by DCB or any of its Subsidiaries under the DCB Contracts and no termination, condition or other event has occurred that (whether with or without notice, lapse of time or the happening or occurrence of any other event) would constitute a material default thereunder. DCB or one of its Subsidiaries has a good and marketable leasehold interest in each of the properties subject to the DCB Leases, free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, encumbrances and security interests, but subject to all matters of record.

Section 3.14 Insurance Policies . A true and complete list of all insurance policies (including any bank owned life insurance) owned or held by or on behalf of DCB or any of its Subsidiaries (other than credit-life policies) is set forth in Schedule 3.14 . All of the policies set forth on Schedule 3.14 , (a) are presently in full force and effect and all premiums that are due and payable with respect thereto are currently paid, (b) are sufficient for compliance in all material respects with all requirements of applicable laws and of all agreements to which DCB or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, (c) are reasonably adequate for the business conducted by DCB and its Subsidiaries in respect of amounts, types and risks insured (other than the risk of terrorist attacks), (d) are valid, outstanding and enforceable policies (except as may be limited by the Bankruptcy Exception), and (e) will remain in full force and effect through the Effective Time, subject to normal renewal policies and procedures, including, without limitation, the payment of premiums. No insurer under any such policy or bond has canceled or to, the Knowledge of DCB, notified or indicated to DCB or any of its Subsidiaries an intention to cancel or not to renew any such policy or bond effective at any time prior to the Effective Time or generally disclaimed liability thereunder. Neither DCB nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default under any such policy or bond, and all material claims thereunder have been filed. Neither DCB nor any of its Subsidiaries has been denied or had revoked or rescinded any policy of insurance during the last three (3) fiscal years.

 

21


Section 3.15 No Conflict With Other Instruments . The execution and delivery of this Agreement does not, and the performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (a) conflict with or violate any provision of the Organizational Documents of DCB or any of its Subsidiaries or (b) subject to obtaining the requisite approval of the holders of the outstanding DCB Common Stock and all regulatory approvals and consents and the consents of the third parties set forth in Schedule 3.16 , will not (i) violate any statute, code, ordinance, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ, decree or injunction applicable to DCB, any Subsidiary of DCB or any of their respective properties or assets or (ii) violate, conflict with, result in a breach of any provision of or constitute a default (or an event which, with or without notice or lapse of time, would constitute a default) under, result in the termination of or a right of termination or cancellation under, accelerate the performance required by, cause DCB or any of its Subsidiaries to become subject to or liable for the payment of any tax, or result in the creation of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any of the properties or assets of DCB or any of its Subsidiaries under, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, license, lease agreement, instrument or obligation to which DCB or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, or by which any of its properties or assets may be bound or affected, except, for the purposes of clause (ii), such violations, conflicts, breaches or defaults which either individually or in the aggregate would not have a Material Adverse Effect on DCB or any of its Subsidiaries.

Section 3.16 Consents and Approvals . Except for prior approval of the Merger by the Governmental Bodies having jurisdiction over DCB and its Subsidiaries, the requisite approval of the shareholders to be obtained by DCB and the consents of the third parties set forth in Schedule 3.16 , no prior consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration, filing or registrations with, any person or Governmental Body is required of DCB or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by DCB of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby or the resulting change in control of DCB and its Subsidiaries.

Section 3.17 Absence of Certain Changes . Since September 30, 2014, (i) DCB and each of its Subsidiaries has conducted its business in the ordinary and usual course consistent with prudent banking practices (except as otherwise required by this Agreement and excluding the incurrence of expenses related to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby) and (ii) no event has occurred or, to the Knowledge of DCB, circumstance arisen that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on DCB or any of its Subsidiaries.

Section 3.18 Employment Relations . The relations of DCB and each of its Subsidiaries with their respective employees are satisfactory. Neither DCB nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice of any controversies with, or organizational efforts or other pending actions by, representatives of its employees. DCB and each of its Subsidiaries has complied in all material respects with all laws relating to the employment of labor with respect to its employees, and any independent contractors it has hired, including any provisions thereof relating to wages, hours, workplace discrimination, collective bargaining and the payment of workman’s

 

22


compensation insurance and social security and similar taxes, and no person has asserted to DCB or to any of its Subsidiaries that DCB or of its Subsidiaries is liable for any arrearages of wages, workman’s compensation insurance premiums or any taxes or penalties for failure to comply with any of the foregoing.

Section 3.19 Employee Benefit Plans .

(a) Schedule 3.19(a) lists all employee benefit plans, arrangements or agreements providing benefits or compensation to any current or former employees, directors or consultants of DCB or any of its ERISA Affiliates (as defined below) that are sponsored or maintained by DCB or any of its ERISA Affiliates or to which DCB or any of its ERISA Affiliates contributes or is obligated to contribute on behalf of current or former employees, directors or consultants of DCB or any of its ERISA Affiliates or with respect to which DCB or any of its ERISA Affiliates has any liability, including, without limitation, any employee welfare benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), any employee pension benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA or any employment agreement or collective bargaining, bonus, incentive, deferred compensation, stock purchase, stock option, severance, change of control or fringe benefit plan (“ DCB Employee Plan ”). Schedule 3.19(a) identifies any DCB Employee Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA (“ Title IV Plan ”). “ ERISA Affiliate ” means any entity, trade or business that is a member of a group described in Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code or Section 4001(b)(1) of ERISA that includes DCB, or that is a member of the same “controlled group” as DCB pursuant to Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA.

(b) DCB has delivered to Guaranty: (i) true and complete copies of all documents setting forth the terms of each DCB Employee Plan, including all amendments thereto and all related trust documents and insurance policies; (ii) the three most recent actuarial reports and annual reports (Form 5500 Series and all schedules and financial statements attached thereto), if any, required under ERISA or the Code in connection with each DCB Employee Plan; (iii) the most recent summary plan description together with the summaries of material modifications thereto, if any, with respect to each DCB Employee Plan; (iv) all current employee handbooks and other policies delivered or made available to DCB’s and PSB’s employees and other service providers; and (v) the most recent Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) determination or opinion letter issued with respect to each DCB Employee Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code.

(c) There is no pending or, to the Knowledge of DCB, threatened Proceeding relating to any DCB Employee Plan. All DCB Employee Plans comply and have been administered in all material respects with all applicable requirements of ERISA, the Code and other applicable laws and all DCB Employee Plans have been operated in substantial compliance with their terms. There has occurred no “prohibited transaction” (within the meaning of Section 406 or 407 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to DCB Employee Plans which is likely to result in the imposition of material penalties or taxes upon DCB or any of its Subsidiaries under Section 502(i) or 502(l) of ERISA or Section 4971 or 4975 through 4980 of the Code. Neither DCB, any ERISA Affiliate, nor any of their current or former directors, officers, employees or any other “fiduciary” within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(21), has committed any breach of fiduciary responsibility imposed by ERISA or any other

 

23


applicable law, or has any material liability for failure to comply with ERISA or the Code for any action or failure to act in connection with the administration or investment of the assets of any DCB Employee Plan. All contributions, premiums or other payments required by law or by any DCB Employee Plan (i) that are due on or before the Closing have been paid or will be paid prior to the Closing, and (ii) that have accrued on or before the Closing have been or will be paid or properly accrued at the Closing.

(d) Neither DCB nor any of its Subsidiaries has any material obligations for post-retirement or post-employment health or medical benefits under any DCB Employee Plan, except for coverage required by Part 6 of Title I of ERISA or Section 4980B of the Code, or similar state laws (“ COBRA ”), the cost of which is borne by the insured individuals. Each DCB Employee Plan that is a “group health plan” within the meaning of Section 5000 of the Code has been operated in substantial compliance with COBRA. Each DCB Employee Plan can be terminated upon 60 days’ notice or less without payment of any additional compensation or amount (other than administrative costs associated with such termination) or the additional vesting or acceleration of any benefits, except as required by law. Each DCB Employee Plan that is intended to be a “qualified plan” within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code is qualified in form and operation in all material respects and is the subject of a favorable determination or opinion letter from the Internal Revenue Service with respect to its qualified status, and no event or circumstance has occurred or exists that would disqualify any such DCB Employee Plan.

(e) Neither DCB nor any ERISA Affiliate has within the last six (6) years had any liability or contingent liability with respect to a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA. Neither DCB nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any unsatisfied liability under Title IV of ERISA, and no condition or set of circumstances exists that presents a risk to DCB or any ERISA Affiliate of incurring liability under Title IV of ERISA. No Title IV Plan has been completely or partially terminated and none has been the subject of a “reportable event” within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA. No proceeding by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation to terminate any Title IV Plan has been instituted or threatened. Neither DCB nor any ERISA Affiliate has any liability for the termination of any Title IV Plan under ERISA Section 4062. The present value of all benefit liabilities (whether or not vested) as defined in ERISA Section 4001(a)(16) under each Title IV Plan did not exceed as of the most recent Title IV Plan actuarial valuation date, and will not exceed as of the Closing Date, the then-current value of the assets of such Title IV Plan as determined pursuant to Code Sections 412 or 430, and (i) at the Closing Date, the current value of all accrued benefits under each Title IV Plan will not exceed the current value of all the assets of such Title IV Plan allocable to such accrued benefits, determined as though each Plan were to terminate on the Closing Date. All premiums have been paid in full to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, and neither DCB nor any ERISA Affiliate has any liability for any premiums to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation. Neither DCB nor any ERISA Affiliate has any liability for any unfunded benefit liabilities, or any accumulated funding deficiency within the meaning of ERISA Section 302 or Code Section 412 or 430, whether or not waived. Neither DCB nor any ERISA Affiliate has any liability (ii) for any lien or any interest payments or any minimum funding contributions under ERISA Section 302 or Section 401(a)(29), 412 or 430 of the Code, as applicable, or (iii) to provide security under ERISA Section 307 or Code Section 401(a)(29).

 

24


(f) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.19(f) , neither the execution of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will (either alone or upon the occurrence of any additional or subsequent events) constitute an event under any DCB Employee Plan, that will or may result (either alone or in connection with any other circumstance or event) in any material payment (whether severance pay or otherwise), acceleration, forgiveness of indebtedness, vesting, distribution, increase in benefits or obligation to fund benefits or a trust with respect to any employee or other person. No payment made as a result of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (either alone or in conjunction with any other event such as a termination of employment) will result in the payment of any “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code.

(g) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.19(g) , there are no outstanding compensatory equity awards, including any arrangements awarding stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, deferred stock, phantom stock or any other equity compensation to any employee, director or other service provider of DCB or any ERISA Affiliate.

Section 3.20 Deferred Compensation and Salary Continuation Arrangements . Schedule 3.20 contains a list of all non-qualified deferred compensation and salary continuation arrangements of DCB and each of its Subsidiaries, if any, including (a) the terms under which the cash value of any life insurance purchased in connection with any such arrangement can be realized and (b) the amount of all future benefit payments owed on behalf of each participant, which amounts, as of the date of this Agreement, have been, and as of the Closing Date, will be, fully accrued for on the DCB Financial Statements. Each non-qualified deferred compensation arrangement satisfies the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, to the extent applicable, in form and operation.

Section 3.21 Intellectual Property Rights .

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.21(a) , DCB has delivered to Guaranty a complete list of all registered trademarks, registered service marks, trademark and service mark applications, trade names and registered copyrights presently owned or held by DCB or any of its Subsidiaries or used in a material manner by it in the conduct of their respective business under license pursuant to a material contract (the “ Intellectual Property ”). DCB and each of its Subsidiaries owns or has the right to use and continue to use the Intellectual Property in the operation of its business. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.21(a) , DCB and each of its Subsidiaries is, to DCB’s Knowledge, not infringing or violating any patent, copyright, trademark, service mark, label filing or trade name owned or otherwise held by any other party, nor has DCB or any of its Subsidiaries used any confidential information or any trade secrets owned or otherwise held by any other party, without holding a valid license for such use.

(b) Neither DCB nor any of its Subsidiaries has been charged with engaging, and to DCB’s Knowledge, neither DCB nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaging, in any kind of unfair or unlawful competition. Neither the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will in any way impair the right of DCB, any of its Subsidiaries or the Surviving Corporation to use, sell, license or dispose of, or to bring any action for the infringement of, the Intellectual Property.

 

25


Section 3.22 Brokers, Finders and Financial Advisors . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.22 , neither DCB, any Subsidiary of DCB, nor any of their respective officers, directors or employees have employed any broker, finder, financial advisor or investment banker or incurred any liability for any brokerage, financial advisory, investment banking or other fees or commissions in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 3.23 Accounting Controls . Each of DCB and PSB have devised and maintained a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that: (i) all material transactions are executed in accordance with general or specific authorization of its board of directors and/or its duly authorized executive officers; (ii) all material transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP consistently applied with respect to institutions such as it or other criteria applicable to such financial statements, and to maintain accountability for items therein; (iii) control of its material properties and assets is permitted only in accordance with general or specific authorization of its board of directors and/or its duly authorized executive; and (iv) the recorded accountability for items is compared with the actual levels at reasonable intervals and appropriate actions taken with respect to any differences.

Section 3.24 Derivative Contracts . Neither DCB nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to nor has it agreed to enter into an exchange traded or over-the-counter swap, forward, future, option, cap, floor or collar financial contract or agreement, or any other contract or agreement not included in DCB Financial Statements which is a financial derivative contract (including various combinations thereof).

Section 3.25 Deposits . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.25 , no deposit of PSB (a) is a “brokered” deposit (as such term is defined in 12 CFR 337.6(a)(2)); (b) was acquired through a deposit listing service; or (c) is subject to any encumbrance, legal restraint or other legal process (other than garnishments, pledges, set off rights, escrow limitations and similar actions taken in the ordinary course of business).

Section 3.26 Regulatory Actions . There are no actions or Proceedings pending or, to the Knowledge of DCB, threatened, against DCB or any of its Subsidiaries by or before any Governmental Body having jurisdiction over DCB or any of its Subsidiaries. Neither DCB nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to a formal or informal agreement, memorandum of understanding, enforcement action with, or any type of financial assistance by, any Governmental Body having jurisdiction over DCB or any of its Subsidiaries. DCB does not know of any fact or circumstance relating to DCB or any of its Subsidiaries that would materially impede or delay receipt of any required regulatory approval of the Merger or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, nor does DCB have any reason to believe that it will not be able to obtain all requisite regulatory and other approvals or consents which it is required to obtain in order to consummate the Merger.

Section 3.27 Compliance with Laws and Regulatory Filings .

(a) DCB and each of its Subsidiaries has complied in all material respects with and is not in material default or violation under any applicable law, statute, order, rule, regulation, policy and/or guideline of any Governmental Body relating to it, including, without

 

26


limitation and as applicable, all laws related to data protection or privacy, the USA PATRIOT Act, the Bank Secrecy Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B, the Fair Housing Act, the Community Reinvestment Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in Lending Act and Regulation Z, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, any regulations promulgated by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the Interagency Policy Statement on Retail Sales of Nondeposit Investment Products, the SAFE Mortgage Licensing Act of 2008, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and Regulation X, Flood Disaster Protection Act, Home Owners Equity Protection Act, Right to Financial Privacy Act, Unfair, Deceptive or Abusive Acts or Practices and any other law relating to consumer protection, bank secrecy, discriminatory lending, financing or leasing practices, money laundering prevention, Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, all agency requirements relating to the origination, sale and servicing of mortgage and consumer loans and all other laws and regulations governing the operations of a federally-insured financial institution (collectively, “ Banking Laws ”). DCB and PSB have neither had nor suspected any material incidents of fraud or defalcation involving DCB, PSB or any of their respective officers, directors or Affiliates during the last two years. PSB has timely and properly filed and maintained in all material respects all requisite Currency Transaction Reports and Suspicious Activity Reports and has systems customarily used by financial institutions of a similar size to PSB that are designed to properly monitor transaction activity (including wire transfers). PSB is designated as a small bank for purposes of the Community Reinvestment Act and has a Community Reinvestment Act rating of “satisfactory.”

(b) Each of DCB and PSB has filed all reports, registrations and statements, together with any amendments required to be made thereto, that are required to be filed with the Federal Reserve, the FDIC, the TDB or any other Governmental Body having supervisory jurisdiction over either DCB or PSB, and such reports, registrations and statements as finally amended or corrected, are true and complete in all material respects. Except for customary examinations conducted by bank regulatory agencies in the ordinary course of business, no Governmental Body has initiated any Proceeding or, to DCB’s Knowledge, investigation into the business or operations of DCB or any of its Subsidiaries. There is no unresolved violation, criticism or exception by any Governmental Body with respect to any report relating to any examinations of DCB or PSB.

(c) None of DCB, or any of its Subsidiaries, or to the Knowledge of DCB, no director, officer, employee, agent or other Person acting on behalf of DCB or any of its Subsidiaries has, directly or indirectly, (i) used any funds of DCB or any of its Subsidiaries for unlawful contributions, unlawful gifts, unlawful entertainment or other expenses relating to political activity, (ii) made any unlawful payment to foreign or domestic governmental officials or employees or to foreign or domestic political parties or campaigns from funds of DCB or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) violated any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any similar law, (iv) established or maintained any unlawful fund of monies or other assets of DCB or any of its Subsidiaries, (v) made any fraudulent entry on the books or records of DCB or any of its Subsidiaries, or (vi) made any unlawful bribe, unlawful rebate, unlawful payoff, unlawful influence payment, unlawful kickback or other unlawful payment to any Person, private or public, regardless of form, whether in money, property or services, to obtain favorable treatment in securing business to obtain special concessions for DCB or any of its

 

27


Subsidiaries, to pay for favorable treatment for business secured or to pay for special concessions already obtained for DCB or any of its Subsidiaries, or is currently subject to any United States sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury.

Section 3.28 Mortgage Banking Business .

(a) PSB has complied in all material respects with, and all documentation in connection with the origination, processing, underwriting and credit approval of any mortgage loan originated, purchased or serviced by PSB satisfied in all material respects, (i) all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations with respect to the origination, insuring, purchase, sale, pooling, servicing, subservicing, or filing of claims in connection with mortgage loans, including all laws relating to real estate settlement procedures, consumer credit protection, truth in lending laws, usury limitations, fair housing, transfers of servicing, collection practices, equal credit opportunity and adjustable rate mortgages, (ii) the responsibilities and obligations relating to mortgage loans set forth in any agreement between PSB and any Agency, Loan Investor or Insurer (as such terms are defined below), (iii) the applicable rules, regulations, guidelines, handbooks and other requirements of any Agency, Loan Investor or Insurer and (iv) the terms and provisions of any mortgage or other collateral documents and other loan documents with respect to each mortgage loan; and

(b) No Agency, Loan Investor or Insurer has (i) notified PSB in writing that PSB has violated or has not complied with the applicable underwriting standards with respect to mortgage loans sold by PSB to a Loan Investor or Agency, or with respect to any sale of mortgage servicing rights to a Loan Investor, (ii) imposed in writing restrictions on the activities (including commitment authority) of PSB or (iii) notified PSB in writing that it has terminated or intends to terminate its relationship with PSB for poor performance, poor loan quality or concern with respect to PSB’s compliance with laws.

(c) For purposes of this Section 3.28: (i) “ Agency ” means the Federal Housing Administration, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, the Farmers Home Administration (now known as Rural Housing and Community Development Services), the Federal National Mortgage Association, the United States Department of Veterans’ Affairs, the Rural Housing Service of the U.S. Department of Agriculture or any other Governmental Authority with authority to (A) determine any investment, origination, lending or servicing requirements with regard to mortgage loans originated, purchased or serviced by PSB or (B) originate, purchase, or service mortgage loans, or otherwise promote mortgage lending, including state and local housing finance authorities; (ii) “ Loan Investor ” means any Person (including an Agency) having a beneficial interest in any mortgage loan originated, purchased or serviced by PSB or a security backed by or representing an interest in any such mortgage loan; and (iii) “ Insurer ” means a Person who insures or guarantees for the benefit of the mortgagee all or any portion of the risk of loss upon borrower default on any of the mortgage loans originated, purchased or serviced by PSB, including the Federal Housing Administration, the United States Department of Veterans’ Affairs, the Rural Housing Service of the U.S. Department of Agriculture and any private mortgage insurer, and providers of hazard, title or other insurance with respect to such mortgage loans or the related collateral.

 

28


Section 3.29 Shareholders’ List . DCB has delivered to Guaranty a list of the holders of shares of DCB Common Stock as of a date within ten (10) Business Days prior to the date hereof, containing for DCB’s shareholders the names, addresses and number of shares held of record, which shareholders’ list is in all respects true and complete as of such date and will be updated prior to Closing.

Section 3.30 SEC Status; Securities Issuances . Neither DCB nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to the registration provisions of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) nor the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) promulgated under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, other than anti-fraud provisions of such act. All issuances of securities by DCB and its Subsidiaries have been registered under the Securities Act and/or the Securities Act of the State of Texas (the “ Texas Securities Act ”), and all other applicable laws or were exempt from any such registration requirements.

Section 3.31 Fiduciary Responsibilities . DCB and each of its Subsidiaries have performed in all of their respective duties as a trustee, custodian, guardian or an escrow agent in a manner which complies in all material respects with all applicable laws, regulations, orders, agreements, instruments and common law standards.

Section 3.32 Dissenting Shareholders . DCB and its directors and executive officers have no Knowledge of any plan or intention on the part of any shareholder of DCB to make written demand for payment of the fair value of such holder’s shares of DCB Common Stock in the manner provided in Chapter 10 of the TBOC.

Section 3.33 Books and Records .

(a) The minute books and stock ledgers of DCB and each of its Subsidiaries that have been made available to Guaranty, its representatives or affiliates constitute all of the minute books and stock ledgers of DCB and each of its Subsidiaries and contain a complete and accurate record of all actions of its shareholders of its board of directors (and any committees thereof) as of the dates set forth therein. All personnel files, reports, feasibility studies, environmental assessments and reports, strategic planning documents, financial forecasts, deeds, leases, lease files, land files, accounting and tax records and all other records that relate to the business and properties of DCB and each of its Subsidiaries that have been requested by Guaranty have been made available to Guaranty, its representatives or affiliates.

(b) Each of DCB and its Subsidiaries makes and keeps books, records and accounts which, in reasonable detail and in all material respects, accurately and fairly reflect its transactions in, and dispositions of, its assets and securities and maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary (A) to permit the preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP consistently applied and any other criteria applicable to such statements and (B) to maintain accountability for assets, (iii) access to the assets of DCB and each of its Subsidiaries is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

29


(c) Each of DCB and its Subsidiaries maintains a process designed by, or under the supervision of, its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by its board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP, including policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions in and dispositions of its assets, (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of its financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that its receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of its management and directors, and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of its assets that could have a material effect on its financial statements.

Section 3.34 Information . None of the information relating to DCB or any of its Subsidiaries that is provided by DCB or any of its Subsidiaries for inclusion in (a) a proxy statement and offering circular (including any amendment or supplement thereto) to be prepared by DCB and Guaranty in accordance with DCB’s Organizational Documents and applicable law and in such form and structure as are mutually-agreeable between DCB and Guaranty (the “ Proxy Statement-Offering Circular ”) and mailed to DCB’s shareholders in connection with (i) the solicitation of proxies by the board of directors of DCB for use at a special meeting of DCB’s shareholders to be called to consider the Merger, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (the “ DCB Shareholder Meeting ”) and (ii) the offering of shares of Guaranty Common Stock to shareholders of DCB as part of the Merger Consideration, or (b) any filings or approvals under applicable federal or state Banking Laws or regulations or federal or state securities laws will, to the Knowledge of DCB and its Subsidiaries, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.

Section 3.35 Fairness Opinion . Prior to the execution of this Agreement, DCB has received a written opinion from Sheshunoff & Co., dated as of the date of this Agreement, to the effect that, subject to the terms, conditions, qualifications, assumptions and other matters set forth therein, as of the date hereof, the Aggregate Merger Consideration to be received by the shareholders of DCB pursuant to this Agreement is fair, from a financial point of view, to such shareholders. Such opinion has not been amended or rescinded as of the date of this Agreement.

Section 3.36 No Representations or Warranties of Initial Public Offering . DCB acknowledges that the detailed representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement have been negotiated at arm’s length among sophisticated business entities and that, as of the date of this Agreement, none of Guaranty or any its respective affiliates or any person or entity acting on behalf of any of the foregoing has made any express or implied representation or warranty to DCB or its shareholders as to the pricing, completion or success of any public offering of the Guaranty Common Stock or any return on an investment in the Guaranty Common Stock, and neither DCB nor its shareholders are relying on any such representation or warranty.

 

30


Section 3.37 Outstanding Trust Preferred Securities of Subsidiary Trusts .

(a) DCB has issued and has presently outstanding $5,155,000.00 of Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debentures due June 15, 2037 issued by the Statutory Trust pursuant to an Indenture dated as of March 29, 2007 between DCB and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trustee (the “ Trust Preferred Issuance ”). The Statutory Trust has issued and outstanding $5,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of trust preferred securities pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust dated as of March 29, 2007 among DCB, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Institutional Trustee, and the administrative trustees named therein; and

(b) To DCB’ Knowledge, all representations and warranties as made by DCB in the documents related to the Trust Preferred Issuance were true when made. The Trust Preferred Issuance was authorized, issued and sold in compliance with all applicable legal requirements in all material respects.

Section 3.38 Due Diligence by DCB . DCB acknowledges that it has had the opportunity to conduct due diligence with respect to Guaranty and its Subsidiaries and has been afforded (i) the opportunity to ask such questions as it has deemed necessary of, and to receive answers from, representatives of Guaranty concerning any matter; (ii) access to information about Guaranty and its financial condition, results of operations, business, properties, management and prospects sufficient to enable it to evaluate the Merger; and (iii) the opportunity to obtain such additional information that Guaranty possesses or can acquire without unreasonable effort or expense that is necessary to make an informed decision with respect to the Merger. DCB has sought such accounting, legal and tax advice as it has considered necessary to make an informed decision with respect to the Merger.

Section 3.39 Representations Not Misleading . No representation or warranty by DCB contained in this Agreement, nor any schedule furnished to Guaranty by DCB under and pursuant to, or in anticipation of this Agreement, contains or will contain on the Closing Date any untrue statement of a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances under which it was or will be made, not misleading and such representations and warranties would continue to be true after disclosure to any Governmental Body having jurisdiction over DCB, any of its Subsidiaries or its properties of the facts and circumstances upon which they were based. No information material to the Merger, and that is necessary to make the representations and warranties herein contained not misleading, has been withheld by DCB.

Section 3.40 Restrictions on Guaranty Common Stock . DCB acknowledges that shares of Guaranty Common Stock issued as a result of the Merger will be issued in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act and the Texas Securities Act, including Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder, will be subject to the restrictions and limitations on transfer set forth under such laws and will bear appropriate restrictive legends, in the form determined by Guaranty, to reflect that the shares are not registered under the Securities Act or the Texas Securities Act.

 

31


ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF GUARANTY

Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Schedules, Guaranty and Newco represent and warrants to DCB as set forth below. On or prior to the date hereof, Guaranty has delivered to DCB Disclosure Schedules referred to in this Article IV. Guaranty agrees that two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing it shall provide DCB with supplemental Guaranty Disclosure Schedules reflecting any changes in the information contained in the Guaranty Disclosure Schedules which have occurred in the period from the date of delivery of such Guaranty Disclosure Schedules to two (2) Business Days prior to the date of Closing.

Section 4.1 Organization .

(a) Guaranty is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Texas and a bank holding company duly registered under the BHC Act, subject to all laws, rules and regulations applicable to bank holding companies. Guaranty owns all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of GBT and Newco. Guaranty has the requisite corporate power and authority (including all licenses, franchises, permits and other governmental authorizations which are legally required) to own, lease and operate its properties, to engage in the business and activities now conducted by them, except where the failure to be so licensed or qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect on Guaranty.

(b) Newco is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Texas. Newco has the requisite corporate power and authority (including all licenses, franchises, permits and other governmental authorizations which are legally required) to own, lease and operate its properties, to engage in the business and activities now conducted by it, except where the failure to be so licensed or qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect on Newco.

(c) GBT is a national banking association duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the United States. GBT has the requisite corporate power and authority (including all licenses, franchises, permits and other governmental authorizations which are legally required) to own, lease and operate their properties, to engage in the business and activities now conducted by them, except where the failure to be so licensed or qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect on GBT. GBT is (i) duly authorized to conduct general banking business, embracing all usual deposit functions of commercial banks as well as commercial, industrial and real estate loans, installment credits, collections and safe deposit facilities subject to the supervision of the OCC, and (ii) is an insured bank as defined in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.

(d) True and complete copies of the Organizational Documents of each of Guaranty, Newco and GBT, each as amended to date, have been made available to DCB.

(e) The deposit accounts of GBT are insured by the FDIC through the Bank Insurance Fund to the fullest extent permitted by law, and all premiums and assessments due and owing as of the date hereof required in connection therewith have been paid by GBT.

 

32


Section 4.2 Capitalization .

(a) The authorized capital stock of Guaranty consists of 65,000,000 shares of capital stock, consisting of 50,000,000 shares of Guaranty Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share and 15,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $5.00 per share. There are 8,015,614 shares of Guaranty Common Stock which are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement. No shares of the authorized preferred stock of Guaranty are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement. All of the issued and outstanding shares of Guaranty Common Stock are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and have not been issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any Person or in violation of any applicable federal or state laws, and are not subject to any restrictions or limitations prohibiting or restricting transfers except as provided under federal or state securities laws and except as provided under that certain Shareholders’ Agreement dated December 31, 2013 by and among Guaranty and certain of its current shareholders (“Shareholders’ Agreement”).

(b) The authorized capital stock of Newco consists of 1,000 shares of capital stock, consisting entirely of 1,000 shares of Newco Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share. There are 10 shares of Newco Common Stock issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement. All of the issued and outstanding shares of Newco Common Stock are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and have not been issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any Person or in violation of any applicable federal or state laws, and are not subject to any restrictions or limitations prohibiting or restricting transfers except as provided under federal or state securities laws.

(c) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.2(c) , there are no irrevocable proxies with respect to the Guaranty Common Stock and there are no outstanding or authorized subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights or other agreements or commitments of any kind restricting the transfer of, requiring the issuance or sale of or otherwise relating to any such shares of capital stock to any Person.

(d) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.2(d) , there are no existing options, warrants, calls, convertible securities or commitments of any kind obligating Guaranty to issue any its authorized and unissued securities.

(e) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.2(e) , Guaranty does not have any outstanding commitment or obligation to repurchase, reacquire or redeem any of its outstanding capital stock. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.2(c) , to Guaranty’s Knowledge, there are no voting trusts, voting agreements, buy-sell agreements or other similar arrangements affecting Guaranty Common Stock.

Section 4.3 Approvals; Authority .

(a) Each of Guaranty and Newco has requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement (and any related documents), and each of Guaranty and Newco has full legal capacity, power and authority to perform (provided the required regulatory and shareholder approvals are obtained) its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the contemplated transactions.

 

33


(b) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly, validly and unanimously approved by the board of directors of each of Guaranty and Newco. The board of directors of each of Guaranty and Newco has determined that this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby are advisable and in the best interests of Guaranty and Newco, respectively, and their respective shareholders. No further actions or corporate proceedings on the part of Guaranty or Newco are necessary to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Guaranty and Newco and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by DCB, is a duly authorized, valid, legally binding agreement of each of Guaranty and Newco enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to the Bankruptcy Exception.

Section 4.4 No Conflict With Other Instruments . The execution and delivery of this Agreement does not, and the performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (a) conflict with or violate any provision of the Organizational Documents of Guaranty or any of its Subsidiaries or (b) subject to obtaining all regulatory approvals and consents and the consents of the third parties set forth in Schedule 4.5 , will not (i) violate any statute, code, ordinance, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ, decree or injunction applicable to Guaranty or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets or (ii) violate, conflict with, result in a breach of any provision of or constitute a default (or an event which, with or without notice or lapse of time, would constitute a default) under, result in the termination of or a right of termination or cancellation under, accelerate the performance required by, cause Guaranty or any of its Subsidiaries to become subject to or liable for the payment of any tax, or result in the creation of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any of the properties or assets of Guaranty or any of its Subsidiaries under, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, license, lease agreement, instrument or obligation to which Guaranty or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, or by which any of their properties or assets may be bound or affected, except, for purposes of clause (ii), such violations, conflicts, breaches or defaults which either individually or in the aggregate would not have a Material Adverse Effect on Guaranty.

Section 4.5 Consents and Approvals . Except for prior approval of the Merger by the Governmental Bodies having jurisdiction over Guaranty and the consents of the third parties set forth in Schedule 4.5 , no prior consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration, filing or registrations with, any Person or Governmental Body is required of Guaranty or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by Guaranty or Newco of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. To Guaranty’s Knowledge, there exists no fact or circumstance, whether relating to Guaranty or any its Subsidiaries or otherwise, that would materially impede or delay receipt of any required regulatory approval of the Merger or other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, nor does Guaranty have any reason to believe that it will not be able to obtain all requisite regulatory and other approvals or consents which it is required to obtain in order to consummate the Merger.

Section 4.6 Financial Statements .

(a) Guaranty has delivered to DCB a true, correct and complete copies of Guaranty’s (i) audited consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the

 

34


related consolidated statements of operations, statements of changes in shareholders’ equity and statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, accompanied by the report thereon of Guaranty’s independent auditors and (ii) unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related consolidated statements of operations as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013. Guaranty has also delivered to DCB true, correct and complete copies of the Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income (“ GBT Call Reports ”) filed by GBT with the appropriate regulatory authorities for each of the periods during the three years ended December 31, 2013 and for the quarters ending March 31, June 30 and September 30, 2014. The audited and unaudited financial information and GBT Call Reports referred to in this Section 4.6(a) are collectively referred to in this Agreement as the “ Guaranty Financial Statements .”

(b) Each of the Guaranty Financial Statements fairly presents the financial position of Guaranty and results of operations at the dates and for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis except for the GBT Call Reports, which are in compliance with the rules and regulations of applicable federal and state banking authorities.

(c) As of the dates of the Guaranty Financial Statements referred to above and as of the date of this Agreement, Guaranty did not have any material liabilities, fixed or contingent, except as set forth or provided for in such Guaranty Financial Statements or otherwise disclosed in this Agreement.

(d) Guaranty has sufficient capital and readily available funds to enable it to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to deliver the Merger Consideration as provided for in this Agreement. Guaranty’s ability to carry out its obligations under this Agreement is not contingent on additional financing.

Section 4.7 Proceedings . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.7 , there are no Proceedings pending or, to Guaranty’s Knowledge, threatened against Guaranty or any of its Subsidiaries, and Guaranty has no Knowledge of any basis on which any such Proceedings could be brought which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect on Guaranty or which could question the validity of any action taken or to be taken in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. To the Knowledge of Guaranty, neither Guaranty nor any of Subsidiaries is in default with respect to any judgment, order, writ, injunction, decree, award, rule or regulation of any arbitrator or Governmental Body.

Section 4.8 Absence of Certain Changes . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.8 , since September 30, 2014, (i) Guaranty has conducted its business in the ordinary and usual course consistent with prudent banking practices (except as otherwise required by this Agreement and excluding the incurrence of expenses related to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby) and (ii) no event has occurred or, to the Knowledge of Guaranty, circumstance arisen that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Guaranty or any of its Subsidiaries.

Section 4.9 Regulatory Actions . There are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the Knowledge of Guaranty, threatened, against Guaranty by or before any Governmental Body having jurisdiction over Guaranty. Guaranty is not subject to a formal or informal agreement,

 

35


memorandum of understanding, enforcement action with, or any type of financial assistance by, any Governmental Body having jurisdiction over Guaranty. Guaranty does not know of any fact or circumstance relating to Guaranty that would materially impede or delay receipt of any required regulatory approval of the Merger or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, nor does Guaranty have any reason to believe that it will not be able to obtain all requisite regulatory and other approvals or consents which it is required to obtain in order to consummate the Merger.

Section 4.10 Compliance with Laws and Regulatory Filings .

(a) Guaranty and each of its Subsidiaries has complied in all material respects with and are not in material default or violation under any applicable law, statute, order, rule, regulation, policy and/or guideline of any Governmental Body relating to Guaranty, including, without limitation, all Banking Laws. Guaranty has neither had nor suspected any material incidents of fraud or defalcation involving Guaranty or any of their respective officers, directors or Affiliates during the last two years. Guaranty has timely and properly filed and maintained in all material respects all requisite Currency Transaction Reports and Suspicious Activity Reports and has systems customarily used by financial institutions of a similar size to GBT that are designed to properly monitor transaction activity (including wire transfers). GBT is designated as a large bank for purposes of the Community Reinvestment Act and has a Community Reinvestment Act rating of “satisfactory.”

(b) Guaranty and its Subsidiaries have filed all reports, registrations and statements, together with any amendments required to be made thereto, that are required to be filed with the Federal Reserve Board, the OCC or any other Governmental Body having supervisory jurisdiction over Guaranty and its Subsidiaries, and such reports, registrations and statements as finally amended or corrected, are true in all material respects. Except for normal examinations conducted by bank regulatory agencies in the ordinary course of business, no Governmental Body has initiated any Proceeding or, to Guaranty’s Knowledge, investigation into the business or operations of Guaranty or its Subsidiaries. There is no unresolved violation, criticism or exception by any Governmental Body with respect to any report relating to any examinations of Guaranty.

Section 4.11 No Brokers or Finders . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.11 , neither Guaranty nor any of their respective officers, directors or employees have employed any broker, finder, financial advisor or investment banker or incurred any liability for any brokerage, financial advisory, investment banking or other fees or commissions in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 4.12 Financial Capability; Source of Funds . Guaranty and Newco (i) collectively have, and will have at the Closing, sufficient internal funds readily available to pay in cash the aggregate Cash Consideration, to consummate the Merger upon the terms contemplated by this Agreement and to pay any all related fees and expenses associated therewith; (ii) have, and will have at the Closing, the resources and capabilities (financial or otherwise) to perform their obligations hereunder; and (iii) have not incurred any obligation, commitment, restriction or liability of any kind, which would impair or adversely affect such resources and capabilities.

 

36


Section 4.13 Accounting Controls . Guaranty has devised and maintained a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that: (i) all material transactions are executed in accordance with general or specific authorization of the board of directors and/or the duly authorized executive officers; (ii) all material transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP consistently applied with respect to institutions such as Guaranty, as the case may be, or other criteria applicable to such financial statements, and to maintain accountability for items therein; (iii) control of the material properties and assets of Guaranty is permitted only in accordance with general or specific authorization of the board of directors and/or the duly authorized executive officers; and (iv) the recorded accountability for items is compared with the actual levels at reasonable intervals and appropriate actions taken with respect to any differences.

Section 4.14 Due Diligence by Guaranty and Newco . Guaranty acknowledges that it has had the opportunity to conduct due diligence with respect to DCB and its Subsidiaries and has been afforded (i) the opportunity to ask such questions as it has deemed necessary of, and to receive answers from, representatives of DCB concerning any matter; (ii) access to information about DCB and its financial condition, results of operations, business, properties, management and prospects sufficient to enable it to evaluate the Merger; and (iii) the opportunity to obtain such additional information that DCB possesses or can acquire without unreasonable effort or expense that is necessary to make an informed decision with respect to the Merger. Guaranty has sought such accounting, legal and tax advice as it has considered necessary to make an informed decision with respect to the Merger.

Section 4.15 Information . None of the information relating to Guaranty that is provided by Guaranty for inclusion in the Proxy Statement-Offering Circular or for inclusion in any filings or approvals under applicable federal or state banking laws or regulations or federal or state securities laws will, to the Knowledge of Guaranty, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.

Section 4.16 No Other Representation or Warranties . Guaranty acknowledges that the detailed representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement have been negotiated at arm’s length among sophisticated business entities. Except for the representations and warranties of DCB set forth herein, Guaranty acknowledges that none of DCB or any person or entity acting on behalf of DCB makes or has made any other express or any implied representation or warranty to Guaranty as to the accuracy or completeness of any information regarding DCB or any other related matter.

Section 4.17 Representations Not Misleading . No representation or warranty by Guaranty or Newco contained in this Agreement, nor any schedule furnished to DCB by Guaranty or Newco under and pursuant to, or in anticipation of this Agreement, contains or will contain on the Closing Date any untrue statement of a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances under which it was or will be made, not misleading and such representations and warranties would continue to be true after disclosure to any governmental authority having jurisdiction over Guaranty and its Subsidiaries or their respective properties of the facts and circumstances upon which they were based. No information material to the Merger, and that is necessary to make the representations and warranties herein contained not misleading, has been withheld by Guaranty.

 

37


Section 4.18 Taxes .

(a) Guaranty and each of its Subsidiaries has filed all income tax and franchise Tax Returns and all other material Tax Returns that it was required to file, including without limitation any Tax Returns of any affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group of which Guaranty or any of its Subsidiaries is or was a member. At the time of filing, all such Tax Returns were correct and complete in all material respects. All Taxes shown as due and owing on all such Tax Returns by Guaranty or any of its Subsidiaries and any affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group of which Guaranty or any of its Subsidiaries is or was a member have been paid. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.18(a) , neither Guaranty nor any of its Subsidiaries is currently the beneficiary of any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return. No claim has ever been raised in writing by an authority in a jurisdiction where Guaranty or any of its Subsidiaries does not file Tax Returns that Guaranty or any of its Subsidiaries is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction. There are no Security Interests on any of the assets of Guaranty or any of its Subsidiaries to pay any Tax other than Taxes not yet due and owning.

(b) Guaranty and each of its Subsidiaries has collected or withheld and duly paid to the appropriate governmental authority all Taxes required to have been collected or withheld in connection with amounts paid or owing to any employee, independent contractor, creditor, shareholder or other third party.

(c) There is no action, suit, proceeding, audit, assessment, dispute or claim concerning any Tax Liability of Guaranty or any of its Subsidiaries either (i) claimed or raised by any authority in writing or (ii) as to which any of the officers responsible of Guaranty or any of its Subsidiaries has Knowledge based upon personal contact with any agent of such authority. Schedule 4.18(c) lists all federal, state, local, and foreign income Tax Returns filed with respect to Guaranty and each of its Subsidiaries for any taxable period that is still open under the applicable statute of limitations, indicates those Tax Returns that have been audited, and indicates those Tax Returns that currently are the subject of audit. Guaranty has made available to DCB correct and complete copies of all federal income Tax Returns and statements of deficiencies assessed against or agreed to by Guaranty or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to all taxable periods ending on or after March 15, 2011.

(d) Neither Guaranty nor any of its subsidiaries has waived any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes or agreed to any extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency.

(e) Neither Guaranty nor any of its Subsidiaries has been a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Code § 897(c)(2) during the applicable period specified in Code § 897(c)(1)(A)(ii). Except as set forth on Schedule 4.18(e) neither Guaranty nor any of its Subsidiaries has (i) is a party to any Tax allocation or sharing agreement, (ii) has been a member of an Affiliated Group filing a consolidated federal income Tax Return except of a group of which Guaranty is the parent and (iii) has Liability for the Taxes of any Person under Reg. § 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local, or foreign law), as a transferee or successor, by contract, or otherwise.

 

38


(f) Neither Guaranty nor any of its Subsidiaries has been required to disclose on its federal income Tax Returns any position that could give rise to a substantial understatement of federal income tax within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code.

(g) Neither Guaranty nor any of Guaranty’s Subsidiaries will be required to include any item of income in, nor will Guaranty, any of Guaranty’s Subsidiaries be required to exclude any item of deduction from, taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending on or after the Closing Date as a result of any: (i) change in Guaranty’s or any of its Subsidiary’s method of accounting for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date under Section 481(c) of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign income Tax law); (ii) “closing agreement” as described in Section 7121 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign income Tax law) executed on or prior to the Closing Date by Guaranty or any of its Subsidiaries; (iii) intercompany transaction or excess loss account of Guaranty or any of its Subsidiaries described in the Treasury Regulations under Section 1502 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign Tax law); (iv) installment sale or open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Closing Date by Guaranty or any of its Subsidiaries; or (v) prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing Date by Guaranty or any of its Subsidiaries.

(h) Neither Guaranty nor any of its Subsidiaries constituted either a “distributing corporation” or a “controlled corporation” (within the meaning of Section 355(a)(1)(A) of the Code) in a distribution of stock qualifying for Tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code (i) in the two years prior to the date of this Agreement or (ii) in a distribution which could otherwise constitute part of a “plan” or “series of related transactions” (within the meaning of Section 355(e) of the Code) in conjunction with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(i) The unpaid Taxes of Guaranty and each of its Subsidiaries (i) did not, as of December 31, 2013, exceed the current liability accruals for Tax Liability (excluding any reserves for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax income) set forth in the Guaranty Financial Statements and (ii) do not exceed such current liability accruals for Taxes (excluding reserves any for deferred Taxes) as adjusted for the passage of time through the Closing Date in accordance with the past custom and practice of Guaranty and its Subsidiaries in filing their respective Tax Returns. Regulations) as of December 31, 2013 and the expiration dates thereof.

(j) There is no present plan or intent for Guaranty or any person related to Guaranty (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.368-1(e)(3)) to acquire or redeem, during a five-year period beginning on the Closing Date, any of the shares of common stock of Guaranty issued pursuant to this Agreement either directly or indirectly or through transaction, agreement or arrangement with any other Person.

(k) Guaranty and Newco have no present plan or intent to sell or otherwise dispose of DCB’s assets acquired in the Merger.

 

39


(l) Guaranty and Newco plan to continue the historic business of DCB and intends to continue to use a significant portion of DCB’s business assets in Newco’s business;

(m) Guaranty and Newco is not an investment company within the meaning of Section 368(a)(2)(F)(iii) and (iv) of the Code.

(n) Guaranty has no present plan or intent to cause Newco after the Merger to issue additional shares of stock of Newco that would result in Guaranty losing control of Newco with the meaning of Section 368(c) of the Code.

(o) Guaranty is the owner of all of the outstanding stock of Newco. Guaranty has no present plan or intent after the Merger to liquidate Newco, to merge Newco into another corporation; to make any extraordinary distribution in respect of its stock of Newco; to sell Newco or otherwise dispose of stock of Newco or to cause Newco to sell or otherwise dispose of any of the assets of Newco acquired in the Merger, except for dispositions in the ordinary course of the trade or business or transfers described in Section 368(a)(2)(C) of the Code.

Section 4.19 Employee Benefit Plans .

(a) Schedule 4.19(a) lists all employee benefit plans, arrangements or agreements providing benefits or compensation to any current or former employees, directors or consultants of Guaranty or any of its ERISA Affiliates (as defined below) that are sponsored or maintained by Guaranty or any of its ERISA Affiliates or to which Guaranty or any of its ERISA Affiliates contributes or is obligated to contribute on behalf of current or former employees, directors or consultants of Guaranty or any of its ERISA Affiliates or with respect to which Guaranty or any of its ERISA Affiliates has any liability, including, without limitation, any employee welfare benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(1) of ERISA, any employee pension benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA or any employment agreement or collective bargaining, bonus, incentive, deferred compensation, stock purchase, stock option, severance, change of control or fringe benefit plan (“ Guaranty Employee Plan ”). Schedule 4.19(a) identifies any Guaranty Employee Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA (“ Title IV Plan ”). “ ERISA Affiliate ” means any entity, trade or business that is a member of a group described in Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code or Section 4001(b)(1) of ERISA that includes Guaranty, or that is a member of the same “controlled group” as Guaranty pursuant to Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA.

(b) Guaranty has delivered to DCB: (i) complete copies of all documents setting forth the terms of each Guaranty Employee Plan, including all amendments thereto and all related trust documents and insurance policies; (ii) the three most recent actuarial reports and annual reports (Form 5500 Series and all schedules and financial statements attached thereto), if any, required under ERISA or the Code in connection with each Guaranty Employee Plan; (iii) the most recent summary plan description together with the summaries of material modifications thereto, if any, with respect to each Guaranty Employee Plan; (iv) all current employee handbooks and other policies delivered or made available to Guaranty’s employees and other service providers; and (v) the most recent IRS determination or opinion letter issued with respect to each Guaranty Employee Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code.

 

40


(c) There is no pending or, to the Knowledge of Guaranty, threatened Proceeding relating to any Guaranty Employee Plan. All Guaranty Employee Plans comply and have been administered in all material respects with all applicable requirements of ERISA, the Code and other applicable laws and all Guaranty Employee Plans have been operated in substantial compliance with their terms. There has occurred no “prohibited transaction” (within the meaning of Section 406 or 407 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to Guaranty Employee Plans which is likely to result in the imposition of material penalties or taxes upon Guaranty or any of its Subsidiaries under Section 502(i) or 502(l) of ERISA or Section 4971 or 4975 through 4980 of the Code. Neither Guaranty, any ERISA Affiliate, nor any of their current or former directors, officers, employees or any other “fiduciary” within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(21), has committed any breach of fiduciary responsibility imposed by ERISA or any other applicable law, or has any material liability for failure to comply with ERISA or the Code for any action or failure to act in connection with the administration or investment of the assets of any Guaranty Employee Plan. All contributions, premiums or other payments required by law or by any Guaranty Employee Plan (i) that are due on or before the Closing have been paid or will be paid prior to the Closing, and (ii) that have accrued on or before the Closing have been or will be paid or properly accrued at the Closing.

(d) Neither Guaranty nor any of its Subsidiaries has any material obligations for post-retirement or post-employment health or medical benefits under any Guaranty Employee Plan, except for coverage required by COBRA, the cost of which is borne by the insured individuals. Each Guaranty Employee Plan that is a “group health plan” within the meaning of Section 5000 of the Code has been operated in substantial compliance with COBRA. Each Guaranty Employee Plan can be terminated upon 60 days’ notice or less without payment of any additional compensation or amount (other than administrative costs associated with such termination) or the additional vesting or acceleration of any benefits, except as required by law. Each Guaranty Employee Plan that is intended to be a “qualified plan” within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code is qualified in form and operation in all material respects and is the subject of a favorable determination or opinion letter from the Internal Revenue Service with respect to its qualified status, and no event or circumstance has occurred or exists that would disqualify any such Guaranty Employee Plan.

(e) Neither Guaranty nor any ERISA Affiliate has within the last three (3) years had any liability or contingent liability with respect to a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA. Neither Guaranty nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any unsatisfied liability under Title IV of ERISA, and no condition or set of circumstances exists that presents a risk to Guaranty or any ERISA Affiliate of incurring liability under Title IV of ERISA. No Title IV Plan has been completely or partially terminated and none has been the subject of a “reportable event” within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA. No proceeding by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation to terminate any Title IV Plan has been instituted or threatened. Neither Guaranty nor any ERISA Affiliate has any liability for the termination of any Title IV Plan under ERISA Section 4062. The present value of all benefit liabilities (whether or not vested) as defined in ERISA Section 4001(a)(16) under each Title IV Plan did not exceed as of the most recent Title IV Plan actuarial valuation date, and will not

 

41


exceed as of the Closing Date, the then-current value of the assets of such Title IV Plan as determined pursuant to Code Sections 412 or 430, and (i) at the Closing Date, the current value of all accrued benefits under each Title IV Plan will not exceed the current value of all the assets of such Title IV Plan allocable to such accrued benefits, determined as though each Plan were to terminate on the Closing Date. All premiums have been paid in full to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, and neither Guaranty nor any ERISA Affiliate has any liability for any premiums to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation. Neither Guaranty nor any ERISA Affiliate has any liability for any unfunded benefit liabilities, or any accumulated funding deficiency within the meaning of ERISA Section 302 or Code Section 412 or 430, whether or not waived. Neither Guaranty nor any ERISA Affiliate has any liability (ii) for any lien or any interest payments or any minimum funding contributions under ERISA Section 302 or Section 401(a)(29), 412 or 430 of the Code, as applicable, or (iii) to provide security under ERISA Section 307 or Code Section 401(a)(29).

(f) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.19(f) , neither the execution of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will (either alone or upon the occurrence of any additional or subsequent events) constitute an event under any Guaranty Employee Plan, that will or may result (either alone or in connection with any other circumstance or event) in any material payment (whether severance pay or otherwise), acceleration, forgiveness of indebtedness, vesting, distribution, increase in benefits or obligation to fund benefits or a trust with respect to any employee or other person. No payment made as a result of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (either alone or in conjunction with any other event such as a termination of employment) will result in the payment of any “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code.

(g) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.19(g) , there are no outstanding compensatory equity awards, including any arrangements awarding stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, deferred stock, phantom stock or any other equity compensation to any employee, director or other service provider of Guaranty or any ERISA Affiliate.

Section 4.20 Intellectual Property Rights .

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.20(a) , Guaranty has delivered to DCB a complete list of all registered trademarks, registered service marks, trademark and service mark applications, trade names and registered copyrights presently owned or held by Guaranty or any of its Subsidiaries or used in a material manner by it in the conduct of their respective business under license pursuant to a material contract (the “ Guaranty Intellectual Property ”). Guaranty and each of its Subsidiaries owns or has the right to use and continue to use the Guaranty Intellectual Property in the operation of its business. Guaranty and each of its Subsidiaries is, to Guaranty’s Knowledge, not infringing or violating any patent, copyright, trademark, service mark, label filing or trade name owned or otherwise held by any other party, nor has Guaranty or any of its Subsidiaries used any confidential information or any trade secrets owned or otherwise held by any other party, without holding a valid license for such use.

(b) Neither Guaranty nor any of its Subsidiaries has been charged with engaging, and to Guaranty’s Knowledge, neither Guaranty nor any of its Subsidiaries is

 

42


engaging, in any kind of unfair or unlawful competition. Neither the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will in any way impair the right of Guaranty, any of its Subsidiaries or the Surviving Corporation to use, sell, license or dispose of, or to bring any action for the infringement of, the Guaranty Intellectual Property.

ARTICLE V

COVENANTS OF DCB

DCB covenants and agrees with Guaranty as follows:

Section 5.1 Regulatory Filings; Efforts . As soon as practicable following the date of this Agreement, DCB will cause PSB to prepare and file all necessary applications with and provide all necessary notices to the TDB and any other appropriate Governmental Bodies having jurisdiction over PSB with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the regulatory filings with the TDB as required by Section 32.501 of the Texas Finance Code and 7 TAC § 15.107. DCB shall pay or cause PSB to pay all requisite filing fees and other expenses associated with such applications and notices to the TDB and any other appropriate Governmental Bodies. DCB will take all reasonable action to aid and assist in the consummation of the Merger, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to take or cause to be taken all actions necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 5.2 Approval of Shareholders of DCB . DCB will take all action in accordance with applicable laws and its Organizational Documents necessary to duly call and give notice of the DCB Shareholder Meeting promptly following the date that DCB and Guaranty have agreed on a final version of the Proxy Statement-Offering Circular for the purpose of (i) considering and voting upon the approval of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and (ii) for such other purposes consistent with the complete performance of this Agreement as may be necessary and desirable. The board of directors of DCB will recommend to its shareholders the approval and adoption of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and DCB will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the necessary approvals by its shareholders of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 5.3 Activities of DCB Pending Closing .

(a) From the date hereof to and including the Closing Date, as long as this Agreement remains in effect, DCB shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

(i) conduct its affairs (including, without limitation, the making of or agreeing to make any loans or other extensions of credit) only in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices and prudent banking principles;

(ii) except as required by prudent banking practices, use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve intact its present business organizations, keep available the services of its present officers, directors, key employees and agents and preserve its relationships and goodwill with customers and advantageous business relationships;

 

43


(iii) promptly give written notice to Guaranty of (A) any material change in its business, operations or prospects; (B) any complaints, investigations or hearings (or communications indicating that the same may be contemplated) of any Governmental Body having jurisdiction over DCB or any of its Subsidiaries; (C) the institution or threat of any Proceeding against DCB or any of its Subsidiaries; or (D) any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to cause any of the representations or warranties of DCB contained in this Agreement to be untrue in any material respect or which would otherwise cause a Material Adverse Effect on DCB or any of its Subsidiaries; and

(iv) except as required by law or regulation or expressly permitted by this Agreement, take no action which would adversely affect or delay the ability of DCB or Guaranty to obtain any approvals from any regulatory agencies or other approvals required for consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or to perform its obligations and agreements under this Agreement.

(b) From the date hereof to and including the Closing Date, except as set forth on Schedule 5.3(b) , except as expressly contemplated or permitted by this Agreement, except as required by law or regulation or except to the extent Guaranty consents in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), DCB shall not, and shall and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:

(i) adjust, split, combine or reclassify any of DCB Common Stock or other capital stock;

(ii) issue or sell or obligate itself to issue or sell any shares of its capital stock or any warrants, rights or options to acquire, or any securities convertible into, any shares of its capital stock, other than shares of DCB Common Stock on the exercise of DCB Options;

(iii) grant any stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, stock options or other form of incentive compensation;

(iv) Make or commit to make a loan in excess of $500,000, or renew, extend the maturity of, or alter any of the material terms of any loan in excess of $750,000, if approved by the President and Chief Executive Officer of PSB, but Guaranty will be deemed to have given its consent under this Section 5.3(b)(iv) unless Guaranty objects to such transaction no later than 48 hours (weekends and bank holidays excluded) after actual receipt by Guaranty of all information relating to the making, renewal, extension or alteration of that loan;

(v) open, close or relocate any branch office, or acquire or sell or agree to acquire or sell, any branch office or any assets or deposit liabilities;

(vi) enter into, amend or terminate any DCB Contracts, or any other material agreement, or acquire or dispose of any material amount of assets or liabilities or make any change in any of its leases, except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices and except for termination of the DCB Contracts set forth on Schedule 5.7 or as otherwise provided herein;

 

44


(vii) grant any retention, severance or termination payment to, or enter into any employment, consulting, noncompetition, retirement, parachute, severance or indemnification agreement with, any of its officers, directors, employees or agents, either individually or as part of a class of similarly situated persons;

(viii) increase in any manner the compensation or fringe benefits of any of its employees or directors to which such compensation and/or fringe benefits are equal to or greater than $75,000, in the aggregate, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and pursuant to policies currently in effect or pay any perquisite such as automobile allowance, club membership or dues or other similar benefits other than in accordance with past practice, or institute any employee welfare, retirement or similar plan or arrangement;

(ix) hire or employ any person as a replacement for an existing position with an annual salary equal to or greater than $50,000 or hire or employ any person for any newly created position;

(x) (A) declare, pay or set aside for payment any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, stock or property) in respect of DCB Common Stock, or (B) directly or indirectly, purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of DCB Common Stock;

(xi) make any change in accounting methods, principles and practices, except as may be required by GAAP or any Governmental Body;

(xii) sell, transfer, convey, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose of any material properties or assets (including “other real estate owned”) or interest therein;

(xiii) foreclose upon or otherwise acquire any commercial real property prior to receipt and approval by Guaranty of a Phase I environmental review thereof;

(xiv) increase or decrease the rate of interest paid on deposit accounts, except in a manner and pursuant to policies consistent with PSB’s past practices and prudent banking practices;

(xv) reduce the amount of its allowance for loan losses below the Minimum Allowance Amount, except through charge-offs;

(xvi) establish any new Subsidiary or Affiliate or enter into any new line of business;

(xvii) materially deviate from policies and procedures existing as of the date of this Agreement with respect to (A) classification of assets, (B) the allowance for loan losses and (C) accrual of interest on assets, except as otherwise required by the provisions of this Agreement, applicable law or regulation or any Governmental Body;

 

45


(xviii) amend or change any provision of its Organizational Documents;

(xix) make any capital expenditure in excess of $50,000, except pursuant to commitments made prior to the date of this Agreement;

(xx) excluding deposits and certificates of deposit, incur or modify any indebtedness for borrowed money, including Federal Home Loan Bank advances;

(xxi) prepay any indebtedness or other similar arrangements resulting in any prepayment penalty thereunder;

(xxii) except pursuant to contracts or agreements in force at the date of or permitted by this Agreement, make any equity investment in, or purchase outside the ordinary course of business any property or assets of, any other individual, corporation or other entity;

(xxiii) settle any lawsuit or Proceeding involving payment by it of money damages or imposing any material restriction on its operations;

(xxiv) purchase any investment securities, other than purchases of obligations with a duration of three and one-half years or less which are (i) obligations of the U.S. Treasury (or any agency thereof) or any government-sponsored enterprise, including mortgage-backed securities, not to exceed an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000, or (ii) obligations having an AAA rating by at least one nationally recognized ratings agency;

(xxv) restructure or materially change its investment securities portfolio or its interest rate risk position from that as of November 30, 2014, through sales or otherwise, or the manner in which the portfolio is classified or reported;

(xxvi) issue a replacement of any certificate representing its securities except upon (A) written notice to Guaranty, (B) presentation of a property executed lost certificate affidavit in form reasonably satisfactory to Guaranty and (C) if required by Guaranty, the delivery of an indemnity or surety bond in the amount of the consideration payable with respect to shares of DCB Common Stock represented therein; or

(xxvii) agree to do any of the foregoing.

Section 5.4 Access to Properties and Records .

(a) To the extent permitted by applicable law, DCB shall upon reasonable notice from Guaranty to DCB to: (i) afford the employees and officers and authorized representatives (including legal counsel, accountants and consultants) of Guaranty full access to the properties, books and records of DCB and its Subsidiaries during normal business hours in

 

46


order that Guaranty, at Guaranty’s expense, may have the opportunity to make such reasonable investigation as it shall desire to make of the affairs of DCB and its Subsidiaries, and (ii) furnish Guaranty, at Guaranty’s expense, with such additional financial and operating data and other information as to the business and properties of DCB and its Subsidiaries as Guaranty shall, from time to time, reasonably request.

(b) As soon as practicable after they become available, DCB will deliver or make available to Guaranty all unaudited quarterly financial statements prepared for the internal use of management of DCB or any of its Subsidiaries and all PSB Call Reports filed with the appropriate Governmental Body after the date of this Agreement. All such financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP (or regulatory accounting principles, as applicable) applied on a consistent basis with previous accounting periods. In the event of the termination of this Agreement, Guaranty will return to DCB all documents and other information obtained pursuant hereto and will keep confidential any information obtained pursuant to Section 7.2 of this Agreement.

Section 5.5 Information for Regulatory Applications and Proxy Statement-Offering Circular . To the extent permitted by law, DCB will furnish Guaranty with all information concerning DCB and its Subsidiaries required for inclusion in (a) any application, filing, statement or document to be made or filed by Guaranty with any Governmental Body in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement during the pendency of this Agreement, (b) any filings with federal or state securities authorities and (c) the Proxy Statement–Offering Circular. DCB further agrees that if it is made aware by receipt of a written statement that any information furnished by it would cause any of the statements in a regulatory filing, the Proxy Statement-Offering Circular or a federal or state securities filing to be false or misleading with respect to any material fact, or to omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not false or misleading, to promptly inform the other party thereof and to take appropriate steps to correct the regulatory filing, Proxy Statement-Offering Circular or securities filing.

Section 5.6 Standstill Provision . None of DCB, its Subsidiaries nor any of their respective directors, officers, agents or representatives shall directly or indirectly take any action to solicit, initiate, encourage or facilitate the making of any inquiries with respect to, or provide any information to, conduct any assessment of or negotiate with any other party with respect to any proposal which could reasonably be expected to lead to, (i) a merger, consolidation, acquisition, statutory share exchange or similar transaction involving DCB or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) the disposition, by sale, lease, exchange or otherwise, of assets or deposits of DCB or any of its Subsidiaries representing ten percent (10%) or more of the assets of DCB, excluding any sale of loans in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; or (iii) the issuance, sale or other disposition (including by way of merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or otherwise) of securities representing ten percent (10%) or more of the voting power of DCB or any of its Subsidiaries. DCB agrees to notify Guaranty promptly, and in writing within three (3) Business Days, after receipt of any unsolicited inquiries or proposals for any of the foregoing transactions and provide reasonable detail as to the identity of the Person making such proposal and the nature of such proposal. DCB will immediately cease and cause to be terminated any existing activities, discussions or negotiations with any parties conducted previously that relate to any proposals for any of the foregoing transactions. DCB will take the reasonably necessary steps to inform the appropriate individuals or entities referred to in this Section 5.6 of the obligations undertaken in this Section 5.6.

 

47


Section 5.7 Termination of DCB Contracts . If requested by Guaranty, DCB will use, or will cause its Subsidiaries to use, commercially reasonable efforts, including but not limited to notifying appropriate parties and negotiating in good faith a reasonable settlement, to ensure that all contracts listed on Schedule 5.7 will, if the Merger occurs, be terminated on or after the consummation of the Merger (as indicated on Schedule 5.7 ) on a date to be mutually agreed upon by Guaranty and DCB. Such notice and actions by DCB or its Subsidiaries will be in accordance with the terms of such contracts and any fees, contract payments, penalties or liquidated damages associated with the termination of such contracts shall reduce Adjusted Equity in accordance with Section 2.1(b)(iii).

Section 5.8 Conforming Accounting Adjustments . DCB shall, if requested by Guaranty, consistent with GAAP, immediately prior to Closing, make or cause its Subsidiaries to make, such accounting entries as Guaranty may reasonably request in order to conform the accounting records of DCB and its Subsidiaries to the accounting policies and practices of Guaranty; provided , however , that no such adjustment shall (a) constitute or be deemed to be a breach, violation or failure to satisfy any representation, warranty, covenant, condition or other provision or constitute grounds for termination of this Agreement, (b) be an acknowledgment by DCB (i) of any adverse circumstances for purposes of determining whether the conditions to Guaranty’s obligations under this Agreement have been satisfied, or (ii) that such adjustment is required for purposes of determining satisfaction of the condition to Guaranty’s obligations under this Agreement set forth in Section 10.3 hereof. No adjustment required by Guaranty under this Section 5.8 shall (a) require any prior filing with any Governmental Body or (b) violate any law, rule or regulation applicable to DCB or any of its Subsidiaries.

Section 5.9 Environmental Investigation; Rights to Terminate Agreement .

(a) Guaranty and its consultants, agents and representatives shall have the right to the same extent that DCB or any of its Subsidiaries has such right (at Guaranty’s cost and expense), but not the obligation or responsibility, to inspect any DCB Real Property, including, without limitation, conducting asbestos surveys and sampling, environmental assessments and investigation, and other non-invasive or non-destructive environmental surveys and analyses (“ Environmental Inspections ”) at any time on or prior to thirty (30) days after the date of this Agreement. If, as a result of any such Environmental Inspection, further investigation (“ secondary investigation ”) including, without limitation, test borings, soil, water, asbestos or other sampling, is deemed desirable by Guaranty, Guaranty shall (i) notify DCB of any property for which it intends to conduct such a secondary investigation and the reasons for such secondary investigation, (ii) submit a work plan to DCB for such secondary investigation, for which Guaranty agrees to afford DCB the ability to comment on and Guaranty agrees to reasonably consider all such comments (and negotiate in good faith any such comments); and (iii) conclude such secondary investigation, on or prior to sixty (60) days after the date of this Agreement. Guaranty shall give reasonable notice to DCB of such secondary investigations, and DCB may place reasonable restrictions on the time and place at which such secondary investigations may be carried out.

 

48


(b) Guaranty shall have the right to terminate this Agreement within ninety (90) days after the date of this Agreement if (i) the results of such Environmental Inspection, secondary investigation or other environmental survey are disapproved by Guaranty because the Environmental Inspection, secondary investigation or other environmental survey identifies violations or potential violations of Environmental Laws that could have a Material Adverse Effect on DCB or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) any past or present events, conditions or circumstances would require further investigation or remedial or cleanup action under Environmental Laws involving, individually or in the aggregate, an expenditure in excess of $250,000 or that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on DCB; (iii) the Environmental Inspection, secondary investigation or other environmental survey identifies the presence of any underground or above ground storage tank in, on or under any DCB Real Property that is not shown to be in compliance with all Environmental Laws applicable to such tank, or that has had a release of petroleum or some other Hazardous Materials that has not been cleaned up in accordance with applicable Environmental Law, the effect of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on DCB or any of its Subsidiaries; or (iv) the Environmental Inspection, secondary investigation or other environmental survey identifies the presence of any asbestos-containing material in, on or under any DCB Real Property, the removal or abatement of which would have a Material Adverse Effect on DCB or any of its Subsidiaries. Prior to any termination event or election not to proceed to Closing pursuant to this Section 5.9(b), Guaranty shall have promptly delivered to DCB upon Guaranty’s receipt thereof, copies of any environmental report, engineering report, or property condition report prepared by Guaranty or any third party with respect to any DCB Real Property. Any results or findings of any Environmental Inspections will not be disclosed by Guaranty to any third party not affiliated with Guaranty, unless Guaranty is required by law to disclose such information.

(c) If any past or present events, conditions or circumstances would require further investigation or remedial or cleanup action under Environmental Laws involving, individually or in the aggregate, an expenditure of $50,000 or less, DCB shall accrue such amount as is necessary to pay the aggregate costs of further investigating, remediating or cleaning up such conditions as are reasonably estimated by an independent environmental firm selected by Guaranty.

(d) DCB agrees to make available upon request to Guaranty and its consultants, agents and representatives all documents and other materials relating to environmental conditions of any DCB Real Property including, without limitation, the results of other environmental inspections and surveys to the extent such documents are in the actual possession of DCB or any of its Subsidiaries. DCB also agrees that all engineers and consultants who prepared or furnished such reports may discuss such reports and information with Guaranty and, at Guaranty’s cost and expense, shall be entitled to certify the same in favor of Guaranty and its consultants, agents and representatives and make all other data available to Guaranty and its consultants, agents and representatives.

Section 5.10 Nature of Deposits . On the Closing Date, the deposits of PSB will be of substantially the same character, mix, type, and makeup as such deposits are as of September 30, 2014. Such deposits shall include no “brokered deposits,” as such term is used in 12 U.S.C. 1831f, except for brokered deposits agreed to by Guaranty and any extensions and renewals thereof.

 

49


Section 5.11 Continuing D&O Coverage . Before the Effective Time, DCB will obtain, and before the Calculation Date DCB will fully pay for, “tail” insurance policies or a continuance of current policies with a claims period of four (4) years from and after the Effective Time with respect to directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for the present and former officers and directors of DCB and PSB with respect to claims against such directors and officers arising from facts or events occurring before the Effective Time (including the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) (“ Tail Coverage ”). The Tail Coverage will contain coverage, amounts, terms and conditions, no less advantageous to such officers and directors than the coverage currently provided by DCB or PSB.

Section 5.12 Minutes from Directors’ and Committee Meetings; Loan Committee Monitoring .

(a) DCB will provide Guaranty with copies of the minutes of all regular and special meetings of the board of directors of DCB and PSB and minutes of all regular and special meetings of any board or senior management committee of DCB and PSB held on or after the date of this Agreement (except portions of such minutes that are devoted to the discussion of this Agreement or that, upon the advice of legal counsel, are otherwise privileged). DCB will provide copies of those minutes to Guaranty as soon as available, but in any event within ten (10) Business Days after the date of that meeting, and Guaranty will keep those minutes confidential in accordance with Section 7.2.

(b) DCB will cause PSB to allow a representative of Guaranty to attend, only in an observer’s role, all regular and special meetings of the loan committee of PSB; provided , however , that such representative may be excluded from any portion of any meeting specifically relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or which, upon the advice of counsel, are otherwise privileged.

Section 5.13 Allowance for Loan Losses . DCB shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause PSB to maintain its allowance for loan losses in accordance with GAAP at an amount that is no less than the Minimum Allowance Amount; provided , however , that if PSB’s allowance for loan losses is less than the Minimum Allowance Amount on the Calculation Date, PSB shall take or cause to be taken all action necessary to increase the allowance for loan losses to an amount equal to the Minimum Allowance Amount as of the Closing Date.

Section 5.14 Cooperation . DCB shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, cooperate with Guaranty, as Guaranty may reasonably request, in the preparation and filing by Guaranty of a registration statement with the SEC and any applicable state securities authority and in conducting an underwritten initial public offering of the Guaranty Common Stock.

 

50


ARTICLE VI

COVENANTS OF GUARANTY

Guaranty covenants and agrees with DCB as follows:

Section 6.1 Regulatory Filings; Efforts . As soon as practicable following the date of this Agreement, Guaranty will prepare and file all necessary applications with and provide all necessary notices to the Federal Reserve, the OCC and any other appropriate Governmental Bodies having jurisdiction over Guaranty or GBT with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Guaranty will take all reasonable action to aid and assist in the consummation of the Merger, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to take or cause to be taken all other actions necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including such actions which are necessary, proper or advisable in connection with filing applications with, or obtaining approvals from, all Governmental Bodies having jurisdiction over Guaranty or GBT the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Merger. Guaranty will provide DCB with copies of all such regulatory filings and all correspondence with Governmental Bodies in connection with the Merger for which confidential treatment has not been requested. Guaranty will pay, or will cause to be paid, any applicable fees and expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of such regulatory filings with appropriate Governmental Bodies having jurisdiction over Guaranty or GBT.

Section 6.2 Activities of Guaranty Pending Closing . From the date hereof to and including the Closing Date, as long as this Agreement remains in effect, Guaranty shall:

(a) conduct its affairs (including, without limitation, the making of or agreeing to make any loans or other extensions of credit) only in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices and prudent banking principles;

(b) except as required by prudent banking practices, use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve intact its present business organizations, keep available the services of its present officers, directors, key employees and agents and preserve its relationships and goodwill with customers and advantageous business relationships;

(c) promptly give written notice to DCB of (A) any material change in its business, operations or prospects, (B) any complaints, investigations or hearings (or communications indicating that the same may be contemplated) of any Governmental Body having jurisdiction over Guaranty or GBT, (C) the institution or threat of any material litigation against Guaranty or GBT or (D) any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to cause any of the representations or warranties of Guaranty or GBT contained in this Agreement to be untrue in any material respect or which would otherwise cause a Material Adverse Effect on Guaranty; and

(d) except as required by law or regulation or expressly permitted by this Agreement, take no action which would adversely affect or delay the ability of DCB or Guaranty to obtain any approvals from any regulatory agencies or other approvals required for consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or to perform its obligations and agreements under this Agreement.

 

51


Section 6.3 Access to Properties and Records .

(a) To the extent permitted by applicable law, Guaranty and GBT shall upon reasonable notice from DCB to Guaranty to: (i) afford the employees and officers and authorized representatives (including legal counsel, accountants and consultants) of DCB full access to the properties, books and records of Guaranty and GBT during normal business hours in order that DCB, at DCB’s expense, may have the opportunity to make such reasonable investigation as it shall desire to make of the affairs of Guaranty and GBT, and (ii) furnish DCB, at DCB’s expense, with such additional financial and operating data and other information as to the business and properties of Guaranty and GBT as DCB shall, from time to time, reasonably request.

(b) As soon as practicable after they become available, Guaranty will deliver or make available to DCB all unaudited quarterly financial statements prepared for the internal use of management of Guaranty or GBT and all GBT Call Reports filed with the appropriate federal regulatory authority after the date of this Agreement. All such financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP (or regulatory accounting principles, as applicable) applied on a consistent basis with previous accounting periods. In the event of the termination of this Agreement, DCB will return to Guaranty all documents and other information obtained pursuant hereto and will keep confidential any information obtained pursuant to Section 7.2 of this Agreement.

Section 6.4 Issuance of Guaranty Common Stock . The shares of Guaranty Common Stock to be issued by Guaranty to the shareholders of DCB pursuant to this Agreement will, on the issuance and delivery to such shareholders pursuant to this Agreement, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Except as provided in the Shareholders’ Agreement, the shares of Guaranty Common Stock to be delivered to the shareholders of DCB pursuant to this Agreement are and will be free of any preemptive rights of the shareholders of Guaranty or any other Person, firm or entity. The certificates representing shares of Guaranty Common Stock issued as a result of the Merger will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act and the Texas Securities Act, including Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder, and will bear appropriate restrictive legends, in the form determined by Guaranty, to reflect that the shares are not registered under the Securities Act or the Texas Securities Act.

Section 6.5 Information for Proxy Statement-Offering Circular . Guaranty shall cause (with the cooperation of DCB) the Proxy Statement-Offering Circular to be prepared and a final form to be delivered to DCB for mailing to its shareholders as soon as practicable following execution of this Agreement. After delivery of the final Proxy Statement-Offering Circular to DCB, if either Guaranty or GBT becomes aware that any information related to either Guaranty or GBT that would cause any statements in the Proxy Statement-Offering Circular to be false or misleading with respect to any material fact, or to omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not false or misleading, Guaranty will promptly inform DCB thereof and take appropriate steps to correct the Proxy Statement-Offering Circular.

Section 6.6 Indemnification . For a four (4) year period after the Effective Time, and subject to the limitations contained in applicable Federal Reserve, OCC and FDIC regulations

 

52


and to any limitations contained in the Organizational Documents of DCB or PSB, Guaranty will indemnify and hold harmless each present director and officer of DCB and PSB, determined as of the Effective Time (the “ Indemnified Parties ”) against any costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, losses, claims, damages or liabilities incurred in connection with any claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, arising out of matters existing or occurring at or before the Effective Time, whether asserted or claimed before, at or after the Effective Time, arising in whole or in part out of or pertaining to the fact that he or she was acting in his or her capacity as a director or officer of DCB or PSB to the fullest extent that the Indemnified Party would be entitled under the Organizational Documents of DCB or PSB in effect on the date hereof, as permitted by applicable law, provided , however , that Guaranty’s obligation to indemnify any Indemnified Party under this Section 6.6 shall be limited to amounts covered by the Tail Coverage contemplated by Section 5.11.

Section 6.7 Post-Closing Adjustment for Offering Differential . In the event that: (i) Guaranty closes any public or private offering of the Guaranty Common Stock within 180 days following the Effective Time; and (ii) (A) in the event of a public offering involving the listing of Guaranty Common Stock on any national securities exchange, the average closing price for the five-day trading period beginning on the first day of trading and ending on the fifth day of trading (the “ Trading Period ”), or (B) in the event of any other public or private offering, the per-share price at which shares of Guaranty Common Stock are sold in such offering (the “ Subsequent Offering Price ”), is less than $23.00 (the difference between $23.00 and the Subsequent Offering Price is referred to as the “ Offering Differential ”), Guaranty will pay to each Person who was a record holder of DCB Common Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time additional cash Merger Consideration in the form of a post-closing adjustment (the “ Post-Closing Adjustment ”) in an amount sufficient to increase the aggregate Merger Consideration previously paid to all such DCB shareholders to the amount of Merger Consideration they would have received if the Guaranty Per Share Value set forth in Section 2.2(c) had been equal to the Subsequent Offering Price. If applicable, Guaranty will pay the Post-Closing Adjustment in immediately available funds no later than the 10th Business Day following ( x ) the expiration of the Trading Period with respect to any offering described in clause (ii)(A) above or ( y ) the closing date of any offering described in clause (ii)(B) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Subsequent Offering Differential for the purposes of calculating any Post-Closing Adjustment will be limited to $2.00.

Section 6.8 Appointment of Directors . Guaranty agrees, at the Effective Time, to cause GBT to take all actions necessary to (i) increase by two the number of positions on the GBT board of directors and (ii) cause two director nominees designated by DCB and approved by Guaranty and GBT (the “ PSB Director Nominees ”) to fill such vacancies, provided that each PSB Director Nominee must be a member of the PSB board of directors immediately prior to the Effective Time and must be willing and eligible to serve as a director of GBT. Guaranty further agrees that it will cause GBT to nominate the PSB Director Nominees for election as directors of GBT at the next annual meeting of GBT following the Closing Date, and Guaranty, in its capacity as sole shareholder of GBT, will elect the PSB Director Nominees to serve for a minimum term of one (1) year following such annual meeting of GBT.

 

53


Section 6.9 Rule 144 . With a view toward making available to the DCB Stockholders the benefits of Rule 144 (“ Rule 144 ”) promulgated under the Securities Act, in the event that Guaranty registers with the SEC under the Exchange Act after the date of this Agreement, Guaranty will use commercially reasonable efforts to: (i) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144, (ii) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of Guaranty under the Exchange Act, and (iii) so long as any former shareholder of DCB holds shares of Guaranty Common Stock issued as part of the Stock Consideration, furnish to such holder upon request a written statement by Guaranty as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 and the Exchange Act. The provisions of this Section 6.9 shall expire upon the earlier of (A) the two-year anniversary of the Effective Date or (B) the effective date of the termination of Guaranty’s registration with the SEC under the 1934 Act, if applicable.

Section 6.10 Public Offering of Guaranty Common Stock . Guaranty will use commercially reasonable efforts to conduct an underwritten initial public offering of the Guaranty Common Stock within 180 days from the date hereof; provided, however, that completion of such initial public offering shall be at the sole discretion of the board of directors of Guaranty, and Guaranty shall have the unconditional authority to terminate or defer such offering if it determines, after consultation with its underwriters and advisors, that market conditions are sufficiently adverse to consummate the initial public offering or if the board of directors of Guaranty determines that the initial public offering is not in the best interests of Guaranty or its shareholders. No holders of DCB Common Stock shall have any rights to registration of the shares of Guaranty Common Stock they receive as a result of the Merger under the terms of this Agreement or any ancillary agreement hereto.

Section 6.11 Removal of Restrictive Stock Legends . Guaranty shall remove, or shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause its transfer agent to remove, at Guaranty’s expense, the restrictive legends set forth on any and all stock certificate(s) representing Stock Consideration held by non-affiliates of Guaranty within the meaning of Rule 144, and to issue to the holders of such restricted Guaranty Common Stock a new stock certificate or certificates without such legend, upon the earlier of (A) the first anniversary of the issuance of such restricted Guaranty Common Stock or (B) (i) the expiration of any Transfer restrictions imposed hereunder upon shares of Guaranty Common Stock as to which such Transfer restrictions have expired and (ii) the surrender to Guaranty or its transfer agent by the holder of the stock certificate or certificates bearing such legend for reissuance of stock certificates without such legend as to those shares as to which any transfer restrictions have expired.

ARTICLE VII

MUTUAL COVENANTS OF GUARANTY, GBT

AND DCB

Section 7.1 Notification; Updated Disclosure Schedules . DCB shall give prompt notice to Guaranty, and Guaranty shall give prompt notice to DCB, of (i) any representation or warranty made by it in this Agreement becoming untrue or inaccurate in any material respect, including, without limitation, as a result of any change in a Disclosure Schedule or a Guaranty Disclosure Schedule, as applicable, or (ii) the failure by it to comply with or satisfy in any material respect any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it

 

54


under this Agreement; provided , however , that no such notification shall affect the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements of the parties or the conditions to the obligations of the parties under this Agreement; and provided further , however, that if such notification under clause (i) relates to any matter which arises for the first time after the date of this Agreement, then Guaranty may only terminate this Agreement if such matter would cause the condition set forth in Section 10.3 with respect to DCB incapable of being satisfied.

Section 7.2 Confidentiality . Guaranty and DCB agree that terms of the Mutual Confidentiality Agreement, dated September 16, 2014, between Guaranty and PSB (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”) are incorporated into this Agreement by reference and shall continue in full force and effect and shall be binding on Guaranty, PSB and DCB and their respective affiliates, officers, directors, employees and representatives as if parties thereto, in accordance with the terms thereof.

Section 7.3 Publicity . Except as otherwise required by applicable law or in connection with the regulatory application process, as long as this Agreement is in effect, neither Guaranty nor DCB shall, nor shall they permit any of their officers, directors or representatives to, issue or cause the publication of any press release or public announcement with respect to, or otherwise make any public announcement concerning, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement without the consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

Section 7.4 Employee Benefit Plans .

(a) To the extent requested by Guaranty, DCB shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, execute and deliver such instruments and take such other actions as Guaranty may reasonably require in order to cause the amendment or termination of any DCB Employee Plans on terms satisfactory to Guaranty and in accordance with applicable law and effective no later than the Closing Date. Guaranty agrees that the employees of DCB and its Subsidiaries who continue their employment after the Closing Date (the “ DCB Employees ”) will be entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans and programs maintained for employees of Guaranty, in accordance with the respective terms of such plans and programs, and Guaranty shall take all actions necessary or appropriate to facilitate coverage of the DCB Employees in such plans and programs from and after the Closing Date, subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section 7.4.

(b) Each DCB Employee will be entitled to credit for prior service with DCB for all purposes under the employee welfare benefit plans and other employee benefit plans and programs (including any severance programs but excluding vesting requirements under stock incentive plans and plans described in paragraph (c) of this Section 7.4), sponsored by Guaranty to the extent permitted by such Guaranty plans and applicable law. To the extent permitted by such Guaranty plans and applicable law, any eligibility waiting period and pre-existing condition exclusion applicable to such plans and programs shall be waived with respect to each DCB Employee and their eligible dependents. For purposes of determining DCB Employee’s benefits for the calendar year in which the Merger occurs under Guaranty’s vacation program, any vacation taken by a DCB Employee immediately preceding the Closing Date for the calendar year in which the Merger occurs will be deducted from the total Guaranty vacation benefit available to such DCB Employee for such calendar year.

(c) Each DCB Employee shall be entitled to credit for past service with DCB or PSB for the purpose of satisfying any eligibility or vesting periods applicable to Guaranty’s employee benefit plans which are subject to Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code (including, without limitation, Guaranty’s 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan) to the extent permitted by such Guaranty plans and applicable law.

 

55


Section 7.5 Assumption of Outstanding Trust Preferred Issuance . As soon as practicable following the execution of this Agreement, DCB shall notify the trustees with respect to the Trust Preferred Issuance, or any successor trustee named for purposes of the Trust Preferred Issuance, of the execution of this Agreement and cooperate Guaranty and the trustees to facilitate Guaranty’s assumption of the Trust Preferred Issuance. Guaranty shall take such action as is required to assume, on or before the Effective Time, the securities issued by the Statutory Trust (the “ Trust Preferred Assumption ”).

Section 7.6 Bank Merger Transaction . The parties will cooperate with each other to take all actions (including making all such filings) necessary and appropriate to effectuate the Bank Merger, to be effective as soon as practicable following the Effective Time.

ARTICLE VIII

CLOSING

Section 8.1 Closing .

(a) Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, a meeting (“ Closing ”) will take place at which the parties to this Agreement will deliver the certificates and other documents required to be delivered under Article X, Article XI and Article XII hereof and any other documents and instruments as may be necessary or appropriate to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement on a mutually acceptable date (“ Closing Date ”) as soon as practicable within a thirty (30) day period commencing with the latest of the following dates:

(i) the receipt of shareholder approval and the last approval from any requisite regulatory or supervisory authority and the expiration of any statutory or regulatory waiting period which is necessary to effect the Merger; or

(ii) if the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are being contested in any Proceeding and Guaranty or DCB have elected to contest the same, then the date that such Proceeding has been brought to a conclusion favorable, in the judgment of each of Guaranty and DCB, to the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein, or such prior date as each of Guaranty and DCB shall elect whether or not such Proceeding has been brought to a conclusion.

(b) The parties agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to have the Closing occur on or before March 31, 2015. At the Closing, the parties to this Agreement will exchange certificates and the other documents provided for under this Agreement in order to effect the Merger and to determine whether any condition exists which would permit the parties hereto to terminate this Agreement. If no such condition then exists or if no party elects to exercise any right it may have to terminate this Agreement, then and thereupon the appropriate parties shall execute such documents and instruments as may be necessary or appropriate to effect the Merger contemplated by this Agreement.

(c) The Closing shall take place at the offices of Fenimore, Kay, Harrison & Ford, LLP in Austin, Texas, or at such other place to which the parties hereto may mutually agree.

 

56


Section 8.2 Effective Time . Subject to the terms and upon satisfaction of all requirements of law and the conditions specified in this Agreement including, among other conditions, the receipt of any requisite approvals of the shareholders of DCB and the regulatory approvals of the OCC and any other Governmental Body whose approval must be received in order to consummate the Merger, the Merger shall become effective, and the effective time of the Merger shall occur, at the date and time specified in the certificate of merger relating to the Merger (“ Effective Time ”).

ARTICLE IX

TERMINATION

Section 9.1 Termination .

(a) This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Effective Time upon the mutual consent of Guaranty and DCB and the approval of such action by their respective boards of directors.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, this Agreement may be terminated and the Merger contemplated hereby may be abandoned at any time prior to the Effective Time by Guaranty or DCB if:

(i) any court of competent jurisdiction in the United States or other Governmental Body shall have issued an order, decree or ruling or taken any other action restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the Merger and such order, decree, ruling or other action shall have been final and non-appealable;

(ii) the Merger shall not have become effective on or before September 30, 2015, or such later date as shall have been approved in writing by the boards of directors of Guaranty and DCB; provided , however , that the right to terminate under this Section 9.1(b)(ii) shall not be available to any party whose failure to fulfill any material obligation under this Agreement has been the cause of, or has resulted in, the failure of the Merger to become effective on or before such date;

(iii) any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are disapproved by any Governmental Body or other Person whose approval is required to consummate any of such transactions;

(iv) any required approval shall be contested or challenged by any Governmental Body or third party by formal proceeding, and Guaranty shall not elect to contest any such proceeding; or

(v) the approval of the shareholders of DCB contemplated by this Agreement shall not have been obtained by reason of the failure to obtain the required vote at the DCB Shareholder Meeting at which they consider the Agreement.

 

57


(c) This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing by the board of directors of DCB if Guaranty shall fail to comply in any material respect with any of its covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement, or if any of the representations or warranties of Guaranty contained herein shall be inaccurate in any material respect. If the board of directors of DCB desires to terminate this Agreement because of an alleged breach or inaccuracy as provided in this Section 9.1(c), the board of directors must notify Guaranty in writing of its intent to terminate stating the reason therefor. Guaranty shall have fifteen (15) days from the receipt of such notice to cure the alleged breach or inaccuracy, if the breach or inaccuracy is capable of being cured.

(d) This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Effective Time by action of the board of directors of Guaranty if (i) DCB fails to comply in any material respect with any of its covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement, or if any of the representations or warranties of DCB contained herein shall be inaccurate in any material respect, (ii) any approval required to be obtained from any Governmental Body is obtained subject to restrictions or conditions on the operations of DCB, PSB, Guaranty or GBT which, in the reasonable judgment of Guaranty, would adversely impact the economic or business benefits of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise would, in the reasonable judgment of Guaranty, be so burdensome as to render inadvisable the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or (iii) any of the conditions set forth in Section 5.9(b) shall have occurred. In the event the board of directors of Guaranty desires to terminate this Agreement because of an alleged breach or inaccuracy as provided in this Section 9.1(d)(i), the board of directors must notify DCB in writing of its intent to terminate stating the reason therefor. DCB shall have fifteen (15) days from the receipt of such notice to cure the alleged breach or inaccuracy, if the breach or inaccuracy is capable of being cured.

Section 9.2 Effect of Termination . In the event of termination of this Agreement by either Guaranty or DCB, as the case may be, as provided in Section 9.1 hereof and abandonment of the Merger without breach by any party hereto, this Agreement (other than Section 7.2) shall become void and have no effect, without any liability on the part of any party or its directors, officers or shareholders, except that the provisions of this Section 9.2, Section 7.2 and Section 13.5 shall survive any such termination and abandonment. Nothing contained in this Section 9.2 shall relieve any party hereto of any liability for a breach or fraud in connection with this Agreement.

 

58


ARTICLE X

CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF GUARANTY AND NEWCO

The obligations of Guaranty and Newco under this Agreement to consummate the Merger are subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions, which may be waived by Guaranty in its sole discretion, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

Section 10.1 Compliance with Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties made by DCB in this Agreement or in any document or schedule delivered to Guaranty in connection with this Agreement being true and correct in all material respects (except to the extent such representations and warranties are qualified by their terms by reference to “material,” “materiality,” “in all material respects,” “Material Adverse Effect,” or the like, in which case such representations and warranties as so qualified are true and correct in all respects) when made and being true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as if such representations and warranties were made at and as of the Closing Date, except with respect to those representations and warranties specifically made as of an earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties must have been true as of such earlier date). Guaranty shall have received a certificate to the foregoing effect executed by an appropriate officer of DCB and dated as of the Closing Date.

Section 10.2 Performance of Obligations . DCB shall have performed or complied in all material respects with all covenants and obligations required by this Agreement to be performed and complied with prior to or at the Closing. Guaranty shall have received a certificate to the foregoing effect executed by an appropriate officer of DCB and dated as of the Closing Date.

Section 10.3 Absence of Material Adverse Effect . From the date hereof to the Closing Date, there shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Effect with respect to DCB or any of its Subsidiaries, nor shall any event have occurred which, with the lapse of time, is reasonably likely to cause or create any Material Adverse Effect with respect to DCB or any of its Subsidiaries. Guaranty shall have received a certificate to the foregoing effect executed by an appropriate officer of DCB and dated as of the Closing Date.

Section 10.4 Dissenters’ Rights; Non-Qualified Shareholders . Shareholders of DCB who are Dissenting Shareholders shall hold, in the aggregate, not more than five percent (5%) of the total issued and outstanding DCB Common Stock.

Section 10.5 Consents and Approvals . All consents, approvals, waivers and other assurances from all non-governmental third parties which are required to be obtained under the terms of any DCB Contracts or any material contract, agreement or instrument to which DCB or its Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of its respective properties is bound in order to prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement from constituting a default under such DCB Contracts, material contract, agreement or instrument or creating any lien, claim or charge upon any of the assets of DCB or its Subsidiaries shall have been obtained, and DCB shall have received evidence thereof in form and substance satisfactory to it.

Section 10.6 Certain Agreements .

(a) Each of the Employment Agreements listed on Schedule 10.6 shall remain in full force and effect.

(b) Each of the Director Support Agreements listed on Schedule 10.6 shall remain in full force and effect.

(c) Each Director/Officer Release listed on Schedule 10.6 shall be executed, delivered to Guaranty, and in full force and effect.

 

59


Section 10.7 Allowance for Loan Losses . As of the Calculation Date, DCB’s allowance for loan losses shall be equal to at least the Minimum Allowance Amount.

Section 10.8 Exemption from Registration . The offering and issuance of the shares of Guaranty Common Stock to be issued to shareholders of DCB in the Merger shall, in the reasonable judgment of Guaranty, be exempt from registration pursuant to including Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder and applicable provisions of the Texas Securities Act.

Section 10.9 Other Documents . DCB shall have delivered to Guaranty all other instruments and documents which Guaranty or its counsel may reasonably request to effectuate the transactions contemplated hereby.

ARTICLE XI

CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF DCB

The obligation of DCB under this Agreement to consummate the Merger is subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing Date, of the following conditions, which may be waived by DCB in its sole discretion, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

Section 11.1 Compliance with Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties made by Guaranty in this Agreement or in any document or schedule delivered to DCB in connection with this Agreement being true and correct in all material respects (except to the extent such representations and warranties are qualified by their terms by reference to “material,” “materiality,” “in all material respects,” “Material Adverse Effect,” or the like, in which case such representations and warranties as so qualified are true and correct in all respects) when made and being true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as if such representations and warranties were made at and as of the Closing Date, except with respect to those representations and warranties specifically made as of an earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties must have been true as of such earlier date). DCB shall have received a certificate to the foregoing effect executed by an appropriate officer of each of Guaranty and dated as of the Closing Date.

Section 11.2 Performance of Obligations . Guaranty shall have performed or complied in all material respects with all covenants and obligations required by this Agreement to be performed and complied with prior to or at the Closing. DCB shall have received a certificate to the foregoing effect executed by an appropriate officer of Guaranty and dated as of the Closing Date.

Section 11.3 Absence of Material Adverse Effect . Prior to the Closing Date, there shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Effect with respect to Guaranty or GBT, nor shall any event have occurred which, with the lapse of time, is reasonably likely to cause or create any Material Adverse Effect with respect to either Guaranty or GBT. DCB shall have received a certificate to the foregoing effect executed by an appropriate officer of Guaranty and dated as of the Closing Date.

Section 11.4 Deposit of Merger Consideration . Guaranty shall have deposited the Merger Consideration with the Exchange Agent in accordance with Section 2.4.

 

60


ARTICLE XII

CONDITIONS TO RESPECTIVE OBLIGATIONS OF

GUARANTY AND DCB

The respective obligations of Guaranty and DCB under this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions which may be waived by Guaranty and DCB, respectively, in their sole discretion:

Section 12.1 Government Approvals . Guaranty shall (a) have received the necessary regulatory approvals from the Governmental Bodies, which approvals shall not impose any restrictions on the operations of Guaranty or the Surviving Corporation which, in the reasonable, good faith judgment of Guaranty, in consultation with legal counsel, would materially adversely impact the economic or business benefits of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (b) any statutory or regulatory waiting period necessary to effect the Merger and the transactions contemplated hereby shall have expired. Such approvals and the transactions contemplated hereby shall not have been contested by any Governmental Body or any third party (except shareholders asserting dissenters’ rights) by formal proceeding. It is understood that, if any such contest is brought by formal proceeding, Guaranty or DCB may, but shall not be obligated to, answer and defend such contest or otherwise pursue the Merger and the transactions contemplated hereby over such objection.

Section 12.2 No Injunction . No court of competent jurisdiction shall have issued any order or ruling which is in effect and which prohibits the consummation of the Merger. No statute, rule, regulation, order, injunction or decree shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or enforced by any governmental agency that prohibits or makes illegal consummation of the Merger.

Section 12.3 Shareholder Approval . The shareholders of DCB shall have approved this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby by the requisite vote.

Section 12.4 Trust Preferred Assumption . The Trust Preferred Assumption shall have occurred contemporaneously with the Effective Time.

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.1 Certain Definitions . Except as otherwise provided herein, the capitalized terms set forth below shall have the following meanings:

(a) “ Affiliate ” means any natural person, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership proprietorship, other business organization, trust, union, association or governmental authority that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the person specified.

(b) “ Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in Mount Pleasant, Texas.

 

61


(c) “ Governmental Body ” means any supranational, national, federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other government or quasi-governmental authority or any department, agency, commission, board, subdivision, bureau, agency, instrumentality, court or other tribunal of any of the foregoing.

(d) “ Knowledge ” (including any derivation thereof such as “known” or “knowing”) means with respect to any Person, that an individual serving as a director or executive officer of such Person, is actually aware of such matter, or should reasonably be aware of such matter in the reasonable exercise of such Person’s duties.

(e) “ Material Adverse Effect ” with respect to any Person means any effect, change, development or occurrence that individually, or in the aggregate together with all other effects, changes, developments or occurrences, (i) is material and adverse to the financial condition, assets, properties, deposits, results of operations, earnings, business or cash flows of that Person, taken as a whole; provided that a Material Adverse Effect shall not be deemed to include any effect on the referenced Person which is caused by (A) changes in laws and regulations or interpretations thereof that are generally applicable to the banking or savings industries; (B) changes in GAAP or regulatory accounting principles that are generally applicable to the banking or savings industries; (C) changes in global, national or regional political conditions or general economic or market conditions in the United States or the State of Texas, including changes in prevailing interest rates, credit availability and liquidity, currency exchange rates, and price levels or trading volumes in the United States or foreign securities markets) affecting other companies in the financial services industry; (D) general changes in the credit markets or general downgrades in the credit markets; (E) actions or omissions of a party required by this Agreement or taken with the prior informed written consent of the other party or parties in contemplation of the transactions contemplated hereby; or (F) any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, declared or undeclared acts of war or terrorism; or (ii) prevents or materially impairs any party from consummating the Merger, or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(f) “ Organizational Documents ” means (a) with respect to a corporation or banking association, the articles or certificate of incorporation or association and bylaws of such entity, (b) with respect to a limited partnership, the certificate of limited partnership (or equivalent document) and partnership agreement or similar operational agreement, (c) with respect to a limited liability company, the articles of organization (or equivalent document) and regulations, limited liability company agreement, or similar operational document and (d) with respect to any foreign entity, equivalent constituent and governance documents.

(g) “ Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental body or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

(h) “ Proceeding ” means any action, suit, litigation, arbitration, lawsuit, claim, proceeding, hearing, audit, investigation or dispute (whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative, at law or in equity) commenced, brought, conducted, pending or heard by or before, or otherwise involving, any Governmental Body or any arbitrator.

 

62


(i) “ Subsidiary ” or “ Subsidiaries ” shall mean, when used with reference to an entity, any corporation, association or other entity in which 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities are owned directly or indirectly by any such entity, or any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other enterprise in which any entity has, directly or indirectly, any equity interest; provided , however , that the term shall not include any such entity in which such voting securities or equity interest is owned or controlled in a fiduciary capacity, without sole voting power, or was acquired in securing or collecting a debt previously contracted in good faith.

Section 13.2 Other Definitional Provisions .

(a) All references in this Agreement to Schedules, Articles, Sections, subsections and other subdivisions refer to the corresponding Schedules, Articles, Sections, subsections and other subdivisions of or to this Agreement unless expressly provided otherwise. Titles appearing at the beginning of any Articles, Sections, subsections or other subdivisions of this Agreement are for convenience only, do not constitute any part of this Agreement, and shall be disregarded in construing the language hereof.

(b) The words “this Agreement,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder” and “hereof,” and words of similar import, refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular subdivision unless expressly so limited. The words “this Article,” “this Section” and “this subsection,” and words of similar import, refer only to the Article, Section or subsection hereof in which such words occur. The word “or” is exclusive, and the word “including” (in its various forms) means including without limitation.

(c) All references to “$” and dollars shall be deemed to refer to United States currency unless otherwise specifically provided.

(d) Pronouns in masculine, feminine or neuter genders shall be construed to state and include any other gender, and words, terms and titles (including terms defined herein) in the singular form shall be construed to include the plural and vice versa, unless the context otherwise requires.

(e) References herein to any law shall be deemed to refer to such law as amended, reenacted, supplemented or superseded in whole or in part and in effect from time to time and also to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(f) References herein to any contract, agreement, commitment, arrangement or similar terms mean the foregoing as amended, supplemented or modified (including any waiver thereto) in accordance with the terms thereof, except that with respect to any contract, agreement, commitment, arrangement or similar matter listed on any schedule hereto, all such amendments, supplements, modifications must also be listed on such schedule.

(g) If the last day for the giving of any notice or the performance of any act required or permitted under this Agreement is a day that is not a Business Day, then the time for the giving of such notice or the performance of such action shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day.

(h) Each representation, warranty, covenant and agreement contained in this Agreement will have independent significance, and the fact that any conduct or state of facts may be within the scope of two or more provisions in this Agreement, whether relating to the same or different subject matters and regardless of the relative levels of specificity, shall not be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

63


Section 13.3 Survival of Agreements . Except for those covenants and agreements expressly to be carried out after the Effective Time, the agreements, representations, warranties and covenants in this Agreement or in any instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall not survive the Effective Time.

Section 13.4 Amendments . This Agreement may be amended only by a writing signed by Guaranty and DCB at any time prior to the Effective Time with respect to any of the terms contained herein; provided , however , that the Merger Consideration to be received by the shareholders of DCB pursuant to this Agreement shall not be decreased subsequent to the approval of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement without the further approval by such shareholders.

Section 13.5 Expenses . Whether or not the transactions provided for herein are consummated, each party to this Agreement will pay its respective expenses incurred in connection with the preparation and performance of its obligations under this Agreement. Each party agrees to indemnify the other party against any cost, expense or liability (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) in respect of any claim made by any party for a broker’s or finder’s fee in connection with this transaction other than one based on communications between the party and the claimant seeking indemnification.

Section 13.6 Notices . Except as explicitly provided herein, any notice given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid or sent by facsimile, courier or personal delivery to the parties at the following addresses unless by such notice a different address shall have been designated:

 

If to Guaranty or GBT:
Guaranty Bancshares, Inc.
100 West Arkansas
Mount Pleasant, Texas 75455
Fax No.:    (903) 572-9658
Attention:   

Tyson T. Abston, Chairman and

Chief Executive Officer

With copies to:
Guaranty Bank & Trust
100 West Arkansas
Mount Pleasant, Texas 75455
Fax No.:    (903) 572-9658
Attention:   

Randall R. Kucera, Esq.,

General Counsel

 

64


Fenimore, Kay, Harrison & Ford, LLP
812 San Antonio Street, Suite 600
Austin, Texas 78701
Fax No.:    (512) 583-5940
Attention:    Chet A. Fenimore, Esq.
If to DCB:
DCB Financial Corp.
16980 Dallas Parkway
Suite 110
Dallas, Texas 75248
Fax No.:    (972) 447-0800
Attention:    Brian Mason, Chairman
With a copy to:
Fulbright & Jaworski LLP
2200 Ross Avenue, Suite 2800
Dallas, TX 75201-2784
Fax No.:    (214) 855-8200
Attention:    Michael G. Keeley, Esq.

All notices sent by mail as provided above shall be deemed delivered three (3) days after deposit in the mail. All notices sent by courier as provided above shall be deemed delivered one day after being sent and all notices sent by facsimile shall be deemed delivered upon confirmation of receipt. All other notices shall be deemed delivered when actually received. Any party to this Agreement may change its address for the giving of notice specified above by giving notice as herein provided. Notices permitted to be sent via e-mail shall be deemed delivered only if sent to such persons at such e-mail addresses as may be set forth in writing.

Section 13.7 Controlling Law; Jurisdiction . This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related in any way to this Agreement and/or the interpretation and enforcement of the rights and duties of the parties hereunder or related in any way to the foregoing, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal, substantive laws of the State of Texas applicable to agreements entered into and to be performed solely within such state without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.

Section 13.8 Extension; Waiver . At any time prior to the Effective Time, the parties hereto, by action taken or authorized by their respective boards of directors, may, to the extent legally allowed: (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other parties hereto; (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto; and (c) waive compliance with

 

65


any of the agreements or conditions contained herein. Any agreement on the part of a party hereto to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in a written instrument signed on behalf of such party, but such extension or waiver or failure to insist on strict compliance with an obligation, covenant, agreement or condition shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure. No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

Section 13.9 Severability . Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable. In all such cases, the parties shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to substitute a valid, legal and enforceable provision which, insofar as practicable, implements the original purposes and intents of this Agreement.

Section 13.10 Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, but shall not be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of the other parties.

Section 13.11 Entire Agreement . Except for the Confidentiality Agreement, this Agreement and the exhibits and attachments hereto represent the entire agreement between the parties respecting the transactions contemplated hereby, and all understandings and agreements heretofore made between the parties hereto are merged in this Agreement, including the exhibits and schedules delivered pursuant hereto, which (together with any agreements executed by the parties hereto contemporaneously with or, if contemplated hereby, subsequent to the execution of this Agreement) shall be the sole expression of the agreement of the parties respecting the Merger. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges that, in executing and delivering this Agreement, it has relied only on the written representations, warranties and promises of the other parties hereto that are contained herein or in the other agreements executed by the parties contemporaneously with or, if contemplated hereby, subsequent to the execution of this Agreement, and has not relied on the oral statements of any other party or its representatives.

Section 13.12 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall be deemed one and the same instrument. A facsimile or electronic scan in “PDF” format of a signed counterpart of this Agreement will be sufficient to bind the party or parties whose signature(s) appear thereon.

Section 13.13 Binding on Successors . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties and their respective heirs, executors, trustees, administrators, guardians, successors and assigns.

 

66


Section 13.14 Disclosures . Any disclosure made in any document delivered pursuant to this Agreement or referred to or described in writing in any section of this Agreement or any schedule attached hereto shall be deemed to be disclosure for purposes of any section herein or schedule hereto. The inclusion of any matter, information, item or other disclosure set forth in any section of the Disclosure Schedules or the Guaranty Disclosure Schedules (as applicable) shall not be deemed to constitute an admission of any liability of the disclosing party to any third party or otherwise imply that such matter, information or item is material or creates a measure for materiality for purposes of this Agreement or is required to be disclosed under this Agreement. Each section of the Disclosure Schedules or the Guaranty Disclosure Schedules (as applicable) corresponds to the section of this Agreement to which it relates; provided that, any fact or condition disclosed in any section in such a way as to make its relevance to another section that relates to a representation or representations made elsewhere in this Agreement reasonably apparent shall be deemed to be an exception to such representation or representations notwithstanding the omission of a reference or cross reference thereto.

Section 13.15 No Third Party Beneficiaries . Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any Person other than the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature under or by reason of this Agreement. The representations and warranties in this Agreement are the product of negotiations among the parties hereto and are for the sole benefit of the parties. Any inaccuracies in such representations and warranties are subject to waiver by the parties hereto without notice or liability to any other Person. In some instances, the representations and warranties in this Agreement may represent an allocation among the parties hereto of risks associated with particular matters regardless of the knowledge of any of the parties hereto. Consequently, Persons other than the parties hereto may not rely upon the representations and warranties in this Agreement as characterizations of actual facts or circumstances as of the date of this Agreement or as of any other date.

Section 13.16 Further Cooperation . The parties agree that they will, at any time and from time to time after the Closing, upon request by the other and without further consideration, do, perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver all such further acts, deeds, assignments, assumptions, transfers, conveyances, powers of attorney, certificates and assurances as may be reasonably required in order to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or to carry out and perform any undertaking made by the parties hereunder.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

67


[Signature Page to Agreement and Plan of Reorganization]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Tyson T. Abston

  Tyson T. Abston
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
GBI-DCB ACQUISITION CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Tyson T. Abston

  Tyson T. Abston
  President
DCB FINANCIAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Brian W. Mason

  Brian W. Mason
  Chairman

Exhibit 3.2

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

ARTICLE I.

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office of Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) shall be located in the City of Mount Pleasant, County of Titus, State of Texas, or such other office as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ” or “ Board ”) in the manner provided by law.

Section 2. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have an office or offices, and keep the books and records of the Corporation, except as may be required by law, at such other place or places, either within or without the State of Texas, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or as the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II.

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1. Place of Meetings. All meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation, or at such other place, within or without the State of Texas, as may be designated by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

Section 2. Annual Meetings. Annual meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation shall be held annually on such date and at such time and place as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors, at which the shareholders of the Corporation shall elect the class of the Board of Directors then up for election and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 3. Business at Annual Meetings. At an annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation, only such business (including the nomination of directors) shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before the annual meeting, business must (i) be specified in the notice of meeting (or in any supplement) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (ii) be otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) satisfy the notice requirements set forth below in this Article II and otherwise be properly brought before the meeting by a shareholder.

Section 4. Shareholder Nominations and Proposals. A notice of a shareholder to make a nomination of a person for election as a director of the Corporation or to bring any other matter before a meeting shall be made in writing and received by the Secretary of the Corporation (i) in the event of an annual meeting of shareholders, not more than one hundred twenty (120) days and not less than ninety (90) days in advance of the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that the annual meeting is called on a date that is not within thirty (30) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the shareholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the fifteenth (15 th ) day following the day on which notice of the date of the annual


meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever first occurs; or (ii) in the event of a special meeting of shareholders, such notice shall be received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the fifteenth (15 th ) day following the day on which notice of the meeting is first mailed to shareholders or public disclosure of the date of the special meeting was made, whichever first occurs.

Every such notice by a shareholder shall set forth:

(a) the name and residence address of the shareholder of the Corporation who intends to make a nomination or bring up any other matter;

(b) representation that the shareholder is a holder of the Corporation’s voting stock (indicating the class and number of shares owned) and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to make the nomination or bring up the matter specified in the notice;

(c) with respect to notice of an intent to make a nomination for the election of a person as a director of the Corporation, a description of all arrangements or understandings among the shareholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the shareholder;

(d) with respect to an intent to make a nomination, such other information regarding each nominee proposed by such shareholder as would have been required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission had each nominee been nominated by the Board of Directors of the Corporation; and

(e) with respect to the notice of an intent to bring up any other matter, a description of the matter, and any material interest of the shareholder in the matter.

Notice of intent to make a nomination of a person for election as a director of the Corporation shall be accompanied by the written consent of each nominee to serve as director of the Corporation if so elected.

At the meeting of shareholders, the Chairman shall declare out of order and disregard any nomination or other matter not presented in accordance with this section.

This Article II, Section 4 shall be the exclusive means for a shareholder to make nominations of persons for election as a director of the Corporation or provide notice of the shareholder’s intent to bring other business before a meeting of shareholders (other than proposals brought under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and included in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, which proposals are not governed by these Bylaws).

Section 5. Compliance with Procedures. Notwithstanding anything in these Third Amended and Restated Bylaws (the “ Bylaws ”) to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article II. The Chairman of an annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a matter of business was not properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Article II or otherwise, and if the Chairman should so determine, the Chairman shall so declare to the annual meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.


Section 6. Special Meetings. Unless otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation, special meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation may only be called for any purpose or purposes by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, or (ii) the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation at the request in writing of (A) a majority of the Board of Directors or (B) the holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the Corporation’s then outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

Section 7. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise required by law, written or printed notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting, whether annual or special, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the day of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the Chief Executive Officer who acts as the President, the Secretary or the officer or person calling the meeting, to each shareholder of the Corporation of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the shareholder at such shareholder’s address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid. See also Article VII. Notice of any meeting of shareholders shall not be required to be given to any shareholder who shall attend such meeting in person or by proxy without protesting, at the commencement of the meeting, the lack of proper notice to such shareholder, or who shall waive notice thereof as provided in Article VII, Section 2, of these Bylaws.

Section 8. Business at Special Meetings. Only such business as is specified in the notice of any special meeting of the shareholders may come before such meeting.

Section 9. Quorum; Adjourned Meetings. Except as required by law or by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation of the Corporation (the “Certificate of Formation”), the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the shareholders entitled to vote, which if any vote is to be taken by classes shall mean the holders of a majority or the votes entitled to be cast by the shareholders of each such class, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at meetings of shareholders of the Corporation. If, however, a quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation, the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by such shareholders, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented, if the time and place to which the meeting is adjourned are announced at such meeting, unless the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or, after adjournment, a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified and called.


Section 10. Voting. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Formation, each shareholder of record of shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation having a preference over the common stock of the Corporation as to dividends or upon liquidation shall be entitled on each matter submitted to a vote at each meeting of shareholders to such number of votes for each share of such stock as may be fixed in the Certificate of Formation or in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the establishment of such stock, and each shareholder of record of common stock shall be entitled at each meeting of shareholders to one vote for each share of common stock, in each case, registered in such shareholder’s name on the books of the Corporation:

(a) on the date fixed pursuant to Section 6 of Article VIII of these Bylaws as the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting; or

(b) if no such record date shall have been so fixed, then at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice of such meeting is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

A shareholder may vote in person or by proxy executed in writing by the shareholder or by such shareholder’s duly authorized attorney-in-fact. Each shareholder entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders may authorize not in excess of three persons to act for such shareholder by a proxy signed by such shareholder or such shareholder’s attorney-in-fact. Any such proxy shall be delivered to the Secretary at or prior to the time designated for holding such meeting, but in any event not later than the time designated in the order of business for so delivering such proxies. No proxy shall be valid after eleven (11) months from the date of its execution. Each proxy shall be revocable unless expressly provided therein to be irrevocable, and unless otherwise made irrevocable by law. Each proxy shall be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation prior to or at the time of the meeting.

At each meeting of the shareholders at which a quorum is present or represented, all corporate actions to be taken by vote of the shareholders shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast by the shareholders entitled to vote thereon, present in person or represented by proxy, and where a separate vote by class is required, a majority of the votes cast by the shareholders of such class, present in person or represented by proxy, shall be the act of such class, unless, in each case, as otherwise required by law and except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Formation (including, without limitation, the voting requirement for election of directors) or these Bylaws.

Each vote of the shareholders shall be by written ballot. Each ballot shall be signed by the shareholders who are voting, or by such shareholder’s proxy, and shall state the number of shares voted.

Section 11. No Cumulative Voting. Cumulative voting in the election of directors is not allowed under the Certificate of Formation.


Section 12. Order of Business. At each meeting of the shareholders, one of the following persons, in the order in which they are listed (and in the absence of the first, the next, and so on), shall serve as chairman of the meeting, the Chairman of the Board, Vice Chairmen of the Board (in the order of their seniority if more than one), Chief Executive Officer (who serves as the President), Vice Presidents (in the order of their seniority if more than one) and Secretary. The order of business at each such meeting shall be as determined by the chairman of the meeting. The chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority, either before or during any meeting of shareholders, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts and things as are necessary or desirable for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, the establishment of procedures for the maintenance of order and safety, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments on the affairs of the Corporation, restrictions on entry to such meeting, the opening and closing of the voting polls, the presentation, revocation and counting of proxies at the meeting with respect to issues to be presented, and all other aspects of any annual or special meeting of shareholders. The chairman’s determination of the rules and his interpretations thereof shall be in his reasonable discretion and shall be final, unless the Certificate of Formation or these Bylaws, or resolution of the Board of Directors, or applicable law or regulation establishes rules governing a particular matter, in which case such provisions shall be dispositive.

Section 13. List of Shareholders. The officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books shall make, at least ten (10) days before each meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting or any adjournment thereof, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of and number of shares held by each, which list, for a period of ten (10) days prior to such meeting, shall be kept on file at the registered office of the Corporation and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder of the Corporation at any time during normal business hours. Such list shall also be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection by any shareholder during the whole time of the meeting and otherwise as required by law. The original stock transfer books of the Corporation shall be prima facie evidence as to the shareholders who are entitled to examine such list or transfer book or to vote at any such meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation.

Section 14. Inspectors. Either the Board of Directors or, in the absence of a designation of inspectors by the Board, the chairman of any meeting of shareholders may, in its or such person’s discretion, appoint one (1) or more inspectors to act at any meeting of shareholders. Such inspectors shall perform such duties as shall be specified by the Board or the chairman of the meeting. Inspectors need not be shareholders. No director or nominee for the office of director shall be appointed such inspector.

Section 15. Participation in Meeting by Means of Communication Equipment. Shareholders may participate in and hold a meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communication equipment or another suitable electronic communications system (including, without limitation, video conferencing or the Internet), if the telephone or other equipment or system permits each person participating in the meeting to communicate with all other persons participating in the meeting. Participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting, except where a person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.


ARTICLE III.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1. General. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The provisions governing the number of directors, classification of directors, terms of office of directors, election of directors, vacancies on the Board of Directors and removal of directors are set forth in the Certificate of Formation. In addition to the powers and authority in the Certificate of Formation, in these Bylaws or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors of the Corporation are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Texas Business Organizations Code (“ TBOC ”), the Certificate of Formation and these Bylaws.

Section 2. Advance Notice of Nominations. Advance notice of nominations for the election of directors shall be given in the manner and to the extent provided in Article II of these Bylaws.

Section 3. Place of Meeting. The Board of Directors may hold its meetings at such place or places within or without the State of Texas as the Board may from time to time determine or as shall be specified or fixed in the respective notices or waivers of notice thereof.

Section 4. Quorum and Manner of Acting. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Formation or these Bylaws, a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board, and, except as otherwise provided, the vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting to another time and place. Notice of any adjourned meeting shall be given as set forth in Section 7 of this Article III. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called and noticed.

Section 5. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and places as the Board shall determine. If any day fixed for a regular meeting shall be a legal holiday under the laws of the place where the meeting is to be held, the meeting that would otherwise be held on that day shall be held at the same hour on the next succeeding day not a legal holiday.

Section 6. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held whenever called by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer or by the Secretary upon the request of a majority of the directors.

Section 7. Notice of Meetings. Notice of regular meetings of the Board of Directors or of any adjourned meeting thereof need not be given. Notice of each special meeting of the Board shall be mailed to each director, addressed to such director at such director’s residence or usual place of business, at least three (3) days before the day on which the meeting is to be held,


or shall be sent to such director by electronic transmission (email) or be given personally or by telephone not later than the day before the meeting is to be held, but notice need not be given to any director who shall, either before or after the meeting, submit a signed waiver of such notice or who shall attend such meeting without protesting, prior to or at its commencement, the lack of notice to such director. Every such notice shall state the time and place but need not state the purpose of the meeting.

Section 8. Rules and Regulations. The Board of Directors may adopt such rules and regulations not inconsistent with the provisions of law, the Certificate of Formation or these Bylaws for the conduct of its meetings and management of the affairs of the Corporation as the Board may deem proper.

Section 9. Participation in Meeting by Means of Communications Equipment. Any one or more members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may participate in any meeting of the Board or of any such committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear and converse with each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 10. Action Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all of the members of the Board or of any such committee consent thereto in writing (including electronic consent by email) and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or of such committee.

Section 11. Resignations. Any director of the Corporation may at any time resign by giving written notice to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time be not specified, upon receipt thereof; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 12. Compensation. Directors and members of the standing committees may receive such compensation as the Board of Directors from time to time shall determine to be appropriate, and shall be reimbursed for all reasonable expenses incurred in attending and returning from meetings of the Board of Directors.


ARTICLE IV.

BOARD COMMITTEES

Section 1. Committees. The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire Board, designate from among its members one or more committees and shall designate such committee as shall be required by applicable law or the listing requirements of any national securities exchange on which securities of the Corporation are listed for trading (the “ Listing Rules ”), each of which shall, except as otherwise prescribed by applicable law or the Listing Rules, have such authority of the Board as the Board may specify in the resolutions designating such committee or in the charter of such committee adopted by the Board. A majority of all the members of each such committee may determine its action and fix the time and place of its meetings, unless the Board shall otherwise provide. The Board or such committee, if so authorized by its charter, shall have power at any time to change the membership of, to increase or decrease the membership of, to fill all vacancies in and to discharge any such committee, or any member thereof, either with or without cause.

Section 2. Procedure; Meetings; Quorum. Regular meetings of any committee of the Board of Directors, of which no notice shall be necessary, may be held at such times and places as shall be fixed by resolution adopted by a majority of the members thereof. Special meetings of any committee of the Board shall be called at the request of any member thereof. Notice of each special meeting of any committee of the Board shall be sent by mail, electronic transmission (email) or telephone, or be delivered personally to each member thereof not later than the day before the day on which the meeting is to be held, but notice need not be given to any member who shall, either before or after the meeting, submit a signed waiver of such notice or who shall attend such meeting without protesting, prior to or at its commencement, the lack of such notice to such member. Any special meeting of any committee of the Board shall be a legal meeting without any notice thereof having been given, if all the members thereof shall be present at such meeting, unless a member attends the meeting for the purpose of protesting, prior to its commencement, that the meeting is not proper. Notice of any adjourned meeting of any committee of the Board need not be given. Each committee of the Board may adopt such rules and regulations not inconsistent with the provisions of law, the Certificate of Formation or these Bylaws for the conduct of its meetings as such committee of the Board may deem proper. A majority of the members of each committee of the Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting, and the vote of a majority of the members thereof present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee. The Board may fill any vacancy on any committee. Each committee of the Board of Directors shall keep written minutes of its proceedings, a copy of which is to be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation, and such committee shall report on such proceedings to the Board.

ARTICLE V.

OFFICERS

Section 1. Number; Term of Office; Compensation. The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Operating Officer, one or more Vice Chairmen, a Chief Risk Officer, a Chief Lending Officer, a Chief Financial Officer (who shall also be the Treasurer unless a separate office of Treasurer is later established by the Board), a Secretary, one or more Vice Presidents, any of which may be


designated as Executive or Senior Vice President, or such other designation (such as Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer) as deemed appropriate, from time to time, by the Board of Directors, and such other officers or agents with such titles and such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine, each to have such authority, functions or duties as provided in these Bylaws or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine, and each to hold office for such term as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors and as to those offices as determined to be mandatory under the provisions hereof until such person’s successor shall have been chosen and shall qualify, all until any of such person’s death or resignation or until such person’s removal in the manner hereinafter provided. The Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, and the President shall be elected from among the directors. One person may hold the offices and perform the duties of any two or more of said officers; provided , however , that no officer shall execute, acknowledge or verify any instrument in more than one capacity if such instrument is required by law, the Certificate of Formation or these Bylaws to be executed, acknowledged or verified by two or more officers. The Board may from time to time authorize any superior officer to appoint and remove any such other officers and agents and to prescribe their powers and duties. The Board may require any officer or agent to give security for the faithful performance of such person’s duties. The Board shall establish the salaries of the officers of the Corporation.

Section 2. Removal. Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board of Directors at any meeting thereof, or, except in the case of the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, or President by any committee of the Board or superior officer upon whom such power may be conferred by the Board.

Section 3. Resignation. Subject at all times to the right of removal as provided in Section 2 of this Article V, any officer may resign at any time by giving notice to the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the date of receipt of such notice or at any later date specified therein; provided that the Chief Executive Officer or, in the event of the resignation of the Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors may designate an effective date for such resignation that is earlier than the date specified in such notice, but which is not earlier than the date of receipt of such notice; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 4. Vacancies. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, retirement, removal or any other cause may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term in the manner prescribed in these Bylaws for election to such office.

Section 5. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board shall, if present, preside at meetings of the Board of Directors and, if present, and in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer, preside at meetings of the shareholders. The Chairman of the Board shall counsel with and advise the Chief Executive Officer and perform such other duties as the Chief Executive Officer or the Board may from time to time determine. The Chairman of the Board may sign and execute in the name of the Corporation deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments authorized by the Board or any committee thereof empowered to authorize the same.


Section 6. Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation. As such, the Chief Executive Officer shall have general supervision and direction of the business and affairs of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer shall, if present and in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, preside at meetings of the Board. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform such other duties as the Board may from time to time determine. The Chief Executive Officer may sign and execute in the name of the Corporation deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments authorized by the Board or any committee thereof empowered to authorize the same. The Chief Executive Officer, or his or the Board’s designee, shall vote all securities held by the Corporation.

Section 7. President. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall, if present, preside at meetings of the Board of Directors. When so acting, the President shall have the powers, and be subject to all the restrictions on, the Chairman of the Board. The President shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman of the Board, and other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as may be agreed upon with them or as the Board may from time to time determine. The President may sign and execute in the name of the Corporation deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments authorized by the Board or any committee thereof empowered to authorize the same.

Section 8. Chief Operating Officer. The Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation shall have general supervision over the operations of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, subject to the direction of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman of the Board or the Board of Directors. The Chief Operating Officer may sign and execute in the name of the Corporation deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments authorized by the Board or any committee thereof empowered to authorize the same.

Section 9. Vice Chairman. Each Vice Chairman shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President and other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as may be agreed upon with them or as the Board may from time to time determine. Each Vice Chairman may sign and execute in the name of the Corporation deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, or other instruments authorized by the Board or any committee thereof empowered to authorize the same.

Section 10. Chief Risk Officer. The Chief Risk Officer of the Corporation shall have general supervision over the risk profile, loan underwriting and credit administration and risk management of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, subject to the direction of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman of the Board or the Board of Directors. The Chief Risk Officer may sign and execute in the name of the Corporation deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments authorized by the Board or any committee thereof empowered to authorize the same.

Section 11. Chief Lending Officer. The Chief Lending Officer of the Corporation shall have general supervision over the lending operations, practices and procedures of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, subject to the direction of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman of the Board or the Board of Directors. The Chief Lending Officer may sign and execute in the name of the Corporation deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments authorized by the Board or any committee thereof empowered to authorize the same.


Section 12. Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation shall have general supervision over the financial operations of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, subject to the direction of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman of the Board or the Board of Directors. The Chief Financial Officer shall also perform all duties incident to the office of Treasurer (unless a separate office of Treasurer is later established by the Board). The Chief Financial Officer may sign and execute in the name of the Corporation deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments authorized by the Board or any committee thereof empowered to authorize the same.

Section 13. Vice Presidents. Each Vice President shall have such powers and duties as shall be prescribed by the Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman of the Board or the Board of Directors. Any Vice President may sign and execute in the name of the Corporation deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments authorized by the Board or any committee thereof empowered to authorize the same.

Section 14. Secretary. It shall be the duty of the Secretary to act as secretary at all meetings of the Board of Directors and the shareholders and to attend and record the proceedings of such meetings in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall see that all notices required to be given by the Corporation are duly given and served; the Secretary shall have the right to countersign documents and instruments and shall be custodian of the seal of the Corporation and shall affix the seal or cause to be affixed to all certificates of stock of the Corporation (unless the seal of the Corporation on such certificates shall be a facsimile, as hereinafter provided) and to all documents, the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal is duly authorized in accordance with the provision of these Bylaws. The Secretary shall have charge of the stock ledger and also of the other books, records and papers of the Corporation and shall see that the reports, statements and other documents required by law are properly kept and filed; and shall in general perform all the duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to such person by the Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman of the Board or the Board of Directors.

Section 15. Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries. The Assistant Treasurers and the Assistant Secretaries shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the Chief Financial Officer (who acts as the Treasurer) or Secretary, respectively, or by the Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman of the Board or the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI.

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

The Corporation’s rights and obligations with respect to indemnification and insurance are set forth in the Certificate of Formation.


ARTICLE VII.

NOTICES

Section 1. Notices. Whenever required by law, the Certificate of Formation or these Bylaws, notice is to be given to any shareholder, director or committee member and if no provision is made as to how notice is to be given, notice may be given in writing, by mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the shareholder, director or committee member at the address that appears on the books of the Corporation or by any other method permitted by law. Any notice required or permitted to be given by mail will be deemed to be given at the time it is deposited in the United States mail with postage thereon prepaid. Notice to shareholders, directors or committee members may also be given by a nationally recognized overnight delivery or courier service and will be deemed delivered when the notice is received by the proper recipient, or, if earlier, one day after the notice is sent by the overnight delivery or courier service. Notice from the Corporation may also be given to any shareholder, director or committee member of the Corporation by electronic transmission. Such shareholder, director or committee member may specify the form of electronic transmission to be used to communicate notice. Notice by electronic transmission is deemed to be given when the notice is (i) transmitted to a facsimile number provided by such shareholder, director or committee member for the purpose of receiving notice; (ii) transmitted to an electronic mail address provided by the shareholder, director or committee member for the purpose of receiving notice; (iii) posted on an electronic network, and a message is sent to the shareholder, director or committee member at the address provided by the shareholder, director or committee member for the purpose of alerting the shareholder, director or committee member of a posting; or (iv) communicated to the shareholder, director or committee member by any other form of electronic transmission consented to by the shareholder, director or committee member.

Section 2. Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given to any shareholder, director or committee member of the Corporation as required by law, the Certificate of Formation, or these Bylaws, a written waiver signed by the person or persons entitled to notice or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, given before or after the time stated in the notice, will be equivalent to giving the notice. Attendance of a shareholder, director or committee member at a meeting will constitute a waiver of notice of that meeting, except when the shareholder, director or committee member attends for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting has not been lawfully called or convened or, in the case of a shareholder, the lack of proper notice to the shareholders. Neither the business to be transacted at a regular or special meeting of the Corporation’s shareholders, the Board or a committee of the Board nor the purpose of such a meeting is required to be specified in a written waiver of notice or a waiver by electronic transmission unless required by the Certificate of Formation or these Bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII.

CAPITAL STOCK

Section 1. Certificates for Shares. The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates or shall be uncertificated, as determined by the Board. Certificates representing shares of stock of each class or series of stock of the Corporation, whenever authorized by the Board of Directors, shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board.


The certificates representing shares of stock of each class or series of stock shall be issued in consecutive order and shall be numbered in the order of their issue, shall be signed by, or in the name of, the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation, and may be sealed with the corporate seal of the Corporation, which may be by a facsimile thereof. Any or all such signatures may be facsimiles if countersigned by a transfer agent or registrar. Although any officer, transfer agent or registrar whose manual or facsimile signature is affixed to such a certificate ceases to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate has been issued, it may nevertheless be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent or registrar were still such at the date of its issue.

If the Corporation is authorized to issue shares of more than one class or series of stock, each certificate representing shares issued by the Corporation (i) shall conspicuously set forth on the face or back of the certificate a full statement of (A) all of the designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights of the shares of each class authorized to be issued and (B) if the Corporation is authorized to issue shares of any preferred or special class or series, the variations in the relative rights and preferences of the shares of each such series to the extent they have been fixed and determined and the authority of the Board of Directors to fix and determine the relative rights and preferences of subsequent series; or (ii) shall conspicuously state on the face or back of the certificate that the information required by clause (i) above is stated in the Corporation’s governing documents and the Corporation will furnish a copy of such information to the record holder of the certificate without charge on written request to the Corporation at its principal place of business or registered office.

The Board of Directors may authorize the issue of some or all of the shares without certificates. Within a reasonable time after the issue or transfer of shares without certificates, the Corporation shall send the shareholder a record containing the information required on certificates by the TBOC.

The stock ledger and blank share certificates shall be kept by the Secretary or by a transfer agent or by a registrar or by any other officer or agent designated by the Board.

Section 2. Transfer of Shares. Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by applicable law and in these Bylaws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation, and in the case of certificated shares of stock, only by the person named in the certificate or by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, properly endorsed for transfer and payment of all necessary transfer taxes; or, in the case of uncertificated shares of stock, upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered holder of the shares and upon payment of all necessary transfer taxes and compliance with appropriate procedures for transferring shares in uncertificated form; provided, however, that such surrender and endorsement, compliance or payment of taxes shall not be required in any case in which the officers of the Corporation shall determine to waive such requirement. With respect to certificated shares of stock, every certificate exchanged, returned or surrendered to the Corporation shall be marked “Cancelled,” with the date of cancellation, by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or the transfer agent thereof. No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to who transferred.


Section 3. Addresses of Shareholders. Each shareholder shall designate to the Secretary or transfer agent of the Corporation an address at which notices of meetings and all other corporate notices may be served or mailed to such person, and, if any shareholder shall fail to designate such address, corporate notices may be served upon such person by mail directed to such person at such person’s post office address, if any, as the same appears on the share record books of the Corporation or at such person’s last known post office address.

Section 4. Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates. The holder of any share of stock of the Corporation shall immediately notify the Corporation of any loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of the certificate therefor; the Corporation may issue to such holder a new certificate or certificates for shares, upon the surrender of the mutilated certificate or, in the case of loss, theft or destruction of the certificate, upon satisfactory proof of such loss, theft or destruction; the Board of Directors, or a committee designated thereby, or the transfer agents and registrars for the stock, may, in their discretion, require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such person’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as they may direct to indemnify the Corporation and said transfer agents and registrars against any claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

Section 5. Regulations. The Board of Directors may make such additional rules and regulations as it may deem expedient concerning the issue and transfer of certificates representing shares of stock of each class of the Corporation and may make such rules and take such action as it may deem expedient concerning the issue of certificates in lieu of certificates claimed to have been lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated.

Section 6. Fixing Date for Determination of Shareholders of Record. In order that the Corporation may determine the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournments thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment or any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. A determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, except where the determination has been made through the closing of stock transfer books and the stated period of closing has expired, in which case, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. If no record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders of the Corporation entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders of the Corporation, or shareholders of the Corporation entitled to receive payment of a dividend on shares or of interest or principal on indebtedness, the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice of such meeting is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, or the date on which the resolutions of the Board of Directors declaring such dividend or authorizing such payment of principal or interest is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of the shareholders of the Corporation.


Section 7. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on the first day of January of each year.

Section 8. Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation and the state of its incorporation. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced. Unless otherwise provided in these Bylaws or by law, it shall not be mandatory that the corporate seal or its facsimile be impressed or affixed on any document executed on behalf of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IX.

AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

Any Bylaw (other than this Bylaw) may be adopted, repealed, altered or amended, and new Bylaw provisions may be adopted, by a majority of the entire Board of Directors at any meeting thereof, provided that such proposed action in respect thereof shall be stated in the notice of such meeting and any such action by the Board of Directors shall be effective without the necessity for any approval or ratification by the shareholders of the Corporation. The shareholders of the Corporation shall have the power to amend, alter or repeal any provision of these Bylaws only to the extent and in the manner provided in the Certificate of Formation.

ARTICLE X.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 1. Execution of Documents. In addition to the authority granted in these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall designate the officers, employees and agents of the Corporation who shall have power to execute and deliver deeds, contracts, mortgages, bonds, debentures, checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of money and other documents for and in the name of the Corporation and may authorize such officers, employees and agents to delegate such power (including authority to redelegate) by written instrument to other officers, employees or agents of the Corporation. Such delegation may be by resolution or otherwise and the authority granted shall be general or confined to specific matters, all as the Board may determine. In the absence of such designation referred to in the first sentence of this Section, the officers of the Corporation shall have such power so referred to, to the extent incident to the normal performance of their duties.

Section 2. Deposits. All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation or otherwise as the Board of Directors or any officer of the Corporation to who power in that respect shall have been delegated by the Board shall select.

Section 3. Checks. All checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of money out of the funds of the Corporation, and all notes or other evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation, shall be signed on behalf of the Corporation in such manner as required in such instrument as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof empowered to authorize the same.


Section 4. Dividends. The Board of Directors may declare and the Corporation may pay dividends on its outstanding shares in cash, property or its own shares pursuant to law and subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Formation.

Section 5. Reserves. The Board of Directors may by resolution create a reserve or reserves out of earned surplus for any proper purpose or purposes, and may abolish any such reserve in the same manner.

Section 6. Proxies in Respect of Stock or Other Securities of Other Corporations. In addition to the designation made to the Chief Executive Officer in Article V, Section 6, the Board of Directors may designate officers of the Corporation who shall have authority from time to time to appoint an agent or agents of the Corporation to exercise in the name and on behalf of the Corporation the powers and rights which the Corporation may have as the holder of stock or other securities in any other corporation or other entity, and to vote or consent in respect of such stock or securities; such designated officers may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of exercising such powers and rights; and such designated officers may execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and under its corporate seal, or otherwise, such written proxies, powers of attorney or other instruments as they may deem necessary or proper in order that the Corporation may exercise its said powers and rights.

Section 7. Invalid Provisions. If any part of these Bylaws is held invalid or inoperative for any reason, the remaining parts, so far as is possible and reasonable, shall remain valid and operative.

Section 8. Headings. The headings used in these Bylaws are for convenience only and do not constitute matter to be construed in the interpretation of these Bylaws.

Section 9. Facsimile Signatures. In addition to the provisions for the use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors.

Section 10. Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records. A member of the Board of Directors, or a member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the performance of such person’s duties, be protected to the fullest extent permitted by law in relying upon the records of the Corporation and upon information, opinion, reports or statements presented to the Corporation.

Section 11. Application of Bylaws. In the event that any provisions of these Bylaws is or may be in conflict with any law of the United States or the State of Texas or of any other governmental body or power having jurisdiction over this Corporation, or may apply, such provision of these Bylaws shall be inoperative to the extent only that the operation thereof unavoidably conflicts with such law, and shall in all other respects be in full force and effect.

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO

ZQ|CERT#|COY|CLS|RGSTRY|ACCT#|TRANSTYPE|RUN#|TRANS#
COMMON STOCK
PAR VALUE $1.00
Certificate Number
ZQ00000000
THIS CERTIFIES THAT
is the owner of
GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS
COMMON STOCK
THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN CANTON, MA, JERSEY CITY, NJ AND
COLLEGE STATION, TX
CUSIP 400764 10 6
SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
FULLY-PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF
Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. (hereinafter called the “Company”), transferable on the books of the Company in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby, are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Certificate of Formation, as amended, and the Bylaws, as amended, of the Company (copies of which are on file with the Company and with the Transfer Agent), to all of which each holder, by acceptance hereof, assents. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.
Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.
DATED DD-MMM-YYYY
COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR,
By
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
PO BOX 43004, Providence, RI 02940-3004
MR A SAMPLE
DESIGNATION (IF ANY)
ADD 1
ADD 2
ADD 3
ADD 4
CUSIP XXXXXX XX X
Holder ID XXXXXXXXXX
Insurance Value 1,000,000.00
Number of Shares 123456
DTC 12345678 123456789012345
Certificate Numbers
1234567890/1234567890
1234567890/1234567890
1234567890/1234567890
1234567890/1234567890
1234567890/1234567890
1234567890/1234567890
Total Transaction
Num/No.
123456
Denom.
123456
Total
1234567
Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer
Corporate Secretary
the facsimile
BANCS
Y HA
T PO
N OR R R
C AT E
R A IN E S
A I
U N C
G .
1990
TEXAS


LOGO

.

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.
THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH SHAREHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE COMPANY AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR EACH SERIES, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION OF THE COMPANY, AS AMENDED, AND THE RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE COMPANY A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE.
The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:
TEN COM - as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - Custodian
(Cust) (Minor)
TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
(State)
JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of survivorship UNIF TRF MIN ACT - Custodian (until age )
and not as tenants in common (Cust)
under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act
(Minor) (State)
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.
PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
For value received, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)
Shares of the common shares represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint
Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Incorporate with full power of substitution in the premises.
Dated: 20
Signature:
Signature: Notice: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate, in every particular, without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever.
Signature(s) Guaranteed: Medallion Guarantee Stamp
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions) WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

Exhibit 5.1

Form of Opinion of Fenimore, Kay, Harrison & Ford, LLP

 

LOGO   

812 SAN ANTONIO STREET

SUITE 600

AUSTIN, TEXAS 78701

  

TEL 512 • 583 • 5900

FAX 512 • 583 • 5940

[        ], 2017

Guaranty Bancshares, Inc.

201 South Jefferson Avenue

Mount Pleasant, Texas 75455

Re:   Guaranty Bancshares, Inc.

Registration Statement on Form S-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel to Guaranty Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation (“Company”), in connection with the preparation and filing of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-            ), as initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”), on [        ], 2017 (and, as thereafter amended, the “Registration Statement”), relating to the registration of the offering for sale of an aggregate amount of up to [        ] shares (“Shares”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $1.00 per share (“Common Stock”), which includes [        ] shares subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option. This opinion is being furnished in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Act.

In connection with rendering the opinion set forth below, we have examined and relied upon originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of (a) the Registration Statement; (b) the Certificate of Formation of the Company, as amended to date and currently in effect; (c) the Bylaws of the Company, as amended to date and currently in effect; (d) the Underwriting Agreement in substantially the form filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Registration Statement, pursuant to which the Shares are to be sold; and (e) certain resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company relating to the transactions described in the Registration Statement. We have also examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such records of the Company and such agreements, certificates and receipts of public officials, certificates of officers or other representatives of the Company and others, and such other documents, certificates and records as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinion set forth below.

In our examination, we have assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as facsimile, electronic, certified or photostatic copies, the authenticity of the originals of such copies, and the accuracy and completeness of the corporate records made available to us by the Company. As to any facts material to the opinions expressed herein that we did not independently establish or verify, we have relied upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Company and others and of public officials. In addition, we have assumed that the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto, have become effective under the Securities Act.


LOGO

Guaranty Bancshares, Inc.

[        ], 2017

Page 2

 

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Shares when issued, sold, delivered and paid for as contemplated by the Registration Statement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

This opinion is based on the laws of the State of Texas, and we express no opinion on the laws of any other jurisdiction. No opinion may be inferred or implied beyond the matters expressly stated herein. This opinion speaks only as of its date.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

 

Very truly yours,

Exhibit 10.1

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. originally adopted the 2014 Stock Option Plan (the “ Original Plan ”), effective April 16, 2014 and hereby amends, restates and renames the Original Plan in the form of this 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).

1.     Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentives to selected Employees, Directors and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. The Plan provides for the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units, Performance Shares and Other Stock-Based Awards.

2.     Definitions . For purposes of this Plan, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a)    “ Administrator ” means the Board or, at its direction, the Compensation Committee of the Board, who will administer the Plan in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(b)    “ Applicable Law ” means any applicable legal requirements relating to the administration of and the issuance of securities under equity securities-based compensation plans, including, without limitation, the requirements of U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, U.S. federal law, the Code, the laws of Texas, and the requirements of any stock exchange or quotation system upon which the Common Stock may then be listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or shall be, granted under the Plan. For all purposes of this Plan, references to statutes and regulations shall be deemed to include any successor statutes or regulations, to the extent reasonably appropriate as determined by the Administrator.

(c)    “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, SARs, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units, Performance Shares or Other Stock-Based Awards.

(d)    “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(e)    “ Awarded Stock ” means the Common Stock subject to an Award.

(f)    “ Bank ” means the Guaranty Bank & Trust, N.A., a national banking association and wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, or any successor thereto.

(g)    “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(h)    “ Cause ” means, with respect to a Participant’s termination by the Bank or the Company as a Service Provider, that such termination is for “Cause” as such term (or word of like import) is expressly defined in a then-effective written agreement between the Participant

 

1


and the Bank or the Company, or in the absence of such then-effective written agreement and definition, is based on, in the sole determination of the Administrator, the Participant’s: (i) performance of any act or failure to perform any act in bad faith and to the detriment of the Bank or the Company; (ii) dishonesty, intentional misconduct or material breach of any agreement with the Bank or the Company; or (iii) commission of a crime involving dishonesty, breach of trust, or physical or emotional harm to any person; provided, however, that with regard to any agreement that defines “Cause” on the occurrence of or in connection with a Change in Control, such definition of “Cause” shall not apply until immediately after a Change in Control is consummated. Whether Cause exists, whether Cause is susceptible to correction and whether Cause has been corrected shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan or in any Award Agreement to the contrary, if the Participant’s status as a Service Provider is terminated without Cause, the Company shall have the sole discretion to later use after-acquired evidence to retroactively re-characterize the prior termination as a termination for Cause if such after-acquired evidence supports such an action. If after-acquired evidence is obtained after a Participant has exercised an Award granted under the Plan, the Company shall repurchase the Shares with no consideration being provided to the Participant other than the exercise price, if applicable.

(i)    “ Change in Control ” means, except as otherwise defined in an applicable Award Agreement, the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i)    the consummation of a transaction as a result of which any person becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company or the Bank representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s or the Bank’s then outstanding voting securities. For the purposes of this paragraph (i), the term “person” shall have the same meaning as when used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act but shall exclude:

(1)    a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or an affiliate of the Company;

(2)    a corporation or other entity owned directly or indirectly by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of common stock of the Company;

(3)    the Company; and

(4)    a corporation or other entity of which at least a majority of its combined voting power is owned directly by the Company;

(ii)    the consummation of the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition by the Company or the Bank of all or substantially all of the assets of either the Company or the Bank to any third party other than (A) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to a person or persons who beneficially own, directly or indirectly, at least fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company at the time of the sale or (B) to a corporation or other entity owned directly or indirectly by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the common stock of the consolidation or corporate reorganization which does not result in a Change in Control as defined herein;

 

2


(iii)    a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For the purpose of this paragraph, if any person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same person will not be considered a Change in Control;

(iv)    a complete winding up, liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the Bank; or

(v)    the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company or the Bank with or into any other entity or any other corporate reorganization, other than a merger, consolidation or other corporate reorganization that would result in the voting securities of the Company or the Bank outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or the Bank, or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger, consolidation or other corporate reorganization, but excluding any series of transactions that the Administrator determines shall not be a Change in Control.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 2(i) to the contrary, a transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the legal jurisdiction of the Company’s or the Bank’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the securities of the Company or the Bank immediately before such transaction. In addition, a sale by the Company of its securities in a transaction, the primary purpose of which is to raise capital for the Company’s or the Bank’s operations and business activities, including, without limitation, an initial public offering of Shares under the Securities Act or other Applicable Law shall not constitute a Change in Control.

(j)    “ Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(k)    “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or other individuals satisfying Applicable Law appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(l)    “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company, par value $1.00 per share, or in the case of Performance Units, Restricted Stock Units, and certain Other Stock-Based Awards, the cash equivalent thereof, as applicable.

(m)    “ Company ” means Guaranty Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation, or any successor thereto.

(n)    “ Consultant ” means any natural person, including an advisor, who is engaged by the Company, or any Parent or Subsidiary, to render bona fide consulting or advisory

 

3


services to such entity and who is compensated for those services; provided, however, that the term “Consultant” does not include (i) Employees, (ii) Directors who are paid only a director’s fee by the Bank or the Company or who are not compensated by the Bank or the Company for their services as Directors, (iii) securities promoters, (iv) independent agents, franchisees and salespersons who do not have employment relationships with the Company from which they derive at least fifty percent (50%) of their annual income, or (v) any other person who would not be a “consultant” or “advisor” as defined under Rule 701 of the Securities Act or any applicable rulings or regulations interpreting Rule 701.

(o)    “ Date of Grant ” means the date an Award is granted to a Participant in accordance with Section 16 hereof.

(p)    “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(q)    “ Disability ” means a total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its sole discretion may determine whether a total and permanent disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

(r)    “ Dividend Equivalent ” means a credit, made at the sole discretion of the Administrator, to the account of a Participant in an amount equal to the value of dividends paid on one Share for each Share represented by an Award held by such Participant. Under no circumstances shall the payment of a Dividend Equivalent be made contingent on the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right.

(s)    “ Employee ” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or the Bank, or any Parent or Subsidiary. A person shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company, the Bank or any Parent or Subsidiary, including sick leave, military leave, or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company, the Bank or any Parent or Subsidiary, or any successor. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company or the Bank is not so guaranteed, then three (3) months following the ninety first (91 st ) day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company, the Bank or any Parent or Subsidiary shall be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company, the Bank or any Parent or Subsidiary.

(t)    “ Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(u)    “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or cash, and/or (ii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is reduced. The terms and conditions of any Exchange Program shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

4


(v)    “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i)    if the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, the Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system for the day of determination, as reported in The  Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii)    if the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock shall be the mean of the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or any other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

(iii)    in the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(iv)    Notwithstanding the preceding, for federal, state, and local income tax reporting purposes and for such other purposes as the Administrator deems appropriate, the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Administrator in accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory standards adopted by it from time to time.

(w)    “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify and receive favorable tax treatment as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, as designated in the applicable Award Agreement.

(x)    “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(y)    “ Option ” means an option to purchase Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(z)    “ Other Stock-Based Awards ” means any other awards not specifically described in the Plan that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on, Shares and are created by the Administrator pursuant to Section 12.

(aa)    “ Outside Director ” means an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(bb)    “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation” with respect to the Company or the Bank, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(cc)    “ Participan t ” means a Service Provider who has been granted an Award under the Plan.

 

5


(dd)    “ Performance Goals ” means goals which have been established by the Committee in connection with an Award and are based on one or more of the following criteria, as determined by the Committee in its absolute and sole discretion: growth in interest income and expense; net-income; net interest margin; efficiency ratio; reduction in non-accrual loans and non-interest expense; growth in non-interest income and ratios to earnings assets; net revenue growth and ratio to earning assets; capital ratios; asset or liability interest rate sensitivity and gap; effective tax rate; deposit growth and composition; liquidity management; securities portfolio (value, yield, spread, maturity, or duration); earning asset growth and composition (loans, securities); non-interest income (e.g., fees, premiums and commissions, loans, wealth management, treasury management, insurance, funds management); overhead ratios, productivity ratios; credit quality measures; return on assets; return on equity; economic value of equity; compliance and regulatory ratings; internal controls; enterprise risk measures (e.g., interest rate, loan concentrations, portfolio composition, credit quality, operational measures, compliance ratings, balance sheet, liquidity, insurance); volume in production or loans; cash flow; cost; revenues; sales; ratio of debt to debt plus equity; net borrowing, credit quality or debt ratings; profit before tax; economic profit; earnings before interest and taxes; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; gross margin; profit margin; earnings per Share; operating earnings; capital expenditures; expenses or expense levels; economic value added; ratio of operating earnings to capital spending or any other operating ratios; free cash flow; net profit; net sales; net asset value per Share; the accomplishment of mergers, acquisitions, dispositions, public offerings or similar extraordinary business transactions; sales growth; price of the Company’s common shares; return on investment; return on assets, equity or stockholders’ equity; market share; inventory levels, inventory turn or shrinkage; customer satisfaction; or total return to stockholders.

(ee)    “ Performance Period ” means the time period during which the Performance Goals or performance objectives must be met.

(ff)    “ Performance Share ” means Shares issued pursuant to a Performance Share Award under Section 10 of the Plan.

(gg)    “ Performance Unit ” means, pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan, an unfunded unsecured promise to deliver Shares, cash or other securities equal to the value set forth in the Award Agreement.

(hh)    “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of Performance Goals or other target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

(ii)    “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award under Section 8 or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

(jj)    “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means, pursuant to Sections 4 and 11 of the Plan, an unfunded and unsecured promise to deliver Shares, cash or other securities equal in value to the Fair Market Value of one Share in the Company on the date of vesting or settlement, or as otherwise set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

6


(kk)    “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.

(ll)    “ Section 16(b) ” means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

(mm)    “ Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(nn)    “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant to the Bank or the Company.

(oo)    “ Share ” means a share of Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 15 hereof.

(pp)    “ Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means, pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan, an unfunded and unsecured promise to deliver Shares, cash or other securities equal in value to the difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share as of the date such SAR is exercised/settled and the Fair Market Value of a Share as of the date such SAR was granted, or as otherwise set forth in the Award Agreement.

(qq)    “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation” with respect to the Company or the Bank, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3.     Stock Subject to the Plan .

(a)     Basic Limitation . Subject to the provisions of Section 15 hereof, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to all Awards under the Plan shall not exceed one million (1,000,000) Shares, all of which may be subject to Incentive Stock Option treatment. The maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to all awards under the Plan shall increase annually on the first day of each fiscal year following the adoption of the Plan by 20,000 Shares or such lesser amount determined by the Board. Shares shall not be deemed to have been issued pursuant to the Plan with respect to any portion of an Award that is settled in cash. Upon payment in Shares pursuant to the exercise of an Award, the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan shall be reduced only by the number of Shares actually issued in such payment. If a Participant pays the exercise price (or purchase price, if applicable) of an Award through the tender of Shares, or if Shares are tendered or withheld to satisfy any withholding obligations of the Company, the number of Shares so tendered or withheld shall again be available for issuance pursuant to future Awards under the Plan.

(b)     Lapsed Awards . If any outstanding Award expires or is terminated or canceled without having been exercised or settled in full, or if Shares acquired pursuant to an Award subject to forfeiture or repurchase are forfeited or repurchased by the Company, the Shares allocable to the terminated portion of the Award or the forfeited or repurchased Shares shall again be available for grant under the Plan.

 

7


(c)     Share Reserve . The Company, during the term of the Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

(d)     Shares under Plans of Acquired Companies . Shares issued or transferred pursuant to an Award granted in substitution for outstanding awards, or in connection with assumed awards, previously granted by a company or other entity acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines, shall not count against the limits in the first sentence of Section 3(a) hereof.

4.     Administration of the Plan .

(a)     Procedure .

(i)     Multiple Administrative Bodies . Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

(ii)     Section 162(m) . To the extent that the Administrator determines it to be desirable and necessary to qualify Awards granted under this Plan as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Plan shall be administered by a Committee of two or more Outside Directors.

(iii)     Rule 16b-3 . If a transaction is intended to be exempt under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, it shall be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3.

(iv)     Other Administration . Other than as provided above, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee constituted to satisfy Applicable Law.

(v)     Delegation of Authority for Day -to -Day Administration . Except to the extent prohibited by Applicable Law, the Administrator may delegate to one or more individuals the day-to-day administration of the Plan and any of the functions assigned to it in this Plan. Such delegation may be revoked at any time.

(b)     Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and, in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

(i)    to determine the Fair Market Value of Awards;

(ii)    to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

(iii)    to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

 

8


(iv)    to approve the forms of Award Agreement for use under the Plan;

(v)    to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder including, but not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on Performance Goals or other performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture or repurchase restrictions, any non-competition restrictions, and any other restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

(vi)    to reduce, with or without Participant consent, the exercise price of any Award to the then Fair Market Value (or higher value) if the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock covered by such Award shall have declined since the date the Award was granted;

(vii)    to institute an Exchange Program;

(viii)    to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to the creation and administration of sub-plans;

(ix)    to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares or cash to be issued upon exercise or vesting of an Award that number of Shares or cash having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of any Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. All elections by Participants to have Shares or cash withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable;

(x)    to amend the terms of any outstanding Award, including the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercise period of Awards and accelerate the satisfaction of any vesting criteria or waiver of forfeiture or repurchase restrictions, provided that any amendment that would adversely affect the Participant’s rights under an outstanding Award shall not be made without the Participant’s written consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an amendment shall not be treated as adversely affecting the rights of the Participant if the amendment causes an Incentive Stock Option to become a Nonstatutory Stock Option or if the amendment is made to the minimum extent necessary to avoid the adverse tax consequences of Section 409A of the Code;

(xi)    to include a provision whereby the Participant may elect at any time while a Service Provider to exercise any part or all of the Option prior to full vesting of the Option, and any unvested Shares received pursuant to such exercise may be subject to a repurchase right in favor of the Bank or the Company or to any other restriction the Administrator determines to be appropriate;

(xii)    to correct administrative errors;

(xiii)    to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Award granted pursuant to the Plan;

 

9


(xiv)    to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that would otherwise be due to the Participant under an Award;

(xv)    to determine whether Awards shall be settled in Shares, cash or in a combination of Shares and cash;

(xvi)    to determine whether Awards shall be adjusted for Dividend Equivalents;

(xvii)    to create Other Stock-Based Awards for issuance under the Plan;

(xviii)    to establish a program whereby Service Providers designated by the Administrator can reduce compensation otherwise payable in cash in exchange for Awards under the Plan;

(xix)    to impose such restrictions, conditions or limitations as it determines appropriate as to the timing and manner of any resales by a Participant or other subsequent transfers by the Participant of any Shares issued as a result of or under an Award, including without limitation, (A) restrictions under an insider trading policy, and (B) restrictions as to the use of a specified brokerage firm for such resales or other transfers;

(xx)    to establish one or more programs under the Plan to permit selected Participants the opportunity to elect to defer receipt of consideration upon exercise of an Award, satisfaction of Performance Goals or other performance criteria, or other event that absent the election, would entitle the Participant to payment or receipt of Shares or other consideration under an Award; and

(xxi)    to make any other determination and take any other action that the Administrator deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

The express grant in the Plan of any specific power to the Administrator shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Administrator. However, the Administrator may not exercise any right or power reserved to the Board.

(c)     Delegation of Authority to Officers . Subject to Applicable Law, the Administrator may delegate limited authority to specified officers of the Bank to execute on behalf of the Company and/or the Bank any instrument required to effect an Award previously granted by the Administrator.

(d)     Effect of Administrator’s Decision . All decisions, determinations, actions and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons having an interest in the Plan.

(e)     Indemnification . In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or as officers or Employees of the Company or the Bank, members of the Board and any officers or Employees of the Company to whom authority to act for the Board, the Administrator or the Company or the Bank is delegated shall be defended and indemnified by the Company or the Bank to the extent permitted by law. Such

 

10


indemnification shall cover all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any claim, investigation, action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any Award granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such claim, investigation, action, suit or proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such indemnification shall not include any matters to which it shall be adjudged in the claim, investigation, action, suit or proceeding that the subject person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct; provided, however, that within thirty (30) days after the institution of such claim, investigation, action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company or the Bank, in writing, the opportunity at the Company’s or the Bank’s expense to defend the same.

5.     Eligibility .

(a)     General Rule . Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units, Performance Shares, and Other Stock-Based Awards may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

(b)     Shareholder with Ten-Percent Holdings . An Employee who owns more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding securities of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary shall not be eligible for the grant of an Incentive Stock Option unless (i) the exercise price is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value on the Date of Grant, and (ii) the Incentive Stock Option by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the Date of Grant. For purposes of this Section 5(b), in determining ownership of securities, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall apply.

6.     Limitations

(a)     $100,000 Limitation for Incentive Stock Options . Each Option shall be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding a designation of an Option as an Incentive Stock Option, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds U.S. $100,000 (or such higher annual limit as may be set by the Code for Incentive Stock Options), such Options with respect to such Shares exceeding such amount shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the Date of Grant.

(b)     Special Annual Limits . Subject to Section 15 of the Plan, the maximum number of Shares that may be subject to Options or Stock Appreciation Rights granted to any Service Provider in any calendar year shall equal 300,000 Shares and contain an exercise price

 

11


equal to the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock as of the date of grant. Subject to Section 15 of the Plan, the maximum number of Shares that may be subject to Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, Performance Units and Other Stock-Based Awards granted to any Service Provider in any calendar year shall equal 150,000 Shares. Subject to Section 15 of the Plan, the maximum dollar amount that may be subject to cash awards granted to any Service Provider in any calendar year shall equal $2,000,000. Notwithstanding the foregoing Share limitations to the contrary, and subject to Section 15 of the Plan, any Award to a Service Provider who is a non-employee Director shall not exceed the following Share limitations per calendar year: (i) 200,000 Shares (for Options and Stock Appreciation Rights) (ii) 100,000 Shares (for Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, Performance Units and Other Stock-Based Awards).

7.     Options .

(a)     Term of Option . The Award Agreement shall specify the term of the Option; provided, however, that the term shall not exceed ten (10) years from the Date of Grant, and a shorter term may be required by Section 5(b) hereof. Subject to the preceding sentence, the Administrator in its sole discretion shall determine when an Option is to expire.

(b)     Exercise Price . Each Award Agreement shall specify the exercise price. The exercise price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the Date of Grant, and a higher percentage may be required by Section 5(b) hereof. Subject to the preceding sentence, the exercise price under any Option shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion. The exercise price shall be payable in accordance with Section 7(d) hereof and the applicable Award Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing or in Section 5(b), in the event of a transaction described in Section 424(a) of the Code, then, consistent with Section 424(a) of the Code, Incentive Stock Options may be issued at an exercise price other than as required by the foregoing and Section 5(b).

(c)     Exercisability . At the time an Option s granted, the Administrator shall fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and shall determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the satisfaction of such conditions at any time.

(d)     Form of Consideration . The Administrator shall determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator shall determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant.

(i)     General Rule . The entire exercise price for Shares issued under the Plan shall be payable in cash or cash equivalents at the time when the Shares are purchased, except as otherwise provided in this Section 7(d).

(ii)     Services Rendered . At the sole discretion of the Administrator and to the extent so provided in the agreements evidencing Awards of Shares under the Plan, Shares may be awarded under the Plan in consideration of services rendered to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary prior to the Award.

 

12


(iii)     Net Exercise . At the sole discretion of the Administrator, consideration may be paid in the form of a “net exercise,” such that, without the payment of any funds, the Participant may exercise the Option and receive the net number of Shares equal to (A) the number of Shares as to which the Option is being exercised, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Fair Market Value per Share (on such date as is determined by the Administrator) less the exercise price per Share, and the denominator of which is such Fair Market Value per Share (the number of net Shares to be received shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number of Shares);

(iv)     Other Forms of Consideration . At the sole discretion of the Administrator, all or a portion of the exercise price may be paid by any other form of consideration and method of payment to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, including through the tender of other Shares with a Fair Market Value equal to the exercise price per Share.

(e)     Exercise Procedure . Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms hereof at such times and under such conditions as may be determined by the Administrator and as set forth in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that an Option shall not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

(i)    An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives (A) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Award Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option and (B) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (including provision for any applicable tax withholding). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator in accordance with Section 7(d) hereof and permitted by the Award Agreement.

(ii)    Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Awarded Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 15 of the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement.

(iii)    Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares thereafter available for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

 

13


(f)     Termination of Service (other than by death) .

(i)    If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any reason other than death, then the Participant’s Options shall expire on the earlier of:

(A)    The expiration date determined by Section 7(a) hereof; or

(B)    The ninetieth (90 th ) day following the termination of the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider for any reason other than Disability or Cause, or such other date as the Administrator may determine and specify in the Award Agreement; provided that no Option that is exercised after the ninetieth (90 th ) day following the termination of the Participant’s relationship as an Employee for any reason other than Disability or Cause shall be treated as an Incentive Stock Option;

(C)    The last day of the twelve (12) month period following the termination of the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider by reason of Disability, or such other date as the Administrator may determine and specify in the Award Agreement; provided that no Option that is exercised after the last day of the twelve (12) month period following the termination of the Participant’s relationship as an Employee shall be treated as an Incentive Stock Option; or

(D)    The Participant’s date of the termination as a Service Provider if such termination is for Cause.

(ii)    Following the termination of the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider, the Participant may exercise all or any part of the Participant’s Option at any time before the expiration of the Option as set forth in Section 7(f)(i) hereof, but only to the extent that the Option was vested and exercisable as of the date of termination of the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider (or became vested and exercisable as a result of the termination). Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If the Participant does not exercise his Option as to all of the vested Shares within the time specified by the Award Agreement, the Option shall terminate, and the remaining Shares covered by the Option shall revert to the Plan.

(iii)    In the event that the Participant dies after the termination of the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider but before the expiration of the Participant’s Option as set forth in Section 7(f)(i) hereof, all or part of the Option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Participant’s estate or by any person who has acquired the Option directly from the Participant by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that the Option was vested and exercisable as of the termination date of the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider (or became vested and exercisable as a result of the termination). If the Option is not exercised as to all of the vested Shares within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option shall terminate, and the remaining Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(g)     Death of Participant .

(i)    If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, then the Participant’s Option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(A) The expiration date determined by Section 7(a) hereof; or

 

14


(B)    The last day of the twelve (12) month period following the Participant’s death, or such later date as the Administrator may determine and specify in the Award Agreement.

(ii)    All or part of the Participant’s Option may be exercised at any time before the expiration of the Option as set forth in Section 7(g)(i) hereof by the executors or administrators of the Participant’s estate or by any person who has acquired the Option directly from the Participant by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that the Option was vested and exercisable as of the date of the Participant’s death or had become vested and exercisable as a result of the death. Any remaining Options that are unvested as of the date of the Participant’s death, or that did not become vested and exercisable as a result of the Participant’s death, shall be immediately forfeited upon the Participant’s death. If the Option is not exercised as to all of the vested Shares within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option shall terminate, and the remaining Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

8.     Restricted Stock .

(a)     Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine.

(b)     Restricted Stock Agreement . Each Award of Restricted Stock shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, Shares of Restricted Stock shall be held by the Company as escrow agent until the restrictions on the Shares have lapsed.

(c)     Removal of Restrictions . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Award made under the Plan shall be released from escrow as soon as practical after the last day of the Period of Restriction. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions shall lapse or be removed.

(d)     Voting Rights . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

(e)     Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock shall be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement. If any dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares shall be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

(f)     Return of Restricted Stock to Company . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed shall revert to the Company and again shall become available for grant under the Plan.

 

15


9.     Stock Appreciation Rights

(a)     Grant of SARs . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a SAR may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. The Administrator shall have complete discretion to determine the number of SARs granted to any Service Provider. The Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, shall have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of SARs granted under the Plan, including the sole discretion to accelerate exercisability at any time.

(b)     SAR Agreement . Each SAR grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the exercise price, the term, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine.

(c)     Expiration of SARs . A SAR granted under the Plan shall expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, as set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Sections 7(f) and 7(g) shall also apply to SARs.

(d)     Payment of SAR Amount . Upon exercise of a SAR, a Participant shall be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i)    The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

(ii)    The number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.

(iii)    At the sole discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon the exercise of a SAR may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

10.     Performance Units and Performance Shares .

(a)     Grant of Performance Units and Performance Shares . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Performance Units and Performance Shares may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time, as shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion. The Administrator shall have complete discretion in determining the number of Performance Units and Performance Shares granted to each Service Provider.

(b)     Value of Performance Units and Performance Shares . Each Performance Unit shall have an initial value established by the Administrator on or before the date of grant. Each Performance Share shall have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.

(c)     Performance Objectives and Other Terms . The Administrator shall set Performance Goals or other performance objectives in its sole discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, shall determine the number or value of Performance Units and Performance Shares that shall be paid out to the Participant. Each award of Performance Units or Performance Shares shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the Performance Period and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator in its sole

 

16


discretion shall determine. The Administrator may set Performance Goals or performance objectives based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, or individual goals (including solely continued service), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

(d)     Earning of Performance Units and Performance Shares . After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Units or Performance Shares shall be entitled to receive a payout of the number of Performance Units or Performance Shares earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding Performance Goals or performance objectives have been achieved. After the grant of Performance Units or Performance Shares, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives for the Performance Unit or Performance Share.

(e)     Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Units and Performance Shares . Payment of earned Performance Units and Performance Shares shall be made after the expiration of the applicable Performance Period at the time determined by the Administrator. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Units and Performance Shares in the form of cash, in Shares (which have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Units or Performance Shares, as applicable, at the close of the applicable Performance Period) or in a combination of cash and Shares.

(f)     Cancellation of Performance Units or Performance Shares . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned or unvested Performance Units and Performance Shares shall be forfeited to the Company, and again shall be available for grant under the Plan.

11.     Restricted Stock Units . Restricted Stock Units shall consist of a Restricted Stock, Performance Share or Performance Unit Award that the Administrator, in its sole discretion permits to be paid out in a lump sum, installments or on a deferred basis, in accordance with rules and procedures established by the Administrator

12.     Other Stock-Based Awards . Other Stock-Based Awards may be granted either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with, other Awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan. The Administrator shall have authority to determine the Service Providers to whom and the time or times at which Other Stock-Based Awards shall be made, the amount of such Other Stock-Based Awards, and all other conditions of the Other Stock-Based Awards, including any dividend or voting rights and whether the Award should be paid in cash.

13.     Leaves of Absence . Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator and subject to Applicable Law, vesting of Awards granted under this Plan shall be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence and shall resume on the date the Participant returns to work on a regular schedule as determined by the Company; provided, however, that no vesting credit shall be awarded for the time vesting has been suspended during such leave of absence. A Service Provider shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no leave of absence may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by

 

17


statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not guaranteed by statute or contract, then at the end of three (3) months following the expiration of the leave of absence, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

14.     Nontransferability of Awards . Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator and provided in the applicable Award Agreement (or be amended to provide), no Award shall be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner (whether by operation of law or otherwise) other than by will or applicable laws of descent and distribution or (except in the case of an Incentive Stock Option) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, and shall not be subject to execution, attachment, or similar process. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award shall contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate. Upon any attempt to pledge, assign, hypothecate, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any Award or of any right or privilege conferred by this Plan contrary to the provisions hereof, or upon the sale, levy or attachment or similar process upon the rights and privileges conferred by this Plan, such Award shall thereupon terminate and become null and void. Awards may be exercised during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant.

15.     Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Change in Control .

(a)     Adjustments . In the event of any change in the outstanding Shares of Common Stock by reason of any stock split, stock dividend or other non-recurring dividends or distributions, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of stock, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or other similar corporate transaction that affects the Common Stock, an adjustment shall be made, as the Administrator deems necessary or appropriate, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan. Such adjustment may include an adjustment to the number and class of Shares which may be delivered under the Plan, the number, class and price of Shares subject to outstanding Awards, the number and class of Shares issuable pursuant to Options, and the numerical limits in Sections 3 and 6(b). Notwithstanding the preceding, the number of Shares subject to any Award always shall be a whole number.

(b)     Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may provide for a Participant to have the right to exercise his or her Award, to the extent applicable, until fifteen (15) days prior to the proposed dissolution or liquidation as to all of the Awarded Stock covered thereby, including Shares as to which the Award would not otherwise be exercisable. In addition, the Administrator may provide that any Company repurchase option or forfeiture rights applicable to any Award shall lapse 100%, and that any Award vesting shall accelerate 100%, provided the proposed dissolution or liquidation takes place at the time and in the manner contemplated. To the extent it has not been previously exercised or vested, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c)     Change in Control . This Section 15(c) shall apply except to the extent otherwise provided in the Award Agreement.

 

18


(i)     Stock Options and SARs . In the event of a Change in Control, each outstanding Option and SAR shall be assumed or an equivalent option or SAR substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, if the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Option or SAR, the Participant shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise the Option or SAR as to all of the Awarded Stock, including Shares as to which it would not otherwise be vested or exercisable. If an Option or SAR is not assumed or substituted on the Change in Control, the Administrator shall notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or SAR shall be exercisable, to the extent vested, for a period of up to fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, and the Option or SAR shall terminate upon the expiration of such period. For the purposes of this Section 15(c)(i), the Option or SAR shall be considered assumed if, following the Change in Control, the option or SAR confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share of Awarded Stock subject to the Option or SAR immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether securities, cash, or property) received in the Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares). However, if the consideration received in the Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option or SAR, for each share of Awarded Stock subject to the Option or SAR, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned, or is paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance objectives shall not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of the performance objectives without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to performance objectives only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure shall not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

(ii)     Restricted Stock, Performance Shares, Performance Units, Restricted Stock Units and Other Stock-Based Awards . In the event of a Change in Control, each outstanding Award of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Share, Performance Unit, and Other Stock-Based Award shall be assumed or an equivalent Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Share, Performance Unit, and Other Stock-Based Award shall be substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, if the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Award, the Participant shall fully vest in the Award, including as to Shares or Units that would not otherwise be vested, all applicable restrictions shall lapse, and all performance objectives and other vesting criteria shall be deemed achieved at targeted levels. For the purposes of this Section 15(c)(ii), an Award of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, Performance Units, and Other Stock-Based Awards shall be considered assumed if, following the Change in Control, the award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control (and if a Restricted Stock Unit or Performance Unit, for each Share as determined based on the then current value of the unit), the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice

 

19


of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares). However, if the consideration received in the Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide that the consideration to be received for each Share (and if a Restricted Stock Unit or Performance Unit, for each Share as determined based on the then current value of the unit) be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned, or is paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance objectives shall not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of the performance objectives without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to the performance objectives only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure shall not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

(iii)     Outside Director Awards . Notwithstanding any provision of Sections 15(c)(i) or 15(c)(ii) to the contrary, with respect to Awards granted to an Outside Director that are assumed or substituted for, if on the date of or following the assumption or substitution, the Participant’s status as a Director or a director of the successor corporation, as applicable, is terminated other than upon a voluntary resignation by the Participant, then the Participant shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise his Options and Stock Appreciation Rights as to all of the Award, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, and all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units, as applicable, shall lapse, and, with respect to Performance Shares, Performance Units, and Other Stock-Based Awards, all performance goals and other vesting criteria shall be deemed achieved at target levels and all other terms and conditions met.

(d)     Reservation of Rights . Except as provided in this Section 15 and in the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant shall have no rights by reason of (i) any subdivision or consolidation of Shares or other securities of any class, (ii) the payment of any dividend, or (iii) any other increase or decrease in the number of Shares or other securities of any class. Any issuance by the Company of equity securities of any class, or securities convertible into equity securities of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or exercise price of Shares. The grant of an Award shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure, to merge or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

20


16.     Date of Grant . The Date of Grant of an Award shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination to grant the Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator; provided, however, that the Date of Grant of an Incentive Stock Option shall be no earlier than the date on which the Service Provider becomes an Employee. Notice of the determination shall be provided to each participant within reasonable time after the date of such grant.

17.     Board and Shareholder Approval; Term of Plan.

(a)     Approval by Shareholders . The Plan shall be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such approval by shareholders of the Company shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under Applicable Law.

(b)     Term of the Plan . Subject to approval by shareholders of the Company in accordance with Section 17(a) hereof, the Plan shall become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board or its approval by the shareholders of the Company as described in Section 16 hereof. In the event that the shareholders of the Company fail to approve the Plan within twelve (12) months prior to or after its adoption by the Board, any Options that have been granted and any Shares that have been awarded or purchased under the Plan shall be rescinded, and no additional Options shall be granted thereafter. Unless sooner terminated under Section 18 hereof, the Plan shall continue in effect until the date that all Shares issuable under the Plan have been purchased or acquired in accordance with the Plan; provided, however, that in no event may any Options be granted under the Plan more than ten (10) years after the earlier of the date on which the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date on which the Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Company.

18.     Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a)     Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend, or terminate the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board shall obtain approval of the shareholders of any Plan amendment if required by Applicable Law.

(b)     Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension, or termination of the Plan shall materially and adversely impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, or anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Administrator shall have unilateral authority to amend an Award, without Participant consent, to the minimum extent necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code and such amendment shall not be deemed to materially impair the rights of such Participant.

19.     Conditions upon issuance of shares.

(a)     Legal Compliance . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any agreement entered into by the Company or the Bank pursuant to the Plan, neither the

 

21


Company nor the Bank shall be obligated, and shall have no liability for failure to deliver any Shares under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of Shares comply with (or are exempt from) all Applicable Law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act, U.S. state securities laws and regulations, and the regulations of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Company’s securities may then be traded, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b)     Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise or receipt of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising or receiving the Award to represent and warrant at the time any such exercise or receipt that the Shares are being acquired only for investment purposes and without any present intention to sell, transfer, or distribute the Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such representation is required.

(c)     Taxes . No Shares shall be delivered under the Plan to any Participant or other person until the Participant or other person has made arrangements as the Administrator may require for the satisfaction of any U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. income and employment tax withholding obligations, including without limitation, obligations incident to the receipt of Shares. Upon exercise or vesting of an Award, the Company shall withhold or collect from the Participant an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations, including, but not limited to, by surrender of the whole number of Shares covered by the Award sufficient to satisfy the minimum applicable tax withholding obligations incident to the exercise or vesting of an Award. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, upon the exercise or settlement of any Award, the Company or the Bank shall have the right to withhold taxes from any compensation or other amounts that the Bank may owe to the Participant, or to require the Participant to pay to the Company or the Bank the amount of any taxes that the Company or the Bank may be required to withhold with respect to the Shares issued to the Participant.

20.     Severability . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan or an Award to the contrary, if any one or more of the provisions (or any part thereof) of this Plan or the Awards shall be held invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, such provision shall be modified so as to make it valid, legal, and enforceable, and the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions (or any part thereof) of the Plan or Award, as applicable, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

21.     Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

22.     No Rights as a Service Provider . Neither the Plan nor any Award shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue his or her relationship as a Service Provider with the Bank or the Company for any period of specific duration or interfere in any way with his or her right or the right of the Bank or the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Participant), which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice.

 

22


23.     Unfunded Obligation . This Section 23 shall only apply to Awards that are not settled in Shares. Participants shall have the status of general unsecured creditors of the Company. Any amounts payable to Participants pursuant to the Plan shall be unfunded and unsecured obligations for all purposes, including, without limitation, Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. Neither the Company nor any Parent or Subsidiary shall be required to segregate any monies from its general funds, or to create any trusts, or establish any special accounts with respect to such obligations. The Company shall retain at all times beneficial ownership of any investments, including trust investments, which the Company may make to fulfill its payment obligations under this Plan. Any investments or the creation or maintenance of any trust for any Participant account shall not create or constitute a trust or fiduciary relationship between the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary and Participant, or otherwise create any vested or beneficial interest in any Participant or the Participant’s creditors in any assets of the Company or Parent or Subsidiary. The Participants shall have no claim against the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary for any changes in the value of any assets that may be invested or reinvested by the Company with respect to the Plan.

24.     No Rights to Awards . No Participant, eligible Service Provider, or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of a Service Provider, Participant, or holders or beneficiaries of Awards under the Plan. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to any Participant or with respect to different Participants.

25.     No Stockholder Rights . Except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, a Participant shall have none of the rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares covered by an Award until the Participant becomes the record owner of the Shares.

26.     Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issued and the Administrator shall determine, in its sole discretion, whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares shall be eliminated by rounding up or down as appropriate.

27.     Governing Law . The Plan, all Award Agreements, and all related matters, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas, without regard to choice of law principles that direct the application of the laws of another state.

28.     Minimum Regulatory Capital Requirements . Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan or any agreement to the contrary, Awards granted under the Plan will expire or be forfeited, to the extent not exercised or settled, within forty-five (45) days following the receipt of notice from the Company’s and/or the Bank’s primary federal or state regulator (“ Regulator ”) that (i) the Company and/or the Bank has not maintained its minimum capital requirements (as determined by the Regulator); and (ii) the Regulator is requiring termination or forfeiture of the Awards. Upon receipt of such notice from the Regulator, the Company and/or the Bank will promptly notify each Participant that such Awards have become fully exercisable and vested to the full extent of the grant and that the Participant must exercise the Award or the Award must be settled, as applicable, prior to the end of the 45-day period or such earlier period as may be specified by the Regulator or the Participant will forfeit such Awards. In case of forfeiture, no Participant will have a cause of action, of any kind or nature, with respect to the forfeiture

 

23


against the Company, the Bank or any Parent or Subsidiary. None of the Company, the Bank, or any Parent or Subsidiary will be liable to any Participant due to the failure or inability of the Company and/or the Bank to provide adequate notice to the Participant.

29.     Section 409A . It is the intention of the Company that no Award shall be “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code, unless and to the extent that the Administrator specifically determines otherwise, and the Plan and the terms and conditions of all Awards shall be interpreted accordingly. The following rules shall apply to Awards intended to be subject to Section 409A of the Code (“ 409A Awards ”):

(a)    Any distribution of a 409A Award following a separation from service that would be subject to Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code as a distribution following a separation from service of a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code) shall occur no earlier than the expiration of the six-month period following such separation from service.

(b)    In the case of a 409A Award providing for distribution or settlement upon vesting or lapse of a risk of forfeiture, if the time of such distribution or settlement is not otherwise specified in the Plan or Award Agreement or other governing document, the distribution or settlement shall be made no later than March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which such 409A Award vested or the risk of forfeiture lapsed.

(c)    In the case of any distribution of any other 409A Award, if the timing of such distribution is not otherwise specified in the Plan or Award Agreement or other governing document, the distribution shall be made not later than the end of the calendar year during which the settlement of the 409A Award is specified to occur.

30.     Construction . Headings in this Plan are included for convenience and shall not be considered in the interpretation of the Plan. References to sections are to Sections of this Plan unless otherwise indicated. Pronouns shall be construed to include the masculine, feminine, neutral, singular or plural as the identity of the antecedent may require. This Plan shall be construed according to its fair meaning and shall not be strictly construed against the Company.

31.     Compensation Recoupment . All compensation and Awards payable or paid under the Plan and any sub-plans shall be subject to the Company’s ability to recover incentive-based compensation from executive officers, as is required by the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, any regulations or rules promulgated thereunder, or any other “clawback” provision required by Applicable Law or the listing standards of any applicable stock exchange or national market system.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

24


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company, acting by and through its duly authorized officer, has executed this Plan on this the 18th day of February, 2015.

 

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Tyson T. Abston

  Tyson T. Abston
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 10.2

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Notice of Restricted Stock Award (this “ Notice ”), the Restricted Stock Award Agreement attached hereto (the “ Award Agreement ”), and the Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), the below individual (the “ Participant ”) is hereby granted the below number of Shares (the “ Covered Shares ”) of common stock in Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. (the “ Company ”). Unless otherwise specifically indicated, all terms used in this Notice shall have the meaning as set forth in the Award Agreement or the Plan.

Identifying Information:

 

Participant Name:  

 

   Date of Grant:   

 

Address:  

 

   Number of Covered Shares:   

 

 

 

   Purchase Price per Share:   

 

     Vesting Commencement Date:   

 

Vesting Schedule:

Subject to the Participant’s continuous status as a Service Provider, and the terms of the Plan and this Award Agreement, the Covered Shares shall vest over a five-year period in accordance with the following vesting schedule (the “ Vesting Schedule ”):

 

Vesting  Date    Nonforfeitable  Percentage
1st anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date    20% shall vest, combined total of 20% vested
2nd anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date    20% shall vest, combined total of 40% vested
3rd anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date    20% shall vest, combined total of 60% vested
4th anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date    20% shall vest, combined total of 80% vested
5th anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date    20% shall vest, combined total of 100% vested

Notwithstanding the above, the Covered Shares shall automatically become fully vested upon the earlier of: (i) the Participant’s Disability; (ii) the Participant’s death; and (iii) immediately prior to the closing of a Change in Control of the Company.

[signature page follows]


By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, the Participant and the Company agree that the Covered Shares granted are governed by the terms and conditions of this Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan.

 

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

By:                                                              

Its:                                                               

Dated:                                                         

PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGMENT

The Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of this Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan, and represents that he or she is familiar with the provisions thereof, and hereby accepts the Covered Shares subject to all of the terms and provisions hereof and thereof. The Participant has reviewed this Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of legal counsel prior to executing this Notice and the Award Agreement, and fully understands all provisions of this Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan. The Participant hereby agrees that all questions of interpretation and administration relating to this Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan shall be resolved by the Administrator.

The Participant hereby acknowledges that he or she has had the opportunity to review with his or her own tax advisors the tax consequences of receiving this Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan, and the transactions contemplated thereby, including any U.S. federal, state and local tax laws, and any other applicable taxing jurisdiction, prior to executing this Notice. The Participant attests that he or she is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents or affiliates. Further, the Participant hereby acknowledges and understands that he or she (and not the Company) shall be solely responsible for his or her tax liability that may arise as a result of receiving this Notice and the Award Agreement.

 

PARTICIPANT:

Signature:                                                  

Print Name:                                               

Dated:                                                        

 

2


GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Notice of Restricted Stock Award (the “ Notice ”), this Restricted Stock Award Agreement (the “ Award Agreement ”), and the Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), the individual set forth in the Notice (the “ Participant ”) is hereby granted Shares of common stock (the “ Covered Shares ”) in Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. (the “ Company ”). Unless otherwise specifically indicated, all terms used in this Award Agreement shall have the meaning as set forth in the Notice or the Plan.

1.     Purchase Price Per Share . If the Covered Shares are subject to a purchase price, as set forth in the Notice, the Participant shall have the right to purchase such Covered Shares at the specified purchase price in accordance with such procedures as may be established by the Administrator from time to time.

2.     Vesting Schedule and Risk of Forfeiture .

(a)     Vesting Schedule . Subject to the Participant’s continuous service with the Company as a Service Provider, the Covered Shares shall vest in accordance with the Vesting Schedule provided in the Notice.

(b)     Risk of Forfeiture . The Covered Shares shall be subject to a risk of forfeiture until such time the risk of forfeiture lapses in accordance with the Vesting Schedule. All or any portion of the Covered Shares subject to a risk of forfeiture shall automatically be forfeited and immediately returned to the Company if Participant’s continuous status as a Service Provider is interrupted or terminated for any reason other than as permitted under the Plan. Additionally, and notwithstanding anything in the Notice or this Award Agreement to the contrary, the vested and unvested Covered Shares shall be forfeited if the Participant’s continuous service as a Service Provider is terminated for Cause or if the Participant breaches (as determined by the Board) any provisions of the Notice, this Award Agreement or the Plan. The Company shall implement any forfeiture under this Section 2 in a unilateral manner, without Participant’s consent, and with no payment to Participant, cash or otherwise, for the forfeited Covered Shares.

3.     Transfer Restrictions . The Covered Shares issued to the Participant hereunder may not be sold, transferred by gift, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred or disposed of by the Participant (other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution) prior to the date when the Covered Shares become vested pursuant to the Vesting Schedule. Any attempt to transfer Covered Shares in violation of this Section 3 shall be null and void and shall be disregarded. The terms of the Plan and this Award Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Participant.

4.     Escrow of Shares . For purposes of facilitating the enforcement of the provisions of the Notice, this Award Agreement and the Plan, the Participant agrees, immediately upon receipt of the certificate(s) for the Covered Shares (i) to deliver such certificate(s), together with

 

1


an Assignment Separate from Certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , (ii) executed in blank by the Participant and with respect to each such stock certificate, (iii) to the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company, or their designee, to hold in escrow for so long as such Covered Shares have not vested pursuant to the Vesting Schedule or until such time as this Award Agreement is no longer in effect. Such escrow agent shall have the authority to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases as may be necessary or appropriate to accomplish the objectives of this Award Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof. The Participant hereby acknowledges that the appointment of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company (or their designee) as the escrow holder hereunder with the stated authorities is a material inducement to the Company to enter into the Notice and this Award Agreement and that such appointment is coupled with an interest and is accordingly irrevocable. The Participant agrees that such escrow holder shall not be liable to any party hereto (or to any other party) for any actions or omissions unless such escrow holder is grossly negligent relative thereto. The escrow holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed by any signature purported to be genuine and may resign at any time. Upon the vesting of Covered Shares, the escrow holder will, without further order or instruction, transmit to the Participant the certificate evidencing such Shares, subject, however, to satisfaction of any withholding obligations provided in Section 7, below.

5.     Additional Securities . Any securities or cash received as the result of an adjustment provided for in Section 15 of the Plan (the “ Additional Securities ”) shall be retained in escrow in the same manner and subject to the same conditions and restrictions as the Covered Shares with respect to which they were issued, including the Vesting Schedule. If the Additional Securities consist of a convertible security, the Participant may exercise any conversion right, and any securities so acquired shall constitute Additional Securities. In the event of any change in certificates evidencing the Shares or the Additional Securities by reason of any transaction under Article 15 of the Plan, the escrow holder is authorized to deliver to the issuer the certificates evidencing the Shares or Additional Securities in exchange for the certificates of the replacement securities.

6.     Distributions . The Company shall disburse to the Participant all regular cash dividends with respect to the Shares and Additional Securities, whether vested or otherwise, less the amount to satisfy any applicable withholding obligations.

7.     Taxes . The Participant hereby acknowledges and understands that he or she may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of the Participant’s receipt of (or purchase of), vesting in, or disposition of, the Covered Shares. The Participant hereby represents that the Participant has consulted with any tax consultants the Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase, vesting, or disposition of the Covered Shares and that the Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice. In the event the Company determines that it has a tax withholding obligation in connection with Participant’s purchase of, vesting in, or disposition of, the Covered Shares, the Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company or Affiliate for the satisfaction of such withholding. The Participant consents to the Company or Affiliate satisfying any withholding obligation by withholding from other compensation due to the Participant in the event such satisfactory arrangements are not made.

 

2


(a)     Representations . The Participant has reviewed with his own tax advisors the tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement, including any U.S. federal, state and local tax laws, and any other applicable taxing jurisdiction. The Participant is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. The Participant hereby acknowledges and understands that he or she (and not the Company) shall be responsible for his or her own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement.

(b)     Section 83(b) Election . The Participant hereby acknowledges that he or she has been informed that if he or she makes a timely election (the “ Election ”) pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed currently on any difference between the Fair Market Value of the Covered Shares and any purchase price paid, this will result in a recognition of taxable income to the Participant on the date the Covered Shares were granted. Absent such an Election, taxable income will be measured and recognized by the Participant at the time or times on which the Covered Shares become vested. The Participant is strongly encouraged to seek the advice of his or her own tax consultants in connection with the Covered Shares granted pursuant to the Plan and this Award Agreement, and the advisability of filing the Election under Section 83(b) of the Code. A form of Election under Section 83(b) is attached hereto as Exhibit B .

THE PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS THE PARTICIPANT’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE COMPANY’S OR ANY AFFILIATE TO TIMELY FILE THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE CODE, EVEN IF THE PARTICIPANT REQUESTS THE COMPANY, AFFILIATE OR THEIR REPRESENTATIVE TO MAKE THIS FILING ON THE PARTICIPANT’S BEHALF.

(c)     Payment of Withholding Taxes . In the event the Company determines that it has a tax withholding obligation in connection with Participant’s purchase of, vesting in, or disposition of, the Covered Shares, the Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company for the satisfaction of such withholding. The Participant consents to the Company satisfying any withholding obligation by withholding from other compensation due to the Participant in the event such satisfactory arrangements are not made.

8.     Legality of Initial Issuance . No Covered Shares shall be issued unless and until the Company has determined that: (i) the Company and the Participant have taken all actions required to register the Covered Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof, if applicable; (ii) all applicable listing requirements of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Covered Shares are listed has been satisfied; and (iii) any other applicable provision of state or U.S. federal law or other applicable law has been satisfied.

 

3


9.     Restrictive Legends . The share certificate evidencing the Covered Shares issued hereunder shall be endorsed with the following legends (in addition to any legend required under applicable U.S. federal, state securities laws and under any other Applicable Law):

(a)     On the face of the certificate :

“TRANSFER OF THIS STOCK IS RESTRICTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONDITIONS PRINTED ON THE REVERSE OF THIS CERTIFICATE.”

(b)     On the reverse of the certificate :

“THE SHARES OF STOCK EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AND TRANSFERABLE ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THAT CERTAIN GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC. 2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY IN MOUNT PLEASANT, TEXAS. NO TRANSFER OR PLEDGE OF THE SHARES EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY BE MADE EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SAID PLAN. BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS CERTIFICATE, ANY HOLDER, TRANSFEREE OR PLEDGEE HEREOF AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ALL OF THE PROVISIONS OF SAID PLAN.”

10.     Restrictions on Transfer .

(a)     Stop-Transfer Notices . The Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein and applicable law, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(b)     Rights of the Company . The Company shall not (i) record on its books the transfer of any Covered Shares that have been sold or transferred in contravention of this Award Agreement or (ii) treat as the owner of Covered Shares, or otherwise to accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any transferee to whom Covered Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Award Agreement. Any transfer of Covered Shares not made in conformance with this Award Agreement shall be null and void and shall not be recognized by the Company.

11.     Entire Agreement; Governing Law; and Amendments . The provisions of the Plan and the Notice are incorporated herein by reference. The Plan, the Notice and this Award Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Participant. This Award Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of Texas applicable to contracts executed in and to be performed in that country.

12.     Construction; Severability . The captions used in this Award Agreement are inserted for convenience and shall not be deemed a part of the Shares for construction or

 

4


interpretation. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise. The validity, legality or enforceability of this Award Agreement shall not be affected even if one or more of the provisions of this Award Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect.

13.     Administration and Interpretation . Any question or dispute regarding the interpretation of the Notice or this Award Agreement or the receipt of the Covered Shares hereunder shall be submitted by Participant to the Administrator. Any determination by the Administrator in connection with any question or dispute arising under the Plan or this Award Agreement shall be final, conclusive, and binding on the Participant, the Company, and all other persons.

14.     Venue . The Company, the Participant and the Participant’s assignees agree that any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or related to the Plan or the Agreement shall be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in Titus County, Texas and that all parties shall submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The parties irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection the party may have to the laying of venue for any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court. If any one or more provisions of this Section 14 shall for any reason be held invalid or unenforceable, it is the specific intent of the parties that such provisions shall be modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it or its application valid and enforceable.

15.     Notices . Any notice required by the terms of this Award Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit with the U.S. Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Participant at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company.

16.     Spousal Consent . To the extent the Participant is married, the Participant agrees to (i) provide the Participant’s spouse with a copy of the Notice and this Award Agreement prior to its execution by Participant and (ii) obtain such spouse’s consent to this Agreement as evidenced by such spouse’s execution of the Spousal Consent attached hereto as Exhibit C .

17.     Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation . The effectiveness of the grant of the Covered Shares and this Award Agreement is contingent upon the Participant executing the Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit D . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if as of the date hereof, the Participant is bound by an employment, restrictive covenant or similar agreement with the Company containing a non-competition covenant, the execution of the attached Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement will not be a precondition to the effectiveness of the grant of the Covered Shares and this Award Agreement.

18.     Counterparts . This Award Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, any of which may be executed and transmitted by facsimile, and each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.

 

5


19.     Assignment . Except as otherwise provided in this Award Agreement, the Participant shall not assign any of his or her rights under this Award Agreement without the written consent of the Company, which consent may be withheld in its sole discretion. The Company shall be permitted to assign its rights or obligations under this Award Agreement, but no such assignment shall release the Company of its obligations hereunder.

20.     No Guarantee of Service Provider Status . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF COVERED SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE COVERED SHARES GRANTED HEREUNDER, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH THE PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATE’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE THE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

*  *  *  *  *

 

6


EXHIBIT A

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

[Please sign this document but do not date it. The date and information of the transferee will be completed if and when the shares are assigned.]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                                          hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                                          ,                          (                      ) shares of the Common Stock of Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. (the “ Company ”), standing in his or her name on the books of the Company represented by Certificate No.                  herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint the Secretary of the Company with the power of attorney to transfer the said stock in the books of the Company with full power of substitution.

 

Dated:                                 

 

    Signature of Participant
   

 

    Print Name

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

This statement is made under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, pursuant to Section 1.83-2 of the regulations.

1.    The taxpayer who performed the services is:

 

Name:

  

                                                                      

Address:

  

                                                                      

  

                                                                      

Social Security No.:

  

                                                                      

Taxable Year:

  

                                                                      

2.    The property with respect to which the election is made is                      shares of the common stock of Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. (the “ Company ”).

3.    The property was transferred to the undersigned on                              .

4.    The property is subject to a forfeiture condition pursuant to which the issuer has the right to acquire the property without compensation to the taxpayer if for any reason taxpayer’s service with the issuer is terminated. The forfeiture condition lapses in a series of installments depending on certain conditions set forth in an Award Agreement.

5.    The fair market value of such property at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse) is $              per share x              shares = $              .

6.    For the property transferred, the undersigned paid $              per share x              shares = $              .

7.    The amount to include in gross income is $              [The result of the amount reported in Item 5 minus the amount reported in Item 6.]

8.    A copy of this statement was furnished to the Company for whom taxpayer rendered the services underlying the transfer of such property.

9.    This statement is executed on                          ,          .

 

 

     

 

Signature of Spouse (if any)       Signature of Taxpayer

This election must be filed within 30 days after the date of transfer with the Internal Revenue Service Center with which Holder files his or her federal income tax returns. This filing should be made by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. Holder must retain two copies of the completed form for filing with his or her federal and state tax returns for the current tax year and an additional copy for his or her records, and deliver another additional copy to the Company.

 

B-1


EXHIBIT C

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

SPOUSAL CONSENT

I, the undersigned, hereby certify that:

1.     I am the spouse of                                                                                                            .

2.    Each of the undersigned and the undersigned’s spouse is a resident of                                                                                                .

3.    I have read the Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Restricted Stock Award Agreement (the “ Award Agreement ”), by and between Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and my spouse. I have had the opportunity to consult independent legal counsel regarding the contents of the Award Agreement and the Plan.

4.    I understand the terms and conditions of the Award Agreement and the Plan.

5.    I hereby consent to the terms of the Award Agreement and the Plan and to their application to and binding effect upon any community property or other interest I may have in the Shares (it being understood that this Spousal Consent shall in no way be construed to create any such interest). I agree that I will take no action at any time to hinder the operation of the transactions contemplated in and by the Award Agreement and the Plan.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Spousal Consent has been executed as of                          , 2015.

 

  SPOUSE:
  Signature:                                 
  Print Name:                                 

 

C-1


EXHIBIT D

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

CONFIDENTIALITY, NON-COMPETITION AND

NON-SOLICITATION AGREEMENT

In consideration of receipt of an award under the Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, Participant and the Company enter into this Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), effective as of the date signed by Participant below. For purposes of the Agreement, references to the Company shall include its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors, or assigns. Unless otherwise specifically indicated, all terms used in this Agreement shall have the meaning as set forth in the Plan.

1.     Confidential Information and Trade Secrets of Company . While Participant is a Service Provider, the Company may provide Participant (i) with access to and the opportunity to become familiar with its Confidential Information and Trade Secrets (as defined below); (ii) with initial specialized training concerning its procedures, products, services, methods, systems and operations, and thereafter, continuing training, development and education regarding its procedures, products, services, methods, systems and operations; and (iii) with access to Confidential Information and Trade Secrets about, and the opportunity to develop relationships with, the Company’s employees and customers.

(a)    “ Confidential Information and Trade Secrets ” may be written, verbal or recorded by electronic, magnetic or other methods, whether or not expressly identified as “confidential” by the Company, and includes, but is not limited to, information regarding past, current and prospective customers, investors and business affiliates, employees, contractors, and the industry of the Company; the books and records of the Company; business strategies and methods, including acquisition plans and opportunities, geographic and branch development and expansion, and other lines of business or business opportunities of the Company; capitalization plans and capital raising strategies and all information related thereto, including, but not limited to, any private offering of securities and any proposed offering of securities; the competitors of the Company and their tactics and strategies; lending practices and activities; financial and sales data, financial models, business projections and market studies of the Company; management systems, policies and procedures; technical information concerning products, equipment, services, and processes, including product and systems specifications, concepts for new or improved products and other product or systems data of the Company; the identities of, and special skills possessed by, the employees of the Company, as well as the contents of any personnel records; the identities of and pricing information about the suppliers, vendors, service providers or consultants of the Company, as well as any related procurement procedures and pricing techniques; training programs, methods or processes developed or utilized by the Company; and computer programs and software developed by the Company or its consultants; as well as any other non-public information relating to the Company or any other present or future subsidiaries and affiliates of the Company, whether or not deemed a “trade secret” under applicable laws. “Confidential Information and Trade Secrets” also includes, but is not limited to, any other proprietary, confidential or business information or documentation of the Company

 

D-1


EXHIBIT D

 

that is protected by or is otherwise defined as trade secrets under any federal or state trade secret laws, and any documents or other materials independently developed using Confidential Information and Trade Secrets.

(b)    “ Company Business ” shall mean commercial banking including, but not limited to, personal and business banking, acceptance of deposits and providing deposit products and services, consumer and business lending, mortgage lending, wealth management, trust and estate planning, retirement planning, and asset management.

(c)    Participant acknowledges that all notes, data, forms, reference and training materials, leads, memoranda, computer programs, computer print-outs, disks and the information contained in any computer, whether stored locally at the Company or remotely by the Company or others on behalf of the Company, and any other records which contain, reflect or describe any Confidential Information and Trade Secrets, belong exclusively to the Company. Upon the termination of Participants’ status as a Service Provider, Participant shall promptly return such materials and all copies thereof in Participant’s possession to Company, regardless of the cause of the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider.

(d)    For so long as Participant is a Service Provider and thereafter, Participant will not copy, publish, convey, transfer, disclose nor use, directly or indirectly, for Participant’s own benefit or for the benefit of any other person or entity (except the Company) any Confidential Information and Trade Secrets; provided, that any copying or other prohibited use of Confidential Information and Trade Secrets shall not include copying or otherwise using Confidential Information and Trade Secrets in connection with communications with current or potential customers or vendors that the Participant reasonably expects to have a direct benefit to the Company; provided, further, that Participant shall take any steps reasonably necessary to ensure that Confidential Information and Trade Secrets are not disclosed, by Participant or by any such potential customers or vendors, to an extent greater than that which is reasonably required to provide such benefit to the Company. Participant will abide by all rules, guidelines, policies and procedures relating to Confidential Information and Trade Secrets implemented and/or amended from time to time by Company.

2.     Participant Confidentiality Obligations . Participant agrees to keep all such information confidential and not to disclose any such Confidential Information and Trade Secrets, directly or indirectly, to any third party without the prior express written consent of the Company. Participant also agrees not to use such Confidential Information and Trade Secrets in any way, either during the term of this Agreement or at any time thereafter, except as required in the in furtherance of Participant’s duties as a Service Provider. All such Confidential Information and Trade Secrets, including but not limited to files, records, Customer lists, manuals, documents, drawings, specifications, personal notes, personal property and similar items related to the business of the Company, whether or not prepared by Participant, shall remain the exclusive property of the Company.

3.     Return of Documents, Equipment, Etc . Immediately upon the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider, or whenever requested by the Company, Participant shall immediately deliver to Human Resources all property of the Company in Participant’s possession or under Participant’s control, including but not limited to all items listed above and all other records, files, lists, supplies, and personal property of the Company.

 

D-2


EXHIBIT D

 

4.     Confidential Data of Customers of the Company . In the course performing duties to the Company as a Service Provider, Participant may have access to or handle substantial information concerning customers and clients of the Company. All such information is considered confidential by the Company and shall not be disclosed, directly or indirectly, to any person or entity without the prior written consent of the Company.

5.     Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation of Customers, Clients and Participants . Participant agrees that during the time that Participant is a Service Provider and for a period of one (1) year after termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider (the “ Restricted Period ”), regardless of whether the termination occurs with or without cause and regardless of who terminates this Agreement, Participant will not directly or indirectly, as an employee, officer, director, shareholder, proprietor, agent, partner, recruiter, consultant, independent contractor or in any other individual or representative capacity engage in any of the Restricted Activities.

(a)    “ Restricted Activities ” means and includes the following:

(i)    Conducting, engaging or participating, directly or indirectly, as the employee, agent, independent contractor, consultant, advisor, partner, shareholder, investor, lender, underwriter or in any other similar capacity, in any business that competes with any part of the Company Business within the Restricted Area;

(ii)    Recruiting, hiring, and/or attempting to recruit or hire, directly or by assisting others, any other employee, temporary or permanent, contract, part time or full time of the Company or otherwise soliciting any other employee of the Company for any purpose which would directly or indirectly interfere or conflict with the other employee’s employment by the Company. For purposes of this covenant “any other employee” shall refer to employees who provide services to the Company and who are still actively employed by the Company at the time of the attempted recruiting or hiring, or were so employed at any time within twelve (12) months prior to the time of such attempted recruiting or hiring;

(iii)    Using, disclosing, publishing, copying, distributing or communicating any Confidential Information and Trade Secrets to, or for the use or benefit of Participant or any other person or entity other than Company; and

(iv)    Directly or indirectly interfering with any of the Company’s relationships with any of its potential customers, clients, or vendors or any affiliates thereof whom Participant served or whose names became known to Participant during the term of his or her status as a Service Provider.

(b)    “ Restricted Area ” shall mean any county in which the Company or its subsidiaries maintains an office location, or any county immediately contiguous thereto.

(c)    The Company and Participant acknowledge that the provisions contained in this Section 5 shall not prevent Participant or Participant’s affiliates from owning solely as an

 

D-3


EXHIBIT D

 

investment, directly or indirectly, securities of any publicly traded corporation engaged in the Company Business if Participant and Participant’s affiliates do not, directly or indirectly, beneficially own in the aggregate more than 1% of all classes of outstanding equity securities of such entity.

(d)    Participant and the Company agree that the limitations as to time and scope of activity to be restrained are reasonable and do not impose a greater restraint on Participant than is necessary to protect the property rights and other business interests of Company.

(e)    If Participant fails to comply with, or breaches, or threatens to breach, any of the provisions herein, Company in addition to any other remedies available to it at law or in equity, shall be entitled to immediate injunctive relief to enforce the provisions of this Section 5 and shall be entitled to recover from Participant reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred by Company in connection with such proceedings.

6.     Extraordinary Remedies and Attorneys Fees . The Company and Participant agree that any breach by Participant of any of the provisions or covenants contained in the Agreement would cause irreparable harm and damage to the Company, in an amount that would be difficult to quantify, measure, or ascertain. Therefore, in the event of a breach of this Agreement by Participant, the Company shall be entitled to relief through restraining order, injunction, and all other available remedies, including claims for monetary damages incurred because of such breach. These remedies may be pursued concurrently and in any order, and the pursuit of any of these remedies shall not be deemed to limit the other remedies available to the Company in law or in equity. If any action at law or in equity, including an action for declaratory or injunctive relief, is brought to enforce or interpret the provisions of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover costs of court and reasonable attorneys’ fees from the other party or parties to such action, which fees may be set by the court in the trial of such action or may be enforced in a separate action brought for that purpose, and which fees shall be in addition to any other relief that may be awarded.

7.     Survival of Provisions and Covenants . Each and every provision or covenant contained in this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement as expressly provided herein, and shall constitute an independent agreement between Participant and the Company. Further, the existence of any claim by Participant against the Company shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of its rights by the Company.

8.     Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect, that provision will be fully severable, and this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable had never been contained herein; the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement; and there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as possible and still be legal, valid and enforceable. Further, to the extent that any provision is determined to be broader than is otherwise enforceable, the parties agree that a court of competent jurisdiction should seek to reform that provision in a manner so that it may be enforced to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law.

 

D-4


EXHIBIT D

 

9.     Assignment . This Agreement is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, together with their respective executors, administrators, successors, personal representatives, heirs, and assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rights, duties and benefits to Participant hereunder are personal to Participant, and no such right or benefit may be assigned by it. The Company shall have the right to assign or transfer this Agreement to its successors or assigns upon written notice to Participant. The terms “successors” and “assigns” shall include any person, corporation, partnership or other entity that buys all or substantially all of Company’s assets or all of its stock, or with which Company merges or consolidates. Any purported assignment of this Agreement, other than as provided above, shall be void.

10.     Governing Law and Venue . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the procedural and substantive laws of the State of Texas. The Company and Participant irrevocably and unconditionally consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state or federal courts located in Titus County, Texas as the sole venue and location for any actions, suits, or proceedings arising out of or relating to any aspect of this Agreement and all issues arising out of or relating to the Service Provider relationship between the Company and Participant.

11.     Participant Acknowledgement . Participant recognizes and acknowledges that Participant has freely entered into this Agreement for the full consideration expressed herein, the sufficiency and receipt of which Participant hereby acknowledges, and that Participant has had the opportunity to consult with counsel of Participant’s choice with full knowledge and careful consideration of the consequences and meaning of execution of this Agreement.

12.     Entire Agreement . Upon Participant’s acceptance, this letter will contain the entire agreement and understanding between Participant and the Company with respect to the matters addressed herein and shall supersede any prior or contemporaneous agreements, understandings, communications, offers, representations, warranties, or commitments by or on behalf of the Company and its affiliates (oral or written). The terms of this Agreement may in the future be amended, but only in writing signed by both Participant and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

[signature page follows]

 

D-5


EXHIBIT D

 

[Signature Page to Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement]

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:       AGREED AND ACCEPTED:
GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.       PARTICIPANT
By:                                                                                                                                 
Its:                                                                   Name:                                                    
Date:                                                               Date:                                                      

 

D-6

Exhibit 10.3

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award (this “ Notice ”), the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement attached hereto (the “ Award  Agreement ”), and the Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), the below individual (the “ Participant ”) is hereby granted the below number of Restricted Stock Units (the “ RSUs ”) in Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. (the “ Company ”). Unless otherwise specifically indicated, all terms used in this Notice shall have the meaning as set forth in the Award Agreement or the Plan.

Identifying Information:

 

Participant Name:  

 

   Date of Grant:   

 

Address:  

 

   Number of RSUs:   

 

 

 

   Vesting Commencement Date:   

 

Vesting Schedule:

Subject to the Participant’s continuous status as a Service Provider, and the terms of the Plan and this Award Agreement, the RSUs shall vest over a five-year period in accordance with the following vesting schedule (the “ Vesting Schedule ”):

 

Vesting Date    Nonforfeitable Percentage
1 st  anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date    20% shall vest, combined total of 20% vested
2 nd  anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date    20% shall vest, combined total of 40% vested
3 rd anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date    20% shall vest, combined total of 60% vested
4 th anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date    20% shall vest, combined total of 80% vested
5 th anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date    20% shall vest, combined total of 100% vested

Notwithstanding the above, the RSUs shall automatically become fully vested upon the earlier of: (i) the Participant’s Disability; (ii) the Participant’s death; and (iii) immediately prior to the closing of a Change in Control of the Company.

[signature page follows]


By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, the Participant and the Company agree that the RSUs granted are governed by the terms and conditions of this Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan.

 

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

By:                                                              

Its:                                                               

Dated:                                                         

PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGMENT

The Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of this Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan, and represents that he or she is familiar with the provisions thereof, and hereby accepts the RSUs subject to all of the terms and provisions hereof and thereof. The Participant has reviewed this Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of legal counsel prior to executing this Notice and the Award Agreement, and fully understands all provisions of this Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan. The Participant hereby agrees that all questions of interpretation and administration relating to this Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan shall be resolved by the Administrator.

The Participant hereby acknowledges that he or she has had the opportunity to review with his or her own tax advisors the tax consequences of receiving this Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan, and the transactions contemplated thereby, including any U.S. federal, state and local tax laws, and any other applicable taxing jurisdiction, prior to executing this Notice. The Participant attests that he or she is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents or affiliates. Further, the Participant hereby acknowledges and understands that he or she (and not the Company) shall be solely responsible for his or her tax liability that may arise as a result of receiving this Notice and the Award Agreement.

 

PARTICIPANT:

Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Dated:  

 

 

2


GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award (the “ Notice ”), this Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (the “ Award Agreement ”), and the Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), the individual set forth in the Notice (the “ Participant ”) is hereby granted Restricted Stock Units (the “ RSUs ”) in Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. (the “ Company ”). Unless otherwise specifically indicated, all terms used in this Award Agreement shall have the meaning as set forth in the Notice or the Plan.

1.     Vesting Schedule and Risk of Forfeiture .

(a)     Vesting Schedule . Subject to the Participant’s continuous service with the Company as a Service Provider, the RSUs shall vest in accordance with the Vesting Schedule provided in the Notice.

(b)     Risk of Forfeiture . The RSUs shall be subject to a risk of forfeiture until such time the risk of forfeiture lapses in accordance with the above Vesting Schedule. All or any portion of the RSUs subject to a risk of forfeiture shall automatically be forfeited and immediately returned to the Company if Participant’s continuous status as a Service Provider is interrupted or terminated for any reason other than as permitted under the Plan. Additionally, and notwithstanding anything in the Notice or this Award Agreement to the contrary, the vested and unvested RSUs shall be forfeited if the Participant’s continuous service as a Service Provider is terminated for Cause or if the Participant breaches (as determined by the Board) any provisions of the Notice, this Award Agreement or the Plan. The Company shall implement any forfeiture under this Section 1 in a unilateral manner, without Participant’s consent, and with no payment to Participant, cash or otherwise, for the forfeited RSUs.

2.     Settlement of RSUs into Shares . Subject to the terms of this Award Agreement, on the date all or any portion of the RSUs become nonforfeitable pursuant to the Vesting Schedule, each RSU that becomes nonforfeitable shall immediately and automatically be converted into one Share of the Company’s Common Stock and immediately thereafter shall be granted to Participant.

3.     Taxes . The Participant hereby acknowledges and understands that he or she may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of the Participant’s receipt of, vesting in, or disposition of, the RSUs.

(a)     Representations . The Participant has reviewed with his or her own tax advisors the tax consequences of this Award Agreement and the RSUs granted hereunder, including any U.S. federal, state and local tax laws, and any other applicable taxing jurisdiction. The Participant is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. The Participant hereby acknowledges and understands that he or she (and not the Company) shall be responsible for his or her own tax liability that may arise as a result of his or her receiving this Award Agreement and the RSUs granted hereunder.

 

A-1


(b)     Payment of Withholding Taxes . The Participant shall make appropriate arrangements with the Company for the satisfaction of all U.S. Federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to any RSUs that settle in Shares of Common Stock in accordance with Section 2. The Administrator shall have the sole authority to determine whether a “net withholding” may be permitted or is required for purposes of Participant satisfying his or her obligations under this Section 3(b). Participant hereby acknowledges his or her understanding that the Company’s obligations under this Award Agreement are fully contingent on Participant first satisfying this Section 3(b). Therefore, a failure of Participant to reasonably satisfy this Section 3 in accordance with the Administrator’s sole and absolute discretion shall result in the automatic termination and expiration of this Award Agreement and the Company’s obligations hereunder. Participant hereby agrees that a breach of this Section 3(b) shall be deemed to be a material breach of this Award Agreement.

(c)     No Application of Section 409A . The RSUs and this Award Agreement are intended to avoid the application of Section 409A of the Code (“ Section 409A ”) because there is no deferral arrangement. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan or this Award Agreement to the contrary, the Administrator shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to adopt such amendments to the Plan or this Award Agreement or take such other actions (including amendments and actions with retroactive effect) as the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate for the RSUs to comply with Section 409A.

4.     Transferability of RSUs . The RSUs may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participant may designate one or more beneficiaries of Participant’s RSUs in the event of Participant’s death on a beneficiary designation form provided by the Administrator. The terms of this Award Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and transferees of Participant.

5.     Rights as a Shareholder of the Company . Participant’s receipt of the grant of RSUs pursuant to this Award Agreement shall provide and confer no rights or status as a shareholder of the Company until such time the RSUs are converted in accordance with Section 2 of this Award Agreement.

6.     Legality of Initial Issuance . No Shares of Common Stock shall be issued in accordance with Section 2 of this Award Agreement unless and until the Administrator has determined that: (i) the Company and Participant have taken all actions required to register the Shares of Common Stock under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof, if applicable; (ii) all applicable listing requirements of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Shares of Common Stock are listed has been satisfied; and (iii) any other applicable provision of state or U.S. federal law or other applicable law has been satisfied.

7.     Notice . Any notice required by the terms of this Award Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit with the U.S. Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Participant at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company.

 

A-2


8.     Spousal Consent . To the extent Participant is married, Participant agrees to (i) provide Participant’s spouse with a copy of this Award Agreement prior to its execution by Participant and (ii) obtain such spouse’s consent to this Award Agreement as evidenced by such spouse’s execution of the Spousal Consent attached hereto as Exhibit A .

9.     Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation . The effectiveness of the grant of the RSUs and this Award Agreement is contingent upon the Participant executing the Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if as of the date hereof, the Participant is bound by an employment, restrictive covenant or similar agreement with the Company containing a non-competition covenant, the execution of the attached Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement will not be a precondition to the effectiveness of the grant of the RSUs and this Award Agreement.

10.     Successors and Assigns . Except as provided herein to the contrary, this Award Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Award Agreement, their respective successors and permitted assigns.

11.     No Assignment . Except as otherwise provided in this Award Agreement, Participant shall not assign any of his rights under this Award Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company, which consent may be withheld in its sole discretion. The Company shall be permitted to assign its rights or obligations under this Award Agreement, but no such assignment shall release the Company of any obligations pursuant to this Award Agreement.

12.     Severability . The validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this Award Agreement shall not be affected even if one or more of the provisions of this Award Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect.

13.     Amendment . Any provision of this Award Agreement may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by a written instrument signed by the parties hereto.

14.     Administration and Interpretation . Any question or dispute regarding the interpretation of the Notice or this Award Agreement or the receipt of RSUs hereunder shall be submitted by Participant to the Administrator. Any determination by the Administrator in connection with any question or dispute arising under the Plan or this Award Agreement shall be final, conclusive, and binding on the Participant, the Company, and all other persons.

15.     Headings . The section headings in this Award Agreement are inserted only as a matter of convenience, and in no way define, limit or interpret the scope of this Award Agreement or of any particular section.

16.     Counterparts . This Award Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Any counterpart or other signature delivered by facsimile shall be deemed for all purposes as being a good and valid execution and delivery of this Award Agreement by that party.

 

A-3


17.     Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The provisions of the Plan and the Notice are incorporated herein by reference. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Plan, the Notice and this Award Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Participant. This Award Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of Texas applicable to contracts executed in and to be performed in that state.

18.     No Guarantee of Service Provider Status . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF RSUs PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUOUS SERVICE AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AND AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED RSUs OR ACQUIRING COMMON STOCK HEREUNDER). PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE RIGHT GRANTED HEREUNDER, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH IN THIS AWARD AGREEMENT DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATE’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

19.     Waiver . Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants, or conditions hereof will not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition, nor will any waiver or relinquishment of, or failure to insist upon strict compliance with, any right or power hereunder at any one or more times be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at any other time or times.

*  *  *  *  *

 

A-4


EXHIBIT A

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

SPOUSAL CONSENT

I, the undersigned, hereby certify that:

1.     I am the spouse of                                                                                                            .

2.    Each of the undersigned and the undersigned’s spouse is a resident of                                                                                                  .

3.    I have read the Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (the “ Award Agreement ”), by and between Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and my spouse. I have had the opportunity to consult independent legal counsel regarding the contents of the Award Agreement and the Plan.

4.    I understand the terms and conditions of the Award Agreement and the Plan.

5.    I hereby consent to the terms of the Award Agreement and the Plan and to their application to and binding effect upon any community property or other interest I may have in the RSUs (it being understood that this Spousal Consent shall in no way be construed to create any such interest). I agree that I will take no action at any time to hinder the operation of the transactions contemplated in and by the Award Agreement and the Plan.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Spousal Consent has been executed as of                              , 2015.

 

SPOUSE:
Signature:                                                    
Print Name:                                                  

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

CONFIDENTIALITY, NON-COMPETITION AND

NON-SOLICITATION AGREEMENT

In consideration of receipt of an award under the Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, Participant and the Company enter into this Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), effective as of the date signed by Participant below. For purposes of the Agreement, references to the Company shall include its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors, or assigns. Unless otherwise specifically indicated, all terms used in this Agreement shall have the meaning as set forth in the Plan.

1.     Confidential Information and Trade Secrets of Company . While Participant is a Service Provider, the Company may provide Participant (i) with access to and the opportunity to become familiar with its Confidential Information and Trade Secrets (as defined below); (ii) with initial specialized training concerning its procedures, products, services, methods, systems and operations, and thereafter, continuing training, development and education regarding its procedures, products, services, methods, systems and operations; and (iii) with access to Confidential Information and Trade Secrets about, and the opportunity to develop relationships with, the Company’s employees and customers.

(a)    “ Confidential Information and Trade Secrets ” may be written, verbal or recorded by electronic, magnetic or other methods, whether or not expressly identified as “confidential” by the Company, and includes, but is not limited to, information regarding past, current and prospective customers, investors and business affiliates, employees, contractors, and the industry of the Company; the books and records of the Company; business strategies and methods, including acquisition plans and opportunities, geographic and branch development and expansion, and other lines of business or business opportunities of the Company; capitalization plans and capital raising strategies and all information related thereto, including, but not limited to, any private offering of securities and any proposed offering of securities; the competitors of the Company and their tactics and strategies; lending practices and activities; financial and sales data, financial models, business projections and market studies of the Company; management systems, policies and procedures; technical information concerning products, equipment, services, and processes, including product and systems specifications, concepts for new or improved products and other product or systems data of the Company; the identities of, and special skills possessed by, the employees of the Company, as well as the contents of any personnel records; the identities of and pricing information about the suppliers, vendors, service providers or consultants of the Company, as well as any related procurement procedures and pricing techniques; training programs, methods or processes developed or utilized by the Company; and computer programs and software developed by the Company or its consultants; as well as any other non-public information relating to the Company or any other present or future subsidiaries and affiliates of the Company, whether or not deemed a “trade secret” under applicable laws. “Confidential Information and Trade Secrets” also includes, but is not limited to, any other proprietary, confidential or business information or documentation of the Company

 

B-1


EXHIBIT B

 

that is protected by or is otherwise defined as trade secrets under any federal or state trade secret laws, and any documents or other materials independently developed using Confidential Information and Trade Secrets.

(b)    “ Company Business ” shall mean commercial banking including, but not limited to, personal and business banking, acceptance of deposits and providing deposit products and services, consumer and business lending, mortgage lending, wealth management, trust and estate planning, retirement planning, and asset management.

(c)    Participant acknowledges that all notes, data, forms, reference and training materials, leads, memoranda, computer programs, computer print-outs, disks and the information contained in any computer, whether stored locally at the Company or remotely by the Company or others on behalf of the Company, and any other records which contain, reflect or describe any Confidential Information and Trade Secrets, belong exclusively to the Company. Upon the termination of Participants’ status as a Service Provider, Participant shall promptly return such materials and all copies thereof in Participant’s possession to Company, regardless of the cause of the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider.

(d)    For so long as Participant is a Service Provider and thereafter, Participant will not copy, publish, convey, transfer, disclose nor use, directly or indirectly, for Participant’s own benefit or for the benefit of any other person or entity (except the Company) any Confidential Information and Trade Secrets; provided, that any copying or other prohibited use of Confidential Information and Trade Secrets shall not include copying or otherwise using Confidential Information and Trade Secrets in connection with communications with current or potential customers or vendors that the Participant reasonably expects to have a direct benefit to the Company; provided, further, that Participant shall take any steps reasonably necessary to ensure that Confidential Information and Trade Secrets are not disclosed, by Participant or by any such potential customers or vendors, to an extent greater than that which is reasonably required to provide such benefit to the Company. Participant will abide by all rules, guidelines, policies and procedures relating to Confidential Information and Trade Secrets implemented and/or amended from time to time by Company.

2.     Participant Confidentiality Obligations . Participant agrees to keep all such information confidential and not to disclose any such Confidential Information and Trade Secrets, directly or indirectly, to any third party without the prior express written consent of the Company. Participant also agrees not to use such Confidential Information and Trade Secrets in any way, either during the term of this Agreement or at any time thereafter, except as required in the in furtherance of Participant’s duties as a Service Provider. All such Confidential Information and Trade Secrets, including but not limited to files, records, Customer lists, manuals, documents, drawings, specifications, personal notes, personal property and similar items related to the business of the Company, whether or not prepared by Participant, shall remain the exclusive property of the Company.

3.     Return of Documents, Equipment, Etc . Immediately upon the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider, or whenever requested by the Company, Participant shall immediately deliver to Human Resources all property of the Company in Participant’s possession or under Participant’s control, including but not limited to all items listed above and all other records, files, lists, supplies, and personal property of the Company.

 

B-2


EXHIBIT B

 

4.     Confidential Data of Customers of the Company . In the course performing duties to the Company as a Service Provider, Participant may have access to or handle substantial information concerning customers and clients of the Company. All such information is considered confidential by the Company and shall not be disclosed, directly or indirectly, to any person or entity without the prior written consent of the Company.

5.     Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation of Customers, Clients and Participants . Participant agrees that during the time that Participant is a Service Provider and for a period of one (1) year after termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider (the “ Restricted Period ”), regardless of whether the termination occurs with or without cause and regardless of who terminates this Agreement, Participant will not directly or indirectly, as an employee, officer, director, shareholder, proprietor, agent, partner, recruiter, consultant, independent contractor or in any other individual or representative capacity engage in any of the Restricted Activities.

(a)    “ Restricted Activities ” means and includes the following:

(i)    Conducting, engaging or participating, directly or indirectly, as the employee, agent, independent contractor, consultant, advisor, partner, shareholder, investor, lender, underwriter or in any other similar capacity, in any business that competes with any part of the Company Business within the Restricted Area;

(ii)    Recruiting, hiring, and/or attempting to recruit or hire, directly or by assisting others, any other employee, temporary or permanent, contract, part time or full time of the Company or otherwise soliciting any other employee of the Company for any purpose which would directly or indirectly interfere or conflict with the other employee’s employment by the Company. For purposes of this covenant “any other employee” shall refer to employees who provide services to the Company and who are still actively employed by the Company at the time of the attempted recruiting or hiring, or were so employed at any time within twelve (12) months prior to the time of such attempted recruiting or hiring;

(iii)    Using, disclosing, publishing, copying, distributing or communicating any Confidential Information and Trade Secrets to, or for the use or benefit of Participant or any other person or entity other than Company; and

(iv)    Directly or indirectly interfering with any of the Company’s relationships with any of its potential customers, clients, or vendors or any affiliates thereof whom Participant served or whose names became known to Participant during the term of his or her status as a Service Provider.

(b)    “ Restricted Area ” shall mean any county in which the Company or its subsidiaries maintains an office location, or any county immediately contiguous thereto.

(c)    The Company and Participant acknowledge that the provisions contained in this Section 5 shall not prevent Participant or Participant’s affiliates from owning solely as an

 

B-3


EXHIBIT B

 

investment, directly or indirectly, securities of any publicly traded corporation engaged in the Company Business if Participant and Participant’s affiliates do not, directly or indirectly, beneficially own in the aggregate more than 1% of all classes of outstanding equity securities of such entity.

(d)    Participant and the Company agree that the limitations as to time and scope of activity to be restrained are reasonable and do not impose a greater restraint on Participant than is necessary to protect the property rights and other business interests of Company.

(e)    If Participant fails to comply with, or breaches, or threatens to breach, any of the provisions herein, Company in addition to any other remedies available to it at law or in equity, shall be entitled to immediate injunctive relief to enforce the provisions of this Section 5 and shall be entitled to recover from Participant reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred by Company in connection with such proceedings.

6.     Extraordinary Remedies and Attorneys Fees . The Company and Participant agree that any breach by Participant of any of the provisions or covenants contained in the Agreement would cause irreparable harm and damage to the Company, in an amount that would be difficult to quantify, measure, or ascertain. Therefore, in the event of a breach of this Agreement by Participant, the Company shall be entitled to relief through restraining order, injunction, and all other available remedies, including claims for monetary damages incurred because of such breach. These remedies may be pursued concurrently and in any order, and the pursuit of any of these remedies shall not be deemed to limit the other remedies available to the Company in law or in equity. If any action at law or in equity, including an action for declaratory or injunctive relief, is brought to enforce or interpret the provisions of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover costs of court and reasonable attorneys’ fees from the other party or parties to such action, which fees may be set by the court in the trial of such action or may be enforced in a separate action brought for that purpose, and which fees shall be in addition to any other relief that may be awarded.

7.     Survival of Provisions and Covenants . Each and every provision or covenant contained in this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement as expressly provided herein, and shall constitute an independent agreement between Participant and the Company. Further, the existence of any claim by Participant against the Company shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of its rights by the Company.

8.     Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect, that provision will be fully severable, and this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable had never been contained herein; the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement; and there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as possible and still be legal, valid and enforceable. Further, to the extent that any provision is determined to be broader than is otherwise enforceable, the parties agree that a court of competent jurisdiction should seek to reform that provision in a manner so that it may be enforced to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law.

 

B-4


EXHIBIT B

 

9.     Assignment . This Agreement is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, together with their respective executors, administrators, successors, personal representatives, heirs, and assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rights, duties and benefits to Participant hereunder are personal to Participant, and no such right or benefit may be assigned by it. The Company shall have the right to assign or transfer this Agreement to its successors or assigns upon written notice to Participant. The terms “successors” and “assigns” shall include any person, corporation, partnership or other entity that buys all or substantially all of Company’s assets or all of its stock, or with which Company merges or consolidates. Any purported assignment of this Agreement, other than as provided above, shall be void.

10.     Governing Law and Venue . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the procedural and substantive laws of the State of Texas. The Company and Participant irrevocably and unconditionally consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state or federal courts located in Titus County, Texas as the sole venue and location for any actions, suits, or proceedings arising out of or relating to any aspect of this Agreement and all issues arising out of or relating to the Service Provider relationship between the Company and Participant.

11.     Participant Acknowledgement . Participant recognizes and acknowledges that Participant has freely entered into this Agreement for the full consideration expressed herein, the sufficiency and receipt of which Participant hereby acknowledges, and that Participant has had the opportunity to consult with counsel of Participant’s choice with full knowledge and careful consideration of the consequences and meaning of execution of this Agreement.

12.     Entire Agreement . Upon Participant’s acceptance, this letter will contain the entire agreement and understanding between Participant and the Company with respect to the matters addressed herein and shall supersede any prior or contemporaneous agreements, understandings, communications, offers, representations, warranties, or commitments by or on behalf of the Company and its affiliates (oral or written). The terms of this Agreement may in the future be amended, but only in writing signed by both Participant and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

[signature page follows]

 

B-5


EXHIBIT B

 

[Signature Page to Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement]

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:    AGREED AND ACCEPTED:
GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.    PARTICIPANT
By:                                                                                                                                 
Its:                                                              Name:                                                          
Date:                                                          Date:                                                            

 

B-6

Exhibit 10.4

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION AWARD

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Notice of Stock Option Award (this “ Notice ”), the Stock Option Award Agreement attached hereto (the “ Award Agreement ”), and the Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), the below individual (the “ Participant ”) is hereby granted an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the below number of shares of common stock in Guaranty Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Company ”). Unless otherwise specifically indicated, all terms used in this Notice shall have the meaning as set forth in the Award Agreement or the Plan.

Identifying Information:

 

Participant Name:  

 

   Date of Grant:   

 

Address:  

 

   Vesting Commencement Date:   

 

 

 

   Exercise Price per Share:   

 

Type of Option:  

☐ Nonstatutory Stock Option

☐ Incentive Stock Option

  

Total Number of Shares

(“ Optioned Shares ”):

  

 

Expiration Date:                                                                       
  [Up to 10 years from Date of Grant]   

Vesting Schedule:

Subject to the Participant’s continuous service as a Service Provider, the Optioned Shares shall vest over a five-year period in accordance with the following vesting schedule (the “ Vesting Schedule ”):

 

Vesting  Date    Nonforfeitable  Percentage
1 st anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date    20% shall vest, combined total of 20% vested
2 nd anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date    20% shall vest, combined total of 40% vested
3 rd anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date    20% shall vest, combined total of 60% vested
4 th anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date    20% shall vest, combined total of 80% vested
5 th anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date    20% shall vest, combined total of 100% vested

Notwithstanding the above, the Covered Shares shall automatically become fully vested upon the earlier of: (i) the Participant’s Disability; (ii) the Participant’s death; and (iii) immediately prior to the closing of a Change in Control of the Company.


Maximum Exercise Period:

Pursuant to Section 4 of the Award Agreement and Sections 7(f) and (g) of the Plan, the post-termination exercise period shall be:

 

Event Triggering Termination of Option

   Max Time to Exercise
After Triggering Event

Termination of Service Provider status (except as provided below)

   90 days

Termination of Service Provider status due to Disability

   12 months

Termination of Service Provider status due to death

   12 months

[signature page follows]


By the Participant’s signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, the Participant and the Company agree that the Option granted herein is governed by the terms and conditions of this Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan.

 

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

By:                                                              

Title:                                                               

Dated:                                                         

PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGMENT

The Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of this Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the provisions thereof, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and provisions hereof and thereof. The Participant has reviewed this Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of legal counsel prior to executing this Notice and the Award Agreement, and fully understands all provisions of this Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan. The Participant hereby agrees that all questions of interpretation and administration relating to this Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan shall be resolved by the Administrator.

The Participant hereby acknowledges that he or she has had the opportunity to review with his or her own tax advisors the tax consequences of receiving this Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan, and the transactions contemplated thereby, including any U.S. federal, state and local tax laws, and any other applicable taxing jurisdiction, prior to executing this Notice. The Participant attests that he or she is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents or affiliates. Further, the Participant hereby acknowledges and understands that he or she (and not the Company) shall be solely responsible for his or her tax liability that may arise as a result of receiving this Notice and the Award Agreement.

 

PARTICIPANT:

 

 

Signature

 

Print Name

Dated:  

 


GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Notice of Stock Option Award (the “ Notice ”), this Stock Option Award Agreement (this “ Award Agreement ”) and the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), Guaranty Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Company ”) hereby grants the individual set forth in the Notice (the “ Participant ”) an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock. Unless otherwise specifically indicated, all terms used in this Award Agreement shall have the meaning as set forth in the Notice or the Plan.

1.     Grant of the Option . The principal features of the Option, including the number of Optioned Shares subject to the Option, are set forth in the Notice.

2.     Vesting Schedule . Subject to the Participant’s continuous service as a Service Provider, the Optioned Shares shall vest in accordance with the Vesting Schedule provided in the Notice.

3.     Risk of Forfeiture . The Optioned Shares shall be subject to a risk of forfeiture until such time the risk of forfeiture lapses in accordance with the Vesting Schedule. All or any portion of the Optioned Shares subject to a risk of forfeiture shall automatically be forfeited and immediately returned to the Company if the Participant’s continuous status as a Service Provider is interrupted or terminated for any reason other than as permitted under the Plan. Additionally, and notwithstanding anything in the Notice or this Award Agreement to the contrary, the vested and unvested Optioned Shares shall be forfeited if the Participant’s continuous service as a Service Provider is terminated for Cause or if the Participant breaches (as determined by the Board) any provisions of the Notice, this Award Agreement or the Plan. The Company shall implement forfeiture under this Section 3 in a unilateral manner, without the Participant’s consent, and with no payment to the Participant, cash or otherwise, for the forfeited Optioned Shares.

4.     Exercise of Option .

(a)     Right to Exercise . The Optioned Shares shall be exercisable during its term cumulatively according to the Vesting Schedule set forth above and the applicable provisions of the Plan; however, the Optioned Shares shall not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. Additionally, and notwithstanding anything in the Notice, this Award Agreement, the Plan or any other agreement to the contrary, the Participant’s right to exercise vested Optioned Shares shall automatically expire, and the vested Optioned Shares shall automatically terminate upon the end of the period (the “ Maximum Exercise Period”) prescribed in the Notice following the earliest of these events: (i) the termination of the status of the Participant as a Service Provider (except as provided below); (ii) the termination of the status of the Participant as a Service Provider due to Disability; and (iii) the termination of the status of the Participant as a Service Provider due to death. As provided under the Plan, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary, all Optioned Shares shall automatically expire and terminate upon the Expiration Date (as set forth in the Notice) to the extent not then exercised. Thereafter, no vested Optioned Shares may be exercised.

 

1


(b)     Method of Exercise . The Option shall be exercisable to the extent then vested by delivery of a written exercise notice in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Exercise Notice ”), which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be signed by the Participant (or by the Participant’s beneficiary or other person entitled to exercise the Option in the event of the Participant’s death under the Plan) and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Shares exercised in the manner permitted under the Plan. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised as of the date (the “ Exercise Date ”): (i) the date the Company receives (as determined by the Administrator in its sole, but reasonable, discretion) the fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price; and (ii) all other applicable terms and conditions of this Award Agreement are satisfied in the sole discretion of the Administrator.

(c)     Approval by Shareholders and Compliance Restrictions on Exercise . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Award Agreement to the contrary, no portion of the Option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the shareholders of the Company. No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the issuance and exercise, including the form of consideration used to pay the Exercise Price, comply with Applicable Laws.

(d)     Issuance of Shares . After receiving the Exercise Notice, the Company shall cause to be issued a certificate or certificates for the Shares as to which the Option has been exercised, registered in the name of the person exercising this Option (or in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with right of survivorship). The Company shall cause the certificate or certificates to be deposited in escrow or delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising the Option.

5.     Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be made in cash, by check, by wire transfer of immediately available funds or in any other manner permitted under the Plan.

6.     Non-Transferability of Option . The Option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution, shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant. The terms of the Notice, this Award Agreement and the Plan shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Participant.

7.     Term of Option . The Option shall in any event expire on the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice, and may be exercised prior to the Expiration Date only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Award Agreement.

 

2


8.     Tax Obligations .

(a)     Withholding Taxes . The Participant shall make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Participant) for the satisfaction of all U.S. Federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. The Participant hereby acknowledges, understands and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if the withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b)     Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of Shares . If the Option granted to the Participant herein is designated as an Incentive Stock Option, and if the Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the Incentive Stock Option on or before the later of: (i) the date two years after the Date of Grant and (ii) the date one year after the date of exercise, the Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. The Participant hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by the Participant in connection with the exercise of the Option.

9.     Adjustment of Shares . In the event of any transaction described in Section 15(a) of the Plan, the terms of the Option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of the Optioned Shares and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth therein. This Award Agreement shall in no way affect the right of the Company to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer any part of its business or assets.

10.     Legality of Initial Issuance . No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option unless and until the Company has determined that: (i) the Company and the Participant have taken all actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof, if applicable; (ii) all applicable listing requirements of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Shares are listed has been satisfied; and (iii) any other applicable provision of state or U.S. federal law or other Applicable Laws has been satisfied.

11.     No Registration Rights . The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other Applicable Laws. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Award Agreement to comply with any law.

12.     Securities Law Restrictions . Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of the Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on share certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any state or any other Applicable Laws.

 

3


13.     General Provisions .

(a)     Notice . Any notice required by the terms of this Award Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Participant at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company.

(b)     Successors and Assigns . Except as provided herein to the contrary, this Award Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Award Agreement, their respective successors and permitted assigns.

(c)     No Assignment . Except as otherwise provided in this Award Agreement, the Participant shall not assign any of his or her rights under this Award Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company, which consent may be withheld in its sole discretion. The Company shall be permitted to assign its rights or obligations under this Award Agreement, but no such assignment shall release the Company of any obligations pursuant to this Award Agreement.

(d)     Severability . The validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this Award Agreement shall not be affected even if one or more of the provisions of this Award Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect.

(e)     Administration and Interpretation . Any question or dispute regarding the interpretation of the Notice or this Award Agreement or the receipt of the Option hereunder shall be submitted by Participant to the Administrator. Any determination by the Administrator in connection with any question or dispute arising under the Plan or this Award Agreement shall be final, conclusive, and binding on the Participant, the Company, and all other persons.

(f)     Headings . The section headings in this Award Agreement are inserted only as a matter of convenience, and in no way define, limit or interpret the scope of this Award Agreement or of any particular section.

(g)     Counterparts . This Award Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(h)     Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The terms of the Plan, the Notice and the Exercise Notice are incorporated herein by reference. This Award Agreement, the Exercise Notice, the Notice and the Plan constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Participant. This Award Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of Texas applicable to contracts executed in and to be performed in that State.

14.     No Guarantee of Continued Service . THE PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING

 

4


SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THE OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). THE PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE OPTION GRANTED HEREUNDER, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH THE PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE THE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

15.     Spousal Consent . To the extent the Participant is married, the Participant agrees to (i) provide the Participant’s spouse with a copy of this Award Agreement prior to its execution by the Participant and (ii) obtain such spouse’s consent to this Award Agreement as evidenced by such spouse’s execution of the Spousal Consent attached hereto as Exhibit B .

16.     Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation . The effectiveness of the grant of the Option and this Award Agreement is contingent upon the Participant executing the Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit C . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if as of the date hereof, the Participant is bound by an employment, restrictive covenant or similar agreement with the Company containing a non-competition covenant, the execution of the attached Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement will not be a precondition to the effectiveness of the Option and this Award Agreement.

17.     Venue . The Company and the Participant agree that any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or related to the Notice, this Award Agreement or the Plan shall be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in Titus County, Texas and that all parties shall submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The parties irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection the party may have to the laying of venue for any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court. If any one or more provisions of this Section 17 shall for any reason be held invalid or unenforceable, it is the specific intent of the parties that such provisions shall be modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it or its application valid and enforceable.

*  *  *  *  *

 

5


EXHIBIT A

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

EXERCISE NOTICE

Guaranty Bancshares, Inc.

100 W. Arkansas Street

Mount Pleasant, Texas 75455

Attention: Secretary

1.     Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                      ,              , the undersigned (the “ Participant ”) hereby elects to exercise the Participant’s option to purchase                      shares of common stock (the “ Shares ”) of Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. (the “ Company ”), under and pursuant to the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Award Agreement dated                      ,              (the “ Award Agreement ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, the capitalized terms in this notice of exercise (the “ Exercise Notice ”) shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms in the Plan and the Award Agreement.

2.     Delivery of Payment . The Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full Exercise Price of the Shares with respect to which the Participant is exercising the Option, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3.     Rights as a Shareholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Shares underlying an unexercised Option. The Shares shall be issued to the Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Award Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 15 of the Plan.

4.     Tax Consultation . The Participant hereby acknowledges that he or she understands that the Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of the Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. The Participant hereby represents that the Participant has consulted with any tax consultants the Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that the Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

5.     Compliance with Plan and Award Agreement . The Participant hereby acknowledges that the Participant has received and read, and understands the Plan and the Award Agreement, and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

6.     Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and the terms and conditions of this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the

 

A-1


restrictions on transfer herein set forth, the terms and conditions of this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon the Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

7.     Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by the Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

8.     Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the laws of the State of Texas applicable to contracts executed in and to be performed in that State.

9.     Entire Agreement . The Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Participant.

[signature page follows]

 

A-2


EXHIBIT A

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Exercise Notice is deemed made as of the date first set forth above.

 

Submitted by:      Accepted by:   
PARTICIPANT      GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

 

    

 

  
Signature      By   

 

    

 

  
Print Name      Title   
Address :        
    

 

  
     Date Received   

 

       

 

       

 

       

 

A-3


EXHIBIT B

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

SPOUSAL CONSENT

I, the undersigned, hereby certify that:

1.    I am the spouse of                                                                           .

2.    Each of the undersigned and the undersigned’s spouse is a resident of the State of Texas.

3.    I have read the Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Award Agreement (the “ Award Agreement ”), by and between Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and my spouse. I have had the opportunity to consult independent legal counsel regarding the contents of the Notice of Stock Option Award, the Award Agreement and the Plan.

4.    I understand the terms and conditions of the Award Agreement and the Plan.

5.    I hereby consent to the terms of the Award Agreement and the Plan and to their application to and binding effect upon any community property or other interest I may have in the Option (it being understood that this Spousal Consent shall in no way be construed to create any such interest). I agree that I will take no action at any time to hinder the operation of the transactions contemplated in and by the Award Agreement and the Plan.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Spousal Consent has been executed as of the          day of                      , 20      .

 

Name:  

 

  Signature
 

 

  Print Name

 

B-1


EXHIBIT C

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

CONFIDENTIALITY, NON-COMPETITION AND

NON-SOLICITATION AGREEMENT

In consideration of receipt of an award under the Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, Participant and the Company enter into this Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), effective as of the date signed by Participant below. For purposes of the Agreement, references to the Company shall include its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors, or assigns. Unless otherwise specifically indicated, all terms used in this Agreement shall have the meaning as set forth in the Plan.

1.     Confidential Information and Trade Secrets of Company . While Participant is a Service Provider, the Company may provide Participant (i) with access to and the opportunity to become familiar with its Confidential Information and Trade Secrets (as defined below); (ii) with initial specialized training concerning its procedures, products, services, methods, systems and operations, and thereafter, continuing training, development and education regarding its procedures, products, services, methods, systems and operations; and (iii) with access to Confidential Information and Trade Secrets about, and the opportunity to develop relationships with, the Company’s employees and customers.

(a)    “ Confidential Information and Trade Secrets ” may be written, verbal or recorded by electronic, magnetic or other methods, whether or not expressly identified as “confidential” by the Company, and includes, but is not limited to, information regarding past, current and prospective customers, investors and business affiliates, employees, contractors, and the industry of the Company; the books and records of the Company; business strategies and methods, including acquisition plans and opportunities, geographic and branch development and expansion, and other lines of business or business opportunities of the Company; capitalization plans and capital raising strategies and all information related thereto, including, but not limited to, any private offering of securities and any proposed offering of securities; the competitors of the Company and their tactics and strategies; lending practices and activities; financial and sales data, financial models, business projections and market studies of the Company; management systems, policies and procedures; technical information concerning products, equipment, services, and processes, including product and systems specifications, concepts for new or improved products and other product or systems data of the Company; the identities of, and special skills possessed by, the employees of the Company, as well as the contents of any personnel records; the identities of and pricing information about the suppliers, vendors, service providers or consultants of the Company, as well as any related procurement procedures and pricing techniques; training programs, methods or processes developed or utilized by the Company; and computer programs and software developed by the Company or its consultants; as well as any other non-public information relating to the Company or any other present or future subsidiaries and affiliates of the Company, whether or not deemed a “trade secret” under applicable laws. “Confidential Information and Trade Secrets” also includes, but is not limited to, any other proprietary, confidential or business information or documentation of the Company that is protected by or is otherwise defined as trade secrets under any federal or state trade secret laws, and any documents or other materials independently developed using Confidential Information and Trade Secrets.

 

C-1


(b)    “ Company Business ” shall mean commercial banking including, but not limited to, personal and business banking, acceptance of deposits and providing deposit products and services, consumer and business lending, mortgage lending, wealth management, trust and estate planning, retirement planning, and asset management.

(c)    Participant acknowledges that all notes, data, forms, reference and training materials, leads, memoranda, computer programs, computer print-outs, disks and the information contained in any computer, whether stored locally at the Company or remotely by the Company or others on behalf of the Company, and any other records which contain, reflect or describe any Confidential Information and Trade Secrets, belong exclusively to the Company. Upon the termination of Participants’ status as a Service Provider, Participant shall promptly return such materials and all copies thereof in Participant’s possession to Company, regardless of the cause of the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider.

(d)    For so long as Participant is a Service Provider and thereafter, Participant will not copy, publish, convey, transfer, disclose nor use, directly or indirectly, for Participant’s own benefit or for the benefit of any other person or entity (except the Company) any Confidential Information and Trade Secrets; provided, that any copying or other prohibited use of Confidential Information and Trade Secrets shall not include copying or otherwise using Confidential Information and Trade Secrets in connection with communications with current or potential customers or vendors that the Participant reasonably expects to have a direct benefit to the Company; provided, further, that Participant shall take any steps reasonably necessary to ensure that Confidential Information and Trade Secrets are not disclosed, by Participant or by any such potential customers or vendors, to an extent greater than that which is reasonably required to provide such benefit to the Company. Participant will abide by all rules, guidelines, policies and procedures relating to Confidential Information and Trade Secrets implemented and/or amended from time to time by Company.

2.     Participant Confidentiality Obligations . Participant agrees to keep all such information confidential and not to disclose any such Confidential Information and Trade Secrets, directly or indirectly, to any third party without the prior express written consent of the Company. Participant also agrees not to use such Confidential Information and Trade Secrets in any way, either during the term of this Agreement or at any time thereafter, except as required in the in furtherance of Participant’s duties as a Service Provider. All such Confidential Information and Trade Secrets, including but not limited to files, records, Customer lists, manuals, documents, drawings, specifications, personal notes, personal property and similar items related to the business of the Company, whether or not prepared by Participant, shall remain the exclusive property of the Company.

3.     Return of Documents, Equipment, Etc . Immediately upon the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider, or whenever requested by the Company, Participant shall immediately deliver to Human Resources all property of the Company in Participant’s possession or under Participant’s control, including but not limited to all items listed above and all other records, files, lists, supplies, and personal property of the Company.


4.     Confidential Data of Customers of the Company . In the course performing duties to the Company as a Service Provider, Participant may have access to or handle substantial information concerning customers and clients of the Company. All such information is considered confidential by the Company and shall not be disclosed, directly or indirectly, to any person or entity without the prior written consent of the Company.

5.     Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation of Customers, Clients and Participants . Participant agrees that during the time that Participant is a Service Provider and for a period of one (1) year after termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider (the “ Restricted Period ”), regardless of whether the termination occurs with or without cause and regardless of who terminates this Agreement, Participant will not directly or indirectly, as an employee, officer, director, shareholder, proprietor, agent, partner, recruiter, consultant, independent contractor or in any other individual or representative capacity engage in any of the Restricted Activities.

(a)    “ Restricted Activities ” means and includes the following:

(i)    Conducting, engaging or participating, directly or indirectly, as the employee, agent, independent contractor, consultant, advisor, partner, shareholder, investor, lender, underwriter or in any other similar capacity, in any business that competes with any part of the Company Business within the Restricted Area;

(ii)    Recruiting, hiring, and/or attempting to recruit or hire, directly or by assisting others, any other employee, temporary or permanent, contract, part time or full time of the Company or otherwise soliciting any other employee of the Company for any purpose which would directly or indirectly interfere or conflict with the other employee’s employment by the Company. For purposes of this covenant “any other employee” shall refer to employees who provide services to the Company and who are still actively employed by the Company at the time of the attempted recruiting or hiring, or were so employed at any time within twelve (12) months prior to the time of such attempted recruiting or hiring;

(iii)    Using, disclosing, publishing, copying, distributing or communicating any Confidential Information and Trade Secrets to, or for the use or benefit of Participant or any other person or entity other than Company; and

(iv)    Directly or indirectly interfering with any of the Company’s relationships with any of its potential customers, clients, or vendors or any affiliates thereof whom Participant served or whose names became known to Participant during the term of his or her status as a Service Provider.

(b)    “ Restricted Area ” shall mean any county in which the Company or its subsidiaries maintains an office location, or any county immediately contiguous thereto.

(c)    The Company and Participant acknowledge that the provisions contained in this Section 5 shall not prevent Participant or Participant’s affiliates from owning solely as an investment, directly or indirectly, securities of any publicly traded corporation engaged in the Company Business if Participant and Participant’s affiliates do not, directly or indirectly, beneficially own in the aggregate more than 1% of all classes of outstanding equity securities of such entity.


(d)    Participant and the Company agree that the limitations as to time and scope of activity to be restrained are reasonable and do not impose a greater restraint on Participant than is necessary to protect the property rights and other business interests of Company.

(e)    If Participant fails to comply with, or breaches, or threatens to breach, any of the provisions herein, Company in addition to any other remedies available to it at law or in equity, shall be entitled to immediate injunctive relief to enforce the provisions of this Section 5 and shall be entitled to recover from Participant reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred by Company in connection with such proceedings.

6.     Extraordinary Remedies and Attorneys Fees . The Company and Participant agree that any breach by Participant of any of the provisions or covenants contained in the Agreement would cause irreparable harm and damage to the Company, in an amount that would be difficult to quantify, measure, or ascertain. Therefore, in the event of a breach of this Agreement by Participant, the Company shall be entitled to relief through restraining order, injunction, and all other available remedies, including claims for monetary damages incurred because of such breach. These remedies may be pursued concurrently and in any order, and the pursuit of any of these remedies shall not be deemed to limit the other remedies available to the Company in law or in equity. If any action at law or in equity, including an action for declaratory or injunctive relief, is brought to enforce or interpret the provisions of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover costs of court and reasonable attorneys’ fees from the other party or parties to such action, which fees may be set by the court in the trial of such action or may be enforced in a separate action brought for that purpose, and which fees shall be in addition to any other relief that may be awarded.

7.     Survival of Provisions and Covenants . Each and every provision or covenant contained in this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement as expressly provided herein, and shall constitute an independent agreement between Participant and the Company. Further, the existence of any claim by Participant against the Company shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of its rights by the Company.

8.     Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect, that provision will be fully severable, and this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable had never been contained herein; the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement; and there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as possible and still be legal, valid and enforceable. Further, to the extent that any provision is determined to be broader than is otherwise enforceable, the parties agree that a court of competent jurisdiction should seek to reform that provision in a manner so that it may be enforced to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law.


9.     Assignment . This Agreement is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, together with their respective executors, administrators, successors, personal representatives, heirs, and assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rights, duties and benefits to Participant hereunder are personal to Participant, and no such right or benefit may be assigned by it. The Company shall have the right to assign or transfer this Agreement to its successors or assigns upon written notice to Participant. The terms “successors” and “assigns” shall include any person, corporation, partnership or other entity that buys all or substantially all of Company’s assets or all of its stock, or with which Company merges or consolidates. Any purported assignment of this Agreement, other than as provided above, shall be void.

10.     Governing Law and Venue . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the procedural and substantive laws of the State of Texas. The Company and Participant irrevocably and unconditionally consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state or federal courts located in Titus County, Texas as the sole venue and location for any actions, suits, or proceedings arising out of or relating to any aspect of this Agreement and all issues arising out of or relating to the Service Provider relationship between the Company and Participant.

11.     Participant Acknowledgement . Participant recognizes and acknowledges that Participant has freely entered into this Agreement for the full consideration expressed herein, the sufficiency and receipt of which Participant hereby acknowledges, and that Participant has had the opportunity to consult with counsel of Participant’s choice with full knowledge and careful consideration of the consequences and meaning of execution of this Agreement.

12.     Entire Agreement . Upon Participant’s acceptance, this letter will contain the entire agreement and understanding between Participant and the Company with respect to the matters addressed herein and shall supersede any prior or contemporaneous agreements, understandings, communications, offers, representations, warranties, or commitments by or on behalf of the Company and its affiliates (oral or written). The terms of this Agreement may in the future be amended, but only in writing signed by both Participant and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

[signature page follows]


[Signature Page to Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement]

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

    AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

    PARTICIPANT
By:  

 

   

 

Its:  

 

    Name:  

 

Date:  

 

    Date:  

 

Exhibit 10.5

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT AWARD

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Notice of Stock Appreciation Right Award (this “ Notice ”), the Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement attached hereto (the “ Award  Agreement ”), and the Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), the below individual (the “ Participant ”) is hereby granted the below number of Stock Appreciation Rights (the “ SARs ”) in Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. (the “ Company ”). Unless otherwise specifically indicated, all terms used in this Notice shall have the meaning as set forth in the Award Agreement or the Plan.

 

Participant Name:  

 

   Date of Grant:   

 

Address:  

 

   Number of SARs:   

 

 

 

   Vesting Commencement Date:   

 

Vesting Schedule:

Subject to the Participant’s continuous status as a Service Provider, and the terms of the Plan and this Award Agreement, the SARs shall vest over a five-year period in accordance with the following vesting schedule (the “ Vesting Schedule ”):

 

Vesting  Date    Nonforfeitable  Percentage
1 st anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date    20% shall vest, combined total of 20% vested
2 nd anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date    20% shall vest, combined total of 40% vested
3 rd anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date    20% shall vest, combined total of 60% vested
4 th anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date    20% shall vest, combined total of 80% vested
5 th anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date    20% shall vest, combined total of 100% vested

[Notwithstanding the above, the SARs shall automatically become fully vested upon the earlier of: (i) the Participant’s Disability; (ii) the Participant’s death; and (iii) immediately prior to the closing of a Change in Control of the Company.]

[signature page follows]


By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, the Participant and the Company agree that the SARs granted are governed by the terms and conditions of this Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan.

 

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

By:                                                              

Its:                                                               

Dated:                                                         

PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGMENT

The Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of this Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan, and represents that he or she is familiar with the provisions thereof, and hereby accepts the SARs subject to all of the terms and provisions hereof and thereof. The Participant has reviewed this Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of legal counsel prior to executing this Notice and the Award Agreement, and fully understands all provisions of this Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan. The Participant hereby agrees that all questions of interpretation and administration relating to this Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan shall be resolved by the Administrator.

The Participant hereby acknowledges that he or she has had the opportunity to review with his or her own tax advisors the tax consequences of receiving this Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan, and the transactions contemplated thereby, including any U.S. federal, state and local tax laws, and any other applicable taxing jurisdiction, prior to executing this Notice. The Participant attests that he or she is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents or affiliates. Further, the Participant hereby acknowledges and understands that he or she (and not the Company) shall be solely responsible for his or her tax liability that may arise as a result of receiving this Notice and the Award Agreement.

 

PARTICIPANT:

Signature:                                                  

Print Name:                                               

Dated:                                                        

 

2


GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT AWARD AGREEMENT

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Notice of Stock Appreciation Right Award (the “ Notice ”), this Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement (the “ Award Agreement ”), and the Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), the individual set forth in the Notice (the “ Participant ”) is hereby granted Stock Appreciation Rights (the “ SARs ”) in Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. (the “ Company ”). Unless otherwise specifically indicated, all terms used in this Award Agreement shall have the meaning as set forth in the Notice or the Plan.

1.     Number and Purpose of SARs . Participant has been awarded the number of SARs as set forth in the Notice. Subject to the terms and conditions contained in the Notice and this Award Agreement, the general purpose of the SARs is to provide Participant with the prospective ability to receive a cash payment equal in value to the appreciation of the Company’s common stock from the Date of Grant to the conversion and payment set forth in Section 3, below.

2.     Vesting Schedule and Risk of Forfeiture .

(a)     Vesting Schedule . Subject to the Participant’s continuous service with the Company as a Service Provider, and any other limitations set forth in the Notice or this Award Agreement, the SARs shall vest in accordance with the Vesting Schedule provided in the Notice.

(b)     Risk of Forfeiture . The SARs shall be subject to a risk of forfeiture until such time the risk of forfeiture lapses in accordance with the above Vesting Schedule. All or any portion of the SARs subject to a risk of forfeiture shall automatically be forfeited and immediately returned to the Company if Participant’s continuous status as a Service Provider is interrupted or terminated for any reason other than as permitted under the Plan. Additionally, and notwithstanding anything in the Notice or this Award Agreement to the contrary, the vested and unvested SARs shall be forfeited if the Participant’s continuous service as a Service Provider is terminated for Cause or if the Participant breaches (as determined by the Board) any provisions of the Notice, this Award Agreement or the Plan. The Company shall implement any forfeiture under this Section 2 in a unilateral manner, without Participant’s consent, and with no payment to Participant, cash or otherwise, for the forfeited SARs.

3.     Conversion, Payment of SARs . Subject to the terms of this Award Agreements, on the Vesting Date, the portion of the SARs that became vested shall automatically and immediately be converted to the right to receive a cash payment from the Company in an amount equal to the positive difference (if any) between the Fair Market Value of the Company’s common stock as of the Vesting Date and the Fair Market Value of the Company’s common stock as of the Date of Grant and immediately thereafter shall be made to the Participant.

 

1


4.     Taxes .

(a)     Tax Liability . Participant is ultimately liable and responsible for all taxes owed by Participant in connection with his or her receipt of SARs and payments made under this Award Agreement, regardless of any action the Company takes with respect to any tax withholding obligations arising hereunder. The Company makes no representation or undertaking regarding the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with the grant of SARs or payments made pursuant to this Award Agreement. The Company does not commit and is under no obligation to structure the SARs to reduce or eliminate Participant’s tax liability.

(b)     Payment of Withholding Taxes . Participant authorizes the Company to withhold from the cash payable to Participant upon any payment made pursuant to this Award Agreement an amount sufficient to satisfy any tax withholding obligation, whether federal, state, local or non-U.S., including any employment tax obligation. Notwithstanding anything in this Award Agreement to the contrary, the Company’s obligation to provide any payment under this Award Agreement shall immediately cease if Participant refuses after reasonable notice to make arrangements with the Company to satisfy any tax withholding obligations imposed upon the Company.

5.     Transferability of SARs . The SARs may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participant may designate one or more beneficiaries of Participant’s SARs in the event of Participant’s death on a beneficiary designation form provided by the Administrator. The terms of this Award Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and transferees of Participant.

6.     Rights as a Shareholder of the Company . Participant’s receipt of the grant of SARs pursuant to the Notice and this Award Agreement shall provide and confer no rights to or status as a shareholder or equity holder of the Company. Without limiting the foregoing, the holding of SARs shall NOT confer any right to: (i) vote; (ii) bring derivative actions; (iii) inspect books and records of the Company; (iv) receive dividends or other distributions except as provided in Section 3; or (v) have any other rights accorded owners of the Company’s shareholders or equity holders.

7.     Notice . Any notice required by the terms of this Award Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit with the U.S. Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Participant at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company.

8.     Spousal Consent . To the extent Participant is married, Participant agrees to (i) provide Participant’s spouse with a copy of this Award Agreement prior to its execution by Participant and (ii) obtain such spouse’s consent to this Award Agreement as evidenced by such spouse’s execution of the Spousal Consent attached hereto as Exhibit A .

9.     Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation . The effectiveness of the grant of the SARs and this Award Agreement is contingent upon the Participant executing the

 

2


Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if as of the date hereof, the Participant is bound by an employment, restrictive covenant or similar agreement with the Company containing a non-competition covenant, the execution of the attached Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement will not be a precondition to the effectiveness of the grant of the SARs and this Award Agreement.

10.     Successors and Assigns . Except as provided herein to the contrary, this Award Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Award Agreement, their respective permitted successors and assigns.

11.     No Assignment . Except as otherwise provided in this Award Agreement, Participant shall not assign any of his rights under the Notice or this Award Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company, which consent may be withheld in its sole discretion. The Company shall be permitted to assign its rights or obligations under the Notice and this Award Agreement, but no such assignment shall release the Company of any obligations pursuant to the Notice or this Award Agreement.

12.     Severability . The validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this Award Agreement shall not be affected even if one or more of the provisions of this Award Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect.

13.     Amendment . Any provision of this Award Agreement may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by a written instrument signed by the parties hereto.

14.     Administration and Interpretation . Any question or dispute regarding the interpretation of the Notice or this Award Agreement or the receipt of SARs hereunder shall be submitted by Participant to the Administrator. Any determination by the Administrator in connection with any question or dispute arising under the Plan or this Award Agreement shall be final, conclusive, and binding on the Participant, the Company, and all other persons.

15.     Headings . The section headings in this Award Agreement are inserted only as a matter of convenience, and in no way define, limit or interpret the scope of this Award Agreement or of any particular section.

16.     Counterparts . The Notice may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Any counterpart or other signature delivered by facsimile shall be deemed for all purposes as being a good and valid execution and delivery of the Notice by that party.

17.     Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Notice and this Award Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes in its entirety all prior undertakings, representation and agreements of the Company and Participant (whether oral or written, and whether express or implied) with respect to the subject matter hereof. The Notice and this Award Agreement are to be construed in accordance with and governed by the federal laws of the United States of America and by the internal laws of the State of Texas without giving effect to any choice of law rule that would cause the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

3


18.     Venue . The Company and Participant agree that any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or related to the Notice or this Award Agreement shall be brought in court of competent jurisdiction in Titus County, Texas, and that all parties shall submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The parties irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection the party may have to the laying of venue for any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court. If any one or more provisions of this Section 18 shall for any reason be held invalid or unenforceable, it is the specific intent of the parties that such provisions shall be modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it or its application valid and enforceable.

19.     No Guarantee of Service Provider Status . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SARs PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUOUS SERVICE AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AND AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED OR BEING GRANTED SARs). PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE RIGHT GRANTED HEREUNDER, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH IN THIS AWARD AGREEMENT DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATE’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

20.     Unsecured General Creditor . Participant shall have no legal or equitable rights, interests or claims in any property or assets of the Company due to the Notice, this Award Agreement and the grant of SARs hereunder. For purposes of the payment of benefits under the Notice and this Award Agreement, Participant shall have no more rights than those of a general creditor of the Company. The Company’s obligation under the Notice and this Award Agreement shall be that of a conditional unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money or property in the future.

21.     Waiver . Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants, or conditions hereof will not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition, nor will any waiver or relinquishment of, or failure to insist upon strict compliance with, any right or power hereunder at any one or more times be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at any other time or times.

*  *  *  *  *

 

4


EXHIBIT A

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT AWARD AGREEMENT

SPOUSAL CONSENT

I, the undersigned, hereby certify that:

1.     I am the spouse of                                                                                                .

2.    Each of the undersigned and the undersigned’s spouse is a resident of                                                                                          .

3.    I have read the Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement (the “ Award Agreement ”), by and between Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and my spouse. I have had the opportunity to consult independent legal counsel regarding the contents of the Award Agreement and the Plan.

4.    I understand the terms and conditions of the Award Agreement and the Plan.

5.    I hereby consent to the terms of the Award Agreement and the Plan and to their application to and binding effect upon any community property or other interest I may have in the SARs (it being understood that this Spousal Consent shall in no way be construed to create any such interest). I agree that I will take no action at any time to hinder the operation of the transactions contemplated in and by the Award Agreement and the Plan.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Spousal Consent has been executed as of                          , 2015.

 

SPOUSE:
Signature:                                                  
Print Name:                                                

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT AWARD AGREEMENT

CONFIDENTIALITY, NON-COMPETITION AND

NON-SOLICITATION AGREEMENT

In consideration of receipt of an award under the Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, Participant and the Company enter into this Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), effective as of the date signed by Participant below. For purposes of the Agreement, references to the Company shall include its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors, or assigns. Unless otherwise specifically indicated, all terms used in this Agreement shall have the meaning as set forth in the Plan.

1.     Confidential Information and Trade Secrets of Company . While Participant is a Service Provider, the Company may provide Participant (i) with access to and the opportunity to become familiar with its Confidential Information and Trade Secrets (as defined below); (ii) with initial specialized training concerning its procedures, products, services, methods, systems and operations, and thereafter, continuing training, development and education regarding its procedures, products, services, methods, systems and operations; and (iii) with access to Confidential Information and Trade Secrets about, and the opportunity to develop relationships with, the Company’s employees and customers.

(a)    “ Confidential Information and Trade Secrets ” may be written, verbal or recorded by electronic, magnetic or other methods, whether or not expressly identified as “confidential” by the Company, and includes, but is not limited to, information regarding past, current and prospective customers, investors and business affiliates, employees, contractors, and the industry of the Company; the books and records of the Company; business strategies and methods, including acquisition plans and opportunities, geographic and branch development and expansion, and other lines of business or business opportunities of the Company; capitalization plans and capital raising strategies and all information related thereto, including, but not limited to, any private offering of securities and any proposed offering of securities; the competitors of the Company and their tactics and strategies; lending practices and activities; financial and sales data, financial models, business projections and market studies of the Company; management systems, policies and procedures; technical information concerning products, equipment, services, and processes, including product and systems specifications, concepts for new or improved products and other product or systems data of the Company; the identities of, and special skills possessed by, the employees of the Company, as well as the contents of any personnel records; the identities of and pricing information about the suppliers, vendors, service providers or consultants of the Company, as well as any related procurement procedures and pricing techniques; training programs, methods or processes developed or utilized by the Company; and computer programs and software developed by the Company or its consultants; as well as any other non-public information relating to the Company or any other present or future subsidiaries and affiliates of the Company, whether or not deemed a “trade secret” under applicable laws. “Confidential Information and Trade Secrets” also includes, but is not limited

 

B-1


EXHIBIT B

 

to, any other proprietary, confidential or business information or documentation of the Company that is protected by or is otherwise defined as trade secrets under any federal or state trade secret laws, and any documents or other materials independently developed using Confidential Information and Trade Secrets.

(b)    “ Company Business ” shall mean commercial banking including, but not limited to, personal and business banking, acceptance of deposits and providing deposit products and services, consumer and business lending, mortgage lending, wealth management, trust and estate planning, retirement planning, and asset management.

(c)    Participant acknowledges that all notes, data, forms, reference and training materials, leads, memoranda, computer programs, computer print-outs, disks and the information contained in any computer, whether stored locally at the Company or remotely by the Company or others on behalf of the Company, and any other records which contain, reflect or describe any Confidential Information and Trade Secrets, belong exclusively to the Company. Upon the termination of Participants’ status as a Service Provider, Participant shall promptly return such materials and all copies thereof in Participant’s possession to Company, regardless of the cause of the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider.

(d)    For so long as Participant is a Service Provider and thereafter, Participant will not copy, publish, convey, transfer, disclose nor use, directly or indirectly, for Participant’s own benefit or for the benefit of any other person or entity (except the Company) any Confidential Information and Trade Secrets; provided, that any copying or other prohibited use of Confidential Information and Trade Secrets shall not include copying or otherwise using Confidential Information and Trade Secrets in connection with communications with current or potential customers or vendors that the Participant reasonably expects to have a direct benefit to the Company; provided, further, that Participant shall take any steps reasonably necessary to ensure that Confidential Information and Trade Secrets are not disclosed, by Participant or by any such potential customers or vendors, to an extent greater than that which is reasonably required to provide such benefit to the Company. Participant will abide by all rules, guidelines, policies and procedures relating to Confidential Information and Trade Secrets implemented and/or amended from time to time by Company.

2.     Participant Confidentiality Obligations . Participant agrees to keep all such information confidential and not to disclose any such Confidential Information and Trade Secrets, directly or indirectly, to any third party without the prior express written consent of the Company. Participant also agrees not to use such Confidential Information and Trade Secrets in any way, either during the term of this Agreement or at any time thereafter, except as required in the in furtherance of Participant’s duties as a Service Provider. All such Confidential Information and Trade Secrets, including but not limited to files, records, Customer lists, manuals, documents, drawings, specifications, personal notes, personal property and similar items related to the business of the Company, whether or not prepared by Participant, shall remain the exclusive property of the Company.

3.     Return of Documents, Equipment, Etc . Immediately upon the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider, or whenever requested by the Company, Participant shall immediately deliver to Human Resources all property of the Company in Participant’s possession or under Participant’s control, including but not limited to all items listed above and all other records, files, lists, supplies, and personal property of the Company.

 

B-2


EXHIBIT B

 

4.     Confidential Data of Customers of the Company . In the course performing duties to the Company as a Service Provider, Participant may have access to or handle substantial information concerning customers and clients of the Company. All such information is considered confidential by the Company and shall not be disclosed, directly or indirectly, to any person or entity without the prior written consent of the Company.

5.     Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation of Customers, Clients and Participants . Participant agrees that during the time that Participant is a Service Provider and for a period of one (1) year after termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider (the “ Restricted Period ”), regardless of whether the termination occurs with or without cause and regardless of who terminates this Agreement, Participant will not directly or indirectly, as an employee, officer, director, shareholder, proprietor, agent, partner, recruiter, consultant, independent contractor or in any other individual or representative capacity engage in any of the Restricted Activities.

(a)    “ Restricted Activities ” means and includes the following:

(i)    Conducting, engaging or participating, directly or indirectly, as the employee, agent, independent contractor, consultant, advisor, partner, shareholder, investor, lender, underwriter or in any other similar capacity, in any business that competes with any part of the Company Business within the Restricted Area;

(ii)    Recruiting, hiring, and/or attempting to recruit or hire, directly or by assisting others, any other employee, temporary or permanent, contract, part time or full time of the Company or otherwise soliciting any other employee of the Company for any purpose which would directly or indirectly interfere or conflict with the other employee’s employment by the Company. For purposes of this covenant “any other employee” shall refer to employees who provide services to the Company and who are still actively employed by the Company at the time of the attempted recruiting or hiring, or were so employed at any time within twelve (12) months prior to the time of such attempted recruiting or hiring;

(iii)    Using, disclosing, publishing, copying, distributing or communicating any Confidential Information and Trade Secrets to, or for the use or benefit of Participant or any other person or entity other than Company; and

(iv)    Directly or indirectly interfering with any of the Company’s relationships with any of its potential customers, clients, or vendors or any affiliates thereof whom Participant served or whose names became known to Participant during the term of his or her status as a Service Provider.

(b)    “ Restricted Area ” shall mean any county in which the Company or its subsidiaries maintains an office location, or any county immediately contiguous thereto.

(c)    The Company and Participant acknowledge that the provisions contained in this Section 5 shall not prevent Participant or Participant’s affiliates from owning solely as an

 

B-3


EXHIBIT B

 

investment, directly or indirectly, securities of any publicly traded corporation engaged in the Company Business if Participant and Participant’s affiliates do not, directly or indirectly, beneficially own in the aggregate more than 1% of all classes of outstanding equity securities of such entity.

(d)    Participant and the Company agree that the limitations as to time and scope of activity to be restrained are reasonable and do not impose a greater restraint on Participant than is necessary to protect the property rights and other business interests of Company.

(e)    If Participant fails to comply with, or breaches, or threatens to breach, any of the provisions herein, Company in addition to any other remedies available to it at law or in equity, shall be entitled to immediate injunctive relief to enforce the provisions of this Section 5 and shall be entitled to recover from Participant reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred by Company in connection with such proceedings.

6.     Extraordinary Remedies and Attorneys Fees . The Company and Participant agree that any breach by Participant of any of the provisions or covenants contained in the Agreement would cause irreparable harm and damage to the Company, in an amount that would be difficult to quantify, measure, or ascertain. Therefore, in the event of a breach of this Agreement by Participant, the Company shall be entitled to relief through restraining order, injunction, and all other available remedies, including claims for monetary damages incurred because of such breach. These remedies may be pursued concurrently and in any order, and the pursuit of any of these remedies shall not be deemed to limit the other remedies available to the Company in law or in equity. If any action at law or in equity, including an action for declaratory or injunctive relief, is brought to enforce or interpret the provisions of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover costs of court and reasonable attorneys’ fees from the other party or parties to such action, which fees may be set by the court in the trial of such action or may be enforced in a separate action brought for that purpose, and which fees shall be in addition to any other relief that may be awarded.

7.     Survival of Provisions and Covenants . Each and every provision or covenant contained in this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement as expressly provided herein, and shall constitute an independent agreement between Participant and the Company. Further, the existence of any claim by Participant against the Company shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of its rights by the Company.

8.     Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect, that provision will be fully severable, and this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable had never been contained herein; the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement; and there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as possible and still be legal, valid and enforceable. Further, to the extent that any provision is determined to be broader than is otherwise enforceable, the parties agree that a court of competent jurisdiction should seek to reform that provision in a manner so that it may be enforced to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law.

 

B-4


EXHIBIT B

 

9.     Assignment . This Agreement is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, together with their respective executors, administrators, successors, personal representatives, heirs, and assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rights, duties and benefits to Participant hereunder are personal to Participant, and no such right or benefit may be assigned by it. The Company shall have the right to assign or transfer this Agreement to its successors or assigns upon written notice to Participant. The terms “successors” and “assigns” shall include any person, corporation, partnership or other entity that buys all or substantially all of Company’s assets or all of its stock, or with which Company merges or consolidates. Any purported assignment of this Agreement, other than as provided above, shall be void.

10.     Governing Law and Venue . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the procedural and substantive laws of the State of Texas. The Company and Participant irrevocably and unconditionally consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state or federal courts located in Titus County, Texas as the sole venue and location for any actions, suits, or proceedings arising out of or relating to any aspect of this Agreement and all issues arising out of or relating to the Service Provider relationship between the Company and Participant.

11.     Participant Acknowledgement . Participant recognizes and acknowledges that Participant has freely entered into this Agreement for the full consideration expressed herein, the sufficiency and receipt of which Participant hereby acknowledges, and that Participant has had the opportunity to consult with counsel of Participant’s choice with full knowledge and careful consideration of the consequences and meaning of execution of this Agreement.

12.     Entire Agreement . Upon Participant’s acceptance, this letter will contain the entire agreement and understanding between Participant and the Company with respect to the matters addressed herein and shall supersede any prior or contemporaneous agreements, understandings, communications, offers, representations, warranties, or commitments by or on behalf of the Company and its affiliates (oral or written). The terms of this Agreement may in the future be amended, but only in writing signed by both Participant and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

[signature page follows]

 

B-5


EXHIBIT B

 

[Signature Page to Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement]

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:     AGREED AND ACCEPTED:
GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.     PARTICIPANT
By:                                                                                                                            
Its:                                                                Name:                                                   
Date:                                                             Date:                                                     

 

B-6

Exhibit 10.6

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

WITH 401(k) PROVISIONS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Section

       Page  
1   Purpose      1  
  1.1   Purpose and Effective Date      1  
  1.2   Trust Agreement and Plan Administration      2  
  1.3   No Reversion to Employers      2  
2   Definitions      2  
  2.1   Accounts      2  
  2.2   Accounting Date      2  
  2.3   Acquisition Loan      2  
  2.4   Adjusted Compensation      2  
  2.5   Annual Additions      2  
  2.6   Beneficiary      3  
  2.7   Code      3  
  2.8   Committee      3  
  2.9   Company Stock      3  
  2.10   Deemed Owned Shares      3  
  2.11   Direct Rollover      4  
  2.12   Distributee      4  
  2.13   Elective Contribution      4  
  2.14   Elective Contribution Account      4  
  2.15   Eligible Retirement Plan      4  
  2.16   Eligible Rollover Distribution      4  
  2.17   Employer Contribution      4  
  2.18   Employers and Related Companies      4  
  2.19   ERISA      4  
  2.20   Financed Shares      5  
  2.21   415 Compensation      5  
  2.22   Fair Market Value      5  
  2.23   Forfeiture      5  
  2.24   Forfeiture Account      5  
  2.25   Highly Compensated Employee      5  
  2.26   Hour of Service      6  
  2.27   Impermissible Allocation      6  
  2.28   Impermissible Accrual      6  
  2.29   KSOP Cash Accounts      7  


  2.30   KSOP Stock Accounts      7   
  2.31   Leased Employee      7   
  2.32   Loan Suspense Account      7   
  2.33   Matching Contribution      7   
  2.34   Matching Contribution Account      7   
  2.35   Net Income (or Loss)      7   
  2.36   Non-Allocation Year      7   
  2.37   Nonelective Contribution      8   
  2.38   Nonelective Contribution Account      8   
  2.39   Normal Retirement Age      8   
  2.40   One Year Break in Service      8   
  2.41   Participant      9   
  2.42   Plan Year      9   
  2.43   Qualified Domestic Relations Order      9   
  2.44   Qualified Election Period      9   
  2.45   Qualified Nonelective Contribution      9   
  2.46   Qualified Participant      10   
  2.47   Related Company      10   
  2.48   Related Defined Contribution Plan      10   
  2.49   Required Beginning Date      10   
  2.50   S Corporation      10   
  2.51   S Corporation Disqualified Person      10   
  2.52   Synthetic Equity      11   
  2.53   Termination Date      11   
  2.54   Total and Permanent Disability      11   
  2.55   Trust Agreement      11   
  2.56   Trustee      12   
  2.57   Trust Fund      12   
  2.58   Year of Service      12   
3   Plan Participation      12   
  3.1   Eligibility for Participation      12   
  3.2   Participation after Reemployment      12   
  3.3   Participation not Guarantee of Employment      13   
  3.4   Restricted Participation      13   
4   Plan Contributions      13   
  4.1   Annual Employer Nonelective Contributions      13   
  4.2   Acquisition Loans      14   
5   Elective Contributions      15   
  5.1   In General      15   
  5.2   ADP Limit      16   
  5.3   Remedies for Contributions in Excess of ADP Limit      18   
  5.4   Safe Harbor Nondiscrimination Rules      19   


  5.5   Catch-Up Contributions      19   
  5.6   Roth Elective Deferrals      19   
  5.7   Investment Direction of Elective Contributions      20   
6   Matching Contributions      21   
  6.1   In General      21   
  6.2   ACP Limit      21   
  6.3   Remedies for Contributions in Excess of ACP Limit      22   
7   Rollover Contributions      23   
8   Plan Accounting      24   
  8.1   Allocation and Crediting of Nonelective Contributions and Forfeitures      24   
  8.2   Allocation of Elective and Matching Contributions and Forfeitures      25   
  8.3   KSOP Stock Accounts, KSOP Cash Accounts, and Restrictions on Allocations      26   
  8.4   Limitation on Allocations to Participants      27   
  8.5   Adjustment of KSOP Stock Accounts      27   
  8.6   Adjustment of KSOP Cash Accounts      28   
  8.7   Dividends      29   
  8.8   Statement of Plan Interest      29   
9   Retirement Benefits      29   
10   Death Benefits      29   
11   Payment of Account Balances on Account of Termination      30   
  11.1   Determination of Distributable Account Balance      30   
  11.2   Manner of Making Payments      33   
  11.3   Time for Distribution      33   
  11.4   Minimum Distribution Requirements      34   
  11.5   Facility of Payment      38   
  11.6   Interests not Transferable      38   
  11.7   Absence of Guaranty      38   
  11.8   Missing Participants or Beneficiaries      38   
  11.9   Qualified Domestic Relations Orders      38   
  11.10   Pre-Retirement Diversification Rights      39   
12   Voting of Company Stock      40   
13   Rights, Restrictions and Options on Company Stock      40   
  13.1   Right of First Refusal      40   
  13.2   Put Option      41   
  13.3   Share Legend      41   
  13.4   Nonterminable Rights      41   
  13.5   Additional KSOP Requirements      42   


14   Hardship Loans and Distributions      42   
15   The Committee      44   
  15.1   Appointment and Authority      44   
  15.2   Delegation by Committee      45   
  15.3   Uniform Rules      45   
  15.4   Information to be Furnished to Committee      45   
  15.5   Committee’s Decision Final      45   
  15.6   Exercise of Committee’s Duties      46   
  15.7   Remuneration and Expenses      46   
  15.8   Indemnification of the Committee      46   
  15.9   Resignation or Removal of Committee Member      47   
  15.10   Appointment of Successor Committee      47   
  15.11   Interested Person      47   
  15.12   Claims Procedure      47   
16   Amendment and Termination      48   
  16.1   Amendment      48   
  16.2   Termination      48   
  16.3   Merger and Consolidation of Plan, Transfer of Plan Assets      48   
  16.4   Vesting and Distribution on Termination and Partial Termination      49   
  16.5   Notice of Amendment, Termination or Partial Termination      49   
17   Top-Heavy Provisions      49   
18   Miscellaneous      50   
  18.1   Applicable Laws      50   
  18.2   Gender and Number      50   
  18.3   Notices      50   
  18.4   Evidence      50   
  18.5   Action by Employer      50   
  18.6   Qualified Military Service      50   


GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

WITH 401(k) PROVISIONS

SECTION 1 - PURPOSE

 

1.1 PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE . Effective January 1, 2011 (the “Effective Date”) Guaranty Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “Company”), hereby restates the Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan With 401(k) Provisions (the “Plan”), established to provide eligible employees with an opportunity to accumulate capital for their future economic security by acquiring stock ownership interests in the Company.

The Plan is a stock bonus plan which is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”). It includes this Plan and the related Trust Agreement. The Plan is intended to be an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code and Section 407(d)(6) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”).

The Plan was originally effective January 1, 1985, last restated on December 20, 2005, and received a favorable IRS determination letter therefor on June 9, 2009. Since the last restatement, the Plan has been amended as follows:

 

Amendment #1    Final 401(k) Regs    12/28/06
Amendment #2    Add Roth Deferrals    4/17/07
Amendment #3    409(p) for S election    12/18/07
Amendment #4    Auto Enrollment    2/19/08
Amendment #5    401(b) for 6/9/09 FDL    7/21/09
Amendment #6    PPA    12/15/09
Amendment #7    Exclusions from Compensation    4/20/10
Amendment #8    Committee Discretion    10/19/10
Amendment #9    Prior Service    10/18/11

The purposes of this amendment and restatement are to (i) consolidate the aforementioned amendments in a restated plan document, and (ii) submit the Plan to the IRS for an updated Cycle A determination letter no later than January 31, 2012.

The Company is an S corporation, having properly filed an election to be taxed as a small business corporation under Section 1361 of the Code, effective January 1, 2008.

 

1


1.2 TRUST AGREEMENT AND PLAN ADMINISTRATION . All contributions made under the Plan will be held, managed and controlled by the trustee, or successor thereto, (the “Trustee”) acting under a trust which forms a part of the Plan. The terms of the trust are set forth in a trust agreement known as the Guaranty Bancshares, Inc., Employee Stock Ownership Trust (the “Trust”). The authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan is vested in a Committee (the “Committee”) appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company. The members of the Committee shall be “named fiduciaries” as described in Section 402 of the ERISA, with respect to their authority under the Plan. The Committee shall be the administrator of the Plan and shall have rights, duties and obligations of an “administrator” as that term is defined in section 3(16)(A) of ERISA and section 414(g) of the Code.

 

1.3 NO REVERSION TO EMPLOYERS . No part of the corpus or income of the Trust Fund shall revert to any Employer or be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan, except as specifically provided in Article VI of the Trust Agreement.

SECTION 2 - DEFINITIONS

 

2.1 ACCOUNTS means the KSOP Stock Account and KSOP Cash Account, representing a Participant’s total economic interest in the Plan, which are also referred to collectively as “Accounts” and individually as an “Account”.

 

2.2 ACCOUNTING DATE means (i) the last day of each Plan Year, (ii) a date determined in the discretion of the Trustee in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, and (iii) the date of termination or partial termination of the Plan under Section 16.4.

 

2.3 ACQUISITION LOAN has the same meaning as an “exempt loan” as described in 26 CFR Section 54.4975-7(b), which is a loan incurred by the Trustee to finance the acquisition of Company Stock or to refinance a prior Acquisition Loan.

 

2.4 ADJUSTED COMPENSATION means the total compensation paid or accrued to the Participant during the Plan Year for services rendered to the Employers as an employee, including but not limited to wages, salaries, bonuses, overtime pay, commissions and salary reductions under a section 401(k) or section 125 plan, but excluding any amounts contributed by an Employer to a Related Defined Contribution Plan, any taxable or non-taxable fringe benefits provided by an Employer, and taxable expense allowances. Adjusted Compensation shall exclude amounts in excess of $200,000. This limitation shall be adjusted to the amounts prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury in accordance with Sections 401(a)(17) and 415(d) of the Code. Adjusted Compensation shall include elective amounts that are not includible in the gross income of the employee by reason of Code Section 132(f)(4).

 

2.5

ANNUAL ADDITIONS has the same meaning as described in Code Section 415(c)(2), which is the sum of the Employer Contributions and Forfeitures

 

2


  allocable to a Participant’s Accounts for a Plan Year. Annual Additions shall also include additions to an individual medical account under Code Section 415(1) and to a post retirement medical account under Code Section 419A(d)(2).

 

2.6 BENEFICIARY means the person or persons designated by a Participant to receive benefits pursuant to Section 10(c) upon his or her death.

 

2.7 CODE means the provisions and regulations of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and all successor laws thereto. Where the Plan refers to a particular section of the Code, such reference shall also apply to any successor to that section.

 

2.8 COMMITTEE means the individuals appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company to administer the Plan.

 

2.9 COMPANY STOCK has the same meaning as “employer securities” as described in Code Section 409(1), which is common stock issued by the Company or any Related Company having a combination of voting power and dividend rates equal to or in excess of:

 

  (a) that class of common stock of the Company or a Related Company having the greatest voting power, and

 

  (b) that class of common stock of the Company or a Related Company having the greatest dividend rights.

Non-callable preferred stock shall be treated as Company Stock if such stock is convertible at any time into stock which meets the requirements of (a) and (b) next above and if such conversion is at a conversion price which (as of the date of the acquisition by the Plan) is reasonable.

 

2.10 DEEMED-OWNED SHARES . “Deemed-Owned Shares” means, with respect to any Participant:

 

  (a) stock in an S Corporation constituting Company Stock held by the Plan which is held in the Participant’s Participant KSOP Stock Account under the Plan;

 

  (b) such Participant’s share of Company Stock in an S Corporation which is held in the Loan Suspense Account under the Plan but which has not been allocated under the Plan to Participants; and

 

  (c) Synthetic Equity, as defined pursuant to Section 2.52 herein.

For purposes of subsection (b), a Participant’s share of Company Stock held in the Loan Suspense Account under the Plan is the amount of the unallocated Company Stock which would be allocated to such Participant if the entire Loan Suspense Account were allocated to all Participants in the Plan in the same proportions as the most recent allocation of Company Stock under the Plan.

 

3


2.11 DIRECT ROLLOVER means a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.

 

2.12 DISTRIBUTEE means an Employee, former Employee, surviving spouse of an Employee or former Employee, or spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

 

2.13 ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION means an Employer Contribution made to the Plan at the election of a Participant, in lieu of cash compensation, including contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement or some other deferral mechanism.

 

2.14 ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT means the Account to which is credited a Participant’s Elective Contributions pursuant to Section 8.2.

 

2.15 ELIGIBLE RETIREMENT PLAN means a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code that accepts the Distributee’s Eligible Rollover Distribution, an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity. An Eligible Retirement Plan shall also mean an annuity contract described in section 403(b) of the Code and an eligible plan under section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan. The definition of Eligible Retirement Plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relation order, as defined in section 414(p) of the Code.

 

2.16 ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTION means any distribution of ail or a portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint life (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee’s designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under section 401(a)(9) of the Code; the portion of any distribution that is not includable in gross income determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities; and, any hardship distribution described in section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) of the Code.

 

2.17 EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION means an Elective Contribution, Matching Contribution, Nonelective Contribution, and Qualified Nonelective Contribution.

 

2.18 EMPLOYERS AND RELATED COMPANIES means the Company and each Related Company which, with the Company’s consent, adopts the Plan, which are also referred to collectively as the “Employers” and individually as the “Employer”.

 

2.19 ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

4


2.20 FINANCED SHARES means shares of Company Stock acquired by the Trustee with the proceeds of an Acquisition Loan.

 

2.21 415 COMPENSATION has the same meaning as “compensation” described in 26 CFR Section 1.415-2(d) for any Plan Year, which includes all amounts received or accrued as compensation for personal services rendered to an Employer or Related Company as an employee, including, but not limited to, wages, salaries, bonuses, commissions, fees, Elective Contributions made under this Plan or any other 401(k) arrangement, and salary reduction contributions made to a cafeteria plan, but excluding other amounts contributed by an Employer or Related Company to a deferred compensation plan, amounts realized from the exercise of non-qualified stock options or lapse of restrictions on restricted property, or amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other dispositions of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; provided that Compensation accrued during a Plan Year shall be counted for that Plan Year only, and shall not be included as Compensation for the subsequent Plan Year in which the amount is paid. Compensation shall include elective amounts that are not includible in the gross income of the employee by reason of Code Section 132(f)(4).

 

2.22 FAIR MARKET VALUE means the price at which property will exchange hands between a buyer and seller, neither acting under any compulsion to buy or sell and both having knowledge of all material facts. Shares of Company Stock shall be valued as of each Accounting Date and as of the time of any transactions between the Plan and a “Disqualified Person” within the meaning of Code Section 4975(e)(2), and shall be performed by an independent appraiser meeting the requirements of the regulations promulgated under Section 170(a)(1) of the Code.

 

2.23 FORFEITURE means the portion of a Participant’s Accounts that is not distributable to him or her on his or her Termination Date by reason of the provisions of Section 11.1(e) and that is allocable to other Participants pursuant to Section 8.1.

 

2.24 FORFEITURE ACCOUNT means the account established pursuant to Section 11.1(d) to hold the portion of a Participant’s Accounts that is not distributable to him or her but which is not yet allocable to other Participants.

 

2.25 HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE has the same meaning as described in Code Section 414(q), which is any employee who:

 

  (a) during the year or the preceding year; was a 5% owner (as defined in section 416(i) of the Code) of any Employer; or

 

  (b) during the preceding year, received compensation from the Employers in excess of $80,000.

 

5


Compensation shall include elective amounts that are not includible in the gross income of the employee by reason of Code Section 132(f)(4).

The definition of a Highly Compensated Employee shall be determined pursuant to section 414(q) of the Code, any regulations issued thereunder, and any cost of living adjustments (as issued by the Secretary of Treasury or his or her delegate) applicable to the dollar figures specified above.

 

2.26 HOUR OF SERVICE means, with respect to any employee or Participant, each hour for which he or she is paid or entitled to payment for the performance of duties for the Company or a Related Company or for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, has been awarded to the employee or Participant or agreed to by the Company or a Related Company. Every full-time employee shall be credited with 8 Hours of Service per day for each day for which he or she is paid by the Employer. An employee or Participant shall be credited with 8 Hours of Service per day (to a maximum of 40 Hours of Service per week) for any period during which he or she performs no duties for the Company or Related Company (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) by reason of:

 

  (a) vacation;

 

  (b) holiday;

 

  (c) illness;

 

  (d) incapacity;

 

  (e) layoff;

 

  (f) jury duty

 

  (g) military duty; or

 

  (h) leave of absence for which he is directly or indirectly paid or entitled to payment by the Company or a Related Company;

provided, however, an employee or Participant shall not be credited with more than 501 Hours of Service under this subsection for any single continuous period during which he or she performs no duties for the Company or a Related Company. Payments considered for purposes of the foregoing shall include payments unrelated to the length or the period during which no duties are performed but shall not include payments made solely as reimbursement for medical related expenses or solely for the purpose of complying with applicable workmen’s compensation, unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws. The provisions of 29 CFR Section 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) are incorporated herein by reference.

 

2.27 IMPERMISSIBLE ALLOCATION means any contribution or other annual addition (e.g. forfeiture allocation) in the KSOP or other qualified plan (including a release and allocation from a KSOP suspense account) that would have otherwise been added to the Disqualified Person’s account and invested in employer securities consisting of S Corporation stock.

 

2.28

IMPERMISSIBLE ACCRUAL means the extent (and only to the extent) that employer securities consisting of stock in an S corporation owned by the KSOP and any assets attributable thereto are held under the KSOP for the benefit of a

 

6


  Disqualified Person during a Nonallocation Year. For this purpose, there are considered all S corporation shares that are employer securities and other ESOP assets attributable to such shares (including Code Section 1368 distributions, sale proceeds and earnings on either the distribution or the proceeds) held for a disqualified person’s account, whether attributable to current or prior year contributions.

 

2.29 KSOP CASH ACCOUNTS means the accounts established in the name of Participants that reflect Employer Contributions made in cash, any cash dividends on Company Stock, any cash Forfeitures and any income, gains, losses, appreciation or depreciation attributable thereto.

 

2.30 KSOP STOCK ACCOUNTS means the accounts established in the name of Participants that reflect Employer Contributions made in Company Stock, the allocable share of released Financed Shares, the allocable share of Company Stock forfeitures and any Company Stock attributable to earnings on such stock.

 

2.31 LEASED EMPLOYEE means any person (other than an employee of the Company) who pursuant to an agreement between the Company and any other person has performed services for the Company (or for the Company and related persons determined in accordance with Code Section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services are performed under primary direction or control by the Company.

 

2.32 LOAN SUSPENSE ACCOUNT means the bookkeeping account maintained to record the Plan’s interest in Financed Shares which have not been released from encumbrance pursuant to 26 CFR Section 54.4975-7(b)(8).

 

2.33 MATCHING CONTRIBUTION means a contribution to the Plan by the Employer which matches in whole or in part an Elective Contribution on behalf of a Participant.

 

2.34 MATCHING CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT means the account to which the Company’s Matching Contributions on behalf of a Participant are credited pursuant to Section 8.2.

 

2.35 NET INCOME (OR LOSS) means the increase (or decrease) in the Fair Market Value of Trust assets (other than Company Stock), interest income, dividends and other income and gains (or loss) attributable to Plan assets (other then any dividends on shares of Company Stock allocated to Participants’ Company Stock Accounts) since the preceding Accounting Date, reduced by any expenses charged to the Plan for that Plan Year.

 

2.36 NON-ALLOCATION YEAR . “Nonallocation Year” means any Plan Year of the Plan if, at any time during such Plan Year:

 

  (a) the Plan holds Company Stock consisting of shares of stock in an S Corporation; and

 

7


  (b) S Corporation Disqualified Persons own at least fifty percent (50%) of the number of shares of stock in the S Corporation. For purposes of this Subsection (b), stock includes Company Stock owned directly by the S Corporation Disqualified Person, Deemed-Owned Shares of the S Corporation Disqualified Person, and Synthetic Equity of the S Corporation Disqualified Person, as defined under Section 2.52.

 

  (c) For purposes of this Section 2.36, the rules of Code Section 318(a) shall apply for purposes of determining ownership except that:

 

  (i) in applying paragraph (1) of Code Section 318(a), the members of an individual’s family shall include members of the family described in paragraph (4)(D) of Code Section 409(p), and

 

  (ii) paragraph (4) of Code Section 318(a) shall not apply.

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding the employee trust exception in Code Section 318(a)(2)(B)(i), an individual shall be treated as owning Deemed-Owned Shares of the individual.

 

2.37 NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION means an Employer Contribution which is neither an Elective Contribution, a Matching Contribution, or a Qualified Nonelective Contribution.

 

2.38 NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT means the account to which the Company’s Nonelective Contributions allocated to a Participant are credited pursuant to Section 8.1.

 

2.39 NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE means the date on which a Participant attains age 65.

 

2.40 ONE YEAR BREAK IN SERVICE means a Plan Year during which ah employee terminates employment with the Employer, and each subsequent Plan Year, provided he or she has completed less than 501 Hours of Service during such Plan Year.

An employee or Participant shall be credited with up to 501 Hours of Service on account of an absence described in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this Section in the Plan Year in which his or her absence begins (if such crediting is necessary to prevent him or her from incurring a Break in Service in such Plan Year) or, in all other cases, in the following Plan Year. The periods of absence described in the next preceding sentence are those on account of:

 

  (a) the pregnancy of the employee or Participant;

 

  (b) the birth of a child of the employee or Participant;

 

  (c) the placement of a child with the employee or Participant in connection with the adoption of such child by such employee or Participant; and

 

  (d) caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement.

 

8


2.41 PARTICIPANT means any eligible employee who becomes entitled to participate in the Plan.

 

2.42 PLAN YEAR means the 12 consecutive month period commencing on each January 1 and ending on the next following December 31.

 

2.43 QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER has the meaning described in Code Section 414(p), which is any judgment, decree, or order (including approval of a property settlement agreement) which:

 

  (a) relates to the provision of child support, alimony payments, or marital property rights to a spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant,

 

  (b) is made pursuant to a State domestic relations law (including a community property law),

 

  (c) creates or recognizes the existence of an Alternate Payee’s right to, or assigns to an Alternate Payee the right to, receive all or a portion of the benefits payable with respect to the Participant,

 

  (d) clearly specifies the name and last known mailing address, if any, of the Participant and the name and mailing address of each Alternate Payee covered by the order, the amount and percentage of the Participant’s benefits to be paid by the Plan to each Alternate Payee, or the manner in which such amount or percentage is to be determined, the number of payments or period to which such order applies and each plan to which such order applies, and

does not require the Plan to provide (i) any form or type of benefit, or any option, not otherwise provided under the Plan, (ii) increased benefits, or (iii) benefits to an Alternate Payee which are required to be paid to another payee under another order previously determined by the Committee to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

 

2.44 QUALIFIED ELECTION PERIOD has the meaning described in Code Section 401(a)(28)(b)(iv), which is the six-Plan year period beginning with the later of (a) the first Plan Year in which the Employee first became a Qualified Participant, or (b) the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1986.

 

2.45

QUALIFIED NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION means an Employer Contribution which is neither a Matching Contribution nor an Elective Contribution, is one hundred percent (100%) vested and nonforfeitable when made, which a participant may not elect to have paid in cash instead of being contributed to the plan and which may not be distributed from the plan (except in the case of a hardship

 

9


  distribution) prior to the termination of employment or death of the participant, attainment of age 59  1 2 by the participant or termination of the plan without establishment of a successor plan.

 

2.46 QUALIFIED PARTICIPANT has the meaning described in Code Section 401(a)(28)(B)(iii), which is an Employee who has completed at least 10 years of participation and has attained age 55.

 

2.47 RELATED COMPANY means any corporation, trade or business during any period in which it is, along with the Company, a member of a controlled group of corporations, a group of trades or businesses under common control, or an affiliated service group, as described in Sections 414(b),(c), and (m), respectively, of the Code, and the regulations issued thereunder, and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Company pursuant to regulations issued under section 414(o) of the Code.

 

2.48 RELATED DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN means any defined contribution plan (as defined in Code Section 414(i)) which is maintained by an Employer or a Related Company.

 

2.49 REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE has the meaning described in Code Section 401(a)(9), which is April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant either attains age 70  1 2 or retires from the employment of the employer, whichever is later. In the case of an employee who is a 5-percent owner, (as defined in Code Section 416), the Required Beginning Date is April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70  1 2 , even if such 5-percent owner has not retired.

 

2.50 S CORPORATION means an Employer who, with the consent of its shareholders, properly made the election under Code Section 1361(a) to be treated as such for federal income tax purposes.

 

2.51 S CORPORATION DISQUALIFIED PERSON means any person if:

(a) the aggregate number of Deemed-Owned Shares of such person and the members of such person’s family is at least twenty percent (20%) of the number of Deemed-Owned Shares of stock in the S Corporation, or

(b) in the case of a person not described in (a) above, the number of Deemed-Owned Shares of such person is at least ten percent (10%) of the number of Deemed-Owned Shares of stock in the S Corporation.

In the case of an S Corporation Disqualified Person described in (a) above, any member of such person’s family with Deemed-Owned Shares shall be treated as an S Corporation Disqualified Person if not otherwise treated as an S Corporation Disqualified Person under (a) or (b) above.

 

10


For purposes of this Section 2.51, the term “member of the family” means, with respect to any individual:

(a) the spouse of the individual;

(b) an ancestor or lineal descendant of the individual or the individual’s spouse,

(c) a brother or sister of the individual or the individual’s spouse and any lineal descendant of the brother or sister; and

(d) the spouse of any individual described in (b) or (c) above.

For purposes of this Section 2.52, a spouse of an individual who is legally separated from such individual under a decree of divorce or separate maintenance shall not be treated as such individual’s spouse for purposes of this paragraph.

 

2.52 SYNTHETIC EQUITY means any stock option, warrant, restricted stock, deferred issuance stock right, or similar interest or right that gives the holder the right to acquire or receive stock of the S Corporation in the future. Except to the extent provided in regulations, Synthetic Equity also includes a stock appreciation right, phantom stock unit, or similar right to a future cash payment based on the value of such stock or appreciation in such value. In the case of a person who owns Synthetic Equity in the S Corporation, except to the extent provided in regulations, the shares of stock in the S Corporation on which the Synthetic Equity is based shall be treated as outstanding stock in such corporation and Deemed-Owned Shares of such person if such treatment of Synthetic Equity of one (1) or more persons results in:

(a) the treatment of any person as an S Corporation Disqualified Person, or

(b) the treatment of any Plan Year as a Nonallocation Year.

For purposes of this Section 2.52, Synthetic Equity shall be treated as owned by a person in the same manner as stock is treated as owned by a person under the rules of paragraphs (2) and (3) of Code Section 318(a). If, without regard to this paragraph, a person is treated as an S Corporation Disqualified Person or a Plan Year is treated as a Nonallocation Year, this paragraph shall not be construed to result in the person or year not being so treated.

Synthetic equity shall also include such other amounts as are required by regulations issued by the Department of the Treasury.

 

2.53 TERMINATION DATE means the date of a Participant’s separation from service of an Employer or Related Company.

 

2.54 TOTAL AND PERMANENT DISABILITY means termination of employment due to a physical or mental condition that results in a total and permanent disability that would entitle the Participant to receive social security disability benefits.

 

2.55 TRUST AGREEMENT means the written agreement between the Company and the Trustee, which agreement is a part of this Plan.

 

11


2.56 TRUSTEE means, collectively, the trustees of the trust established by the Trust Agreement attached hereto and forming a part hereof, or any successor thereto.

 

2.57 TRUST FUND means the aggregate of all properties held pursuant to the Trust Agreement.

 

2.58 YEAR OF SERVICE has the meaning described in Code Section 411(a)(5), which is, with respect to any employee or Participant, any calendar year during which he or she completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service for the Company, any Related Company, or a Predecessor Employer. For this purpose, a Predecessor Employer is any entity that is acquired by the Company through merger or consolidation.

SECTION 3 - PLAN PARTICIPATION

 

3.1 ELIGIBILITY FOR PARTICIPATION . Each salaried employee of an Employer shall become a Participant eligible to make Elective Contributions on the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date of hire. Each such salaried employee shall become a Participant eligible to receive allocations of Nonelective Contributions and Forfeitures on the January 1 or July 1 coincident with completion of six (6) consecutive months of service in which the employee is credited with five hundred (500) Hours of Service. Each such salaried employee of an Employer hired shall become a Participant eligible to receive allocations of Matching Contributions on the January 1 or July 1 next following or coincident with the employee’s date of hire. Employees that are compensated on an hourly basis shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan.

A Leased Employee shall be considered eligible for participation upon satisfaction of these requirements, unless (i) such Leased Employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing: (1) a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least 10 percent of compensation, as defined in Code Section 415(c)(3), but including amounts contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are excludable from gross income under Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), or 403(b), (2) immediate participation, and (3) full and immediate vesting; and (ii) Leased Employees do not constitute more than 20 percent of the Employer’s nonhighly compensated work force.

 

3.2 PARTICIPATION AFTER REEMPLOYMENT .

 

  (a) General Rule. An employee who has met the eligibility requirements set forth in paragraph 3.1 shall not be required to again meet those requirements as a condition of eligibility following a termination of employment, and such an employee shall become a Participant in the Plan on the date of his or her reemployment.

 

  (b)

Exception. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an employee or Participant does not have a nonforfeitable right under the Plan to any portion of the

 

12


  aggregate balance of his or her KSOP Accounts and the number of his or her consecutive One Year Breaks in Service equals or exceeds five (5), then, his or her number of Years of Service, if any, completed prior to such a period of Breaks in Service shall be disregarded and he or she shall be considered as a new employee.

 

3.3 PARTICIPATION NOT GUARANTEE OF EMPLOYMENT . Participation in the Plan does not constitute a guarantee or contract of employment and will not give any employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Employers or Related Companies nor any right or claim to benefit under the terms of the Plan unless such right or claim has specifically accrued under the terms of the Plan.

 

3.4 RESTRICTED PARTICIPATION . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, during the period between the Participant’s Termination Date and the distribution of his or her entire KSOP Account balances, the Participant or, in the event of the Participant’s death, the Beneficiary will be considered and treated as a Participant for all purposes of the Plan, except as follows:

 

  (a) the Participant will not share in Employer Contributions and Forfeitures; and

 

  (b) the Beneficiary of a deceased Participant cannot designate a Beneficiary under Section 10(c).

SECTION 4 - PLAN CONTRIBUTIONS

 

4.1 ANNUAL EMPLOYER NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS . For each Plan Year, each Employer shall make Nonelective Contributions in the form of cash or shares of Company Stock, or both, in such amounts as may be determined by the Board of Directors in its discretion with respect to that Employer, which amounts shall be delivered to the Trustee. Nonelective Contributions shall be paid in cash in such amounts and at such times as may be needed to provide the Trustee with cash sufficient to pay any currently maturing obligations under an Acquisition Loan. In no event will an Employer’s Contribution for any Plan Year exceed the lesser of:

 

  (a) the maximum amount deductible by that Employer as an expense for Federal income tax purposes; or

 

  (b) the maximum amount which, together with the amounts released from a Loan Suspense Account pursuant to Section 4.2 or a Suspense Account pursuant to Section 8.4 for that Plan Year, can be credited for that year in accordance with the contribution limitation provisions of Section 8.4.

An Employer’s Nonelective Contribution under this Section 4.1 for any Plan Year will be due on the last day of the Plan Year and, if not paid by the end of that year, shall be payable to the Trustee as soon thereafter as practicable, but not later than the time prescribed for filing the Employer’s Federal income tax return for that Plan Year, including any extensions of time, without interest.

 

13


4.2 ACQUISITION LOANS . The Trustee may incur Acquisition Loans from time to time to finance the acquisition of Company Stock for the Trust or to repay a prior Acquisition Loan. An Acquisition Loan shall be for a specific term, shall bear a reasonable rate of interest, and shall not be payable on demand except in the event of default. An Acquisition Loan may be secured by a collateral pledge of the Financed Shares so acquired and any other Plan assets which are permissible security under the provisions of 26 CFR Section 54.4975-7(b). No other assets of the Plan or Trust may be pledged as collateral for an Acquisition Loan, and no lender shall have any recourse against any other Trust assets.

The exempt loan must be primarily for the benefit of plan participants. The interest rate and price of the stock to be acquired with the loan proceeds should not be such that the plan assets may be drained off. The payments made with respect to an exempt loan by the Plan during a Plan Year must not exceed an amount equal to the sum of such contributions and earnings received during or prior to the year less such payments in prior years.

The Financed Shares shall initially be credited to a Loan Suspense Account and allocated to Participants’ KSOP Stock Accounts only as payments of principal and interest on the Acquisition Loan are made by the Trustees. Payments of principal and interest on any Acquisition Loan shall be made by the Trustee only from Employer Nonelective and Matching Contributions paid in cash to enable the Trustee to repay such loan, from Elective Contributions of Participants who so direct, from earnings attributable to such contributions, and any cash dividends received by the Trustee on Financed Shares acquired with the proceeds of the Acquisition Loan (including such contributions, earnings and dividends received during or prior to the year of repayment less such payments in prior years), whether or not allocated. The number of Financed Shares to be released from the Loan Suspense Account shall be determined in the following manner:

 

  (a) Priority Allocation. First, there shall be released a number of shares with an aggregate cost basis equal to the Elective Contributions, if any, of Participants who have so directed the application of such contributions to payments of principal on the Acquisition Loan.

 

  (b) Principal and Interest Method . Next, there shall be released a number of shares based upon the ratio that the payments of principal and interest on the Acquisition Loan for that Plan Year bears to the total remaining payments of principal and interest projected on the Acquisition Loan over the duration of the Acquisition Loan repayment period, subject to the provisions of Section 8.4. The number of future payments under the Acquisition Loan must be definitely ascertainable and must be determined without taking into account any possible extensions or renewal periods. If the interest rate under the Acquisition Loan is variable, the interest to be paid in future years must be computed by using the interest rate applicable as of the end of the Plan Year.

 

14


  (c) Principal Only Method . Alternatively, in the same manner as described in (b) above, except that such number shall be based solely on the amount of principal paid for the Plan Year in relation to the sum of such amount plus the principal to be paid for all future years; and provided that:

 

  (1) the Acquisition Loan must provide for annual payments of principal and interest at a cumulative rate that is not less rapid at any time than level annual payments of such amounts for 10 years;

 

  (2) interest in any payment is disregarded only to the extent that it would be determined to be interest under standard loan amortization tables; and

 

  (3) the alternative described in this subsection (b) is not applicable from the time that, by reason of a renewal, extension or financing, the sum of the expired duration of the Acquisition Loan, the renewal period, the extension period, and the duration of a new Acquisition Loan exceeds 10 years.

SECTION 5.1 - ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS

 

(a) In General. A Participant may authorize his or her Employer to contribute to the Trust on his or her behalf Elective Contributions. Such Elective Contributions shall be stated as either a dollar amount or a whole percentage, and shall not be more than 75%, of the Participant’s Adjusted Compensation.

The total amount of Elective Contributions for any Plan Year shall not exceed $16,500, multiplied by any cost of living adjustment factor prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury under Section 415(d) of the Code.

Any Elective Contribution in excess of the aforementioned limitation, plus any income allocable thereto, shall be returned to the Participant no later than the first April 15 th following the close of the tax year in which such contributions were made. The Elective Contribution shall be paid by the Employer to the Trustee no later than the 15 th business day of the month following the month in which the Contributions are received by the Employer.

Each Participant electing to have his or her Employer contribute Elective Contributions on his or her behalf during the plan year shall file a written notice with the Administrative Committee at least thirty (30) days prior to the date that he or she intends such election to take effect. This requirement shall be waived on adoption of the plan and each Participant shall be given a reasonable time to elect Elective Contributions. Such written notice shall contain an election of the percentage of his or her Adjusted Compensation to be contributed and authorization for his or her Employer to reduce his or her compensation by such amount.

 

15


Elective Contributions may be suspended at any time by giving prior written notice. After suspension, the Participant shall not be eligible for further Elective Contributions until the beginning of the next Plan Year. A Participant may change the percentage of his or her Elective Contributions upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice. A Participant shall be fully vested at all times in the portion of his or her Account from Elective Contributions.

(b) Special Rule for New Employees. (1)  Automatic Enrollment for New Employees. Any new Employee is deemed to have elected to become a Participant and to have his or her or her Compensation reduced by 4% (and have that amount contributed as an Elective Deferral on his or her or her behalf), at the time the Employee is hired, and to have agreed to be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(2) Right to File a Different Election; Notice to Employee . This Section 5.1(b) shall not apply to the extent an Employee files an election for a different percentage reduction or elects to have no Compensation reduction. Any new Employee shall receive a statement at the time he or she is hired that describes the Employee’s rights and obligations under this Section 5.1(b) (including the information in this Section 5.1(b) and identification of how the Employee can file an election or make a designation as described in the preceding sentence, and the refund right under Section 5.1(b)(3), including the specific name and location of the person to whom any such election or designation may be filed), and how the contributions under this Section 5.1(b) will be invested.

(3) Refund of Contributions . An Employee for whom contributions have been automatically made under Section 5.1(b)(1) may elect to withdraw all or the contributions made on his or her behalf under Section 5.1(b)(1), including earnings thereon to the date of the withdrawal. This withdrawal right is available only if the withdrawal election is made within 90 days after the date of the first contribution made under Section 5.1(b)(1).

 

5.2 ADP LIMIT . For any Plan Year, the Committee shall have the right to limit or reduce the Elective Contributions of Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees in order to insure that the actual deferral percentage limitation under Code Section 401(k)(3) (hereinafter “ADP Limit”) is not exceeded. Furthermore, in accordance with 26 CFR Section 1.401(k)-1(f), the Employer may make additional Qualified Nonelective Contributions and/or Matching Contributions or may distribute or recharacterize such contributions made during the Plan year in order to provide that the ADP Limit is not exceeded. The ADP Limit is equal to the greater of Limit 1 or Limit 2:

 

Limit 1:    The average Actual Deferral Percentage for the Plan Year of Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees may not exceed one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the Actual Deferral Percentage for the previous Plan Year of all other Participants; or

 

16


Limit 2:   The Actual Deferral Percentage for the Plan Year of Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees may not exceed the lesser of:
  (a)    The Actual Deferral Percentage for the previous Plan Year of all other Participants, plus two percent (2%), or
  (b)    The Actual Deferral Percentage for the previous Plan Year of all other Participants, multiplied by two hundred percent (200%).

The Actual Deferral Percentage (“ADP”) with respect to any specific group of Participants for a Plan Year shall mean the average of the ratios (calculated separately for each Participant in such group) of (A) the amount of Elective Contributions paid into the Trust Fund on behalf of each Participant for such Plan Year to (B) the Participant’s Adjusted Compensation for such Plan Year(such ratio hereinafter referred to as “ADR”). In the case of a Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee who is eligible to have Elective Contributions paid in to a Trust Fund to his or her account under two or more plans maintained by the Employer, the ADP shall be determined as if all such Elective Contributions were made under a single arrangement.

For purposes of determining the ADP, the Plan will take into account the ADR of all eligible employees. An eligible employee is any employee who is directly eligible to make a cash or deferred election under the plan for all or a portion of a Plan Year, and includes: (i) an employee who would be a Plan participant but for the failure to make required contributions; (ii) an employee whose eligibility to make Elective Contributions has been suspended because of an election (other than certain one-time elections) not to participate, taking a hardship distribution, or to obtain a participant loan; and (iii) an employee who cannot defer because of the Section 415 limits on Annual Additions. In the case of an eligible employee who makes no Elective Contributions, the ADR that is to be included in determining the ADP is zero.

For purposes of determining whether a plan satisfies the ADP Limit, all Elective Contributions that are made under two or more plans that are aggregated for purposes of Sections 401(a)(4) or 410(b) (other than Section 410(b)(2)(A)(ii)) are to be treated as made under a single plan. If two or more plans are permissively aggregated for purposes of Section 401(k), the aggregated plans must also satisfy Sections 401(a)(4) and 410(b) as though they were a single plan. Plans will be aggregated only if they have the same plan year and use the same testing method.

Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Matching Contributions may be treated as Elective Contributions for purposes of the ADP Limit only if such contributions are nonforfeitable when made and subject to the same distribution restrictions that apply to Elective Contributions. Qualified Nonelective Contributions which may be treated as Elective Contributions must satisfy these requirements without regard to whether they are actually taken into account as Elective Contributions.

 

17


Qualified Nonelective Contributions may be treated as Elective Contributions only if the conditions described in Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6) are satisfied, including, without limitation, that they (i) be contributed by the end of the year following the applicable year, and (ii) not exceed the product of a Non-Highly Compensated Employee’s Adjusted Compensation and the greater of 5% or two times the Plan’s Representative Contribution Rate. For this purpose, the term “Representative Contribution Rate” is the lowest applicable contribution rate of any eligible Non-Highly Compensated Employee among a group of eligible Non-Highly Compensated Employees that consists of half of all eligible Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year (or, if greater, the lowest applicable contribution rate of any eligible Non-Highly Compensated Employee in the group of all eligible Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year and who is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year).

 

5.3 REMEDIES FOR CONTRIBUTIONS IN EXCESS OF ADP LIMIT . In the event the ADP Limit is exceeded, the amount of excess contributions for a Highly Compensated Participant shall be distributed pursuant to 26 CFR Section 1.401(k)-1(f)(4), and will be determined in the following manner. First, the ADR of the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest ADR will be reduced to the extent necessary to satisfy the ADP Limit or to cause such Participant’s ADR to equal the ADR of the Highly Compensated Employee with the next highest ADR. Second, this process is repeated until the ADP Limit is satisfied. For each such Highly Compensated Employee whose ADR is reduced, the amount of such Participant’s excess contributions is equal to the Participant’s, total Qualified Nonelective and Elective Contributions (determined prior to the application of this paragraph) minus the amount determined by multiplying the Participant’s ADR (determined after application of this paragraph) by such Participant’s Compensation.

The amount of a Participant’s excess contributions that is actually distributed must be determined on the basis of the leveling method required by Code Section 401(k)(8)(C), as amended by the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996. This leveling method requires that the distribution of excess contributions must be made on the basis of the dollar amount of the contribution made by each Highly Compensated Employee, rather than such Participant’s ADR.

The amount of a Participant’s excess contributions distributed pursuant to 26 CFR Section 1.401(k)-1(f) shall be reduced by any excess deferrals previously distributed during such Plan Year. The distribution of any excess contribution is to be made prior to the two and one-half month period following the end of the Plan Year in which such excess contributions were made. The income for the “gap period” will be determined by using the Safe Harbor contained in Proposed Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(k)-2(b)(2)(iv)(D), which provides generally for a calculation equal to 10% of the income allocable to the Plan Year, multiplied by the number of months that have elapsed since the end of the Plan Year.

 

18


The distribution of excess contributions will include the income allocable thereto from the date such excess contributions were made until the date of the distribution. The income for the Plan Year allocable to Elective contributions will be multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the excess contributions for the Participant for the Plan Year. The denominator is the sum of (1) the total account balance of the Participant attributable to Elective contributions and amounts treated as Elective contributions as of the beginning of the Plan Year, plus (2) the Participant’s Elective contributions and amounts treated as Elective contributions for the Plan Year.

 

5.4 SAFE HARBOR NONDISCRIMINATION RULES . Notwithstanding the terms of Section 5.2, the test provided in Code Section 401(k)(3) hereof shall be met if the Plan meets both the Notice Requirement and the Contribution Requirements.

The Notice Requirement is met if each Employee eligible to participate in the Plan is, within a reasonable period before any Plan Year, given written notice of the Employee’s rights and obligations under the Plan. The notice must be sufficiently accurate and comprehensive to apprise the Employee of such rights and obligations, and be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average Employee eligible to participate.

The Contribution Requirements are met if (i) the Company is required to make a matching contribution of at least 100% of Elective Contributions up to three percent (3%) of an Employee’s Compensation and 50% of Elective Contributions in excess of three percent (3%) but not in excess of five percent (5%) of an Employee’s Compensation, and (ii) such matching contribution is fully vested and nonforfeitable at all times.

 

5.5 CATCH-UP CONTRIBUTIONS . All employees who are eligible to make elective deferrals under this Plan and who have attained age 50 before the close of the Taxable year shall be eligible to make catch-up contributions in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of section 414(v) of the Code. Such catch-up contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of the plan implementing the required limitations of sections 402(g) and 415 of the Code. The Plan shall not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the Plan implementing the requirements of section 401 (k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b), or 416 of the Code, as applicable, by reason of the making of such catch-up contributions.

 

5.6 ROTH ELECTIVE DEFERRALS . Roth Elective Deferrals shall be treated in the same manner for all Plan purposes. The Employer may, in operation, implement deferral election procedures provided such procedures are communicated to Participants and permit Participants to modify their elections at least once each Plan Year.

Elective Deferrals . The term “Elective Deferrals” includes Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Roth Elective Deferrals.

 

19


Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals . “Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals” means a Participant’s Elective Deferrals which are not includible in the Participant’s gross income at the time deferred and have been irrevocably designated as Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals by the Participant in his or her deferral election. A Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals will be separately accounted for, as will gains and losses attributable to those Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.

Roth Elective Deferrals “Roth Elective Deferrals” means a Participant’s Elective Deferrals that are includible in the Participant’s gross income at the time deferred and have been irrevocably designated as Roth Elective Deferrals by the Participant in his or her deferral election. A Participant’s Roth Elective Deferrals will be separately accounted for, as will gains and losses attributable to those Roth Elective Deferrals. However, forfeitures may not be allocated to such account. The Plan must also maintain a record of a Participant’s investment in the contract (i.e., designated Roth contributions that have not been distributed).

Ordering Rules for Distributions The Committee operationally may implement an ordering rule procedure for withdrawals (including, but not limited to, hardship or other in-service withdrawals) from a Participant’s accounts attributable to Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Roth Elective Deferrals. Such ordering rules may specify whether the Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Roth Elective Deferrals are distributed first. Furthermore, such procedure may permit the Participant to elect which type of Elective Deferrals shall be distributed first.

Corrective distributions attributable to Roth Elective Deferrals . For any plan Year in which a Participant may elect both Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Roth Elective Deferrals, the Committee operationally may implement an ordering rule procedure for the distribution of Excess Deferrals (Code Section 402(g)), Excess Contributions (Code Section 401(k)), Excess Aggregate Contributions (Code Section 401(m)), and Excess Annual Additions (Code Section 415). Such ordering rules may specify whether the Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals or Roth Elective Deferrals are distributed first, to the extent such type of Elective Deferrals was made for the year. Furthermore, such procedure may permit the Participant to elect which type of Elective Deferrals shall be distributed first.

 

5.7 INVESTMENT DIRECTION OF ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS . The Company may permit the Trustee to elect to delegate its power of directing the investment of Elective Contributions to the Participants, subject to the following conditions:

(a) All Participants are offered the right to exercise independent control over the assets in their Elective Contribution Accounts; and

(b) Each Participant informs the Trustee in writing that the individual does or does not desire to exercise independent control over the assets in his or her Elective Contribution Account; and

 

20


(c) A broad range of investments are offered to the Participants from which they can select and direct the Trustee to invest in for their Elective Contribution Accounts, including Company Stock; and

(d) With respect to any Elective Contributions directed to the payment of principal on an Acquisition Loan, the Participant specifically acknowledges in his or her written investment direction election the priority allocation provided in Section 4.2(a).

Any Participant who has elected not to direct the investment of his or her Elective Contribution Account shall not again be offered the opportunity unless and until the Trustee deems it prudent to do so. Each new Participant shall be offered the right to direct the investment of his or her Elective Contribution account upon becoming a Participant, provided the Trustee has offered and delegated this power to any other Participant in accordance with this Section 5.6.

The Administrative Committee shall adopt such rules and procedures as it deems advisable with respect to all matters relating to the selection and use of the investments, provided that all Participants are treated uniformly. Specifically, and not in limitation thereof, the Committee may adopt limitations upon investment direction into Company Stock and the composition of the Plan’s portfolio that are appropriate based on all of the relevant facts and circumstances, including the percentage of Plan assets to be invested in Company Stock.

SECTION 6 - MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

 

6.1 IN GENERAL . For each Plan Year, the Employer shall contribute to the Trust Matching Contributions in such amount as may be determined in the discretion of the Board of Directors.

 

6.2 ACP LIMIT . For any Plan Year, the Committee shall have the right to limit or reduce the Matching Contributions allocable to the Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees in order to insure that the Actual Contribution Percentage Limit under Code Section 401(m) (hereinafter “ACP Limit”) is not exceeded. The ACP Limit is equal to the greater of the Limit 1 or Limit 2:

 

Limit 1:    The Actual Contribution Percentage for the Plan Year of the Highly Compensated Employees may not exceed one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the Actual Contribution Percentage for the previous Plan Year of all other Participants; or

 

21


Limit 2:   The Actual Contribution Percentage for the Plan Year of the Highly Compensated Participants may not exceed the lesser of:
  (a)    The Actual Contribution Percentage for the previous Plan Year of all other Participants, plus two percent (2%), or
  (b)    The Actual Contribution Percentage for the previous Plan Year of all other Participants, multiplied by two hundred percent (200%).

Actual Contribution Percentage (“ACP”) with respect to any specific group of Participants for a Plan Year shall mean the average of the ratios (calculated separately for each Participant in such group) of (A) the amount of Matching Contributions paid into the Trust Fund on behalf of each Participant for such Plan Year to (B) the Participant’s Adjusted Compensation for such Plan Year (such ratio hereinafter referred to as “ACR”). A Participant’s Matching Contributions are to be taken into account if they are paid to the Trust during the Plan Year or are paid to an agent of the Plan and are transmitted to the Trust within a reasonable period after the end of the Plan Year. In the case of a Participant who has no Matching Contributions, the ACP is considered to be zero. In the case of a Highly Compensated Employee who is eligible to have Matching Contributions paid in to a trust fund to his or her account under two or more plans maintained by the Employer, the ACP shall be determined as if all such Matching Contributions were made under a single arrangement.

For purposes of determining whether a plan satisfies the ACP Limit, all Matching Contributions that are made under two or more plans that arc aggregated for purposes of Sections 401(a)(4) or 410(b) (other than Section 410(b)(2)(A)(ii)) are to be treated as made under a single plan. If two or more plans are permissively aggregated for purposes of Section 401(k), the aggregated plans must also satisfy Sections 401(a)(4) and 410(b) as though they were a single plan. Plans will be aggregated only if they have the same plan year and use the same testing method.

Qualified Nonelective Contributions may be considered in calculating a Participant’s ACR only if the conditions described in Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(6) are satisfied, including, without limitation, that they (i) be contributed by the end of the year following the applicable year, and (ii) not exceed the product of a Non-Highly Compensated Employee’s Adjusted Compensation and the greater of 5% or two times the Plan’s Representative Contribution Rate. For this purpose, the term “Representative Contribution Rate” is the lowest applicable contribution rate of any eligible Non-Highly Compensated Employee among a group of eligible Non-Highly Compensated Employees that consists of half of all eligible Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year (or, if greater, the lowest applicable contribution rate of any eligible Non-Highly Compensated Employee in the group of all eligible Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year and who is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year).

 

6.3

REMEDIES FOR CONTRIBUTIONS IN EXCESS OF ACP LIMIT . In the event the ACP Limit is exceeded, the amount of excess aggregate contributions for a Highly Compensated Employee shall be distributed pursuant to 26 CFR Section 1.401(m)-1(e)

 

22


  and will be determined in the following manner. First, the ACR of the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest ACR will be reduced to the extent necessary to satisfy the ACP Limit or to cause such Participant’s ACR to equal the ACR of the Highly Compensated Participant with the next highest ACR. Second, this process is repeated until the ACP Limit is satisfied. For each such Highly Compensated Employee whose ACR is reduced, the amount of such Participant’s excess aggregate contributions is equal to the Participant’s total Matching Contributions (determined prior to the application of this paragraph) minus the amount determined by multiplying the Participant’s ACR (determined after application of this paragraph) by such Participant’s Adjusted Compensation.

The amount of a Participant’s excess aggregate contributions that is actually distributed must be determined on the basis of the leveling method required by Code Section 401(m)(6)(C), as amended by the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996. This leveling method requires that the distribution of excess aggregate contributions must be made on the basis of the dollar amount of the contribution allocable to each Highly Compensated Employee, rather than such Participant’s ACR.

The distribution of excess aggregate contributions will include the income allocable thereto for the Plan Year from the date excess contributions were made until the date of the distribution. The income for the Plan Year allocable to Matching Contributions will be multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the excess aggregate contributions for the employee for the Plan Year. The denominator is the sum of (1) the total account balance of the employee attributable to Matching Contributions and amounts treated as Matching Contributions as of the beginning of the Plan Year, plus (2) the employee’s Matching Contributions and amounts treated as Matching Contributions for the Plan Year.

The amount of a Participant’s excess aggregate contributions distributed shall be reduced by any excess aggregate contributions previously distributed during such Plan Year. The distribution of any excess aggregate contribution is to be made prior to the two and one-half month period following the end of the plan Year in which such excess aggregate contributions were made.

To the extent Matching Contributions are used, pursuant to Section 5.2, to compute the ADP Limit, they will not be used to compute the ACP Limit. At the election of the Employer, Employer contributions (to the extent not utilized to compute the ADP Limit) may be used in the computation of the ACP Limit.

SECTION 7 - ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS

 

(a) With the Employer’s consent, a Rollover Contribution may be made by or for an Employee if any of the following conditions are met:

 

  (1) The Contribution is a rollover contribution which the Code permits to be transferred to a plan that meets the requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code; and

 

23


  (2) The Contribution is made within 60 days after the Employee receives or would be entitled to receive the distribution; and

 

  (3) The employee furnishes evidence satisfactory to the Committee that the proposed transfer is in fact a rollover contribution which meets conditions (1) and (2) above.

OR

 

  (4) The contribution is made pursuant to Plan Section 11.10 diversification requirements.

The Rollover Contribution may be made by the Employee or may be made with his or her consent by the named fiduciary of another plan. The Contribution will be made according to procedures set up by the Committee.

 

(b) If the Employee is not a Participant at the time the Rollover Contribution is made, he or she will be deemed to be a Participant only for the purposes of investment and distribution of the Rollover Contribution. No Employer Contribution will be made for him or her and he or she may not make Participant Contributions, until the time he or she meets all of the requirements to become a Participant.

 

(c) Any Rollover contribution made by or for an Employee is credited to his or her Account when made and is at all times fully vested and nonforfeitable.

 

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Rollover Contribution which would not otherwise be included in gross income shall be accepted only if it is accounted for separately.

 

(e) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a Distributee’s election under code Section 401(a)(31), a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover.

SECTION 8 - PLAN ACCOUNTING

 

8.1 ALLOCATION AND CREDITING OF NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES.

 

  (a) In General. As of the Accounting Date, the following amounts shall be allocated to the accounts of Participants described in Section 8.1(b), in the manner described in Section 8.1(c):

 

  (1) Nonelective Contributions for the Plan Year, less the portion thereof used to pay principal and interest on an Acquisition Loan;

 

24


  (2) Forfeitures arising pursuant to Section 11.1(d) during the Plan Year; and

 

  (3) Shares of Company Stock released from a Loan Suspense Account for the Plan Year.

 

  (b) Conditions on Allocation. The amounts described in Section 8.1(a) shall be allocated to the accounts of the following Participants:

 

  (1) Participants who complete 1000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year and who are employed by the Employer on the Accounting Date, and

 

  (2) Participants who attain Normal Retirement Age, suffer a Total and Permanent Disability or die while in the employ of the Employer during the Plan Year.

 

  (c) Allocation formula . The amounts described in Section 8.1(a) shall be allocated to the Accounts of Participants described in Section 8.1(b) in the ratio that each such Participant’s Adjusted Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total of all such Participants’ Adjusted Compensation for the Plan Year.

 

8.2 ALLOCATION OF ELECTIVE AND MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

 

  (a) Elective Contributions . The Elective Contributions by the Employer on behalf of an electing Participant shall be allocated to the Elective Contribution Account of such electing Participant as of each Accounting Date of the Plan Year for which the Elective Contribution pertains.

 

  (b) Matching Contributions . The Matching Contributions by the Employer on behalf of a Participant making Elective Contributions shall be allocated to the Matching Contribution Accounts of Participants described in Section 8.1(b) in an amount equal to that contributed for each such Participant under Section 6.

 

  (c) Conditions on Allocation of Matching Contribution . The amounts described in Section 8.2(b) shall be allocated to the accounts of the following Participants:

 

  (1) Participants who are credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year and who are employed by the Employer on the Accounting Date, and

 

  (2) Participants who attain Normal Retirement Age, suffer a Total and Permanent Disability or die while in the employ of the Employer during the Plan Year.

 

25


8.3 KSOP STOCK ACCOUNTS, KSOP CASH ACCOUNTS, AND RESTRICTIONS ON ALLOCATIONS.

 

  (a) KSOP Stock Accounts and KSOP Cash Accounts. Employer Contributions made in the form of shares of Company Stock, the number of shares of Company stock purchased with cash Employer Contributions, Forfeitures from other Participants’ KSOP Stock Accounts, and shares of Company Stock released from a Loan Suspense Account shall be allocated to Participants’ KSOP Stock Accounts. All other Employer contributions and Forfeitures shall be allocated to Participants’ KSOP Cash Accounts.

 

  (b) Restrictions on allocation. Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan to the contrary, if shares of Company Stock are sold to the Plan by a shareholder in a transaction for which special tax treatment is elected by such shareholder (or his or her representative) pursuant to section 1042 of the Code, no assets attributable to such Company Stock may be allocated to the KSOP Accounts of:

 

  (1) any person who owns (after application of section 318(a) of the Code) more than 25 percent in value of the outstanding securities of the Employers; and

 

  (2) the shareholder, and any person who is related to such shareholder (within the meaning of section 267(b) of the Code, but excluding lineal descendants of such shareholder as long as no more than 5% of the aggregate amount of all Company Stock sold by such shareholder in a transaction to which section 1042 of the Code applies is allocated to lineal descendants of such shareholder) during the Nonallocation Period (as defined below).

Further, no allocation of Employer Contributions may be made to the Accounts of such persons unless additional allocations are made to other Participants, in accordance with the provisions of sections 401(a) and 410(b) of the Code. The phrase “Nonallocation Period” means the period beginning on the date of sale and ending on the later of ten years after the date of sale or the date of the allocation attributable to the final payment on the Acquisition Loan incurred with respect to the sale.

 

  (c)

Subchapter S restrictions on allocation. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, during any Plan Year in which the Company is an S Corporation and Company Stock held under this Plan consists of stock in an S Corporation, no Impermissible Accrual or Impermissible Allocation, either attributable to or allocable in lieu of such Company Stock shall, during a Nonallocation Year, accrue or be allocated (either directly or

 

26


  indirectly) under this Plan or any plan qualified under Code section 401(a) that is maintained by the Employer for the benefit of an S Corporation Disqualified Person. To the extent that there are an Impermissible Accrual or Impermissible Allocation, such shares shall be allocated as prescribed in this Plan to the accounts of the other Participants as if the S Corporation Disqualified Person were ineligible for such allocation.

 

8.4 LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS TO PARTICIPANTS.

 

  (a) In General . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Annual Additions credited to a Participant’s Accounts under this Plan and any Related Defined Contribution Plan for any Plan Year shall not exceed an amount equal to the lesser of:

 

  (1) $40,000, multiplied by any cost of living adjustment factor prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury under Section 415(d) of the Code, or

 

  (2) 100 percent of the 415 Compensation paid to the Participant in that Plan Year.

In the event a Participant herein is also a Participant at any time in a Related Defined Contribution Plan, the sum of Annual Additions under all such plans credited to a Participant’s accounts in any Plan Year shall not exceed the limitations described in (1) or (2), above, but such limitations shall first be applied to reduce the Annual Additions under the Related Defined Contribution Plan before being applied to reduce the Annual Additions under this Plan. If, during any Plan Year, no more than one-third of the Employer Contributions which are deductible under section 404(a)(9) of the Code are allocated to the Accounts of Highly Compensated Employees during the Plan Year, then any Employer Contributions which are applied by the Trustee to pay interest on an Acquisition Loan, and any Financed Shares which are allocated as Forfeitures shall not be included in computing Annual Additions.

 

  (b) Return of Elective Contributions . The Committee may distribute to affected Participants their Elective Contributions and the gains attributable thereto, to the extent necessary to reduce the excess Annual Additions to a level that complies with the limitation described in Section 8.4(a).

 

8.5 ADJUSTMENT OF KSOP STOCK ACCOUNTS . As of each Accounting Date, the Trustee shall:

 

  (a) First, charge to the KSOP Stock Account of each Participant all distributions and payments made to him or her, or on his or her account, since the last preceding Accounting Date that have not been charged previously;

 

27


  (b) Next, credit to each Participant’s KSOP Stock Account the shares of Company Stock, if any, that have been purchased with amounts from his or her KSOP Cash Account since the last preceding Accounting Date,

 

  (c) Next, charge each Participant’s KSOP Stock Account with the shares of Company Stock, if any, that have been sold since the last preceding Accounting Date;

 

  (d) Next, allocate and credit to each Participant’s KSOP Stock Account the shares of Company Stock (representing Employer Contributions made in Company Stock) and Company Stock Forfeitures that are to be allocated and credited as of that date in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.1(d).

 

  (e) Next, credit or charge, as the case may be, the appreciation or depreciation in the Fair Market Value of Company Stock allocated to the Participant’s KSOP Stock Account.

 

8.6 ADJUSTMENT OF KSOP CASH ACCOUNTS . As of each Accounting Date, the Trustee shall:

 

  (a) First, charge each Participant’s KSOP Cash Account with all distributions or payments made to him or her, or on his or her account, since the last preceding Accounting Date that have not been charged previously;

 

  (b) Next, charge each Participant’s KSOP Cash Account with any amounts applied to purchase Company Stock;

 

  (c) Next, credit each Participant’s KSOP Cash Account with any cash, if any, received from the sale of Company Stock from the Participant’s KSOP Stock Account since the last preceding Accounting Date;

 

  (d) Next, allocate and credit to each Participant’s KSOP Cash Account the Employer Contributions made in cash and cash Forfeitures that are allocated and credited as of that date in accordance with Section 8.1(c).

 

  (e) Next, allocate to each Participant’s KSOP Cash Account the Net Income (or Loss) of the Plan, determined as of the Accounting Date, in the ratio in which the balance of such KSOP Cash Account on the previous Accounting Date (reduced by the amount of any distribution from such Account and increased by Matching Contributions made during the first half of the Plan Year and  1 2 of Elective Contributions made during the Plan Year) bears to the total of the KSOP Cash Account balances for all Participants as of that date.

 

28


8.7 DIVIDENDS . Any stock dividends received on Company Stock shall be credited to the Account to which such Company stock was allocated. Cash dividends paid on shares of Company Stock held by the Trustee shall be disposed of as follows:

 

  (a) Dividends paid on shares which have not been released from a Loan Suspense Account shall be used to make payment on Acquisition Loans the proceeds of which were used to acquire the shares with respect to which the dividends are paid. Any such dividends which are not so used shall be separately allocated to the KSOP Cash Accounts of all Participants and Beneficiaries as Net Income in accordance with Section 8.6(e). In the discretion of the Committee, such dividends may be distributed in cash to Participants and Beneficiaries within 90 days after the close of the Plan Year in which paid to the extent of their respective nonforfeitable percentages determined as of the close of the Plan Year.

 

  (b) Dividends paid on shares allocated to Participants Company Stock Accounts shall be allocated thereto. In the discretion of the Committee, such dividends may be distributed in cash to Participants and Beneficiaries within 90 days after the close of the Plan Year in which paid to the extent of their respective nonforfeitable percentages determined as of the close of the Plan Year.

 

8.8 STATEMENT OF PLAN INTEREST . During each Plan Year the Committee shall provide each Participant with a statement of the Participant’s interest under the Plan as of the close of the immediately preceding Plan Year.

SECTION 9 - RETIREMENT BENEFITS

Upon attainment of Normal Retirement Age, a Participant shall have a fully vested and nonforfeitable right to his or her Account. The Participant shall be entitled to the commencement of the payment of his or her benefits as soon as practicable following the close of the plan Year in which he or she separates from service due to attaining Normal Retirement Age. However, at such Participant’s request, the payment of benefits may commence as soon as practicable following the close of any subsequent Plan Year.

SECTION 10 - DEATH BENEFITS

 

(a) In General . If a Participant dies prior to receiving the entire nonforfeitable amount credited to his or her Accounts, all such undistributed amounts shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary as soon as practicable following the close of the Plan Year in which the participant died. However, at such Beneficiary’s request, the payment of benefits may commence as soon as practicable following the close of any subsequent Plan Year. If there are two or more Beneficiaries, the Participants’ Accounts shall be split into sub-accounts to reflect different methods of distribution elected by the Beneficiaries.

 

29


(b) Married Participants. A Participant’s sole Beneficiary shall be his or her surviving spouse, unless there is no surviving spouse or the surviving spouse had consented in writing to the Participant’s designation of another Beneficiary. Such written consent shall be signed by the surviving spouse and witnessed by a member of the Committee or a notary public. Written consent need not be obtained if the Participant established to the satisfaction of the Committee that there is no spouse or the spouse cannot be located. Any consent by a spouse (or establishment that consent cannot be obtained) shall be limited to the specific Beneficiary designated by the Participant, and shall be effective only with respect to such spouse.

 

(c) Beneficiary Designation . Each Participant may file with the Committee a designation of Beneficiary to receive amounts payable under this Plan upon his or her death. The designation may be changed from time to time by the Participant, except that a married Participant may name a Beneficiary other than his or her spouse only in accordance with Section 10(b), above. If no designation has been filed, or all designated Beneficiaries have predeceased the Participant, then the Participant shall be deemed to have designated the following as his or her Beneficiaries and contingent Beneficiaries with priority in the following order:

 

  (1) Surviving Spouse; then

 

  (2) Surviving children equally; then

 

  (3) Estate.

 

(d) Identification of Beneficiary . If at. after or during the time when a benefit is payable to any Beneficiary, the Committee, upon request of the Trustee or at its own instance, mails by registered or certified mail to the Beneficiary at the Beneficiary’s last known address a written demand for his or her then address, or for satisfactory evidence of his or her continued life, or both, and, if the Beneficiary shall fail to furnish the information to the Committee within three years from the mailing of the demand, then the Committee shall distribute to the party next entitled thereto under Section 10(c), above, as if the Beneficiary were then deceased.

SECTION 11 - PAYMENT OF ACCOUNT BALANCES ON ACCOUNT OF TERMINATION

 

11.1 DETERMINATION OF DISTRIBUTABLE ACCOUNT BALANCE.

 

  (a) In General . If a Participant separates from service prior to Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than Total and Permanent Disability or death, he or she shall be entitled to the portion of his or her Accounts which is nonforfeitable. The Committee shall distribute the entire nonforfeitable portion of the Participant’s Accounts to such Participant in a lump sum as soon as practicable following the close of the Plan Year in which he or she separates from service.

 

30


  (b) Consent to distribution . If the nonforfeitable portion of a Participant’s Accounts exceeds $5,000, (excluding Rollover Contributions), no distribution shall be made pursuant to Section 11.1(a) above, unless the Participant consents to such distribution, in writing. The consent of the Participant shall be obtained, in writing, within the 90-day period ending on the date of the distribution. The Plan Committee shall notify the Participant of the right to defer any distribution until his or her Normal Retirement Age, which notification shall include a general description of the material features of the optional forms of benefit available under the Plan, and shall be provided no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days prior to the distribution. The Participant’s consent shall not be required to the extent that a distribution is required to satisfy Section 401(a)(9) and\or Section 415 of the Code.

 

  (c) Transfer to IRA . Effective March 29, 2005, in the event of a mandatory distribution greater than $1,000 in accordance with the provisions of section 11.1(b), if the participant does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the participant in a direct rollover or to receive the distribution directly, then the plan administrator will pay the distribution in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the plan administrator.

 

  (d) Forfeitures . If a distribution is made (or deemed made) to the Participant upon his or her separation from service pursuant to (a) or (b), above, the nonvested portion of his or her accounts will be treated as a Forfeiture and reallocated to other participants as provided in Sections 8.1 and 8.2(c). If a Participant separates from service and (i) his or her nonforfeitable percentage, as determined pursuant to Section 11.1(e), below, is 0%, and (ii) he or she has no Elective Contributions, then he or she will be deemed to have received a distribution of his or her Accounts as of his. or her separation from service.

If the Accounts are not distributed to the Participant upon his or her separation from service, the non-vested portion shall be maintained in a Forfeiture Account and treated as a Forfeiture when the Participant incurs five (5) consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service.

If a Participant returns to employment with an Employer or a Related Company after receiving (or having deemed to receive) distribution of the nonforfeitable portion of his or her Accounts, but before incurring 5 consecutive One Year Breaks in Service, the amount forfeited from his or her respective Accounts by reason of such distribution (or deemed distribution)will be restored to his or her respective Accounts, but only upon the Participant’s repayment of the amount previously distributed. Such restoration will be made, first, out of Forfeitures occurring in the year of restoration, second, out of Trust Fund earnings and, third, out of Employer KSOP contributions. Upon such Participant’s subsequent Termination Date, his or her Accounts will be paid in accordance with either paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, as applicable.

 

31


  (e) Vesting Schedule . A Participant shall have a nonforfeitable right to the amount credited to his or her Nonelective Contribution Account and to his or her Matching Contribution Account in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Number of Years of Service

   Vested Percentage  

Less than 2 years

     0

2 years but less than 3 years

     20

3 years but less than 4 years

     40

4 years but less than 5 years

     60

5 years but less than 6 years

     80

6 years or more

     100

A Participant will have a 100% vested and nonforfeitable interest at all times in his or her Elective Contribution Account.

The balances in his or her KSOP Cash Account and KSOP Stock Account, if any, after the foregoing multiplication, as at the Accounting Date coincident with or next following the Termination Date (after all adjustments then required under the Plan have been made), will become distributable to or for his or her benefit or, in the case of his or her death, to or for the benefit of his or her Beneficiary, in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.2.

 

  (f) Vesting after Reemployment . If a Participant returns to employment with an Employer or a Related Employer prior to incurring a One Year Break in Service and again resigns or is dismissed prior to completing six (6) Years of Service, then, as of the Accounting Date coincident with or next following the date on which the Participant first incurs a One Year Break in Service after such subsequent resignation or dismissal (after all adjustments then required under the Plan have been made), the balances in his or her Forfeiture Accounts shall be determined by multiplying those balances by the following:

x - y

100% - y

For purposes of the above formula, x equals the Participant’s vested percentage on the date of his or her subsequent One Year Break in Service and y equals the Participant’s vested percentage on the date of his or her prior termination of employment. If a Participant does not have a nonforfeitable right to any of his or her KSOP Accounts on his or her Termination Date, then he or she will be deemed to be cashed out of his or her KSOP Accounts as of his or her Termination Date.

 

32


11.2 MANNER OF MAKING PAYMENTS . Distribution will be made, to or for the benefit of the Participant or, in the case of the Participant’s death, his or her Beneficiary, by either, or a combination of, the following methods:

 

  (a) By payment in a lump sum, or

 

  (b) By payment in a series of substantially equal annual installments over a period not to exceed the lesser of (i) 5 years, or (ii) the Participant’s life expectancy.

 

11.3 TIME FOR DISTRIBUTION .

 

  (a) In General . Unless the Participant otherwise elects, distribution of the portion of the Participant’s Accounts attributable to shares of Company Stock shall commence not later than one year after the close of the Plan Year:

 

  (1) in which the Participant separates from service by reason of the attainment of Normal Retirement Age, Total and Permanent Disability, or death; or

 

  (2) which is the fifth Plan Year following the Plan year in which the Participant otherwise separates from service, except that this paragraph (2) shall not apply if the Participant is reemployed by the Employer before distribution is required to begin under this paragraph (2).

 

  (b) Exception for Acquisition Loan. Subsection (a) shall not apply to any shares of Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Acquisition Loan until the close of the Plan Year in which such Acquisition Loan is repaid in full.

 

  (c) Installment Payments . Unless the Participant elects otherwise, a distribution required under subsection (a) shall be in substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) over a period not longer than the greater of:

 

  (1) five years, or

 

  (2) in the case of a Participant the balances of whose KSOP Stock Account is in excess of $500,000, five years plus one additional year (but not more than five additional years for each $100,000 or fraction thereof by which such balance exceeds $500,000.

The dollar amounts set forth in paragraph (2), above, shall be adjusted in accordance with adjustments prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.

 

33


  (d) Distribution of Company Stock . Distribution of a Participant’s vested KSOP Stock Accounts will be made in whole shares of Company Stock, cash or a combination of both, as determined by the Committee; provided, however, that the Committee shall notify the Participant of his or her right to demand distribution of his or her vested KSOP Stock Account balance entirely in whole shares of Company Stock (with the value of any fractional share paid in cash). However, a Participant shall have no right to receive a distribution of any portion of his or her Accounts in Company Stock if there is in effect an election by the Company to be an S corporation under Code Section 1362(a).

 

11.4 MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS.

 

  (a) General Rules. The requirements of this Section will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan. All distributions required under this Section will be determined and made in accordance with T.D. 9130 (June 14, 2004), published at 26 CFR Sections 1.401(a)(9)-1 through 1.401(a)(9)-8, inclusive.

 

  (b) Time and Manner of Distribution . The participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the participant no later than the participant’s Required Beginning Date. If the participant dies before distributions begin, the participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:

 

  (1) If the participant’s surviving spouse is the participant’s sole designated beneficiary, then, except as provided in the Plan, distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the participant would have attained age 70 1/2, if later.

 

  (2) If the participant’s surviving spouse is not the participant’s sole designated beneficiary, then, except as provided in the Plan, distributions to the designated beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the participant died.

 

  (3) If there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the participant’s death, the participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the participant’s death.

 

  (4) If the participant’s surviving spouse is the participant’s sole designated beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this section 11.4(b), other than section 11.4(b)(1), will apply as if the surviving spouse were the participant.

 

34


For purposes of this section 11.4(b), and section 11.4(d), unless section 11.4(b)(4) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the participant’s required beginning date. If section 11.4(b)(4) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under section 11.4(b)(1). If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the participant before the participant’s required beginning date (or to the participant’s surviving spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under section 11.4(b)(1)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.

Unless the participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the required beginning date, as of the first distribution calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with sections 11.4(c) and (d). If the participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury regulations.

 

  (c) Required Minimum Distributions During Participant’s Lifetime. During the participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of:

 

  (1) the quotient obtained by dividing the participant’s account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in section 1.401 (a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the participant’s age as of the participant’s birthday in the distribution calendar year; or

 

  (2) if the participant’s sole designated beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the participant’s spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the participant’s account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the participant’s and spouse’s attained ages as of the participant’s and spouse’s birthdays in the distribution calendar year.

Required minimum distributions will be determined under this section 11.4(c) beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and including the distribution calendar year that includes the participant’s date of death.

 

35


  (d) Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death.

 

  (1) Death On or After Date Distributions Begin .

 

  (i) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the participant’s account balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the participant or the remaining life expectancy of the participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as follows:

 

  (ii) The participant’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

 

  (iii) If the participant’s surviving spouse is the participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the participant’s death using the surviving spouse’s age as of the spouse’s birthday in that year. For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving spouse’s death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.

 

  (iv) If the participant’s surviving spouse is not the participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the designated beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the beneficiary in the year following the year of the participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

 

  (v) No Designated Beneficiary. If the participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the participant’s account balance by the participant’s remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

 

  (2) Death Before Date Distributions Begin .

 

  (i)

Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. Except as provided in the Plan, if the participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the participant’s death is the

 

36


  quotient obtained by dividing the participant’s account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as provided in section 11.4(d)(1).

 

  (ii) No Designated Beneficiary. If the participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the participant’s death, distribution of the participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the participant’s death.

 

  (iii) Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin. If the participant dies before the date distributions begin, the participant’s surviving spouse is the participant’s sole designated beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse, this section 11.4(d) will apply as if the surviving spouse were the participant.

 

  (e) Definitions .

 

  (1) Designated beneficiary . The individual who is designated as the beneficiary under section 10(c) of the Plan and is the designated beneficiary under section 401(a)(9) of the Code and section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4, of the Treasury regulations.

 

  (2) Distribution calendar year . A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the participant’s required beginning date. For distributions beginning after the participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under section 11.4(d)(2). The required minimum distribution for the participant’s first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the participant’s required beginning date. The required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the participant’s required beginning date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar year.

 

  (3) Life expectancy . Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations.

 

  (4)

Participant’s account balance . The account balance as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures

 

37


  allocated to the account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date. The account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.

 

  (5) Required beginning date . The date specified in section 2.49 of the Plan.

 

11.5 FACILITY OF PAYMENT . Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 11, if, in the opinion of the Committee a Participant or other person entitled to benefits under the Plan is under a legal disability or is in any way incapacitated so as to be unable to manage his or her financial affairs, the Committee may, until a claim is made by a conservator or other person legally charged with the care of his or her person or of his or her estate, direct the Trustee to make payment to a relative or friend of such person for his or her benefit. Thereafter, any benefits under the Plan to which such Participant or other person is entitled shall be paid to such conservator or other person legally charged with the care of his or her person or his or her estate, which shall then fully discharge the obligation of the Trustee to pay benefits under the Plan with respect to such Participant.

 

11.6 INTERESTS NOT TRANSFERABLE . The interests of Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan are not subject to the claims of their creditors and may not be voluntarily or involuntarily assigned, alienated or encumbered, except as otherwise provided in Section 11.9.

 

11.7 ABSENCE OF GUARANTY . Neither the Trustee, the Committee nor the Employers in any way guarantee the Trust Fund from loss or depreciation. The Employers do not guarantee any payment to any person. The liability of the Trustee to make any payment is limited to the available assets of the Trust Fund.

 

11.8 MISSING PARTICIPANTS OR BENEFICIARIES . Each Participant and each designated Beneficiary must file with the Committee from time to time in writing his or her post office address and each change of post office address. Any communication, statement or notice addressed to a Participant or designated Beneficiary at his or her last post office address filed with the Committee, or if no address is filed with the Committee then, in the case of a Participant, at his or her last post office address as shown on the Employers’ records, will be binding on the Participant and his or her designated Beneficiary for all purposes of the Plan. The Employers, the Committee, and the Trustee are not required to search for or locate a Participant or designated Beneficiary.

 

11.9

QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER . In addition to payments made under Section 11 on account of a Participant’s termination of employment, payments may be made to an Alternate Payee (as defined below) prior to, coincident with, or after a Participant’s termination of employment if made

 

38


  pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order. A distribution to an Alternate Payee may be made out of a Participant’s Accounts on a date coincident with the Participant’s “earliest retirement age”, defined as the earlier of (i) the date on which the Participant is entitled to a distribution under the Plan, or (ii) the later of (A) the date the Participant attains age 50, or (B) the earliest date on which the Participant could begin receiving benefits under the Plan if he or she had separated from service. In addition, this Plan specifically authorizes distributions to an Alternate Payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order prior to the Participant’s attainment of the earliest retirement age (as defined above and in section 414(p) of the Code) but only if (1) the order specifies distribution at the earlier date or permits an agreement between the Plan and the Alternate Payee authorizing an earlier distribution; and (2) the Alternate Payee consents to a distribution prior to the Participant’s earliest retirement age if the present value of the Alternate Payee benefits under the Plan exceeds $5,000. Nothing in this Section 11.9 shall provide a Participant with a right to receive a distribution at a time not otherwise permitted under the Plan, nor shall it provide the Alternate Payee with a right to receive a form of payment not permitted under the Plan.

The Committee shall establish reasonable procedures to determine the qualified status of domestic relations orders and to determine distributions under such qualified orders. Any expenses incurred by the Committee in determining the status of domestic relations orders or administering a qualified order shall be charged to the Accounts of the Participant to whom such order relates. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, establish and maintain a segregated account for each Alternate Payee. The term “Alternate Payee” means any spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant who is recognized by a Qualified Domestic Relations Order as having a right to receive all, or a portion of, the benefits payable under the Plan with respect to the Participant.

 

11.10 PRE-RETIREMENT DIVERSIFICATION RIGHTS . Any Qualified Participant shall have the right to make an election to direct the Plan as to investment of his or her KSOP Stock Account. Such a Qualified Participant may elect within 90 days after the close of each Plan Year in the Qualified Election Period to diversify 25% of his or her KSOP Stock Account, less any amount to which a prior election applies. In the case of the last year to which an election applies, 50% shall be substituted for 25%. If the Fair Market Value of the Company Stock in a Qualified Participant’s KSOP Stock Account is $500 or less as of the Accounting Date immediately preceding the first day of any Qualified Election Period, then such Qualified Participant shall not be entitled to an election under this Section 11.10 for that Qualified Election Period.

The Plan may satisfy the requirements of this Section 11.10 by offering at least three (3) investment options to the Qualified Participant. In addition, if the Qualified Participant consents, the Plan may distribute the portion of the KSOP Stock Account covered by the election to the Qualified Participant within the 90 day period after the election is made.

 

39


SECTION 12 - VOTING OF COMPANY STOCK

All Company Stock in the Trust shall normally be voted by the Trustee in such manner as it shall determine in its sole direction. However, with respect to any corporate matter which involves the voting of Company Stock as to the approval or disapproval of any corporate merger or consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation, dissolution, sale of substantially all assets of a trade or business, or such similar transactions as may be prescribed in the Code or regulations promulgated thereunder, each Participant will be entitled to direct the Trustee as to the exercise of any voting rights attributable to shares of Company Stock then allocated to his or her KSOP Stock Account, but only to the extent required by sections 401(a)(22) and 409(e)(3) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. In that event, the Trustee shall vote allocated shares for which it has received no direction and unallocated shares in accordance with the fiduciary standards of Title I of ERISA.

SECTION 13 - RIGHTS, RESTRICTIONS AND OPTIONS ON COMPANY STOCK

 

13.1 RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL . Subject to the provisions of the last sentence of this Section 13.1, shares of the Company Stock distributed by the Trustee shall be subject to a “Right of First Refusal”. The Right of First Refusal shall provide that, prior to any subsequent transfer, such Company Stock must first be offered in writing to the Company and, if then refused by the Company, to the Trustee, at the then Fair Market Value, as determined by an Independent Appraiser (as defined in section 401(a)(28) of the Code). A bona fide written offer from an independent prospective buyer shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of such Company Stock for this purpose unless the value per share, as determined by the Independent Appraiser as of the most recent Accounting Date, is greater. The Company and the Trustee shall have a total of 14 days (from the date the Company receives the offer) to exercise the Right of First Refusal on the same terms offered by the prospective buyer. A Participant (or Beneficiary) entitled to a distribution of Company Stock may be required to execute an appropriate stock transfer agreement (evidencing the Right of First Refusal) prior to receiving a certificate for Company Stock. No Right of First Refusal shall be exercisable by reason of any of the following transfers:

 

  (a) the transfer upon the death of a Participant or Beneficiary of any shares of Company Stock to his or her legal representatives, heirs and legatees, provided, however, that any proposed sale or other disposition of any such shares by any legal representative, heir or legatee shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal;

 

  (b) the transfer by a Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with the Put Option pursuant to Section 13.2 below; or

 

  (c) the transfer while the Company Stock is listed on a national securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or quoted on a system sponsored by a national securities association registered under Section 15A(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

40


13.2 PUT OPTION . In the event Company Stock is not “publicly traded” within the meaning of 26 CFR Section 54.4975-7(b)(1)(iv), the Company shall issue a “Put Option” to each Participant or Beneficiary receiving a distribution of Company Stock from the Plan. The Put Option shall permit the Participant or Beneficiary to sell such Company Stock at its then Fair Market Value, as determined by an Independent Appraiser, to the Company, at any time during the 60 day period commencing on the date the Company Stock was distributed and to the recipient and, if not exercised within that period, the Put Option will temporarily lapse. Upon the close of the Plan Year in which such temporary lapse of the Put Option occurs, the Independent Appraiser shall determine the value of the Company Stock, and the Trustee shall notify each distributee who did not exercise the initial Put Option prior to its temporary lapse in the preceding Plan Year of the revised value of the Company Stock. The time during which the Put Option may be exercised shall recommence on the date such notice or revaluation is given and shall permanently terminate 60 days thereafter. The Trustee may be permitted by the Company to purchase Company Stock put to the Company under a Put Option. At the option of the Company or the Trustee, as the case may be, the payment for Company Stock sold pursuant to a Put Option shall be made in the following forms:

 

  (a) if the Company Stock was distributed as part of a total distribution (that is, a distribution within one taxable year of a Participant of the balance of the credit of his or her KSOP Accounts), then payments may be made in substantially equal annual installments commencing within 30 days from the date of the exercise of the Put Option and over a period not exceeding 5 years, with interest payable at a reasonable rate (as determined by the Company) on any unpaid installment balance, with adequate security provided, and without penalty for any prepayment of such installments; or

 

  (b) if a Participant or Beneficiary exercises a Put Option on a distribution of Company Stock made to him or her in periodic payments (in accordance with Section 11.3(c), then the payment for such Company Stock may be made in a lump sum no later than 30 days after such Participant exercises the Put Option.

The Trustee on behalf of the Trust may offer to purchase any shares of Company Stock (which are not sold pursuant to a Put Option) from any former Participant or Beneficiary at any time in the future, at their then fair market value.

 

13.3 SHARE LEGEND . Shares of Company Stock held or distributed by the Trustee may include such legend restrictions on transferability as the Company may reasonably require in order to assure compliance with applicable Federal and State securities laws.

 

13.4 NONTERMINABLE RIGHTS . The provisions of this Section 13 shall continue to be applicable to shares of Company Stock even if the Plan ceases to be an Employee Stock Ownership within the meaning of section 4975(e)(7) of the Code.

 

41


13.5 ADDITIONAL KSOP REQUIREMENTS. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the following requirements apply to Company Stock acquired by the Plan:

 

  (a) In the event of default upon an Acquisition Loan, the value of Company Stock transferred in satisfaction of the loan may not exceed the amount of default.

 

  (b) Contributions and earnings applied to payment of an Acquisition Loan must be accounted for separately until the Acquisition Loan is fully repaid.

 

  (c) Except for the Put Option described in Section 13.2, no Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Acquisition Loan may be subject to a put, call or other option, or buy-sell or similar arrangement while held by and when distributed from the Plan, whether or not the Plan is then an employee stock ownership plan.

 

  (d) If a portion of a Participant’s account is forfeited, such Participant’s KSOP Cash Account must be forfeited before forfeiture of such Participant’s KSOP Stock Account. If interests in more than one class of Company Stock have been allocated to such Participant’s KSOP Stock Account, the Participant must be treated as forfeiting the same proportion of each such class.

 

  (e) If Company Stock acquired with an Acquisition Loan consists of more than one class, a Participant receiving a distribution must receive substantially the same proportion of each such class.

SECTION 14 - HARDSHIP LOANS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

The Committee may, upon written application of the Participant, authorize a loan or loans to the Participant subject to the following:

 

  (a) Purpose . Loans will be permitted only for purposes described in 26 CFR Section 1.401(k)-1(d)(2), which establish standards deemed to satisfy the hardship condition for distribution of Elective Contributions. Specifically, these purposes are:

 

  (a) expenses for medical care previously incurred by the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or any dependents of the Participant, or necessary for these persons to obtain medical care; or

 

  (b) costs directly related to the purchase of a principal residence for the Participant, excluding mortgage payments; or

 

42


  (c) payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses, for the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Participant, or the Participant’s spouse, children, or dependents; or

 

  (d) payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Participant from the Participant’s principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage on that residence.

 

  (b) Maximum Limits. Loans will be limited to the lesser of:

 

  (1) the lesser of (i)   1 2 of the value of the Participant’s nonforfeitable Account balance, or (ii) one hundred percent (100%) of the Participant’s KSOP Cash Account;

 

  (2) $50,000 reduced by the maximum outstanding loan balance (if any) during the 12-month period ending on the day before the loan is taken.

 

  (c) Availability. Loans must be available to all Participants on a reasonably equitable basis and the availability shall be communicated to all Participants. Loans shall not be made available to Highly Compensated Employees in an amount greater than that made available to other employees.

 

  (d) Interest Rate. A reasonable rate of interest shall be charged on each loan. What is reasonable depends on factors such as the amount of loan, adequacy of security, duration of loan, repayment schedule, current market conditions, variable or fixed rate of interest, what is customary in similar arm’s length transactions in the community, and other economic and time factors.

 

  (e) Schedule of Loan Payments. Loan agreements shall provide for repayment within five (5) years from the date of the loan, except when a loan is used to purchase a residence in which the period of repayment shall not exceed fifteen (15) years.

 

  (f) Other Rules:

(1) All plans of all related businesses are to be combined for purposes of maximum limits on loans.

(2) All loans must be evidenced by a written loan agreement signed by all relevant parties to the loan and evidenced by as promissory note of the borrower where the borrower personally guarantees the repayment of the loan and secures the loan on the Participant’s account balance.

(3) A Participant’s spouse must consent in writing for a Participant to use any part of their account balance as security for the loan. Spousal consent shall be obtained no earlier than the beginning of the 90-day period

 

43


ending on the date the loan is made. The consent must acknowledge the effect of the loan and must be witnessed by a plan representative or notary public. The consent is binding with respect to the loan for which it is given. A new consent shall be required if the loan is revised, renegotiated, renewed or extended.

(4) The loan document must provide for payments to be made at least quarterly, in a level amount, which will fully amortize the loan over its duration.

(5) The Trustee may provide for loans to be considered an asset of the Trust Fund or as an investment of the borrower’s account. The Trustee shall act consistently in making this determination.

(6) Any loan outstanding at the time a Participant receives a distribution shall be repaid by offsetting the balance due (plus accrued interest and any costs) against the amount to be distributed.

In the event a loan is not sufficient to meet the need described in Section 14(a), the Participant may request and the Committee may direct a distribution of the Participant’s Elective Contributions. In such event, the Participant’s Elective contributions shall be suspended for 6 months beginning with the first day of the month following the Participant’s receipt of the hardship distribution.

SECTION 15 - THE COMMITTEE

 

15.1 APPOINTMENT AND AUTHORITY . The Committee referred to in Section 1.2 shall be appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Section 15, the Committee shall have the following powers, rights and duties in addition to those vested in it elsewhere in the Plan:

 

  (a) To adopt such rules of procedure and regulations as, in its opinion, may be necessary for the proper and efficient administration of the Plan and as are consistent with the provisions of the Plan;

 

  (b) To enforce the Plan in accordance with its terms and with such applicable rules and regulations as may be adopted by the Committee;

 

  (c) To determine all questions arising under the Plan, including the power to determine the rights or eligibility of employees or Participants and their Beneficiaries and their respective benefits, and to remedy ambiguities, inconsistencies or omissions;

 

  (d) To give such directions to the Trustee with respect to the Trust Fund as may be provided in the Trust Agreement, including the depositories which have been designated by the Board, which must be an incorporated Federally insured bank or trust company;

 

44


  (e) To maintain and keep adequate books, records and other data as shall be necessary to administer the Plan, except those that are maintained by the Company of the Trustee, and to meet the disclosure and reporting requirements of ERISA;

 

  (f) To direct all payments of benefits under the Plan;

 

  (g) To establish an investment policy and objective for the Plan;

 

  (h) To be agent for the service of legal process on behalf of the Plan;

 

  (i) To execute any documents on behalf of the Committee, in which event the Committee shall notify the Trustee in writing of such action;

 

  (j) To perform any other acts necessary or appropriate to the administration of the Plan and the discharge of its duties.

The certificate of a Committee member that the Committee has taken or authorized any action shall conclusive in favor of any person relying on the certificate.

 

15.2 DELEGATION BY COMMITTEE . The Committee may establish procedures for allocation of fiduciary responsibilities and delegation of fiduciary responsibilities to persons other than named fiduciaries; however, the delegation of the power to manage or control Plan assets may only be delegated to an Investment Manager, as defined in section 3(38) of ERISA. In exercising its authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, the Committee may employ agents and counsel (who may also be employed by or represent any Employer) and to delegate to them such powers as the Committee deems desirable. Any such delegation or appointment shall be in writing. The writing contemplated by the foregoing sentence shall fully describe the advice to be rendered or the functions and duties to be performed by the delegate.

 

15.3 UNIFORM RULES . In managing the Plan, the Committee will uniformly apply rules and regulations.

 

15.4 INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED TO COMMITTEE . The Employers shall furnish the Committee such data and information as may be required. The Committee shall be entitled to rely on any information furnished by the Company that is needed for calculation of benefits due under the Plan, or any matters relating to administration of the Plan. A Participant, surviving spouse, or other person entitled to benefits under the Plan must furnish to the Committee such evidence, data or information as the Committee considers desirable to carry out the Plan. Any benefits under the Plan may be conditional upon the prompt submission of such information. Any adjustment by the Committee by reason of a misstatement of age or lack of information will be made in a manner the Committee deems equitable.

 

15.5

COMMITTEE’S DECISION FINAL . To the extent permitted by law, any interpretation of the Plan and any decision on any matter within the discretion of

 

45


  the Committee (such as eligibility for participation and the timing and amount of benefit payments) made by the Committee in good faith is binding on all persons. A misstatement or other mistake of fact shall be corrected when it becomes known, and the Committee shall make such adjustment on account thereof as they consider equitable and practicable.

 

15.6 EXERCISE OF COMMITTEE’S DUTIES . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Committee members shall discharge their duties hereunder solely in the interests of the Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan, and:

 

  (a) for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan;

 

  (b) with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims; and

 

  (c) in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan insofar as they are consistent with ERISA.

 

15.7 REMUNERATION AND EXPENSES . No remuneration shall be paid to a Committee member as such. However, the reasonable expenses of a Committee incurred in the performance of a Committee function shall be reimbursed by the Employers.

 

15.8 INDEMNIFICATION OF THE COMMITTEE . To the extent permitted by applicable law, any person or entity appointed by the Board of Directors to serve as a Committee member shall be indemnified by the Company against any and all liabilities, settlements, losses, costs, and expenses ( including reasonable legal fees and expenses) of whatever kind and nature which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Committee or its members by reason of the performance or nonperformance of a Committee function if, in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company, such action was not dishonest or in willful violation of the law or regulations under which such liability, loss, cost, or expense arose. Furthermore, the Company agrees to indemnify the Committee members against any liability imposed as a result of a claim asserted by any person or persons under Federal or state law where the Committee acts in good faith or in reliance on a written direction or certification of the Company. The foregoing right of indemnification shall be in addition to other rights the members by law or by reason of insurance coverage of any kind. The Company may, at its own expense, settle any claim asserted or proceeding brought against any member of the Committee when such settlement appears to be in the best interests of the Company. If the Company obtains fiduciary liability insurance to protect the Committee or any of its members, the provisions of this Section 15.8 shall be applicable only to the extent that such insurance coverage is insufficient.

 

46


15.9 RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF COMMITTEE MEMBER . Any person or entity appointed as a Committee member may resign at any time by delivering their written resignation to the Company. The Company, at its discretion, may immediately remove any or all of the Committee members with or without cause upon delivery of written notice to them.

 

15.10 APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR COMMITTEE . The Board will promptly fill any vacancy in the membership of the Committee and shall give prompt written notice thereof to the other Employers and the Trustee.

 

15.11 INTERESTED PERSON . A fiduciary may not decide or determine any matter or question concerning his or her own benefits under the Plan or as to how they are to be paid to him or her unless such decision should be made by him or her under the Plan if he or she were not a member of the Committee, except when such decision applies to all Participants similarly. If a person is disqualified to act, the Company may appoint a temporary member to exercise the powers of the interested person concerning the matter as to which he or she is disqualified, or the remaining Committee members may act without the appointment of a new Committee member.

 

15.12

CLAIMS PROCEDURE . Any Participant or Beneficiary who disputes the Committee’s determination of the benefits due to him or her under the Plan may file a claim with the Committee. A claim must be in writing, in a form which gives the Committee reasonable notice of the claim, and authorizes the Committee to take all steps necessary to determine the validity of the claim and to facilitate the payment of any benefits to which the claimant is entitled. The Committee will, if reasonably possible, decide whether to grant or to deny a claim within ninety (90) days after it is filed. If a longer period is needed, the Committee will, no later than the last day of the ninety (90) day period, notify the claimant of the extension of time and the reasons why it is needed. A decision must then be rendered within ninety (90) days after the claimant was notified of the extension. If the Committee does not act within the time specified by this Section 15.12, the claim is automatically denied, and the claimant may appeal in accordance with this Section 15.12. If the Committee determines that a claim should be denied, it will give the claimant written notice of denial. This notice must be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, state specific reasons for denying the claim, citing the provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based, explain the procedure for reviewing the Committee’s decision, and if the claim is denied because the Committee lacks adequate information to reach a decision, state what information is needed to make a decision possible and why it is needed. If a claim is denied, the claimant may appeal to the Company. His or her appeal must be submitted in writing to the Company no later than sixty (60) days after the earlier of the date on which he or she receives notice of denial or the expiration of the period within which the Company is required to make a decision. The claimant or his or her representative may submit any documents or written arguments that he or she desires in support of his or her claim, and the Company may, but is not required to, hold a hearing on the claim. The Company will, if reasonably possible, decided the claimant’s appeal within sixty (60) days after it is filed. If a longer period is

 

47


  needed, the Company will, no later than the last day of the sixty (60) period, notify the claimant of the extension of time and the reasons why it is needed. A decision must then be rendered within sixty (60) days after the claimant was notified of the extension. If the Company does not act within the time specified by this Section 15.12, the appeal is automatically denied. If the Company determines that an appeal should be denied, it must give the claimant written notice of the denial in the same manner as required on initial denial of the claim by the Company.

SECTION 16 - AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

16.1 AMENDMENT . While the Employers expect and intend to continue the Plan, the Company must reserve and reserves the right, subject to the provisions of Section 1.3, to amend the Plan at any time, except as follows:

 

  (a) the duties and liabilities of the Trustee cannot be substantially changed without their consent; and

 

  (b) no amendment shall reduce a Participant’s benefits to less than the amount such Participant would be entitled to receive if such Participant had resigned from the employ of all of the Employers and Related Companies on the date of the amendment.

 

16.2 TERMINATION . The Plan will terminate as to all of the Employers on any day specified by the Company. The Plan will terminate as to any Employer on the first to occur of the following:

 

  (a) the date it is terminated by that Employer if 30 days’ advance written notice is given to the Trustee,

 

  (b) the date that Employer’s contributions under the Plan are completely discontinued;

 

  (c) the date that the Employer is judicially declared bankrupt under Chapter 7 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code;

 

  (d) the dissolution, merger, consolidation or reorganization of that Employer, or the sale by that Employer of all or substantially all of its assets, except that, subject to the provisions of Section 16.3, with the consent of the Company, in any event such arrangements may be made whereby the Plan will be continued by any successor to that Employer or substituted for that Employer under the Plan.

 

16.3 MERGER AND CONSOLIDATION OF PLAN, TRANSFER OF PLAN ASSETS . In the case of any merger or consolidation with, or transfer of assets and liabilities to, any other plan, provisions shall be made so that each Participant in the plan on the date thereof, if the Plan then terminated, would receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit which he or she would have been entitled to receive immediately prior to the merger, consolidation or transfer, if the Plan had then terminated.

 

48


16.4 VESTING AND DISTRIBUTION ON TERMINATION AND PARTIAL TERMINATION . On termination of the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 16.2 or on partial termination of the Plan by operation of law, the date of termination or partial termination, as the case may be, will be an Accounting Date and, after all adjustments then required under the Plan have been made, each affected employee’s benefits will be nonforfeitable. If, on termination of the Plan, a Participant remains an employee of an Employer or a Related Company, the amount of the Participant’s benefits may be retained in the Trust until after the Participant’s termination of employment with the Employers and the Related Companies and shall be paid to such Participant or, in the event of the Participant’s death, to the Beneficiary thereof in a lump sum. The benefits payable to a Participant whose employment with the employers and Related Companies is terminated coincident with the termination of the Plan (and the benefits payable to an affected employee on partial termination of the Plan) shall be paid to the Participant or, in the event of the Participant’s death, to the Beneficiary thereof in a lump sum. All appropriate accounting provisions of the Plan will continue to apply until the benefits of all affected persons have been distributed to them.

 

16.5 NOTICE OF AMENDMENT, TERMINATION OR PARTIAL TERMINATION . Affected Participants will be notified of an amendment, termination or partial termination of the Plan as required by law.

SECTION 17 - TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS

The Plan will be a “top-heavy Plan” if, as of the last day of the Plan year or, as of the day next preceding the beginning of any later Plan Year (the “Determination Date”) and determined in accordance with the provisions of section 416(g) of the Code, the aggregate present value of the accrued benefits and account balances of all “Key Employees” (within the meaning of section 416(i) of the Code) and their Beneficiaries exceeds sixty percent (60%) of the aggregate present value of the accrued benefits and account balances of all Participants and Beneficiaries. The aggregate present value of the accrued benefits and account balances of a Participant who has not performed any services for an Employer or a Related Company during the 1 year period ending on the Determination Date shall not be taken into account, except that in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “5-year period” for “1-year period.”

The term “Aggregation Group” shall include each plan of an Employer or Related Company which includes a Key Employee and each Plan of the Employer or related company (including a plan terminated during the 5 preceding years) which allows the Plan to meet the requirements of sections 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code and may include any other plan of an Employer or Related Company, if the Aggregation Group would continue to meet the requirements of sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.

 

49


If the Plan is a top-heavy plan, effective as of the first day of the Plan Year, Section 4 will automatically be amended to provide that the aggregate amount of Employer Contributions allocated in each Plan Year to the KSOP Stock Account and the KSOP Cash Account of each Participant who is not a Key Employee (within the meaning of section 416(i)(1) of the Code), and who is employed by the Employer as of the last day of the Plan Year, may not be less than the lesser of:

 

  (1) three percent of his or her Adjusted Compensation for the Plan Year; or

 

  (2) a percentage of his or her Adjusted Compensation equal to the largest percentage obtained by dividing the sum of the amount credited to the KSOP Stock Account and the KSOP Cash Account of any Key Employee by that Key Employee’s Adjusted Compensation.

The preceding provisions will remain in effect for the period in which the Plan is top-heavy. If, for any particular years thereafter, the Plan is no longer top-heavy, the Company may amend or delete such provisions from the Plan, except that no amendment may cause any previously vested portion of any Account balance to become forfeitable.

SECTION 18 - MISCELLANEOUS

 

18.1 APPLICABLE LAWS . The Plan shall be construed and administered according to the laws of the state of Texas, to the extent that such laws are not preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

18.2 GENDER AND NUMBER . Where the context permits, words in any gender shall include any other gender, words in the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular.

 

18.3 NOTICES . Any notice or document required to be filed with the Committee or Trustee under the Plan will be properly filed if delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Committee or Trustee in care of the Company at its principal executive offices. Any notice required under the Plan may be waived in writing by the person entitled to notice.

 

18.4 EVIDENCE . Evidence required of anyone under the Plan may be by certificate, affidavit, document or other information which the person acting on it considers pertinent and reliable, and signed, made or presented by the proper party or parties.

 

18.5 ACTION BY EMPLOYER . Any action required or permitted to be taken by an Employer under the Plan shall be by resolution of its Board of Directors or by a person or person authorized by its Board of Directors.

 

18.6 QUALIFIED MILITARY SERVICE . If any Employee or Participant acquires rights under chapter 43 of title 38, United States Code, resulting from qualified military service, then the following rules shall apply to such Employee or Participant:

 

  1. Any Employer contribution on behalf of such Participant shall not be subject to any otherwise applicable limitation contained in code Section 402(g), 402(h), 403(b), 404(a), 404(h), 408, 415, and 457, and shall not be taken into account in applying such limitations to other contributions or benefits under such plan or any other plan, with respect to the year in which the contribution is made;

 

50


  2. Such contribution shall be subject to the aforementioned limitations with respect to the year to which the contribution relates (in accordance with rules prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury);

 

  3. The Participant may make additional elective deferrals during the period which begins on the date of reemployment of such Employee with the Employer and has the same length as the lesser of (i) the product of 3 and the period of qualified military service which resulted in such rights, and (ii) 5 years;

 

  4. If the Plan suspends the obligation to repay any loan made to a Participant from the Plan for any part of any period during which such Employee is performing service in the uniformed services ( as defined in chapter 43 of title 38, United States Code), whether or not qualified military service, such suspension shall not be taken into account for purposes of Section 72(p), 401(a), or 4975(d)(1);

 

  5. An individual reemployed under such chapter is treated with respect to the plan as not having incurred a break in service with the Employer by reason of such individual’s period of qualified military service.

 

  6. Each period of qualified military service served by an individual is, upon reemployment under such chapter, deemed with respect to the Plan to constitute service with the Employer for the purpose of determining the nonforfeitability of the individual’s account balance and for the purposes of determining contribution allocations.

 

  7. An individual reemployed under such chapter is entitled to contribution allocations that are conditioned on the making of elective contributions only to the extent such individual makes such matching contributions within the period beginning with the date of reemployment and continuing for 3 times the period of qualified military service (but not greater than 5 years). An individual reemployed under such chapter is entitled to contribution allocations that are conditioned on the making of elective contributions only to the extent such individual makes such matching contributions within the period beginning with the date of reemployment and continuing for 3 times the period of qualified military service (but not greater than 5 years).

 

51


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned officers of the Employers, duly authorized, have formally adopted this Plan on the 18th day of October, 2011.

 

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Tyson T. Abston

As Its:  

President

GUARANTY BOND BANK
By:  

/s/ Tyson T. Abston

As Its:  

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

52


GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

MT. PLEASANT, TEXAS

KSOP

AMENDMENT # 1

The undersigned, a duly authorized officer of Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. (“Company”) hereby adopts this Amendment Number 1 to the Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“KSOP”), as restated for Submission Cycle A on December 20, 2011, and submitted for an updated favorable determination letter on January 30, 2012.

 

1. In order to reflect the termination of the Company’s Subchapter S corporate taxation status, the last sentence of Section 1.1 is hereby deleted, and substituted therefor is a new last sentence to read as follows:

Effective January 1, 2014, the Company is a C corporation and subject to the rules of Subchapter C of the Code.

 

2. In order to revise the existing automatic enrollment for elective contributions to increase the contribution rate from 4% to 6% of Adjusted Compensation, effective for new employees hired on or after March 1, 2014, Section 5.1(b) is hereby deleted and substituted therefor is a new Section 5.1(b) to read as follows:

(b) Special Rule for New Employees. (1)  Automatic Enrollment for New Employees. Any new Employee is deemed to have elected to become a Participant and to have his or her or her Compensation reduced by 6% (and have that amount contributed as an Elective Deferral on his or her or her behalf), at the time the Employee is hired, and to have agreed to be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(2) Right to File a Different Election; Notice to Employee . This Section 5.1(b) shall not apply to the extent an Employee files an election for a different percentage reduction or elects to have no Compensation reduction. Any new Employee shall receive a statement at the time he or she is hired that describes the Employee’s rights and obligations under this Section 5.1(b) (including the information in this Section 5.1(b) and identification of how the Employee can file an election or make a designation as described in the preceding sentence, and the refund right under Section 5.1(b)(3),

 

1


including the specific name and location of the person to whom any such election or designation may be filed), and how the contributions under this Section 5.1(b) will be invested.

(3) Refund of Contributions . An Employee for whom contributions have been automatically made under Section 5.1(b)(1) may elect to withdraw all of the contributions made on his or her behalf under Section 5.1(b)(1), including earnings thereon to the date of the withdrawal. This withdrawal right is available only if the withdrawal election is made within 90 days after the date of the first contribution made under Section 5.1(b)(1).

 

2. The effective date of this Amendment is March 1, 2014. All other provisions of the Plan not otherwise affected by this amendment are hereby ratified and affirmed.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned duly authorized officer of Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. hereby executes this Amendment Number 1 on this the 26 th day of February, 2014.

 

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.
By:   /s/ Mick Trusty
 

 

As Its:  

C O -T RUSTEE

 

2


GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

MT. PLEASANT, TEXAS

KSOP

AMENDMENT # 2

The undersigned, a duly authorized officer of Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. (“Company”) hereby adopts this Amendment Number 2 to the Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“KSOP”), as restated for Submission Cycle A on December 20, 2011, and which last received an IRS favorable determination letter on August 22, 2014.

 

1. In order to confirm that forfeitures in the KSOP Cash Account shall be used to pay Administrative Expenses, while forfeitures in the KSOP Stock Account shall be allocated to participants, Sections 2.23, 2.24, 2.29, 8.1(a)(2), 8.3(a), 8.6(d), and the first paragraph of Section 11.1(d) are hereby deleted, and substituted therefor are new Sections 2.23, 2.24, 2.29, 8.1(a)(2), 8.3(a), 8.6(d), and the first paragraph of Section 11.1(d) to read as follows:

 

2.23 FORFEITURE means the portion of a Participant’s Accounts that is not distributable to him or her on his or her Termination Date by reason of the provisions of Section 11.1(e) and that is allocable to other Participants pursuant to Section 8.1 or used to pay Administrative Expenses pursuant to Section 11.1(d).

 

2.24 FORFEITURE ACCOUNT means the account established pursuant to Section 11.1(d) to hold the portion of a Participant’s Accounts that is not distributable to him or her but which is not yet allocable to other Participants or applied to pay Administrative Expenses.

 

2.29 KSOP CASH ACCOUNTS means the accounts established in the name of Participants that reflect Employer Contributions made in cash, any cash dividends on Company Stock, and any income, gains, losses, appreciation or depreciation attributable thereto.

 

8.1 ALLOCATION AND CREDITING OF NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES.

 

  (a) In General. As of the Accounting Date, the following amounts shall be allocated to the accounts of Participants described in Section 8.1(b), in the manner described in Section 8.1(c):

 

 

 

  (2) Forfeitures in the KSOP Stock Account arising pursuant to Section 11.1(d) during the Plan Year; and

 

 

 

1


8.3 KSOP STOCK ACCOUNTS, KSOP CASH ACCOUNTS, AND RESTRICTIONS ON ALLOCATIONS.

 

  (a) KSOP Stock Accounts and KSOP Cash Accounts. Employer Contributions made in the form of shares of Company Stock, the number of shares of Company stock purchased with cash Employer Contributions, Forfeitures from other Participants’ KSOP Stock Accounts, and shares of Company Stock released from a Loan Suspense Account shall be allocated to Participants’ KSOP Stock Accounts. All other Employer contributions shall be allocated to Participants’ KSOP Cash Accounts.

 

 

 

8.6 ADJUSTMENT OF KSOP CASH ACCOUNTS. As of each Accounting Date, the Trustee shall:

 

 

 

  (d) Next, allocate and credit to each Participant’s KSOP Cash Account the Employer Contributions made in cash that are allocated and credited as of that date in accordance with Section 8.1(c).

 

 

 

11.1 DETERMINATION OF DISTRIBUTABLE ACCOUNT BALANCE.

 

 

 

  (d) Forfeitures . If a distribution is made (or deemed made) to the Participant upon his or her separation from service pursuant to (a) or (b), above, the nonvested portion of his or her accounts will be treated as a Forfeiture and (i) with respect to the KSOP Stock Account, reallocated to other participants as provided in Sections 8.1 and 8.2(c), and (ii) with respect to the KSOP Cash Account, applied to the payment of Administrative Expenses. If a Participant separates from service and (i) his or her nonforfeitable percentage, as determined pursuant to Section 11.1(e), below, is 0%, and (ii) he or she has no Elective Contributions, then he or she will be deemed to have received a distribution of his or her Accounts as of his or her separation from service.

 

2. In order to recognize the recent trends at the Bank to pay certain full-time employees on an hourly basis, the KSOP’s existing class exclusion for hourly employees is eliminated by hereby deleting the first paragraph of Section 3.1, substituting therefor the following language:

3.1 ELIGIBILITY FOR PARTICIPATION. Subject to the conditions and limitations of the Plan, each Employee of an Employer shall become a Participant in the Plan as of the

 

2


first day of the month coincident with or next following the earlier of (i) the date he is hired in a position requiring the completion of 1,000 Hours of Service during an eligibility computation period, or (ii) completion of 1,000 Hours of Service during an eligibility computation period.

Each such employee (i) shall become eligible to make Elective Contributions on the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date of hire, (ii) shall become eligible to receive allocations of Matching Contributions on the January 1 or July 1 next following or coincident with the employee’s date of hire, and (iii) shall become eligible to receive allocations of Nonelective Contributions and Forfeitures on the January 1 or July 1 coincident with completion of six (6) consecutive months of service in which the employee is credited with five hundred (500) Hours of Service.

 

2. The effective date of this Amendment is January 1, 2014. All other provisions of the Plan not otherwise affected by this amendment are hereby ratified and affirmed.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned duly authorized officer of Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. hereby executes this Amendment Number 2 on this the 12 TH day of D ECEMBER , 2014.

 

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.
By:   /s/ Clifton A. Payne
 

 

As Its:  

SEVP/CFO

 

3

Exhibit 10.7

Summary of Supplemental Retirement Plan

Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. sponsors a non-qualified, non-contributory Supplemental Retirement Plan for the benefit of certain retired officers of the Company. The plan provides certain retired officers a benefit equal to a predetermined percentage of the officer’s final five-year average salary reduced by the aggregate of (1) any amounts payable under the Company’s retirement plan and (2) certain social security benefits.

Exhibit 10.8

Summary of Executive Incentive Retirement Plan

Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. sponsors a non-qualified, non-contributory Executive Incentive Retirement Plan for the benefit of the Bank’s officers with a title of senior vice president or above, including all of the Company’s named executive officers. This plan provides benefits to such personnel for the attainment of certain performance criteria in various predetermined amounts equal to targeted awards levels as adjusted for annual earnings performance of the Company. Contributions under this plan are granted annually on a deferred basis. Currently, depending on the officer, the Bank contributes between 3.0% and 9.0% of the officer’s salary each year into a deferral account, and each officer’s account balance is further credited each year by an amount equal to our annualized return on equity, subject to a minimum crediting rate of 5.0% and a maximum crediting rate of 13.0%. The Executive Incentive Retirement Plan’s normal retirement benefit is payable following separation from service after reaching age 65, and is payable over 120 months with a 7.5% post retirement interest rate. This plan also provides a death benefit to the participants.

Exhibit 10.9

SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made this 18th day of August, 1998 by and between GUARANTY BANK (the “Bank”) located in Mount Pleasant, Texas, and ARTHUR B. SCHARLACH, JR. (the “Executive”).

INTRODUCTION

To encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Bank, the Bank is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Executive. The Bank will pay the benefits from its general assets.

AGREEMENT

The Executive and the Bank agree as follows:

Article 1

Definitions

1.1 Definitions . Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

1.1.1 “ Change of Control ” means:

(a) a change in the ownership of the capital stock of the Bank where a corporation, person or group acting in concert (a “Person”) as described in Section 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), holds or acquires, directly or indirectly, beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of a number of shares of capital stock of the Bank which constitutes fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Bank’s then outstanding capital stock then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors: or

(b) the persons who were members of the Board of Directors of the Bank immediately prior to a tender offer, exchange offer, contested election or any combination of the foregoing, cease to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors; or

(c) the adoption by the Board of Directors of the Bank of a merger, consolidation or reorganization plan involving the Bank in which the Bank is not the surviving entity, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Bank. For purposes of this Agreement, a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Bank shall be deemed to occur if any Person acquires (or during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person, has acquired) gross


assets of the Bank that have an aggregate fair market value equal to fifty percent (50%) of the fair market value of all of the gross assets of the Bank immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; or

(d) a tender offer or exchange offer is made by any Person which, if successfully completed, would result in such Person beneficially owning (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) either fifty percent (50%) or more of the Bank’s outstanding shares of Common Stock or shares of capital stock having fifty percent (50%) or more the combined voting power of the Bank’s then outstanding capital stock (other than an offer made by the Bank), and sufficient shares are acquired under the offer to cause such person to own fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting power; or

(e) any other transactions or series of related transactions occurring which have substantially the same effect as the transactions specified in any of the preceding clauses of this subsection (1.1.1).

1.1.1.1 “Permitted Transfers” means that a Shareholder, as hereinafter defined in Section 1.1.7, may make the following transfers and such transfers shall be deemed not to be a Change of Control under Section 1.1.1:

(a) To any trust created solely for the benefit of any Shareholder or any spouse of or any lineal descendant of any Shareholder;

(b) To any individual or entity by bona fide gift;

(c) To any spouse or former spouse pursuant to the terms of a decree of divorce;

(d) To any officer or employee of the Bank pursuant to any incentive stock option plan established by the Shareholders;

(e) To any family member; or

(f) after receipt of any necessary regulatory approvals, to any Bank or partnership a majority of the stock or interests of which are owned by the Shareholders.

1.1.2 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. References to a Code section shall be deemed to be to that section as it now exists and to any successor provision.

1.1.3 “ Disability ” means, if the Executive is covered by a Bank sponsored disability insurance policy, total disability as defined in such policy without regard to any waiting period. If the Executive is not covered by such a policy, Disability means a physical or mental

 

2


impairment, non-self-induced, as diagnosed by a medical doctor selected by the Bank, that so incapacitates or disables Executive such that Executive is no longer able to perform the essential functions of his position with reasonable accommodation and that in the opinion of such medical doctor, such condition is permanent. As a condition to any benefits, the Bank may require the Executive to submit to such physical or mental evaluations and tests as the Bank’s Board of Directors deems appropriate.

1.1.4 “ Normal Retirement Date ” means the date the Executive attains age sixty-five (65).

1.1.5 “ Plan Year ” means the twelve (12) consecutive month period beginning on the execution date of this Agreement.

1.1.6 “ Termination of Employment ” means the Executive’s ceasing to be employed by the Bank for any reason whatsoever, voluntary or involuntary, other than by reason of an approved leave of absence.

1.1.7 “ Shareholder ” means the existing owners of all issued and outstanding stock of the Bank as of the date this Agreement is signed.

Article 2

Lifetime Benefits

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit . If Termination of Employment occurs on or after the Normal Retirement Date, the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.1.

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 2.1 is Ninety-Six Thousand Six Hundred Fifty and No/100 Dollars ($96,650.00) per year for ten (10) years.

2.1.2 Payment of Benefit . The Bank shall pay the annual amount stated in Section 2.1.1 to the Executive on a monthly basis in equal monthly installments beginning on the last day of each month commencing with the month following the Executive’s actual retirement date and continuing for one hundred twenty (120) months.

2.2 Termination of Employment . If Termination of Employment occurs before the Executive’s Normal Retirement Date for reasons other than death or Disability, the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.2.

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 2.2 is the portion of the benefit determined under Schedule A based on the number of completed Plan Years, in accordance with Schedule A, on the Executive’s Termination of Employment.

2.2.2 Payment of Benefit . The Bank shall pay the benefit in a single lump sum to the Executive within thirty (30) days following Termination of Employment.

 

3


2.3 Disability Benefit . If the Executive suffers a Disability and Termination of Employment occurs prior to the Executive’s Normal Retirement Date, the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.3.

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 2.3 is Ninety-Six Thousand Six Hundred Fifty and No/100 Dollars ($96,650.00) per year for ten (10) years.

2.3.2 Payment of Benefit . The Bank shall pay the annual amount stated in Section 2.3.2 to the Executive on a monthly basis in equal monthly installments beginning on the last day of each month commencing with the month following the Executive’s sixty-fifth (65th) birthday and continuing for one hundred twenty (120) months.

2.3.3 Death During Disability . In the event of the Executive’s death while Disabled and prior to his attaining age sixty-five (65), the Bank shall pay the benefit determined under Section 2.3.1 to the Executive’s beneficiary on the last day of the month commencing with the month following the Executive’s death on a monthly basis for one hundred twenty (120) months. Payment of benefits under this Section 2.3.3 shall be in lieu of any death benefits in Article 3.

2.4 Change of Control Benefit . Upon a Change of Control while the Executive is in the active service of the Bank and Termination of Employment occurs thereafter, then, subject to the provisions of Sections 2.5, 5.3, and 7.4, the Bank shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 2.4 is one hundred percent (100%) of the benefit determined under Schedule A based on the number of completed Plan Years, in accordance with Schedule A, on the date of Termination of Employment. The Bank shall pay this benefit to the Executive in a single lump sum within thirty (30) days from Termination of Employment following a Change in Control.

2.5 Excess Parachute Payment . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement to the extent the benefit would be a non-deductible parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code.

2.6 Payment of Benefits in Pay Status . Upon a Change of Control where benefits are then in pay status to the Executive or the Executive’s beneficiary following the Executive’s retirement, death, or Disability, one hundred percent (100%) of the present value of any remaining payments otherwise due pursuant to this Agreement will, in lieu of such remaining payments, be paid in full in a lump sum within thirty (30) days after a Change in Control. A discount rate of eight percent (8%) shall be used to determine present value.

 

4


Article 3

Death Benefits

3.1 Death During Active Service . If the Executive dies while employed by the Bank prior to the Executive’s retirement, which retirement may not necessarily occur on the Normal Retirement Date, the Bank shall pay to the Executive’s beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 3.1.

3.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 3.1 is one initial payment of Five Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($500,000.00) followed by annual payments of Ninety-six Thousand Six Hundred and Fifty and No/100 Dollars ($96,650.00) per year for ten (10) years.

3.1.2 Payment of Benefit . The Bank shall pay the initial amount stated in Section 3.1.2 to the Executive’s beneficiary within 30 days of the Executive’s death and the annual installments on the anniversary of the Executive’s death and continuing for ten (10) years.

3.2 Death During Benefit Period . If the Executive dies after benefit payments have commenced under this Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Bank shall pay the remaining benefits to the Executive’s beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Executive had the Executive survived.

Article 4

Beneficiaries

4.1 Beneficiary Designations . The Executive shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written designation on an approved form with the Bank. The Executive may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Executive and accepted by the Bank during the Executive’s lifetime. The Executive’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Executive, or if the Executive names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Executive dies without a valid beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Executive’s surviving spouse, if any, and if none, to the Executive’s surviving children and the descendants of any deceased child per stirpes , and if no children or descendants survive, to the Executive’s estate.

4.2 Facility of Payment . If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Bank may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person. The Bank may require proof of incompetency, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Bank from all liability with respect to such benefit.

 

5


Article 5

General Limitations

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement:

5.1 Termination for Cause . If the Bank terminates the Executive’s employment for any of the following reasons:

5.1.1 Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties;

5.1.2 Commission of a felony; or,

5.1.3 Fraud, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Bank policy committed in connection with the Executive’s employment and resulting in personal financial benefit to the Executive and in an adverse effect on the Bank.

5.2 Suicide . No benefits shall be payable if the Executive commits suicide within two (2) years after the date of this Agreement, or if the Executive has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Bank.

5.3 Golden Parachute Payment . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall not be required to pay any benefit under this Agreement if, upon the advice of counsel, the Bank determines that the payment of such benefit would be prohibited by 12 C.F.R. Part 359 or any successor regulations regarding employee compensation promulgated by any regulatory agency having jurisdiction over the Bank or its affiliates. To the extent possible, such benefit payment shall be proportionately reduced to allow payment within the fullest extent permissible under applicable law.

Article 6

Claims and Review Procedures

6.1 Claims Procedure . The Bank shall notify the Executive’s beneficiary in writing, within ninety (90) days of his or her written application for benefits, of his or her eligibility or ineligibility for benefits under the Agreement. If the Bank determines that the Executive or beneficiary is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth (1) the specific reasons for such denial, (2) a specific reference to the provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based, (3) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect his or her claim, and a description of why it is needed, and (4) an explanation of the Agreement’s claims review procedure and other appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the beneficiary wishes to

 

6


have the claim reviewed. If the Bank determines that there are special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Bank shall notify the beneficiary of the special circumstances and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, and may extend the time for up to an additional ninety (90) day period.

6.2 Review Procedure . If the Executive or the beneficiary is determined by the Bank not to be eligible for benefits, or if the Executive or the beneficiary believes that he or she is entitled to greater or different benefits, the Executive or the beneficiary shall have the opportunity to have such claim reviewed by the Bank by filing a petition for review with the Bank within sixty (60) days after receipt of the notice issued by the Bank. Said petition shall state the specific reasons which the Executive or the beneficiary believes entitle him or her to benefits or to greater or different benefits. Within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Bank of the petition, the Bank shall afford the Executive or the beneficiary (and counsel, if any) an opportunity to present his or her position to the Bank orally or in writing, and the Executive or the beneficiary (or counsel) shall have the right to review the pertinent documents. The Bank shall notify the Executive or the beneficiary of its decision in writing within the sixty-day period, stating specifically the basis of its decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Executive or the beneficiary and the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing, the sixty-day period is not sufficient, the decision may be deferred for up to another sixty-day period at the election of the Bank, but notice of this deferral shall be given to the Executive or the beneficiary.

Article 7

Amendments and Termination

7.1 Amendments . Subject to Sections 5.3 and 7.3 and except for amendments required to comply with applicable laws, this Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement signed by the Bank and the Executive.

7.2 Termination of Agreement . The Bank may terminate this Agreement at any time prior to the Executive’s Termination of Employment by written notice to the Executive. In the event of any such termination, the Executive shall become one hundred percent (100%) vested in the single lump payment described in Subsection 2.2.1, subject to Sections 2.5, 5.3 and 7.4. The benefit under this Section 7.2 shall be paid in accordance with Subsection 2.2.3.

7.3 Amendment or Termination by Operation of Law . The Bank may amend or terminate this Agreement at any time without the consent of the Executive if, pursuant to legislative, judicial or regulatory action, continuation of the Agreement would cause benefits to be taxable to the Executive prior to actual receipt or create adverse tax consequences to the Bank.

7.3.1 Subsequent to Executive’s Normal Retirement Date . In the event of any such amendment or termination after the Executive’s Normal Retirement Date, the benefit the Executive shall be entitled is one hundred percent (100%) of the present value of any unpaid benefit defined in 2.1, subject to Sections 2.5, 5.3 and 7.4. The Bank shall pay the benefit under this Section 7.3.1 in a single lump sum payment within sixty (60) days of Agreement amendment or termination. A discount rate of eight percent (8%) shall be used to determine present value.

 

7


7.3.2 Prior to Executive’s Normal Retirement Date . In the event of any such amendment or termination within the one year of the effective date of this Agreement, the Bank, in its sole discretion, may pay the Executive an amount which is not greater than the amount determined under Section 2.2. If amendment or termination of this Agreement under Section 7.3 occurs more than one year after the effective date of this Agreement and before the Executive’s Normal Retirement Date, the Bank shall pay the Executive the amount described in Section 2.2. The Bank shall pay this benefit, if any, to the Executive in a single lump sum payment within sixty (60) days of Agreement amendment or termination.

7.4 Nondeductibility . In the event that any payments to the Executive or the Executive’s beneficiary are not deductible by the Bank for income taxes due to changes made in the Code, then notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, such payment shall be reduced by an amount that will compensate the Bank for the loss of the deduction. The intended reduction shall be the benefit payable multiplied by the highest tax rate incurred by the Bank in that tax year.

Article 8

Miscellaneous

8.1 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Bank, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees.

8.2 No Guaranty of Employment . This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the Bank’s right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive’s right to terminate employment at any time.

8.3 Non-Transferability . Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner, except in accordance with Article 4 with respect to designation of beneficiaries.

8.4 Tax Withholding . The Bank shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

8.5 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.6 Unfunded Arrangement . The Executive and beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Bank for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Bank to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Executive’s life is a general asset of the Bank to which the Executive and beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized Bank officer have signed this Agreement.

 

EXECUTIVE:
/s/ Arthur B. Scharlach, Jr. August 18, 1998
 

 

   

 

Arthur B. Scharlach, Jr. Date
GUARANTY BANK:
By: /s/ Clifton A. Payne August 18, 1998
   

 

   

 

Title: Executive Vice President Date
   

 

   

 

9


SCHEDULE A

EXECUTIVE SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT BETWEEN

ARTHUR B. SCHARLACH, JR. AND GUARANTY BANK

 

Plan Year* Completed

   Account Balance  

1

   $ 89,809   

2

     187,702   

3

     292,408   

4

     406,487   

5

     530,035   

6

     663,836   

End of Schedule

  

 

* Plan Year means the anniversary year of the date of the Agreement.

To calculate an amount for less than a full Plan Year, take the number of completed months of service into the current Plan Year and divide by 12. Then multiply that fraction by the difference between (i) the Plan Year balance shown above for the Plan Year in which termination occurs and (ii) the previous Plan Year’s balance. Then add that amount to the previous Plan Year’s balance. The result provides credit for all prior full plan years plus a ratio percentage of the current plan year. For example, if the Executive leaves the Company during the 5th plan year four months after the fourth year plan anniversary, then you would take 4/12 times the balance shown for Plan Year 5 minus the balance shown for Plan Year 4. Then add that amount to the balance shown for Plan Year 4 to determine the amount due as an account balance.

 

10


Prepared 11-14-05

FIRST AMENDMENT

TO

GUARANTY BOND BANK

SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

FOR

ARTHUR B. SCHARLACH, JR.

THIS AMENDMENT is adopted this 1st day of December, 2005, by and between GUARANTY BOND BANK, located in Mount Pleasant, Texas (the “Bank”) and ARTHUR B. SCHARLACH, JR. (the “Executive”).

The Bank and the Executive executed GUARANTY BOND BANK SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT on August 18, 1998 (the “Agreement”).

The undersigned hereby amend, in part, said Agreement to: (i) add a pre-retirement inflator to the Normal Retirement Benefit amount; and (ii) update the Claims & Review Procedures pursuant to regulatory changes

Section 2.1.1 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by Section 2.1.1 below.

 

  2.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 2.1 is Ninety-Six Thousand Six Hundred Fifty Dollars ($96,650) per year for ten (10) years. Commencing at the end of the Plan Year in which the Executive attains Normal Retirement Date, and each Plan Year thereafter until Termination of Employment, the annual benefit shall be increased eight and one-half percent (8.5%) from the previous Plan Year.

Article 6 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by Section 6 below.

Article 6

Claims and Review Procedures

 

6.1 Claims Procedure . The Executive or Beneficiary (“claimant”) who has not received benefits under the Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

  6.1.1 Initiation – Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Bank a written claim for the benefits.

 

  6.1.2 Timing of Bank Response . The Bank shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

 

1


  6.1.3 Notice of Decision . If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the Bank shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

  (a) The specific reasons for the denial,

 

  (b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,

 

  (c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

 

  (d) An explanation of the Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

 

  (e) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

6.2 Review Procedure . If the Bank denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Bank of the denial, as follows:

 

  6.2.1 Initiation – Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Bank’s notice of denial, must file with the Bank a written request for review.

 

  6.2.2 Additional Submissions – Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Bank shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

  6.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Bank shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

  6.2.4 Timing of Bank Response . The Bank shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Bank determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Bank can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision.

 

  6.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Bank shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Bank shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

  (a) The specific reasons for the denial,

 

  (b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,

 

  (c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and

 

  (d) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

2


To the extent this First Amendment is a “material modification” under IRC 409A of the Code, the undersigned hereby expressly acknowledge that “grandfathering” protection afforded by the American Jobs Creation Act and I.R.C. § 409A may no longer be available. Also, to the extent necessary, the Agreement, as amended, shall be administered in “good faith compliance” with Notice 2005-1 and I.R.C. § 409A, subject to future regulatory guidance.

IN WITNESS OF THE ABOVE , the Executive and the Bank hereby consent to this First Amendment.

 

Executive:     Bank:
    Guaranty Bond Bank
/s/ Arthur B. Scharlach, Jr.     By   /s/ Clifton A. Payne

 

     

 

Arthur B. Scharlach, Jr.      
    Title  

CFO

 

3


GUARANTY BOND BANK

Salary Continuation Agreement

 

 

SECOND AMENDMENT

TO THE

GUARANTY BANK

SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

DATED AUGUST 18, 1998

FOR

ARTHUR B. SCHARLACH, JR.

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT is adopted this 6 th day of April, 2007, effective as of January 1, 2005, by and between Guaranty Bond Bank, f/k/a Guaranty Bank, located in Mount Pleasant, Texas (the “Bank”), and Arthur B. Scharlach, Jr. (the “Executive”).

The Bank and the Executive executed the Salary Continuation Agreement effective as of August 18, 1998 and subsequently amended (the “Agreement”).

The undersigned hereby amend the Agreement for the purpose of bringing the Agreement into compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. Therefore, the following changes shall be made:

Section 1.1.1 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

 

1.1.1 Change of Control ” means a change in the ownership or effective control of the Bank, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Bank, as such change is defined in Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder.

Section 1.1.3 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

 

1.1.3 Disability ” means the Executive: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months; or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Bank. Medical determination of Disability may be made by either the Social Security Administration or by the provider of an accident or health plan covering employees of the Bank. Upon the request of the plan administrator, the Executive must submit proof to the plan administrator of the Social Security Administration’s or the provider’s determination.

 

1


GUARANTY BOND BANK

Salary Continuation Agreement

 

 

 

The following Section 1.1.5a shall be added to the Agreement immediately following Section 1.1.5:

 

1.1.5a Specified Employee ” means a key employee (as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code without regard to paragraph 5 thereof) of the Bank if any stock of the Bank is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise.

Section 1.1.6 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

 

1.1.6 Termination of Employment ” means the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Bank for reasons other than death or Disability. Whether a Termination of Employment takes place is determined based on the facts and circumstances surrounding the termination of the Executive’s employment and whether the Bank and the Executive intended for the Executive to provide significant services for the Bank following such termination. A change in the Executive’s employment status will not be considered a Termination of Employment if:

 

  (a) the Executive continues to provide services as an employee of the Bank at an annual rate that is twenty percent (20%) or more of the services rendered, on average, during the immediately preceding three full calendar years of employment (or, if employed less than three years, such lesser period) and the annual remuneration for such services is twenty percent (20%) or more of the average annual remuneration earned during the final three full calendar years of employment (or, if less, such lesser period), or

 

  (b) the Executive continues to provide services to the Bank in a capacity other than as an employee of the Bank at an annual rate that is fifty percent (50%) or more of the services rendered, on average, during the immediately preceding three full calendar years of employment (or if employed less than three years, such lesser period) and the annual remuneration for such services is fifty percent (50%) or more of the average annual remuneration earned during the final three full calendar years of employment (or if less, such lesser period).

Section 2.3 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

 

2.3 Disability Benefit . If the Executive experiences a Disability prior to Normal Retirement Date, the Bank shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

Section 2.3.2 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

 

2.3.2 Payment of Benefit . The Bank shall distribute the annual benefit to the Executive in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the last day of the month following Normal Retirement Date. The annual benefit shall be distributed to the Executive for ten (10) years.

 

2


GUARANTY BOND BANK

Salary Continuation Agreement

 

 

 

The following Sections 2.7, 2.8 and 2.9 shall be added to the Agreement immediately following Section 2.6:

 

2.7 Restriction on Timing of Distributions . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is considered a Specified Employee at Termination of Employment under such procedures as established by the Bank in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, benefit distributions that are made upon Termination of Employment may not commence earlier than six (6) months after the date of such Termination of Employment. Therefore, in the event this Section 2.7 is applicable to the Executive, any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Executive within the first six months following the Termination of Employment shall be accumulated and paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Termination of Employment. All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner specified.

 

2.8 Distributions Upon Income Inclusion Under Section 409A of the Code . Upon the inclusion of any amount into the Executive’s income as a result of the failure of this nonqualified deferred compensation plan to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, to the extent such tax liability can be covered by the amount the Bank has accrued with respect to the Bank’s obligations hereunder, a distribution shall be made as soon as is administratively practicable following the discovery of the plan failure.

 

2.9 Change in Form or Timing of Distributions . All changes in the form or timing of distributions hereunder must comply with the following requirements. The changes:

 

  (a) may not accelerate the time or schedule of any distribution, except as provided in Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder;

 

  (b) must, for benefits distributable under Section 2.3, be made at least twelve (12) months prior to the first scheduled distribution;

 

  (c) must, for benefits distributable under Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 and 2.6, delay the commencement of distributions for a minimum of five (5) years from the date the first distribution was originally scheduled to be made; and

 

  (d) must take effect not less than twelve (12) months after the election is made.

Article 7 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

Article 7

Amendments and Termination

 

7.1

Amendments . This Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement signed by the Bank and the Executive. However, the Bank may unilaterally amend this Agreement

 

3


GUARANTY BOND BANK

Salary Continuation Agreement

 

 

 

  to conform with written directives to the Bank from its auditors or banking regulators or to comply with legislative changes or tax law, including without limitation Section 409A of the Code and any and all Treasury regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

7.2 Plan Termination Generally . This Agreement may be terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Bank and the Executive. The benefit hereunder shall be the amount the Bank has accrued with respect to the Bank’s obligations hereunder as of the date the Agreement is terminated. Except as provided in Section 7.3, the termination of this Agreement shall not cause a distribution of benefits under this Agreement. Rather, after such termination benefit distributions will be made at the earliest distribution event permitted under Article 2 or Article 3.

 

7.3 Plan Terminations Under Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 7.2, if this Agreement terminates in the following circumstances:

 

  (a) Within thirty (30) days before or twelve (12) months after a Change of Control, provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of the Agreement and further provided that all the Bank’s arrangements which are substantially similar to the Agreement are terminated so the Executive and all participants in the similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the termination of the arrangements;

 

  (b) Upon the Bank’s dissolution or with the approval of a bankruptcy court provided that the amounts deferred under the Agreement are included in the Executive’s gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Agreement terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the distribution is administratively practical; or

 

  (c) Upon the Bank’s termination of this and all other non-account balance plans (as referenced in Section 409A of the Code or the regulations thereunder), provided that all distributions are made no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than twenty-four (24) months following such termination, and the Bank does not adopt any new non-account balance plans for a minimum of five (5) years following the date of such termination;

the Bank may distribute the amount the Bank has accrued with respect to the Bank’s obligations hereunder, determined as of the date of the termination of the Agreement, to the Executive in a lump sum subject to the above terms.

The following Section 8.7 shall be added to the Agreement immediately following Section 8.6:

 

8.7 Compliance with Section 409A . This Agreement shall at all times be administered and the provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any and all regulations thereunder, including such regulations as may be promulgated after the effective date of this Agreement.

 

4


GUARANTY BOND BANK

Salary Continuation Agreement

 

 

 

IN WITNESS OF THE ABOVE , the Bank and the Executive hereby consent to this Second Amendment.

 

Executive:     Guaranty Bond Bank
/s/ Arthur B. Scharlach, Jr.     By   /s/ Clifton A. Payne

 

     

 

Arthur B. Scharlach, Jr.     Title  

CFO

 

5

Exhibit 10.10

DCB FINANCIAL CORP.

STOCK OPTION PLAN

SECTION 1.      Purpose of the Plan . The purpose of this DCB Financial Corp. Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) is to encourage ownership of common stock, $5.00 par value, (“Common Stock”), of DCB Financial Corp., a Texas corporation (the “Company”), by eligible key officers of the Company and its subsidiary, Dallas City Bank, Dallas, Texas (the “Bank”) and to provide increased incentive for such officers to render services and to exert maximum effort for the business success of the Company and the Bank. Certain options to be granted under this Plan are intended to qualify as Incentive Stock Options (“ISOs”) pursuant to Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”), while other options granted under this Plan will be nonstatutory stock options which are not intended to qualify as ISOs (“Nonstatutory Options”), either or both as provided in the agreements evidencing the options as provided in Section 6 hereof.

SECTION 2.      Administration of the Plan .

(a)     Composition of Committee . The Plan shall be administered by a committee (the “Committee”) designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), which shall also designate the Chairman of the Committee. The Committee shall be comprised solely of Directors that are not also officers of the Bank.

(b)     Committee Action . The Committee shall hold its meetings at such times and places as it may determine. A majority of its members shall constitute a quorum, and all determinations of the Committee shall be made by not less than a majority of its members. Any decision or determination reduced to writing and signed by a majority of the members shall be fully effective as if it had been made by a majority vote of its members at a meeting duly called and held. Before decisions of the Committee may be effective, they must be ratified by the entire Board of Directors, with any Director having an interest in the matter abstaining from the debate and vote on the action directly related to the Director. The Committee may designate the Secretary of the Bank or other Bank employees to assist the Committee in the administration of the Plan, and may grant authority to such persons to execute award agreements or other documents on behalf of the Committee and the Company. Any duly constituted committee of the Board satisfying the qualifications of this Section 2 may be appointed as the Committee.

(c)     Committee Expenses . All expenses and liabilities incurred by the Committee in the administration of the Plan shall be borne by the Bank. The Committee may employ attorneys, consultants, accountants or other persons as the Committee deems necessary in performing its duties.


SECTION 3.      Stock Reserved for the Plan . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 6(k) hereof, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be optioned under the Plan is 100,000. The shares subject to the Plan shall consist of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock and such number of shares shall be and is hereby reserved for sale for such purpose. Any of such shares which may remain unsold and which are not subject to outstanding options at the termination of the Plan shall cease to be reserved for the purpose of the Plan, but until termination of the Plan or the termination of the last of the options granted under the Plan, whichever last occurs, the Company shall at all times reserve a sufficient number of shares to meet the requirements of the Plan. Should any option expire or be canceled prior to its exercise in full, the shares theretofore subject to such option may again be made subject to an option under the Plan.

SECTION 4.      Eligibility . The persons eligible to participate in the Plan as a recipient of options (“Optionee”) shall include only officers of the Bank at the time the option is granted. An officer who has been granted an option hereunder may be granted an additional option or options, if the Committee shall so determine.

SECTION 5.      Grant of Options .

(a)     Committee Discretion . Subject to the provisions of Section 2 hereof, the Committee shall have sole and absolute discretionary authority (i) to determine, authorize, and designate those key officers of the Bank who are to receive options under the Plan, (ii) to determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by such options and the terms thereof, and (iii) to determine the type of option granted: ISO, Nonstatutory Option or a combination of ISO and Nonstatutory Options. The Committee shall thereupon grant options in accordance with such determinations as evidenced by a written option agreement (the “Option Agreement”). Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have discretionary authority to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, to interpret the Plan, to prescribe and amend the terms of the Options Agreements (which need not be identical) and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

(b)     Stockholder Approval . All options granted under this Plan are subject to, and may not be exercised before, the approval of this Plan by the stockholders prior to the first anniversary date of the Board meeting held to approve the Plan, by affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Company present, or represented by proxy, and entitled to vote thereat or by written consent in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas: provided that if such approval by the stockholders of the Company is not forthcoming, all options previously granted under this Plan shall be void.

(c)     Limitation on Incentive Stock Options . The aggregate fair market value (determined in accordance with Section 6(b) of this Plan at the time the option is granted) of the Common Stock with respect to which ISOs may be exercisable for the first time by any Optionee during the calendar year under all such plans of the Company shall not exceed $100,000.


SECTION 6.      Terms and Conditions . Each option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Option Agreement, in a form approved by the Committee, which shall be subject to the following express terms and conditions and to such other terms and conditions as the Committee may deem appropriate.

(a)     Option Period . The Committee shall promptly notify the Optionee of the option grant and an Option Agreement shall promptly be executed and delivered by and on behalf of the Company and the Optionee, provided that the option grant shall expire if an Option Agreement is not signed by said Optionee (or his agent or attorney) and returned to the Company within 60 days from date of receipt by the Optionee and such Option Agreement. The date of grant shall be the date the option is actually granted by the Committee, even though the written option Agreement may be executed and delivered by the Company and the Optionee after that date. Each Option Agreement shall specify the period for which the option thereunder is granted (which in no event shall exceed ten years from the date of the grant) and shall provide that the option shall expire at the end of such period. If the original term of an option is less than ten years from the date of grant, the option may be amended prior to its expiration, with the approval of the Committee and the Optionee, to extend the term so that the term as amended is not more than ten years from the date of grant. However, in the case of an ISO granted to an individual who, at the time of grant, owns stock possessing more than 10 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (“Ten Percent Stockholder”), such period shall not exceed five years from the date of the grant.

(b)     Option Price . The purchase price of each share of Common Stock subject to each option granted pursuant to the Plan shall be determined by the Committee at the time the option is granted and, in the case of ISOs, shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date the option is granted, as determined by the Committee. In the case of an ISO granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder, the option price shall not be less than 110% of the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date the option is granted. The purchase price of each share of Common Stock subject to a Nonstatutory Option under this Plan shall be determined by the Committee prior to granting for each share subject to a Nonstatutory Option at such price as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine; provided however, the purchase price of each share of Common Stock subject to a Nonstatutory Option shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date the option is granted as determined by the Committee.

For all purposes under the Plan, the Common Stock subject to an option under this Plan shall be deemed as minority interest Common Stock and the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be the book value of the Common Stock as determined by the financial statements of the Company prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principals on the date of the determination of the fair market value of the Common Stock.


(c)     Exercise Period . All Option Agreements must provide that an option may be exercised only in not less than three equal installments such that the option shall become exercisable with respect to not less than 33 1/3% of the option shares on each anniversary of the effective date of the grant during a period of not less than three years following the effective date of the grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each outstanding option shall become immediately fully exercisable as provided in Section 6(j) of this Plan. The actual exercise period shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the stock option agreement.

An option may be exercised when installments accrue and at any time thereafter as set forth in the stock option agreement, subject to any limitations or restrictions on the right of exercise contained in this Plan or in such stock option agreement.

No portion of any option may be exercisable prior to the approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Company.

(d)     Procedure for Exercise . Options shall be exercised by the delivery of written notice to the Secretary of the Company setting forth the number of shares with respect to which the option is being exercised. Such notice shall be accompanied by cash or cashier’s check, bank draft, postal or express money order payable to the order of the Company or the surrender in the proper form for transfer of certificates evidencing shares of Common Stock having an aggregate book value equal to the aggregate exercise price of the options being exercised in exchange therefore. Notice also may be delivered by facsimile or telecopy provided that the purchase price of such shares is delivered to the Company via wire transfer on the same day the facsimile or telecopy is received by the Company. The notice shall specify the address to which the certificates for such shares are to be mailed. An Optionee shall be deemed to be a stockholder with respect to shares covered by an option on the date the Company receives such written notice and such option payment.

As promptly as practicable after receipt of such written notification and payment, the Company shall deliver to the Optionee certificates for the number of shares with respect to which such option has been so exercised, issued in the Optionee’s name or such other name as Optionee directs; provided, however, such delivery shall be deemed effected for all purposes when a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have deposited such certificates in the United States mail, addressed to the Optionee at the address specified pursuant to this Section 6(d).

(e)     Termination of Employment . If an officer to whom an option is granted ceases to be employed by the Bank by resignation or dismissal for “cause”, any option which is not yet subject to exercise and any option which is exercisable on the date of such termination of employment shall expire upon the effective date of such termination of employment. This section shall not apply if an officer to whom an option is granted ceases to be employed by the Bank by resignation for “good reason”.


For the purposes of this Plan, “cause” shall mean: (1) the continued failure by the employee or officer to perform his duties with the Bank (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to temporary physical or temporary mental illness), after a written demand for performance is delivered to the officer by the Bank which identifies the manner in which the Bank believes that the officer has not performed his duties; (2) the engaging by the officer in misconduct materially injurious to the Bank; (3) an act of fraud, embezzlement or theft by the officer in connection with his duties or in the course of his employment with the Bank; (4) wrongful damage by the officer to property of the Bank; (5) wrongful disclosure by the officer of trade secrets or confidential information of the Bank; (6) any material violation of any material banking law, rule or regulation or any cease and desist order or other regulatory administrative action; (7) any act by the officer involving felonious criminal conduct or criminal conduct of moral turpitude; or (8) breach of fiduciary duty owed to the Bank.

For the purposes of this Plan, “good reason” shall mean: (1) without “cause” or his express written consent, the assignment to the officer of any duties detrimentally and materially inconsistent with the positions, duties, responsibilities and status with the Bank; or (2) without “cause”, a reduction by the Bank in the officer’s compensation or benefits.

(f)     Disability or Death of Optionee . In the event of the determination of disability or death of an Optionee under the Plan while he/she is employed by the Bank, the options previously granted to him/her may be exercised (to the extent he/she would have been entitled to do so at the date of the determination of disability or death) at any time and from time to time by the former officer, the guardian of his/her estate or by the person or persons to whom his/her rights under the option shall pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution, but in no event may the option be exercised after its expiration under the terms of the Option Agreement. An Optionee shall be deemed to be disabled if, in the opinion of a physician selected by the Committee, he/she is incapable of performing services for the Company and/or the Bank of the kind he/she was performing at the time the disability occurred by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or to be of long, continued and indefinite duration. The date of determination of disability for purposes hereof shall be the date of such determination by such physician.

(g)     Assignability . An option shall not be assignable or otherwise transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. During the lifetime of an Optionee, an option shall be exercisable only by him/her.

(h)     Incentive Stock Options . Each Option Agreement may contain such terms and provisions as the Committee may determine to be necessary or desirable in order to qualify an option designated as an ISO.


(i)     No Rights as Stockholder . No Optionee shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to shares covered by an option until the option is exercised by the written notice and accompanied by payment as provided in Section 6(d) of this Plan.

(j)     Extraordinary Corporate Transactions; Acceleration . The existence of outstanding options shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company or its stockholders to make or authorize any or all adjustment, recapitalization, reorganizations, exchanges, or other changes in the Company’s capital structure or its business, or any merger or consolidation of the Company, or any issuance of Common Stock or other securities or subscription rights thereto, or any issuance of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stock ahead of or affecting the Common Stock or the rights thereof, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether, of a similar character or otherwise. If the Company recapitalizes or otherwise changes its capital structure, or merges, consolidates, sells all of its assets or dissolves (each of the foregoing a “Fundamental Change”), then thereafter upon any exercise or vesting of an option theretofore granted the Optionee shall be entitled to purchase under such option, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock as to which option shall then be exercisable, the number and class of shares of stock and securities to which the Optionee would have been entitled pursuant to the terms of the Fundamental Change if, immediately prior to such Fundamental Change, the Optionee had been the holder of record of the number of shares of Common Stock as to which such option is then exercisable. If (i) the Company shall not be the surviving entity in any merger or consolidation (or survives only as a subsidiary of another entity), (ii) the Company sells all or substantially all of its assets to any other person or entity (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary), (iii) any person or entity (including a “group” as contemplated by the Change in Bank Control Act) acquires or gains ownership or control of (including, without limitation, power to vote) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, (iv) the Company or the Bank are to be dissolved and liquidated, or (v) as a result of or in connection with a contested election of Directors, the persons who were Directors of the Company or the Bank before such election shall cease to constitute a majority of the Board (each such event in clauses (i) through (v) above is referred to herein as a “Corporate Change”), then the time at which all or a portion of an Optionee’s options may be vested shall be accelerated and all options shall be immediately and fully exercisable.

(k)     Issuance of Additional Shares . Except as hereinbefore expressly provided, (i) the issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class of securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, for cash, property, labor or services, upon direct sale, upon the exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of shares or obligations of the Company convertible into such shares or other securities, (ii) the payment of a dividend in property other than Common Stock or (iii) the occurrence of any similar transaction, and in any case whether or not the fair value, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares of Common Stock subject to options theretofore granted or the purchase price per share, unless the Committee shall determine that an adjustment is


necessary to provide equitable treatment to an Optionee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Plan, the Committee may in its sole discretion accelerate the time at which any option may be vested, including, but not limited to, upon the occurrence of the events specified in this Section 6 (k).

(1)     Capital Call . If any governmental agency which has jurisdiction over the Company or the Bank requires the Bank to increase its capital, the expiration date of the Option shall be amended to be the date established by the Board of Directors of the Company at their sole discretion or as required by the governmental agency mandating the increase in capital. Failure to exercise the Option prior to the expiration date (whether as set forth herein or as amended pursuant to a regulatory agency mandated increase in capital) shall cause the termination of the Option and the Employee shall have no further right to exercise the Option.

SECTION 7.      Amendments or Termination . The Board may amend, alter or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment or alteration shall be made which would impair the rights of any Optionee, without his/her consent, under any option theretofore granted, or which, without the approval of the stockholders, would: (i) except as is provided in Section 6(j) or 6(k) of the Plan, increase the total number of shares reserved for the purposes of the Plan, (ii) change the class of persons eligible to participate in the Plan as provided in Section 4 of the Plan, (iii) extend the applicable maximum option period provided for in Section 6(a) of the Plan, (iv) extend the expiration date of this Plan set forth in Section 14 of the Plan, (v) except as provided in Section 6(j) of the Plan, decrease to any extent the option price of any option granted under the plan or (vi) withdraw the administration of the Plan from the Committee.

SECTION 8.      Compliance with Other Laws and Regulations . The Plan, the grant and exercise of options thereunder, and the obligation of the Company to sell and deliver shares under such options, shall be subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations and to such approvals by any governmental or regulatory agency as may be required. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates for shares of Common Stock prior to the completion of federal or state law or issuance of any ruling or regulation of any government body which the Company shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable. Any adjustments provided for in subparagraph 6(j) shall be subject to any shareholder action required by the laws and regulations governing Texas corporations domiciled in Texas.

SECTION 9.      Purchase for Investment . Unless the options and shares of Common Stock covered by this Plan have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Company has determined that such registration is unnecessary, each person exercising an option under this Plan may be required by the Company to give a representation in writing that he is acquiring such shares for his own account for investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, the distribution of any part thereof.


SECTION 10.      Replacement of Options . The Committee from time to time may permit an Optionee under the Plan to surrender for cancellation any unexercised outstanding option and receive from the Company in exchange an option for such number of shares of Common Stock as may be designated by the Committee. The Committee may, with the consent of the person entitled to exercise any outstanding option, amend such option, including reducing the exercise price of any option to not less than the fair market value of the Common Stock at the time of the amendment and extending the term thereof.

SECTION 11.      Employment and Repurchase Right .

(a)     No Right to Employment . Nothing in this Plan or as a result of any option granted pursuant to this Plan shall confer to an individual any right to continue in the employ of the Bank or interfere in any way with the right of the Bank to terminate an individual’s employment at any time. An Option Agreement may contain such provisions as the Committee may approve with reference to the effect of approved leaves of absence.

(b)     Right to Repurchase . In the event the employment of an Optionee by the Company shall terminate for any reason, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase any shares of Common Stock acquired by an Optionee pursuant to the exercise of an option granted pursuant to the Plan. The repurchase price shall be equal to the book value. If the Company desires to exercise such right to repurchase, the Company shall give written notice to an Optionee or his heirs or representatives within sixty (60) days of the date of termination of such Optionee’s employment. Within ten (10) days of the date of such notice, the Company shall deliver to such an Optionee the repurchase price in cash (payable in the form of a check) and such Optionee shall deliver to the Company certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock being repurchased duly endorsed and in proper form for transfer.

SECTION 12.      Liability of Company . The Company shall not be liable to an Optionee or other persons as to:

(a)    The Non-Issuance of Shares. The non-issuance or sale of shares as to which the Company has been unable to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares hereunder; and

(b)    Tax Consequences. Any tax consequence expected, but not realized, by an Optionee or other person due to the exercise of any option granted hereunder.

SECTION 13.      Effectiveness and Expiration of Plan . The Plan shall be effective on the date the Board adopts the Plan. If the stockholders of the Company fail to approve the Plan within twelve months of the date the Board approved the Plan, the Plan shall terminate and all options previously granted under the Plan shall become void and of no effect The Plan shall expire ten years after the date the Board approved the Plan and thereafter no option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan.


SECTION 14.     Non-Exclusivity of the Plan . Neither the adoption by the Board nor the submission of the Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including without limitation, the granting of restricted stock or stock options otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

SECTION 15.      Governing Law . This Plan and any Option Agreements hereunder shall be interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas and applicable federal law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , and as conclusive evidence of the adoption of the foregoing by the Board of Directors of the Company has caused these presents to be duly executed in its name and behalf by its proper officers thereunto duly authorized as of this 1 st day of December, 2003.

 

DCB FINANCIAL CORP.
By:  

/s/ Robert W. Wightman

  Robert W. Wightman, President

ATTEST:

 

/s/ Lewis Merritt

Secretary


DCB FINANCIAL CORP.

2005 AMENDMENTS

TO

STOCK OPTION PLAN

On August 15, 2005, the Board of Directors of DCB Financial Corp. approved certain amendments to the Stock Option Plan, increasing the number of shares reserved under the Plan to 150,000 shares, and expanding eligibility for participation in the Plan to non employee directors. These amendments were approved by shareholders on September 19, 2005. Accordingly, the Stock Option Plan is amended as follows:

Section 3 of the Plan is amended to substitute 150,000 for 100,000. Accordingly, 150,000 shares of Common Stock are reserved for issuance under the Plan.

Section 4 of the Plan is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“SECTION 4. Eligibility. The persons eligible to participate in the Plan as a recipient of options (“Optionee”) shall include only individuals who are directors, officers and employees of the Company and/or the Bank at the time the option is granted. An Optionee who has been granted an option hereunder may be granted an additional option or options, if the Committee shall so determine.”

All other terms of the Plan shall remain unchanged and the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

This document is to evidence the amendment of the Plan as approved by the Board of Directors and Shareholders.

Dated effective as of September 19, 2005.

 

/s/ Harold L. Campbell

     

/s/ Lewis Merritt

Harold L. Campbell       Lewis Merritt
Chairman of the Board       Secretary


2015 AMENDMENT TO THE

DCB FINANCIAL CORP. STOCK OPTION PLAN

This 2015 Amendment (this “Amendment”) to the DCB Financial Corp. Stock Option Plan, dated December 1, 2003 (as amended, the “Plan”) is made effective as of the 27th day of March, 2015.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, DCB Financial Corp., a Texas corporation (“DCB”), adopted the Plan to encourage ownership of DCB common stock by eligible key directors, officers and employees of DCB and its subsidiaries and to provide increased incentive for such individuals to render serves and to exert maximum effort for the business success of DCB and its subsidiaries;

WHEREAS, DCB has entered into an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of January 6, 2015 (the “Reorganization Agreement”), which provides for the acquisition of DCB by Guaranty Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation (“Guaranty”), through the merger of DCB with and into GBI-DCB Acquisition Corporation, a newly-formed Texas corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Guaranty (the “Merger”);

WHEREAS, under Section 2.6 of the Reorganization Agreement, all options to purchase DCB common stock, whether vested or unvested, that are outstanding and unexercised at the effective time of the Merger will be assumed by Guaranty, without any action on the part of the holders of such options, and converted into the right to purchase shares of Guaranty common stock on the same terms and conditions that were applicable to such options prior to the Merger (other than the number of options and exercise price);

WHEREAS, Guaranty, as successor to DCB, will assume all rights, obligations and privileges of DCB under the Plan and will administer the Plan with respect to all outstanding options to purchase shares of DCB common stock that are converted into options to purchase Guaranty common stock under the terms of Section 2.6 of the Reorganization Agreement; and

WHEREAS, Section 7 of the Plan provides that the Board may from time to time amend the Plan, subject to the conditions described therein.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is amended as follows, effective as of the date set forth above:

1.     Plan Successor . All references in the Plan to DCB Financial Corp. and the “Company” shall be deemed references to Guaranty Bancshares, Inc., as successor to DCB, effective March 27, 2015. All references in the Plan to Dallas City Bank, a Texas state banking association and wholly-owned subsidiary of DCB whose name was changed to Preston State Bank (“PSB”) after adoption of the Plan, and the “Bank” shall be deemed references to Guaranty Bank & Trust, N.A., a national banking association and wholly-owned subsidiary of Guaranty, as successor to PSB.

2.     Number of Shares and Exercise Price of Outstanding Awards . The number of shares of Guaranty common stock subject to each outstanding option under the Plan, and the exercise price of each outstanding option issued under the Plan, shall be adjusted under the terms of Section 2.6 of the Reorganization Agreement, as reflected on Exhibit A hereto.


3.     Continuing Effect . All other terms, provisions, conditions, covenants, representations and warranties contained in the Plan are not modified by this Amendment and shall continue in full force and effect as originally written. As hereby modified and amended, all of the terms and provisions of the Plan are ratified and confirmed.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

2


[Signature Page to 2015 Amendment to DCB Financial Corp. Stock Option Plan]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company, acting by and through its duly authorized officer, has executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Tyson T. Abston

Tyson T. Abston
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer


Exhibit A

 

Option Holder:

   Original
Number of
Options to
purchase
shares of DCB
common stock
     Converted
Number of

Options to
purchase shares of
Guaranty common
stock as a result of
the Merger
     Original
Exercise Price
with respect to
shares of DCB
common stock
     Converted Exercise
Price with respect
to shares of
Guaranty common
stock as a result of
the Merger
 

Dwight Delfeld

     1,000        670      $ 8.00      $ 11.94  

Terry Lain

     2,000        1,340      $ 8.00      $ 11.94  

Lois McAnally

     1,000        670      $ 8.00      $ 11.94  

Wayne Reynolds

     7,000        4,688      $ 8.00      $ 11.94  

Deb Tessmer

     7,500        5,023      $ 8.00      $ 11.94  

Exhibit 10.11

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

UNDER

DCB FINANCIAL CORPORATION

STOCK OPTION PLAN

THIS AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of the      day of              , 2012, by and between DCB FINANCIAL CORP. (the “Company”) and                      (the “Employee”).

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Company has adopted a Stock Option Plan effective as of December 1, 2003 and amended effective September 19, 2005 (the “Plan”), to encourage and enable certain key employees of the Company to acquire or increase their proprietary interest in the Company, thus providing them with a more direct concern in its welfare and assuring a closer identification of their interests with those of the Company; and

WHEREAS , the Employee is one of such key employees.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.     Grant and Terms . The Company hereby grants to the Employee the option to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of              shares of the common stock of the Company, par value $5.00 per share, at the purchase price of              cash per share (the “Options”), under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the Company’s Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”), which is incorporated by reference into this Agreement. By executing this Agreement, Employee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan.

2.     Exercise Period . Subject to Section 7 hereof, the Options will vest ratably over a five-year period and may be exercised as follows:

 

  Date   Options Vested  
                                               
                                               
                                               

Notwithstanding the foregoing, each outstanding Option shall become immediately fully exercisable as provided in Section 6(j) of the Plan, except as described in Section 7 of this Agreement.

All of the Options must be exercised on or before September 15, 2019. Options that are not exercised on or before September 15, 2019 shall terminate, become null and void, and have no further force or effect.


3.     Incentive Stock Options . The Options granted herein shall be Incentive Stock Options with the characteristics, rights and limitations set forth in the Plan.

4.     Method of Exercise and Payment . Subject to the provisions of Section 1, above, the option granted hereunder shall be exercisable by giving not less than two weeks’ written notice of exercise to the Company, specifying the number of shares to be purchased, and accompanied by payment of the full cash purchase price therefore. Such notice must also comply with the requirements of Section 6(d) of the Plan.

5.     Non-Transferability . This option shall not be transferable by the Employee or by the Employee’s executor, administrators or heirs otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

6.     Optionee Not Stockholder . Employee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by his option until the date of the issuance of a stock certificate for such shares. No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property) or distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.

7.     Termination Prior to Corporate Change . If Employees’ employment with the Company is terminated prior to a Corporate Change (as defined in the Plan), including, by way of example and not limitation, if any person or entity (including a “group” as contemplated by the Change in Bank Control Act) acquires or gains ownership of control of (including, without limitation, power to vote) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock, any unexercised options will immediately terminate; provided, however, if Employee’s employment with the Company is terminated within three months prior to, or within one year following, a Corporate Change, any unexercised Options shall be considered fully vested and Employee shall have any and all rights due under this Agreement as if his employment had not been terminated. The determination as to whether a Corporate Change or an agreement to effect a Corporate Change has occurred shall be made by the Board of Directors and shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

DCB FINANCIAL CORP.

By:

 

 

  Brian Mason, Chairman of the Board

 

EMPLOYEE:
By:  

 

 

Exhibit 10.12

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

FAIR MARKET VALUE STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS PLAN

Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”), a Texas corporation and registered bank holding company with its principal office in Mount Pleasant, Texas hereby establishes, effective as of January 1, 2008, the Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. Fair Market Value Stock Appreciation Rights Plan (the “Plan”) to give Participants (as defined below) the opportunity to share in the growth of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

SECTION 1: DEFINITIONS

“Bank” means Guaranty Bond Bank, a Texas banking association with its home office in Mount Pleasant, Texas, a subsidiary of the Company.

“Beneficiary” means the person(s), entity or entities described in Section 8.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Cause” means: (i) a Participant’s misconduct, negligence, or failure to perform his duties to the applicable Company or Subsidiary as a person of ordinary and reasonable prudence would if such failure causes harm or substantial risk of harm to the applicable Company or Subsidiary; (ii) fraud, violation of the rules of behavior, a felony or crime of moral turpitude, lies or material misrepresentations to the applicable Company or Subsidiary; (iii) participation in kickbacks; (iv) the Participant’s inability to perform essential functions of the job after accommodation or leave are applied to the extent required by law; or (v) a failure to abide by the terms of any policy relating to employee conduct, all as determined by and at the discretion of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank (or his designee).

“Change of Control” means a change in the ownership of the Company whereby a person acquires, directly or indirectly, ownership of a number of shares of capital stock of the Company which, together with capital stock already held by such person, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or of the combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding capital stock; but if a person already owns more than 50% of the total fair market value or of the combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding capital stock, the acquisition of additional capital stock by such person is not considered a Change of Control of the Company.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Company” means Guaranty Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation.

“Committee” means the Executive Compensation Committee of the Board, or, if there is no such committee, the Board, or their appointee(s).

 

1


“Disability” means the inability of the Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of more than 12 months.

“Effective Date” means January 1, 2008.

“Eligible Employee(s)” means any Employee who is identified by the Committee, in its sole discretion, to participate in this Plan.

“Employee” means an employee of the Company, Bank or a Subsidiary.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

“Fair Market Value” means the per share value of the Stock determined by any valuation method determined by the Company in its sole discretion, including by an independent third-party appraiser, provided that the valuation method selected is reasonable and consistently applied in good faith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change of Control, the Fair Market Value shall be the per share purchase price paid by the acquiror for the Company in the transaction giving rise to the Change of Control.

“Grant Date” means the date that a SAR is awarded to a Participant pursuant to an Award Agreement (as defined in Section 3(a)).

“Initial Value” means the initial value of the SAR or the Grant Date, as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

“Normal Retirement Age” means age 65.

“Participant” means each Eligible Employee who is granted Stock Appreciation Rights pursuant to the terms of this Plan.

“Plan” means this Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. Fair Market Value Stock Appreciation Rights Plan, as set forth in this document and any amendments.

“Plan Year” means the calendar year.

“SAR Value” means (1) the Fair Market Value on the date of determination, minus (2) the Initial Value. The SAR Value determined by subtracting (2) from (1) is subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 5(c).

“Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

“Stock Appreciation Right(s)” or “SAR(s)” means the right(s) granted to each Participant pursuant to the terms of Section 4 to be paid the SAR Value.

 

2


“Subsidiary” or “Subsidiaries” means the subsidiary entities that are owned, from time to time, by the Company and/or the Bank, as applicable.

“Termination of Employment” means a person’s ceasing to be an Employee by reason of a separation from service from the Company, the Bank or any Subsidiary for any reason.

SECTION 2: ADMINISTRATION

(a) Company Duties . The Company will, upon request or as may be specifically required under this Plan, furnish or cause to be furnished all of the information or documentation in its possession or control which is necessary or required by the Committee to perform the Committee’s duties and functions under this Plan.

(b) Powers of Committee . The Committee has sole and exclusive authority and responsibility for administering, construing, and interpreting this Plan. The Committee has all powers and discretion as may be necessary to discharge its duties and responsibilities under this Plan, including, the power to: (i) interpret or construe this Plan; (ii) make rules and regulations for the administration of this Plan; (iii) determine all questions of eligibility, status, and other rights of Participants, Beneficiaries, and other persons; (iv) determine the amount, manner, and time of the payment of any benefits under this Plan; and (v) resolve any dispute that may arise under this Plan involving Participants or Beneficiaries. The Committee may engage agents to assist it and may engage legal counsel, who may be counsel for the Company or Bank. The Committee will not be responsible for any action taken or not taken on the advice of such counsel.

Any action on matters within the discretion of the Committee are final and conclusive as to all persons affected. The Committee will at all times endeavor to exercise its discretion in a non-discriminatory manner.

No Committee member will vote or act upon any matter involving his own rights, benefits, or other participation under this Plan; but if all Committee members are disqualified under this paragraph with regard to one or more matters, the Board will appoint a disinterested person(s) to serve as the Committee with regard to such matters.

(d) Bond and Expenses of Committee . The Committee is to serve without bond unless state or federal law require otherwise, in which event the Company will pay the premium on such bond. The expenses of the Committee will be paid by the Company. Such expenses include all expenses incident to the functioning of the Committee, including, fees of accountants, counsel, and other specialists, and other costs of administering this Plan.

(e) Committee Records and Reports . The Committee will maintain adequate records of all of its proceedings and acts and all such books of account, records, and other data as may be necessary for administration of this Plan.

(f) Reliance on Tables . In administering this Plan, the Committee is entitled, to the extent permitted by law, to rely conclusively on all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions, and that which are furnished by accountants, legal counsel, or other experts employed or engaged by or on behalf of the Committee.

 

3


(g) No Liability . No member of the Committee will be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by him or by any other member of the Committee with respect to this Plan, and to the extent of liabilities not otherwise insured under a policy purchased by the Company, the Company will indemnify defend and hold harmless any member of the Committee with respect to any liabilities asserted or incurred in connection with the exercise and performance of the Committee’s powers and duties hereunder, unless such liabilities are judicially determined to have arisen out of such member’s gross negligence, fraud, or bad faith. Such indemnification shall include attorneys’ fees and all other costs and expenses reasonably incurred in defense of any action arising from such act or omission. Nothing herein is deemed to limit the Company’s ability to insure itself with respect to its obligations hereunder.

SECTION 3: PARTICIPANTS

(a) Participation . An Eligible Employee becomes a Participant upon delivery by the Committee to the Participant of an award agreement (“Award Agreement”) after the Participant’s selection to participate in this Plan. Upon the Eligible Employee’s acknowledgement, execution and delivery of the Award Agreement to the Committee, the Eligible Employee will be a Participant in this Plan.

(b) Agreement to Be Bound . By executing the Award Agreement, each Participant will for all purposes be deemed conclusively to have agreed to the terms of this Plan and to all amendments to this Plan.

SECTION 4: STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

The Committee will grant Stock Appreciation Rights under this Plan to those Eligible Employees selected by the Committee to participate in this Plan for each calendar year, as determined in the Committee’s sole discretion. The decisions regarding selection of Eligible Employees to participate in this Plan and the Stock Appreciation Rights to be awarded under this Plan are final and not subject to any right of appeal. The award of Stock Appreciation Rights does not entitle the Participants to any voting rights or any other shareholder rights with respect to such Stock Appreciation Rights. Nothing in this Plan is intended to grant any Participant a right to receive any Stock or to confer shareholder rights upon any Participant.

SECTION 5: VESTING AND VALUATION ADJUSTMENTS

(a) Vesting . A Stock Appreciation Right will vest at the time(s) set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the preceding, Stock Appreciation Rights will be fully vested upon the earliest of: (i) the Participant’s attainment of Normal Retirement Age, (ii) the Participant’s Termination of Employment due to death or Disability, or (iii) a Change of Control.

 

4


(b) Forfeiture . Notwithstanding any other Plan provision to the contrary, all Stock Appreciation Rights will be immediately terminated and forfeited upon a Participant’s Termination of Employment for Cause.

(c) Stock Splits . If a Stock split is declared, a Participant’s Stock Appreciation Right will be adjusted to reflect the total number of shares of Stock outstanding after the declaration of the Stock split.

SECTION 6: PAYMENT OF SAR VALUE

Payment of Stock Appreciation Rights . Except as provided herein or in an Award Agreement, vested SARs may be exercised by the Participant at any time by written notification to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Upon the Participant’s exercise of the SAR, the SAR Value will be paid to the Participant in a single lump-sum payment within 30 days following the date the Participant exercised the SAR; provided, however, that all vested and unexercised SARs must be exercised within 30 days following the Participant’s termination of employment. The payment of the SAR Value to any person will be in full satisfaction of all claims under this Plan and all applicable Award Agreements, and the Company and the Committee may require such person, as a condition to receiving payment, to sign and deliver to the Company a receipt and a release of any and all claims under the Plan therefor in such form as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion.

SECTION 7: SOURCE OF PAYMENT

Payment of the SAR Value pursuant to the terms of this Plan will be made from the general assets of the Company. No special or separate fund or segregation of assets will be made to assure such payment in such a way as to make this Plan a “funded” plan for purposes of ERISA or the Code. The Company may, in its sole discretion, establish a bookkeeping reserve to meet its obligations under this Plan. For purposes of the Code, the Company intends this Plan to be an unfunded and unsecured promise by the Company to pay in the future.

Nothing contained in this Plan creates a funded trust of any kind, and nothing contained in this Plan, nor any action taken pursuant to the provisions of this Plan, creates a fiduciary relationship between the Company, on the one hand, and a Participant, Beneficiary, Employee, or other person, on the other hand. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payment from the Company under this Plan, such right is no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.

SECTION 8: DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARIES

(a) Designation by Participant . A Participant’s written designation of one or more persons or entities as his Beneficiary will designate the Participant’s Beneficiary under this Plan. The Participant may submit to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company a copy of a fully executed Beneficiary designation on a form supplied by the Company. The last such designation received by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company will be controlling, and no designation, or change or revocation of a designation shall be effective unless received by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company prior to the Participant’s death.

 

5


(b) Lack of Designation or Void Designation . If: (i) no Beneficiary designation is in effect at the time of a Participant’s death; (ii) no Beneficiary survives the Participant; or (iii) the otherwise applicable Beneficiary designation conflicts with applicable law, the Participant’s estate will be deemed to be the Beneficiary. The Committee may direct the Company to retain any unpaid Stock Appreciation Rights, without liability for any interest, until all rights to the unpaid Stock Appreciation Rights are determined. Alternatively, the Committee may direct the Company to pay the value of Stock Appreciation Rights into any court of competent jurisdiction. Any such payment will completely discharge the Company of any liability under this Plan.

SECTION 9: AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN

(a) Amendment With Consent . This Plan may be amended by the Company in its sole discretion, but no amendment will reduce the benefit to which any Participant under this Plan is or may become entitled.

(b) Termination of Plan . The Company may terminate this Plan at any time. If the Company terminates this Plan under this Section 9(b), Participants shall become fully vested in their Stock Appreciation Rights. Payment of the fully vested SAR Value will be made within 30 days following the date the Plan is terminated.

SECTION 10: GENERAL PROVISIONS

(a) No Assignment . During the Participant’s lifetime, a Stock Appreciation Right may be paid only to the Participant or his legal representative. No assignment or transfer of a Stock Appreciation Right, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise, except a transfer by will or by the laws of descent or distribution, or as the Committee may, in its sole discretion, deem proper, will vest in the assignee or transferee any interest or right whatsoever in a Stock Appreciation Right. Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan to the contrary, the Participant may designate a beneficiary in accordance with Section 8.

(b) Incapacity . If the Committee finds that any Participant or Beneficiary is unable to care for his affairs because of illness or accident, or is a minor, any payment due will be made to the duly appointed guardian or other legal representative. Any such payment will be a complete discharge of the liabilities of the Company under this Plan as to the amount paid.

(c) Information Required . Each Participant will provide the Committee with such pertinent information concerning himself and his Beneficiary as the Committee may request, and no Participant or Beneficiary or other person will have any rights or be entitled to any benefits under this Plan unless such information has been provided by, or with respect to, the Participant.

(d) Participant Communications . All designations, requests, notices, instructions and other communications from a Participant, Beneficiary, or other person to the Committee required or

 

6


permitted under this Plan must be in such form as is prescribed from time to time by the Committee, must be mailed by first-class mail or delivered to such location as may be specified by the Committee, and will be deemed to have been given and delivered only upon actual receipt by the Committee at such location.

(e) Notices by Committee . All notices, statements, reports and other communications from the Committee to any Employee, Eligible Employee, Participant, Beneficiary or other person required or permitted under this Plan will be deemed to have been duly given when delivered to, or when mailed first-class mail, postage prepaid and addressed to, such person at the address last appearing on the records of the Bank or the Company.

(f) No Employment Rights . Neither this Plan, nor any action taken under this Plan, is to be construed as giving to any person the right to be retained in the employ of any of the Company, the Bank, or any affiliate of the Company or the Bank or as affecting the right of the Company, the Bank or any affiliate of the Company or the Bank to dismiss any Employee at any time, with or without Cause.

(g) Withholding of Taxes . The Company, the Bank or the applicable Subsidiary will deduct from any cash distributed pursuant to this Plan any amounts required to be paid or withheld with respect to Federal or state taxes. By participation in this Plan, each Participant agrees to all such deductions.

(h) Interpretations and Adjustments . To the extent permitted by law, an interpretation of this Plan and a decision on any matter within the Committee’s discretion made in good faith is binding on all persons.

(i) Severability . In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Plan are invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions in this Plan will not in any way be affected or impaired.

(j) Arbitration . Any legal or equitable claims or disputes arising out of or in connection with this Plan or any Award Agreement entered into under this Plan will be resolved by binding arbitration. The arbitration proceedings will be conducted in Mount Pleasant, Texas in accordance with the Employment Dispute Resolution Rules (“EDR Rules”) of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) in effect at the time a demand for arbitration is made. Participant is entitled to representation by an attorney throughout the proceedings at his own expense; but the Company agrees not to use an attorney in the arbitration hearing if the Participant agrees to the same.

One arbitrator will be used and is to be chosen by mutual agreement of the parties. If, within 30 days after the Participant notifies the Company of an arbitrable dispute, no arbitrator has been chosen, an arbitrator will be chosen from a list or lists of proposed arbitrators submitted by the AAA pursuant to its EDR Rules, except that: (i) the number of peremptory strikes shall not be limited; and (ii) if the parties fail to select an arbitrator from one or more lists within 60 days after the Participant notifies the Company of an arbitrable dispute, the AAA will appoint the arbitrator. The arbitrator will coordinate, and limit as appropriate, all pre-arbitral discovery, which includes document

 

7


production, information requests, and depositions. The arbitrator will issue a written decision and award stating the reasons therefor. The decision and award will be final and binding on both parties; including any heirs and/or executors of the Participant and successors and/or assigns of the Committee. The costs and expenses of the arbitration will be borne evenly by the parties.

(k) Choice of Law . This Plan and all rights under this Plan are to be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas. Venue for any action commenced regarding this Plan will lie exclusively in Titus County, Texas.

(1) Rules of Construction . The descriptive headings in this Plan are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Plan. Each use herein of the masculine, neuter or feminine gender will be deemed to include the other genders. Each use herein of the plural will include the singular and vice versa, in each case as the context requires or as it is otherwise appropriate. The word “or” is used in the inclusive sense.

********

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has executed this Plan to be effective as of the 1 st day of January 2008.

 

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Tyson T. Abston

Print Name:  

Tyson T. Abston

Title:  

President

 

9

Exhibit 10.13

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

FAIR MARKET VALUE STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS PLAN

AWARD AGREEMENT

THIS AWARD AGREEMENT is made and entered into effective as of                  the “Grant Date”) between Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”) and                      (the “Participant”), in connection with the grant of Stock Appreciation Rights under the Guaranty Bancshares, Inc. Fair Market Value Stock Appreciation Rights Plan (the “Plan”).

 

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, terms with their initial letters capitalized have the meanings given to them by the Plan.

 

2. Grant of Stock Appreciation Right . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan, the Company grants to Participant              SARs ( i.e. the right to be paid the SAR Value on              shares of Stock).    The Initial Value for this grant of SARs is $              per share of Stock. The Fair Market Value on the Grant Date was $              .

 

3. Vesting of Stock Appreciation Right . The Stock Appreciation Right will vest according to the following schedule:

 

Percentage Vested

  

Date

             %    1 st anniversary of Grant Date
             %    2 nd anniversary of Grant Date
             %    3 rd anniversary of Grant Date
             %    4 th anniversary of Grant Date
             %    5 th anniversary of Grant Date

Notwithstanding the preceding, in accordance with Section 5(a) of the Plan, the Stock Appreciation Rights will be fully vested upon the earliest of (i) the Participant’s attainment of Normal Retirement Age, (ii) the Participant’s Termination of Employment due to death or Disability, or (iii) a Change of Control.

 

4. Payment of Stock Appreciation Right . Vested SARs may be exercised by the Participant at any time by written notification to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Upon the Participant’s exercise of the SAR, the SAR Value will be paid to the Participant in a single lump-sum payment within 30 days following the date the Participant exercised the SAR; provided, however, that all vested and unexercised SARs must be exercised within 30 days following the Participant’s termination of employment.

 

5.

Transferability Restrictions . During the Participant’s lifetime, this Stock Appreciation Right may be paid only to the Participant or his legal representative. No assignment or transfer of this Stock Appreciation Right, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise, except a transfer by will or by the laws of descent or distribution, or as the Committee may, in its sole discretion, deem proper, will vest in the assignee or


  transferee any interest or right whatsoever in this Stock Appreciation Right. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Participant may designate a beneficiary in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan.

 

6. Committee Authority . Any question concerning the interpretation of this Agreement, any adjustments required to be made under this Agreement, and any controversy which may arise under this Agreement will be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

 

7. Plan Controls . The terms of this Agreement are governed by the Plan, a copy of which has been provided to Participant and is made a part of this Agreement as if fully set forth in this Agreement. If there is any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan control.

 

8. Notice . Whenever any notice is required or permitted under this Agreement, such notice will be deemed to have been duly given when delivered (personally or by courier) to the Participant, or when mailed first-class mail, postage prepaid and addressed to the Participant. Until changed in accordance with this Agreement, the Company and the Participant specify their respective addresses as set forth below:

 

Committee:    Guaranty Bancshares, Inc.   
   P.O. Box 1158   
   Mount Pleasant, Texas 75456-1158   
Company:    Guaranty Bancshares, Inc.   
   P.O. Box 1158   
   Mount Pleasant, Texas 75456-1158   
Participant:   

 

  
  

 

  
  

 

  

 

9. Information Confidential . As partial consideration for the granting of this Stock Appreciation Right, Participant agrees that he will keep confidential all information and knowledge that he has relating to the manner and amount of participation in the Plan; but such information may be disclosed as required by law and may be given in confidence to Participant’s spouse, tax and financial advisors, or to a financial institution to the extent that such information is necessary to secure a loan.

 

10. Governing Law . Except as is otherwise provided in the Plan, this Agreement is to be governed by the laws of the State of Texas. Venue for any action commenced regarding this Agreement will lie exclusively in Titus County, Texas.

 

Page 2


11. Withholding . All benefits paid under the Plan are compensation and, as such, are subject to Federal withholding taxes by the Company, including FICA and FUTA, and are also subject to any applicable state taxes.

********

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and the Participant have executed this Agreement as of                  ,                  , 20      .

 

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

By:                                                              

Print Name:                                                
Title:                                                           

Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan, and represents that he is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Stock Appreciation Right subject to all the terms and provisions of the Plan.

 

PARTICIPANT

Sign Here:  

 

Print Name:  

 

 

Page 3

Exhibit 10.14

REVOLVING PROMISSORY NOTE

(Floating Rate Revolving Line of Credit)

 

$25,000,000.00    March 31, 2017

For value received, GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC. , a Texas corporation, as principal (“ Borrower ”), promises to pay to the order of FROST BANK , a Texas state bank (“ Lender ”) at P.O. Box 34746, San Antonio, Texas 78265, or at such other address as Lender shall from time to time specify in writing, the principal sum of TWENTY FIVE MILLION AND NO /100 DOLLARS ($25,000,000.00) , or so much that may be advanced from time to time, in legal and lawful money of the United States of America, with interest on the outstanding principal from the date advanced until paid at the rate set out below. Interest shall be computed on a per annum basis of a year of 360 days and for the actual number of days elapsed, unless such calculation would result in a rate greater than the highest rate permitted by applicable law, in which case interest shall be computed on a per annum basis of a year of 365 days or 366 days in a leap year, as the case may be.

1. Payment Terms . Interest shall be due and payable quarterly as it accrues on the 15th day of January, April, July, and October of each year, beginning July 15, 2017, and continuing regularly and quarterly thereafter until March 31, 2018, when the entire amount hereof, principal and accrued interest then remaining unpaid, shall be then due and payable; interest being calculated on the unpaid principal each day principal is outstanding and all payments made credited to any collection costs and late charges, to the discharge of the interest accrued and to the reduction of the principal, in such order as Lender shall determine.

2. Late Charge. If a payment is made more than 10 days after it is due, Borrower will be charged, in addition to interest, a delinquency charge of (i) 5% of the unpaid portion of the regularly scheduled payment, or (ii) $250.00, whichever is less. Additionally, upon maturity of this Note, if the outstanding principal balance (plus all accrued but unpaid interest) is not paid within 10 days of the maturity date, Borrower will be charged a delinquency charge of (i) 5% of the sum of the outstanding principal balance (plus all accrued but unpaid interest), or (ii) $250.00, whichever is less. Borrower agrees with Lender that the charges set forth herein are reasonable compensation to Lender for the handling of such late payments.

3. Interest Rate . Interest on the outstanding and unpaid principal balance hereof shall be computed at a per annum rate equal to the lesser of (a) a rate equal to the Prime Rate, plus one half of one percent (.50%) per annum or (b) the highest rate permitted by applicable law, but in no event shall interest contracted for, charged or received hereunder plus any other charges in connection herewith which constitute interest exceed the maximum interest permitted by applicable law, said rate to be effective prior to maturity (however such maturity is brought about). The term “Prime Rate,” as used herein, shall mean the maximum “Latest” “U.S.” prime rate of interest per annum published from time to time in the Money Rates section of The Wall Street Journal (US Edition) or in any successor publication to The Wall Street Journal . Borrower understands that the Prime Rate may not be the best, lowest, or most favored rate of


Lender or The Wall Street Journal , and any representation or warranty in that regard is expressly disclaimed by Lender. Borrower acknowledges that (i) if more than one U.S. prime rate is published at any time by The Wall Street Journal , the highest of such prime rates shall constitute the Prime Rate hereunder, and (ii) if at any time The Wall Street Journal ceases to publish a U.S. prime rate, Lender shall have the right to select a substitute rate that Lender determines, in the exercise of its reasonable commercial discretion, to be comparable to such prime rate, and the substituted rate as so selected, upon the sending of written notice thereof to Borrower, shall constitute the Prime Rate hereunder. Upon each increase or decrease hereafter in the Prime Rate, the rate of interest upon the unpaid principal balance hereof shall be increased or decreased by the same amount as the increase or decrease in the Prime Rate, such increase or decrease to become effective as of the day of each such change in the Prime Rate and without notice to Borrower or any other person.

4. Default Rate . For so long as any event of default exists under this Note or under any of the other Loan Documents (as defined herein), regardless of whether or not there has been an acceleration of the indebtedness evidenced by this Note, and at all times after the maturity of the indebtedness evidenced by this Note (whether by acceleration or otherwise), and in addition to all other rights and remedies of Lender hereunder, interest shall accrue at the rate stated above plus five percent (5%) per annum, but in no event in excess of the highest rate permitted by applicable law, and such accrued interest shall be immediately due and payable. Borrower acknowledges that it would be extremely difficult or impracticable to determine Lender’s actual damages resulting from any event of default, and such accrued interest is a reasonable estimate of those damages and does not constitute a penalty.

5. Revolving Line of Credit . Under the Loan Agreement dated of even date herewith between Borrower and Lender (the “ Loan Agreement ”), Borrower may request advances and make payments hereunder from time to time, provided that it is understood and agreed that the aggregate principal amount outstanding from time to time hereunder shall not at any time exceed $25,000,000.00. The unpaid balance of this Note shall increase and decrease with each new advance or payment hereunder, as the case may be. This Note shall not be deemed terminated or canceled prior to the date of its maturity, although the entire principal balance hereof may from time to time be paid in full. Borrower may borrow, repay and re-borrow hereunder. All payments and prepayments of principal or interest on this Note shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds, at the address of Lender indicated above, or such other place as the holder of this Note shall designate in writing to Borrower. If any payment of principal or interest on this Note shall become due on a day which is not a Business Day (as hereinafter defined), such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and any such extension of time shall be included in computing interest in connection with such payment. As used herein, the term “ Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks in the State of Texas are authorized to close or are in fact closed. The books and records of Lender shall be prima facie evidence of all outstanding principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on this Note.

 

2


6. Prepayment . Borrower reserves the right to prepay, prior to maturity, all or any part of the principal of this Note without penalty. Any prepayments shall be applied first to accrued interest and then to principal. Borrower will provide written notice to the holder of this Note of any such prepayment of all or any part of the principal at the time thereof. All payments and prepayments of principal or interest on this Note shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds, at the address of Lender indicated above, or such other place as the holder of this Note shall designate in writing to Borrower. All partial prepayments of principal shall be applied to the last installments payable in their inverse order of maturity.

7. Default . It is expressly provided that upon default in the punctual payment of any indebtedness evidenced by this Note or any part hereof, as the same shall become due and payable, or upon the occurrence of an event of default specified in any of the other Loan Documents (as defined herein), the holder of this Note may, at its option, without further notice or demand, (i) declare the outstanding principal balance of and accrued but unpaid interest on this Note at once due and payable, (ii) refuse to advance any additional amounts under this Note, (iii) foreclose all liens securing payment hereof, (iv) pursue any and all other rights, remedies and recourses available to the holder hereof, including but not limited to any such rights, remedies or recourses under the Loan Documents, at law or in equity, or (v) pursue any combination of the foregoing; and in the event default is made in the prompt payment of this Note when due or declared due, and the same is placed in the hands of an attorney for collection, or suit is brought on same, or the same is collected through probate, bankruptcy or other judicial proceedings, then the Borrower agrees and promises to pay all costs of collection, including reasonable attorney’s fees.

8. Joint and Several Liability; Waiver . Each maker, signer, surety and endorser hereof, as well as all heirs, successors and legal representatives of said parties, shall be directly and primarily, jointly and severally, liable for the payment of all indebtedness hereunder. Lender may release or modify the obligations of any of the foregoing persons or entities, or guarantors hereof, in connection with this Note without affecting the obligations of the others. All such persons or entities expressly waive presentment and demand for payment, notice of default, notice of intent to accelerate maturity, notice of acceleration of maturity, protest, notice of protest, notice of dishonor, and all other notices and demands for which waiver is not prohibited by law, and diligence in the collection hereof; and agree to all renewals, extensions, indulgences, partial payments, releases or exchanges of collateral, or taking of additional collateral, with or without notice, before or after maturity. No delay or omission of Lender in exercising any right hereunder shall be a waiver of such right or any other right under this Note.

9. No Usury Intended; Usury Savings Clause . In no event shall interest contracted for, charged or received hereunder, plus any other charges in connection herewith which constitute interest, exceed the maximum interest permitted by applicable law. The amounts of such interest or other charges previously paid to the holder of the Note in excess of the amounts permitted by applicable law shall be applied by the holder of the Note to reduce the principal of the indebtedness evidenced by the Note, or, at the option of the holder of the Note, be refunded. To the extent permitted by applicable law, determination of the legal maximum amount of interest shall at all times be made by amortizing, prorating, allocating and spreading in equal parts during the period of the full stated term of the loan and indebtedness, all interest at any time contracted for, charged or received from the Borrower hereof in connection with the loan and indebtedness evidenced hereby, so that the actual rate of interest on account of such indebtedness is uniform throughout the term hereof.

 

3


10. Security . This Note has been executed and delivered pursuant to the Loan Agreement. This Note, the Loan Agreement, and all other documents evidencing, securing, governing, guaranteeing and/or pertaining to this Note, including but not limited to those documents described above, are collectively referred to as the “ Loan Documents .” The holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits and security provided in the Loan Documents.

11. Texas Finance Code . In no event shall Chapter 346 of the Texas Finance Code (which regulates certain revolving loan accounts and revolving tri-party accounts) apply to this Note. To the extent that Chapter 303 of the Texas Finance Code is applicable to this Note, the “weekly ceiling” specified in such article is the applicable ceiling; provided that, if any applicable law permits greater interest, the law permitting the greatest interest shall apply.

12. Governing Law, Venue . This Note is being executed and delivered, and is intended to be performed in the State of Texas. Except to the extent that the laws of the United States may apply to the terms hereof, the substantive laws of the State of Texas shall govern the validity, construction, enforcement and interpretation of this Note. In the event of a dispute involving this Note or any other instruments executed in connection herewith, the undersigned irrevocably agrees that venue for such dispute shall lie in any court of competent jurisdiction in Bexar County, Texas.

13. Captions . The captions in this Note are inserted for convenience only and are not to be used to limit the terms herein.

 

BORROWER:     G UARANTY B ANCSHARES , I NC .
    By:   /s/ Ty Abston
      Ty Abston, President

 

4

Exhibit 10.15

 

LOGO      
   LOAN AGREEMENT   
   Between   

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

100 W. Arkansas

Mount Pleasant, Texas 75456

   and   

FROST BANK

P.O. Box 1600

San Antonio, Texas 78296

   As of March 31, 20l7   

T HIS L OAN A GREEMENT (the “Agreement”) will serve to set forth the terms of the financing transaction by and between G UARANTY B ANCSHARES , I NC ., a Texas corporation (“ Borrower ”), and F ROST B ANK , a Texas state bank (“ Lender ”):

WHEREAS, Borrower is desirous of obtaining a loan from Lender in the aggregate principal amount of TWENTY FIVE MILLION AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($25,000,000.00) which shall be for general corporate purposes, including acquisition financing and capital augmentation; and

WHEREAS, Lender is desirous of making such loan to Borrower in the principal amount of TWENTY FIVE MILLION AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($25,000,000.00) for the purposes set forth above, but on the terms, conditions and covenants hereafter contained.

NOW, THEREFORE, subject to all terms, conditions and covenants hereinafter set forth and in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

1.01 Definitions . The terms defined in this Article I (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) for all purposes shall have the following meanings:

Advance shall mean the amounts requested by Borrower from time to time as set forth in Section 2.01 of this Agreement.

Bank shall mean Guaranty Bank & Trust, N.A.

 

Page 1


Business Day ” shall mean a day on which Lender is open for transaction of its general banking business.

Cash Flow Coverage ” shall mean the ratio of (i) the Borrower’s consolidated Net Income after dividends plus Borrower’s unconsolidated interest expense for the preceding four fiscal quarters, to (ii) the scheduled principal and interest payments on the Borrower’s unconsolidated debt (including Trust Preferred) for the preceding four fiscal quarters, all as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Closing Date ” shall mean the date this Agreement is executed by all parties hereto which shall be the day and year first written above unless otherwise indicated. The closing shall take place at such place as the parties shall mutually agree.

Collateral ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.03.

Equity Capital ” shall mean the sum of (i) preferred stock, (ii) common stock (iii) capital surplus, (iv) retained earnings, (v) accumulated other comprehensive income, all as determined by regulatory accounting principles consistently applied.

Event of Default ” means any event specified in Section 6.01 of this Agreement, provided that any requirement in connection with such event for the giving of notice or lapse of time or any other condition has been satisfied.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles, applied on a consistent basis, as set forth in Opinions of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and/or in statements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board and/or their respective successors and which are applicable in the circumstances as of the date in question. Accounting principles are applied on a “consistent basis” when the accounting principles observed in a current period are comparable in all material respects to those accounting principles applied in a preceding period.

Highest Lawful Rate ” shall mean the maximum rate of nonusurious interest allowed from time to time by Law. In no event shall Chapter 346 of the Texas Finance Code (which regulates certain revolving loan accounts and revolving tri-party accounts) apply to this Loan. To the extent that Chapter 303 of the Texas Finance Code is applicable to this Loan, the “weekly ceiling” specified in such article is the applicable ceiling; provided that, if any applicable law permits greater interest, the law permitting the greatest interest shall apply.

Laws ” shall mean all statutes, laws, ordinances, regulations, orders, writs, injunctions, or decrees of the United States, any state or commonwealth, any municipality, or any Tribunal.

Loan ” shall mean the extension of credit to Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01 of this Agreement.

 

Page 2


Loan Documents ” shall mean this Agreement, the Note, the Security Instruments, and all instruments or documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement and any future amendments hereto or thereto, and all renewals and extensions thereof.

Net Income ” shall mean that amount of income remaining after deducting expenses (including provision for loan and lease losses) and payments of all taxes incurred as reflected on the Bank’s financial reports, all as calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Non-Performing Assets ” means loans on nonaccrual, loans on which the interest rate has been reduced, other than to reflect the then prevailing market interest rates or reduced pursuant to their express terms, loans which have been past due for ninety (90) days or more (specifically excluding all performing bankruptcy mortgages) and one hundred percent (100%) of Other Real Estate.

Non-Performing Assets Ratio ” shall mean the ratio of Non-Performing Assets to Equity Capital plus reserves for loan losses.

Note ” shall mean the promissory note evidencing the Loan executed pursuant to Section 2.02 of this Agreement and any promissory note issued in substitution therefore or in renewal or extension or rearrangement thereof.

Obligations ” shall mean the outstanding principal amounts of the Note and interest accrued thereon, and any and all other indebtedness, liabilities and obligations whatsoever of Borrower to Lender under the Note and/or the Security Instruments and all renewals, modifications and extensions thereof, plus interest accruing on any foregoing and all attorney fees and costs incurred in the enforcement of any foregoing.

Other Real Estate ” shall mean the real property owned by Bank as a result of foreclosure, deeds in lieu of foreclosure, or judicial process, or received as partial payment of a note, specifically excluding real estate occupied by Bank in the conduct of its ordinary course of business.

Person ” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, association, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity.

Security Instruments ” shall mean any documents securing the Obligations. On the Closing Date the Loan is unsecured.

Subordinated Debentures ” shall mean (a) those certain ten (10) unsecured redeemable non-convertible debentures in the face amount of $500,000 each, in the aggregate amount of $5,000,000; two debentures with a 24 month term (October 1, 2012) at 3%, two debentures with 30 month term (April 1, 2013) at 3.5%, two debentures with a 36 month term (October 1, 2013) at 4%, two debentures with a 42 month term (April 1, 2014) at 4.5% and two debentures with a 48 month term (October 1, 2014) at 5%; each issued by the Borrower pursuant to Confidential Private Offering

 

Page 3


Letter and Subscription Agreement dated on or about October 1, 2010; and (b) those certain eight (8) unsecured redeemable non-convertible debentures in the face amount of $500,000 each, in the aggregate amount of $4,000,000; two debentures with a 24 month term (April 1, 2015) at 2%, two debentures with 30 month term (October 1, 2015) at 2.5%, two debentures with a 36 month term (April 1, 2016) at 3%, and two debentures with a 42 month term (October 1, 2016) at 3.5%; each issued by the Borrower pursuant to Confidential Private Offering Letter and Subscription Agreement dated on or about April 1, 2013.

Subsidiary ” means any corporation or bank of which more than fifty (50%) of the issued and outstanding securities having ordinary voting power for the election of a majority of directors is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by Borrower; by Borrower with one or more Subsidiaries; or by just one or more Subsidiaries.

Tangible Net Worth ” means, at any particular time, all amounts which, in conformity with GAAP, would be included as stockholders’ equity on a balance sheet; provided, however, there is excluded therefrom; (i) any amount at which shares of capital stock of Borrower (treasury shares) appears as an asset on the balance sheet, (ii) goodwill, including any amounts, however designated, that represent the excess of the purchase price paid for assets or stock over the value assigned thereto, (iii) patents, trademarks, trade names, and copyrights, and (iv) all other assets which are properly classified as intangible assets.

Taxes ” shall mean all taxes, assessments, fees, or other charges from time to time or at any time imposed by any Laws or by any Tribunal.

Total Risk Based Capital Ratio ” shall mean the ratio of the Bank’s Total Risk Based Capital to its Risk Based Assets (as reported in its call report under schedule RC-R, line item 33, section RCON7205).

Tribunal ” shall mean any state, commonwealth, federal, foreign, territorial, regulatory, or other court or governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality.

1.02 Other Definitional Provisions . All definitions contained in this Agreement are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. The words “hereof,” “herein,” and “hereunder” and words of similar import referring to this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Unless otherwise specified, all Article and Section references pertain to this Agreement. All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP.

 

Page 4


ARTICLE II

Loan, Security and Conditions Precedent

2.01 The Loan . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Lender agrees to make a revolving line of credit available to Borrower in the principal amount of TWENTY FIVE MILLION AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($25,000,000.00) which shall be for general corporate purposes, including acquisition financing and capital augmentation. The Loan is a revolving line of credit, and Borrower shall have the right to borrow, repay, and re-borrow against the Note, provided, however that in no event shall the total amount outstanding against the Note exceed the stated principal amount of $25,000,000.00.

2.02 The Note . The obligation of Borrower to pay the Loan shall be evidenced by a promissory note (the “Note”) executed by Borrower and payable to the order of Lender, in the principal amount of $25,000,000.00 bearing interest at the variable rate set forth in the Note. The Borrower shall pay principal and interest in accordance with the terms of the Note, with the maturity date being as set forth in the Note.

2.03 Security for the Loan . Any and all property which may hereafter be delivered to secure the Obligations shall be referred to herein as “Collateral”. As of the Closing Date the Loan is unsecured and there is no Collateral.

2.04 Conditions Precedent to Closing . The obligation of Lender to make the Loan shall be subject to the conditions precedent that Lender shall have received on or before the day of the making of the Loan, the following documents, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender :

(a) Note . The Note executed by Borrower.

(b) Resolutions . Corporate resolutions of the Board of Directors of Borrower certified by the Secretary of such corporation, which resolutions authorize the execution, delivery and performance by the corporation of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Included in said resolutions or by separate document, the Lender shall receive a certificate of incumbency certified by the Secretary of corporation certifying the names of each officer authorized to execute this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with specimen signatures of such officers.

(c) Articles of Incorporation . Copies of the Articles of Incorporation of Borrower and the Articles of Association of Bank certified to be true and correct by the Secretary of Borrower and cashier of Bank, respectively.

(d) Bylaws . The Bylaws of Borrower and Bank certified to be true and correct by the Secretary of Borrower and cashier of Bank, respectively.

(e) Government Certificates . Certificates of Good Standing and Existence issued by the appropriate government entities for the Borrower and the Bank; and a copy of the Letter of Approval from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Bank approving Borrower’s application as a bank holding company (or such other documentation acceptable to Lender to evidence the Borrower’s status as a bank holding company).

 

Page 5


(f) Financial Statements . Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall have each delivered to Lender such financial statements as shall have been requested by Lender, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion.

(g) Fees . Borrower shall pay a $25,000.00 loan origination fee to Lender plus all fees incurred by Lender in connection with the Loan, including without limitation, the Lender’s attorney’s fees.

(h) Additional Papers . Borrower shall have delivered to Lender such other documents, records, instruments, papers, opinions, and reports, as shall have been requested by Lender, to evidence the status or organization or authority of Borrower or to evidence or secure payment of the Obligations, all in form satisfactory to Lender and its counsel.

ARTICLE III

Representations and Warranties

To induce Lender to enter into this Agreement and upon which Lender has relied in entering into this Agreement and consummating the transactions herein described, Borrower represents and warrants to Lender that:

3.01 Organization of Borrower . Borrower is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Texas; Borrower is duly authorized, qualified under all applicable Laws to conduct its businesses; and Borrower has full power, capacity, authority and legal right to conduct the businesses in which it does now, and propose to, engage; and Borrower has full power, capacity, authority and legal right to execute and deliver and to perform and observe the provisions of this Agreement, and the other Loan Documents, to which it is a party, all of which have been duly authorized and approved by all necessary corporate action. The Bank is a state bank; the Bank is duly authorized and qualified under all applicable Laws to conduct its businesses; and the Bank has full power, capacity, authority and legal right to conduct the businesses in which it does now, and proposes to, engage; and the Bank has full power, capacity, authority and legal right to execute and deliver and to perform and observe the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, all of which have been duly authorized and approved by all necessary corporate action.

3.02 Litigation . No action, suit or proceeding against or affecting Borrower or any Subsidiary is known to be pending, or to the knowledge of Borrower threatened, in any court or before any governmental agency or department, which, if adversely determined, could result in a final judgment or liability of a material amount not fully covered by insurance, or which may result in any material adverse change in the business, or in the condition, financial or otherwise, of Borrower. There are no outstanding judgments against Borrower or any Subsidiary.

 

Page 6


3.03 Compliance With Other Instruments . To the knowledge of Borrower, (i) there is no default in the performance of any material obligation, covenant, or condition contained in any agreement to which Borrower is a party which has not been waived, (ii) neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary is in material default with respect to any Law of any Tribunal, and (iii) the execution, delivery and performance of the terms of this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents by Borrower will not violate the provisions of any Law applicable to Borrower. Borrower’s By-laws or Articles of Incorporation, or any order or regulation of any governmental authority to which the Borrower is subject will not conflict with or result in a material breach of any of the terms of any agreement or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower is bound, or constitute a default thereunder, or result in the creation of a lien, charge, or encumbrance of any nature upon any of Borrower’s properties or assets.

3.04 No Default . No Event of Default specified in Article VI has occurred and is continuing.

3.05 Corporate Authorization . Borrower’s Board of Directors has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party and the performance of their respective terms and no consent of the stockholders of Borrower or any other Person is a prerequisite thereto or if a prerequisite thereto, the same has been duly obtained. This Agreement and all other Loan Documents are valid, binding, and enforceable obligations of Borrower in accordance with their respective terms.

3.06 Disclosure . Neither this Agreement nor any other document, certificate, Loan Document or statement furnished to Lender by or on behalf of Borrower in connection herewith is known to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or, to the knowledge of Borrower, omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein and therein not misleading.

3.07 Federal Reserve Board Regulations . Borrower is not engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation G, T, U, or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and no part of the proceeds of the Loan will be used to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock except as otherwise disclosed in writing to Lender. Neither Borrower nor any agent acting on its behalf has taken or will take any action which might cause Borrower’s execution of this Agreement to violate any regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or to violate the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

3.08 Stock and Stock Agreements . Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary has any class of stock authorized other than common stock. Further, Borrower has furnished to Lender copies of all buy-sell agreements, stock redemption agreements, voting trust agreements and all other agreements and contracts involving the stock of Borrower and/or each of its Subsidiaries to which Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party and there are not now any agreements or terms of any agreements to which Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party which alter, impair, affect or abrogate the rights of Lender or the Obligations of Borrower under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

Page 7


3.09 Financial Statements . The consolidated financial statements of Borrower, dated as of December 31, 2015, and furnished to Lender, were prepared in accordance with regulatory accounting principles or GAAP, as indicated upon such statements, and such statements fairly present, as appropriate, the consolidated financial conditions and the results of operations of Borrower as of, and for the portion of the fiscal year ending on, the date or dates thereof. There were no material adverse events or liabilities, direct or indirect, fixed or contingent, of Borrower as of the date or dates of such financial statements and known to Borrower, which are not reflected therein or in the Note thereto. Except for transactions directly related to, or specifically contemplated by, the Loan Documents and transactions heretofore disclosed in writing to Lender, there have been no material adverse changes in the respective financial conditions of Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries from those shown in such financial statements between such date or dates and the date hereof.

3.10 Taxes . All federal, state, foreign, and other Tax returns of Borrower and each Subsidiary required to be filed have been filed, and all federal, state, foreign, and Taxes are shown thereon as owing have been paid. Borrower does not know of any pending audit or investigation of Borrower and/or any Subsidiary with any taxing authority.

3.11 Title to Assets . Borrower owns all of its assets, including the stock of each Subsidiary, free of any lien or claim or any right or option on the part of any third person to purchase or otherwise acquire such assets or any part thereof. Borrower shall not grant any lien or claim on its assets to a third party without the prior written consent of Lender.

3.12 Use of Loan Proceeds . All loan proceeds or funds furnished by Lender to Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be used for general corporate purposes.

ARTICLE IV

Affirmative Covenants

While any part of the Obligations remains unpaid and unless otherwise waived in writing by Lender :

4.01 Accounts, Reports and Other Information . Borrower shall maintain, and cause each Subsidiary to maintain, a standard system of accounting in accordance with regulatory accounting principles or GAAP, as applicable, and Borrower shall furnish to Lender the following:

(a) Quarterly Information . As soon as available, but no more than forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three quarters of Borrower’s fiscal year, (i) a copy of the Federal Reserve Board Form Y-9LP and Form Y-9C for Borrower; (ii) an officer’s certificate setting forth the information required to establish whether Borrower and

 

Page 8


its Subsidiaries were in compliance with the financial covenants and ratios set forth in Articles IV and V hereof during the period covered and that signer or signers have reviewed the relevant terms in this Agreement and have made, or caused to be made under their supervision, a review of the transactions of Bank from the beginning of the accounting period covered by the financial statements being delivered therewith to the date of the officer’s certificate and that such review has not disclosed any Event of Default, or material violation or breach in the due observance of any covenant, agreement or provision of this Agreement; (iii) such other information as Lender shall reasonably request.

(b) Annual Information . As soon as available, but no more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower ; (i) an unqualified opinion by an independent certified public accountant selected by Borrower, which opinion shall state that said consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and that such accountant’s audit of such financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and that said financial statements present fairly the consolidated financial condition of Borrower, and Bank and the results of their operations; (ii) a copy of the Federal Reserve Board Form Y-6 Annual Report of Borrower, as filed with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; and (iii) such other information as Lender may reasonably request.

(c) Other Reports and Information . As soon as available, copies of all other financial and other statements, reports, correspondence, notices and information of Borrower, each Subsidiary as may be requested, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender. The Borrower shall add Lender to its shareholder mailing list which will allow it to receive copies of correspondence with its shareholders.

4.02 Existence . Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall maintain their respective existence as a corporation and all of its privileges, franchises, agreements, qualifications and rights that are necessary or desirable in the ordinary course of business; and Borrower shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain and preserve their respective good standing with all Tribunals.

4.03 Observance of Terms . Borrower shall (i) pay the principal and interest on the Note in accordance with its terms; and (ii) observe, perform, and comply with every covenant, term and condition herein expressed or implied on the part of Borrower to be observed, performed or complied with.

4.04 Compliance With Applicable Laws . Borrower and each Subsidiary shall in all material respects comply with the requirements of all applicable Laws of any Tribunal.

4.05 Inspection . Upon prior reasonable notice and at the convenience of the Borrower, the Borrower and each Subsidiary shall permit an officer in the Correspondent Banking Department of Lender to visit, review and/or inspect any of its properties and assets at any reasonable time and to examine all books of account, records, reports, examinations and other papers (subject to applicable

 

Page 9


confidentiality requirements), to make copies therefrom at the expense of Borrower , and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of Borrower and each Subsidiary with their respective employees and officers at all such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested.

4.06 Change . Borrower shall promptly notify Lender of (i) all litigation affecting Borrower or any Subsidiary which is not (in the reasonable judgment of Borrower) adequately covered by insurance and which could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or operations of the Borrower; (ii) any other matter which could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or operations of Borrower or any Subsidiary.

4.07 Payment of Taxes . Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall pay all lawful Taxes imposed upon them or upon their income or profits or upon any of their property before the same shall be delinquent; provided, however, that neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall be required to pay and discharge any such Taxes (i) so long as the validity thereof shall be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued and such liable party shall set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto and shall pay any such Taxes before any of its property shall be sold to satisfy any lien which has attached as a security therefore; and (ii) if Lender has been notified of such proceedings.

4.08 Insurance . Borrower and each Subsidiary shall keep all property of a character usually insured by Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses, adequately insured by financially sound and reputable insurers, and shall furnish Lender evidence of such insurance immediately upon request in form satisfactory to Lender.

4.09 Compliance With ERISA . Borrower and each Subsidiary shall comply, if applicable, in all material respects, with the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and furnish to Lender, upon Lender’s request, such information concerning any plan of Borrower or Bank subject to said Act as may be reasonably requested. Borrower and each Subsidiary shall notify Lender immediately of any fact or action arising in connection with any plan which might constitute grounds for the termination thereof by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or for the appointment by the appropriate United States district court of a trustee or administrator for such plan.

4.10 Financial Condition . Subject to the provisions of Article V, Borrower shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain the ratios of loans to deposits, loan loss reserves and liquidity at percentages acceptable to all Tribunals having jurisdiction over such Subsidiaries.

4.11 Maintenance of Priority of Liens . If in the future Collateral exists for the Loan, the Borrower and each Subsidiary shall each perform such acts and shall duly authorize, execute, acknowledge, deliver, file, and record such additional assignments, security agreements, and other agreements, documents, instruments, and certificates as Lender may deem reasonably necessary or appropriate in order to perfect and maintain any and all security interests created in favor of Lender in the Security Instruments.

 

Page 10


4.12 FDIC Insurance . Borrower shall cause each Subsidiary bank to maintain federal deposit insurance and to be a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

4.13 Notices . Borrower shall promptly notify, and shall cause each Subsidiary to promptly notify, Lender of (i) the occurrence of an Event of Default, or of any event that with notice or lapse of time or both would be an Event of Default, (ii) the commencement of any action, suit, or proceeding against Borrower or any Subsidiary that might in the reasonable judgment of Borrower have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, or operations of Borrower or any Subsidiary, and (iii) any other matter that might in the reasonable judgment of Borrower have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, or operations of Borrower or any Subsidiary.

ARTICLE V

Negative Covenants

While any part of the Obligations remains unpaid and unless waived in writing by Lender:

5.01 Non-Performing Assets Ratio . The Borrower shall not permit the Non-Performing Assets Ratio of Bank to be greater than fifteen percent (15%), to be calculated at the end of each fiscal quarter.

5.02 Tangible Net Worth . The Borrower shall not permit its Tangible Net Worth, as calculated at the end of each fiscal quarter, to be less than Eighty Five Million and no/100 Dollars ($85,000,000.00).

5.03 Cash Flow Coverage . The Borrower shall maintain at all times a Cash Flow Coverage of not less than one hundred twenty five percent (125%), calculated at the end of each fiscal quarter (using a rolling four quarters of Net Income).

5.04 Total Risk Based Capital Ratio . The Borrower shall maintain at all times a Total Risk Based Capital Ratio of not less than ten percent (10%), to be calculated at the end of each fiscal quarter.

5.05 Dividends . Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower may declare and pay a dividends if Bank has a “well capitalized” rating from its regulatory Tribunal, provided however, upon the occurrence of and during the continuation of an Event of Default or if Bank loses its “well capitalized” ratings the Borrower shall not declare or pay any dividends, make any payment on account of any class of the capital stock of Borrower now or hereafter outstanding, or make any distribution of cash or properly to holders of any shares of such stock.

5.06 Business . Borrower and each Subsidiary shall not engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the businesses permitted by statute and the regulations of the appropriate governmental and regulatory agencies or Tribunals.

 

Page 11


5.07 Disposition of Assets . The Borrower shall not pledge the stock of any Subsidiary to any other party without the prior written consent of the Lender. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall sell, lease, or otherwise dispose of any material part of their assets or investments, except in the ordinary course of business.

5.08 Limitation on Debt . Borrower shall not, nor allow any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume, become liable in any manner in respect of, or suffer to exist, any debt for borrowed money except:

(a) debt, excluding debt created under this Agreement, not in excess of $500,000 (which amount shall not include any debt acquired by acquisition of another entity), calculated at the end of each quarter;

(b) debt created under this Agreement;

(c) debt secured by a purchase money security interest; or

(d) federal fund purchases, federal reserve borrowings and advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank, calculated at the end of each fiscal quarter in an amount not to exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the Bank’s total assets, calculated at the end of each quarter; and

(e) the Subordinated Debentures.

5.09 Prepayment of Debt . Borrower shall not, and Borrower shall not permit its Subsidiaries to prepay any of their respective material debt, other than the debt created under this Agreement, or incurred in the ordinary course of business (including without limitation federal funds purchases and advances, certificates of deposit, other deposit liabilities) before the same becomes due without the prior written approval of Lender; notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower may prepay a portion or all of its Trust Preferred Securities (Debt) beginning March 23, 2010 with prior notice and consent from Lender.

5.10 Acquisitions, Mergers, and Dissolutions . Borrower shall not, and Borrower shall not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, acquire all or any substantial portion of the property, assets, or stock of, or interest in, any Person, or merge or consolidate with any Person, or dissolve or liquidate except in the ordinary course of business without notifying Lender within thirty (30) days before the closing.

5.11 Issuance of Stock . Without the prior written consent of Lender, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, no Subsidiary shall authorize or issue shares of stock of any class, common or preferred, or any warrant, right or option pertaining to its capital stock or issue any security convertible into capital stock, except for any issued to Borrower by any Subsidiary.

 

Page 12


5.12 Negative Pledge . Neither Borrower nor any subsidiary Bank will (i) sell, assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or transfer any of its assets, except in the ordinary course of business, (ii) grant a lien or security interest in or execute, authorize, file or record any financing statement or other security instrument with respect to its assets to any party other than Lender, (iii) deliver actual or constructive possession of any certificate, instrument or document evidencing and/or representing any of the Collateral to any party other than Lender, or (iv) enter into an agreement with any party other than Lender prohibiting the creation or allowance of any lien, pledge, security interest, or other encumbrance on the stock of Bank.

ARTICLE VI

Default

6.01 Events of Default . Each of the following shall be deemed an “Event of Default”:

(a) Failure by Borrower to pay or perform any part or component of the Obligations, when due or declared due; or,

(b) Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by Borrower or any other Person in any Loan Documents, or in any certificate or financial or other statement furnished at any time to Lender by or on behalf of Borrower shall be false, misleading or erroneous in any material respect as of the date made, deemed made or furnished and failure by Borrower to cure same within ten (10) Business Days after the date of written notice thereof is given by Lender to Borrower ; or,

(c) Failure to observe, perform or comply with any of the covenants, terms, or agreements contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document and failure by Borrower to cure same within ten (10) Business Days after the date of written notice thereof is given by Lender to Borrower ; or,

(d) Failure by Borrower or any Subsidiary to pay any of its material indebtedness as the same becomes due or within any applicable grace period (other than indebtedness being actively contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles); or,

(e) Borrower or any Subsidiary shall file a petition for bankruptcy, liquidation or any answer seeking reorganization, rearrangement, readjustment of its debts or for any other relief under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar act or law, now or hereafter existing, or any action consenting to, approving of, or acquiescing in, any such petition or proceeding; or the appointment by consent or acquiescence of, a receiver, trustee, liquidator, or custodian for all or a substantial part of its property, or the making of an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or the inability to pay its debts as they mature; or take any corporate action to authorize any of the foregoing; or,

 

Page 13


(f) Filing of an involuntary petition against Borrower or any Subsidiary seeking reorganization, rearrangement, readjustment or liquidation of its debts or for any other relief under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar act or law, now or hereafter existing, or. the involuntary appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of all or a substantial part of its property, and such involuntary proceeding or appointment remains unvacated, undismissed or unstayed for a period of ninety (90) days; or the issuance of a writ of attachment, execution, sequestration or similar process against any part of its property and same remains unbonded, undischarged, or undismissed for a period of thirty (30) days; or,

(g) Final judgment for the payment of money shall be rendered against Borrower or any Subsidiary and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of thirty (30) days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed; or,

(h) An event occurs which has a material adverse affect on the financial conditions or operation of Borrower or any Subsidiary; or,

(i) A change in control of any Subsidiary (as such or similar term is used in the Financial Institutions Regulatory and Interest Rate Control Act) shall occur, or action to change such control shall be commenced, without the prior written consent of Lender (which consent may be given or withheld in Lender’s sole discretion); or,

(j) This Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be declared null and void or the validity or enforceability thereof shall be contested or challenged by Borrower or any Subsidiary or Borrower shall deny that it has any further liability or obligation under any of the Loan Documents; or,

(k) Receipt by any Subsidiary of a notice from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation of intent to terminate status as an insured bank; or,

(l) The filing by any Subsidiary of an application for relief pursuant to section 13(c) of 13(i) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended, or similar relief from any Tribunal; or,

(m) The filing by any Subsidiary an application for capital forbearance from any Tribunal; or,

(n) An enforcement action by a Tribunal is commenced against the Borrower or any Subsidiary (including, without limitation, a cease and desist order or memorandum of understanding).

 

Page 14


6.02 Remedies Upon Default . Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default set forth in Section 6.01, at the option of Lender, the obligation of Lender to extend credit to Borrower pursuant hereto shall immediately terminate and the principal of and interest accrued on the Note if not earlier demanded, shall be immediately and automatically forthwith DEMANDED and due and payable without any notice or demand of any kind, and the same shall be due and payable immediately without any notice, presentment, acceleration, demand, protest, notice of acceleration, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of intent to demand, notice of protest or notice of any kind (except notice required by law which has not been waived herein), all of which are hereby waived. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Lender may exercise all rights and remedies available to it in law or in equity, under any Loan Document or otherwise.

ARTICLE VII

Miscellaneous

7.01 Notices . Unless otherwise provided herein, all notices, requests, consents and demands shall be in writing and delivered in person or mailed, postage prepaid, certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

If intended for Borrower or its Subsidiaries, to:

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

100 W. Arkansas

Mount Pleasant, Texas 75456

Attn: Ty Abston, President

If intended for Lender, to:

FROST BANK

P.O. Box 1600

San Antonio, Texas 78296

Attn: Justin D. Steinbach

or to such other person or address as either party shall designate to the other from time to time in writing forwarded in like manner. All such notices, requests, consents and demands shall be deemed to have been given or made when delivered in person, or if mailed, when deposited in the mails.

7.02 Place of Payment . All sums payable hereunder to Lender shall be paid at Lender’s banking office at P.O. Box 34746, San Antonio, Texas 78265. If any payment falls due on other than a Business Day, then such due date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and such amount shall be payable in respect to such extension.

7.03 Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement in the making of the Loan. All statements contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by Borrower hereunder shall be deemed to constitute representations and warranties made by Borrower.

 

Page 15


7.04 No Waiver . No waiver or consent by Lender with respect to any act or omission of Borrower or any Subsidiary on one occasion shall constitute a waiver or consent with respect to any other act or omission by Borrower or any Subsidiary on the same or any other occasion, and no failure on the part of Lender to exercise and no delay in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by Lender of any right hereunder preclude any other or further right of exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The rights and remedies provided for in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights and remedies provided by Law.

7.05 Accounting Terms . All accounting and financial terms used herein, and the compliance with each covenant herein which relates to financial matters, shall be determined in accordance with regulatory accounting principles or GAAP.

7.06 Lender Not In Control . None of the covenants or other provisions contained in the Agreement shall, or shall be deemed to, give Lender the right or power to exercise control over the affairs and/or management of Borrower or any Subsidiary, the power of Lender being limited to those rights generally given to Lenders ; provided that, if Lender becomes the owner of any stock or other equity interest in Borrower or any Subsidiary whether through foreclosure or otherwise, Lender shall be entitled to exercise such legal rights as it may have by being an owner of such stock, or other equity interest in Borrower or any Subsidiary.

7.07 Joint Venture, Partnership, Etc . None of the covenants or other provisions contained in this Agreement shall, or shall be deemed to, constitute or create a joint venture, partnership or any other association, affiliation, or entity between Borrower or any Subsidiary and Lender.

7.08 Successors and Assigns . All covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and all other Loan Documents shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto, except that neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary may assign its rights herein, in whole or in part.

7.09 Expenses . Borrower agrees to reimburse Lender for its out-of-pocket expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, in connection with the negotiation, preparation, administration and enforcement of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, making the Loan hereunder, and in connection with amendments, consents and waivers hereunder.

7.10 Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTE, AND ALL OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE DEEMED CONTRACTS UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT FEDERAL LAWS MAY APPLY. THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTE AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED IN SAN ANTONIO, BEXAR COUNTY, TEXAS.

 

Page 16


7.11 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future Laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision shall be fully severable; this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid and unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement.

7.12 Modification or Waiver . No modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, the Note, or any Loan Documents shall be effective unless such modification or waiver shall be in writing and executed by a duly authorized officer of Lender and Borrower.

7.13 Right of Setoff . Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of Lender’s right of Lender’s banker’s lien or setoff.

7.14 Release . Lender will not be liable to Borrower for any claim arising from or relating to any of the Loan Documents or any transactions contemplated thereby except upon proof of Lender’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or willful breach of its agreements.

7.15 Waiver of DTPA . Neither the Borrower nor its Subsidiary is in a significantly disparate bargaining position and they have both been represented by legal counsel in this transaction. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries hereby waive the applicability of the Texas Deceptive Trade Practices Act (other than Section 17.555) to the transaction and any and all rights or remedies that may be available to the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with this transaction.

7.16 Counterparts, Faxes . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in multiple counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. If any Loan Document is transmitted by facsimile machine (“fax”), it shall be treated for all purposes as an original document. Additionally, the signature of any party on this document transmitted by way of fax shall be considered for all purposes as an original document and shall have the same binding effect as an original document.

7.17 Headings . The headings, captions, and arrangements used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

7.18 Maximum Interest Rate . No provision of this Agreement or of the Note shall require the payment or the collection of interest in excess of the maximum amount permitted by applicable law. If any excess of interest in such respect is hereby provided for, or shall be adjudicated to be so provided, in the Note or otherwise in connection with this loan transaction, the provisions of this Section 7.18 shall govern and prevail and Borrower shall not be obligated to pay the excess amount

 

Page 17


of such interest or any other excess sum paid for use, forbearance, or detention of sums loaned pursuant hereto. In the event Lender ever receives, collects, or applies as interest any such sum, such amount which would be in excess of the maximum amount permitted by applicable law shall be applied as a payment and reduction of the principal of the indebtedness evidenced by the Note; and, if the principal of the Note has been paid in full, any remaining excess shall forthwith be paid to Borrower.

7.19 Assignment, Participation, or Pledge by Lender . Lender may from time to time, without notice to Borrower: (i) pledge or encumber or assign to any one or more Persons (including, but not limited to, one or more of Lender’s affiliates, subsidiaries, or subsidiaries of Lender’s affiliates) all of Lender’s right, title and interest in and to this Agreement, the Loan Documents and/or the collateral securing the Loan; or (ii) sell, to any one or more Persons, a participation or joint venture interest (provided Lender remains the lead lender) in all or any part of Lender’s right, title, and interest in and to this Agreement, the Loan Documents and/or such collateral; and Borrower hereby expressly consents to any such future transaction. Each participant or joint venturer shall be entitled to receive all information regarding the creditworthiness of Borrower, including, without limitation, all information required to be disclosed to a participant or joint venturer pursuant to any Law of any Tribunal.

7.20 Patriot Act . All capitalized words and phrases and all defined terms used in the USA Patriot Act of 2001, 107 Public Law 56 (October 26, 2001) (the “ Patriot Act ”) and in other statutes and all orders, rules and regulations of the United States government and its various executive department, agencies and offices related to the subject matter of the Patriot Act, including, but not limited to, Executive Order 13224 effective September 24, 2001, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Patriot Rules” and are incorporated into this Agreement. Borrower represents and warrants to Lender that neither it nor any of its principals, shareholders, members, partners, or affiliates, as applicable, is a person named as a Specially Designated National and Blocked Person (as defined in Presidential Executive Order 13224) and that it is not acting, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of any such person. Borrower further represents and warrants to Lender that Borrower and its principals, shareholders, members, partners, or affiliates, as applicable, are not, directly or indirectly, engaged in, nor facilitating, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement on behalf of any person named as a Specially Designated National and Blocked Person. Borrower hereby agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Lender from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, risks, liabilities, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) arising from or related to any breach of the foregoing representations and warranties

7.21 ENTIRE AGREEMENT . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS CONSTITUTE THE ENTIRE AGREEMENT, UNDERSTANDING, REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND SUPERSEDE ALL PRIOR AGREEMENTS, ARRANGEMENTS AND UNDERSTANDINGS BETWEEN THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES. SHOULD A CONFLICT IN ANY TERMS, CONDITIONS OR COVENANTS EXIST BETWEEN THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONTROLLING.

 

Page 18


[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

Page 19


IN WITNESS HEREOF, Borrower and Lender, by and through their duly authorized officers, have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:     G UARANTY B ANCSHARES , I NC .
    By:   /s/ Ty Abston
      Ty Abston, President
LENDER:     FROST BANK
    By:   /s/ Justin D. Steinbach
      Justin D. Steinbach,
      Senior Vice President

 

Page 20

Exhibit 10.16

FORM OF DEBENTURE

THIS DEBENTURE (THE “SECURITIES”), HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED WITH THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR THE SECURITIES COMMISSION OF ANY STATE. THE SECURITIES ARE BEING OFFERED PURSUANT TO A SAFE HARBOR FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”). THE SECURITIES ARE “RESTRICTED” AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO U.S. PERSONS (AS SUCH TERM IS DEFINED IN REGULATION S PROMULGATED UNDER THE ACT) UNLESS THE SECURITIES ARE REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT, PURSUANT TO AVAILABLE EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND THE COMPANY WILL BE PROVIDED WITH OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER SUCH INFORMATION AS IT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH EXEMPTIONS ARE AVAILABLE. FURTHER HEDGING TRANSACTION INVOLVING THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE MADE EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT.

DEBENTURE

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

[            ]% Non-Convertible, Unsecured, Redeemable Debenture

Due [            ]

No. [            ]    $[            ]

This Debenture is issued by Guaranty Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “Company”) in favor of                  or its assigns (“Holder”) pursuant to exemptions from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

ARTICLE I.

Section 1.01 Principal and Interest.

For value received on                  , the Company hereby promises to pay to the order of Holder in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds the principal sum of $              . Interest shall accrue on the unpaid principal of this Debenture at the rate of                          (              %) per year (computed on the basis of the 365-day year and the actual days elapsed) from the date of this Debenture until paid. Interest shall be due and payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 each year, or on the Monday next following such dates if payment shall be due on a weekend or federal holiday. At the Company’s option, the entire principal amount and all accrued interest may be paid to the Holder on or before the due date of this Debenture.

Section 1.02 Right of Redemption.

The Company shall have the right to redeem, with thirty (30) business days advance notice to the Holder, any or all outstanding Debentures remaining in its sole discretion (“Right of Redemption”). The redemption price shall be equal to 100% of the face amount of the Debenture redeemed plus all accrued interest (“Redemption Price”).

Section 1.03 Subordinated Nature of Debenture.

This Debenture and all payments hereon, including principal or interest, shall be subordinated and junior in right of payment to (i) all accounts payable of the Company incurred in the ordinary course of business; (ii) the indebtedness owed to Frost Bank on the Company’s $11 million line of credit (“Frost Line of Credit”) extended by Frost and evidenced by that certain promissory note dated July 25, 2012 payable to Frost Bank and in the related loan documents executed by the Company in connection with the Frost Line of Credit, which Frost Line of Credit may be renewed, extended, increased and modified from time to time and shall at all times remain superior in priority to this Debenture; and (iii) the indebtedness in the approximate $5.2 million amount of junior subordinated debentures reflected in Trust Preferred securities issued by subsidiaries of the Company on March 31, 2002 and October 1, 2006.


ARTICLE II.

Section 2.01 Amendments and Waiver of Default.

The Debenture may be amended with the consent of Holder. Without the consent of Holder, the Debenture may be amended to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide assumption of the Company obligations to the Holder or to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of the Holder.

ARTICLE III.

Section 3.01 Events of Default.

An Event of Default is defined as follows: (a) failure by the Company to pay amounts due hereunder within fifteen (15) days of the date of maturity of this Debenture; (b) failure by the Company for thirty (30) days after notice to it to comply with any of its other agreements in the Debenture; (c) events of bankruptcy or insolvency.

ARTICLE IV.

Section 5.01 Notice.

Notices regarding this debenture shall send to the parties at the following addresses, unless a party notifies the other parties, in writing, of a change of address:

If to the Company:

Guaranty Banchshares, Inc.

P.O. Box 1158

Mt. Pleasant, Texas 75456-1158

Attention: Cappy Payne, CFO

Telephone: 903.572.9881

If to the Holder:

                                 

                                 

                                 

Section 5.02 Governing Law.

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THAT WOULD OTHERWISE REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANY OTHER STATE.

The courts of the State of Texas shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement. Any proceedings in connection with such dispute shall be brought in the courts of the State of Texas sitting in the County of Titus, the court of the United States of America for the Northern District, and appellate courts having jurisdiction of appeals from any of the foregoing. Each party hereto waives (and agrees not to raise) any objection, on the ground of forum non conveniens or on any other ground, to the taking of proceedings in such State of Texas courts. Each party hereto also agrees that a judgment against it in proceedings brought in the State of Texas shall be conclusive and binding upon it and may be enforced in any other jurisdiction. Each party hereto irrevocably submits and agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Texas sitting in the County of Titus, the court of the United States of America for the Northern District, and appellate courts having jurisdiction of appeals from any of the foregoing.


Section 5.03 Severability.

The invalidity of any of the provisions of this Debenture shall not invalidate or otherwise affect any of the other provisions of this Debenture, which shall remain in full force effect.

Section 5.04 Entire Agreement and Amendments.

This Debenture represents the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and there are no representations, warranties or commitments, except as set forth herein. This Debenture may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto.

Section 5.05 Counterparts.

This Debenture may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall be deemed to constitute an instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, with the intent to legally bound hereby, the Company has executed this Debenture as of the date first written above.

GUARANTY BANCSHARES, INC.

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Ty Abston

Title:

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

The following is a list of the consolidated subsidiaries of Guaranty Bancshares, Inc., the names under which such subsidiaries do business, and the jurisdiction in which each was organized, as of the date of this prospectus. All subsidiaries are wholly-owned.

Subsidiaries of Guaranty Bancshares, Inc.

 

Name

  

Jurisdiction of Organization

Guaranty Bank & Trust, N.A.    United States
Guaranty (TX) Capital Trust II    Delaware
Guaranty (TX) Capital Trust III    Delaware
DCB Financial Trust I    Delaware

Subsidiaries of Guaranty Bank & Trust, N.A.

 

Name

  

Jurisdiction of Organization

Guaranty Company, Inc.    Texas
G B COM, Inc.    Texas
Pin Oak Realty Holdings, Inc.    Texas
Guaranty Bank & Trust Political Action Committee    Texas
2800 South Texas Avenue LLC    Texas

Subsidiaries of Pin Oak Realty Holdings, Inc.

 

Name

  

Jurisdiction of Organization

Pin Oak Energy Holdings, Inc.    Texas

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-                ) of our report dated March 1, 2017, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Guaranty Bancshares, Inc., which is incorporated in the Prospectus that is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

/s/ Whitley Penn LLP

Dallas, Texas

April 6, 2017